From a30e36f4f137c9e5cd07631fc0b5c94dcd19c2b5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Odoo Translation Bot Date: Sun, 8 Nov 2020 01:31:22 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex --- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 372 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 6 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 25 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 24 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 6 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 166 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 25 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 11 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 17 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 16 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 16 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 162 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 6 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 39 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 589 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 4 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 429 +- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 32 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 850 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 22 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 222 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 135 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 247 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 273 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 7 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 7 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 5 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 7 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 675 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 14 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 619 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 4 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 428 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 32 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 621 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 33 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 448 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 392 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 315 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 367 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 12 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 17 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 158 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 123 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 465 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 117 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 70 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 751 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 4 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 426 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 32 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 18664 ++++++++++++++++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 26 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 1741 ++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 1914 ++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 1015 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 834 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 1024 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 290 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 438 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 421 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 392 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 2890 +++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 537 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 873 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 26 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 7139 ++++++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 819 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po | 275 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po | 1360 ++ .../pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po | 382 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po | 49 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po | 157 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po | 1726 ++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 235 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po | 26 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 681 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1813 ++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po | 468 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 3008 +++ locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po | 558 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po | 361 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 939 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 517 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po | 241 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po | 225 + locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po | 2576 +++ locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 907 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 6 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 24 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 410 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 355 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 280 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 349 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 12 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 16 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 16 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 11 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 404 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 167 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 9 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 718 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 4 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 428 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 32 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 610 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po | 6 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 23 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 447 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 349 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 309 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 349 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 11 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 15 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 15 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 15 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 422 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 185 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 9 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 717 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 4 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 425 +- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 32 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 1012 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 31 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 358 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po | 161 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 245 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po | 306 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po | 66 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po | 16 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po | 116 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 134 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 329 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po | 53 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 11 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po | 675 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po | 4 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po | 460 +- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po | 34 +- 140 files changed, 66765 insertions(+), 9820 deletions(-) create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po create mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 365487cdb..d7b198b5c 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -11,22 +11,22 @@ # jonas jensen , 2020 # Pernille Kristensen , 2020 # Kenneth Hansen , 2020 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2020 # Morten Schou , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Sanne Kristensen , 2020 -# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2020 # Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ msgstr "Bankudligning" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Udlignsmodeller" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opsætning" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" @@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontoplan" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontakt" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 @@ -2092,7 +2092,6 @@ msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Sekvenser" @@ -2482,7 +2481,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" @@ -2755,7 +2754,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:665 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Finansrapporter" @@ -2888,10 +2887,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " -"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " -"automatically when the localization module is installed." +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 @@ -2990,102 +2989,77 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 -msgid "" -"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " -"most common document types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " -"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "" "For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " "Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" -"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " -"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" -" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " -"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " -"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " -"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " -"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 msgid "" -"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" -" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " -"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " -"sequence:" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 -msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 -msgid "Open the sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 -msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 -msgid "Save the sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" -"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " -"and quantity available are updated:" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transation is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:340 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3093,43 +3067,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:358 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:372 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3137,7 +3111,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:387 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3145,38 +3119,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:401 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:412 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3184,28 +3158,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:431 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:442 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3214,48 +3188,48 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:463 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:465 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:468 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:479 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:481 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3263,92 +3237,92 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 msgid "" "Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" "[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 msgid "" -"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " -"document as the one you’re using is expired." +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " +"using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "Kreditnotaer" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " -"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" -" in the SII." +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid "" -"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " -"on each sequence." +"Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " +"each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:545 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3356,34 +3330,34 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:553 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:575 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Debetnoter" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:577 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3391,59 +3365,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:604 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:625 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3451,11 +3425,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:637 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3463,11 +3437,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:649 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -3475,18 +3449,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:659 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -3494,18 +3468,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:683 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -3513,7 +3487,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." @@ -5475,7 +5449,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mexico" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -5570,7 +5544,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 @@ -7479,7 +7453,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Moms kontant basis journal" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" @@ -7694,7 +7668,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 msgid "Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "App" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" @@ -8099,7 +8073,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Moms" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 @@ -8668,8 +8642,8 @@ msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 @@ -9219,7 +9193,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Underleverandører" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -10109,13 +10083,26 @@ msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" @@ -10310,12 +10297,12 @@ msgid "" " in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" @@ -10399,7 +10386,7 @@ msgid "" "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" @@ -10432,7 +10419,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiver" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 @@ -10993,7 +10980,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -11051,7 +11038,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi-companies" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12836,7 +12823,7 @@ msgstr "Aftagende" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accelereret degressiv" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 @@ -14170,7 +14157,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Udskudt omsætning" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15306,72 +15293,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " -"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " -"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_" @@ -15981,7 +15961,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Moms låse dato" #: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -16065,7 +16045,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivér udviklertilstand" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 308391c06..7b362314e 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Applikation" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po index 36f96619c..6889ddbcb 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -4,7 +4,12 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# JonathanStein , 2020 # Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Pernille Kristensen , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -275,7 +280,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skærmbilleder" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -704,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 msgid "Make" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mærke" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -910,7 +915,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 msgid "H1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H1" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 @@ -933,7 +938,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 msgid "H2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H2" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 @@ -1123,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 msgid "Render" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Render" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -1307,7 +1312,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 msgid "Note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Notat" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -1325,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 msgid "Important" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vigtig" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." @@ -1333,7 +1338,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 msgid "Warning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Advarsel" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 msgid "" @@ -1343,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 msgid "Danger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fare" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index ce5dba2f5..30812518c 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -5,15 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# JonathanStein , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" @@ -56,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -91,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flet kundeemner" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -302,7 +305,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Priser" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -610,7 +613,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduktion" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -865,9 +868,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed in Outlook yet on Outlook's add-" -"ins list. This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom " -"add-in*." +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 @@ -1040,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afhængigheder" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index c758663e5..0faca3805 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -106,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opgrader" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 99927233d..35f2e4263 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,13 +3,20 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beskeder" #: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avanceret" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" @@ -74,18 +81,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " "`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -93,15 +100,15 @@ msgid "" "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -109,21 +116,21 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -200,32 +207,32 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "Restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," " 465 or 2525." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -233,58 +240,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "etc." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -293,7 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -304,25 +311,25 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -333,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mailskabelon" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -413,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oversigt" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Discuss" @@ -434,32 +441,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " "and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " "through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 msgid "" "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "Start Chatting" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 msgid "" "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " "asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " @@ -467,54 +474,52 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 msgid "" "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," -" type *#channel-name*." +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "" "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 msgid "Chat status" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " "respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " @@ -522,32 +527,28 @@ msgid "" "menu*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -579,9 +580,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " -"through Kanban views." +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index feca01573..a6e7ce58d 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -3,6 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Webshop" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kom igang" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" @@ -31,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varekartotek" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -461,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opsætning" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -603,7 +610,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oversigt" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" @@ -625,11 +632,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Priser" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Moms" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" @@ -641,7 +648,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betaling" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" @@ -782,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilmeld dig" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 0d424abef..ab5a505ab 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mail markedsføring" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oversigt" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" @@ -71,7 +76,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adressebog" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po index 9c5596c1c..5e95e591c 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -3,6 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events.rst:5 msgid "Events" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arrangementer" #: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integrationer" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" @@ -40,7 +47,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 #: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -116,7 +123,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oversigt" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 msgid "Create your First Event" @@ -146,7 +153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kom igang" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 01e95975f..50ccd5a56 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Øvrige omkostninger" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 msgid "How to set expense types" @@ -89,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manuelt" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -211,11 +217,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regnskab: Bogholder eller rådgiver" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Udgifter: Leder" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -261,7 +267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opsætning" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 7f400af08..0867c9d19 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# peso , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm.rst:5 msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felt tjeneste" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Helpdesk" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -57,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oversigt" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -270,7 +276,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Salg" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" @@ -334,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arbejdssedler" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index e6d39dff2..5a2dbe528 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,19 +6,20 @@ # Translators: # jonas jensen , 2020 # Ejner Sønniksen , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 # lhmflexerp , 2020 # Mads Søndergaard, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "Generel" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Godkendelse" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" @@ -167,7 +168,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Applikation" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -1179,7 +1180,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Interne virksomheds transaktioner" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -1615,7 +1616,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalingsindløser" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" @@ -1887,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "Omdirigere til modtagerens hjemmeside" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betaling fra Odoo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" @@ -1895,11 +1896,11 @@ msgstr "Gem kort" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indfang mængde manuelt" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 @@ -1922,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alipay" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" @@ -1934,7 +1935,7 @@ msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" @@ -1949,8 +1950,9 @@ msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stribe" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2071,7 +2073,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalingsjournal" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -2479,6 +2481,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +msgid "Giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +msgid "iDeal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" +" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" +" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " +"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " +"don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " +"corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "" @@ -2527,79 +2586,6 @@ msgid "" "or duplicate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " -"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " -"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " -"to boost productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 -msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " -"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" -" you can create new or edit existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can also create them on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " -"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 -msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " -"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " -"--> Action --> Delete`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 -msgid "Use tags as a parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 -msgid "" -"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " -"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 -msgid "Use tags for reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 -msgid "" -"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " -"purpose, you can also add tags." -msgstr "" - #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 2710b9821..7ceb0ba89 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -366,7 +370,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Support" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 940a33514..ff8672b66 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -5,15 +5,19 @@ # # Translators: # Mads Søndergaard , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,11 +27,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Helpdesk" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avanceret" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "After Sales Features" @@ -55,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generér kreditnotaer fra sager" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillad produktreturneringer fra sager" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -185,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oversigt" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 msgid "Forum and eLearning" @@ -193,7 +197,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 msgid "Forum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Forum" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -240,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eLearning" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -365,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bedømmelser" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -397,9 +401,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " -"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " -"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 @@ -448,7 +451,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mail alias" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -473,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Websiteformular" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -495,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live Chat" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -839,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration" #: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 78ed39511..d89967a86 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # Mads Søndergaard , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -137,65 +137,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 @@ -211,252 +186,290 @@ msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" msgstr "" +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"`__)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"`__" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 msgid "Set Up" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " "your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "" "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" -" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Printer" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Stregkode scanner" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Åbn kasseapparatet" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 @@ -483,49 +496,38 @@ msgstr "Forbindelse" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" "If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " "soon as it is connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 msgid "With the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " "Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " "the control point you want to link with the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " "list. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " "manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" @@ -544,40 +546,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " -"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " -"steps." +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" " the two by cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 msgid "" "If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " -"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " -"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 msgid "" "To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " "workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " @@ -585,14 +576,14 @@ msgid "" " also add a key to trigger it." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " "matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " "automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 msgid "" "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " "correctly connected to the footswitch." @@ -616,49 +607,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 msgid "" "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " -"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " -"drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 msgid "" "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " "explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " "device." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " "Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " "and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " "list. Then, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 msgid "" "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " "value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " @@ -678,154 +662,139 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" -" cable." +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 -msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your printer is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " -"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 msgid "Link the Printer" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 msgid "To Work Orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "" "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " "app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " "order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 msgid "" "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" " *Print Label* button will appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 msgid "To Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 msgid "" "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " "go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 msgid "" "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" " all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " "select and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " "downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" " print it." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 msgid "" "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" " directly from your *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " -"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " -"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 msgid "" -"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " -"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 msgid "" -"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" -" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 msgid "" "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " "at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " "current day." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 msgid "" "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." -" Click on it and it will print the bill." +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " "*Order Printer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" -" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " -"Categories* field." +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 msgid "" "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " -"will be printed." +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index eb48b5cc1..bbba6c634 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see:ref:`db_online`" +msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index fcf61a2b1..57b392dc9 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -5,17 +5,15 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 -# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -69,9 +67,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 -msgid "" -"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " -":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 @@ -407,138 +403,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " -"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " -"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" -" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " -"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " -"solution you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" -" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " -"through *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Manage your project’s stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " -"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " -"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " -"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " -"personalize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " -"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " -"signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" -" a column*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " -"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 -msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 -msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " -"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" -" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " -"information to the right people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 -msgid "Share projects and tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 -msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " -"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " -"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " -"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " -"example." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planlægning" @@ -759,125 +626,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Opgaver" -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 -msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " -"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " -"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " -"allowing the support of outside contributions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 -msgid "Add followers to a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 -msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another, conversations taking place, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 -msgid "Add followers to a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " -"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " -"and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 -msgid "Select which notifications to get" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " -"that, *Edit subscription*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 -msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " -"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " -"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " -"can replay the whole creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " -"to someone outside of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 -msgid "The Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " -"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " -"colleagues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 -msgid "" -"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" -" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" -" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " -"can have a channel per project team, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 -msgid "Schedule activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " -"activities* from the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 -msgid "Edit or create new activities types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" msgstr "" @@ -930,172 +678,3 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " -"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " -"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" -" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " -"and, as a result, have a successful project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" -" *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "Assignation" -msgstr "Tildeling" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 -msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " -"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " -"starred are classified according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " -"with a deadline for the current date are orange." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "Manage files in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 -msgid "Set cover images in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " -"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " -"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " -"identify them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " -"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " -"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" -" recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 -msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " -"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" -" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 -msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " -"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " -"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 -msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 -msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 -msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 -msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index 9cb04e561..19e66dfeb 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" @@ -159,69 +159,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " -"notified of changes in the task." +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 msgid "" "*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " "*Reminder*." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 msgid "" "*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " "<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 msgid "Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 msgid "" "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " "Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " "goes through:" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " "Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 msgid "" "If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" " example: *email is not set*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 msgid "" "If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " "*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 5478f744b..8293a1525 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -30,45 +30,45 @@ # Vivian Montana , 2020 # e2f , 2020 # Gustavo Valverde, 2020 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2020 # Loredana Pepe , 2020 # Sébastien BÜHL , 2020 # Daniel Blanco , 2020 # Carlos Lopez , 2020 # Nefi Lopez Garcia , 2020 # Daniel Altamirano , 2020 -# Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta , 2020 -# Paulina Rodriguez , 2020 -# David Arnold , 2020 -# Pablo Rojas , 2020 -# AleEscandon , 2020 # Antonio Trueba, 2020 # Katerina Katapodi , 2020 -# Raquel Iciarte , 2020 -# Sabina Batlle , 2020 -# Jon Perez , 2020 -# Jesse Garza , 2020 # Luciano Nahuel Vitale , 2020 -# Osiris Román , 2020 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020 # Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # Nicolás Broggi , 2020 # Haider Ilich López Areiza , 2020 # 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2020 # Susanna Pujol, 2020 +# Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta , 2020 +# Paulina Rodriguez , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# David Arnold , 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 +# AleEscandon , 2020 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte , 2020 +# Sabina Batlle , 2020 +# Jon Perez , 2020 +# Jesse Garza , 2020 +# Osiris Román , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Susanna Pujol, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Osiris Román , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -135,14 +135,15 @@ msgstr "Importar archivos de extractos bancarios" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" +"Odoo admite múltiples formatos de archivo para importar extractos bancarios:" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formato de gestión de efectivo recomendado por SEPA (CAMT.053)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valores separados por comas (.CSV)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" @@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr "Formato de intercambio Quicken (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estado de cuenta codificado de Bélgica (.CODA)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -300,7 +301,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 @@ -557,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en el botón Aplicar una vez que esto está realizado." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" @@ -579,6 +580,9 @@ msgid "" "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" +"Una vez creada la cuenta Paypal, regrese al tablero de **Contabilidad** y " +"pulse en la botón de **Sincronización**. En el dialogo, elige **PayPal** " +"como institucion online y pulsa en el botón de configurar. " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." @@ -897,10 +901,13 @@ msgid "" "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "" +"La cuenta por defecto para transferencias tambien se generará " +"automaticamente dependiendo de la legislación de su país. Si necesario, se " +"puede modificar en la misma página." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una segunda cuenta de banco / Diario" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -935,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciar una transferencia interna" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -976,7 +983,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importación de extractos de cuenta y conciliaciones" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -1344,6 +1351,8 @@ msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si esta faltando el asociado en su extracto bancario, solo " +"llénelo en:" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1546,6 +1555,8 @@ msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" +"Cuando tiene un extracto bancario en moneda extranjera, para cada " +"transacción, Odoo guarda dos valores:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" @@ -1584,7 +1595,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar monedas" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1608,6 +1619,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" +"De clic en el link **Actualizar Ahora** para actualizar ahora los tipos de " +"moneda." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -1646,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejemplo: Una factura de proveedor en una moneda extranjera" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1669,6 +1682,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" +"Una vez este listo para pagar esta factura, de clic en registrar pago en la " +"factura para registrar un pago." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1692,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Extractos de Clientes" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1700,6 +1715,9 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" +"Extractos de clientes y proveedores son administrados en la moneda de la " +"factura. Entonces, el monto pendiente por su cliente (a su proveedor) esta " +"siempre expresado en la moneda de la factura." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1788,7 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Llene en el balance de inicio y cierre" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1850,13 +1868,15 @@ msgstr "Argentina" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introducción" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" +"La localización argentina se ha mejorado y ampliado en Odoo v13, en esta " +"versión están disponibles los siguientes módulos:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1923,7 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan de cuentas" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1966,6 +1986,8 @@ msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" +"La infraestructura de AFIP se replica en dos entornos separados: Testing y " +"Producción." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -1974,6 +1996,10 @@ msgid "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" +"El ambiente de Homologación o Testing es donde las compañías pueden probar " +"sus desarrollos hasta que estén listas para Producción. Como estos dos " +"entornos están completamente asilados uno del otro, los certificados " +"digitales de una instancia no son válidos en la otra." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2056,7 +2082,7 @@ msgstr "Partner" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de identificación e IVA" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -2088,6 +2114,9 @@ msgid "" "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" +"En Argentina, el tipo de documento asociado con las transacciones de " +"clientes y proveedores se define en función del tipo de responsabilidad ante" +" AFIP; este campo debe definirse en el formulario de Partner:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 @@ -2122,6 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "**IVA**. Es el IVA normal y puede tener varios porcentajes." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" +"**Percepción**. Pago anticipado de un impuesto que se aplica a las facturas." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" @@ -2231,6 +2261,8 @@ msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" +"Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción B2C (empresa a " +"consumidor final), se debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"B\"." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -2315,7 +2347,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información de AFIP (mejor conocida como Punto de venta de AFIP)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -2344,6 +2376,8 @@ msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" +"``wsfev1: Facturación electrónica.`` Este es el servicio más común, se " +"utiliza para generar facturas tipo A, B, C, M sin detalles por artículo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -2415,7 +2449,6 @@ msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "Nota de débito: ND-A 0001-00000004." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Secuencias" @@ -2467,10 +2500,12 @@ msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" +"Una vez que se selecciona el cliente, el tipo de documento se llenará " +"automáticamente, basado en el tipo de documento AFIP:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Factura para un cliente IVA Responsable inscripto, prefijo A**." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." @@ -2540,7 +2575,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resultado:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." @@ -2609,7 +2644,7 @@ msgstr "Casos de uso especiales" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturas de servicios" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -2702,6 +2737,8 @@ msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" msgstr "" +"Para estas transacciones es importante tener en consideración los siguientes" +" requisitos:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." @@ -2722,7 +2759,7 @@ msgstr "Detalle cada artículo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Código según la Nomenclatura Común del MERCOSUR (NCM)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 msgid "Complete description." @@ -2770,7 +2807,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de documento específico (201, 202, 206, etc)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." @@ -2828,7 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El flujo puede resultar en uno de dos escenarios:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" @@ -2886,7 +2923,7 @@ msgstr "" "problema con la sincronización de secuencias entre Odoo y la AFIP." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" @@ -2954,6 +2991,9 @@ msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"**Disponible:** Se realiza la verificación. En caso que el número no sea " +"válido solo muestra una advertencia pero permite registrar la factura de " +"proveedor." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "" @@ -2986,7 +3026,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Casos de uso especiales" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" @@ -3051,7 +3091,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informes de IVA" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" @@ -3240,7 +3280,7 @@ msgstr "" "certificado." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:665 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Informes financieros" @@ -3412,15 +3452,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " -"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " -"automatically when the localization module is installed." +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." msgstr "" -"Cada tipo de documento puede tener una secuencia única por diario donde se " -"asigna. Como parte de la localización, el tipo de documento incluye el país " -"en el que se aplica el documento y los datos se crean automáticamente cuando" -" se instala el módulo de localización." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -3541,31 +3577,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponibles en Chile. De forma predeterminada, todos los diarios de ventas " "creados utilizarán documentos." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 -msgid "" -"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se crea un Diario tenemos dos opciones con secuencias de tipos de " -"documentos." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " -"most common document types." -msgstr "" -"Crear nuevas secuencias: En este caso, Odoo creará nuevas secuencias para " -"los tipos de documentos más comunes." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " -"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." -msgstr "" -"Usar secuencia existente: Si la secuencia debe ser compartida entre varios " -"diarios, el usuario puede agregar manualmente las secuencias creadas " -"previamente." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "" "For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " "Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." @@ -3574,36 +3586,26 @@ msgstr "" "crédito predeterminadas, ya que se requieren para uno de los casos de uso de" " notas de débito." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "CAF" msgstr "CAF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" -"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " -"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" -" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -"Para cada secuencia relacionada con el tipo de documentos, se requiere un " -"CAF (Código de Autorización de Folio), el CAF es un archivo que el SII " -"entrega al Emisor con el folio/secuencia autorizado para los documentos de " -"factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " -"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " -"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " -"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " -"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -"Su empresa puede realizar varias solicitudes de folios y obtener varios CAF," -" cada uno asociado a diferentes rangos de folios. De esta forma, podría " -"ordenar folios por las diferentes segmentaciones que tenga en sus diarios " -"(ejemplo por oficina) evitando así distribuir un rango de folios. De esta " -"forma, cada sucursal tendría su clave privada de la respectiva CAF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." @@ -3612,60 +3614,46 @@ msgstr "" "cómo adquirir el CAF: `SII Timbraje " "`_." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 msgid "" -"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" -" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " -"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " -"sequence:" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -"Una vez que tenga los archivos CAF, debe asociarlos con la secuencia de " -"diario en Odoo, después de crear la secuencia por primera vez, estará en " -"rojo, lo que indica que no se ha configurado ningún CAF para esa secuencia " -"en particular:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 -msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" -msgstr "Para agregar un CAF, simplemente siga estos pasos:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 -msgid "Open the sequence." -msgstr "Abre la secuencia." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 -msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." -msgstr "Vaya a la pestaña “CAF”." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "Haga clic en “Suba su archivo”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "Haga clic en “Guardar y Cerrar” en la pestaña “CAF”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 -msgid "Save the sequence." -msgstr "Por ultimo, haga clic en “Guardar” en la secuencia editada." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" -"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " -"and quantity available are updated:" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -"Como resultado, el color de la secuencia cambia a negro y se actualiza la " -"columna Próximo número y Cantidad disponible, como se muestra a " -"continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transation is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "Uso y pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:340 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "Flujo de trabajo de la factura electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3677,11 +3665,11 @@ msgstr "" "Proveedor, en el siguiente diagrama explicamos cómo se transmite la " "información al SII y entre los clientes y proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "Emisión de factura del cliente" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " @@ -3692,15 +3680,15 @@ msgstr "" "tipo de documento que se selecciona automáticamente en función del " "Contribuyente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:358 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "Puede cambiar manualmente el tipo de documento si es necesario." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "Validación y estado del DTE" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " @@ -3710,7 +3698,7 @@ msgstr "" " o automática cuando se crea a partir de una orden de venta, proceda a " "validar la factura. Después de que se registre la factura:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." @@ -3718,11 +3706,11 @@ msgstr "" "El archivo Electronic Tax Document (DTE) se crea automáticamente y se agrega" " en el chat." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:372 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "El estado del DTE de SII se establece como: Pendiente de envío." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3734,7 +3722,7 @@ msgstr "" " del SII de inmediato, también puede hacerlo manualmente. El flujo de " "trabajo del estado del DTE es el siguiente:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:387 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3747,7 +3735,7 @@ msgstr "" " devuelve correo electrónico. El estado del DTE se actualiza a Consultar " "Estado Doc." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " @@ -3758,7 +3746,7 @@ msgstr "" "botón: Verificar en SII. El resultado puede ser Aceptado, Aceptado con " "reparos o Rechazado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:401 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " @@ -3768,11 +3756,11 @@ msgstr "" "Rechazo, en caso de que haga clic continuamente en el Botón Verificar en el " "SII, recibirá en el chat el detalle de esos estados intermedios:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "La respuesta final del SII, puede asumir estos valores:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:412 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." @@ -3780,7 +3768,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Aceptado:** Indica que la información de la factura es correcta, nuestro " "documento ahora es fiscalmente válido y se envía automáticamente al cliente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " @@ -3790,7 +3778,7 @@ msgstr "" "correcta pero se identificó un problema menor, sin embargo, nuestro " "documento ahora es fiscalmente válido y se envía automáticamente al cliente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3803,29 +3791,29 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, los detalles también se recuperan en el chat una vez que el se procesa" " el servidor de correo electrónico." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "Si la factura es rechazada, siga estos pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "Cambie el documento a borrador." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:431 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" "Realice las correcciones necesarias en función del mensaje recibido del SII." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "Registre la factura nuevamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "Referencias cruzadas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:442 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3840,11 +3828,11 @@ msgstr "" "puede usar en facturas de cliente como bien. En el caso de las notas de " "crédito y débito, Odoo las configura automáticamente:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "Informes de facturas en PDF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " @@ -3854,24 +3842,24 @@ msgstr "" "PDF incluye los elementos fiscales que indican que nuestro documento es " "fiscalmente válido:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:463 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "Validación comercial" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:465 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "Una vez la factura ha sido enviada al cliente:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "El estado del DTE del cliente cambia a “Enviado”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:468 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" "El cliente debe enviar un correo electrónico de confirmación de recepción." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." @@ -3880,15 +3868,15 @@ msgstr "" "son correctos, enviarán la confirmación de “Aceptación”, en caso contrario " "enviarán un “Reclamo”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "El campo Estado de aceptación de DTE se actualiza automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:479 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "Procesado para facturas reclamadas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:481 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3900,11 +3888,11 @@ msgstr "" " de proceder es con una Nota de Crédito para cancelar o corregir la factura." " Consulte la sección Notas de crédito para obtener más detalles." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "Errores comunes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." @@ -3912,11 +3900,11 @@ msgstr "" "Hay razones múltiples detrás de un rechazo del SII, pero estos son algunos " "de los errores comunes podrías tener y cuál es la solución relacionada." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." msgstr "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." @@ -3924,12 +3912,12 @@ msgstr "" "*Solución:* Asegúrese de que la dirección de la empresa esté debidamente " "completada, incluidos el estado y la ciudad." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." msgstr "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." @@ -3937,11 +3925,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Solución:* Las líneas de la factura deben incluir un impuesto de IVA, " "asegúrese de agregar uno en cada línea de la factura." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." msgstr "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 msgid "" "Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" "[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." @@ -3949,48 +3937,40 @@ msgstr "" "Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" "[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 msgid "" -"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " -"document as the one you’re using is expired." +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " +"using is expired." msgstr "" -"*Solución:* Intente agregar un nuevo CAF en la secuencia del diario " -"relacionado con este documento, ya que el que está usando está vencido." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "Facturas rectificativas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " -"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" -" in the SII." +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." msgstr "" -"Cuando se necesita una cancelación o corrección sobre una factura validada, " -"se debe generar una nota de crédito. Es importante considerar que se " -"requiere un archivo CAF para la secuencia de la Nota de Crédito, que se " -"identifica como documento 64 en el SII." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid "" -"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " -"on each sequence." +"Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " +"each document type." msgstr "" -"Refiere a la sección de revista donde describimos el proceso para cargar el" -" CAF en cada secuencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "Casos de uso" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "Cancelar documento de referencia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " @@ -4001,11 +3981,11 @@ msgstr "" " de referencia SII se configura automáticamente como: Anula Documento de " "referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "Corrige el texto del documento de referencia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:545 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -4018,7 +3998,7 @@ msgstr "" " caso, el Código de referencia del SII se establece automáticamente en: " "Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:553 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." @@ -4026,7 +4006,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo crea una nota de crédito con el texto corregido en una factura y el " "precio 0." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." @@ -4034,11 +4014,11 @@ msgstr "" "Es importante de definir la cuenta de crédito por defecto en la revista de " "Ventas cuando está tomado para este caso de uso en concreto." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "Corrige el monto del documento de referencia" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " @@ -4049,11 +4029,11 @@ msgstr "" "referencia del SII se establece automáticamente en: Corrige el monto del " "Documento de Referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:575 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Notas débito" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:577 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -4065,11 +4045,11 @@ msgstr "" "ello, utilice el botón “Agregar nota de débito”. Los dos casos de uso " "principales para notas de débito se detallan a continuación." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "Agregar deuda en facturas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " @@ -4079,7 +4059,7 @@ msgstr "" "una factura existente, debe seleccionar la opción 3 en el campo Código de " "referencia SII:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" @@ -4087,11 +4067,11 @@ msgstr "" "En este caso, Odoo incluye automáticamente la factura de origen en la " "sección de referencia cruzada:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "Cancelar Notas de Crédito" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:604 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " @@ -4102,7 +4082,7 @@ msgstr "" "débito y seleccione la primera opción en el asistente: *1: Anula Documentos " "de referencia.*" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" @@ -4110,7 +4090,7 @@ msgstr "" "Como parte de la localización chilena, puedes configurar su Servidor de " "correo entrante como el mismo que tiene registrado en el SII para:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." @@ -4118,19 +4098,19 @@ msgstr "" "Reciba automáticamente las facturas del proveedor DTE y cree la factura del " "proveedor basándose en esta información." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "Envíe automáticamente el acuse de recibo a su proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "Acepte o Reclame el documento y envíe este estado a su proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:625 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Recepción" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -4143,11 +4123,11 @@ msgstr "" "de recibo. 3. El estado de aceptación del DTE se establece como: Acuse de " "recibido enviado." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:637 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Aceptación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -4159,11 +4139,11 @@ msgstr "" "hecho esto el Estado de Aceptación DTE cambia a: Aceptado y se envía un " "correo electrónico de aceptación al proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:649 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Reclamación" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -4176,7 +4156,7 @@ msgstr "" "cambia a: Reclamo y un correo electrónico de aceptación se envía al " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:659 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " @@ -4187,11 +4167,11 @@ msgstr "" "documentos de Reclamación deben cancelarse ya que no serán válidos para sus " "registros contables." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -4204,8 +4184,8 @@ msgstr "" "manera que se tenga un conocimiento real y completo del estado de una " "compañía." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" @@ -4213,11 +4193,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puedes encontrar este informe en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " "Contabilidad --> Reportes`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "Propuesta F29" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:683 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -4230,7 +4210,7 @@ msgstr "" " Su finalidad es apoyar las transacciones relacionadas con el IVA, mejorando" " su control y declaración." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." @@ -4449,7 +4429,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creación de Facturas" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -4796,6 +4776,8 @@ msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" @@ -5589,7 +5571,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Algunos de sus clientes son particulares privados (B2C)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5701,6 +5683,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" +"** Seguridad **: algoritmo de encadenamiento para verificar la " +"inalterabilidad;" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -6379,6 +6363,8 @@ msgid "" "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" +"Al crear una base de datos desde www.odoo.com, si se elige México como país " +"al crear la cuenta, la localización mexicana se instalará automáticamente." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" @@ -6392,6 +6378,11 @@ msgid "" "3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Para habilitar este requisito en México, vaya a configuración en " +"contabilidad en:menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración` y habilite la" +" opción en la imagen. Con esto podrá generar la factura firmada (CFDI 3.2 y " +"3.3) y generar también el complemento de pago firmado (3.3 solamente); todo " +"se integra completamente con el flujo de facturación normal en Odoo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 msgid "Set your legal information in the company" @@ -6413,11 +6404,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -"Si desea usar la localización mexicana en modo de prueba, puede poner " -"cualquier dirección conocida dentro de México con todos los campos para la " -"dirección de la empresa y configurar al VAT como **TCM970625MB1**." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -6460,6 +6448,10 @@ msgid "" "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " "name does not exist)." msgstr "" +"Vaya y observe el siguiente parámetro técnico, en: menuselection: `-> " +"Ajustes-> Parámetros-> Parámetros del sistema ` y configure el parámetro " +"llamado * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * a 3.3 (créelo si la entrada con este " +"nombre no existe )." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -6528,6 +6520,9 @@ msgid "" "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" +"Recuerde que debe registrarse en el PAC arbitrado de antemano, ese proceso " +"se puede hacer con el PAC mismo en este caso, tendremos dos (2) Finkok`_ y " +"`Solución Factible`_ disponibles." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -6629,6 +6624,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" +"Una vez que envíe la factura electrónica por correo electrónico, esta es la " +"forma en que debería verse." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" @@ -6787,7 +6784,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Necesita imprimir el pago para poder obtener el PDF correctamente. " #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -6823,7 +6820,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." @@ -6843,7 +6840,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contabilidad Electrónica (Requiere Aplicación de Contabilidad)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" @@ -6906,7 +6903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" @@ -7068,6 +7065,8 @@ msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" +"Guarda en un lugar seguro el archivo descargado, vaya al sitio web de SAT y " +"sigue los pasos necesarios para declararlo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" @@ -7131,7 +7130,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Módulo de Contactos (Gratis)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" @@ -7216,7 +7215,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si ves un error como este:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" @@ -7241,7 +7240,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ve a la empresa en donde ocurre el error. " #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" @@ -7939,6 +7938,8 @@ msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" +"Corrobore que todos los **pagos recibidos** han sido ingresados y " +"registrados exactamente." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" @@ -7947,6 +7948,8 @@ msgstr "Lista de chequeo de fin de año" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" +"Ejecute un **Reporte de Impuestos**, y verifique que su información de " +"impuestos es correcta." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" @@ -7975,6 +7978,9 @@ msgid "" "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" +"Audite sus cuentas, asegurándose de entender completamente las transacciones" +" que las afectan y la naturaleza de las transacciones, asegurándose de " +"incluir préstamos y activos fijos." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8031,6 +8037,10 @@ msgid "" "loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" +"Si su contador/contable esta en la auditoría de fin de año, ellos querrán " +"tener copias de los ítems de la hoja de balance (como los préstamos, cuentas" +" bancarias, pagos por anticipado, reportes de impuesto de ventas, etc...) " +"para comporarlos contra sus saldos en Odoo." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -8298,6 +8308,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" +"crear una posicion tributaria que cambie los impuestos excluidos por los " +"impuestos incluidos" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -8368,7 +8380,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurando la posición fiscal B2C" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -8429,6 +8441,8 @@ msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" +"La lista de precios esta en la pestaña **Ventas y Compras** del formato del " +"cliente, y la posición fiscal esta en la pestaña de contabilidad." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -8567,7 +8581,7 @@ msgstr "Diario del banco" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Banco $115" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -8869,6 +8883,8 @@ msgid "" "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo, la **compañía quien envió la factura debe $20 de impuestos " +"al **gobierno** y el **cliente** debe $10 de impuestos al **gobierno**." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -8918,6 +8934,9 @@ msgid "" "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "" +"Una vez su impuesto esta creado, puede usarlo en los formularios del " +"cliente, órdenes de venta o facturas de clientes. Puede aplicar varios " +"impuestos en una sola línea de factura de cliente." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -8952,7 +8971,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En TaxCloud" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9025,7 +9044,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9698,6 +9717,8 @@ msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" +"En este caso seleccionamos las tres cuentas relevantes usadas en donde " +"registraremos nuestros gastos." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." @@ -9835,14 +9856,9 @@ msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -"El monto teórico representa la cantidad de dinero que teóricamente podría " -"haber gastado / debería haber recibido en función de la fecha. Cuando su " -"presupuesto es 1200 para 12 meses (enero a diciembre), y hoy es 31 de enero," -" el monto teórico será 1000, desde que este es el monto actual que podría " -"haber sido efectuado." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" @@ -9889,10 +9905,14 @@ msgid "" "costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" +"Por favor note que las aplicaciones proveídas por estas aplicaciones " +"solamente nos permiten **rastrear** los costos. No podremos automáticamente " +"re-facturar estos costos a nuestros clientes. Para rastrear y **re-facturar " +"costos** se debe también instalar la aplicación Administración de Ventas." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilitar Contabilidad Analítica" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9918,7 +9938,7 @@ msgstr "No olvide guardar sus cambios." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cree una Cuenta Analítica." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -9936,6 +9956,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" +"Dirigiremos todos nuestros costos a esta cuenta para mantener rastro de los " +"mismos." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" @@ -10061,6 +10083,8 @@ msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" +"Seleccione \"paquete de consulta - Smith\" y de clic en el botón costo e " +"ingreso para tener un resumen de todos los costos vinculados a la cuenta." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -10107,6 +10131,9 @@ msgid "" "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." msgstr "" +"Primero, instale las tres aplicaciones necesarias para usar esta " +"funcionalidad, a saber **Contabilidad**, **Ventas** y **Hojas de Trabajo**. " +"Ingrese al módulo el nombre de las aplicaciones e instálelas." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -10114,6 +10141,10 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" +"Seguidamente deberá habilitar la contabilidad analítica. Para hacerlo " +"ingrese a la **Aplicación contabilidad**. Seleccione " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque la opción **Contabilidad" +" analítica** (vea imagen abajo)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -10149,6 +10180,8 @@ msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" +"Si quiere que el empleado ingrese a la hoja de trabajo él/ella debe ser " +"relacionado como Usuario." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -10179,6 +10212,9 @@ msgid "" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" +"De esta manera necesitamos crear una **orden de ventas** con un producto " +"**servicio** facturado **basado en tiempo y material** y rastreado por hojas" +" de trabajo con **horas** como unidad de medida." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -10211,6 +10247,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" +"Como un empleado fue vinculado como un usuario, Harry puede ingresar a la " +"aplicación **Hoja de trabajo** y especificar sus hojas de trabajo para el " +"contrato. Conectado en la cuenta de Harry ingresamos la aplicación **Hoja de" +" trabajo** e ingresamos una línea detallada señalando a la **Cuenta " +"Analítica** discutida antes." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." @@ -10222,6 +10263,9 @@ msgid "" "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" +"Al mismo tiempo, Cedric discutió necesidades del negocio con el cliente por " +"1 hora y lo especificó también en su hoja de trabajo personal, señalándolo " +"también en la **Cuenta Analítica**." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -10365,6 +10409,8 @@ msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" +"Para manejar contabilidad analítica, debe activarla en " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -10388,7 +10434,7 @@ msgstr "Compañía de Servicios/IT: análisis de resultados" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caso 1: Compañía industrial: Analice costos" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -10504,7 +10550,7 @@ msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" @@ -10527,7 +10573,7 @@ msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nota de crédito por materiales defectuosos" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 @@ -10544,7 +10590,7 @@ msgstr "Gastos del personal" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2121" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" @@ -10553,13 +10599,13 @@ msgstr "10000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" @@ -10576,7 +10622,7 @@ msgstr "Administrativo" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" @@ -10617,6 +10663,9 @@ msgid "" "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" +"Los ejemplos anteriores están basados en un desglose de los costos de la " +"compañía. Asignaciones analíticas pueden ser tan efectivas para ventas. Eso " +"le da rentabilidad (ventas - costos) de diferentes departamentos." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -10648,7 +10697,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caso 2: Firma de Abogados: costos de recursos humanos?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -10731,7 +10780,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Cantidad**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" @@ -10758,7 +10807,7 @@ msgstr "Buscar la información (3 h)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-45" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" @@ -10779,7 +10828,7 @@ msgstr "Cargo de servicios" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "" +msgstr "280" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -10803,7 +10852,7 @@ msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Costo de combustible - Viaje de cliente" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" @@ -10827,7 +10876,7 @@ msgstr "6201 - Salarios" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -10896,6 +10945,9 @@ msgid "" "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." msgstr "" +"La administración de servicios, gastos y ventas es similar a lo presentado " +"antes para abogados. La facturación y el estudio de rentabilidad también son" +" similares." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -10927,7 +10979,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conclusión" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -10955,6 +11007,7 @@ msgstr "Inventario" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" +"Impacto en la valuación del precio promedio cuando se devuelven productos" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11021,7 +11074,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definiendo el precio de compra" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -11038,7 +11091,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Costo promedio ejemplo" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -11188,7 +11241,7 @@ msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -11343,6 +11396,12 @@ msgid "" "receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" +"Por las personas que usan los principios de la **contabilidad anglosajona**," +" hay otro concepto que se debe tomar en cuenta: la cuenta de entrada de " +"inventario del producto, la cual intenta mantener en cualquier momento el " +"valor de las facturas de proveedor que recibe. Entonces la cuenta de entrada" +" de inventario aumentará en la recepción de envíos entrando y se reducirá " +"cuando reciba las correspondientes facturas de proveedor." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -11364,7 +11423,7 @@ msgstr "diferencia de precio" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($80)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" @@ -11372,7 +11431,7 @@ msgstr "Factura de proveedor recibida $80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($64)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" @@ -11427,6 +11486,9 @@ msgid "" "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" +"Después de recibidos sus pagos, tiene la opción de convertir el monto a la " +"moneda de su compañía. El pago multi-moneda implica fluctuaciones de tasas. " +"Las diferencias de tasa son registradas automáticamente por Odoo." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" @@ -11453,6 +11515,8 @@ msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." msgstr "" +"En este documento, la base monetaria es **Euro** y registrará pagos en " +"**Dólares**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -11484,10 +11548,13 @@ msgid "" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" +"Revise si el campo **Moneda** esta vacío o en la moneda extranjera en la " +"cual registrará sus pagos. Si una moneda es completada, significa que puede " +"registrar pagos solamente en esta moneda." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrar un pago en una moneda diferente" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11560,13 +11627,26 @@ msgstr "" "El diario de Diferencia en cambio puede ser cambio en sus ajustes de " "contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" @@ -11675,6 +11755,9 @@ msgid "" "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" msgstr "" +"Elija el intervalo : Manualmente, Diariamente, Semanalmente o Mensualmente. " +"Siempre puede forzar la actualización dando clic en **Actualizar Ahora**. " +"Seleccione el proveedor, y esta configurado!" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" @@ -11757,7 +11840,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Órdenes de Compra y Facturas de Proveedor" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 @@ -11811,12 +11894,12 @@ msgstr "" "entradas del diario para **Diferencia en Cambio**. Todas las diferencias de " "tipo de cambio son registradas allí." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`facturas_pagos`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" @@ -11852,6 +11935,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" +"Cuando esté creando una factura, la moneda se puede cambiar fácilmente; no " +"obstante, Odoo toma la moneda designada por la compañía por defecto. " +"Convertirá todos los montos automáticamente usando esa moneda." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" @@ -11899,7 +11985,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Extractos Bancarios Multi-Moneda" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11921,7 +12007,7 @@ msgstr "" "entradas del diario para **Diferencia en Cambio**. Todas las diferencias de " "tipo de cambio son registradas allí." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" @@ -12515,7 +12601,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" @@ -12580,7 +12666,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi-empresas" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12611,6 +12697,11 @@ msgid "" "transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" +"Cada transacción se registra con la moneda base de la empresa. Para las " +"transacciones que ocurren en otra moneda, Odoo toma tanto el valor de la " +"moneda de la empresa y el valor en la moneda de la transacción para hacer " +"los cambios necesarios. Odoo puede generar divisas de ganancias y pérdidas " +"después de la reconciliación en los diarios de artículos." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -12638,7 +12729,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En particular, el motor del soporte de contabilidad central de Odoo:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -12659,7 +12750,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo también tienen módulos para cumplir con las normas IFRS." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar y por pagar" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12707,6 +12798,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" +"Reportes de posición (como balance general, cuentas por pagar pasadas, " +"cuentas por cobrar pasadas)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" @@ -12718,7 +12811,7 @@ msgstr "Reportes a detalle (tales como el balance y la contabilidad general)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestión de reportes (como presupuestos y resumen ejecutivo)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -12786,6 +12879,9 @@ msgid "" "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" +"Odoo soporta valoraciones de inventario tanto periódicas (manuales) y fijas " +"(automatizadas). Los métodos disponibles son el precio estándar, precio " +"medio, LIFO (para los países que le permiten) y FIFO." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -12795,7 +12891,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilidades retenidas fácilmente" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -12807,7 +12903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recordatorio rápido de Contabilidad para Emprendedores (US GAAP)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -12939,6 +13035,8 @@ msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" +"Por cada entrada de diario debe ser *balanceada*, la suma de todos sus " +"débitos debe ser igual a la suma de todos sus créditos." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" @@ -12969,7 +13067,7 @@ msgstr "El cliente debe $1,090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" @@ -13098,7 +13196,7 @@ msgstr "Factura 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pago 1.1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "70" @@ -13119,7 +13217,7 @@ msgstr "Pago 1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -13158,6 +13256,8 @@ msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" +"un pago es registrado cuando se recibe un cheque de un cliente, luego " +"correspondido cuando se esta revisando el extracto bancario" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" @@ -13175,7 +13275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "registrado como otra transacción:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." @@ -13216,6 +13316,8 @@ msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" +"El primer asiento del diario es creado registrando el pago en la factura. El" +" segundo es creado cuando se registra el extracto bancario." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 @@ -13342,6 +13444,9 @@ msgid "" "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" +"Las facturas borrador puede ser generadas manualmente desde otros documentos" +" como Órdenes de Venta, Órdenes de Compra, etc. Aunque puede crear una " +"factura borrador directamente si quiere." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -13405,7 +13510,7 @@ msgstr "El documento esta compuesto de tres partes:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" +msgstr "la parte superior de la factura, con la información del cliente," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -13456,7 +13561,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enviar la factura al cliente" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -13554,13 +13659,15 @@ msgstr "Conciliar" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ahora concilie!" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" +"Ahora puede ir a través de cada transacción y conciliarlas o conciliar en " +"masa con las instrucciones al final." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -13615,10 +13722,12 @@ msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" +"Pasando por los registros del cliente y profundizando en los \"Pagos " +"Pendientes\" verá el mensaje de seguimiento y todas las facturas pendientes." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte de Antigüedad de Cliente:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -13781,7 +13890,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Cuentas por Pagar:** definidas en el formulario del proveedor" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 @@ -13790,7 +13899,7 @@ msgstr "**Impuestos:** definidos en los productos y por línea" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Gastos:** definidos en la línea del ítem del producto usado" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -13864,6 +13973,10 @@ msgid "" "daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " "checks in batches." msgstr "" +"Si elije pagar sus facturas de proveedor por cheque, Odoo ofrece un método " +"para hacerlo directamente desde sus pagos a proveedor dentro de Odoo. Si lo " +"hace en una base diaria o prefiere hacerlo al final de la semana, puede " +"imprimir en cheques en lotes." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -13909,6 +14022,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" +"Para obtener una lista de facturas de proveedor abiertas y su respectivas " +"fechas de vencimiento, puede usar el reporte **Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar**," +" bajo el menú de reportes, (en :menuselection:`Reportes --> Estado de " +"Negocios --> Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar`) para obtener una visual de todas " +"sus facturas pendientes." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -14040,7 +14158,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar facturas a pagar" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -14070,7 +14188,7 @@ msgstr "Pagos de Proveedor" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pagar por Cheques" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14143,6 +14261,7 @@ msgstr "Estados Unidos" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" +"Para los Estados Unidos, Odoo soporta por defecto los formatos de cheque de:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" @@ -14164,10 +14283,12 @@ msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" +"También es posible personalizar sus propios cheques a través de " +"personalizaciones." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" @@ -14180,7 +14301,7 @@ msgstr "registrando un pago le gustaría hacerlo en la factura" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imprimir cheques en lote para todos los pagos registrados" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" @@ -14221,12 +14342,19 @@ msgid "" "will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" +"Si quiere revisar cada uno de los pagos antes de imprimir el cheque, abra el" +" pago y de clic en **Imprimir Cheque** si lo acepta. Un cuadro de diálogo le" +" preguntará el número del cheque. Automáticamente le propone el siguiente " +"número, pero puede cambiarlo si no coincide con su siguiente número." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" +"Para imprimir todos los cheques en lote, seleccione todos los pagos desde la" +" vista de lista e imprima el cheque desde el menú \"imprimir\" en la parte " +"superior." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" @@ -14251,7 +14379,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pagar cualquier cosa con un cheque" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -14317,6 +14445,9 @@ msgid "" "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" +"En el siguiente ejemplo, generaremos algunas facturas. Ud. puede controlar " +"todo el proceso desde su tablero de contabilidad (es la primera pantalla que" +" tiene cuando abre la aplicación de contabilidad)." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -14346,6 +14477,9 @@ msgid "" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" +"Ahora registraremos un pago para una factura solamente. Abra la factura, " +"luego de clic en **Registrar Pago**. Ingrese el Método de Pago, Fecha y " +"Monto, y de clic en **Validar**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -14361,7 +14495,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pagar varias facturas de proveedor en conjunto" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -14388,6 +14522,8 @@ msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" +"Ingrese los datos del pago. El sistema calculó el monto total de ambas " +"facturas, puede libremente modificarlo. De clic en **Validar**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" @@ -14410,6 +14546,8 @@ msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" +"Esto se manejará desde el menú :menuselection:`Tablero --> Diario Bancario " +"--> Más Opciones --> Enviar Dinero`" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -14427,6 +14565,8 @@ msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" +"Como puede ver, el estado de pago de la factura muestra lo que esta " +"registrado y lo que esta pendiente por conciliar." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -14454,6 +14594,9 @@ msgid "" "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" +"Ya ha aprendido como pagar facturas de varias formas pero, ¿qué hay acerca " +"de los pagos parciales? Tomaremos otro ejemplo donde haremos pagos parciales" +" para varias facturas." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -14497,6 +14640,8 @@ msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" +"Antes de conciliar este extracto bancario, necesitamos crear un modelo de " +"extracto para descuentos por pronto pago." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." @@ -14515,6 +14660,10 @@ msgid "" " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." msgstr "" +"El SEPA, Área Europea de Pago Único, es una iniciativa de integración de " +"pago de la Unión Europea para simplificar las transferencias bancarias en " +"Euros. El SEPA le permite enviar órdenes de pago a su banco para automatizar" +" las transferencias bancarias electrónicas." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -14566,6 +14715,8 @@ msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" +"De acuerdo a su país y el plan de cuentas que use, este módulo pueden ser " +"instalado por defecto. " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" @@ -14578,6 +14729,10 @@ msgid "" "when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" +"Para permitir pagos en cheque, debe activar el método de pago en los diarios" +" de bancos relacionados. Desde el tablero de contabilidad (la pantalla que " +"obtiene cuando ingresa a la aplicación de contabilidad), de clic en \"Más\" " +"en su cuenta bancaria y elija la opción \"Ajustes\"." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -14594,6 +14749,9 @@ msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de específicar el número IBAN de la cuenta (el número de cuenta " +"doméstico no funcionará con SEPA) y el BIC (código de identificación del " +"banco) en su diario bancario." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -14629,6 +14787,10 @@ msgid "" "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" +"si es la primera vez que le paga a este proveedor, tendrá que llenar el " +"campo Cuenta Bancaria del Receptor, al menos con, el nombre del banco, IBAN " +"y BIC (Código de Identificación del Banco). Odoo automáticamente verificará " +"el formato IBAN." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -14636,6 +14798,8 @@ msgid "" "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" +"Para futuros pagos a este proveedor, Odoo automáticamente le propondrá las " +"cuentas bancarias pero Ud. podrá seleccionar otra o crear una nueva." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -15364,6 +15528,8 @@ msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" +"Usted empezará con las **Solicitudes de Presupuesto (RfQ)** que se enviarán " +"a sus proveedor(es)." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -15521,7 +15687,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comprar productos de servicio no desencadena una órden de entrega." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" @@ -15557,6 +15723,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" +"Su proveedor puede enviarle varias facturas para la misma Órden de Compra " +"sí:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -15568,7 +15736,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Su proveedor le envía una factura parcial o pregunta por un depósito." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -15579,10 +15747,17 @@ msgid "" " you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" +"Cada vez que registre una nueva factura de proveedor, Odoo automáticamente " +"llenará las cantidades de producto basado en lo que ha sido recibido desde " +"el proveedor. Si este valor se muestra en cero, significa que todavía no ha " +"recibido este producto y simplemente sirve como recordatorio de que el " +"producto no esta a la mano y debe indagar más profundamente al respecto. En " +"cualquier momento, antes que valide la Factura de Proveedor, puede anular " +"esta cantidad cero." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturas de Proveedor Acompañadas" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" @@ -15700,7 +15875,7 @@ msgstr "o Cantidades recibidas" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturación por lotes" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -16548,6 +16723,10 @@ msgid "" "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" +"En algunas empresas, los vendedores crean cotizaciones, las cuales provienen" +" de las órdenes de venta una vez que son validadas. Después, proyectos de " +"facturas se crean en base a la orden de venta. Usted tiene diferentes " +"opciones como:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -16592,7 +16771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Este proceso es bueno para ambos servicios y productos físicos." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" @@ -16600,7 +16779,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Órdenes de Venta ‣ Órden de Entrega ‣ Factura" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -16732,7 +16911,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una factura de manera manual" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -16750,6 +16929,8 @@ msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" +"Aunque generar la factura de un pedido de cliente, es posible que deba crear" +" facturas manualmente en los casos de uso excepcionales:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" @@ -16767,7 +16948,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" +msgstr "si necesita facturar algo no relacionado con su negocio principal" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" @@ -17212,7 +17393,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" @@ -17370,72 +17551,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " -"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " -"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr ":doc:`batch`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_" @@ -17494,6 +17668,9 @@ msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" +"Aún si el primer método es más limpio, Odoo soporta el segundo enfoque " +"porque algunos contadores están acostumbrados a usarlo (usuarios de " +"quickbooks y peachtree). " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -17505,7 +17682,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opción 1: Fondos no depositados" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" @@ -17521,6 +17698,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" +"Configurar la cuenta bancaria relacionada a este diario como **Permitir " +"Conciliación**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 @@ -17597,7 +17776,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" -msgstr "" +msgstr "X" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -17630,6 +17809,8 @@ msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" +"No hay nada que configurar si planea administrar sus cheques usando este " +"método." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" @@ -17913,7 +18094,7 @@ msgstr "Pagados no sujetados a una factura" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrar un pago" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -18013,6 +18194,9 @@ msgid "" "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" +"Durante la conciliación, si la suma de los débitos y créditos no " +"corresponde, significa que todavía queda un saldo que debe ser conciliado en" +" una fecha posterior, o que necesita ser anulado directamente. " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" @@ -18318,6 +18502,9 @@ msgid "" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" +"En los campos **fórmulas** puede agregar una o más fórmulas para asignar " +"valores a la columna balance (y a las columnas débito y crédito si aplica - " +"separado por ;)" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" @@ -18336,6 +18523,9 @@ msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" +"Otro reporte, referenciado por su código. Use ``.balance` para obtener su " +"valor balance (también están disponibles ``.crédito``, ``.débito`` y " +"``.monto_residual``)" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -18581,7 +18771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Días promedio del acreedor:**" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po index d1496b5ac..839ab1ffa 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Pablo Rojas , 2020 # Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales , 2020 # Jose Alejandro Echeverri Valencia , 2020 -# luis abarca , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 +# AleEscandon , 2020 +# Jon Perez , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: luis abarca , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -422,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -914,7 +916,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 msgid "H1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H1" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 @@ -937,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 msgid "H2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H2" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 @@ -1127,7 +1129,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 msgid "Render" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generar" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -1347,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 msgid "Danger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peligro" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." @@ -1431,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ejemplo**" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 msgid "**RST**" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 02df3d91f..4dcf898e7 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,26 +4,31 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# David Arnold , 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # Pablo Rojas , 2020 # AleEscandon , 2020 # Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2020 # Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2020 +# Nicole Kist , 2020 # Raquel Iciarte , 2020 # Alejandro Kutulas , 2020 # Vivian Montana , 2020 # Cris Martin , 2020 # José Gerardo Páez Serrano , 2020 -# Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 -# luis abarca , 2020 +# Fabian , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: luis abarca , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Fabian , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,15 +38,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adquiere leads" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Convierte iniciativas en oportunidades" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -56,6 +61,9 @@ msgid "" "sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " "channels from their configuration form." msgstr "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 @@ -82,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Convierte un lead en una oportunidad" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -101,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fusionar oportunidades" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -135,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde emails" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -146,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar seudónimos de correo" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -164,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde la página web de contacto" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -175,11 +183,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usa el contáctanos en tu página web" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Primero debes ir a la página web de tu aplicación" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -201,7 +209,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crea una forma de contacto customizada" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -216,6 +224,8 @@ msgid "" "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" +"Necesitarás el módulo gratuito * Form Builder *, solo disponible en Odoo " +"Enterprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -238,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Genera leads en vez de oportunidades" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -351,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envía presupuestos" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -361,7 +371,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crea un nuevo presupuesto" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -374,6 +384,8 @@ msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." msgstr "" +"Encontrarás todos tus presupuestos a esa oportunidad específica bajo el menú" +" *Presupuestos* en esa página." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" @@ -384,20 +396,24 @@ msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." msgstr "" +"Ahora necesitarás marcar tu oportunidad como ganada o perdida para avanzar " +"en el proceso" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" +"Si las marcas como ganadas, se moverán a tu columna *Ganadas* en tu vista " +"Kanban. Si las marcas como *Perdidas* serán archivadas." #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimiza tu trabajo diario" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo motivar y recompensar a mis vendedores?" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -416,7 +432,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear un reto" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -503,10 +519,13 @@ msgid "" "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " "and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Los objetivos pueden incluir la configuración de su base de datos, así (por " +"ejemplo, establecer los datos de la empresa y una zona horaria, crear nuevos" +" usuarios, etc.)." #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Establecer recompensas" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -519,7 +538,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincroniza tu calendario Google con Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -527,6 +546,9 @@ msgid "" "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" +"Odoo está perfectamente integrado con el calendario de Google así que puedes" +" ver y administrar tus reuniones con ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones " +"van a ambas direcciones)." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -537,14 +559,17 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"Ve a la Plataforma de APIs de Google " +"`__ para generar las credenciales " +"para la API de Google Calendar. Accede con tu cuenta de Google." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ve a la página API & Servicios." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Busca por *Calendario API Google* y selecciónalo." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -560,7 +585,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crea Credenciales" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -595,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración en Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -619,7 +644,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" @@ -627,7 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introducción" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -882,9 +907,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed in Outlook yet on Outlook's add-" -"ins list. This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom " -"add-in*." +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 @@ -1053,7 +1077,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar el servidor Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" @@ -1063,10 +1087,12 @@ msgstr "Dependencies" msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar Asterisk es necesario instalar las siguientes " +"dependencias:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wget" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" @@ -1074,7 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "gcc" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "" +msgstr "g++" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" @@ -1086,7 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "libxml2-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" @@ -1098,15 +1124,15 @@ msgstr "libuuid-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "openssl-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pkg-config" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para instalar libsrtp, siga las siguientes instrucciones:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1114,34 +1140,37 @@ msgid "" "`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" +"También necesita instalar PJSIP, puede descargar el recurso aquí " +"`_. Una vez el directorio recurso es " +"extraído:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Cambia a directorio proyecto pj recurso:**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ejecutar:**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Construye y instale proyectopj:**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Actualizar enlaces compartidas de biblioteca**." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "verifique que el proyecto pj está instalado." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Wl resultado debe ser**." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisco" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1149,10 +1178,13 @@ msgid "" "`there `_." msgstr "" +"Para instalar Asterisk 13.7.0, puede descargar la fuente directamente `aqui " +"`_." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "extracto del Asterisco:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" @@ -1160,11 +1192,11 @@ msgstr "introduzca el directorio Asterisco." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecutar el script configuración Asterisco." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecute la herramienta asterisco menú selección " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1173,10 +1205,14 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" +"En el menú selección, ir a la opción de recursos y asegurar que el res-srtp " +"está inhabilitado. Si hay 3x´s junto a res-srtp, hay un problema con la " +"biblioteca srtp y debes reinstalarlo. Guardar la configuración (presionar " +"x). Debe también ver las estrellas delante de las lineas res-pjsip." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compilar e instalar Asterisk." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1184,28 +1220,33 @@ msgid "" "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" +"Si necesita el ejemplo de configuración puede ejecutar 'realizar ejemplos' " +"para instalar la configuración de ejemplos. Si necesita instalar el script " +"de inicio del asterisco puede ejecutar 'make config'." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certificados DTLS" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después necesita ajustar los certificados DTLS." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduzca el directorio de scripts del asterisco:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" +"Crear los certtificados DTLS ( reemplazar pbx.mycompany.com con su dirección" +" ip o nombre dns, reemplaza MY Super Company con su nombre de compañia):" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar el servidor Asterisco" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -1215,6 +1256,12 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" +"Para WebRTC, muchas configuraciónes obligatórias deben hacerse en el " +"apartado \"peer settings\", por que, en occasiónes contrario a lo necesario," +" configuraciónes en el apartado \"global settings\" no se populan bien al " +"\"peer setting\". Por defecto, archivos de configuracion Asterisk estan " +"ubicados en /etc/asterisk/. Se recomienda empezar por editar http.conf y " +"asegurarse que las siguientes lineas estan descommentadas:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -1224,12 +1271,20 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" +"Luego, editar sip.conf. El \"WebRTC\" peer requiere de \"encryption\", " +"\"avpf\", y \"icesupport\" para habilitarlo. En la mayoría de casos, " +"\"directmedia\" debe estar deshabilitado. Tambien en el cliente WebRTC, el " +"transporte debe figurar como \"ws\" para permitir conexiones de websocket. " +"Todas estas lineas de configuración debenerian estar bajo el mismo peer; " +"configurarlos globalmente probablemente no funciona:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" +"En los archivos sip.conf y rtp.conf, es necesario tambien agregar o " +"descomentar las lineas:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" @@ -1237,11 +1292,12 @@ msgstr "por último ajustar extensiones.conf: " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure Odoo VOIP." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" +"En Odoo, la configuración debe ser hecha en las preferencias del usuario." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -1281,11 +1337,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Revisa tu Ratio Ganancia/Pérdida" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1307,11 +1363,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "También puedes cambiar las *medidas* a *Ingresos Totales*" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "También tienes la habilidad de cambiar a vista gráfico de pie." #: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Organize the pipeline" @@ -1327,6 +1383,9 @@ msgid "" " want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " "can help you recover them in the future." msgstr "" +"Al trabajar con tus oportunidades, puedes perder algunas de ellas. Vas a " +"querer controlar las razones por las que lo perdiste y también qué caminos " +"Odoo puede tomar para ayudarte a recuperarlo en el futuro." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" @@ -1343,10 +1402,12 @@ msgid "" "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " "there." msgstr "" +"Puedes luego seleccionar una existente *Razon Perdida* o crear una nueva ahí" +" mismo." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administra y crea razones perdidas" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1358,10 +1419,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." msgstr "" +"Puede seleccionar y cambiar el nombre de cualquiera de ellos, así como crear" +" uno nuevo desde allí." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recuperar las oportunidades perdidas" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -1371,13 +1434,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Luego verás todas tus oportunidades perdidas." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " "Reason*." msgstr "" +"Si quieres refinarlas aún más, puedes añadir un filtro en la *Razón " +"Perdida*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." @@ -1385,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "Por ejemplo, * Demasiado costoso*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restablecer las oportunidades perdidas" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1404,6 +1469,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." msgstr "" +"Para seleccionar oportunidades específicas, debe cambiar a la vista lista." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1417,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maneja varios equipos de ventas" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1427,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear un nuevo canal de ventas" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1443,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añade miembros a tu canal de ventas" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1465,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tablero Canal de Ventas" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1482,11 +1548,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asignar y rastrear iniciativas" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asignar oportunidades basadas en puntuación" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1527,10 +1593,12 @@ msgid "" "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " "assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." msgstr "" +"Cada hora, cada oportunidad sin puntaje se escaneará automáticamente y se le" +" asignará su puntaje correcto de acuerdo con sus reglas de puntuación." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asignar iniciativas" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1572,6 +1640,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." msgstr "" +"En tu página de iniciativas puedes poner un filtro para encontrar tus " +"clientes potenciales no asignados." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1589,6 +1659,8 @@ msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" +"Rastrear las páginas de tu sitio web te dará mucha más información sobre los" +" intereses de los visitantes de tu sitio web." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1604,7 +1676,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rastrea una página web" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1620,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ver páginas visitadas en tus iniciativas/ oportunidades" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1635,13 +1707,17 @@ msgid "" "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " "pages." msgstr "" +"Ambos se actualizarán si los visitantes vuelven a su sitio web y visitan más" +" páginas." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " "chatter." msgstr "" +"La función no repetirá múltiples visualizaciones de las mismas páginas en la" +" conversación." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¡Tus clientes ya no podrán ocultarte ningún secreto!" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 5a571dd3d..3ca10096e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -4,7 +4,10 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# luis abarca , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: luis abarca , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administración base de datos en línea" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -42,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hay varias acciones disponibles:" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" @@ -70,11 +73,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambie el nombre de su base de datos (y su URL)" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Backup**" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -96,11 +99,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eliminar una base de datos instantáneamente" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contactar Soporte" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -250,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duplicando una base de datos" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -265,6 +268,9 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" +"Si quiere duplicar en la línea de la base de datos, tendrá algunos botones. " +"Para duplicar su base de datos, solo de clic en **Duplicar**. Tendrá que " +"darle un nombre a su duplicado, luego de clic en **Duplicar Base de Datos**." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -274,7 +280,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los correos electrónicos fueron enviados" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -284,11 +290,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Órdenes de envio (proveedores de envio) fueron enviadas" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etc." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -301,14 +307,18 @@ msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" +"Después de unos segundos, podrás iniciar sesión en tu base de datos " +"duplicada. Observe que la dirección URL utiliza el nombre que elijo para su " +"base de datos duplicada." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "" +"Las bases de datos duplicadas expiran automaticamente después de 15 días." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Renombrar una Base de datos" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -320,7 +330,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Borrar una Base de datos" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." @@ -377,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrar una Base de datos" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -391,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mensaje de Error de Registración" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -403,11 +413,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soluciones" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Tiene una suscripción Enterprise válida?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -441,7 +451,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Tiene la versión de Odoo 9 actualizada?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 @@ -449,6 +459,8 @@ msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" +"A partír de Julio de 2016 en adelante, Odoo 0 cambiara el uuid de una base " +"dedatos duplicada automaticamente; una operación manual ya no es necesaria." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -536,7 +548,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mensaje de Error Base de datos expirada" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -566,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contacta nuestro `Soporte `__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -576,7 +588,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duplicar una base de datos" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -584,6 +596,9 @@ msgid "" "server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" +"Puede duplicar su base de datos ingresando a la base de datos del " +"administrador en su servidor (/web/database/manager). En esta " +"página, puede fácilmente duplicar su base de datos (entre otras cosas)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -593,6 +608,12 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" +"Cuando duplique una base de datos local, se recomienda **fuertemente** " +"cambiar los uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier) de las bases de datos " +"duplicadas, desde que el uuid es como su base de datos se identifica a si " +"misma con otros servidores. Teniendo dos bases de datos con el mismo uuid " +"podría resultar en problemas de facturación o problemas de registro bajo la " +"línea." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -605,7 +626,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usuarios y Funcionalidades" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -613,6 +634,9 @@ msgid "" "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." msgstr "" +"Como administrador de tu base de datos, tu eres el responsable de su uso. " +"Esto incluye las Aplicaciones que instalas así como el número de usuarios " +"que se utilizan." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -622,6 +646,11 @@ msgid "" "subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " "paying one on our online platform)." msgstr "" +"Odoo son muchas cosas (ERP, CMS, aplicación CRM, comercio electrónico, etc.)" +" pero *no* un smartphone. Debe tomar precauciones al añadir/eliminar " +"características (especialmente Aplicaciones) en tu base de datos debido a " +"que esto puede impactar en el monto de la suscripción siginficativamente (o " +"cambiarte de una cuenta gratuita a una de paga en plataforma en línea)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -644,16 +673,21 @@ msgid "" "issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " "`support form `__." msgstr "" +"Si tienes preguntas sobre el contenido de esta página o si encuentras un " +"problema al realizar estos procesos, por favor contactanos por el " +"`formulario de soporte `__." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desactivar Usuarios" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese que tiene los suficientes **permisos administrativos** si quieres " +"cambiar el estatus de cualquiera de tus usuarios." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -664,15 +698,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|ajustes|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|buscar_usuarios|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Luego verá la lista de sus usuarios." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -680,6 +714,10 @@ msgid "" "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" +"El filtro pre-seleccionado *Usuarios Internos* muestra sus usuarios " +"pagadores (diferentes del *Portal de Usuarios* los cuales son gratis). Si " +"remueve este filtro, obtendrá todos sus usuarios (de los que paga y los del " +"portal)" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -690,15 +728,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El usuario ahora esta desactivado." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nunca** desactive al usuario principal (*admin*)" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desinstalar Aplicaciones" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -713,10 +751,13 @@ msgid "" "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" +"En su instancia de Odoo de clic en **Ajustes**; en esta aplicación, podrá " +"ver cuántas aplicaciones ha instalado. De clic en **Buscar Aplicaciones** " +"para acceder a la lista de sus aplicaciones instaladas." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|buscar_aplicaciones|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -724,6 +765,9 @@ msgid "" "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" +"En su tablero de aplicaciones, verá todos los ícones de sus aplicaciones. De" +" clic en la aplicación que quiere desinstalar. Luego, en el formulario de la" +" aplicación, de clic en **Desinstalar**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -734,19 +778,27 @@ msgid "" "permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"Algunas aplicaciones tienen dependencias, como facturación, comercio " +"electrónico, etc. Por lo tanto, el sistema le dará un mensaje de alerta para" +" advertirle de lo que esta a punto de ser removido. Si desinstala su " +"aplicación, todas sus dependencias también serán desinstaladas (y la " +"información en ellas desaparecerá permanentemente). Si esta seguro que igual" +" quiere desinstalarla, de clic en **Confirmar**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"Por último, después de haber revisado el mensaje de alerta (si hay), de clic" +" en **Confirmar**" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ha terminado de desinstalar su aplicación." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bueno saber" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -757,6 +809,12 @@ msgid "" "*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " "operations." msgstr "" +"**Desinstalar aplicaciones, administrar usuarios, etc. es su decisión**: " +"nadie mejor que Ud. puede saber si el flujo de su negocio esta roto. Si " +"nosotros desinstalaramos aplicaciones por Ud, nunca podríamos decir si " +"información importante ha sido removida o si uno de los flujos de su negocio" +" se rompió porque nosotros *no sabemos como Ud. trabaja* y por lo tanto, no " +"podemos validar estos tipos de operaciones." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -767,6 +825,13 @@ msgid "" "need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " "to work properly." msgstr "" +"**Las aplicaciones de Odoo tienen dependencias**: esto significa que puede " +"necesitar instalar módulos que no usa activamente para acceder a algunas " +"funciones de Odoo que podría necesitar. Por ejemplo, se requiere de la " +"aplicación Constructor de Página Web para poder mostrar a su cliente sus " +"Cotizaciones en una página web. Aún así podría no necesitar o usar la Página" +" Web en si misma, si es necesaria para la función de Cotizaciones En Línea " +"para trabajar apropiadamente." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -774,3 +839,7 @@ msgid "" "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" +"**Siempre pruebe la instalación/eliminación de aplicaciones en un " +"duplicado** (o en una base de datos de prueba gratis): de esta forma puede " +"saber que otras aplicaciones pueden ser requeridas, etc. Esto evitará " +"sorpresas cuando desinstale o cuando reciba sus facturas." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 073f37c72..fb96fdba8 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -4,16 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# luis abarca , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 +# Vivian Montana , 2020 +# Alonso Muñoz , 2020 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: luis abarca , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,23 +39,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si eres usuario de Odoo Online o Odoo.sh..." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "" +"No tienes que hacer nada ! **Odoo configura su propio servidor de correo " +"para tu base de datos. ** Los correos salientes y entrantes funcionan recién" +" salido de la caja." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "" +"A menos que planees mandar grandes cantidades de correos en masa que " +"requieran el uso de un servidor externo de correo , simplemente disfruta de " +"la nueva base de datos Odoo." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El alcance de este documento." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -60,6 +70,10 @@ msgid "" "unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " "`__." msgstr "" +"Este documento, \" esta dedicado principalmente a los usuarios locales de " +"Odoo** que no se benefician de las soluciones \"salidas de la caja\" para " +"mandar y recibir correos , a diferencia de `Odoo Online " +"`__ & `Odoo.sh `__." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -69,132 +83,176 @@ msgid "" "still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " "reputation yourself." msgstr "" +"Si nadie en tu compañía esta acostumbrado a administrar servidores de " +"correo, te recomendamos fuertemente optes por las soluciones de alojamiento " +"de Odoo. Su sistema de correo funciona instantáneamente y es monitoreada por" +" profesionales. Sin embargo aun puedes utilizar tu propio servidor de correo" +" si quieres administrar su reputación tu mismo." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Abajo encontraras información útil en como integrar tu propia solución de " +"correo con Odoo." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " "`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo administrar mensajes de correo salientes" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " "create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" +"Como administrador de sistema , ve a :menuselection:`Settings --> Ajustes " +"Generales` y marca *Servidor externo de correo*. Después, has clic en " +"*Servidor de correo saliente* para crear uno e ingresa la información SMTP " +"de tu servidor de correo. Una vez que toda la información sea llenada has " +"clic en \"Probar conexión\"." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta es una configuración típica del servidor G Suite." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después establece tu nombre de dominio en Ajustes Generales." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " "secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " "`_." msgstr "" +"Si obtienes una advertencia de``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials " +"(Failure)`` *Prueba tu conexión* en una dirección de Gmail, activa la " +"opción *Acceso de aplicación menos segura*. Una liga directa puede ser " +"encontrada aquí -> `_." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Además de eso, habilita los ajustes IMAP en tu cuenta de Gmail." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "¿Puedo usar un servidor de Office 365?" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" +"Puedes utilizar un servidor Office 365 si usas Odoo Local. Los repetidores " +"SMTP de Office 365 no son compatibles con Odoo en linea." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure" " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" +"Favor de acudir a la documentación de Microsoft,`__  para " +"configurar un repetidor SMTP para tu dirección IP de Odoo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Cómo usar un servidor de G Suite" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " "`Google documentation " "`__." msgstr "" +"Puedes utilizar un servidor G Suite para cualquier tipo de alojamiento de " +"Odoo. Para hacerlo necesitas configurar un servicio de repetidor SMTP. Los " +"pasos para configurarlo estas explicados en la documentación de Google, " +"`__." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Cumplir con SPF" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" +"En caso de que uses SPF (Sender Policy Framework) para incrementar la " +"entrega de tus correos salientes, no olvides autorizar a Odoo como un emisor" +" en la configuración de tu nombre de dominio. Aqui esta la configuracion " +"para Odoo Online:" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" +"Si ningún registro TXT es establecido para el SPF , crea uno con la " +"siguiente definición v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" +"En caso de que un registro TXT de SPF ya este en uso, agregar " +"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. para un nombre de dominio que envia correos " +"vía Odoo Online y vía G Suite podría ser: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " +"include:_spf.google.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" +"Encuentra aquí `__ el procedimiento " +"exacto para crear o modificar un registro TXT en tu propio dominio." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" +"Tu nuevo registro SPF puede tomar hasta 48 horas para entrar en efecto, pero" +" usualmente pasa más rápido. " -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" +"Agregar mas de un registro SPF en tu dominio puede causar problemas en la " +"entrega de tus correos o en la clasificación del spam. En lugar de eso " +"recomendamos que se utiliza solo un registro modificandolo para autorizar " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Permitir DKIM" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -204,32 +262,34 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "Restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," " 465 or 2525." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo administrar los mensajes de correo entrantes?" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" +"Odoo se basa en pseudónimos de correo electrónico genéricos para recuperar " +"los mensajes entrantes." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -237,58 +297,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "etc." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -297,7 +357,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -308,25 +368,25 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -438,32 +498,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " "and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " "through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 msgid "" "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "Start Chatting" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 msgid "" "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " "asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " @@ -471,54 +531,52 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 msgid "" "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," -" type *#channel-name*." +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "" "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 msgid "Chat status" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " "respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " @@ -526,32 +584,28 @@ msgid "" "menu*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -583,14 +637,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " -"through Kanban views." +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Establece tus tipos de actividad" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index db8e31ce2..85afd1096 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -5,7 +5,13 @@ # # Translators: # Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 -# luis abarca , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 +# Nicole Kist , 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte , 2020 +# Kelly Quintero , 2020 +# Diego de cos , 2020 +# Jon Perez , 2020 +# Fabian , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: luis abarca , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Fabian , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr "Empezar" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo customizar mi página de catálogo" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" @@ -42,16 +48,20 @@ msgstr "Product Catalog" msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." msgstr "" +"Todos tus artículos publicados aparecerán en tu página de catálogo (o página" +" de compra)" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las opciones están disponibles en el menú de *Personalizar*: " +"atributos de la pantalla, categorías de la página, etc." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Destacar un producto" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -59,16 +69,22 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" +"Aumenta la visibilidad de tus productos estrella/promocionados: impúlsalos " +"hacia arriba, hazlos más grandes, añade una etiqueta que pueda editar " +"(venta, nuevo, etc.). Abre la página Tienda, cambia al modo Edición y haz " +"clic en cualquier elemento para comenzar a personalizar la cuadrícula." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" msgstr "" +"Vé cómo hacerlo: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añadir al carrito" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -78,66 +94,76 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" +"Si tus clientes compran una gran cantidad de artículos a la vez, reduce el " +"tiempo de procesamiento de sus órdenes, permitiendo compras en la página del" +" catálogo. Para ello, agrega la descripción del producto y el botón de " +"agregar al carro. Activa las siguientes opciones en el menú *Personalizar*: " +"Descripción del producto, Añadir al carro, Vista de lista (para mostrar la " +"descripción del producto mejor)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo crear una página de un producto" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." msgstr "" +"En la página web haz clic en *Nueva Página* en la esquina superior derecha." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." msgstr "" +"Después haz clic en *Nuevo Producto* y sigue las sugerencias intermitentes." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aquí están los elementos principales de la página del producto:" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." msgstr "" +"Muchos elementos se pueden hacer visibles desde el menú *Personalizar*." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." msgstr "" +"Ve cómo configurar tus productos desde los vínculos presentados abajo." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrar mis productos " #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo mostrar varias imágenes por producto" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -145,48 +171,65 @@ msgid "" "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, la página web de su producto sólo muestra la imagen" +" principal de tu producto. Si quieres mostrar tus productos bajo varios " +"ángulos, puedes convertir la imagen en un carrusel." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Consulta *Varias imágenes por producto* en: selección de menú: " +"`Administrador Sitio Web -> Configuración -> Herramientas´." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." msgstr "" +"Abre un formulario de detalle del producto y carga imágenes desde la pestaña" +" *Imágenes*. Pulsa *Crear* en el modo de edición para obtener el asistente " +"de carga." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" +"Dicha imágen adicional es común para todas las variantes del producto (si " +"las hay)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo mostrar la disponibilidad de un producto" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." msgstr "" +"La disponibilidad de tus productos se puede ver en la página web para " +"tranquilizar a tus clientes." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar esto, abre la pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalle " +"del producto y selecciona una opción en *Disponibilidad*." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." msgstr "" +"Un mensaje de advertencia personalizado puede ser cualquier cosa relacionada" +" con una salida de stock, retraso en la entrega, etc." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta no requiere la instalación de la aplicación de Inventario." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -194,10 +237,13 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"Si un artículo ya no está disponible para la venta, despublícalo de tu sitio" +" web. Si se trata de una variante de producto particular, desactiva la " +"variante en el backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo gestionar variantes de productos " #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -207,20 +253,29 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" +"Las variantes de productos son usadas para ofrecer a sus clientes " +"variaciones del mismo producto en la página de productos, por ejemplo si el " +"cliente elige una camiseta y luego selecciona la talla y el color. En el " +"ejemplo mostrado a continuación, de las opciones disponibles, el cliente " +"elige un teléfono y luego selecciona la memoria, el color y el ancho de " +"banda Wi-Fi." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo crear atributos y variantes" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Activar *Los productos pueden tener varios atributos, definiendo variantes " +"(Ejemplo: tamaño, color,...)* en: menuselection:`Ventas--> Ajustes`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" +"Selecciona un producto de la lista de productos, ve a la pestaña *Variantes*" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -228,48 +283,55 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." msgstr "" +"Agregue tantos atributos como necesite de 3 tipos diferentes: botones de " +"opción, menús desplegables o botones de color. Obtendrá distintas variantes " +"tan pronto como tenga 2 valores por 1 atributo." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo editar variantes" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." msgstr "" +"Ve todas las variantes del formulario de detalle de la plantilla del " +"producto." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puedes editar los siguientes datos:" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imagen (se actualizará en tiempo real en el sitio web)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Código de barra," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Referencia interna (SKU #)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Volumen," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peso," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activo (disponible en citas y sitio web)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." msgstr "" +"Tanto el código de barras como la referencia interna son específicos de cada" +" variante. Es necesario rellenarlos una vez generadas las variantes." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -277,32 +339,42 @@ msgid "" "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." msgstr "" +"También mire y edite todas las variantes de :menuselection;'Sales --> Sales " +"-->Product Variants'. Puede ser mas rápido si usted maneja muchas variantes." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo fijar precios específicos por variante" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." msgstr "" +"También puede configurar un precio publico específico por variante, al hacer" +" clic en \"Precios de las Variantes\" en el formulario de detalle del " +"producto (acción en la parte superior-izquierda)" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." msgstr "" +"El \"Precio Extra\" es agregado al precio del producto cuando el valor del " +"atributo correspondiente es seleccionado" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" +"Las fórmulas en las listas de precios le permiten configurar métodos de " +"cálculos de precios avanzados para las variantes de los productos. Ver: " +"doc:'../maximzing_revenue/pricing'" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo desactivar/archivar variantes " #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -310,20 +382,26 @@ msgid "" "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." msgstr "" +"Se pueden deshabilitar variantes específicas para que no estén disponibles " +"en cotizaciones u otras secciones del sitio web (variantes no en existencia," +" obsoletos, etc.). Simplemente desmarque la casilla 'Activar' en el " +"formulario de detalle" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." msgstr "" +"Para recuperar ítems archivados, presione/haga clic en \"Archivado\" al " +"buscar en la lista de variantes. Las puede reactivar de la misma manera." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maximizar mis ganancias" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo vender accesorios y productos opcionales (venta cruzada)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -331,29 +409,38 @@ msgid "" "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" msgstr "" +"Usted vende computadoras, por qué no estimular a sus clientes para que " +"compren una pantalla de primera categoría o adquieran extra garantía? Ese es" +" el objetivo de las funcionalidades de venta cruzada." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Productos accesorios en la página de pago," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." msgstr "" +"Productos opcionales en una nueva ventana *Añadir a la compra* (no instalado" +" por defecto)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Productos accesorios al pagar" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." msgstr "" +"Los accesorios (por ejemplo para computadoras: el ratón, el teclado) " +"aparecen cuando el cliente revisa la cesta de compra antes de hacer el pago." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." msgstr "" +"Selecciona accesorios en la pestaña *Ventas* de la página de detalles del " +"producto." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -362,10 +449,14 @@ msgid "" "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." msgstr "" +"Existe un algoritmo para resolver cual es el mejor accesorio a mostrar, en " +"caso de que varios ítems sean agregados a la cesta de compra. Si algún ítem " +"es el accesorio de varios productos agregados a la cesta de compra, es muy " +"probable que se ubique en el top de la lista de accesorios sugeridos" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Productos opcionales al agregar a la cesta de compra" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -373,10 +464,14 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" +"Los productos opcionales están directamente relacionados al ítem agregado a " +"la cesta de compra (por ejemplo, para computadoras: la garantía, el sistema " +"operativo, componentes extra). Cada vez que un producto primario es agregado" +" a la cesta de compra, una nueva ventana aparece como paso adicional." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para publicar productos opcionales:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -384,55 +479,71 @@ msgid "" "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." msgstr "" +"Instale el componente \"Productos Opcionales eCommerce\" en el menú " +"\"Apps\". También remueva el filtro por defecto para buscar componentes, de " +"lo contrario solo las aplicaciones principales aparecerán." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." msgstr "" +"Seleccione ítems opcionales en la etiqueta \"ventas\" en el formulario de " +"detalle del producto" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." msgstr "" +"La cantidad de ítems opcionales agregados a la cesta de compra es la misma " +"que la del ítem principal." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Como ajustar los precios para los visitantes de mi sitio web" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" msgstr "" +"Esta sección da una idea sobre el precio de las funciones de la aplicación " +"eCommerce" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" +msgstr "forzar un precio por geo-localización," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "dejar que el cliente elija la moneda." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"Como pre-requisito, revise como administrar precio de productos:\n" +":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geo-IP para actualizar automáticamente el precio correcto" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." msgstr "" +"Asigne grupos de países a sus listas de precios. De esta forma, los " +"visitantes que aun no hayan iniciado sesión verán su propia moneda de divisa" +" cuando visiten su sitio web." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." msgstr "" +"Una vez haya iniciado sesión, ellos obtendrán la lista de precios " +"equivalente a la de su país." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selector de moneda" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -440,28 +551,33 @@ msgid "" "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Si vende en distintas monedas, puede permitirle a sus clientes seleccionar " +"su propia moneda. Marque \"Seleccionable\" para agregar la lista de precios " +"al menú desplegable del sitio web." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo crear y compartir códigos promocionales" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." msgstr "" +"Quiere aumentar sus ventas para Navidad? Comparta códigos promocionales a " +"través de sus campañas de mercadeo y aplique cualquier tipo de descuentos." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 @@ -473,6 +589,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." msgstr "" +"Ir a :menuselection:'Sales-->Settings' y seleccionar \"Opciones avanzadas de" +" precios basado en formula\" para \"Precio de venta\"" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -480,36 +598,46 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" +"Ir a :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` y crear una " +"nueva lista de precios con la regla de descuento (ver :doc:'pricing'). Luego" +" ingrese un código" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" +"Active el campo de texto Promocode en la cesta de compra (La opcion se " +"encuentra en el menu \"Personalizar\"). Agregue un producto a la cesta de " +"compra para visualizarlo" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." msgstr "" +"Una vez activado verá una nueva sección en el lado derecho. Al seleccionar " +"*Aplicar* los precios serán actualizados automáticamente en la cartilla" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" +"El código promocional utilizado por el cliente se almacena en el sistema " +"para que puedas analizar el rendimiento de tus campañas de marketing." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Muestra las ventas por lista de precios" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo habilitar comentarios y calificación" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -517,12 +645,17 @@ msgid "" "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" msgstr "" +"Publicar y monitorear la experiencia del cliente lo ayudará a ganar la " +"confianza de nuevos clientes y a ser involucrados mejor con su comunidad. " +"¡En 2 clics, permites que su cliente comparta sus comentarios!" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" +"Active los comentarios y la calificación desde el menú *Personalizar* de la" +" página web del producto." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -532,7 +665,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Revisa las publicaciones en tiempo real" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -570,13 +703,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "..tip::" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a la página web desde el formulario de detalles haciendo clic " +"en el botón inteligente *Publicado* (y viceversa)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" @@ -588,10 +723,13 @@ msgid "" "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." msgstr "" +"Para maximizar sus ingresos, sugerir productos alternativos más costosos es " +"altamente recomendable para artículos básicos. De esa manera, su cliente " +"pasará más tiempo navegando por su catálogo." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para hacerlo:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -612,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "Overview" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introducción al comercio electrónico con Odoo" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -622,11 +760,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página del producto" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página de la tienda" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" @@ -638,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr "Taxes" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proceso de pago" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" @@ -650,19 +788,19 @@ msgstr "Payment" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envío y seguimiento" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lanzar mi sitio web" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recibir pagos" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" @@ -677,16 +815,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cúal es el estado del pago?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" +"En cualquier momento, el vendedor puede verificar el estado de la " +"transacción de la orden." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Borrador*: la transacción se está procesando." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -706,18 +846,23 @@ msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." msgstr "" +"*Hecho*: el pago fue autorizado y recibido. La orden ha sido confirmada." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" +"*Error*: un error se ha producido durante la transacción. El cliente " +"necesita volver a intentar el pago. La orden está aún en borrador." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" +"*Cancelado*: cuando el cliente cancela el pago en el formulario de " +"adquirente de pago. Es devuelto a Odoo para modificar la orden." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -751,7 +896,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recibe el pago después de la entrega" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -774,7 +919,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -797,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuenta del cliente" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -819,4 +964,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impuestos recaudados" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index bc0c1aa19..1559c00eb 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# luis abarca , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: luis abarca , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "Overview" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trabaja con listas de correo" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po index 7630d017a..7757a22a5 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 -# luis abarca , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: luis abarca , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -248,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Publicar su evento" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 98727a258..39c77ab7f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis M. Ontalba , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -221,7 +222,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contabilidad: Contable o asesor" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 msgid "Expenses: Manager" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 904a751c3..614e91e8d 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# luis abarca , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 +# VivianMontana23 , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: luis abarca , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: VivianMontana23 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hojas de trabajo" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index a21f3d5d1..a27290e41 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,25 +4,28 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Francisco de la Peña , 2020 -# Raquel Iciarte , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 +# Jose Alejandro Echeverri Valencia , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 +# Francisco de la Peña , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Pablo Rojas , 2020 # Nicole Kist , 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte , 2020 +# Diego de cos , 2020 # Jimmy Ramos , 2020 -# Jose Alejandro Echeverri Valencia , 2020 -# luis abarca , 2020 +# Jon Perez , 2020 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: luis abarca , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -40,13 +43,16 @@ msgstr "Authentication" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OAuth" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" +"Debido a requisitos específicos en la implementación de OAuth de Azure, la " +"identificación de OAuth de Microsoft Azure NO es compatible con Odoo en este" +" momento." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -57,13 +63,14 @@ msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" +"Conéctese a su cuenta de Google y vaya al `Panel de API de Google " +"` _." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Selecciona **Crear Proyecto** e introduce el nombre y detalles del proyecto." -" " #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" @@ -74,6 +81,9 @@ msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" +"En el menú del lado izquierdo, seleccione el submenú **Credenciales** (de " +"**Administrador de API**) y luego seleccione **Pantalla de consentimiento de" +" OAuth**." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -88,12 +98,16 @@ msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" +"Luego haga clic en **Agregar credenciales** y seleccione la segunda opción " +"(ID de cliente OAuth 2.0)." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" +"Compruebe que el tipo de aplicación esté configurado en **Aplicación web**. " +"Ahora configure las páginas permitidas a las que será redirigido." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -110,10 +124,12 @@ msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +"Una vez hecho esto, recibirá dos datos (su ID de cliente y su secreto de " +"cliente). Debe insertar su ID de cliente en **Configuración general**." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo utilizar la hoja de cálculo de Google además de mis datos?" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -122,6 +138,11 @@ msgid "" "commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " "Python but programming skills are not required." msgstr "" +"Cree paneles personalizados en la hoja de cálculo de Google que recupere " +"datos directamente de Odoo utilizando la fórmula de la hoja de cálculo. " +"Puede usarlo para crear planes de comisiones de ventas, presupuestos, " +"pronósticos de proyectos, etc. Las fórmulas están escritas en Python pero no" +" se requieren habilidades de programación." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 @@ -134,6 +155,9 @@ msgid "" " The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " "available." msgstr "" +"Desde la *Configuración general*, active *Google Drive* y *Google " +"Spreadsheet*. Las opciones *Código de autorización* y *Obtener código de " +"autorización* ya están disponibles." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -141,40 +165,51 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " "--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." msgstr "" +"Ahora, vincule su cuenta de Google con Odoo yendo a :menuselection:`Obtener " +"código de autorización -> seleccione su cuenta de Google -> ingrese su " +"contraseña -> copie el código -> péguelo en el campo Código de " +"autorización`." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crea una nueva hoja de cálculo" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 msgid "" "From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " "Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" +"Desde la aplicación *CRM*, por ejemplo, vaya a *Favoritos* y haga clic en " +"*Agregar a la hoja de cálculo de Google*." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." msgstr "" +"Se creará automáticamente una nueva hoja de cálculo en su Google Drive." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 msgid "" "When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " "Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." msgstr "" +"Al abrir este nuevo archivo, Odoo crea automáticamente una segunda hoja con " +"un tutorial/documentación sobre *Cómo usar Google Spreadsheet*." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vincular una hoja de cálculo con Odoo" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 msgid "From this new file, configure your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desde este nuevo archivo, configure su base de datos." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:ʻOdoo -> Configuración del servidor -> Nombre de la " +"base de datos -> Nombre de usuario -> Contraseña`." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" @@ -185,6 +220,8 @@ msgid "" "You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " "data and retrieve grouped sums." msgstr "" +"Tiene 2 fórmulas diferentes para usar la hoja de cálculo de Google en Odoo: " +"recuperar datos y recuperar sumas agrupadas." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -194,10 +231,15 @@ msgid "" "factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " "usually fine." msgstr "" +"Google Drive limita el tiempo de ejecución de los scripts; Si los datos que " +"solicitó tardan demasiado en entregarse, es posible que obtenga un error. No" +" hay un límite de tamaño específico, ya que el tiempo de respuesta de Odoo " +"depende de varios factores, aunque la lectura de datos de varios miles de " +"registros suele estar bien." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 msgid "Retrieve Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recuperar datos" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -205,14 +247,17 @@ msgid "" "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " "information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." msgstr "" +"La fórmula teórica es: comando: `= oe_browse (tabla; columnas; filtros; " +"orden por: límite)`. Utilícelo si desea mostrar la información sin agruparla" +" (por ejemplo, cada pedido de venta en la base de datos)." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Encuentre algunos de los argumentos en la siguiente tabla." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recuperar sumas agrupadas" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -220,74 +265,91 @@ msgid "" "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " "display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." msgstr "" +"La fórmula teórica es: comando: `= oe_read_group (tabla; columnas; " +"grupo_por; filtros; orden por: límite)`. Úselo cuando desee mostrar una suma" +" de datos (por ejemplo: total facturado)." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Encuentre algunos argumentos en la tabla siguiente." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 msgid "Other uses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otros usos" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 msgid "" "Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "" +"Mezcle datos de Odoo con datos de hojas de cálculo, agregue fórmulas " +"tradicionales y cree gráficos y tablas dinámicas." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo permitir que los usuarios inicien sesión con LDAP" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instale el módulo LDAP en Configuración general." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en **Crear** en Configurar su servidor LDAP." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elija la empresa que está a punto de utilizar LDAP." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" +"En **Información del servidor**, ingrese la dirección IP de su servidor y el" +" puerto que escucha." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marque **Usuario TLS** si su servidor es compatible." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" +"En **Información de inicio de sesión**, ingrese el ID y la contraseña de la " +"cuenta utilizada para consultar el servidor. Si se deja vacío, el servidor " +"se consultará de forma anónima." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" +"En **Procesar Parámetro**, ingrese el nombre de dominio de su servidor LDAP " +"en la nomenclatura LDAP (por ejemplo, ``dc=example,dc=com``)." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En **filtro LDAP**, ingrese ``uid=%s``" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" +"En **Información de usuario**, marque *Crear usuario* si desea que Odoo cree" +" un perfil de usuario la primera vez que alguien inicie sesión con LDAP." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" +"En **Usuario de plantilla**, indique una plantilla para los nuevos perfiles " +"creados. Si se deja en blanco, el perfil de administrador se utilizará como " +"plantilla." #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -295,7 +357,7 @@ msgstr "Importación de Datos" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo adaptar una plantilla de importación" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -304,6 +366,10 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Las plantillas de importación se proporcionan en la herramienta de " +"importación de los datos más comunes para importar (contactos, productos, " +"extractos bancarios, etc.). Puede abrirlos con cualquier software de hojas " +"de cálculo (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" @@ -314,12 +380,16 @@ msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" +"Elimina las columnas que no necesitas. Recomendamos no eliminar el *ID* uno " +"(vea por qué aquí abajo)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Establezca una identificación única para cada registro arrastrando hacia " +"abajo la secuencia de identificación." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -342,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por qué una columna \"ID\"" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -375,7 +445,7 @@ msgstr "Importa campos de relación (ver a continuación)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -384,6 +454,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Un objeto de Odoo siempre está relacionado con muchos otros objetos (por " +"ejemplo, un producto está vinculado a categorías de productos, atributos, " +"proveedores, etc.). Para importar esas relaciones, primero debe importar los" +" registros del objeto relacionado desde su propio menú de lista." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -395,11 +469,11 @@ msgstr "" "Puedes hacerlo tanto usando el nombre del registro relacionado o su ID. El " "ID se espera cuando dos registros tienen el mismo nombre. En tal caso añade " "\"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (p.e. para atributos de producto: " -"Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID). " +"Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "Import data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importar datos" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" @@ -420,6 +494,8 @@ msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" +"Abra la vista del objeto que desea completar y haga clic en " +":menuselection:`Favoritos --> Importar registros`." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -433,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo adaptar la plantilla" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." @@ -444,6 +520,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" +"Recomendamos no eliminar el **ID** (consulte el motivo en la siguiente " +"sección)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -497,7 +575,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No puedo encontrar el campo al que quiero asignar mi columna" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -529,7 +607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Dónde puedo cambiar el formato de importación de la fecha?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -540,6 +618,13 @@ msgid "" "difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" +"Odoo puede detectar automáticamente si una columna es una fecha e intentará " +"adivinar el formato de fecha a partir de un conjunto de formatos de fecha " +"más utilizados. Si bien este proceso puede funcionar para muchos formatos de" +" fecha, no se reconocerán algunos formatos de fecha. Esto puede causar " +"confusión debido a las inversiones día-mes; es difícil adivinar qué parte de" +" un formato de fecha es el día y qué parte es el mes en una fecha como " +"'01-03-2016 '." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -548,6 +633,10 @@ msgid "" "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" +"Para ver qué formato de fecha ha encontrado Odoo en su archivo, puede " +"verificar el **Formato de fecha** que se muestra al hacer clic en " +"**Opciones** debajo del selector de archivos. Si este formato es incorrecto " +"puedes cambiarlo a tu gusto usando la *ISO 8601* para definir el formato." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -556,10 +645,15 @@ msgid "" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" +"Si está importando un archivo de Excel (.xls, .xlsx), puede usar celdas de " +"fecha para almacenar fechas, ya que la visualización de fechas en Excel es " +"diferente de la forma en que se almacena. De esa manera, se asegurará de que" +" el formato de fecha sea correcto en Odoo, sea cual sea su formato de fecha " +"local." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Puedo importar números con el signo de moneda (por ejemplo: $32.00)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -570,11 +664,17 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" +"Sí, apoyamos totalmente los números entre paréntesis para representar el " +"signo negativo, así como los números con el signo de moneda adjunto. Odoo " +"también detecta automáticamente qué separador de miles / decimales utiliza " +"(puede cambiarlos en **opciones**). Si usa un símbolo de moneda que Odoo no " +"conoce, es posible que no se reconozca como un número y se bloqueará." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" +"Ejemplos de números admitidos (usando treinta y dos mil como ejemplo):" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" @@ -586,7 +686,7 @@ msgstr "32000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32,000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" @@ -602,7 +702,7 @@ msgstr "$ 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" @@ -610,7 +710,7 @@ msgstr "Ejemplo que no servirá:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" @@ -619,6 +719,8 @@ msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" +"¿Qué puedo hacer si la tabla de vista previa de importación no se muestra " +"correctamente?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -627,6 +729,11 @@ msgid "" "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, la vista previa de la importación se establece en " +"comas como separadores de campo y comillas como delimitadores de texto. Si " +"su archivo csv no tiene esta configuración, puede modificar las Opciones de " +"formato de archivo (que se muestran debajo de la barra Examinar archivo CSV " +"después de seleccionar su archivo)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -634,12 +741,17 @@ msgid "" "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que si su archivo CSV tiene una tabulación como separador, " +"Odoo no detectará las separaciones. Deberá cambiar las opciones de formato " +"de archivo en su aplicación de hoja de cálculo. Vea la siguiente pregunta." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" +"¿Cómo puedo cambiar las opciones de formato de archivo CSV al guardar en mi " +"aplicación de hoja de cálculo?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -649,6 +761,12 @@ msgid "" "modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " "the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" +"Si edita y guarda archivos CSV en aplicaciones de hoja de cálculo, se " +"aplicará la configuración regional de su computadora para el separador y el " +"delimitador. Le sugerimos que utilice OpenOffice o LibreOffice Calc, ya que " +"le permitirán modificar las tres opciones (en :menuselection:`Cuadro de " +"diálogo 'Guardar como' --> Marque la casilla 'Editar configuración de " +"filtro' --> Guardar`)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -656,6 +774,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " "Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" +"Microsoft Excel le permitirá modificar solo la codificación al guardar (en " +":menuselection:`Cuadro de diálogo 'Guardar como' --> haga clic en la lista " +"desplegable 'Herramientas' --> Pestaña Codificación`)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" @@ -670,6 +791,12 @@ msgid "" "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" +"Algunos campos definen una relación con otro objeto. Por ejemplo, el país de" +" un contacto es un enlace a un registro del objeto 'País'. Cuando desee " +"importar dichos campos, Odoo tendrá que volver a crear enlaces entre los " +"diferentes registros. Para ayudarlo a importar dichos campos, Odoo " +"proporciona tres mecanismos. Debe utilizar uno y solo un mecanismo por campo" +" que desee importar." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -688,12 +815,16 @@ msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" +"País / ID de base de datos: el ID de Odoo único para un registro, definido " +"por la columna ID postgresql" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" +"País / ID externo: el ID de este registro al que se hace referencia en otra " +"aplicación (o el archivo .XML que lo importó)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" @@ -706,7 +837,7 @@ msgstr "País: Bélgica" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "País/ID de base de datos: 21" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" @@ -718,6 +849,9 @@ msgid "" "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" +"Según su necesidad, debe utilizar una de estas 3 formas de referenciar " +"registros en relaciones. Aquí es cuando debes usar uno u otro, según tu " +"necesidad:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -766,12 +900,16 @@ msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`Archivo CSV para las categorías <../../_ " +"static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`Archivo CSV para Productos " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" @@ -787,6 +925,14 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" +"Si, por ejemplo, tiene dos categorías de productos con el nombre secundario " +"\"Se puede vender\" (es decir, \"Productos varios / Se puede vender\" y " +"\"Otros productos / Se puede vender\"), su validación se detiene, pero aún " +"puede importar sus datos. Sin embargo, le recomendamos que no importe los " +"datos porque todos estarán vinculados a la primera categoría 'Se puede " +"vender' que se encuentra en la lista de Categoría de producto (\"Productos " +"varios / Se puede vender\"). Le recomendamos que modifique uno de los " +"valores duplicados o la jerarquía de su categoría de producto." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -794,12 +940,17 @@ msgid "" "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, si no desea cambiar la configuración de las categorías de " +"productos, le recomendamos que utilice el ID externo para este campo " +"'Categoría'." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" +"¿Cómo puedo importar un campo de relación many2many (por ejemplo, un cliente" +" que tiene varias etiquetas)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -808,6 +959,10 @@ msgid "" "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" +"Las etiquetas deben estar separadas por una coma sin espacios. Por ejemplo, " +"si desea que su cliente esté vinculado a las etiquetas 'Fabricante' y " +"'Minorista', codificará \"Fabricante, Minorista\" en la misma columna de su " +"archivo CSV." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -833,12 +988,22 @@ msgid "" "``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" +"Si desea importar un pedido de cliente con varias líneas de pedido; para " +"cada línea de pedido, debe reservar una fila específica en el archivo CSV. " +"La primera línea de pedido se importará en la misma fila que la información " +"relativa al pedido. Cualquier línea adicional necesitará una fila adicional " +"que no tenga ninguna información en los campos relacionados con el pedido. " +"Como ejemplo, aquí está el archivo " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` de algunas " +"cotizaciones que puede importar, basado en datos de demostración." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " "<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`Archivo para algunas " +"cotizaciones<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -853,18 +1018,24 @@ msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`Órdenes de compra con sus respectivas líneas de orden de compra " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" +"El siguiente archivo CSV muestra cómo importar clientes y sus respectivos " +"contactos:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`Clientes y sus respectivos contactos " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" @@ -879,16 +1050,25 @@ msgid "" "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" +"Si importa un archivo que contiene una de las columnas \"ID externo\" o \"ID" +" de base de datos\", los registros que ya se han importado se modificarán en" +" lugar de crearse. Esto es muy útil ya que le permite importar varias veces " +"el mismo archivo CSV mientras realiza algunos cambios entre dos " +"importaciones. Odoo se encargará de crear o modificar cada registro según " +"sea nuevo o no." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" +"Esta función le permite utilizar la herramienta de importación / exportación" +" de Odoo para modificar un lote de registros en su aplicación de hoja de " +"cálculo favorita." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué sucede si no proporciono un valor para un campo específico?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -905,6 +1085,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" +"¿Cómo exportar / importar diferentes tablas desde una aplicación SQL a Odoo?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -913,6 +1094,10 @@ msgid "" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" +"Si necesita importar datos de diferentes tablas, tendrá que volver a crear " +"relaciones entre registros que pertenecen a diferentes tablas. (por ejemplo," +" si importa empresas y personas, tendrá que volver a crear el vínculo entre " +"cada persona y la empresa para la que trabaja)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -923,6 +1108,12 @@ msgid "" "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" +"Para gestionar las relaciones entre tablas, puede utilizar las funciones de " +"\"ID externa\" de Odoo. El \"ID externo\" de un registro es el identificador" +" único de este registro en otra aplicación. Este \"ID externo\" debe ser " +"único en todos los registros de todos los objetos, por lo que es una buena " +"práctica anteponer este \"ID externo\" al nombre de la aplicación o tabla. " +"(como 'empresa_1', 'persona_1' en lugar de '1')" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -932,6 +1123,12 @@ msgid "" " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " "PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" +"Como ejemplo, suponga que tiene una base de datos SQL con dos tablas que " +"desea importar: empresas y personas. Cada persona pertenece a una empresa, " +"por lo que tendrás que recrear el vínculo entre una persona y la empresa " +"para la que trabaja. (Si desea probar este ejemplo, aquí hay un: download: " +"`volcado de dicha base de datos PostgreSQL " +"<../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 msgid "" @@ -943,7 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Este comando SQL creará el siguiente archivo CSV:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -955,7 +1152,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Producirá el siguiente archivo CSV:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -966,6 +1163,12 @@ msgid "" "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" " who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" +"Como puede ver en este archivo, Fabien y Laurence están trabajando para la " +"empresa Bigees (empresa_1) y Eric está trabajando para la empresa Organi. La" +" relación entre personas y empresas se realiza utilizando el ID Externo de " +"las empresas. Tuvimos que anteponer el \"ID externo\" al nombre de la tabla " +"para evitar un conflicto de ID entre personas y empresas (person_1 y " +"company_1 que compartían el mismo ID 1 en la base de datos original)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -982,40 +1185,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 msgid "Developer Mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modo desarrollador" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar el modo de desarrollador (depuración)" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 msgid "" "The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." msgstr "" +"El modo de desarrollador o de depuración le da acceso a herramientas " +"adicionales y avanzadas." #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 msgid "Through the Settings application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A través de la aplicación Configuración" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -> Activar el modo desarrollador`." #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." msgstr "" +"*Activar el modo de desarrollador (con activos)* lo utilizan los " +"desarrolladores; *Activar el modo de desarrollador (con activos de prueba)* " +"es utilizado por desarrolladores y probadores." #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" "Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " "available." msgstr "" +"Una vez activada, la opción *Desactivar el modo desarrollador* está " +"disponible." #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A través de una extensión de navegador" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1023,6 +1234,9 @@ msgid "" "Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " "toolbar." msgstr "" +"Vaya a la configuración y extensiones de su navegador web y busque *Odoo " +"Debug*. Una vez instalada la extensión, se mostrará un nuevo icono en su " +"barra de herramientas." #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1030,36 +1244,43 @@ msgid "" "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." msgstr "" +"Para la extensión *Odoo Debug*, un solo clic habilita una versión normal del" +" modo, mientras que un doble clic lo habilita con activos. Para " +"desactivarlo, use un solo clic." #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A través de la URL" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En la URL, agregue ``?debug=1`` o ``?debug=true`` después de *web*." #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." msgstr "" +"Desarrolladores: escriba ``?debug=assets`` y active el modo con assets." #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Localizar las herramientas de modo" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 msgid "" "The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " "button, located on the header of your pages." msgstr "" +"Se puede acceder a las herramientas del modo de desarrollador desde el botón" +" *Abrir herramientas de desarrollador*, ubicado en el encabezado de sus " +"páginas." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compra dentro de Aplicaciones" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guía general sobre los servicios de compras integradas (IAP)" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1067,10 +1288,13 @@ msgid "" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" +"Las compras dentro de la aplicación (IAP) dan acceso a servicios adicionales" +" a través de Odoo. Por ejemplo, me permite enviar mensajes de texto SMS o " +"enviar facturas por correo directamente desde mi base de datos." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compra de créditos" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1078,16 +1302,21 @@ msgid "" "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" +"Cada servicio IAP depende de los créditos prepagos para funcionar y tiene su" +" propio precio. Para consultar mi saldo actual o recargar mi cuenta, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Odoo IAP --> Ver mis servicios`." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" +"Si estoy en Odoo Online (SAAS) y tengo la versión Enterprise, me beneficio " +"de créditos gratuitos para probar nuestras funciones de IAP." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuentas IAP" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1097,10 +1326,16 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" +"Los créditos para utilizar los servicios IAP se almacenan en cuentas IAP, " +"que son específicas de cada servicio y base de datos. De forma " +"predeterminada, las cuentas IAP son comunes a todas las empresas, pero " +"pueden restringirse a determinadas. Activa :doc:`Modo desarrollador <../../ " +"general/developer_mode/enable>`, luego vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración " +"técnica --> Cuenta IAP`." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portal IAP" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1109,10 +1344,15 @@ msgid "" "there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" +"El portal IAP es una plataforma que reagrupa mis servicios IAP. Se puede " +"acceder desde :menuselection:`Aplicación de configuración --> Odoo IAP --> " +"Ver mis servicios`. Desde allí, puedo ver mi saldo actual, recargar mis " +"créditos, revisar mi consumo y establecer un recordatorio para cuando los " +"créditos estén bajos." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reciba notificaciones cuando los créditos estén bajos" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1123,32 +1363,46 @@ msgid "" "every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " "by email!" msgstr "" +"Para recibir una notificación cuando sea el momento de recargar mis " +"créditos, iré a mi portal IAP a través de :menuselection:`Configuración de " +"la aplicación --> Odoo IAP --> Ver mis servicios`, desplegaré un servicio y " +"marcaré la opción Recibir advertencia de umbral. Luego, proporcionaré una " +"cantidad mínima de créditos y direcciones de correo electrónico. Ahora, cada" +" vez que se alcance el límite, se enviará un recordatorio automático por " +"correo electrónico." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servicios IAP disponibles" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" +"Hay diferentes servicios disponibles según el tipo de alojamiento de su base" +" de datos:" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" +"* Odoo Online (SAAS) *: solo se pueden utilizar los servicios IAP " +"proporcionados por Odoo (es decir, las funciones SMS, Snailmail, Reveal y " +"Partner Autocomplete);" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" +"*Odoo.sh y Odoo Enterprise (en las instalaciones)*: se pueden utilizar tanto" +" los servicios proporcionados por Odoo como por aplicaciones de terceros." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ofreciendo mis propios servicios" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -1158,6 +1412,11 @@ msgid "" "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " "`_" msgstr "" +"¡Soy más que bienvenido a ofrecer mis propios servicios IAP a través de Odoo" +" Apps! Es la oportunidad perfecta para obtener ingresos recurrentes por un " +"uso continuo del servicio en lugar de, y posiblemente en lugar de, una única" +" compra inicial. Para obtener más información, visite: ʻIn-App Purchase " +"`_" #: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 @@ -1173,10 +1432,15 @@ msgid "" "figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " "overall management process." msgstr "" +"Un entorno de gestión centralizada le permite seleccionar varias empresas " +"simultáneamente y configurar sus almacenes, clientes, equipos y contactos " +"específicos. Le brinda la capacidad de generar informes de cifras agregadas " +"sin cambiar de interfaz, lo que facilita las tareas diarias y el proceso de " +"gestión general." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 msgid "Manage companies and records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestionar empresas y registros" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1185,6 +1449,10 @@ msgid "" "are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " "active)." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administrar Empresas` y complete el" +" formulario con la información de su empresa. Si se selecciona una *Empresa " +"matriz*, los registros se comparten entre las dos empresas (siempre que " +"ambos entornos estén activos)." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1193,6 +1461,11 @@ msgid "" "by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." " JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." msgstr "" +"Active: doc:`Modo desarrollador <../../ general/developer_mode/enable>` para" +" elegir un *Favicon* para cada una de sus empresas, e identificarlas " +"fácilmente por las pestañas del navegador. Establezca el tamaño de los " +"archivos de sus favicons en 16 x 16 o 32 x 32 píxeles. Se aceptan " +"extensiones JPG, PNG, GIF e ICO." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1202,38 +1475,53 @@ msgid "" "below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" +"Cambie o seleccione varias empresas habilitando sus casillas de selección " +"para activarlas. La empresa en gris es aquella cuyo entorno está en uso. " +"Para cambiar de entorno, haga clic en el nombre de la empresa. En el " +"siguiente ejemplo, el usuario tiene acceso a tres empresas, dos están " +"activadas y el entorno en uso es *JS Store US*." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" +"Los datos como Productos, Contactos y Equipos se pueden compartir o " +"configurar para que se muestren solo para una empresa específica. Para ello," +" en sus formularios, elija entre:" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Un campo en blanco*: el registro se comparte con todas las empresas." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " "specific company and its child companies." msgstr "" +"*Agregar una empresa*: el registro es visible para los usuarios conectados a" +" esa empresa específica y sus empresas secundarias." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 msgid "Employees' access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceso de empleados" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" +"Una vez creadas las empresas, gestione a sus empleados' :doc:ʻAccess Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` para *Multi Companies*." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" +"Si un usuario tiene varias empresas *activadas* en su base de datos y está " +"**editando** un registro, la edición se realiza en la empresa relacionada " +"del registro." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1241,28 +1529,35 @@ msgid "" "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" +"Ejemplo: si se edita una orden de venta emitida en JS Store US mientras se " +"trabaja en el entorno de JS Store Belgium, los cambios se aplican en JS " +"Store US (la empresa desde la que se emitió la orden de venta)." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al **crear** un registro, la empresa que se tiene en cuenta es:" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," -msgstr "" +msgstr "La empresa actual (la activa) o," #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" +"No se establece ninguna empresa (en formularios de productos y contactos, " +"por ejemplo) o," #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" +"El conjunto de empresa es el vinculado al documento (lo mismo que si se está" +" editando un registro)." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 msgid "Documents’ format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formato de los documentos" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -1270,6 +1565,9 @@ msgid "" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" +"Para configurar los formatos de los documentos según cada empresa, *active* " +"y *seleccione* el respectivo y, en *Configuración*, haga clic en *Configurar" +" diseño de documento*." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" @@ -1279,40 +1577,49 @@ msgstr "Inter-Company Transactions" msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" +"Primero, asegúrese de que cada una de sus empresas esté debidamente " +"configurada en relación con:" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " "<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" +": doc:`Plan de cuentas " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Impuestos <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Posiciones Fiscales " +"<../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Diarios <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " "<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Localizaciones Fiscales " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Listas de precios <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Almacenes <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -1321,12 +1628,18 @@ msgid "" " operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" +"Ahora, active la opción *Transacciones entre empresas* en *Configuración*. " +"Con la empresa respectiva *activada* y *seleccionada*, elija si desea que " +"las operaciones entre empresas se sincronicen a nivel de factura/ facturas o" +" a nivel de órdenes de compra / venta." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" +"**Sincronizar factura**: genera una factura cuando una empresa confirma una " +"factura para la empresa seleccionada." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -1334,6 +1647,9 @@ msgid "" "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" +"*Ejemplo:* una factura publicada en JS Store Belgium, para JS Store US, crea" +" automáticamente una factura de proveedor en JS Store US, desde JS Store " +"Belgium." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -1342,6 +1658,11 @@ msgid "" "confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" +"**Sincronizar orden de compra/venta**: genera una orden de compra/venta " +"redactada utilizando el almacén de la empresa seleccionada cuando se " +"confirma una orden de compra/venta para la empresa seleccionada. Si en lugar" +" de una orden de compra / venta redactada prefiere que se valide, habilite " +"*Validación automática*." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -1349,25 +1670,33 @@ msgid "" "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" +"*Ejemplo:* cuando se confirma una orden de venta para JS Store US en JS " +"Store Belgium, se crea automáticamente una orden de compra en JS Store " +"Belgium (y se confirma si la función *Validación automática* estaba " +"habilitada)." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los productos deben configurarse como *Se pueden vender*." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" +"Recuerde probar todos los flujos de trabajo como un usuario que no sea el " +"administrador." #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 msgid "" "`Multi-company Guidelines " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Guías para multi-" +"compañías` _" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" @@ -1375,7 +1704,7 @@ msgstr "Básico" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar usuarios y administrar derechos de acceso" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1384,15 +1713,22 @@ msgid "" " the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " "and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" +"Odoo define un *usuario* como alguien que tiene acceso a una base de datos " +"para realizar tareas diarias. Puede agregar tantos usuarios como necesite y," +" para restringir el tipo de información a la que cada usuario puede acceder," +" se pueden aplicar reglas. Los usuarios y los derechos de acceso se pueden " +"agregar y cambiar en cualquier momento." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar usuarios individuales" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administrar usuarios` y haga clic " +"en *Crear*." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1400,12 +1736,17 @@ msgid "" "Rights ` choose the group within" " each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" +"Complete el formulario con la información necesaria. Debajo de la pestaña " +":ref:ʻPermisos de Acceso` elija " +"el grupo dentro de cada aplicación al que el usuario puede tener acceso." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" " database." msgstr "" +"La lista de aplicaciones que se muestra se basa en las aplicaciones " +"instaladas en la base de datos." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1413,18 +1754,27 @@ msgid "" "is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " "invitation and create a login." msgstr "" +"Cuando haya terminado de editar la página y la haya *Guardado*, se envía " +"automáticamente un correo electrónico de invitación al usuario. El usuario " +"debe hacer clic en él para aceptar la invitación y crear un inicio de " +"sesión." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " "`pricing page `_ for more information." msgstr "" +"Recuerde que los precios de suscripción siguen el número de usuarios. " +"Consulte nuestra `página de precios `_ para " +"obtener más información." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 msgid "" "With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " "activated, *User Types* can be selected." msgstr "" +"Con: doc:`Modo desarrollador <../../general/developer_mode/enable>` " +"activado, se pueden seleccionar *Tipos de usuario*." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1432,16 +1782,22 @@ msgid "" "Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " "usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." msgstr "" +"Las opciones *Portal* y *Público* no le permiten elegir derechos de acceso. " +"Los miembros tienen reglas específicas (como reglas de registro y menús " +"restringidos) y generalmente no pertenecen a los grupos habituales de Odoo." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Derechos de acceso en detalle" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 msgid "" "Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " "then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." msgstr "" +"Active :doc:`Modo desarrollador <../../general/developer_mode/enable>`, " +"luego vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios y empresas --> " +"Grupos`." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 msgid "Groups" @@ -1551,17 +1907,19 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestione Odoo en su propio lenguaje" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" +"Odoo le provee la opción de gestrionar Odoo en diferentes lenguajes, y cada " +"usuario puede usar Odoo en su propio lenguaje." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cargue su lenguaje deseado" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1599,13 +1957,15 @@ msgid "" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" "Puedes cambiar el lenguaje instalado yendo al menú desplegable en la esquina" -" superior derecha de tu pantalla, elige **Preferencias**" +" superior derecha de tu pantalla, elige **Preferencias**." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Después change la configuración Lenguaje a tu lenguaje instalado y haz clic " +"en **GUARDAR.**" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." @@ -1632,6 +1992,12 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el lenguaje de un usuario diferente, seleccione " +":menuselection:`Usuarios` desde la aplicación Configuraciones. Tnedrás la " +"lista de todos los usuarios y podrás elegir el usuario al que quieres " +"cambiar el lenguaje. Selecciona el usuario y haz clic en **Editar** en la " +"ezquina superior izquierda. Bajo Preferencias puedes cambair el Lenguaje a " +"cualquier lenguaje instalado previamenre y hacer clic en **SAVE.**" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" @@ -1880,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recibe el pago después de la entrega" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -2004,7 +2370,7 @@ msgstr "Capture Amount Manually" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 @@ -2027,7 +2393,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alipay" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" @@ -2039,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" @@ -2054,8 +2420,9 @@ msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2436,6 +2803,8 @@ msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." msgstr "" +"A continuación, haz clic en *Más opciones* y establece los dos formatos de " +"codificación predeterminados como **UTF-8**." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" @@ -2457,7 +2826,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuraciones en Odoo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" @@ -2491,7 +2860,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comisiones por transacción" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -2586,6 +2955,63 @@ msgstr "" "Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de " "sandbox." +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +msgid "Giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +msgid "iDeal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" +" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" +" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " +"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " +"don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " +"corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "Cómo recibir pago a través de transferencias electrónicas" @@ -2600,7 +3026,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo proporcionar a los clientes instrucciones de pago" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2614,7 +3040,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo administrar una orden una vez que te han pagado" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2625,7 +3051,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales " +msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -2634,86 +3060,13 @@ msgid "" "or duplicate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Tags" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " -"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " -"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " -"to boost productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 -msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " -"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" -" you can create new or edit existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can also create them on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " -"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 -msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " -"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " -"--> Action --> Delete`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 -msgid "Use tags as a parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 -msgid "" -"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " -"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 -msgid "Use tags for reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 -msgid "" -"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " -"purpose, you can also add tags." -msgstr "" - #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo generar una llave de acceso de Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -2728,7 +3081,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una cuenta en `Unsplash.com `_." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2736,10 +3089,13 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" +"Diríjase a su `tablero de aplicaciones " +"`_ y haga clic en **New " +"Application**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acepte las condiciones y haga clic en **Aceptar términos**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -2784,6 +3140,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" +"Diríjase a su `tablero de aplicaciones " +"`_ y haga clic en su aplicación " +"Unsplash recién creada bajo **Your applications**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index ef9eb4cc1..1ed5b1600 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -11,15 +11,16 @@ # Antonio Trueba, 2020 # Mariana Santos Romo , 2020 # Fabian , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fabian , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grant coupons from tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -403,9 +404,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " -"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " -"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index b4cc59ae1..37997b1bf 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -4,21 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 -# Pablo Rojas , 2020 # AleEscandon , 2020 # Vivian Montana , 2020 -# luis abarca , 2020 +# 0bbd034d1b285e7568819a743ec2b501_2b84791 , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: luis abarca , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -140,65 +140,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 @@ -214,75 +189,56 @@ msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado a la fecha" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" msgstr "" +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"`__)" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" -"Un Escáner de código de barras USB Honeywell Eclipse u otro escáner " -"compatible" - #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "Un cajón de dinero Epson compatible" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 msgid "Set Up" msgstr "Configurar" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " "your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Impresora**: Conectar una impresora ESC/POS a un puerto USB y encenderla." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." @@ -290,201 +246,236 @@ msgstr "" "**Cajón de dinero**: El cajón de dinero debe conectarse a la impresora con " "un cable RJ25." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "" "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." msgstr "" -"**Escáner de código de barras**: Conecte el escáner de código de barras. " -"Para que se escáner sea compatible, debe comportarse como un teclado y debe " -"ser configurado en **US QWERTY**. También debe poner fin a los códigos de " -"barras con una tecla ENTER (código clave 28). Esto es más probable en la " -"configuración por defecto de su escáner." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." msgstr "**Escala**: Conecte su escala y enciéndala. " -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" -" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solución de problemas" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "Asegúrese que el PdV no está cargado sobre HTTPS." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Impresora" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." msgstr "" -"El escáner de código de barras se debe configurar en los Estados Unidos " -"QWERTY y emite un Enter después de cada código de barras. Esta es la " -"configuración por defecto de la mayoría de los lectores de códigos de " -"barras. Consulte la documentación del lector de código de barras para " -"obtener más información." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." msgstr "" -"Algunos escáneres de códigos de barras necesitarán más de 2A y no " -"funcionarán, o funcionan poco fiable, incluso con la fuente de alimentación " -"proporcionada. En estos casos usted puede conectar el escáner de código de " -"barras en un concentrador USB con alimentación propia." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Lector de códigos de barras" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando de manera segura" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "Impresión del recibo tarda demasiado tiempo" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Cajón de monedas" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "Algunos caracteres no se imprimen correctamente en el recibo" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "La impresora está fuera de línea" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la impresora esté conectada, funcionando, debe de tener " -"suficiente papel y tener su tapa cerrada, y que no informe error. Si el " -"error persiste, póngase en contacto con soporte." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" msgstr "El cajón de dinero no abre" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" -"El cajón de dinero debe estar conectado a la impresora y se debe activar en " -"la configuración de la terminal." #: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 msgid "Devices" @@ -510,49 +501,38 @@ msgstr "Conexión" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" "If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " "soon as it is connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 msgid "With the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " "Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " "the control point you want to link with the camera." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " "list. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " "manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" @@ -571,40 +551,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " -"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " -"steps." +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" " the two by cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 msgid "" "If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " -"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " -"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 msgid "" "To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " "workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " @@ -612,14 +581,14 @@ msgid "" " also add a key to trigger it." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " "matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " "automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 msgid "" "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " "correctly connected to the footswitch." @@ -643,49 +612,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 msgid "" "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " -"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " -"drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 msgid "" "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " "explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " "device." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " "Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " "and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " "list. Then, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 msgid "" "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " "value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " @@ -705,154 +667,139 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" -" cable." +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 -msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your printer is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " -"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 msgid "Link the Printer" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 msgid "To Work Orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "" "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " "app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " "order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 msgid "" "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" " *Print Label* button will appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 msgid "To Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 msgid "" "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " "go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 msgid "" "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" " all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " "select and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " "downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" " print it." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 msgid "" "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" " directly from your *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " -"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " -"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 msgid "" -"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " -"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 msgid "" -"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" -" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 msgid "" "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " "at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " "current day." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 msgid "" "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." -" Click on it and it will print the bill." +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " "*Order Printer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" -" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " -"Categories* field." +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 msgid "" "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " -"will be printed." +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index dd63e892c..dc7f18564 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see:ref:`db_online`" +msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index fb924af28..c441f3138 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -6,18 +6,15 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 -# Pablo Rojas , 2020 -# Alejandro Kutulas , 2020 # Jon Perez , 2020 # Fabian , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fabian , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -73,9 +70,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 -msgid "" -"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " -":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 @@ -411,138 +406,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " -"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " -"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" -" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " -"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " -"solution you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "Crear un nuevo proyecto" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" -" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " -"through *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Manage your project’s stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " -"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " -"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " -"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " -"personalize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " -"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " -"signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "Reorganizar etapas" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" -" a column*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " -"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 -msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 -msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " -"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" -" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " -"information to the right people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 -msgid "Share projects and tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 -msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " -"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " -"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " -"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " -"example." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planificación" @@ -763,125 +629,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Tareas" -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 -msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " -"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " -"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " -"allowing the support of outside contributions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 -msgid "Add followers to a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 -msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another, conversations taking place, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 -msgid "Add followers to a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " -"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " -"and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 -msgid "Select which notifications to get" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " -"that, *Edit subscription*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 -msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " -"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " -"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " -"can replay the whole creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " -"to someone outside of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 -msgid "The Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " -"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " -"colleagues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 -msgid "" -"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" -" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" -" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " -"can have a channel per project team, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 -msgid "Schedule activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " -"activities* from the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 -msgid "Edit or create new activities types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" msgstr "" @@ -934,172 +681,3 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " -"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " -"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" -" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " -"and, as a result, have a successful project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "Crea una tarea" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" -" *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "Assignation" -msgstr "Asignación" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 -msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "Ordenar tareas por prioridad" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " -"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " -"starred are classified according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " -"with a deadline for the current date are orange." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "Manage files in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 -msgid "Set cover images in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " -"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " -"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " -"identify them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " -"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " -"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" -" recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 -msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " -"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" -" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 -msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " -"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " -"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 -msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 -msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 -msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 -msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index ae7f6ba2d..fb0c4dbc3 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Nicolás Broggi , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -162,69 +162,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " -"notified of changes in the task." +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 msgid "" "*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " "*Reminder*." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 msgid "" "*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " "<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 msgid "Example" msgstr "Ejemplo" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 msgid "" "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " "Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " "goes through:" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " "Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 msgid "" "If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" " example: *email is not set*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 msgid "" "If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " "*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 092d1e433..4cbd5c58d 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,17 +4,14 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Xavier Belmere , 2020 # Laura Piraux , 2020 # Gilles Mangin , 2020 # Julien Goergen , 2020 # Olivier Dony , 2020 -# Xavier Symons , 2020 # Frédéric LIETART , 2020 # 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 # Jean-Louis Bodren , 2020 # Florence Lambrechts , 2020 -# Christelle Pinchart , 2020 # lucasdeliege , 2020 # ShevAbam, 2020 # Maxime Chambreuil , 2020 @@ -24,7 +21,6 @@ # Jonathan Quique , 2020 # e34d4dcb8e697b071167e94624cfbccb, 2020 # Olivier Lenoir , 2020 -# Pafnow Pafnow , 2020 # Vallen Delobel , 2020 # e2f , 2020 # Lucas Deliege , 2020 @@ -35,24 +31,30 @@ # Vincent M , 2020 # Cyrille de Lambert , 2020 # Guillaume Rancourt , 2020 -# Shark McGnark , 2020 -# Fred Gilson , 2020 # Florent de Labarre , 2020 -# Cécile Collart , 2020 # Jonathan Castillo , 2020 -# Fernanda Marques , 2020 # fr trans , 2020 +# Moka Tourisme , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Xavier Symons , 2020 +# Shark McGnark , 2020 # Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Xavier Belmere , 2020 +# Fred Gilson , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Pauline Thiry , 2020 +# Christelle Pinchart , 2020 +# pafnow , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: pafnow , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -118,11 +120,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Format SEPA recommandé (CAMT.053)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valeurs séparées par des virgules (.CSV)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" @@ -134,7 +136,7 @@ msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Extrait de compte codifié belge (.CODA)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -263,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 @@ -884,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer un deuxième compte bancaire / Journal" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -969,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importer les relevés bancaires et les rappocher" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -987,6 +989,12 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" +"Cela est dû au fait que vous n'avez pas importé le relevé bancaire " +"confirmant la réception et l'envoi de l'argent. Il est donc nécessaire " +"d'importer votre relevé bancaire et de rapprocher le paiement avec la ligne " +"correcte du relevé bancaire. Une fois que vous avez reçu vos relevés " +"bancaires, cliquez sur le bouton **nouveau relevé** de la banque " +"correspondante pour les importer." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -1037,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "Rapprochement bancaire" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modèles de lettrage" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1386,7 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" @@ -1622,6 +1630,11 @@ msgid "" "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'Odoo est configuré pour supporter plusieurs devises, vous devez " +"activer les devises avec lesquelles vous comptez travailler. Pour ce faire, " +"allez au menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Devises`. Toutes les devises" +" sont créées par défaut, mais vous devez activer celles que vous allez " +"utiliser (pour activer une monnaie, cochez son champ \"Activé\")." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1700,6 +1713,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" +"Quand vous êtes prêt à payer cette facture, cliquez sur Enregistrer un " +"paiement sur a facture pour enregistrer un paiement." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1731,6 +1746,9 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" +"Les relevés clients et fournisseurs sont gérés dans la monnaie de la " +"facture. Ainsi, le montant dû par le client (à votre fournisseur) est " +"toujours exprimée dans la monnaie de la facture." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1819,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Remplissez la balance initiale et le solde final" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1939,7 +1957,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan comptable" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -2042,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Partenaire" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 @@ -2362,7 +2380,6 @@ msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "Note de débit : ND-A 0001-00000004." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Séquences" @@ -2758,7 +2775,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" @@ -3031,7 +3048,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:665 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Rapports financiers" @@ -3164,10 +3181,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " -"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " -"automatically when the localization module is installed." +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 @@ -3266,102 +3283,77 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 -msgid "" -"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " -"most common document types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " -"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "" "For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " "Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" -"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " -"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" -" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " -"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " -"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " -"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " -"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 msgid "" -"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" -" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " -"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " -"sequence:" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 -msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 -msgid "Open the sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 -msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 -msgid "Save the sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" -"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " -"and quantity available are updated:" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transation is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:340 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3369,43 +3361,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:358 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:372 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3413,7 +3405,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:387 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3421,38 +3413,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:401 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:412 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3460,28 +3452,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:431 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:442 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3490,48 +3482,48 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:463 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:465 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:468 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:479 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:481 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3539,92 +3531,92 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 msgid "" "Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" "[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 msgid "" -"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " -"document as the one you’re using is expired." +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " +"using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "Avoirs" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " -"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" -" in the SII." +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid "" -"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " -"on each sequence." +"Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " +"each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:545 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3632,34 +3624,34 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:553 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:575 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:577 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3667,59 +3659,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:604 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:625 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Réception" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3727,11 +3719,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:637 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3739,11 +3731,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:649 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -3751,18 +3743,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:659 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -3770,18 +3762,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:683 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -3789,7 +3781,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." @@ -3886,7 +3878,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration des données requises par le XML" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 msgid "Identification" @@ -4174,7 +4166,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4227,6 +4219,10 @@ msgid "" "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." msgstr "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" @@ -4327,6 +4323,10 @@ msgid "" "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -4369,6 +4369,8 @@ msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" @@ -5217,6 +5219,8 @@ msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" +"Votre entreprise est tenue d'utiliser un logiciel de caisse anti-fraude " +"comme Odoo (CGI article 286, I. 3 ° bis) si:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," @@ -5226,7 +5230,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certains de vos clients sont des particuliers (B2C)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5344,6 +5348,12 @@ msgid "" "*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" " installed." msgstr "" +"Dans le cas où vous auriez installé la version initiale du module anti-" +"fraude (avant le 18 décembre 2017), you devez mettre à jour ce dernier. Le " +"nom initial du module était *France - Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 " +"bis*. Après avoir mis à jour la liste des modules, sélectionnez le nouveau " +"module dans le menu *Applications* et cliquez sur le bouton *Mettre à jour*." +" Enfin, vérifiez que le module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* est installé." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" @@ -5540,6 +5550,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo SA se décharge de toute responsabilité en cas d'altération des " +"fonctionnalités anti-fraude par des modules tiers non certifiés par Odoo SA." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" @@ -6044,7 +6056,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mexique" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -6150,12 +6162,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez utiliser la localisation mexicaine en mode test, vous pouvez " -"mettre n'importe quelle adresse enregistrée au Mexique ainsi que tous les " -"champs réservés à l'adresse de la société et régler la TVA sur " -"**TCM970625MB1**." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -6344,6 +6352,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" +"Voici à quoi doit ressembler la facture électronique une fois que vous " +"l'avez envoyée par email." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" @@ -6532,7 +6542,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comptabilité électronique (application de comptabilité requise)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" @@ -6550,7 +6560,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment ajouter des nouveaux comptes?" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -6588,7 +6598,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Balance générale électronique." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" @@ -6895,7 +6905,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si vous voyez une erreur comme celle-ci :" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" @@ -6971,6 +6981,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': L'attribut 'Regimen' est " +"requis mais manquant." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" @@ -6978,6 +6991,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': L'attribut 'RegimenFiscal' est requis" +" mais manquant." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" @@ -7541,6 +7557,8 @@ msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" +"Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 342, Formulaire " +"suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" @@ -7879,6 +7897,8 @@ msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "" +"Vous ne devez créer des exercices fiscaux que s'ils ont une durée de plus ou" +" moins 12 mois." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" @@ -8122,7 +8142,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration de la position fiscale B2C" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -8183,6 +8203,8 @@ msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" +"La liste des prix est définie dans l'onglet **Ventes et achats** de la fiche" +" client, et la position fiscale dans l'onglet **Comptabilité**." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -8313,7 +8335,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Journal pour taxes sur base des paiements" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" @@ -8528,7 +8550,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 msgid "Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Application" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" @@ -8606,6 +8628,9 @@ msgid "" "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" +"Dans cet exemple, l'**entreprise** qui a envoyé la facture doit 20 $ de " +"taxes au **gouvernement** et le **client** doit 10 $ de taxes au " +"**gouvernement**." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -8765,7 +8790,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -8965,7 +8990,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taxe" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 @@ -9442,6 +9467,8 @@ msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" +"Dans cet exemple, nous sélectionnons les trois comptes pertinents utilisés " +"dans lesquels nous comptabiliserons nos dépenses." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." @@ -9581,14 +9608,9 @@ msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -"Le montant théorique représente le montant d'argent que vous devriez " -"théoriquement dépenser / recevoir en fonction de la date. Lorsque votre " -"budget est de 1200 pendant 12 mois (janvier à décembre), et si aujourd'hui " -"est le 31 janvier, le montant théorique sera 100, car cela est le montant " -"réel qui aurait du être réalisé." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" @@ -9643,7 +9665,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer la Comptabilité Analytique" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9872,6 +9894,10 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" +"Ensuite, vous devrez activer la comptabilité analytique. Pour ce faire " +"entrer dans la **Comptabilité**. Sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Configuration` et cochez l'option **Compte analytique** (voir image ci-" +"dessous)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -9939,6 +9965,9 @@ msgid "" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" +"Nous devons donc créer une **commande** avec un article de type **service** " +"facturé **sur la base du temps et du matériel** et suivi par des feuilles de" +" présence qui utilisent les **heures** comme unité de mesure." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -9973,6 +10002,11 @@ msgid "" "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" +"En tant qu'employé lié à un utilisateur, Harry peut entrer dans " +"l'application **Feuille de présence** et enregistrer ses feuilles de " +"présence pour ce contrat. Une fois connectés sur le compte Odoo d'Harry, " +"accédons à l'application **Feuille de présence** et saisissons une ligne " +"détaillée pointant sur le **Compte Analytique** indiqué ci-dessus." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." @@ -10272,7 +10306,7 @@ msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" @@ -10280,7 +10314,7 @@ msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sous-Traitants" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -10295,7 +10329,7 @@ msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recevoir des notes de crédit pour des matériaux défectueux" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 @@ -10327,7 +10361,7 @@ msgstr "Marketing" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" @@ -10344,7 +10378,7 @@ msgstr "Administratifs" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" @@ -10385,6 +10419,10 @@ msgid "" "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" +"Les exemples ci-dessus sont basés sur une répartition des coûts de la " +"société. allocations analytiques peuvent être tout aussi efficace pour les " +"ventes. Cela vous donne la rentabilité (ventes - coûts) des différents " +"services." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -10531,7 +10569,7 @@ msgstr "Recherche d'informations (3 h)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-45" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" @@ -10552,7 +10590,7 @@ msgstr "Frais de service" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "" +msgstr "280" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -10576,7 +10614,7 @@ msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Coût de carburant - Déplacement client" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" @@ -10600,7 +10638,7 @@ msgstr "6201 – Salaires" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -10704,7 +10742,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conclusion" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -10732,6 +10770,7 @@ msgstr "Inventaire" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" +"Impact sur l'évaluation du prix moyen en cas de retour de marchandises" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10796,7 +10835,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définir le prix d'achat" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -10813,7 +10852,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemple de coût moyen" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -10963,7 +11002,7 @@ msgstr "24$" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -11147,7 +11186,7 @@ msgstr "différence de prix" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($80)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" @@ -11281,7 +11320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement dans une autre devise" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11353,13 +11392,26 @@ msgstr "" "Le Journal des Écarts de Change peut être modifié dans la configuration de " "la comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" @@ -11559,7 +11611,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bons de commande et factures fournisseurs" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 @@ -11615,12 +11667,12 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Pièces comptables` et chercher les " "pièces Écarts de change. Tous les écarts de change y sont comptabilisés." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" @@ -11708,7 +11760,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Relevés Bancaires Multi-Devises" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11729,9 +11781,9 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Pièces comptables` et chercher les " "pièces **Écarts de Change**. Tous les écarts de change y sont comptabilisés." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -11762,7 +11814,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Immobilisations" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 @@ -12324,7 +12376,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -12392,7 +12444,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi-sociétés" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12471,7 +12523,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo a également des modules pour se conformer aux règles IFRS." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs & Créditeurs" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12598,6 +12650,10 @@ msgid "" "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" +"Odoo supporte à la fois la valorisation des inventaires périodique " +"(manuelle) et permanente (automatisée). Les méthodes disponibles sont le " +"coût standard, le coût moyen, LIFO (pour les pays qui l'autorisent) et le " +"FIFO." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -12759,6 +12815,8 @@ msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" +"Pour qu'une écriture soit *équilibrée*, la somme de tous ses débits doit " +"être égale à la somme de tous ses crédits." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" @@ -12788,7 +12846,7 @@ msgstr "Le client vous doit $1,090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" @@ -12935,7 +12993,7 @@ msgstr "Paiement 1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -12974,6 +13032,8 @@ msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" +"un paiement est enregistré lorsqu'un chèque est reçu d'un client, puis " +"lettré en vérifiant le relevé bancaire" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" @@ -13161,6 +13221,9 @@ msgid "" "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" +"Les factures brouillon peuvent être générées manuellement à partir d'autres " +"documents tels que les commandes, les bons de commande, etc. Vous pouvez " +"aussi créer directement une facture brouillon si vous le souhaitez." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -13225,7 +13288,7 @@ msgstr "Le document est composé de 3 parties :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'entête de la facture, avec les informations sur le client," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -13375,13 +13438,15 @@ msgstr "Lettrer" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maintenant, nous allons rapprocher!" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant passer sur chaque transaction et la rapprocher, ou " +"effecter un rapprochement en masse avec les instructions ci-dessous." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -13442,7 +13507,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Balance agée client :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -13743,6 +13808,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" +"Afin d'obtenir une liste des factures fournisseurs ouvertes et leurs dates " +"d'échéance, vous pouvez utiliser le rapport **Balance Agée**, sous le menu " +"des rapports (dans :menuselection:`Rapport --> Rapport PDF --> Balance agée " +"des tiers `) pour obtenir un visuel de toutes vos factures en suspens." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -13875,7 +13944,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionner des factures à payer" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -13906,7 +13975,7 @@ msgstr "Règlements fournisseur" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payer par Chèques" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13975,6 +14044,8 @@ msgstr "États Unis" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" +"Pour les États-Unis, Odoo prend en charge par défaut les formats de chèques " +"suivants :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" @@ -13994,10 +14065,12 @@ msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" +"Il est également possible de définir votre propre format de chèque à travers" +" les personnalisations." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payer un fournisseur par chèque" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" @@ -14009,7 +14082,7 @@ msgstr "l'enregistrement du paiement que vous souhaitez faire sur la facture" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'impression des chèques par lots pour tous les paiements enregistrés" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" @@ -14062,6 +14135,9 @@ msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" +"Pour imprimer tous les chèques d'un coup, sélectionnez tous les paiements de" +" la liste et sélectionnez ensuite **Imprimer --> Chèques** dans le menu " +"\"Imprimer\" en haut." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" @@ -14086,7 +14162,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tout payer par chèque" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -14120,7 +14196,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Imprimez des chèques`_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" @@ -14155,6 +14231,10 @@ msgid "" "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" +"Dans l'exemple suivant, nous allons générer quelques factures. Vous pouvez " +"contrôler l'ensemble du processus sur votre tableau de bord de Comptabilité " +"(premier écran que vous obtenez lorsque vous ouvrez l'application de " +"Comptabilité)." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -14185,6 +14265,10 @@ msgid "" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" +"Nous allons maintenant enregistrer un paiement pour une facture seulement. " +"Ouvrez la facture, puis cliquez sur **Payer**. Sélectionnez la Méthode de " +"paiement, la Date et le Montant, et cliquez sur **Enregistrer le " +"règlement**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -14253,6 +14337,8 @@ msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" +"Ceci se fait par :menuselection:`Tableau de bord --> Banque --> Plus --> " +"Envoyer de l'argent`" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -14299,6 +14385,9 @@ msgid "" "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" +"Vous avez déjà appris diverses façons de payer des factures, mais qu'en est-" +"il du paiement partiel ? Prenons un autre exemple où nous allons faire un " +"paiement partiel pour plusieurs factures." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -14342,6 +14431,8 @@ msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" +"Avant de rapprocher ce relevé bancaire, nous devons créer un modèle de " +"relevé d'escompte de caisse" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." @@ -14361,6 +14452,10 @@ msgid "" " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." msgstr "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -14413,6 +14508,8 @@ msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" +"Selon votre pays et le plan comptable que vous utilisez, ce module peut être" +" installé par défaut." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" @@ -14446,6 +14543,9 @@ msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous d'indiquer le numéro de compte IBAN (le numéro de compte " +"national ne fonctionnera pas avec SEPA) et le BIC (code d'identification de " +"banque) dans votre journal de banque." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -14629,7 +14729,7 @@ msgstr "Dégressif" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accéléré Dégressif" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 @@ -15392,6 +15492,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" +"L'achat d'articles de type service ne déclenche pas de bon de livraison." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" @@ -15456,6 +15557,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" +"Votre fournisseur vous envoie une facture partielle ou vous demande un " +"acompte." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -15476,7 +15579,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapprochement de Facture Fournisseur" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" @@ -15598,7 +15701,7 @@ msgstr "ou Quantités reçues" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturation par lots" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -15912,6 +16015,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" +"**Modifier le montant de la taxe**: l'arrondi est appliqué dans la section " +"taxes." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "Apply roundings" @@ -16082,7 +16187,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Revenus différés" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16509,6 +16614,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" +"Cette méthode est valable aussi bien pour les services que les marchandises." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" @@ -16516,7 +16622,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commandes Client ‣ Bon de Livraison ‣ Facture" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -16653,7 +16759,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Création d'une facture manuellement" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -17296,74 +17402,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " -"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " -"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "" "Pour présenter des ordres de paiement, générez un fichier XML de prélèvement" " automatique SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries `_" @@ -17535,7 +17634,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" -msgstr "" +msgstr "X" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -17569,6 +17668,8 @@ msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" +"Il n'y a rien à configurer si vous prévoyez de gérer vos chèques en " +"utilisant cette méthode." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" @@ -18099,7 +18200,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Date de verrouillage de la taxe" #: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -18188,7 +18289,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer le mode développeur" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po index 61151b4a5..cadbb3b18 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -4,11 +4,14 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Priscilla (prs) Odoo , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Richard Mathot , 2020 +# Fabri Yohann , 2020 # 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Xavier Belmere , 2020 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 -# Priscilla Sanchez , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Priscilla Sanchez , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -279,7 +282,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Captures d'écran" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -422,7 +425,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commencer" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -708,7 +711,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 msgid "Make" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marque" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -914,7 +917,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 msgid "H1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H1" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 @@ -937,7 +940,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 msgid "H2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H2" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 @@ -949,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 msgid "H3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H3" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 msgid "``-------``" @@ -957,7 +960,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 msgid "H4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H4" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 msgid "``~~~~~~~``" @@ -1127,7 +1130,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 msgid "Render" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rendre" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -1311,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 msgid "Note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Note" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -1329,7 +1332,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 msgid "Important" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Important" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." @@ -1337,7 +1340,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 msgid "Warning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avertissement" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 msgid "" @@ -1347,7 +1350,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 msgid "Danger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Danger" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." @@ -1431,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Exemple**" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 msgid "**RST**" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index e94dc4fa8..f3cfebf1e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,19 +4,24 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# David David , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Xavier Belmere , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Sébastien BÜHL , 2020 +# Michell Portrait , 2020 # Renaud de Colombel , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 -# David David , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: David David , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -103,10 +108,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " "customer already exists." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez déjà défini une opportunité pour ce client, Odoo vous proposera" +" automatiquement de fusionner avec cette opportunité. De la même manière, " +"Odoo vous proposera de créer un lien vers un client qui existerait déjà." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fusionner des opportunités" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -115,32 +123,45 @@ msgid "" " into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " "information present on the first opportunity." msgstr "" +"Odoo vous proposera aussi de fusionner automatiquement des opportunités si " +"elles ont la même adresse email. Lors de cette fusion, Odoo fusionne les " +"informations dans l'opportunité qui a été créée en premier, en donnant la " +"priorité aux informations présentes dans la première opportunité." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" "No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " "chatter and the information fields for easy access." msgstr "" +"Aucune information n'est perdue : pour un accès plus rapide, les données " +"venant de l'autre opportunité sont enregistrées dans le chatter et dans les " +"champs d'information." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 msgid "" "Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " "leads even if the system doesn't propose it." msgstr "" +"Si vous trouvez vous-même un doublon, vous pouvez aussi fusionner les " +"opportunités ou les pistes même si le système ne vous le propose pas." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 msgid "" "Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " "to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." msgstr "" +"Voici comment : depuis l'aperçu de la liste, sélectionnez les opportunités " +"ou les pistes que vous voulez fusionner et le bouton action s'affichera. " +"Ensuite, sélectionnez fusionner." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." msgstr "" +"Il est également possible de fusionner plus de deux opportunités ou pistes." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générer des pistes et des opportunités à partir des emails" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -148,10 +169,14 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" " create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." msgstr "" +"Automatiser la création de pistes et d'opportunités améliorera " +"considérablement votre efficacité. Par défaut, tout mail envoyé à " +"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* créera une opportunité dans le pipeline du " +"canal de ventes par défaut." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer les alias des adresses email" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -170,6 +195,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" msgstr "" +"Générer des pistes et des opportunités à partir de la page contact de votre " +"site internet" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -184,11 +211,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser le formulaire de contact de votre site Web" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rendez-vous, tout d'abord, sur l'application Site Web." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -199,6 +226,9 @@ msgid "" "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" +"Avec l'installation de l'application CRM, vous bénéficiez sur votre site Web" +" Odoo d'un formulaire de contact prêt à l'emploi qui génère automatiquement " +"des pistes et des opportunités." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -206,11 +236,15 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " "Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." msgstr "" +"Pour assigner les pistes à une équipe commerciale précise, allez dans " +":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Paramètres`, vous trouverez " +"dans la partie *Communication* les informations du formulaire de contact et " +"vous pourrez modifier l'*Équipe commerciale* ou le *Vendeur*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer un formulaire de contact personnalisé" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -219,12 +253,20 @@ msgid "" "contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " "leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez vouloir en apprendre plus sur vos visiteurs quand ils utilisent " +"le formulaire de contact pour vous joindre. Vous aurez alors besoin de " +"construire un formulaire de contact personnalisé sur votre site Web. Ces " +"formulaires de contact peuvent générer de nombreux types d'enregistrements " +"dans le système (emails, pistes/opportunités, tâches, tickets d'assistance " +"technique, etc.)." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" +"Vous devez installer le module gratuit *Générateur de formulaire*, qui est " +"uniquement disponible dans Odoo Entreprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -232,22 +274,31 @@ msgid "" " drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " "fields you wish." msgstr "" +"Allez tout d'abord sur la page où vous désirez insérer votre formulaire de " +"contact. Dans le mode édition, déplacez le générateur de formulaire dans " +"votre page et vous pourrez ajouter tous les champs que vous souhaitez." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, tout nouveau contact générera l'envoi d'un email. Vous pouvez " +"passer à la génération de pistes ou d'opportunités dans *Modifier les " +"paramètres du formulaire*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" "If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " "added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Si un même utilisateur utilise le formulaire de contact deux fois, la " +"deuxième entrée sera ajoutée à la première piste ou opportunité dans le " +"chatter." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -255,10 +306,14 @@ msgid "" "assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " "CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez un formulaire de contact, vous devez utiliser une " +"étape de qualification avant d'attribuer le formulaire aux vendeurs. Pour le" +" faire, activez *Pistes* dans les paramètres CRM et référez-vous à " +":doc:`convert`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prospection de pistes" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -268,16 +323,24 @@ msgid "" "country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" " make them relevant to your business." msgstr "" +"Dans toute entreprise, il est essentiel d'obtenir des pistes de qualité pour" +" maintenir la croissance de l'entreprise. La prospection de pistes vous " +"permet de générer des pistes à partir de zéro, directement à partir de votre" +" base de données. Ciblez vos pistes en fonction d'un ensemble de critères " +"tels que le pays, la taille de l'entreprise et le secteur d'activité d'où " +"elles proviennent afin de les rendre pertinentes pour votre entreprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." msgstr "" +"Pour que cette fonctionnalité fonctionne, allez à :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez la fonction **Lead Mining**." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générer des pistes" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -287,12 +350,19 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " "button." msgstr "" +"Un nouveau bouton **Générer des pistes** est désormais disponible dans votre" +" pipeline. Vous pouvez aussi créer une requête de prospection de pistes " +"depuis :menuselection:`Configuration --> Requêtes de prospection de pistes` " +"et via :menuselection:`Pistes --> Pistes` à partir du bouton **Générer des " +"pistes**." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 msgid "" "From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " "be able to pick your criteria will pop up." msgstr "" +"De là, cliquez sur le bouton **Générer des pistes**, une fenêtre dans " +"laquelle vous pouvez choisir vos critères apparaîtra." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -302,6 +372,12 @@ msgid "" "information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " "`__," msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous choisissez de cibler des entreprises et leurs contacts, vous " +"pouvez choisir les contacts que vous obtenez en fonction du rôle ou de " +"l'ancienneté. Pour obtenir des informations sur les contacts, assurez-vous " +"de connaître la dernière réglementation de l'UE. Pour plus d'informations " +"sur le règlement général sur la protection des données, consultez le site " +"\"Odoo GDPR `__\"," #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -323,13 +399,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les pistes générées auront le même nom que l'entreprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tarification" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -356,26 +432,34 @@ msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " +"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " +"fonctionnalité." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 msgid "" ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " "<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envoyer des devis" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " "send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Quand vous qualifiez une piste en opportunité, vous aurez sans doute besoin " +"de lui faire parvenir un devis. Vous pouvez faire cela directement dans " +"l'application CRM d'Odoo." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer un nouveau devis" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -391,6 +475,8 @@ msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez tous vos devis relatifs à cette opportunité sous le menu " +"*Devis* de cette page." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" @@ -401,20 +487,25 @@ msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." msgstr "" +"Vous devrez maintenant marquer votre opportunité comme gagnée ou perdue pour" +" passer à l'étape suivante." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" +"Si vous les marquez comme gagnées, elles se placeront dans la colonne " +"*Gagné* de la vue Kanban. Si néanmoins vous les marquez comme *Perdu*, elles" +" seront archivées." #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimiser votre travail quotidien" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment motiver et récompenser mes vendeurs ?" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -433,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez un défi" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -520,10 +611,13 @@ msgid "" "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " "and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Les objectifs peuvent aussi inclure la configuration de votre base de " +"données (par ex. définir les données de votre entreprise et un fuseau " +"horaire, créer de nouveaux utilisateurs, etc.)." #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -536,7 +630,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synchroniser votre agenda Google avec Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -544,6 +638,9 @@ msgid "" "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" +"Odoo s'intègre parfaitement au Calendrier Google, ainsi vous pouvez gérez " +"vos rendez-vous depuis les deux plateformes (les mises à jour s'effectuant " +"dans les deux sens)." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -554,14 +651,17 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"Allez sur la `plateforme des APIs de Google " +"`__ pour générer les identifiants de " +"l'API Google Calendar." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allez à la page des API et Services." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cherchez *Google Calendar API* et sélectionnez-le." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -577,7 +677,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez des identifiants." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -595,6 +695,11 @@ msgid "" "redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez alors créer un Identifiant Client. Entrez le nom de " +"l'application (par ex. Odoo Calendar) et les pages autorisées vers " +"lesquelles vous serez redirigé. L'*Origine du Javascript autorisé* est l'URL" +" de votre instance Odoo. L'*URL de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre" +" instance Odoo suivie de '/google_account/authentication'." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -620,19 +725,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" +"Installez l'application **Calendrier Google** que vous trouverez dans le " +"menu *Applications* ou en cochant la case dans :menuselection:`Paramètres " +"--> Paramètres Généraux`." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" +"Rendez-vous dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres Généraux` et " +"entrez votre **Id. client** et **Client Secret** dans les paramètres du " +"Calendrier Google." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -650,14 +761,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "" +"À partir de maintenant, vous n'avez plus d'excuses pour rater une réunion !" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser les services VOIP dans Odoo avec OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduction" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -665,6 +777,10 @@ msgid "" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" +"La VoIP Odoo peut être paramétrée pour fonctionner avec OnSIP " +"(www.onsip.com). Dans ce cas, l'installation et le paramétrage d'un serveur " +"Asterisk ne sont pas nécessaires puisque toute l'infrastructure est hébergée" +" et gérée par OnSIP." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -673,6 +789,10 @@ msgid "" "covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" +"Vous aurez besoin d'ouvrir un compte OnSIP pour utiliser ce service. Avant " +"de vous engager, assurez-vous que votre zone et celle de vos correspondants " +"sont couvertes par ce service. Après l'ouverture du compte OnSIP, suivez la " +"procédure ci-dessous." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." @@ -692,10 +812,14 @@ msgid "" "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"**OnSIP Domain** est le domaine que vous avez choisi quand vous avez créé un" +" compte sur www.onsip.com. Si vous ne le connaissez pas, connectez-vous à " +"https://admin.onsip.com/, vous le trouverez dans le coin supérieur droit de " +"l'écran." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**WebSocket** devrait contenir wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" @@ -706,14 +830,17 @@ msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" +"Allez dans **Configuration/Utilisateurs**. Dans le formulaire représentant " +"chaque utilisateur de la VoIP, dans l'onglet Préférences, remplissez la " +"partie **Configuration PBX** :" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Login SIP / Extension du navigateur** : le 'Username' OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Autorisation de l'Utilisateur OnSIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -721,7 +848,7 @@ msgstr "**Mot de passe SIP** : le 'SIP Password' de OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Extension de Combiné** : le 'Extension' de OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -739,12 +866,17 @@ msgid "" "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant passer des appels en cliquant sur l'icône de " +"téléphone dans le coin supérieur droit d'Odoo (assurez-vous d'être connecté " +"en tant qu'utilisateur correctement configuré dans Odoo et dans OnSIP)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" +"Si vous voyez un message *Paramètre manquant* dans l'application VoIP " +"d'Odoo, rechargez la page et ré-essayez." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -753,6 +885,10 @@ msgid "" "the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" +"Si vous voyez un message *Mauvais Numéro* dans l'application VoIP d'Odoo, " +"assurez-vous que vous utilisez le format international, commençant par le " +"signe plus (+) suivi de l'indicatif du pays. E.g. : +16506913277 (+1 étant " +"l'indicatif international pour les États-Unis)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -764,7 +900,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OnSIP sur votre smartphone" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -773,6 +909,12 @@ msgid "" " VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" +"Afin de passer et de recevoir des appels quand vous n'êtes pas devant votre " +"ordinateur, vous pouvez utiliser une application de VoIP sur votre " +"smartphone en parallèle à l'application VoIP Odoo. C'est pratique pour les " +"appels en mobilité mais aussi pour s'assurer de ne pas manquer un appel ou " +"simplement par commodité. N'importe quelle application de VoIP compatible " +"SIP fonctionnera." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -781,22 +923,27 @@ msgid "" " When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" +"Sur Android et iOS, OnSIP a été testé avec succès avec l'application " +"`Grandstream Wave " +"`_. " +"Quand vous créez un compte, sélectionnez OnSIP dans la liste des opérateurs." +" Vous devrez ensuite la configurer comme suit :" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nom du compte : OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Serveur SIP** : le 'Domain' OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ID d'utilisateur SIP** : le 'Username' OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ID d'authentification SIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -812,12 +959,24 @@ msgid "" "Assistant `_." msgstr "" +"Hormis les appels que vous pouvez passer depuis l'application Granstream " +"Wave sur votre smartphone, vous pouvez aussi passer des appels en cliquant " +"sur un numéro de téléphone dans le navigateur internet de votre PC. Cette " +"action fera sonner Grandstream Wave et transférera l'appel pour votre " +"correspondant sur votre téléphone. Cette approche est utile pour éviter de " +"perdre du temps à composer des numéros de téléphone. Pour cela, vous aurez " +"besoin de l'extension Chrome `OnSIP Call Assistant " +"`_." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +"L'inconvénient d'utiliser une application de téléphonie sur IP sur votre " +"smartphone est que vos appels ne seront pas journalisés dans Odoo car " +"l'application agit comme un programme indépentant." #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 msgid "Outlook Extension" @@ -919,9 +1078,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed in Outlook yet on Outlook's add-" -"ins list. This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom " -"add-in*." +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 @@ -1086,24 +1244,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer votre serveur VoIP Asterisk pour Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation d'un serveur Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dépendances" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" +"Avant d'installer Asterisk, vous devez installer les dépendances suivantes :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wget" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" @@ -1111,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "gcc" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "" +msgstr "g++" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" @@ -1123,7 +1282,7 @@ msgstr "libxml2-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" @@ -1135,15 +1294,15 @@ msgstr "libuuid-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "openssl-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pkg-config" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour installer libsrtp, suivez les instructions suivantes :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1151,34 +1310,37 @@ msgid "" "`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" +"Vous devez également installer PJSIP, vous pouvez télécharger le code source" +" `ici `_. Une fois le répertoire source " +"extrait :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Déplacez-vous dans le répertoire des sources de pjproject :**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Lancez la commande suivante :**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Construisez et installez pjproject :**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Mettez à jour les liens vers les librairies partagées :**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Vérifiez que pjproject est installé :**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Le résultat doit être :**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1186,10 +1348,13 @@ msgid "" "`there `_." msgstr "" +"Pour installer Asterisk 13.7.0, vous pouvez télécharger le code source " +"directement `ici `_." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Extraire le code source d'Asterisk :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" @@ -1197,11 +1362,11 @@ msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire d'Asterisk :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lancez le script de configuration d'Asterisk :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lancez l'outil menuselect d'Asterisk :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1210,10 +1375,15 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" +"Dans menuselect, allez à l'option des ressources et vérifiez que res_srtp " +"est activé. S'il y a 3 x à côté de res_srtp, il y a un problème avec la " +"bibliothèque srtp et vous devez la réinstaller. Enregistrez la configuration" +" (appuyez sur x). Vous devriez également voir les étoiles en face des lignes" +" de res_pjsip." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compilez et installez Asterisk :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1221,28 +1391,34 @@ msgid "" "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez besoin d'exemples de configurations vous pouvez exécuter 'make " +"samples' pour installer les exemples de configurations. Si vous voulez " +"installer le script de démarrage d'Asterisk, exécutez 'make config'." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certificats DTLS" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ensuite vous devez configurer les certificats DTLS." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire des scripts d'Asterisk :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" +"Créer les certificats DTLS (remplacez pbx.mycompany.com avec votre adresse " +"IP ou votre nom DNS, remplacer My Super Company avec le nom de votre " +"entreprise):" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer un serveur Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -1252,6 +1428,12 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" +"Pour le WebRTC, un grand nombre de paramètres obligatoires DOIVENT être dans" +" les paramètres des pairs. Les paramètres globaux ne sont pas très bien " +"hérités par les paramètres des pairs. Par défaut, les fichiers de " +"configuration d'Asterisk sont situés dans /etc/asterisk/. Commencez par " +"éditer http.conf et assurez-vous que les lignes suivantes ne sont pas " +"commentées :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -1261,12 +1443,20 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" +"Ensuite, modifier sip.conf. Le pair WebRTC requiert que le chiffrement, avpf" +" et icesupport soient activés. Dans la plupart des cas, directmedia doit " +"être désactivé. Toujours dans le cadre du client WebRTC, le transport doit " +"être réglé à «ws» pour permettre les connexions websocket. Toutes ces lignes" +" de configuration devrait être dans le pair; définir ces lignes de " +"configuration globalement pourrait ne pas fonctionner :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" +"Dans les fichiers sip.conf et rtp.conf vous devez également ajouter ou " +"décommenter ces lignes :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" @@ -1274,21 +1464,26 @@ msgstr "Enfin, configurez extensions.conf :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer VOIP dans Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, la configuration doit être effectuée dans les préférences de " +"l'utilisateur." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" +"L'extension de connexion/navigateur SIP est le numéro que vous avez " +"configuré précédemment dans le fichier sip.conf (dans notre exemple : 1060)." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" +"Le mot de passe SIP est celui que vous avez choisi dans le fichier sip.conf." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -1296,18 +1491,25 @@ msgid "" "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" +"L'extension de votre téléphone au bureau n'est pas un champ obligatoire mais" +" il est utilisé si vous voulez transférer votre appel d'Odoo vers un " +"téléphone externe également configuré dans le fichier sip.conf." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" +"La configuration doit également être effectuée dans les Paramètres généraux " +"sous la section \"Intégrations\"." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" +"L'adresse IP du serveur PBX doit être la même que celle que vous avez " +"définie dans le fichier http.conf." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -1315,14 +1517,17 @@ msgid "" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" +"Le WebSocket doit être : ws://localhost:XXXX/ws où \"localhost\" doit être " +"le même que l'IP définie précédemment et \"XXXX\" doit être le port défini " +"dans le fichier http.conf." #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analyser la performance" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrôler votre ratio Gagné/Perdu" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1351,11 +1556,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous pouvez également changer la *Mesure* pour *Revenu espéré*." #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous pouvez également basculer sur la vue diagramme." #: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Organize the pipeline" @@ -1371,6 +1576,9 @@ msgid "" " want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " "can help you recover them in the future." msgstr "" +"Quand vous travaillez sur vos opportunités, vous pourriez en perdre quelques" +" unes. Vous voudrez sans doute garder la trace de la raison de ces échecs et" +" aussi comment Odoo pourrait vous aider à les reconquérir plus tard." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" @@ -1381,47 +1589,59 @@ msgid "" "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " "*Mark Lost* button." msgstr "" +"Dans votre pipeline, sélectionnez l'opportunité désirée et vous verrez un " +"bouton *Marquer comme perdu*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " "there." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez sélectionner un *Motif de la perte* ou en créer un nouveau ici." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérer & créer des motifs de perte" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Lost Reasons`." msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez vos *Motifs de la perte* dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Motifs de la perte`." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 msgid "" "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez sélectionner & renommer n'importe lequel ou en créer un nouveau " +"à cet endroit." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Récupérer les opportunités perdues" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" " feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." msgstr "" +"Pour récupérer les opportunités perdues et agir sur elles (envoyer un mail, " +"rappeler pour un bilan, etc.) choisissez le filtre *Perdu* dans la barre de " +"recherche." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous verrez alors toutes vos opportunités perdues." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " "Reason*." msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez affiner plus avant, vous pouvez ajouter un filtre *Motif de " +"la perte*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." @@ -1429,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "Par exemple, *Trop cher*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restaurer les opportunités perdues" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1437,6 +1657,9 @@ msgid "" "opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " "clicking on *Archived*." msgstr "" +"Dans la vue Kanban, avec le(s) filtre(s) activés, vous pouvez sélectionner " +"n'importe quelle opportunité, pour la traiter comme d'habitude. Vous pouvez " +"aussi la restaurer en cliquant sur *Restaurer*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1444,10 +1667,15 @@ msgid "" " the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " "also archive the same way." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez aussi restaurer les éléments par lot dans la vue Kanban, quand " +"ils appartiennent à la même étape. Sélectionnez *Désarchiver* dans les " +"options de la colonne. Vous pouvez également les archiver de la même " +"manière." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." msgstr "" +"Pour sélectionner certaines opportunités, vous devriez passer en vue liste." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1463,17 +1691,20 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " "specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." msgstr "" +"Dans 0doo, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales, départements ou" +" canaux avec des processus de vente spécifiques. Pour cela, nous utilisons " +"le concept d' *Équipe Commerciale*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer une nouvelle équipe commerciale" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1488,10 +1719,12 @@ msgid "" "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " "address will create a lead/opportunity." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ici définir un alias mail pour cette équipe. Chaque message " +"envoyé à cette adresse mail créera une piste/opportunité." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter des membres à votre équipe commerciale" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1500,20 +1733,27 @@ msgid "" "lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," " you can only be a member of one channel." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter des membres à n'importe quelle équipe ; de cette manière" +" ces membres verront la structure du pipeline de l'équipe commerciale en " +"l'ouvrant. Toute piste/opportunité qui leur aura été assignée sera " +"rattachée à l'équipe commerciale. Par conséquent, on ne peut être membre que" +" d'une seule équipe commerciale." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ceci facilitera le processus de supervision par le chef d'équipe." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 msgid "" "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " "all of its opportunities." msgstr "" +"Si vous filtrez maintenant sur cette équipe dans votre pipeline, vous verrez" +" toutes ses opportunités." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1521,6 +1761,9 @@ msgid "" "sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " "*Reporting*." msgstr "" +"Pour voir les opérations et les résultats de n'importe quelle équipe " +"commerciale d'un coup d’œil, le directeur commercial a également accès au " +"*Tableau de bord de l'Équipe Commerciale*, sous le menu *Rapports*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1532,11 +1775,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assigner et suivre des pistes" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assigner des pistes d'après leur score" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1551,6 +1794,8 @@ msgid "" "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " "that visited specific pages on your website." msgstr "" +"Par exemple, vous pourriez mieux noter les visiteurs issus de votre pays ou " +"ceux qui ont visité des pages précises de votre site web." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1578,16 +1823,21 @@ msgid "" "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " "you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." msgstr "" +"Voici un exemple pour une piste canadienne, vous pouvez modifier tous les " +"critères servant à noter vos pistes. Vous pouvez ajouter autant de critères " +"que vous souhaitez." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " "assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." msgstr "" +"Toutes les heures, les pistes n'ayant pas de score seront automatiquement " +"examinées et recevront la note qui correspond à vos règles de notation." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assigner des pistes" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1596,23 +1846,34 @@ msgid "" "Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " "This domain can include scores." msgstr "" +"Une fois les notes calculées, les pistes peuvent être assignées à une équipe" +" particulière en utilisant le même mécanisme de domaine. Pour ce faire, " +"allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> Attibution aux " +"Équipes` et appliquer un domaine spécifique à chacun. Ce domaine peut " +"inclure des notes." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " "more refined domain." msgstr "" +"Mieux encore, vous pouvez assigner une piste à un membre de l'équipe en " +"particulier avec un domaine encore plus précis." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 msgid "" "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " "Assignation`." msgstr "" +"Pour cela, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> " +"Assignation des pistes`." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 msgid "" "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." msgstr "" +"L'assignation des équipes & pistes affectera les pistes non assignées une " +"fois par jour." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" @@ -1624,11 +1885,16 @@ msgid "" "unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " "useful to do something with them." msgstr "" +"Une fois vos règles de notation établies vous aurez certainement encore des " +"pistes non assignées. Certaines d'entre elles pourraient encore se " +"transformer en opportunité aussi il et utile d'en faire quelque chose." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "" "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." msgstr "" +"Dans la page des pistes, vous pouvez activer un filtre pour trouver toutes " +"vos pistes non-assignées." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1636,6 +1902,10 @@ msgid "" "Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" " unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" +"Pourquoi ne pas utiliser les applications :menuselection:`Marketing Email` " +"ou :menuselection:`Automatisation Marketing` pour leur envoyer un " +"publipostage ? De la même manière, vous pouvez également trouver des pistes " +"non assignées à partir de cet endroit." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" @@ -1646,22 +1916,30 @@ msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" +"Suivre les visites des pages de votre site web vous donnera beaucoup plus " +"d'information sur les centres d'intérêt de vos visiteurs." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " "they use the contact form on your website." msgstr "" +"Toutes les pages suivies qu'ils visitent seront enregistrées dans votre " +"piste/opportunité s'ils utilisent le formulaire de contact de votre site " +"web." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " "*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, installez le module gratuit *Notation " +"des Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version " +"Odoo Entreprise)." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suivre une page web" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1678,7 +1956,7 @@ msgstr "Là vous trouverez une case à cocher *Suivre la Page*." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voir les pages visitées dans vos pistes/opportunités" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1698,13 +1976,17 @@ msgid "" "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " "pages." msgstr "" +"Tous les deux seront mis à jour si le visiteur revient sur votre site pour " +"consulter d'autres pages." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " "chatter." msgstr "" +"Cette fonctionnalité ne reprendra pas les visites multiples d'une même page " +"dans le chatter." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vos clients ne pourront plus vous cacher quoi que ce soit !" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 38cbe8774..86e61113b 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -3,6 +3,14 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Lucas Deliege , 2020 +# Rémi FRANÇOIS , 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestion de la base de données en ligne" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -28,6 +37,10 @@ msgid "" "click on the `Manage Your Databases " "`__ button." msgstr "" +"Pour gérer vos bases de données, accédez à la page de gestion des bases de " +"données `__ (vous devrez vous " +"identifier). Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton \"Gérer vos bases de données\" " +"`__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -35,78 +48,93 @@ msgid "" " manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " "database." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous d'être connecté en tant qu'administrateur de la base de données" +" que vous souhaitez gérer - de nombreuses opérations dépendent de votre " +"identification à distance à cette base de données." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plusieurs actions sont disponibles :" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Mise à jour `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid "" "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " "features" msgstr "" +"Pour profiter des fonctionnalités de pointe, actualisez votre base de " +"données vers la dernière version d'Odoo." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`Duplicate `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Dupliquer `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 msgid "" "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " "flows without compromising your daily operations" msgstr "" +"Faites une copie exacte de votre base de données, si vous voulez essayer de " +"nouvelles applications ou de nouveaux flux sans compromettre vos opérations " +"quotidiennes." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Rename `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Renommer `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Renommer votre base de données (et son URL)." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Sauvegarde**" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "" "Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " "daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" msgstr "" +"Téléchargez une sauvegarde instantanée de votre base de données. Sachez que," +" conformément à notre contrat de services Odoo Cloud, nous sauvegardons les " +"bases de données quotidiennement." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`Domains `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Domaines `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" msgstr "" +"Configurez des domaines personnalisés pour accéder à votre base de données " +"via une autre URL." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Delete `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Supprimer `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supprimez instantanément une base de données." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contacter l'assistance" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 msgid "" "Access our `support page `__ with the correct " "database already selected" msgstr "" +"Après avoir sélectionné la bonne base de données, consultez notre `page " +"d'assistance `__. " #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mettre à jour" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -114,6 +142,10 @@ msgid "" "that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" " the process before upgrading your production database." msgstr "" +"Mettre à jour votre base de données vers une version plus récente d'Odoo est" +" une opération complexe qui demande du temps et de la prudence. Il est très " +"important que vous testiez la totalité de votre processus avant de mettre à " +"jour votre base de données de production." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -121,6 +153,9 @@ msgid "" "your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " "experience." msgstr "" +"Odoo publie régulièrement des nouvelles versions (au moins une fois par an)," +" la mise à jour de votre base de données pour profiter des nouvelles " +"fonctionnalités d'Odoo fait partie de l'expérience Odoo en ligne." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -130,6 +165,13 @@ msgid "" " database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " "multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" +"Le processus de mise à jour peut prendre un certain temps, surtout si vous " +"utilisez plusieurs applications ou des applications qui traitent des données" +" sensibles (par ex. Comptabilité, Inventaire, etc.). En général, plus la " +"base de données sera petite, plus la mise à jour sera rapide. Une base de " +"données à utilisateur unique qui utilise uniquement le CRM, sera traitée " +"plus vite qu'une base de données multi-entreprises ou multi-utilisateurs qui" +" utilise la Comptabilité, les Ventes, les Achats et la Production." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -141,44 +183,66 @@ msgid "" "they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " "a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" +"Malheureusement, il est impossible de donner des estimations de temps pour " +"chaque demande de mise à jour, car Odoo.com testera manuellement chaque mise" +" à jour de base de données au moins une fois et devra corriger/adapter les " +"changements apportés aux applications Odoo standard (par ex. par le biais de" +" Studio ou d'un Success Pack) au cas par cas. Cela peut ralentir le " +"processus, car les demandes sont traitées dans l'ordre dans lequel elles " +"arrivent. Cela est particulièrement vrai dans les mois qui suivent la sortie" +" d'une nouvelle version majeure, ce qui peut allonger considérablement le " +"délai de mise à jour." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le processus de mise à jour est assez simple de votre côté :" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous demandez un test de mise à jour." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " "database" msgstr "" +"Une fois que tous les tests ont été validés **par vous**, vous pouvez mettre" +" à jour votre base de données actuelle." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 msgid "" "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " "same." msgstr "" +"Le processus est le même tant pour demander un test qu'une mise à jour de la" +" production (*réelle*)." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " "access the `database management page `__." msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, assurez-vous d'être connecté à la base de données que vous " +"voulez mettre à jour et accédez à la `page de gestion de votre base de " +"données `__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 msgid "" "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " "database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." msgstr "" +"Pour que le bouton soit visible, vous devez avoir une session active avec " +"accès à l'application Paramètres dans la base de données que vous voulez " +"mettre à jour." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 msgid "" "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " "If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le menu \"Cog\" dans la ligne de la base de données que vous " +"voulez mettre à jour. Si une nouvelle version d'Odoo est disponible, un " +"bouton 'Mise à jour' s'affichera. " #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -188,6 +252,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " "released a more recent version during your tests)." msgstr "" +"Vous avez la possibilité de choisir la version à utiliser pour la mise à " +"jour. Par défaut, nous sélectionnons la version la plus récente disponible " +"pour votre base de données. Si vous étiez déjà en train de tester une mise à" +" jour, c'est la version déjà en test qui sera automatiquement sélectionnée " +"(même si nous avons publié une version plus récente pendant vos tests)." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -196,6 +265,11 @@ msgid "" "request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" " and asking another request will not be possible." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur le bouton \"Mise à jour de test\", une requête de mise à " +"jour sera générée. Une seule requête peut être faite à la fois pour chaque " +"base de données. Il vous sera impossible d'introduire une nouvelle requête " +"si vous en avez déjà introduit une auparavant, vous verrez apparaître à la " +"place la note 'Mise à jour en attente'. " #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -207,6 +281,15 @@ msgid "" "made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " "should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." msgstr "" +"Une mise à jour de test va générer une copie de votre base de données, faire" +" une mettre à jour et vous la rendre directement accessible dès que la mise " +"à jour est réussie. S'il s'agit du premier test que vous effectuez pour " +"cette base de données, une phase de test manuelle sera réalisée par " +"Odoo.com, cela peut prendre un certain temps (jusqu'à quelques semaines). " +"Les demandes ultérieures ne passeront pas par cette étape manuelle de test " +"et seront généralement mises à disposition en quelques heures. Dès que la " +"base de données de test est disponible, vous recevrez un email avec son URL." +" " #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -226,6 +309,11 @@ msgid "" "is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " "prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous de faire un dernier test de votre mise à jour avant la mise à " +"jour finale (par ex. un jour avant) pour être sûr que tout fonctionne " +"correctement. Le déclassement n'est pas possible et il est toujours plus " +"facile de procéder à un reclassement après coup que de ne pas pouvoir " +"travailler à cause d'un problème de mise à jour." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -236,6 +324,12 @@ msgid "" " and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " "the process is completed." msgstr "" +"Une fois que vous êtes prêt et que vous avez validé tous vos tests, vous " +"pouvez basculer votre base de données de production vers la nouvelle version" +" en cliquant sur le bouton Mise à jour (le bouton avec la petite fusée!). " +"Votre base de données sera alors mise hors ligne pendant 10 minutes pour " +"être automatiquement mise à jour. Dès que le processus est finalisé, vous " +"recevrez une confirmation par email." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -243,10 +337,13 @@ msgid "" "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " "migration during non-business hours." msgstr "" +"Votre base de données sera mise hors ligne pendant la mise à jour (cela peut" +" prendre de 30 minutes à plusieurs heures pour des grandes base de données)," +" pensez donc à planifier la migration en dehors des heures de bureau." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dupliquer une base de données" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -254,6 +351,11 @@ msgid "" "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." msgstr "" +"La duplication des bases de données, le changement de nom, la " +"personnalisation du DNS, etc., ne sont pas disponibles pour les bases de " +"données d'essai disponibles sur notre plateforme en ligne. Les bases de " +"données payantes et la base de données \"One App Free\" peuvent être " +"dupliquées sans problème." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -261,50 +363,64 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" +"Vous verrez quelques boutons sur la ligne de la base de données que vous " +"souhaitez dupliquer. Pour dupliquer votre base de données, il suffit de " +"cliquer sur **Dupliquer**. Vous devrez donner un nom à votre copie, puis " +"cliquer sur **Dupliquer la base de données**." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" msgstr "" +"Si vous ne cochez pas la case \"À des fins de test\" lorsque vous dupliquez " +"une base de données, toute communication externe restera active :" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les emails sont envoyés;" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" msgstr "" +"Les paiements sont traités (par ex. dans l'application e-Commerce ou " +"Abonnements);" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les bons de livraison (transporteurs) sont envoyés;" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etc." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " "behaviours to be disabled." msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez modifier ces actions, assurez-vous de cocher la case \"À " +"des fins de test\"." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" +"Après quelques secondes, vous serez connecté à votre base de données " +"dupliquée. Notez que l'URL utilise le nom que vous avez choisi lors de la " +"duplication." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "" +"Les bases de données dupliquées expirent automatiquement après 15 jours." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Renommer une base de données" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -313,14 +429,21 @@ msgid "" "`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" +"Pour renommer votre base de données, assurez-vous d'être connecté à la base " +"de données que vous voulez renommer, accédez à la `page de gestion de votre " +"base de données `__ et cliquez " +"**Renommer**. Vous devrez donner un nouveau nom à votre base de données, " +"puis cliquer sur **Renommer base de données**." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supprimer une base de données." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez uniquement supprimer les base de données dont vous êtes " +"l'administrateur." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -329,6 +452,12 @@ msgid "" "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous supprimez une base de données, toutes les données sont " +"définitivement perdues. La suppression est instantanée et s'applique à tous " +"les utilisateurs. Nous vous conseillons d'effectuer une sauvegarde " +"instantanée de votre base de données avant de la supprimer, car la dernière " +"sauvegarde quotidienne peut avoir été faite plusieurs heures avant le moment" +" de la suppression; " #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -336,23 +465,33 @@ msgid "" "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" +"Depuis la `page de gestion de la base de données " +"`__, dans la ligne de la base de données " +"que vous voulez supprimer, cliquez sur le bouton \"Supprimer\"." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" +"Lisez attentivement le message d'avertissement qui s'affiche et poursuivez " +"uniquement si vous comprenez parfaitement les conséquences de la suppression" +" d'une base de données." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." msgstr "" +"Après quelques secondes, la base de données sera supprimée et la page " +"automatiquement actualisée." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" +"Le nom de cette base de données sera immédiatement disponible si vous devez " +"le réutiliser." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -360,20 +499,25 @@ msgid "" "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "`__" msgstr "" +"Si la base de données est expirée ou liée à un Abonnement, elle ne peut pas " +"être supprimée. Dans ce cas, contactez `Odoo Assistance " +"`__" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "`__" msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez supprimer votre compte, veuillez contacter `Odoo " +"assistance `__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestion de la base de données sur site" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer une base de données" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -384,26 +528,35 @@ msgid "" "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" +"Pour enregistrer votre base de données, il vous suffit d'entrer votre code " +"d'abonnement dans la bannière de l'App Switcher. Veillez à ne pas ajouter " +"d'espaces supplémentaires avant ou après votre code d'abonnement. Si " +"l'enregistrement est réussi, il deviendra vert et vous indiquera la date " +"d'expiration de votre base de données récemment enregistrée. Vous pouvez " +"vérifier cette date d'épiration dans le menu À propos (Odoo 9) ou dans le " +"tableau de bord des paramètres (Odoo 10)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrement d'un message d'erreur" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" msgstr "" +"Si vous ne pouvez pas enregistrer votre base de données, vous verrez " +"probablement ce message :" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solutions" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avez-vous un abonnement Entreprise valide ?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -411,16 +564,24 @@ msgid "" " Account `__ or with your Account" " Manager" msgstr "" +"Vérifiez si les détails de votre abonnement possèdent l'étiquette \"En " +"progrès\" sur votre `Compte Odoo " +"`__ ou via votre Compte " +"administrateur." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" msgstr "" +"Avez-vous déjà relié une base de données à votre référence d'abonnement ?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " "development database? `Find a partner `__)" msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez relier une seule base de données par abonnement. (Besoin d'un " +"test ou d'une base de données de développement ? `Trouvez un partenaire sur " +"`__)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -428,16 +589,21 @@ msgid "" "`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" +"Via le bouton \"Dissocier la base de données\", vous pouvez vous-même " +"dissocier l'ancienne base de données dans votre `Contrat Odoo " +"`__. " #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" msgstr "" +"Un message de confirmation s'affichera. Vérifiez qu'il s'agit bien de la " +"base de données concernée car celle-ci sera rapidement désactivée. " #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avez-vous la dernière version Odoo 9 ?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 @@ -445,6 +611,8 @@ msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" +"Depuis Juillet 2016, Odoo 9 modifie automatiquement l'UUID d'une base de " +"données dupliquée; l'opération manuelle n'est donc plus nécessaire." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -453,6 +621,10 @@ msgid "" "`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" +"Si ce n'est pas le cas, il se pourrait que vous ayez plusiuers bases de " +"données qui partagent le même UUID. Veuillez vérifier dans votre `Contrat " +"Odoo `__, un message court " +"s'affichera pour indiquer quelle base de données pose problème :" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -460,6 +632,9 @@ msgid "" "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "`." msgstr "" +"Dans ce cas, vous devez modifier l'UUID dans votre base de données de test " +"pour résoudre le problème. Vous trouverez plus d'informations à ce sujet " +"dans :ref:`cette section `." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -467,10 +642,14 @@ msgid "" "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" +"Pour votre information, nous identifions les bases de données via les UUID. " +"Par conséquent, chaque base de données doit avoir un UUID distinct pour " +"garantir que l'enregistrement et la facturation se déroulent sans difficulté" +" pour vous et pour nous." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vérifiez votre réseau et vos paramètres de pare-feu." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -478,48 +657,67 @@ msgid "" " servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " "outgoing connections towards:" msgstr "" +"La notification de mise à jour doit être capable d'atteindre les serveurs de" +" validation d'abonnement d'Odoo. En d'autres termes, assurez-vous que le " +"serveur d'Odoo est capable d'ouvrir des connexions sortantes vers :" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "services.odoo.com sur le port 443 (ou 80)" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" msgstr "" +"services.openerp.com sur le port 443 (ou 80) pour des déploiements plus " +"anciens" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 msgid "" "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " "Update notification runs once a week." msgstr "" +"Une fois que vous avez activé votre base de données, vous devez garder ces " +"ports ouverts, car les notifications de mise à jour ont lieu une fois par " +"semaine." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Message d'erreur causé par un nombre trop important d'utilisateurs" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" +"Si vous avez plus d'utilisateurs dans votre base de données que ceux " +"indiqués dans votre abonnement Odoo Entreprise, vous aurez probablement ce " +"message :" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" +"Le message s'affiche 30 jours avant l'expiration, et le compte à rebours est" +" mis à jour chaque jour." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" +"**Ajoutez plus d'utilisateurs** à votre abonnement : suivez le lien, validez" +" le devis de vente incitative et payez pour les utilisateurs " +"supplémentaires." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 msgid "" "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation `_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" +"**Désactivez des utilisateurs** comme expliqué dans cette `documentation " +"`_ et **Refusez** le devis de vente " +"incitative." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -529,16 +727,24 @@ msgid "" " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " "message disappear right away." msgstr "" +"Une fois que votre base de données a le nombre correct d'utilisateurs, le " +"message d'expiration disparaîtra automatiquement après quelques jours, lors " +"de la prochaine vérification. Nous comprenons qu'il peut être un peu " +"effrayant de voir un compte à rebours, vous pouvez donc :ref:`forcer une " +"notification de mise à jour ` pour faire disparaître le message" +" directement." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Message d'erreur de la base de données périmée" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" +"Si votre base de données arrive à sa date d'expiration avant que vous " +"renouveliez votre abonnement, vous verrez ce message :" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -546,12 +752,17 @@ msgid "" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" +"Ce message de **blocage** s'affiche après un message non-bloquant qui dure " +"30 jours. Si vous ne prenez aucune mesure avant la fin du compte à rebours, " +"la base de données est périmée." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" +"Renouvelez votre abonnement : suivez le lien et renouvelez votre abonnement." +" Attention :" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -559,20 +770,26 @@ msgid "" "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" +"Si vous désirez payer par virement bancaire, votre abonnement ne sera " +"réellement renouvelé que lorsque le paiement sera effectué, ce qui peut " +"prendre quelques jours. Les paiements par carte de crédit sont traités " +"immédiatement. " #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contactez notre `Assistance technique `__." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "`__" msgstr "" +"Aucune de ces solutions ne fonctionne pour vous ? Veuillez contacter notre " +"`Assistance technique `__. " #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dupliquer une base de données" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -580,6 +797,10 @@ msgid "" "server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez dupliquer votre base de données en accédant au gestionnaire de " +"base de données sur votre serveur (/web/database/manager). Dans" +" cette page, vous pouvez facilement dupliquer votre base de données (entre " +"autres choses)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -589,6 +810,12 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous dupliquez une base de données locale, il est **fortement** " +"conseillé de changer l'UUID (Universally Unique Identifier) de la base de " +"données dupliquée, puisque cet UUID est utilisé par votre base de données " +"pour s'identifier avec nos serveurs. Avoir deux bases de données avec le " +"même UUID pourrait entraîner des problèmes de facturation ou des problèmes " +"d'iidentification à tous les niveaux." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -598,10 +825,17 @@ msgid "" "command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " "like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" +"L'UUID de la base de données est actuellement accessible depuis le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres Système`, nous " +"vous conseillons d'utiliser un `générateur d'UUID " +"`_ ou d'utiliser la commande unix ``uuidgen`` " +"pour générer un nouvel UUID. Vous pouvez alors simplement le remplacer comme" +" tout autre enregistrement en cliquant dessus et en utilisant le bouton " +"Modifier." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisateurs et fonctionnalités" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -609,6 +843,9 @@ msgid "" "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." msgstr "" +"En tant qu'administrateur de votre base de données, vous êtes responsable de" +" son utilisation. Cela inclut les Applications que vous installez, ainsi que" +" le nombre d'utilisateurs qui les utilisent." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -618,6 +855,13 @@ msgid "" "subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " "paying one on our online platform)." msgstr "" +"Odoo est beaucoup de choses (ERP, CMS, CRM application, site de " +"eCommerce,etc...) mais ce n'est *pas* un smartphone. Vous devez faire preuve" +" de prudence lorsque vous ajouter/supprimez des fonctionnalités (en " +"particulier les applications) à votre base de données, car cela pourrait " +"influer sur le montant de votre abonnement de manière significative (ou vous" +" faire passer d'un compte gratuit à un payant sur notre plate-forme en " +"ligne)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -626,6 +870,11 @@ msgid "" "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." msgstr "" +"Cette page contient quelques informations sur la façon de gérer votre " +"instance Odoo. Avant d'appliquer ces procédures nous vous recommandons " +"**fortement** des les tester d'abord sur un double de votre base de données." +" De cette façon, si quelque chose se passe mal, votre activité quotidienne " +"n'en sera pas affectée." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -633,6 +882,9 @@ msgid "" " ` and :ref:`on premise ` " "installations." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez trouver des instruction sur la manière de dupliquer vos bases de" +" données à la fois pour les installations :ref:`en ligne `" +" et :ref:`sur site `." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -640,35 +892,43 @@ msgid "" "issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " "`support form `__." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez des questions sur le contenu de cette page ou si vous " +"rencontrez un problème lors de l'exécution de ces procédures, contactez-nous" +" via notre `formulaire d'assistance `__." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Désactivation d'Utilisateurs" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que vous disposez des **permissions** suffisantes si vous " +"voulez changer le statut de l'un de vos utilisateurs." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " "showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" msgstr "" +"Sur votre instance Odoo, cliquez sur **Paramètres**. Vous verrez apparaître " +"une section reprenant les utilisateurs actifs de votre base de données. " +"Cliquez sur **Gérer les utilisateurs.**" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|settings|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|browse_users|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous verrez alors la liste de vos utilisateurs." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -676,6 +936,10 @@ msgid "" "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" +"Le filtre pré-sélectionné *Utilisateurs Internes* montre vos utilisateurs " +"payants (pas les *Utilisateurs du Portail* qui sont gratuits). Si vous " +"supprimez ce filtre, vous obtiendrez tous les utilisateurs (les payants et " +"ceux du portail)" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -683,18 +947,21 @@ msgid "" "you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " "on Archive." msgstr "" +"Dans votre liste d'utilisateurs cliquez sur l'utilisateur que vous souhaitez" +" désactiver. Une fois sur le formulaire utilisateur, cliquez sur le menu de " +"la liste déroulante Action, puis cliquez sur Archiver." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'utilisateur est maintenant désactivé." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne désactivez **jamais** l'utilisateur principal (*admin*)" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Désinstallation d'Applications" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -702,6 +969,10 @@ msgid "" "` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous d'abord de tester ce que vous allez faire sur une " +":ref:`duplication` ` de votre base de données avant de " +"faire des modifications (*surtout* l'installation/désinstallation " +"d'applications)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -709,10 +980,13 @@ msgid "" "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" +"Dans votre instance Odoo cliquez sur **Configuration**; dans ce module, vous" +" verrez le nombre d'applications que vous avez installées. Cliquez sur " +"**Parcourir les applications** pour accéder à la liste des applications." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -720,6 +994,10 @@ msgid "" "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" +"Dans le tableau de bord de vos applications, vous verrez toutes les icônes " +"de vos applications. Cliquez sur l'application que vous souhaitez " +"désinstaller. Puis, sur la fiche de l'application, cliquez sur " +"**Désinstaller**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -730,19 +1008,28 @@ msgid "" "permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"Certaines applications ont des dépendances, comme Facturation, eCommerce, " +"etc... Par conséquent, le système vous avertira pour vous informer de ce qui" +" est sur le point d'être retiré. Si vous désinstallez votre application, " +"toutes ses dépendances seront également désinstallées (et les données " +"qu'elles contiennent vont disparaître également de façon irréversible). Si " +"vous êtes sûr que vous voulez toujours la désinstaller, alors cliquez sur " +"**Confirmer**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"Enfin, après avoir vérifié le message d'avertissement (le cas échéant), " +"cliquez sur **Confirmer**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous avez terminé la désinstallation de votre application." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bon à savoir" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -753,6 +1040,13 @@ msgid "" "*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " "operations." msgstr "" +"**Désinstaller des applications, gérer les utilisateurs, etc... c'est à vous" +" de le faire**: personne mieux que vous ne peut savoir si les activités de " +"votre entreprise sont interrompues. Si nous devions désinstaller des " +"applications pour vous, nous ne serions jamais en mesure de dire si des " +"données pertinentes ont été supprimées ou si l'une de vos activités a été " +"interrompue, parce que nous *ne savons pas comment vous travaillez* et ne " +"pouvons donc pas valider ce types d'opérations." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -763,6 +1057,13 @@ msgid "" "need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " "to work properly." msgstr "" +"**Les Applications Odoo ont des dépendances** : cela signifie que vous " +"devrez peut-être installer des modules que vous n'utilisez pas activement " +"pour accéder à certaines fonctionnalités d'Odoo dont vous avez besoin. Par " +"exemple, l'application Construction de site web est requise pour pouvoir " +"montrer à vos clients des devis sur une page internet. Même si vous n'avez " +"pas besoin du site Web lui-même, il est requis pour que la fonctionnalité " +"Offres en ligne fonctionne correctement." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -770,3 +1071,8 @@ msgid "" "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" +"**Tester toujours l'installation/la suppression d'application sur une " +"copie** (ou sur une base de données d'essai gratuit) : de cette façon, vous " +"pouvez savoir quelles autres applications peuvent être nécessaires, etc... " +"Cela évitera des surprises lors de la désinstallation ou lors de la " +"réception de vos factures d'abonnement." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index b355eb1c0..b78cde641 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,13 +3,23 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# kaj nithi , 2020 +# Renaud de Colombel , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +29,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Discussion" #: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancé" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" @@ -31,23 +41,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si vous êtes un utilisateur d'Odoo en ligne ou d'Odoo.sh..." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "" +"Vous ne devez rien faire! **Odoo configure ses propres serveurs de " +"messagerie pour votre base de données.** Les emails sortants et entrants " +"sont prêts à l'emploi!" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "" +"À moins que vous ne prévoyez d'envoyer une quantité importante d'emails de " +"masse qui nécessiteraient l'utilisation d'un serveur de messagerie externe, " +"profitez tout simplement de votre nouvelle base de données Odoo." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le but de cette documentation" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -56,6 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " "`__." msgstr "" +"Ce document est **principalement destiné aux utilisateurs d'Odoo sur site** " +"qui ne bénéficient pas d'une utilisation prête à l'emploi pour l'envoi et la" +" réception d'emails dans Odoo, à la différence d'`Odoo en ligne " +"`__ & `Odoo.sh `__." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -65,132 +85,181 @@ msgid "" "still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " "reputation yourself." msgstr "" +"Si personne dans votre entreprise n'est chargé de la gestion des serveurs de" +" messagerie, nous vous recommandons fortement d'opter pour ces solutions " +"d'hébergement Odoo. Leur système de courrier électronique fonctionne " +"instantanément et est supervisé par des professionnels. Néanmoins, si vous " +"souhaitez gérer vous-même la réputation de votre serveur de messagerie, vous" +" pouvez également utiliser vos propres serveurs." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez ci-dessous quelques informations utiles pour intégrer votre " +"propre solution de messagerie à Odoo. " #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " "`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment gérer les messages sortants" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " "create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" +"En tant qu'administrateur système, allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " +"Paramètres généraux` et cochez *Serveurs de messagerie externe*. Puis, " +"cliquez sur *Serveurs de messagerie sortant* pour en créer un et référencer " +"les données SMTP de votre serveur de messagerie. Une fois toutes les " +"informations complétées, cliquez sur *Tester la connection*." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voici la configuration typique d'un serveur G suite." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" +"Configurez ensuite votre nom de domaine de messagerie dans les paramètres " +"généraux." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " "secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " "`_." msgstr "" +"Si vous recevez un message d'avertissement ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] (Échec) " +"Identifiants invalides`` lorsque vous effectuez une *Connection de test* " +"dans une adresse Gmail, activez l'option *Accès moins sécurisé à " +"l'application*. Un lien direct est disponible `ici " +"`_." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activez par ailleurs le paramètre IMAP sur votre compte Gmail." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "Puis-je utiliser un serveur Office 365?" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur Office 365 si vous exécutez Odoo sur site. " +"Les relais Office 365 SMTP ne sont pas compatibles sur Odoo en ligne." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure" " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" +"Pour configurer un relais SMTP pour votre adresse IP Odoo, référez-vous à la" +" `Documentation Microsoft `__ ." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Comment utiliser un serveur G suite" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " "`Google documentation " "`__." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser un serveur G Suite pour n'importe quel type " +"d'hébergement Odoo. Pour cela, vous devez configurer le service relais SMTP." +" Les étapes de configuration sont décrites dans la `Documentation Google " +"`__." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Être en conformité avec le système SPF" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez le système SPF (Sender Policy Framework) pour augmenter la " +"délivrabilité de votre messagerie sortante, n'oubliez pas d'autoriser Odoo " +"en tant qu'hôte expéditeur dans les paramètres de votre nom de domaine. " +"Voici la configuration pour Odoo en ligne :" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" +"Si aucun enregistrement TXT n'est configuré pour le SPF, vous devez en créer" +" un avec la définition suivante : v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" +"Si un enregistrement SPF TXT est déjà configuré, ajoutez " +"\"include:_spf.odoo.com\". par ex. pour un nom de domaine qui envoie des " +"emails via Odoo en ligne et via G Suite cela pourrait être : v=spf1 " +"include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez `ici `__ la procédure " +"exacte pour créer ou modifier des enregistrements TXT sur votre propre " +"registraire de domaine." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" +"Votre nouvel enregistrement SPF peut prendre jusqu'à 48 heures pour être " +"effectif, mais d'habitude cela se fait plus rapidement." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" +"L'ajout de plus d'un enregistrement SPF à votre domaine peut générer des " +"problèmes à la livraison des emails et à la classification en spams. Nous " +"vous recommandons plutôt d'utiliser un seul enregistrement SPF, en modifiant" +" celui-ci pour autoriser Odoo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Activer DKIM" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -199,92 +268,123 @@ msgid "" "a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" +"Vous devriez faire la même chose si le DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) " +"est activé sur votre serveur de messagerie. Dans le cas d'Odoo en ligne et " +"d' Odoo.sh, vous devez ajouter un enregistrement DNS CNAME " +"\"odoo._domainkey\" à \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Par exemple, pour " +"\"foo.com\" ils devraient avoir un enregistrement " +"\"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" qui est un enregistrement CNAME avec la valeur " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "Restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," " 465 or 2525." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment gérer les messages entrants" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo recourt à des alias email pour récupérer des messages entrants." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" +"**Les emails de réponse automatiques** envoyés depuis Odoo sont acheminés " +"vers leur fil de discussion original (ainsi que vers les boîtes de réception" +" de tous les followers) via l'alias catch-all (**catchall@**)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " "`__ to opt-out invalid " "recipients." msgstr "" +"**Les emails rejetés** sont acheminés vers **bounce@** pour qu'on puisse les" +" tracer sur Odoo. Cela est surtout utilisé pour désinscrire les " +"destinataires invalides dans le `Marketing par courrier électronique Odoo " +"`__ ." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" +"**Les emails originaux**: Plusieurs objets de gestion ont leur propre alias " +"pour créer des nouveaux enregistrements sur Odoo depuis les emails entrants " +":" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "" +"Canal de ventes (pour créer des pistes ou des opportunités dans `Odoo CRM " +"`__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "" +"Canal de support (pour créer des tickets dans `Odoo Assistance technique " +"`__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" +"Projets (pour créer des nouvelles tâches dans `Odoo Projet " +"`__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" +"Postes de travail (pour créer des candidats dans `Odoo recrutement " +"`__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "etc" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" +"Selon votre serveur de messagerie, il peut y avoir plusieurs méthodes de " +"récupération des emails. La méthode la plus facile et la plus recommandée, " +"c'est gérer une adresse email par alias Odoo dans votre serveur de " +"messagerie ." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Créez les adresses email correspondantes dans votre serveur de messagerie " +"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez votre nom de domaine dans les paramètres généraux." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -292,8 +392,14 @@ msgid "" "Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Odoo sur site, créez un *Serveur de messagerie entrant* " +"pour chaque alias. Vous pouvez le faire également depuis les paramètres " +"généraux. Remplissez le formulaire selon les paramètres de votre fournisseur" +" de messagerie. Laissez vide le champ *Actions à effectuer sur les emails " +"entrants*. Une fois toutes les informations renseignées, cliquez sur *TESTER" +" & CONFIRMER*." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -303,26 +409,40 @@ msgid "" "domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh, nous vous recommandons de rediriger" +" les messages entrants vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo plutôt que d'utiliser " +"exclusivement votre propre serveur de messagerie. Vous recevrez ainsi les " +"messages entrants sans délai. En effet, Odoo Online ne récupère les messages" +" entrants des serveurs externes qu'une fois par heure. Vous devez définir " +"dans votre serveur de messagerie des redirections pour toutes les adresses " +"email vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo (par ex. *catchall@mydomain.ext* vers " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tous les alias sont personnalisables dans Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" +"Les alias d'objet peuvent être modifiés depuis leur écran de configuration " +"respectif. Pour mlodifier des alias catchall et bounce, vous devez d'abord " +"activer :doc:`mode Développeur <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" +"Puis aller sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres " +"--> Paramètres système` pour personnaliser les alias (*mail.catchall.alias* " +"& * mail.bounce.alias*)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -333,7 +453,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modèles d'emails" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -413,7 +533,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Discuss" @@ -434,32 +554,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " "and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " "through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 msgid "" "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "Start Chatting" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 msgid "" "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " "asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " @@ -467,54 +587,52 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 msgid "" "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," -" type *#channel-name*." +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "" "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 msgid "Chat status" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " "respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " @@ -522,32 +640,28 @@ msgid "" "menu*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -579,14 +693,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " -"through Kanban views." +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramétrer vos types d'activités" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index b80750dd9..0feabe05c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -3,6 +3,15 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Clo , 2020 +# Hamid Darabi, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Rihab LOUKIL , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,34 +29,38 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eCommerce" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Démarrer" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment personnaliser ma page de catalogue" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catalogue d'articles" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." msgstr "" +"Tous les articles publiés s'affichent sur la page de votre catalogue (ou " +"page *Shop*)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." msgstr "" +"La plupart des options sont disponibles dans le menu *Personnaliser* : " +"attributs d'affichage, catégories de sites, etc." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mettre un produit en surbrillance" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -54,16 +68,22 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" +"Augmentez la visibilité de vos produits vedettes/promotionnels : poussez-les" +" vers le haut, agrandissez-les, ajoutez un ruban que vous pouvez éditer " +"(Vente, Nouveau, etc.). Ouvrez la page Boutique, passez en mode Édition et " +"cliquez sur n'importe quel article pour commencer à personnaliser la grille." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" msgstr "" +"Voir comment faire : " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter rapidement au panier" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -73,66 +93,76 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" +"Si vos clients achètent beaucoup d'articles à la fois, raccourcissez leur " +"processus en activant les achats à partir de la page du catalogue. Pour ce " +"faire, ajoutez la description du produit et le bouton Ajouter au panier. " +"Activez les options suivantes dans le menu *Personnaliser* : Description du " +"produit, Ajouter au panier, Affichage de la liste (pour mieux afficher la " +"description du produit)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment construire une page produit" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." msgstr "" +"Sur le site Web, cliquez sur *Nouvelle page* dans le coin supérieur droit." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur *Nouveau produit* et suivez les conseils qui clignotent." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voici les principaux éléments de la page Produit :" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." msgstr "" +"De nombreux éléments peuvent être rendus visibles à partir du menu " +"*Personnaliser*." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voyez comment configurer vos produits à partir des liens ci-dessous." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérer mes produits" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment afficher plusieurs images par produit" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -140,48 +170,64 @@ msgid "" "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, la page internet de votre produit n'affiche que l'image " +"principal de celui-ci. Si vous souhaitez afficher vos produits sous " +"différents angles, vous pouvez activer le mode carrousel." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Consultez *Plusieurs images par produit* dans :menuselection:`Admin site Web" +" --> Configuration --> Paramètres`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." msgstr "" +"Ouvrez la page détails du produit et téléchargez des images à partir de " +"l'onglet *Images*. Dans le mode édition, sélectionnez *Créer* pour obtenir " +"l'assistant de téléchargement." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" +"Cette image supplémentaire est commune à toutes les variantes du produit (le" +" cas échéant)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment montrer la disponibilité des produits" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." msgstr "" +"La disponibilité de vos produits peut être démontrée sur le site pour " +"rassurer vos clients." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." msgstr "" +"Pour l'afficher, ouvrez l'onglet *Ventes* sur la page détails du produit et " +"sélectionnez une option dans *Disponibilité*." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." msgstr "" +"Un message d'avertissement personnalisé peut être lié à une rupture de " +"stock, un retard de livraison, etc." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cet outil ne requière pas l'installation de l'application Inventaire." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -189,10 +235,13 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"Si un article n'est plus vendable, ne le publiez plus sur votre site Web. " +"S'il s'agit d'une variante de produit particulière, désactivez-la dans le " +"backend (voir :doc:`.../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment gérer les variantes de produits" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -202,20 +251,30 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" +"Les variantes de produit sont utilisées pour offrir des variantes du même " +"produit à vos clients sur la page produits. Par exemple, le client choisit " +"un T-shirt, puis en choisit la taille et la couleur. Dans l'exemple ci-" +"dessous, le client choisit un téléphone, puis sélectionne la mémoire, la " +"couleur et la bande Wi-Fi parmi les options disponibles." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment créer des attributs et des variantes" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Activer *Les produits peuvent avoir plusieurs attributs, définissant des " +"variantes (Exemple : taille, couleur,...)* dans :menuselection:` Ventes --> " +"Paramètres`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez un produit dans la liste Produits, allez dans l'onglet " +"*Variantes*." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -223,48 +282,53 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." msgstr "" +"Ajoutez autant d'attributs que vous le souhaitez à partir de 3 types " +"différents : boutons radio, menu déroulant ou boutons de couleur. Vous " +"obtenez plusieurs variantes dès qu'il y a 2 valeurs pour 1 attribut." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment traiter les variantes" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voir toutes les variantes de la page détails du modèle du produit." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous pouvez modifier les données suivantes :" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Photo (mise à jour en temps réel sur le site)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Code à barres," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Référence interne (no de référence)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contenance, " #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Poids," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actif (disponible entre guillemets et site web)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." msgstr "" +"Le code à barres et la référence interne sont tous deux spécifiques à une " +"variante. Vous devez les remplir une fois les variantes générées." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -272,32 +336,43 @@ msgid "" "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." msgstr "" +"Consultez et éditez toutes les variantes à partir de :menuselection:`Ventes " +"--> Ventes --> Variantes du produit`. Cela pourrait être plus rapide si vous" +" gérez un grand nombre de variantes." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment définir des prix spécifiques par variante" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également définir un prix public spécifique par variante en " +"cliquant sur *Prix variante* sur la page détails du produit (sur le coin " +"supérieur gauche)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." msgstr "" +"Le prix supplémentaire est ajouté au prix du produit chaque fois que la " +"valeur de l'attribut correspondante est sélectionnée." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" +"Les formules des listes de prix vous permettent de définir des méthodes " +"avancées de calcul des prix pour les variantes des produits. Consultez " +":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment désactiver/archiver les variantes" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -305,20 +380,28 @@ msgid "" "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désactiver/archiver des variantes spécifiques pour qu'elles ne " +"soient plus disponibles dans les offres et sur le site Web (n'existant pas " +"dans votre stock, obsolète, etc.). Décochez simplement *Activé* sur la page " +"détails, " #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." msgstr "" +"Pour retrouver les articles archivés, cliquez sur *Archivé* pendant la " +"recherche sur la liste des variantes. Pour les réactiver, procédez de la " +"même façon." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Augmenter mon chiffre d'affaires" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" msgstr "" +"Comment vendre des accessoires et des produits optionnels (vente croisée)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -326,29 +409,39 @@ msgid "" "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" msgstr "" +"Vous vendez des ordinateurs. Alors, pourquoi ne pas inciter vos clients à " +"acheter un écran haut de gamme ou à prendre une garantie supplémentaire? " +"C'est l'objectif des fonctionnalités de la vente croisée." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Des produits accessoires sur la page de vérification," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." msgstr "" +"Des produits optionnels sur un nouvel écran *Ajouter au panier* (pas " +"installé par défaut)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Des produits optionnels sur la page de vérification" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." msgstr "" +"Des accessoires (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : souris, clavier) sont " +"proposés au client lors de l'étape de vérification du panier avant le " +"paiement." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez les accessoires sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page détails du " +"produit." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -357,10 +450,14 @@ msgid "" "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." msgstr "" +"Lorsque plusieurs articles sont ajoutés au panier, un algorithme détermine " +"quels sont les meilleurs accessoires à afficher. Si un article est identifié" +" en tant qu'accessoire à plusieurs produits du panier, il sera probablement " +"affiché en haut de la liste d'accessoires proposés." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produits optionnels lors de l'ajout au panier" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -368,10 +465,14 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" +"Des articles optionnels sont directement liés aux articles ajoutés au panier" +" (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : garanties, logiciels OS, composants " +"supplémentaires). Dès que l'article principal est ajouté au panier un nouvel" +" écran de ce type est proposé en tant qu'étape supplémentaire." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour publier des produits optionnels:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -379,55 +480,72 @@ msgid "" "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." msgstr "" +"Installez le module complémentaire *Produits optionnels eCommerce* sur le " +"menu *Applications*. Pour chercher également dans les modules " +"complémentaires supprimez le filtre par défaut, sinon seules les " +"applications principales seront affichées." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez articles optionnels sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page détails du" +" produit." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." msgstr "" +"La quantité d'articles optionnels ajoutés au panier est identique à celle de" +" l'article principal." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment adapter les prix aux visiteurs de mon site Web" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" msgstr "" +"Cette rubrique donne quelques indications sur les modules de tarification de" +" l'application eCommerce." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" +msgstr "imposer un prix par la géolocalisation," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "laisser le client choisir la devise." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"Vérifiez au préalable comment gérer la tarification des produits : " +":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" msgstr "" +"Utilisez la géolocalisation IP pour appliquer automatiquement le prix " +"correct" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." msgstr "" +"Attribuez des groupes de pays à vos listes de prix. De cette façon, en " +"arrivant sur votre site Web les visiteurs auront leur propre devise. " #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." msgstr "" +"Une fois connectés ils auront une liste de prix correspondant à leur pays." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélecteur de devises" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -435,39 +553,46 @@ msgid "" "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Dans le cas où vous vendriez en plusieurs devises, vous pouvez laisser les " +"clients choisir leur propre devise. Cochez *Sélectionnable* pour ajouter la " +"liste de prix au menu déroulant du site Web." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment créer et partager des codes promotionnels" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." msgstr "" +"Vous voulez booster vos ventes à Noël? Partagez des codes promotionnels via " +"vos campagnes de marketing et appliquez toute sorte de réductions." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." msgstr "" +"Allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Paramètres` et choisissez *Tarification" +" avancée basée sur la formule* pour *Prix de vente*." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -475,36 +600,47 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" +"Allez sur :menuselection:`Admin site Web --> Catalogue --> Liste de prix` et" +" créez une nouvelle liste de prix avec la règle de réduction (voir " +":doc:`pricing`). Puis, entrez un code." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" +"Rendez disponible le code promotionnel sur la page *Panier d'achats* (une " +"option du menu *Personnaliser*). Pour y accéder, ajoutez un produit au " +"panier." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." msgstr "" +"Une fois cette fonction activée, une nouvelle rubrique est visible du côté " +"droit de la page. En cliquant sur *Appliquer*, les prix du panier sont " +"automatiquement mis à jour." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" +"Le système enregistre le code promotionnel utilisé par le client. Vous " +"pouvez ainsi analyser l'impact de vos campagnes de marketing." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afficher les ventes par listes de prix..." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment autoriser les commentaires et les évaluations" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -512,70 +648,89 @@ msgid "" "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" msgstr "" +"La publication et le monitorage de l'expérience de vos clients vous aidera à" +" gagner la confiance des nouveaux client et à mieux collaborer avec votre " +"communauté. Autorisez vos clients à partager leurs commentaires en 2 clics." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" +"Activez l'option commentaires et évaluations à partir du menu " +"*Personnaliser* de la page internet du produit." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." msgstr "" +"Pour pouvoir partager leurs commentaire les visiteurs doivent se connecter. " +"Assurez-vous qu'ils peuvent le faire (voir la documentation du portail). " #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Révisez les commentaires en temps réel" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." msgstr "" +"À chaque fois qu'un commentaire est publié, le gestionnaire du produit ainsi" +" que tous les followers reçoivent une notification dans leur messagerie " +"(menu *Discussion*)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, l'utilisateur qui a créé le produit est défini comme follower." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le nom du produit pour ouvrir la page détails et revoir le " +"commentaire (sur le fil de discussion du produit)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Moderez et dépubliez" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " "form or on the web page." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez facilement modérer les commentaires en utilisant le chatter, " +"soit sur la page détails du produit soit sur la page internet." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 msgid "" "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." msgstr "" +"Pour dépublier le commentaire, ouvrez la page internet du produit et cliquez" +" sur le bouton *Publié* pour qu'il devienne rouge (*Dépublié*)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "..tip::" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez accéder à la page internet à partir de la page détails en " +"cliquant sur le bouton *Publié* (et vice-versa)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment vendre des produits alternatifs plus chers (vente incitative)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -583,10 +738,12 @@ msgid "" "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." msgstr "" +"Pour augmenter votre chiffre d'affaires, nous vous recommandons vivement de " +"proposer, pour des articles de base, un produit alternatif plus cher. " #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour cela:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -594,74 +751,81 @@ msgid "" "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " "customers will be confused." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez de tels *Produits alternatifs* sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page" +" détails du produit. Ne publiez pas plus de 3 options, sinon vos clients " +"seront perturbés." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 msgid "" "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" +"Activez l'option *Produits alternatifs* dans le menu *Personnaliser* de la " +"page internet du produit." #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduction au module Odoo eCommerce" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " "time. The topics follow the buying process:" msgstr "" +"Cette documentation vous aidera à mettre votre site eCommerce en ligne en un" +" temps record. Les rubriques suivent le processus d'achat:" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Page produit" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Page boutique" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tarification" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taxes" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procédure de paiement" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vente incitative et vente croisée" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paiement" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Expédition et localisation" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lancer mon site Web" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se faire payer" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment gérer les commandes payées via les intermédiaires de paiement" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -669,25 +833,33 @@ msgid "" " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." msgstr "" +"Dès que le paiement est autorisé par un intermédiaire de paiement, Odoo " +"confirme les commandes de façon automatique. Cela déclenche la livraison. Si" +" vous facturez sur la base des quantités commandés, vous devez également " +"facturer la commande." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quels sont les statuts de paiement" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" +"À tout moment, le vendeur peut vérifier le statut de la transaction depuis " +"la commande." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Brouillon*: transaction en cours." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " "to authorize it from the acquirer interface." msgstr "" +"*En cours* : l'intermédiaire de paiement garde la transaction en suspens et " +"vous devez l'autoriser depuis l'interface de l'intermédiaire." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -695,24 +867,36 @@ msgid "" " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." msgstr "" +"*Autorisé* : le paiement a été autorisé mais n'a pas encore été déclenché. " +"La commande est déjà confirmée sur Odoo, une fois que la livraison est " +"effectuée, vous pouvez déclencher le paiement depuis l'interface de " +"l'intermédiaire (ou depuis Odoo si vous utilisez Authorize.net)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." msgstr "" +"*Confirmé* : le paiement est autorisée et déclenché. La commande a été " +"confirmée." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" +"*Erreur* : une erreur est survenue pendant la transaction. Le client doit " +"recommencer le processus de paiement. La commande est encore en statut " +"brouillon." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" +"*Annulée* : lorsque le client annule le paiement dans le formulaire de " +"paiement de l'intermédiaire, il est redirigé vers Odoo pour modifier sa " +"commande." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -720,10 +904,13 @@ msgid "" "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." msgstr "" +"Des messages spécifiques sont envoyés à vos clients pour chaque statut de " +"paiement, lorsqu'ils ont été rédirigés vers Odoo après la transaction. Pour " +"éditer ces messages, allez sur l'onglet *Messages* du mode de paiement." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validation automatique des factures en commande" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -731,6 +918,9 @@ msgid "" "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " "orders straight on." msgstr "" +"Lorsque la commande a été confirmée, une facture peut être automatiquement " +"générée et payée. Cette fonction entièrement automatisée est destinée aux " +"entreprises qui facturent directement les commandes." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -746,7 +936,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Déclenchez le paiement après la livraison" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -754,22 +944,30 @@ msgid "" "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." msgstr "" +"Avec cette fonction, la commande est confirmée mais le montant est mis en " +"attente. Une fois que la livraison est effectuée, vous pouvez déclencher le " +"paiement depuis Odoo. Cette fonction n'est disponible qu'avec Authorize.net." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." msgstr "" +"Pour déclencher le paiement, ouvrez la transaction depuis la commande. " +"Cliquez ensuite sur *Déclencher la transaction*." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" +"Avec d'autres intermédiaires de paiement, vous ne pouvez gérer le " +"déclenchement du paiement qu'à partir de leurs propres interfaces, mais pas " +"à partir d'Odoo." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment les clients peuvent-ils accéder à leur compte client" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -779,39 +977,54 @@ msgid "" "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " "process before buying something." msgstr "" +"Ça n'a jamais été aussi facile d'obtenir un compte client. Oubliez les " +"formulaires qui n'en finissent pas, avec Odoo c'est simple comme 1-2-3. Odoo" +" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, email, mot de passe) après leur " +"paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de création " +"d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'enregistrer" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " "order from order confirmation email." msgstr "" +"Lorsque le client souhaite visualiser sa commande à partir de l'email de " +"confirmation de la commande, un message lui demandant de s'inscrire " +"s'affiche." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compte client" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" " in the login dropdown menu." msgstr "" +"Une fois connecté, le client accède à son compte en cliquant sur *Mon " +"compte* dans le menu de connexion déroulant. " #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." msgstr "" +"C'est là qu'ils peuvent retracer tout leur historique. L'adresse principale " +"(de facturation) peut également être modifiée." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" +"Si le client est défini comme contact d'une entreprise dans votre carnet " +"d'adresses, tous les documents de cette entreprise dont le client fait " +"partie s'afficheront." #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Percevoir les taxes" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index fb9d44df3..90745ce0a 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Email Marketing" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" @@ -71,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contacts" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po index d2961a7de..e20413882 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -5,6 +5,11 @@ # # Translators: # David David , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Adriana Ierfino , 2020 +# Hamid Darabi, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: David David , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,11 +28,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events.rst:5 msgid "Events" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Événements" #: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intégrations" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" @@ -120,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 msgid "Create your First Event" @@ -150,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Démarrer" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -247,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Publiez votre événement" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 7001f52c0..28038db9d 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -3,6 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dépenses" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 msgid "How to set expense types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment configurer les types de dépense" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -33,38 +40,45 @@ msgid "" "the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " "real cost per expense." msgstr "" +"La première étape pour faire le suivi de vos dépenses est la configuration " +"des types de dépenses (gérés comme produits dans Odoo) autorisées par votre " +"entreprise, depuis le menu *Configuration*. Lorsqu'une dépense spécifique " +"est remboursée à un prix fixe, définissez un coût pour le produit. Sinon, " +"maintenez le coût à 0,0 et les employés indiqueront le coût réel par " +"dépense." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voici quelques exemples de configuration :" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restaurant :" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Coût : 0.00 (le coût du ticket sera enregistré sur chaque dépense)." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Déplacement avec une voiture personnelle :" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" msgstr "" +"Coût : 0.30 (le prix du kilomètre remboursé par l'entreprise est fixe)." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hôtel :" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autres :" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Côut: 0.0" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -82,20 +96,27 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " "in different units of measure (advanced)*." msgstr "" +"L'application *Ventes* vous permet de spécifier l'unité de mesures pour les " +"types de dépenses (unités, kilomètres, nuits, etc.). Allez à " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et vérifiez " +"*Certains produits peuvent être vendus/achetés dans différentes unités de " +"mesures (avancé)*." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment enregistrer les dépenses" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manuellement" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 msgid "" "As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " "from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." msgstr "" +"En tant qu'employé (employé en droits d'accès), vous pouvez enregistrer vos " +"dépenses depuis :menuselection:`Mes dépenses --> Dépenses à soumettre`." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -103,16 +124,22 @@ msgid "" "Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " "hotel nights)." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez le produit concerné et introduisez soit le montant total que " +"vous avez payé (avec Quantité = 1) soit le prix unitaire si la quantité est " +"comptabilisable (par ex. le nombre de nuits d'hôtel)." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrez la date de la dépense." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " "the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." msgstr "" +"Indiquez si vous avez payé la facture vous-même (et souhaitez être " +"remboursé) ou si l'entreprise l'a payée directement (par ex. si vous avez " +"utilisé la carte de crédit de l'entreprise)." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -120,16 +147,22 @@ msgid "" "of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " "the accountant validate it." msgstr "" +"Définissez la référence de la facture, ajoutez quelques notes si nécessaire " +"et joignez une photo ou scan du reçu provenant du fil de discussion. Cela " +"aidera le responsable et le comptable à valider votre demande." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En un clic depuis les emails" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 msgid "" "Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " "snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" msgstr "" +"Permettez à vos employés d'enregistrer leurs dépenses depuis un simple " +"email. Faites une capture d'écran du reçu et envoyez-la par mail ou " +"transmettez simplement une facture!" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -138,6 +171,11 @@ msgid "" "@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " "emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." msgstr "" +"Tout ce dont vous avez à faire c'est configurer l'alias de l'email dans " +":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Configuration --> Paramètres` (par ex. " +"*dépenses* @mycompany.odoo.com). Pour des raisons de sécurité, seuls les " +"emails provenant d'employés authentifiés sont acceptés (cfr. *Email " +"professionnel* dans le formulaire de renseignement sur les employés)." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -148,7 +186,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment soumettre des dépenses aux responsables" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -159,22 +197,33 @@ msgid "" "created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" +"Dès que vous êtes prêt à soumettre vos notes de frais à votre responsable " +"(par ex. à la fin d'un voyage d'affaires, ou une fois par mois), allez au " +"menu :menuselection:`Mes notes de frais --> Notes de frais à soumettre`. " +"Sélectionnez toutes les dépenses de la liste et cliquez sur " +":menuselection:`Action --> Soumettre au responsable`. Enregistrez le nouveau" +" rapport que vous venez de créer (c-à-d la série de dépenses) et attendez " +"l'approbation de votre responsable." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 msgid "" "You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " "on the form view of an expense." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également soumettre vos notes de frais une par une depuis le " +"bouton *Soumettre au responsable* dans la vue formulaire d'une dépense." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 msgid "" "All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " "--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." msgstr "" +"Tous vous rapports de dépenses soumis se trouvent dans " +":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Mes dépenses --> Rapports de dépenses`." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment approuver les dépenses" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -182,12 +231,19 @@ msgid "" " the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " "Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." msgstr "" +"L'équipe RH et l'équipe de responsables ont accès à un aperçu de tous les " +"rapports de dépenses à valider à partir du menu principal :menuselection:`À " +"approuver --> Rapports de dépenses à approuver`. Ces utilisateurs doivent " +"avoir au moins des droits d'accès *Administrateurs* pour les *Dépenses*." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 msgid "" "They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " "providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" +"Grâce à l'outil de communication intégrée, ils peuvent revoir les rapports " +"de dépenses, les approuver ou les rejeter, et également faire des " +"commentaires." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -195,10 +251,13 @@ msgid "" "members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " "employees." msgstr "" +"En tant que responsable vous pouvez facilement avoir accès aux rapports de " +"dépenses des membres de votre équipe. Pour cela, vous devez être défini " +"comme responsable dans le formulaire de renseignement de vos employés." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment publier des dépenses dans la comptabilité" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -208,14 +267,20 @@ msgid "" " post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" +"Pour vérifier les comptes, les produits et les taxes, le service comptable " +"doit, une fois les rapports de dépenses approuvés par les responsables, " +"aller à :menuselection:`Dépenses --> Comptabilité --> Rapports de dépenses à" +" publier`. Pour publier les écritures comptables correspondantes dans vos " +"livres, ils peuvent cliquer sur *Publier les écritures comptables*. Pour ce " +"faire, ils doivent disposer des droits d'accès suivants :" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comptabilité : comptable ou conseiller" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dépenses : responsable" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -225,10 +290,15 @@ msgid "" " the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " "is using Odoo." msgstr "" +"Pour publier une dépense, il faut qu'une *adresse privée* soit configurée " +"pour l’employé. Si vous recevez un message d'erreur lors de la publication, " +"cliquez sur employé, allez à l'onglet *Données privées* et " +"sélectionnez/créez un contact pour l'employé dans le répertoire. Si la " +"personne en question utilise Odoo, un contact sera automatiquement créé." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment rembourser les employés" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -236,67 +306,81 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " "record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." msgstr "" +"Vous avez désormais accès à tous les rapports de dépenses à rembourser dans " +":menuselection:`Dépenses --> Comptabilité --> Rapports de dépenses à payer`." +" Pour enregistrer le paiement ou payer par chèque, cliquez sur *Enregistrer " +"un paiement*." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" msgstr "" +"Pour savoir comment gérer facilement le processus de paiement dans Odoo :" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment refacturer des dépenses à vos clients ?" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 msgid "" "If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" " customers automatically." msgstr "" +"Si vous faites le suivi des dépenses dans vos projets clients, vous pouvez " +"facturer automatiquement vos clients." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activez la **Facturation client** dans les paramètres des dépenses." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 msgid "" "Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " "your Expense types:" msgstr "" +"Allez au menu de configuration du produit et configurez le mode de " +"facturation sur tous vos types de dépenses :" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 msgid "" "Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" msgstr "" +"Quantités commandées : les dépenses seront facturées selon la quantité " +"commandé." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 msgid "" "Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " "quantity" msgstr "" +"Quantités livrées : les dépenses seront facturées selon la quantité livrée." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Au coût : les dépenses seront facturés selon leur coût réel." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 msgid "" "At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " "order." msgstr "" +"Au prix de vente : la facturation se fera sur la base du prix de vente " +"indiqué sur le bon de commande." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer une commande" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -304,14 +388,18 @@ msgid "" "to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " "added automatically once posted by the accountant." msgstr "" +"En tant que vendeur, créez et confirmez des ordres de vente pour les " +"services fournis à vos clients. Si vous n'ajoutez aucune dépense sur l'ordre" +" de vente, cela se fera automatiquement lors de sa publication par le " +"comptable." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Relier la dépense à l'ordre de vente" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soumettre, valider et afficher les dépenses" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -319,14 +407,18 @@ msgid "" " approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" " are already able to set one when submitting." msgstr "" +"En tant que responsable, assurez-vous que le compte analytique est configuré" +" sur chaque ligne des rapports des dépenses approuvées. S'il en manque une, " +"cliquez sur la ligne pour l'ajouter. Les employés peuvent déjà les " +"configurer lorsqu'ils les soumettent." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En tant que comptable, publiez les écritures du journal." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturez les dépenses" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -334,7 +426,11 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " "in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez à présent facturer l'ordre de vente. Elle apparaît dans " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Facturation --> Ventes` À facturer. Les dépenses " +"ont automatiquement été ajoutées aux lignes de commande. Ces postes " +"apparaissent en bleu (c'est à dire à facturer)." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "e (par ex. à facturer)." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 40167557b..8759fb043 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -3,6 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Alexandra Jubert , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm.rst:5 msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Services sur Site" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assistance technique" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -41,13 +48,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activez cette fonctionnalité" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Equipe d'assistance " +"technique --> Éditer` et activez :menuselection:`Interventions sur site --> " +"Enregistrez`." #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -57,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -70,31 +80,42 @@ msgid "" "complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." msgstr "" +"Suivez le temps exact passé sur une tâche et donnez à vos clients la " +"possibilité de signer leurs rapports d'intervention sur site. Facturez vos " +"clients dès que le travail est terminé, ce qui vous donne ainsi qu'à vos " +"clients la certitude qu'ils seront facturés pour le nombre d'heures exactes " +"et pour le matériel utilisé." #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obtenez le temps exact passé sur une tâche" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur *Démarrer* pour lancer le minuteur. Vous pouvez mettre *Pause* à" +" n'importe quel moment et *Reprendre* lorsque vous voulez continuer." #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur *Arrêter* une fois que le travail est réalisé pour confirmer le " +"temps total passé et ajouter une description." #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Signez et envoyez des rapports & validez le stock-picking" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" +"Remplissez ensuite votre *Feuille de travail* et ajoutez les produits " +"utilisés en cliquant sur *Produits*." #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -102,22 +123,32 @@ msgid "" "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur *Démarrer* si vous devez enregistrer un temps supplémentaire " +"pour la même activité. Le temps enregistré sera ajouté sur la feuille de " +"travail qui a déjà été créée et signée. Générez ensuite une nouvelle facture" +" pour le temps ajouté." #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." msgstr "" +"*Marquer comme effectué* pour clôturer la tâche et facturer votre " +"intervention. Cela valide également le stock-picking et permet de maintenir " +"votre stock à jour." #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." msgstr "" +"*Signer rapport* pour générer un rapport de feuille de travail détaillé à " +"signer par le client. Envoyer le rapport par email en cliquant sur *Envoyer " +"rapport*." #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturez votre temps et votre matériel" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -125,12 +156,18 @@ msgid "" "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" +"Sous :menuselection:`Tâches --> À facturer`, trouvez la liste de toutes les " +"tâches finalisées qui n'ont pas encore été facturées. Cette fonctionnalité " +"pratique permet aux comptables d'accéder facilement à toutes les tâches " +"finalisées en une fois." #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" +"Facturez toutes les tâches en une fois en les sélectionnant toutes et en " +"allant sur :menuselection:`Action --> Émettre une facture`." #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" @@ -145,16 +182,20 @@ msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." msgstr "" +"L'intégration de l'application Inventaire permet de suivre le matériel " +"utilisé et garder votre stock à jour de manière automatique." #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez votre projet de Service sur site" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Service sur site --> Configuration --> Projets` et " +"assurez-vous que l'option *Produits sur les tâches* est activée." #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -162,6 +203,10 @@ msgid "" "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" +"Ajoutez ensuite les matériels utilisés lors de l'intervention à la feuille " +"de travail et le stock-picking sera automatiquement validé une fois que la " +"tâche sera *Marquée comme réalisée*, la validation de l'inventaire sera " +"automatiquement mise à jour." #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" @@ -173,10 +218,13 @@ msgid "" "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." msgstr "" +"L'integration via l'application des *Congés* vous permet de voir rapidement " +"la disponibilité de vos employés. Elle permet d'éviter les conflits et " +"erreurs entre les horaires et les interventions des employés." #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gardez facilement un œil sur les congés des employées" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -184,6 +232,9 @@ msgid "" "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." msgstr "" +"Aucune configuration n'est nécessaire. Une fois que les horaires des " +"employés ont été validés dans l'application *Congés*, les cellules seront " +"grisées pour les jours concernés dans votre vue Gantt." #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -191,10 +242,13 @@ msgid "" "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" +"Elle s'adapte également au calendrier de travail de l'employé. Exemple : le " +"salarié travaille à temps partiel (du lundi au mercredi). Ainsi, le jeudi et" +" le vendredi seront également grisés, en plus des week-ends." #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérez facilement les horaires des employés" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -202,10 +256,13 @@ msgid "" "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." msgstr "" +"Depuis la vue Gantt (sous *Planifier par utilisateur, projet ou feuille de " +"travail*), cliquez sur le signe plus pour ajouter une nouvelle tâche ou sur " +"la loupe pour planifier une tâche existante." #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tâches non-assignées" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -213,6 +270,10 @@ msgid "" "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" +"Si vous devez planifier une intervention mais vous ne savez pas encore à qui" +" l'assigner, vous pouvez la laisser sans assignation. Celle-ci restera " +"visible dans la vue Gantt. Pour l'assigner à quelqu'un, glissez-déposez la " +"personne responsable." #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -270,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ventes" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" @@ -282,22 +343,31 @@ msgid "" "service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " "easy for employees." msgstr "" +"Le fait d'autoriser la création de devis depuis les tâches permet d'offrir " +"un service plus efficace puisque cela laisse de la place pour des actions " +"préventives, tout en facilitant le flux pour les employés." #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." msgstr "" +"D'abord, allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration -->" +" Paramètres` et activez l'option *Devis supplémentaires*." #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 msgid "" "Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " "Quotations*." msgstr "" +"Puis, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projets` et activez l'option" +" *Devis supplémentaires*." #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désormais créer des *Nouveaux devis* directement depuis vos " +"tâches." #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" @@ -319,6 +389,12 @@ msgid "" "Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" " --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Produits --> Créer` ou éditer une tâche " +"existante. Sélectionnez : sous :menuselection:`Information générale --> Type" +" de produit: Service`; sous :menuselection:`Ventes --> Politique de " +"facturation des services : feuille de présence sur tâche --> Suivi du " +"service : Créer une tâche dans un projet existant --> Projet --> Modèle de " +"feuille de travail --> Enregistrer`." #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -334,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Feuilles de travail" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" @@ -347,16 +423,23 @@ msgid "" "speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " "summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." msgstr "" +"La personnalisation de vos rapports clients, aussi appelés *feuilles de " +"travail*, vous permet d'avoir des descriptions différents du travail pour " +"chaque type d'intervention. Cela accélère le flux pour vos employés tout en " +"donnant aux clients un résumé détaillé, qui peut être examiné et signé sur " +"place." #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " ":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration` et activez " +":menuselection:`Modèle de feuille de travail --> enregistrer`." #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Élaborer des feuilles de travail" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -364,6 +447,9 @@ msgid "" "*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" " the *Studio* application." msgstr "" +"Sous :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modèles de feuille de travail`, " +"cliquez sur *Créer* et commencez à *Concevoir un modèle de feuille de " +"travail*. Vous serez redirigé vers l'application *Studio*." #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -371,6 +457,9 @@ msgid "" "tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " "overview of the work done." msgstr "" +"Avec la liberté proposée par *Studio*, faites glisser et déposer des champs " +"pour créer un rapport adapté à vos besoins. Une fois terminé, cliquez sur " +"*Fermer* et obtenez un aperçu du résultat." #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -378,9 +467,15 @@ msgid "" "used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " "that given template and generates a graph." msgstr "" +"Les *Feuilles de travail* sont des outils qui permettent de voir combien de " +"fois la feuille de travail a été utilisée/complétée pour une tâche donnée. " +"L'outil *Analyse* examine toutes les feuilles de travail sous ce modèle et " +"génère un graphique." #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 msgid "" "`Studio Basics `_" msgstr "" +"`L'essentiel de Studio `_" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index d32291e23..946f5c0a4 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -5,24 +5,27 @@ # # Translators: # Adriana Ierfino , 2020 -# Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 # Mohamed BENKIRANE , 2020 # 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Jérôme Tanché , 2020 -# Aurélien Pillevesse , 2020 # Bertrand LATOUR , 2020 -# Fernanda Marques , 2020 # Jonathan Quique , 2020 +# bb76cd9ac0cb7e20167a14728edb858b, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Florian Hatat, 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse , 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jonathan Quique , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "Général" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identification" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" @@ -47,6 +50,9 @@ msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" +"Étant donné les exigences particulières pour l’implémentation d'Azure's " +"OAuth, l'identification sur Microsoft Azure OAuth n'est PAS compatible avec " +"Odoo pour le moment." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -77,6 +83,8 @@ msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" +"Sur le menu à gauche, sélectionnez **Identifiants** (depuis le " +"**Gestionnaire API**) puis sélectionnez **écran de consentement OAuth**." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -91,12 +99,17 @@ msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur **Ajouter identifiants** et sélectionnez la deuxième " +"option (OAuth 2.0 Client ID)." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que le type d'application configurée est **Application Web**. " +"Configurez ensuite les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous souhaitez être " +"redirigé." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -113,6 +126,9 @@ msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +"Une fois terminé, vous recevrez deux informations (votre ID client et votre " +"ID client secret). Vous devez introduire votre ID client dans les " +"**Paramètres généraux**." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" @@ -265,6 +281,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." msgstr "" +"Cochez **Utilisateur TLS** si votre serveur est compatible à celui-ci." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -286,7 +303,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dans le champ **Filtre LDAP**, entrez ``uid=%s``." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -302,6 +319,9 @@ msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Template utilisateur**, désignez un template pour les " +"nouveaux profils créés. Si ce champ n'est pas rempli, le profil " +"administrateur sera utilisé comme template." #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -309,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr "Importation de données" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment adapter un template d'importation" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -318,6 +338,10 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Des templates d'importation sont fournis dans l'outil d'importation des " +"données les plus courantes à importer (contacts, produits, relevés " +"bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel " +"tableur (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" @@ -328,12 +352,16 @@ msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" +"Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de" +" ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Définissez un ID unique pour chaque donnée en tirant la séquence ID vers le " +"bas." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -357,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser une colonne “ID”" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -390,7 +418,7 @@ msgstr "Importer des champs de liens (voir ci-dessous)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment importer des champs de liens" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -399,6 +427,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Un objet Odoo est toujours lié à de nombreux autres objets (par ex. un " +"produit est lié à des catégories de produits, à des caractéristiques, à des " +"vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer " +"les données de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -450,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment adapter le template" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." @@ -461,6 +493,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" +"Nous vous conseillons de ne pas supprimer la colonne **ID** (voyez pourquoi " +"dans la section suivante)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -516,6 +550,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" +"Je ne trouve pas le champ auquel je veux faire correspondre ma colonne" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -547,7 +582,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Où puis-je changer le format de la date d'importation?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -558,6 +593,13 @@ msgid "" "difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" +"Odoo peut détecter automatiquement s'il s'agit d'une colonne de dates et il " +"essayera de deviner le format de date à partir d'une série contenant les " +"formats de date les plus utilisés. Bien que ce processus puisse fonctionner " +"pour beaucoup de formats de date, certains formats ne seront pas reconnus. " +"Cela peut prêter à confusion à cause des inversions jour-mois, car il est " +"difficile de deviner quelle partie du format de date correspond au jour et " +"laquelle correspond au mois dans une date telle que '01-03-2016'." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -566,6 +608,11 @@ msgid "" "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" +"Pour savoir quel format de date Odoo a détecté depuis votre fichier, vous " +"pouvez vérifier le **Format de date** qui s'affiche lorsque l'on clique sur " +"**Options** sous le sélecteur de fichiers. Si le format est incorrect vous " +"pouvez le modifier selon vos préférences en utilisant l'*ISO 8601* pour " +"définir le format." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -574,10 +621,15 @@ msgid "" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" +"Si vous importez un fichier Excel (.xls, .xlsx), vous pouvez utiliser les " +"cellules de données pour mémoriser les dates car l'affichage des dates dans " +"Excel est différent de leur stockage. Vous vous assurez ainsi que le format " +"de date dans Odoo est correct quel que soit le format de date local." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" +"Puis-je importer des nombres avec un symbole monétaire (par ex.: 32,00 $)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -588,11 +640,19 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" +"Oui, nous prenons en charge des nombres avec une parenthèse pour représenter" +" le signe moins ainsi que des nombres avec un symbole monétaire. Odoo " +"détecte aussi automatiquement le séparateur décimal ou de milliers que vous " +"utilisez (vous pouvez les modifier dans les **options**). Si vous utilisez " +"un symbole monétaire inconnu d'Odoo, il se peut qu'il ne soit pas reconnu " +"comme un nombre et qu'il se bloque." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" +"Voici quelques exemples des nombres pris en charge (en utilisant trente-deux" +" mille comme exemple) :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" @@ -604,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr "32000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32,000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" @@ -620,7 +680,7 @@ msgstr "$ 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" @@ -628,7 +688,7 @@ msgstr "Exemple de ce qui ne fonctionne pas :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" @@ -637,6 +697,8 @@ msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" +"Que puis-je faire lorsque le tableau d'aperçu de l'importation ne s'affiche " +"pas correctement?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -645,6 +707,11 @@ msgid "" "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, l'aperçu de l'importation est défini sur des virgules comme " +"séparateurs de champs et sur des guillemets comme délimiteurs de texte. Si " +"votre fichier CSV n'a pas cette configuration, vous pouvez modifier les " +"Options de format de fichier (affichées dans la barre Parcourir le fichier " +"CSV après avoir sélectionné votre fichier)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -652,12 +719,18 @@ msgid "" "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" +"Notez que si votre fichier CSV possède une tabulation comme séparateur, Odoo" +" ne détectera pas les séparations. Vous allez devoir modifier les options de" +" format de fichier sur l'application tableur. Consultez la question " +"suivante. " #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" +"Comment puis-je modifier les options de format du fichier CSV lors de la " +"sauvegarde dans mon application tableur?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -721,12 +794,16 @@ msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" +"Pays/Base de données ID : l'ID unique d'Odoo pour une donnée, défini par la " +"colonne ID PostgreSQL." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" +"Pays/ID externe : l'ID de cette donnée référencé dans une autre application " +"(ou le fichier .XML qui l'a importé)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" @@ -738,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr "Pays : Belgique" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pays/Base de données ID : 21" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" @@ -750,6 +827,9 @@ msgid "" "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" +"Selon vos besoins, vous devez utiliser l'une de ces trois méthodes pour " +"référencer les données dans les relations. Voici les situations où vous " +"devez utiliser l'une ou l'autre :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -825,6 +905,14 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" +"Si, par exemple, vous avez deux catégories de produits qui ont pour thème " +"enfant le mot \"Vendable\" (c'est-à-dire \"Produits divers/Vendable\" et " +"\"Autres produits/Vendable\"), votre validation est interrompue mais vous " +"pouvez toujours importer vos données. Cependant, nous vous recommandons de " +"ne pas importer ces données car elles seront toutes liées à la première " +"catégorie 'Vendable' qui se trouve dans la liste des catégories de produits " +"(\"Produits divers/Vendable\"). Nous vous recommandons de modifier l'une des" +" valeurs des doublons ou votre hiérarchie de catégories de produits." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -832,12 +920,17 @@ msgid "" "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" +"Cependant, si vous ne voulez pas modifier la configuration de vos catégories" +" de produits, nous vous recommandons d'utiliser l'ID externe pour le champ " +"'Catégorie'." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" +"Comment puis-je importer un champ de relation d'un à plusieurs (par ex. un " +"client qui possède différentes balises)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -846,12 +939,18 @@ msgid "" "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" +"Les balises doivent être séparées par une virgule sans espacement. Par " +"exemple, si vous souhaitez que votre client soit lié aux deux balises " +"\"Fabricant\" et \"Détaillant\", vous devez encoder \"Fabricant, " +"Détaillant\" dans la même colonne de votre fichier CSV." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " "<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" +":download:`Fichier CSV pour fabricant et distributeur " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -910,6 +1009,8 @@ msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" +"Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des clients et leurs contacts" +" respectifs :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -932,16 +1033,25 @@ msgid "" "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" +"Si vous importez un fichier qui contient l'une des colonnes \"ID externe\" " +"ou \"ID base de données\", les données qui ont déjà été importées seront " +"modifiées au lieu d'être créées. Ceci est très utile car cela vous permet " +"d'importer plusieurs fois le même fichier CSV tout en ayant effectué " +"quelques modifications entre deux importations. Odoo se chargera de créer ou" +" de modifier chaque enregistrement selon qu'il est nouveau ou non." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" +"Cette fonctionnalité vous permet d'utiliser l'outil Import/Export d'Odoo " +"pour modifier un lot de données dans votre application tableur favorite." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" +"Que se passe t-il si je ne propose pas de valeur pour un champ spécifique?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -959,6 +1069,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" +"Comment exporter/importer des tableaux différents depuis une application SQL" +" vers Odoo?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -967,6 +1079,11 @@ msgid "" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" +"Si vous devez importer des données de différentes tables, vous devrez " +"recréer des relations entre les données appartenant à différentes tables. " +"(par exemple, si vous importez des sociétés et des personnes, vous devrez " +"recréer le lien entre chaque personne et la société pour laquelle elle " +"travaille)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -993,6 +1110,12 @@ msgid "" " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " "PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" +"Supposons, par exemple, que vous avez une base de données SQL avec deux " +"tableaux que vous voulez importer : entreprises et personnes. Chaque " +"personne fait partie d'une entreprise, vous allez devoir donc récréer le " +"lien entre la personne et l'entreprise pour laquelle elle travaille. (si " +"vous voulez tester cet exemple, voici un :download:`dump d'une telle base de" +" données PostgreSQL <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 msgid "" @@ -1004,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cette commande SQL va générer le fichier CSV suivant :" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -1123,11 +1246,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Achats in-App" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guide général sur les services d'achats in-App (IAP)" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1149,6 +1272,10 @@ msgid "" "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" +"Chaque service de l'IAP repose sur des crédits prépayés pour fonctionner et " +"a sa propre tarification. Pour consulter votre solde actuel ou pour " +"recharger votre compte, allez dans la rubrique :menuselection:`Paramètres " +"--> Odoo IAP --> Consulter mes services`." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1173,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portail IAP" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1182,6 +1309,11 @@ msgid "" "there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" +"Le portail IAP est une plateforme regroupant mes services IAP. Il est " +"accessible à partir de :menuselection:`Paramètres de l'application --> Odoo " +"IAP --> Consulter mes services`. Là, je peux consulter mon solde actuel, " +"recharger mes crédits, revoir ma consommation et définir un rappel lorsque " +"les crédits sont faibles." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" @@ -1212,18 +1344,25 @@ msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" +"Différents services sont disponibles selon le type d'hébergement de votre " +"base de données :" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" +"*Odoo en ligne (SAAS)* : seuls les services IAP fournis pra Odoo peuvent " +"être utilisés (c'est-à-dire les fonctions SMS, Snailmail, Reveal et Partner " +"Autocomplete)." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" +"*Odoo.sh et Odoo Entreprise (sur site)*: les services fournis par Odoo et " +"par les applications tierces peuvent être utilisés." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" @@ -1357,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opérations inter-entreprises" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -1471,7 +1610,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajoutez des utilisateurs individuels" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1635,17 +1774,19 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérez Odoo dans votre propre langue" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez gérer Odoo dans différentes langues, et chaque utilisateur peut " +"le faire dans sa propre langue." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Téléchargez la langue désirée" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1691,6 +1832,8 @@ msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Modifiez ensuite les paramètres de la langue que vous avez installée et " +"cliquez sur **ENREGISTRER.**" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." @@ -1717,6 +1860,13 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Pour changer la langue d'un autre utilisateur, choisissez " +":menuselection:`Utilisateurs --> Utilisateurs` depuis l'application " +"Paramètres. Là, vous avez la liste de tous les utilisateurs et vous pouvez " +"choisir celui pour qui vous souhaitez changer la langue. Sélectionnez " +"l'utilisateur et cliquez sur **Éditer** dans le coin supérieur gauche. Sous " +"Préférences, vous pouvez changer la langue pour n'importe quelle autre " +"langue précédemment installée et cliquer sur **ENREGISTRER.**" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" @@ -1805,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" @@ -1965,7 +2115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Déclenchez le paiement après la livraison" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -1992,6 +2142,9 @@ msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" +"Avec d'autres intermédiaires de paiement, vous ne pouvez gérer le " +"déclenchement du paiement qu'à partir de leurs propres interfaces, mais pas " +"à partir d'Odoo." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 @@ -2077,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr "Redirection vers le site de l'intermédiaire" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paiement d'Odoo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" @@ -2085,11 +2238,11 @@ msgstr "Enregistrer les cartes" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Capturer le montant manuellement" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 @@ -2112,7 +2265,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alipay" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" @@ -2124,7 +2277,7 @@ msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" @@ -2139,8 +2292,9 @@ msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2261,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Journal des paiements" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -2404,6 +2558,12 @@ msgid "" "settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " "configuration steps." msgstr "" +"Pour être payé avec Paypal il faut avoir un compte Business. Créez un " +"`Compte Paypal Professionnel`_" +" ou tranformez votre compte personnel en un compte Business. Allez dans les " +"paramètres de Paypal et cliquez sur *Surclasser mon compte en compte " +"Business*. Suivez les étapes de configuration." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" @@ -2414,6 +2574,8 @@ msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, voyons comment configurer votre compte Paypal afin de créer " +"une expérience client optimale avec Odoo. " #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2426,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Retour automatique" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2461,6 +2623,11 @@ msgid "" "must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" +"La fonctionnalité *Transfert des données de paiement* transmet la " +"confirmation de paiement à Odoo dès que celle-ci est traitée. Sans elle, " +"Odoo ne peut pas finaliser le flux de vente. Ce paramètre doit également " +"être activé. Lors de la sauvegarde, un *Jeton d'identité* est généré. Plus " +"tard vous devrez l'introduire dans Odoo." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" @@ -2472,10 +2639,14 @@ msgid "" "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" +"Nous vous conseillons de ne pas inciter vos clients à se connecter avec un " +"compte Paypal lorsqu'ils règlent leurs achats. Laissez-les payer également " +"avec des cartes de débit ou de crédit, ou vous pourriez perdre certaines " +"affaires. Assurez-vous que ce paramètre est activé." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Notification instantanée de paiement (IPN)" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2486,6 +2657,13 @@ msgid "" "guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " "receipt." msgstr "" +"Le transfert des données de paiement (PDT) n'envoie les confirmations de " +"commande qu'une seule fois. Il faut donc que votre site soit en " +"fonctionnement lorsque cela arrive. Autrement, il ne recevra jamais ce " +"message. C'est pourquoi nous vous conseillons d'utiliser la *Notification " +"instantanée de paiement* (IPN) en plus. Avec l'IPN, la réception des " +"confirmations de commande est quasi garantie puisque les confirmations sont " +"renvoyées jusqu'à ce que votre site en accuse réception." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2500,6 +2678,9 @@ msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" +"L'*URL de notification* à configurer est votre nom de domaine + " +"“payment/paypal/ipn” (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" @@ -2532,6 +2713,8 @@ msgid "" "`this page for a test account `__" msgstr "" +"`cette page pour un compte de test `__" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -2546,6 +2729,8 @@ msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." msgstr "" +"Cliquez ensuite sur *Plus d'options* et configurez les deux formats " +"d'encodage par défaut sur **UTF-8**." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" @@ -2566,10 +2751,14 @@ msgid "" "payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" "website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" +"Pour des paiements sur des sites marchands cryptés & EWP_SETTINGS error, " +"veuillez consulter la `documentation Paypal " +"`_." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres dans Odoo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" @@ -2590,7 +2779,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo requiert trois identifiants Paypal :" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*ID email* c'est votre adresse email de connexion sur Paypal." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -2608,7 +2797,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Frais de transaction" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -2626,12 +2815,17 @@ msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" +"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, cochez la case *Ajouter des frais " +"supplémentaires* sur l'onglet de configuration de la configuration Paypal " +"d'Odoo. " #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." msgstr "" +"Pour configurer les frais vous pouvez vous référer à `Frais Paypal " +"`__ " #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -2646,7 +2840,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Passez en direct!" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -2654,6 +2848,9 @@ msgid "" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." msgstr "" +"Votre configuration est prête à fonctionner. Assurez-vous que le mode " +"*Production* est activé. Ensuite, publiez le mode de paiement en cliquant " +"sur le bouton *Publier* à côté de celui-ci." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -2662,10 +2859,15 @@ msgid "" "*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " "processed." msgstr "" +"Paypal est maintenant proposé dans les formulaires de paiement disponibles " +"sur les applications de eCommerce, de ventes et de facturation. En cliquant " +"sur \"Payer\" les clients sont redirigés vers le site Web de Paypal. Dès que" +" le payement est traité, ils sont redirigés vers une page de confirmation " +"dans Odoo." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Environnement de test" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -2693,12 +2895,17 @@ msgid "" "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "`__)." msgstr "" +"Un compte Business (à utiliser en tant que marchand, par ex. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." msgstr "" +"Un compte personnel par défaut (à utiliser comme client, par ex. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -2708,6 +2915,12 @@ msgid "" "automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous au sandbox Paypal avec le compte marchand et suivez les mêmes" +" instructions de configuration. Entrez vos identifiants sandbox dans Odoo et" +" assurez-vous que Paypal est toujours défini sur *Environnement de test*. " +"Assurez-vous également que la facturation automatique n'est pas activée dans" +" vos paramètres eCommerce pour ne pas générer de factures lorsqu'une " +"transaction fictive est finalisée. " #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." @@ -2715,6 +2928,63 @@ msgstr "" "Lancez une transaction test depuis Odoo en utilisant le compte personnel " "sandox." +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +msgid "Giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +msgid "iDeal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" +" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" +" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " +"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " +"don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " +"corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "Comment être payé avec les virements bancaires" @@ -2734,21 +3004,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment transmettre des instructions de paiement aux clients" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "" +"Introduisez les intructions de paiement dans la case **Message de " +"remerciement** de votre mode de paiement." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les clients verront ceci lorsqu'ils passeront une commande." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment gérer une commande lorsque vous êtes payé." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2756,6 +3028,10 @@ msgid "" "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "" +"À chaque fois qu'un client paye par virement bancaire, l'ordre reste au " +"stage intermédiaire **Devis envoyé** (par ex. commande impayée). Lorsque le " +"paiement est effectué, vous devez confirmer l'ordre manuellement pour " +"déclencher la livraison." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" @@ -2767,79 +3043,9 @@ msgid "" "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " -"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " -"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " -"to boost productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 -msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " -"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" -" you can create new or edit existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can also create them on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " -"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 -msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " -"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " -"--> Action --> Delete`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 -msgid "Use tags as a parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 -msgid "" -"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " -"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 -msgid "Use tags for reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 -msgid "" -"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " -"purpose, you can also add tags." -msgstr "" +"Si vous gérez une activité B2B, vous pouvez créer d'autres méthodes de " +"paiement manuel comme les paiements par chèque. Pour cela, renommez tout " +"simplement *Virement bancaire* ou dupliquez-le." #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" @@ -2847,7 +3053,7 @@ msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment générer une clé d'accès Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -2866,7 +3072,7 @@ msgstr "Générez une clé d'accès Unsplash pour les utilisateurs **non-SaaS**" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez un compte sur `Unsplash.com `_." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2874,10 +3080,15 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" +"Allez dans votre `tableau de bord des applications " +"`_ et cliquez sur **Nouvelle " +"application**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" +"Acceptez les conditions d'utilisation et cliquez sur **Accepter les " +"conditions**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -2886,6 +3097,10 @@ msgid "" "that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " "**Create application**." msgstr "" +"Il vous sera demandé d'insérer un **Nom d'application** et une " +"**Description**. Veuillez faire précéder le nom de votre application par " +"\"**Odoo:**\" afin qu'Unsplash puisse la reconnaître comme une instance " +"Odoo. Ensuite, cliquez sur **Créer une application.**" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2918,6 +3133,8 @@ msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" +"Vous devez d'abord créer et configurer votre application Unsplash avec ce " +"tutoriel : :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2925,6 +3142,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" +"Allez sur le `tableau de bord de vos applications " +"`_ et cliquez sur l'application " +"Unsplash nouvellement créée dans **Vos applications**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2932,6 +3152,10 @@ msgid "" "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" msgstr "" +"Vous serez redirigé vers la page des détails de votre application. L'**ID de" +" l'application** sera visible dans l'URL de votre navigateur. L'URL devrait " +"se présenter sous la forme suivante " +"``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2939,3 +3163,6 @@ msgid "" "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" +"**En tant qu'utilisateur non-SaaS**, vous ne pourrez pas vous inscrire pour " +"une clé Unsplash de production et serez limité à votre clé de test qui a une" +" restriction de 50 requêtes Unsplash par heure." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 24693dac3..c9653a4e9 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Vincent Luba , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Priscilla (prs) Odoo , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Priscilla (prs) Odoo , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les bases de la méthodologie QuickStart." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -27,10 +33,13 @@ msgid "" "implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" +"Ce document reprend les services d'Odoo Online, notre méthodologie " +"d'implémentation de Success Pack et les pratiques les plus conseillées afin " +"de commencer à utiliser notre produit." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le SPoC (*Point de contact unique*) et le consultant" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -39,6 +48,11 @@ msgid "" " of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" " project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" +"Dans le cadre de votre projet, il est vivement recommandé de désigner et de " +"maintenir des deux côtés (du vôtre et du nôtre) **une seule et unique " +"personne de contact** (en anglais : Single Point of Contact ou SPoC), qui se" +" chargera de votre projet et qui en sera responsable. Il/Elle aura également" +" **l'autorité** en termes de prise de décision." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -47,6 +61,10 @@ msgid "" " of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " "practices." msgstr "" +"**Les consultants assurent l'implémentation du projet de A à Z** : Du début " +"à la fin du projet, il/elle assurera la cohérence globale de " +"l'implémentation sur Odoo et partagera son expertise en termes de bonnes " +"pratiques. " #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -55,6 +73,11 @@ msgid "" "if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " "point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" +"**Un seul et unique décisionnaire du côté client (SPoC)** : Il s'agit de la " +"personne responsable de transmettre les connaissances de l'activité ( " +"coordonner les interventions des utilisateurs clés si nécessaire) et de la " +"cohérence de la mise en oeuvre d'un point de vue professionnel (prise de " +"décision, gestion des changements, etc.)" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -65,6 +88,13 @@ msgid "" " meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " "needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" +"**Optimisation des réunions** : Le Consultant Odoo n'est pas impliqué dans " +"le processus de prise de décision d'un point de vue professionnel ni dans la" +" précision des processus ou procédures internes à l'entreprise (sauf si " +"demande spécifique ou exception). Les réunions de projet, qui auront lieu " +"une à deux fois par semaine, ont pour but de s'aligner sur les besoins de " +"l'entreprise (SPoC) et de définir la manière dont ces besoins seront " +"implémentés sur Odoo (Consultant)." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -75,10 +105,18 @@ msgid "" "learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " "platform `_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" +"**L'approche formation des formateurs** : Le consultant Odoo donne une " +"formation fonctionnelle au point de contact unique pour que celui-ci puisse " +"transmettre ce savoir-faire à ses collaborateurs. Pour que cette approche " +"soit réussie, la personne désignée comme point de contact unique doit " +"également être impliquée dans une démarche de développement personnel de ses" +" compétences par l'auto-apprentissage via la :doc:`Odoo documentation " +"<../index>`, `La plateforme de formation en ligne `_" +" et le test des fonctionnalités." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étendue du projet" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -86,6 +124,9 @@ msgid "" "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" +"Afin de s'assurer que tous les intervenants impliqués suivent la même " +"direction, il est nécessaire de définir et de faire évoluer la portée du " +"projet tant que l'implémentation du projet se poursuit." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -119,7 +160,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestion des attentes" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -127,6 +168,9 @@ msgid "" "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" +"L'écart entre la réalité d'une implémentation et les attentes des futurs " +"utilisateurs est un facteur crucial. Trois aspects importants devraient être" +" pris en compte dès le début du projet :" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -152,6 +196,19 @@ msgid "" "global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " "to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" +"**Concentrez-vous sur la réussite du projet, et non pas sur la solution " +"idéale** : L'objectif principal du SPoC et du consultant est de mener à bien" +" le projet qui leur est confié afin de trouver la solution la plus efficace " +"pour répondre aux besoins exprimés. Cet objectif peut parfois aller à " +"l'encontre de la vision que se fait l'utilisateur final d'une solution " +"idéale. Dans ce cas, le SPoC et le consultant appliqueront la règle des " +"80-20 : se concentrer sur 80% des besoins exprimés et retirer les 20% " +"restants des objectifs les plus défavorables en termes de rapport " +"coût/bénéfice (ces proportions peuvent bien sûr changer au fil du temps). " +"Par conséquent, si un allègement global est constaté, il sera jugé " +"acceptable d'intégrer une manipulation plus chronophage. Des changements " +"dans les processus opérationnels peuvent également être proposées pour " +"poursuivre ce même objectif." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -167,6 +224,10 @@ msgid "" "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" +"**L'analyse des gaps** : La comparaison entre la requête et les " +"fonctionnalités standard proposées par Odoo permettra d'identifier le manque" +" à combler par des développements/personnalisations ou des changements des " +"processus opérationnels." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -174,6 +235,9 @@ msgid "" "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " "and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" +"**L'Histoire de l'utilisateur**: Cette technique sépare clairement les " +"responsabilités entre le SPoC, responsable d'expliquer le QUOI, le POURQUOI " +"et le QUI, et le consultant qui fournira une réponse au COMMENT." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -181,12 +245,18 @@ msgid "" "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" +"`La démonstration de faisabilité " +"`__ Une version simplifiée, " +"un prototype de ce qui est attendu pour arriver à un accord sur les grandes " +"lignes des changements attendus." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" +"**La maquête** : Dans la même idée que la démonstration de faisabilité, elle" +" viendra s’aligner aux changements liés à l'interface." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -202,10 +272,13 @@ msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" +"*Cette liste peut, évidemment, être complétée avec d'autres outils qui " +"correspondraient plus adéquatement à la réalité des besoins de votre " +"projet.*" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stratégies de communication" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -240,21 +313,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" msgstr "" +"Le compte-rendu des réunions sera limité aux décisions et aux validations;" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" msgstr "" +"Les statut des projets ne seront définis que lorsqu'une étape importante " +"sera franchie." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" +"Des sessions de formation sur la solution classique ou personnalisée seront " +"organisées." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Customisations et développements" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -285,10 +363,15 @@ msgid "" " both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " "business processes of the company." msgstr "" +"**Remplacer, sans dupliquer** : La décision de changer le logiciel de " +"gestion a été prise pour une bonne raison. Dans ce contexte, le moment de la" +" mise en œuvre est LE bon moment pour accepter et même être un initiateur de" +" changement tant au niveau de la manière dont le logiciel sera utilisé qu'au" +" niveau des processus d'affaires de l'entreprise." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Principes de test et de validation" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -304,32 +387,42 @@ msgid "" "SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " "requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" +"**Répartition des rôles** : Dans ce contexte, le consultant sera chargé " +"d'apporter une solution qui correspond aux spécifications définies et le " +"SpoC devra tester et valider la solution livrée pour vérifier si elle répond" +" aux exigences de la réalité opérationnelle." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" +"**Gestion des changements** : Lorsqu'un changement doit être apporté à la " +"solution, l'écart est causé par :" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" +"La différence entre le cahier des charges et la solution livrée. Cette " +"modification est sous la responsabilité du consultant. " #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ou**" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" +"La différence entre les spécifications et les impératifs de la réalité " +"opérationnelle. Cette modification est sous la responsabilité du SPoC. " #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importation de données" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -366,14 +459,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assistance" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." msgstr "" +"Lorsque votre projet est mis en production, nos équipes de support prennent " +"vos questions ou problèmes techniques en charge." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voir :ref:`support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index c6a0b6d9f..7282c1649 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -5,15 +5,21 @@ # # Translators: # David David , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# ShevAbam, 2020 +# Olivier Lenoir , 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 +# Fernanda Marques , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: David David , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,11 +29,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assistance technique" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancé" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "After Sales Features" @@ -55,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générez des notes de crédit depuis les tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -67,7 +73,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les retours d'articles depuis les tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -77,7 +83,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Offrez des bons de réduction depuis les tickets " #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -88,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générer des réparations depuis les tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -98,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générer des interventions sur site depuis les tickets" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -116,6 +122,8 @@ msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" +"`Bons de réduction `_" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" @@ -131,16 +139,23 @@ msgid "" "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" +"Le fait d'autoriser les clients à clôturer eux-mêmes leurs tickets, leur " +"donne une autonomie et minimise les malentendus liés au fait qu'un problème " +"est considéré comme résolu ou pas. En plus, cela rend la communication et " +"les actions plus efficaces." #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration de la fonctionnalité" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" "To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " "Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" +"Pour configurer cette fonctionnalité, allez sur :menuselection:`Assistance " +"technique --> Paramètres --> Équipes d'assistance technique --> Éditer` et " +"activez *Clôture du ticket*." #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -164,7 +179,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le Portail du client" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -174,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recevoir des rapports sur les tickets clôturés par le client" #: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -185,7 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 msgid "Forum and eLearning" @@ -193,7 +208,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 msgid "Forum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Forum" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -240,7 +255,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eLearning" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -269,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commencer" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -365,7 +380,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Évaluations" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -397,9 +412,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " -"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " -"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 @@ -448,7 +462,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alias d'email" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -473,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulaire du Site Web" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -495,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live Chat" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -836,6 +850,10 @@ msgid "" "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" +"Ajoutez directement le temps à facturer que vous avez enregistré sur vos " +"tickets d'assistance dans les bons de commande et les factures, via une " +"tâche de projet. Cela vous donne plus de contrôle sur ce que vous facturez à" +" votre client, et c'est plus efficace." #: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" @@ -856,7 +874,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez un bon de commande et une facture" #: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -866,4 +884,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Créez un bon de commande* et lancez la facturation." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 07ea097db..90494df59 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -4,23 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Florian Hatat, 2020 # Nacim ABOURA , 2020 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 # Laura Piraux , 2020 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2020 -# Cécile Collart , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -163,85 +163,41 @@ msgstr "" "Box pour bénéficier de nos dernières mises à jour." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "Mise à jour de votre carte SD en utilisant Etcher" +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"`__." msgstr "" -"Allez sur le site de Balena et téléchargez `Etcher " -"`__, C'est un logiciel open-source utilisé pour la " -"gravure de fichiers image. Installez-le et lancez-le." -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" -"Téléchargez ensuite la dernière image `ici " -"`__, et décompressez-la du " -"fichier zip. Puis, ouvrez *Etcher* et choisissez votre image. Sélectionnez " -"le lecteur à flasher (là où se trouve votre carte SD) et cliquez sur " -"*Flash*!." - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" -"Votre image sera automatiquement actualisée. Cela ne prendra que 5 minutes." - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "IoT Box introuvable" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous utilisez votre IoT Box, un incident récurrent que vous pourriez" -" rencontrer est que votre boîte ne se trouve pas dans votre base de données." -" Heureusement, il existe quelques étapes simples pour vous aider à la " -"retrouver." - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "Incidents HTTPS" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" -"Votre IoT Box n'est pas trouvée? Vous avez probablement des problèmes de " -"serveur https!" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" -"Pour le savoir, allez dans votre base de données et vérifiez si son adresse " -"commence par une adresse https (comme https://www.odoo.com). Si c'est le " -"cas, il se peut que vous ayez des problèmes avec l'image de votre IoT Box. " -"Elle doit être en version 18.12 ou supérieure." - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here `__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" -msgstr ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" @@ -256,18 +212,14 @@ msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" msgstr "Avant de commencer, assurez-vous d'avoir :" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "Une IoT Box;" +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "Un adaptateur secteur 2A Pi 3B + 2.5 A;" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour;" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" @@ -275,40 +227,27 @@ msgstr "" "Une instance Saas ou Odoo avec le Point de ventes et l'application IoT " "installés;" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" msgstr "Un réseau local configuré avec DHCP (c'est le réglage par défaut);" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"`__)" -msgstr "" -"Une imprimante Epson USB TM-T20 ou une autre imprimante ESC/ POS compatible " -"(les imprimantes officiellement prises en charge sont répertoriées sur la " -"page `Matériel PdV `__);" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" -"Un lecteur de code-barres USB Eclipse Honeywell ou tout autre lecteur " -"compatible;" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "Un tiroir-caisse compatible Epson;" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" msgstr "Un câble Ethernet RJ45 (en option, le Wi-Fi est intégré)." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 msgid "Set Up" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " "your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." @@ -317,28 +256,17 @@ msgstr "" " une IoT Box à votre base de données. Pour ce faire, allez à " ":doc:`documentation `." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." msgstr "Vous devez ensuite connecter les périphériques à votre IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." msgstr "" -"La liste officielle du matériel compatible est disponible sur la page de " -"`spécifications matérielles du PdV `__, bien qu'un matériel non-listé puisse tout aussi bien " -"fonctionner." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Imprimante**: Connectez une imprimante ESC/POS à un port USB et mettez la " -"en marche." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." @@ -346,247 +274,238 @@ msgstr "" "**Tiroir caisse**: Le tiroir caisse devrait être connecté à l'imprimante " "avec un cable RJ25." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "" "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." msgstr "" -"**Scanner de code-barres**: Connectez votre scanner de code-barres. Pour que" -" votre scanner puisse être compatible, il doit se comporter comme un clavier" -" et être configuré en **US QWERTY**. Il doit également terminer les codes-" -"barres par le caractère Entrer (keycode 28). Il s'agit le plus souvent de la" -" configuration par défaut de votre scanner de code-barres." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." msgstr "" "**Balance**: Connectez votre balance électronique et mettez la en marche." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." msgstr "" -"**Ethernet**: Si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser le Wi-Fi, branchez le câble " -"Ethernet. Assurez-vous de connecter l'IoT Box sur le même réseau que votre " -"appareil PdV." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." msgstr "" -"**Wi-Fi** : La connexion Wi-Fi est intégrée à la version actuelle de l'IoT " -"Box. Assurez-vous de ne pas brancher un câble Ethernet lors du démarrage, " -"car toute fonctionnalité Wi-Fi sera ignorée lorsqu'une connexion réseau " -"câblée est disponible." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" -" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" -"Une fois que cela est fait, vous pouvez connecter votre IoT Box à votre PdV." -" Pour cela, allez à :menuselection:`Point de ventes --> Configuration --> " -"PdV, cochez la case \"IoT Box\" et sélectionnez l'IoT Box à laquelle vous " -"voulez vous connecter. Sauvegardez vos modifications." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" "La configuration est faite, vous pouvez lancer votre nouvelle session PdV." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "Problèmes" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Dépannage" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "Le PdV ne se connecte pas à l'IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" msgstr "" -"La façon la plus simple de savoir si l'IoT Box est correctement configurée " -"est de l'allumer avec l'imprimante branchée car elle imprimera un reçu " -"indiquant toute erreur éventuelle ou l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box en cas de " -"succès. Si aucun reçu n'est imprimé, vérifiez les étapes suivantes :" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est allumée, ce qui est indiqué par une LED " -"rouge." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est prête, cela est indiqué par une LED verte " -"juste à coté de la LED rouge. L'IoT Box devrait être prête environ 2 minutes" -" après le démarrage." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est connectée au même réseau que votre appareil " -"PdV. Le PdV et l'IoT Box doivent touts deux être visibles dans la liste des " -"appareils connectés sur votre réseau." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" msgstr "" -"Si vous avez spécifié l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box dans la configuration, " -"assurez-vous qu'elle correspond à l'adresse IP imprimée sur le reçu de " -"statut de l'IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "Assurez-vous que la page du PdV n'est pas chargée en HTTPS." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." msgstr "" -"Un bug dans l'implémentation HTTP de Firefox pourrait empêcher " -"l'autodiscovery de fonctionner de manière fiable. Vous pouvez également " -"configurer manuellement l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box dans la configuration du " -"PdV." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "Le lecteur de code-barres ne fonctionne pas correctement" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." msgstr "" -"Le lecteur de code-barres doit être configuré en US QWERTY et doit émettre " -"un caractère ENTER après chaque code-barre scanné. C'est la configuration " -"par défaut sur la plupart des appareils. Vérifiez le manuel du lecteur pour " -"plus d'information." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." msgstr "" -"L'IoT Box a besoin d'une alimentation 2A pour fonctionner avec certains " -"lecteurs. Si vous n'utilisez pas l'alimentation fournie avec l'IoT Box, " -"assurez-vous d'avoir assez de courant." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Imprimante" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." msgstr "" -"Certains lecteurs de code-barres auront besoin de plus de 2A et ne " -"fonctionneront pas, ou de façon instable, même avec l'alimentation fournie. " -"Dans ce cas, vous pouvez brancher le lecteur de code-barres dans un " -"adaptateur USB autonome." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Lecteur de code-barres" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." msgstr "" -"Certains lecteurs bon marché ne sont pas détectés comme des lecteurs de " -"code-barres mais comme des claviers USB. Ceux-ci ne fonctionneront pas avec " -"l'IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "Le lecteur de codes-barres ne fonctionne pas de manière fiable" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que pas plus d'un appareil avec «Scan via Proxy» / «Lecteur de " -"code-barres» activé n'est connecté à l'IoT Box en même temps." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "L'impression du reçu prend trop de temps" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Tiroir-caisse" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" -"Un petit délai est prévu avant la première impression car l'IoT Box " -"effectuera un prétraitement afin d'accélérer les impressions suivantes. Si " -"vous subissez des retards par la suite, ils sont très probablement dûs à une" -" mauvaise connexion réseau entre le PdV et l'IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "Certains caractères ne sont pas correctement imprimés sur le reçu" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" -"L'IoT Box ne prend pas en charge tous les langages et caractères. Elle " -"supporte actuellement les scripts basés en latin et en cyrillique, avec un " -"support japonais basique." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "L'imprimante est hors ligne" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que l'imprimante est connectée, sous tension, qu'elle contient " -"suffisamment de papier, que son couvercle est fermé et qu'elle ne signale " -"aucune erreur. Si l'erreur persiste, contactez le support technique." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" msgstr "Le tiroir-caisse ne s'ouvre pas" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" -"Le tiroir-caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante et doit être activé dans " -"la configuration PdV." #: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 msgid "Devices" @@ -618,18 +537,10 @@ msgstr "Connexion" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." msgstr "" -"Pour connecter l'appareil photo à votre *IoT Box* reliez tout simplement les" -" deux par câble." -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." -msgstr "" -"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " -"nécessaire." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" "If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " @@ -639,26 +550,15 @@ msgstr "" "hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera détecté dès" " sa connexion." -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"Dans certains cas, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer la Box et " -"télécharger les pilotes de votre appareil photo depuis la Box. Pour le " -"faire, allez à la *Page d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur *liste des " -"pilotes*. Puis, cliquez sur charger les pilotes." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" msgstr "Connectez un appareil photo à un point de contrôle de la qualité" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 msgid "With the Manufacturing app" msgstr "Avec l'application Fabrication" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " "Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " @@ -669,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr "" "contrôle*, sous *Contrôle de la qualité* et ouvrez le point de contrôle que " "vous souhaitez relier à l'appareil photo." -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " "list. Now, hit save." @@ -677,7 +577,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " "périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Appuyez ensuite sur enregistrer." -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " "manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" @@ -703,29 +603,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " -"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " -"steps." +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." msgstr "" -"En fait, vous pourrez passer d'un écran à l'autre en utilisant votre pied et" -" la pédale de commande. Très pratique, cela peut être configuré en quelques " -"étapes." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" " the two by cable." msgstr "" -"Il est très simple de connecter la pédale de commande à l'*IoT Box*, il vous" -" suffit de relier les deux par câble." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" -"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " -"nécessaire." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 msgid "" "If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " @@ -735,22 +624,11 @@ msgstr "" "hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera " "automatiquement détecté dès sa connexion." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " -"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " -"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"S'il ne s'agit pas d'un appareil compatible, il faudra redémarrer la Box et " -"télécharger les pilotes de votre pédale à commande depuis la Box. Pour le " -"faire, allez à la *Page d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur *liste des " -"pilotes*. Puis, cliquez sur charger les pilotes." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" msgstr "Reliez une pédale à commande à un Poste de travail" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 msgid "" "To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " "workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " @@ -763,7 +641,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Déclencheurs de l'IoT*. Vous pouvez alors le lier à une action et ajouter " "une clé pour le déclencher." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " "matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " @@ -774,7 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" "permet, par exemple, de passer automatiquement la partie en cours du " "processus sur lequel vous travaillez." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 msgid "" "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " "correctly connected to the footswitch." @@ -804,27 +682,14 @@ msgstr "Se connecter en USB" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 msgid "" "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un périphérique connecté par USB, il suffit de brancher le " -"câble USB dans l'*IoT Box* et de redémarrer la Box. L'appareil devrait " -"apparaître dans votre base de données Odoo. " #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " -"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " -"drivers." -msgstr "" -"Si le périphérique n'est pas trouvé, assurez-vous que les pilotes ont bien " -"été téléchargés dans votre IoT Box. Pour cela, connectez-vous à la *Page " -"d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur télécharger les pilotes." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" msgstr "Se connecter via le bluetooth" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 msgid "" "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " "explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " @@ -834,15 +699,15 @@ msgstr "" "pour plus d'explications) et l'IoT Box essaiera automatiquement de se " "connecter à l'appareil." -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" msgstr "Voici un exemple de ce à quoi ça doit ressembler :" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" msgstr "Reliez un outil de mesure à un point de contrôle de la qualité" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " "Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " @@ -853,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Points de contrôle*, sous *Contrôle de la qualité* et ouvrez le point de " "contrôle que vous souhaitez relier à l'outil de mesure." -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " "list. Then, hit save." @@ -861,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " "périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Appuyez ensuite sur enregistrer." -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 msgid "" "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " "value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " @@ -888,54 +753,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" -" cable." +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." msgstr "" -"Pour connecter l'imprimante à votre *IoT Box* reliez tout simplement les " -"deux par câble." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 -msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" -"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " -"nécessaire." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your printer is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " -"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" -"Si votre imprimante est `*compatible* `__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera détecté dès" -" sa connexion." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." msgstr "" "L'imprimante peut prendre jusqu'à deux minutes avant d'apparaître dans la " "liste de vos périphériques." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"Dans certains cas, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer la Box et " -"télécharger les pilotes de votre imprimante depuis la Box. Pour le faire, " -"allez à la *Page d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur *liste des pilotes*." -" Puis, cliquez sur télécharger les pilotes." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 msgid "Link the Printer" msgstr "Reliez l'imprimante" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 msgid "To Work Orders" msgstr "À des ordres de travail" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "" "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " "print labels for manufactured products." @@ -944,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "de contrôle de la qualité* pour imprimer des étiquettes pour les produits " "fabriqués." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " "app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " @@ -955,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr "" "production et de commande de travail souhaitées. Dans type, sélectionnez " "*Imprimer l'étiquette* puis enregistrez." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 msgid "" "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" " *Print Label* button will appear." @@ -963,11 +801,11 @@ msgstr "" "Désormais, chaque fois que vous atteignez le point de contrôle de la qualité" " pour le produit choisi, un bouton *Imprimer l'étiquette* apparaîtra." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 msgid "To Reports" msgstr "À des rapports" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 msgid "" "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " "go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." @@ -976,11 +814,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'application *IoT*, allez au menu *Périphériques* et sélectionnez " "l'imprimante que vous voulez configurer." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." msgstr "Allez à présent dans l'onglet *Rapport de l'imprimante*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 msgid "" "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" " all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " @@ -990,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" "s'affiche, cochez tous les types de rapports qui doivent être reliés à cette" " imprimante. Cliquez sur sélectionner et enregistrer." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " "downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" @@ -1000,11 +838,11 @@ msgstr "" "commande, le rapport ne sera pas téléchargé en format PDF, mais " "automatiquement envoyé vers l'imprimante sélectionnée et imprimé." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" msgstr "Imprimez des reçus depuis le PdV" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 msgid "" "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" " directly from your *PoS*." @@ -1012,34 +850,27 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez relier une imprimante à votre application *Point de ventes* pour" " pouvoir imprimer des reçus directement depuis votre *PdV*. " -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " -"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " -"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." msgstr "" -"C'est vraiment très simple. Allez dans votre application *Point de ventes* " -"et ouvrez les paramètres de votre *PdV* sous *Configuration*. Cliquez sur " -"*Éditer* et cochez la fonctionnalité *IoT Box*. Puis, activez l'*Imprimante " -"des reçus*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 msgid "" -"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " -"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez maintenant désormais différents types de tickets sur votre *PdV*" -" : **reçus**, **détails de vente** et **factures**." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 msgid "" -"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" -" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." msgstr "" -"Le reçu sera imprimé lorsque la commande sera validée. Ce processus est " -"automatisé si vous activez cette fonctionnalité dans votre *PdV*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 msgid "" "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " "at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " @@ -1048,28 +879,24 @@ msgstr "" "Les détails des ventes de la journée peuvent être imprimés en cliquant sur " "l'icône de l'imprimante sur la barre de navigation en haut du *PdV*. " -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 msgid "" "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." -" Click on it and it will print the bill." +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Quant à l'addition, elle n'est disponible qu'en mode restaurant. Dans les " -"paramètres de votre restaurant, activez les factures et un bouton *Facture* " -"apparaîtra dans le panneau de gauche. Cliquez sur ce bouton et la facture " -"s'imprimera." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" msgstr "Imprimer des commandes dans la cuisine" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." msgstr "" "En mode restaurant, vous pouvez envoyer des reçus de commandes vers la " "cuisine." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " "*Order Printer*." @@ -1077,22 +904,16 @@ msgstr "" "Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application *PdV* et ouvrez les paramètres de " "votre *PdV*. Puis cochez *Imprimante de commandes*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" -" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " -"Categories* field." +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." msgstr "" -"Allez ensuite dans le menu *Imprimantes*. Cliquez sur créer et sélectionnez " -"l'*IoT Box* avec toutes les catégories de produits qui doivent être " -"imprimées dans le champ *Catégories de produits à imprimer*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 msgid "" "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " -"will be printed." +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." msgstr "" -"Dans le *PdV*, lorsque vous ajoutez ou retirez un produit de l'une des " -"catégories sélectionnées, le bouton *Ordre* devient vert. Si vous cliquez " -"dessus, un ticket est imprimé." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index e5e2ae8f5..af1bfeba0 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Richard Mathot , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see:ref:`db_online`" +msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 779d07e9e..e75170525 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -5,16 +5,15 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -70,9 +69,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 -msgid "" -"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " -":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 @@ -408,138 +405,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " -"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " -"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" -" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " -"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " -"solution you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" -" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " -"through *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Manage your project’s stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " -"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " -"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " -"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " -"personalize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " -"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " -"signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" -" a column*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " -"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 -msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 -msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " -"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" -" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " -"information to the right people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 -msgid "Share projects and tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 -msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " -"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " -"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " -"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " -"example." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planification" @@ -760,125 +628,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Tâches" -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 -msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " -"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " -"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " -"allowing the support of outside contributions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 -msgid "Add followers to a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 -msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another, conversations taking place, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 -msgid "Add followers to a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " -"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " -"and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 -msgid "Select which notifications to get" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " -"that, *Edit subscription*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 -msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " -"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " -"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " -"can replay the whole creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " -"to someone outside of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 -msgid "The Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " -"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " -"colleagues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 -msgid "" -"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" -" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" -" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " -"can have a channel per project team, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 -msgid "Schedule activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " -"activities* from the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 -msgid "Edit or create new activities types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" msgstr "" @@ -931,172 +680,3 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " -"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " -"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" -" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " -"and, as a result, have a successful project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" -" *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "Assignation" -msgstr "Affectation" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 -msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " -"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " -"starred are classified according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " -"with a deadline for the current date are orange." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "Manage files in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 -msgid "Set cover images in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " -"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " -"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " -"identify them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " -"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " -"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" -" recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 -msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " -"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" -" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 -msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " -"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " -"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 -msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 -msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 -msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 -msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index 38d175fea..812f0e89e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -162,69 +162,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " -"notified of changes in the task." +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 msgid "" "*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " "*Reminder*." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 msgid "" "*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " "<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 msgid "Example" msgstr "Exemple" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 msgid "" "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " "Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " "goes through:" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " "Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 msgid "" "If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" " example: *email is not set*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 msgid "" "If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " "*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1453f293 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -0,0 +1,18664 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Cezar José Sant Anna Junior , 2020 +# renato sabo , 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# falexandresilva , 2020 +# Fernando Colus , 2020 +# Luiz Fernando , 2020 +# Luciano Giacomazzi , 2020 +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Ademílson F. Tonato , 2020 +# Emanuel Martins , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# Éder Brito , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "Faturamento e Contabilidade" + +#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "Banco e dinheiro" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "Retornos Bancários" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Extratos bancários" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" +"Importar seus extratos bancários no Odoo Accounting permite a você manter o " +"controle dos movimentos financeiros que ocorrem em suas contas bancárias e " +"reconciliá-los com as transações registradas em sua contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" +"A maneira mais fácil de fazer isso é sincronizando. Para fazer isso, leia a " +"documentação relacionada: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" +"Entretanto, se sua conta bancária não estiver sincronizada com Odoo, você " +"ainda tem duas opções:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "Importe os arquivos de extrato bancário entregues pelo seu banco" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "Registre seus extratos bancários manualmente" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "Importar arquivos de extratos bancários" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" +"O Odoo suporta vários formatos de arquivo para importar extratos bancários:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "Formato de Gerenciamento de Caixa recomendado pela SEPA (CAMT.053)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "Valores separados por vírgula (.CSV)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "Formato aberto de transações financeiras (.OFX)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "Formato de Intercâmbio Quicken (.QIF)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "Extrato de Conta Codificado da Bélgica (.CODA)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" +"Para importá-los, vá para :menuselection:`Contabilidade --> Visão Geral --> " +"Banco`, clique em *Importar Extratos*, ou nos três pontos, e então em " +"*Importar Extratos*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, selecione o arquivo que deseja importar e clique em *Importar*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo abre uma **ferramenta de importação** com o qual você pode definir as" +" **Opções de Formato** e **mapear** as diferentes colunas que você deseja " +"importar." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" +"Formato de Intercâmbio Quicken (.QIF) é um formato de arquivo mais antigo " +"que não é compatível desde 2005. Se possível, prefira arquivos OFX ao invés " +"de QIF." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "Registre extratos bancários manualmente" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" +"Se necessário, você também pode registrar seus extratos bancários " +"manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" +"Para isso, acesse :menuselection:`Contabilidade--> Visão Geral --> Banco` , " +"clique em *Criar Extratos*, ou nos três pontos, e depois em *Novo Extrato*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" +"Adicione uma nova linha para cada transação escrita em seu extrato bancário " +"original." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" +"Para facilitar o processo de reconciliação, tenha certeza de preencher o " +"campo \"Parceiro\". Você também pode escrever as referências dos pagamentos " +"no campo *Rótulo*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" +"O *Saldo Final* e o * Saldo Calculado* devem ter o mesmo montante. Se não " +"for o caso, certifique-se de que não haja erro nos valores das transações." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "Sincronização Bancária: Importação Automática" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo pode sincronizar diretamente com seu banco para obter todos os " +"extratos bancários importados automaticamente para seu banco de dados." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features `_, and search for " +"your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." +msgstr "" +"Para verificar se seu banco é compatível com o Odoo, acesse `Recursos de " +"Contabilidade do Odoo `_, e " +"pesquise pelo seu banco na seção *Bancos Suportados*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " +"New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." +msgstr "" +"Os países com suporte total incluem Estados Unidos, Canadá, Nova Zelândia, " +"Áustria e Bélgica." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "" +"More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " +"France, and Spain." +msgstr "" +"Mais de 30 países são parcialmente suportados, incluindo Colômbia, Índia, " +"França e Espanha." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +msgstr "Para se conectar aos bancos, o Odoo usa vários web-services:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 +msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" +msgstr "**Plaid**: Principalmente para os E.U.A" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "**Yodlee**: No mundo todo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" +msgstr "" +"**Ponto**: Para um número crescente de bancos europeus. (:doc:`Clique aqui " +"para mais informações `)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "Usuários online da Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " +"Cash* section." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de que o recurso **Importação Automática** está ativado " +"acessando :menuselection:`Contabilidade --> Configuração --> Configurações` " +"na seção *Banco & Dinheiro*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "Usuários do Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +msgstr "" +"Se você planeja usar uma interface bancária com sua assinatura Odoo " +"Enterprise, você não precisa fazer nada especial. Apenas certifique-se de " +"que seu banco de dados está registrado em seu contrato Odoo Enterprise." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 +msgid "" +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following address:" +msgstr "" +"você pode querer verificar se não há um firewall/proxy bloqueando o seguinte" +" endereço:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "Sincronize os feeds do seu banco" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" +" your journal." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, certifique-se de que a **Sincronização Bancária Automática** está " +"ativada em seu diário." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " +"Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." +msgstr "" +"Para isso, acesse :menuselection:`Contabilidade --> Configuração --> " +"Diários`, e então abra seu *Diário de Banco*, clique em *Editar*, e " +"selecione **Sincronização Bancária Automática** no campo *Alimentação " +"Bancária*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." +msgstr "Você pode então conectar o Odoo ao seu banco." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " +"Account`, and follow the steps." +msgstr "" +"Para isso, acesse :menuselection:`Contabilidade --> Configuração --> " +"Adicionar uma Conta Bancária`, e siga os passos." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " +"**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " +"enter your bank credentials." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez concluído, volte para seu *Dashboard de Contabilidade*. Você poderá " +"ver agora um botão **Sincronizar Agora** no cartão do seu *Banco*. Clique " +"neste botão e insira suas credenciais bancárias." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 +msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." +msgstr "Depois, suas alimentações bancárias serão regularmente sincronizadas." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" +msgstr "A sincronização não funciona em tempo real, isso é normal?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." +msgstr "" +"O processo não se destina a funcionar em tempo real, pois os fornecedores " +"terceirizados sincronizam suas contas em intervalos diferentes. Para forçar " +"a sincronização e obter os extratos, vá para o * Dashborad de Contabilidade " +"* e clique no botão * Sincronizar Agora*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +msgid "" +"A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." +msgstr "" +"Uma transação pode ser visível em sua conta bancária, mas não pode ser " +"obtida se tiver o status *Pendente*. Apenas as transações com o status " +"*Lançado* serão recuperadas. Se ainda não foi * Lançada*, você terá que " +"esperar até que o status mude." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 +msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "O recurso de importação automática está incluído no meu contrato?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." +msgstr "" +"** Versão Enterprise**: Sim, se você tiver um contrato empresarial válido " +"vinculado ao seu banco de dados." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" +"**Versão da Comunidade**: Não, este recurso não está incluído na versão da " +"comunidade." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" +"**Versão Online**: Sim, mesmo que você se beneficie do contrato One App " +"Free." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +msgstr "Alguns bancos possuem o status \"Beta,\" o que isso significa?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the" +" development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " +"the connection." +msgstr "" +"Isso significa que as instituições bancárias ainda não são totalmente " +"suportadas por nosso Provedor Terceirizado. Podem surgir erros ou outros " +"problemas. O Odoo não suporta problemas técnicos que ocorrem com bancos na " +"fase Beta, mas o usuário ainda pode escolher se conectar. Conectar-se a " +"esses bancos pode ajudar no processo de desenvolvimento, pois o Provedor " +"terá dados reais e feedback da conexão." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" +"Por que minhas transações só sincronizam quando eu atualizo manualmente?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "" +"Alguns bancos têm medidas de segurança adicionais e exigem etapas extras, " +"como um código de autenticação de SMS/E-mail ou outro tipo de MFA. Por causa" +" disso, o integrador não pode puxar transações até que o código de segurança" +" seja fornecido." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "Nem todas as minhas transações anteriores estão no Odoo, por quê?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "As transações só podem ser obtidas até 3 meses atrás." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +msgstr "Por que não vejo nenhuma transação?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " +"account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " +"see your transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Ao conectar-se ao seu banco pela primeira vez, você será solicitado a " +"adicionar cada conta ao seu próprio diário. Se você pular esta etapa, não " +"poderá ver suas transações no Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Se sua conta bancária estiver devidamente vinculada a um diário e as " +"transações lançadas não estiverem visíveis em seu banco de dados, `envie um " +"tíquete de suporte `_." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "Como posso atualizar minhas credenciais bancárias?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" +"Você pode atualizar suas credenciais em :doc: `Modo de desenvolvedor " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." +msgstr "" +"Então vá para :menuselection:`Contabilidade --> Configuração --> " +"Sincronização Online`, e abra a Instituição que deseja editar e clique em " +"*Atualizar Credenciais*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "Sincronize sua conta PayPal com Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" +" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." +" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " +"PayPal payments in just a click." +msgstr "" +"Com Odoo, você pode sincronizar sua conta PayPal. Dessa forma, você não " +"precisa registrar todas as suas transações do PayPal em seu software de " +"contabilidade favorito. A sincronização é feita a cada 4 horas, e você pode " +"começar a reconciliar os pagamentos do PayPal com apenas um clique." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" +msgstr "Instale o módulo account_yodlee" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " +"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " +"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " +"automatically**." +msgstr "" +"Inicie instalando o módulo **account_yodlee**, se ainda não tiver instalado." +" Para fazer isso, vá para o menu :menuselection:`Contabilidade --> " +"Configurações --> Configurações` do aplicativo de contabilidade. Na seção " +"**Banco & Dinheiro**, defina a opção **Interface Bancária - Sincronize as " +"alimentações do seu banco automaticamente**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." +msgstr "Clique no botão \"Aplicar\" quando terminar." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Setup your PayPal account" +msgstr "Configure sua conta do PayPal" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " +"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " +"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " +"field, you can set **PayPal**." +msgstr "" +"Uma conta PayPal no Odoo é gerenciada como uma conta bancária. Para " +"configurar sua conta PayPal, use o menu: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> " +"Contas bancárias`. Crie uma nova conta bancária com o nome ** PayPal **. No " +"campo do banco, você pode definir ** PayPal **." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " +"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" +" the online institution and click on the configure button." +msgstr "" +"Assim que a conta do PayPal for criada, volte para o painel ** Contabilidade" +" ** e clique no botão ** Sincronizar **. Na caixa de diálogo, escolha ** " +"PayPal ** como a instituição online e clique no botão configurar." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você terá que fornecer suas credenciais para se conectar ao " +"PayPal." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " +"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" +" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " +"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " +"account)." +msgstr "" +"Seu Paypal ** deve estar em inglês ** (se não for o caso, você deve alterar " +"o idioma da sua conta Paypal) e se você usar uma conta empresarial do " +"Paypal, deverá voltar para a interface antiga para que funcione com Feeds " +"online (você pode alternar da interface nova para a antiga em sua conta " +"Paypal)." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " +"English or that the site is not supported." +msgstr "" +"Se você não fizer isso, receberá uma mensagem dizendo para colocar o Paypal " +"em inglês ou que o site não é compatível." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " +"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " +"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " +"choose the **Paypal balance** account." +msgstr "" +"Se você configurou sua conta Paypal corretamente, deverá passar para a " +"próxima etapa da configuração de feeds online. Lá você terá uma tela com uma" +" data para buscar a transação e uma lista de contas para escolher. Você deve" +" escolher a conta com ** saldo Paypal **." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " +"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" +"Depois que tudo estiver feito, você deve ver suas transações do PayPal " +"diretamente no Odoo e pode começar a reconciliar seus pagamentos." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " +"anymore." +msgstr "" +"Desfrute de uma integração total! Você não precisa mais registrar a " +"transação manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " +"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +msgstr "" +"Você só precisa fornecer suas credenciais na primeira vez. Uma vez feito " +"isso, o Odoo irá sincronizar com o PayPal a cada 4 horas automaticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" +msgstr "Ponto como fornecedor de Sincronização Bancária" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"**Ponto** é um serviço que permite que empresas e profissionais agreguem " +"suas contas em um só lugar e vejam diretamente todas as suas transações em " +"um aplicativo. É uma solução de terceiros que está continuamente expandindo " +"o número de instituições bancárias que podem ser sincronizadas com o Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" +"**O Odoo Contabilidade** pode sincronizar diretamente com seu banco para " +"obter todos os extratos bancários importados automaticamente para seu banco " +"de dados. Isso permite uma **reconciliação bancária** mais fácil. Quando " +"estiver :doc:`adicionando uma conta bancária no Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, você pode ver se seu banco requer uma conexão " +"através do Ponto procurando sua instituição bancária e clicando nela." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar mais informações sobre a sincronização bancária " +":doc:`nesta página `." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "Vincule suas contas bancárias com Ponto" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" +"Vá para o site do `Site do Ponto (https://myponto.com) " +"`_." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "Crie uma conta se ainda não possuir uma." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "Uma vez que estiver logado, crie uma *organização*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" +"Vá para :menuselection:`Contas --> Live`, e clique em *Adicionar conta*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "Configure as opções de sincronização:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" +"**Ação**: define se o Odoo deve criar um novo *Diário* para esta conta " +"bancária, vincular a um Diário existente, ou não criar vínculo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "**Diário**: Selecione o *Diário* apropriado." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" +"**Frequência de Sincronização**: definir com que frequência o Odoo deve " +"buscar os extratos bancários." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 +msgid "" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." +msgstr "" +"É uma boa prática ter um Diário por conta bancária. Se você sincronizar uma " +"única conta bancária, vincule-a ao diário *Banco* existente. Se você tiver " +"várias contas, é recomendável escolher a opção *Criar novo diário* para " +"todas as contas adicionais." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Diversos" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" +" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " +"clicks." +msgstr "" +"Uma empresa pode ter várias contas bancárias ou caixas registradoras. No " +"odoo, é possível lidar com transferências internas de dinheiro com apenas " +"alguns cliques." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " +"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " +"to the another one." +msgstr "" +"Usaremos o seguinte exemplo para ilustrar. A minha empresa tem duas contas " +"bancárias e pretendo transferir 50.000 reais de uma das nossas contas " +"bancárias para a outra." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " +"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Para lidar com as transferências internas, você precisa de uma conta de " +"transferência em seus planos de contas. O Odoo irá gerar uma conta " +"automaticamente com base no país do seu plano de contas. Para configurar seu" +" plano de contas e verificar a conta de transferência padrão, vá até as " +"configurações do módulo de contabilidade, selecione: seleção de menus: " +"`Configuração -> Configurações`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " +"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "" +"Seu plano de contas será pré-instalado dependendo do país especificado " +"durante o registro, não pode ser alterado." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " +"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " +"from the same page." +msgstr "" +"A conta de transferência padrão também será gerada automaticamente, " +"dependendo da legislação do seu país. Se necessário, pode ser modificado na " +"mesma página." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "Crie uma segunda conta bancária / diário" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" +" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." +" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " +"your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "" +"Antes de podermos registrar uma transferência interna, precisamos adicionar " +"um novo banco ao nosso painel de contabilidade. Para entrar no módulo de " +"contabilidade, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Contas " +"Bancárias`. Crie uma nova conta bancária. Você deve preencher o ** Número da" +" conta **. Você também pode criar e editar seu banco para especificar os " +"detalhes do seu banco." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "Ao salvar as alterações, você agora tem 2 contas bancárias." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " +"9533 1498** account." +msgstr "" +"Vamos agora transferir 50.000 reais do nosso ** Banco ** para a nossa conta " +"do ** Banco BE57 0633 9533 1498 **." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "Registre uma transferência interna" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro passo é registrar o pagamento interno. Para fazer isso, vá para o" +" seu painel de contabilidade, clique no botão ** mais ** de um de seus " +"bancos e selecione: seleção de menus: `Novo --> Transferência interna`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" +" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " +"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "Salve e confirme as alterações para registrar o pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " +"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Em termos de contabilidade, o dinheiro agora é registrado na conta de " +"transferência. Precisaremos importar extratos bancários para registrar o " +"dinheiro nas contas finais." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "Importe extratos bancários e concilie" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " +"statement of your bank." +msgstr "" +"Observe que o saldo bancário apurado pelo Odoo é diferente do último extrato" +" do seu banco." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +msgid "" +"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " +"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " +"the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "" +"Isso porque não importamos o extrato bancário confirmando o recebimento e o " +"envio do dinheiro. Portanto, é necessário importar seu extrato bancário e " +"conciliar o pagamento com a linha correta do extrato bancário. Assim que " +"receber seus extratos bancários, clique no botão ** novo extrato ** do banco" +" correspondente para importá-los." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " +"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " +"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " +"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " +"**Reconcile** button." +msgstr "" +"Preencha sua ** linha de transações **. Uma vez feito isso, Odoo exibirá um " +"** Balanço calculado **. esse saldo calculado é o saldo final teórico de sua" +" conta bancária. Se corresponder ao extrato bancário, significa que não " +"houve erros. Preencha o ** Saldo final ** e clique no botão ** Conciliar **." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "A seguinte janela será aberta:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " +"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "" +"Você precisa escolher contrapartes para o pagamento. Selecione a linha " +"correta do extrato bancário correspondente ao pagamento e clique no botão **" +" conciliar **. Feche o extrato para finalizar a transação" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " +"happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "Conciliação Bancária" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Modelos de Reconciliação" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Tipos de Modelos de Reconciliação" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "Há três tipos de Modelos de Reconciliação:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr ":ref:`Botão de amortização `" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" +":ref:`Sugestão de valores de contrapartida " +"`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" +":ref:`Corresponder a faturas/contas existentes " +"`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "Crie manualmente uma amortização no botão clicado" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" +"Ao reconciliar uma entrada com um *Saldo em Aberto*, você pode usar os " +"botões disponíveis na guia *Operações Manuais* para preencher " +"automaticamente todos os valores, antes de validar a reconciliação. Cada " +"botão é um Modelo de Reconciliação diferente." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "Valores de contrapartida sugeridos" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" +"Este tipo de Modelo de Reconciliação sugere imediatamente valores de " +"contrapartida que só precisam ser validados. Essa automação é baseada em um " +"conjunto de regras definidas no modelo de reconciliação." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "Corresponder à faturas/contas existentes" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" +"Este tipo de Modelo de Reconciliação seleciona automaticamente a correta " +"Fatura do Cliente ou Fatura do Fornecedor que corresponda ao pagamento. Tudo" +" o que resta fazer é validar a entrada. Essa automação é baseada em um " +"conjunto de regras definidas no modelo de reconciliação." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" +"Para gerenciar ou criar um novo **Modelo de Reconciliação**, vá para " +":menuselection:`Contabilidade --> Reconciliação --> Modelos de " +"Reconciliação`. Alternativamente, você também pode abrir este menu na Visão " +"Geral de Contabilidade, indo no cartão do Diário Bancário, clicando nos três" +" pontinhos, e então em *Modelos de Reconciliação*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" +"A primeira entrada, chamada *Regra de Correspondência de Faturas*, é o único" +" responsável pela atual combinação de faturas e contas. Portanto, é " +"aconselhável deixá-lo no topo da lista e não excluí-la." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" +"Abra o modelo que deseja modificar ou clique em *Criar* para criar um novo e" +" preencha o formulário." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" +"Veja :ref:`acima ` para obter uma explicação " +"sobre os diferentes tipos de modelos de reconciliação" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Condições na linha do extrato bancário" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Valores de Contrapartida" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." +msgstr "" +"Comparar seus extratos bancários com seus registros contábeis pode ser uma " +"tarefa tediosa. Você precisa encontrar as faturas correspondentes, comparar " +"os valores e os dados dos parceiros com os do extrato bancário. Essas etapas" +" podem levar muito tempo. Felizmente, com Odoo você pode facilmente combinar" +" suas faturas ou qualquer outro documento de pagamento com seus extratos " +"bancários." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "Existem duas opções de processo de conciliação em Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "Podemos especificar diretamente o pagamento na fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "Podemos conciliar faturas em aberto com extratos bancários" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." +msgstr "" +"Nenhuma configuração especial é necessária para registrar faturas. Tudo o " +"que precisamos fazer é instalar o aplicativo de contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "Caso 1: registro de pagamentos" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +msgid "" +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " +"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." +msgstr "" +"Começamos com a nossa fatura emitida de 2100 reais para Smith & Co. Como o " +"produto vendido é um serviço, exigimos um pagamento imediato. Nosso contador" +" só lida com extratos bancários no final da semana, por isso temos que " +"marcar esta fatura como paga imediatamente para indicar que podemos começar " +"a prestar serviços ao nosso cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " +"and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "" +"Nosso cliente nos envia uma confirmação de pagamento. Podemos, assim, " +"registrar um pagamento e marcar a fatura como paga." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar em ** registrar pagamento **, estamos informando ao Odoo que nosso" +" cliente pagou a fatura. Portanto, temos que especificar o valor e a forma " +"de pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "" +"Agora podemos sempre encontrar os detalhes de pagamento na Fatura clicando " +"na: seleção de menus: ʻInfo -> Abrir Pagamento`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " +"automatically.**" +msgstr "A fatura foi paga e ** a conciliação foi feita automaticamente. **" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "Caso 2: conciliações de extratos bancários" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " +"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "" +"Começamos com a nossa fatura emitida de 3000 reais para Smith & Co. " +"Suponhamos também que outras faturas estão abertas para clientes diferentes." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "" +"Recebemos o nosso extrato bancário e constatamos que não só a fatura emitida" +" para a Smith & Co foi paga, mas também para a Buzz de 92 reais." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " +"from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " +"the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "" +"Se tudo deu certo (nome do parceiro correto, quantidade certa) o odoo fará " +"as reconciliações ** automaticamente **." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "" +"Se alguns problemas forem encontrados, você precisará realizar ** ações " +"manuais **." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " +"it in :" +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, se o parceiro estiver faltando em seu extrato bancário, basta " +"preenchê-lo:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " +"and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "" +"Se o pagamento for feito com um adiantamento, basta verificar se está tudo " +"certo e validar todos os pagamentos relacionados:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." +msgstr "" +"Pressione CTRL-Enter para reconciliar todos os itens balanceados na folha." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Contas Bancárias" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Sincronização Bancária" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Configuração avançada" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" +"Em Odoo, cada transação é registrada na moeda padrão da empresa. Os " +"relatórios são todos baseados na moeda da empresa. Mas para transações que " +"ocorrem em outra moeda, Odoo armazena tanto o valor na moeda da empresa " +"quanto o valor na moeda da transação." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," +" Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "" +"Quando você tem uma conta bancária em moeda estrangeira, para cada " +"transação, o Odoo armazena dois valores:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "O débito / crédito na moeda da empresa" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "O débito / crédito na moeda da conta bancária" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " +"Central bank web-services." +msgstr "" +"As taxas de câmbio são atualizadas automaticamente usando yahoo.com ou os " +"serviços da web do Banco Central Europeu." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "Ative o recurso de várias moedas" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " +"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Para permitir que sua empresa trabalhe com várias moedas, você deve ativar o" +" modo de várias moedas. No aplicativo de contabilidade, vá para: seleção de " +"menus: `Configuração -> Configurações -> Recursos de contabilidade e " +"finanças` certifique-se de que a caixa ** Permitir moedas múltiplas ** " +"esteja marcada. Forneça uma conta de ** Ganhos / perdas cambiais ** e clique" +" em ** Aplicar **." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "Configurar moedas" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " +"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" +" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter ativado as moedas, você pode configurar os parâmetros para " +"automatizar a atualização da taxa de câmbio. Essas opções também estão nas " +"configurações do aplicativo Contabilidade, na parte inferior da página:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "" +"Clique no link ** Atualizar agora ** para atualizar as taxas de câmbio " +"agora." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "Crie uma nova conta bancária" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo contabilidade, vamos primeiro para: seleção de menus: " +"`Configuração -> Contabilidade/ Conta bancária`, e criamos um novo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "" +"Depois de salvar esta conta bancária, Odoo criará todos os documentos para " +"você:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" +" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "" +"Informações sobre a conta bancária no rodapé de suas faturas se marcada a " +"caixa ** Mostrar no rodapé das faturas **" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "Exemplo: uma fatura de fornecedor em moeda estrangeira" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " +"a supplier in China." +msgstr "" +"Com base no exemplo acima, vamos supor que recebamos a seguinte fatura de um" +" fornecedor na China." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " +"see:" +msgstr "" +"Na: seleção de menus: `Comprar -> Contas do fornecedor`, isto é o que você " +"pode ver:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " +"to record a payment." +msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto para pagar esta fatura, clique em registrar pagamento " +"na fatura para registrar um pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "" +"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" +" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " +"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " +"and the payment date." +msgstr "" +"Isso é tudo que você precisa fazer. O Odoo lançará automaticamente o ganho " +"ou perda cambial na conciliação do pagamento com a fatura, dependendo se a " +"taxa de câmbio aumentou ou diminuiu entre a fatura e a data de pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " +"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "" +"Observe que você pode pagar uma conta estrangeira com outra moeda. Nesse " +"caso, Odoo irá converter automaticamente entre as duas moedas." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "Declarações de clientes" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " +"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " +"the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Extratos de clientes e fornecedores são gerenciados na moeda da fatura. " +"Portanto, o valor devido pelo seu cliente (ao seu fornecedor) é sempre " +"expresso na moeda da fatura." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " +"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " +"the report below." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver várias faturas com moedas diferentes para o mesmo cliente, o " +"Odoo dividirá o extrato do cliente por moeda, conforme mostrado no relatório" +" abaixo." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " +"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " +"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " +"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "" +"Nesse caso, o extrato do cliente sempre tem apenas uma moeda. Em geral, não " +"é isso que o cliente espera, pois ele prefere ver os valores na moeda das " +"faturas que recebeu;" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" +"A caixa registradora é um diário para registrar transações de recebimentos e" +" pagamentos. Ele calcula o dinheiro total que entra e sai, computando o " +"saldo total." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" +"Configure o Diário de caixa em: seleção de menus: 'Contabilidade -> " +"Configuração -> Diários`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" +"Na guia Entradas no diário, a conta padrão de débito e crédito pode ser " +"configurada, bem como a moeda do diário" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Uso" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "Como registrar pagamentos em dinheiro?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Para registrar um pagamento em dinheiro específico para outro cliente, você " +"deve seguir estas etapas:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" +"Existem 3 opções de IVA para este relatório, 16%, 0% e isento, uma linha de " +"fatura no odoo é considerada isenta se não houver imposto sobre ela, os " +"outros 2 impostos já estão devidamente configurados." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" +"Cadastre as transações, especificando os clientes vinculados à transação" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "Coloque dinheiro" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" +"Colocar dinheiro é usado para colocar seu dinheiro manualmente antes de " +"iniciar suas transações. Na janela Registrar transações, vá para: menu de " +"seleção: `Mais -> Colocar dinheiro`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "Tirar dinheiro" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" +"Retirar dinheiro é usado para coletar / retirar seu dinheiro manualmente " +"após encerrar todas as transações. Na janela Registrar transação, vá para: " +"seleção de menus: `Mais -> Retirar dinheiro`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" +"As transações serão adicionadas ao registro de pagamento em dinheiro atual." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "Localizações" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentina" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "Plano de Conta" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Ambiente" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Parceiro" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Impostos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:195 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:211 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:232 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:236 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Diários" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Sequências" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Uso e teste" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Faturas de Fornecedor" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Relatórios" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Chile" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" +" columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:40 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Informação Fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:173 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:60 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:69 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:665 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Relatórios Financeiros" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "Multimoedas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the SBIF, you can find " +"the SBIF synchronization service in the currency rate configuration and you " +"can set a predefined interval for the rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In order to configure your token, you need to enable developer mode and " +"access to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System parameters` and " +"search the parameter ``sbif_api_key`` and in the field Value introduce your " +"token provided by the SBIF:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:131 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "Plano de contas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:137 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:138 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:139 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:140 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:144 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Dados Principais" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:175 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:187 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:197 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "Posições fiscais" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Vendas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:256 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:257 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:261 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Compras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:273 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 +msgid "" +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:320 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 +msgid "" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transation is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:340 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:358 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:368 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:372 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:387 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:401 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " +"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:412 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:415 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:423 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:428 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:431 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:463 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:465 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:467 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:468 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:479 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " +"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " +"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 +msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 +msgid "" +"Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" +"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " +"using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Notas de Crédito" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 +msgid "" +"Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " +"each document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" +" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:545 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:553 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +msgid "" +"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:575 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:577 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " +"detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:587 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:604 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:625 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:637 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " +"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " +"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " +"is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:649 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " +"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:659 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:683 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:687 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Colombia" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" +"A fatura eletrônica para a Colômbia está disponível no Odoo 12 e requer os " +"próximos módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_co_edi **: Este módulo inclui todos os campos extras que são " +"necessários para a Integração com Carvajal T&S e geração da Nota Fiscal " +"Eletrônica, com base nos requisitos legais DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Fluxo de Trabalho" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Para isso, vá em Apps e procure pela Colômbia. Em seguida, clique em " +"instalar para os dois primeiros módulos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez instalados os módulos, para poder se conectar ao Carvajal T&S Web " +"Service, é necessário configurar o usuário e credenciais, esta informação " +"será fornecida pela Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" +"Acesse: menu de seleção: 'Contabilidade -> Configuração -> Configurações` e " +"procure a seção * Nota Fiscal Eletrônica Colombiana *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" +"Usando o modo de teste, é possível conectar-se a um ambiente de teste " +"Carvajal T&S. Isso permite aos usuários testar o fluxo de trabalho completo " +"e integração com o portal CEN Financiero, que pode ser acessado aqui: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que Odoo e Carvajal T&S estejam totalmente configurados e prontos " +"para produção, o ambiente de teste pode ser desativado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" +"Como parte das informações configuráveis ​​enviadas no XML, você pode " +"definir os dados da seção fiscal e as informações bancárias no PDF." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Identificação" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" +"Como parte da Localização colombiana, os tipos de documentos definidos pela " +"DIAN agora estão disponíveis no formulário de Parceiro. Os parceiros " +"colombianos devem ter seu número de identificação e tipo de documento " +"definidos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" +"Quando o tipo de documento é RUT, o número de identificação precisa ser " +"configurado no Odoo incluindo o dígito de verificação. O Odoo dividirá esse " +"número quando os dados para o fornecedor terceirizado forem enviados." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" +"Os códigos de responsabilidade do parceiro (seção 53 do documento RUT) estão" +" incluídos como parte do módulo de nota fiscal eletrônica, visto que faz " +"parte das informações exigidas pela DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" +"Esses campos podem ser encontrados em: menu de seleção: `Parceiro -> Guia " +"Vendas & Compras-> Informações Fiscais'" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, foram adicionados dois campos booleanos para especificar o " +"regime fiscal do parceiro." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" +"Se suas transações de vendas incluem produtos com impostos, é importante " +"considerar que um campo extra * Tipo de valor * precisa ser configurado por " +"imposto. Esta opção está localizada na guia Opções avançadas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" +"Os tipos de imposto de retenção (ICA, IVA, Fuente) também estão incluídos " +"nas opções para configurar seus impostos. Esta configuração é usada para " +"exibir corretamente os impostos no PDF da fatura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez aberta a sequência, os campos Prefixo e Próximo Número devem ser " +"configurados e sincronizados com o CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Usuários" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" +"O modelo padrão usado pelo Odoo no PDF da fatura inclui o cargo do vendedor," +" portanto, estes campos devem ser configurados:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" +"Quando todos os seus dados mestre e credenciais estiverem configurados, é " +"possível começar a testar o fluxo de trabalho da nota fiscal eletrônica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Criação de fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" +"O fluxo de trabalho funcional que ocorre antes de uma validação de fatura " +"não muda. As principais alterações que são introduzidas com a nota fiscal " +"eletrônica são os próximos campos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "Existem três tipos de documentos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" +"** Fatura Eletrônica **: É o tipo de documento normal e é aplicável a " +"Faturas, Notas de Crédito e Notas de Débito." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"** Fatura de Importação **: Deve ser selecionado para transações de " +"importação." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Após a validação da nota fiscal, um arquivo XML é criado e enviado " +"automaticamente para o Carvajal, este arquivo é exibido no chatter." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" +"Um campo extra agora é exibido na guia \"Outras informações\" com o nome do " +"arquivo XML. Além disso, existe um segundo campo extra que é exibido com o " +"status da Nota Fiscal Eletrônica, com o valor inicial \"Em andamento\":" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" +"O fornecedor da nota fiscal eletrônica recebe o arquivo XML e passa a " +"validar a estrutura e as informações nele contidas, se tudo estiver correto " +"o status da nota fiscal muda para \"Validado\" após usar o botão \"Verificar" +" status Carvajal\" no menu suspenso Ação. Em seguida, eles passam a gerar um" +" XML legal que inclui uma assinatura digital e um código único (CUFE), uma " +"fatura em PDF que inclui um código QR e o CUFE também é gerado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "Depois disto:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "O status da fatura eletrônica muda para \"Aceito\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" +"Durante a validação XML, os erros mais comuns geralmente estão relacionados " +"à falta de dados mestre. Nesses casos, mensagens de erro são mostradas no " +"chatter após a atualização do status da nota fiscal eletrônica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" +"Após a correção dos dados mestre, é possível reprocessar o XML com os novos " +"dados e enviar a versão atualizada, utilizando o seguinte botão:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" +"O processo para notas de crédito e débito é exatamente igual ao da fatura, o" +" fluxo de trabalho funcional também permanece o mesmo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "Fluxo Geral" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso vá para os aplicativos e pesquise \"Colômbia\", a seguir " +"clique em Instalar os dois primeiros módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez instalados os módulos, para se conectar ao Web Service Carvajal T&S," +" é necessário configurar o Usuário e as Credenciais. Essas informações serão" +" fornecidas pela Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" +"Como parte das informações configuráveis ​​que são enviadas no XML, você " +"pode definir os dados da seção fiscal do PDF, bem como as informações do " +"Banco." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" +"Como parte da Localização colombiana, os tipos de documentos definidos por " +"DIAN agora estão disponíveis no formulário de Contatos, portanto, agora é " +"possível atribuir-lhes o seu número de identificação associado ao tipo de " +"documento correspondente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" +"Os Códigos de Tipo de Obrigação aplicáveis ​​a terceiros (seção 53 do " +"documento RUT) estão incluídos no módulo de Faturamento Eletrônico, por se " +"tratar de informação exigida pela DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, foram adicionados dois últimos campos para especificar o regime " +"tributário do contato. Cumpre esclarecer que para o envio da Nota Fiscal " +"Eletrônica do Carvajal, somente se faz a distinção entre Grandes " +"Contribuintes e o Regime Simplificado, portanto, apenas essas duas opções " +"são apresentadas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" +"Os impostos retidos na fonte (ICA, IVA e Fonte) também estão incluídos nas " +"opções de configuração dos seus impostos, esta configuração é considerada " +"para apresentar corretamente os impostos na representação gráfica da Nota " +"Fiscal. (PDF)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que DIAN atribuiu a sequência oficial e o prefixo para a resolução " +"do Faturamento Eletrônico, os Diários de Vendas relacionados aos seus " +"documentos de faturamento precisam ser atualizados no Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez aberta a sequência, os campos Prefixo e Próximo Número devem ser " +"configurados e sincronizados com o CEN Financeiro." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" +"O modelo padrão que é usado pela Odoo na representação gráfica inclui o nome" +" do Vendedor, portanto, estes campos devem ser considerados:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "Uso e teste" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" +"Uma vez configuradas todas as principais informações e credenciais, é " +"possível começar a testar o fluxo do Faturamento Eletrônico seguindo as " +"instruções detalhadas a seguir:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" +"O workflow funcional que ocorre antes da validação de uma fatura permanece o" +" mesmo com o Faturamento Eletrônico, independentemente de ser criado a " +"partir de um Pedido de Venda ou manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" +"As principais alterações introduzidas no faturamento eletrônico são as " +"seguintes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "Existem três tipos de documentos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Após a validação da nota fiscal, um arquivo XML é criado e enviado " +"automaticamente ao fornecedor da nota fiscal eletrônica. Este arquivo é " +"exibido no histórico." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" +"Um campo adicional agora é exibido na guia \"Outras informações\" com o nome" +" do arquivo XML. Além disso, existe um segundo campo adicional que é exibido" +" com o status da Nota Fiscal Eletrônica, com o valor inicial ** Em Processo " +"**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Durante a validação de XML, os erros mais comuns geralmente estão " +"relacionados à falta de informações principais. Nesses casos, os detalhes do" +" erro são recuperados na solicitação de atualização e exibidos no histórico." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" +"Se as informações principais forem corrigidas, é possível reprocessar o XML " +"com as novas informações e enviar a versão atualizada através do seguinte " +"botão:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "Casos de uso adicionais" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" +"O processo para Notas de Crédito e Débito (Fornecedores) é exatamente o " +"mesmo que para Faturas. Seu fluxo de trabalho funcional permanece o mesmo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "França" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "FEC" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" +"Caso não veja o submenu ** FEC **, vá em ** Apps ** e procure o módulo " +"chamado ** France-FEC ** e verifique se está bem instalado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade franceses" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" +"Se você instalou a contabilidade francesa, terá acesso a alguns relatórios " +"contábeis específicos da França:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "balanço patrimonial" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "Declaração de renda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "Plano Fiscal da França" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "Obtenha a certificação antifraude de VAT com Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" +"A partir de 1º de janeiro de 2018, uma nova legislação antifraude entra em " +"vigor na França e no DOM-TOM. Esta nova legislação estipula alguns critérios" +" relativos à inalterabilidade, segurança, armazenamento e arquivo dos dados " +"de venda. Esses requisitos legais são implementados no Odoo, versão 9 em " +"diante, por meio de um módulo e um certificado de conformidade para " +"download." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "Minha empresa é obrigada a usar um software antifraude?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "Alguns de seus clientes são pessoas físicas (B2C)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" +"Esta regra se aplica a empresas de qualquer porte. Os autoempresários estão " +"isentos de IVA e, portanto, não são afetados." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "Obtenha a certificação Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "Tornar-se compatível com o Odoo é muito fácil." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "Para obter a certificação, basta seguir os seguintes passos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" +"Instale o módulo antifraude adequado ao seu ambiente Odoo a partir do menu " +"*Apps*:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de que um país esteja definido em sua empresa, caso contrário," +" suas entradas não serão criptografadas para a verificação de " +"inalterabilidade. Para editar os dados de sua empresa, acesse: seleção de " +"menus: `Configurações -> Usuários & Empresas -> Empresas`. Selecione um país" +" da lista; Não crie um novo país." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" +"Baixe o certificado de conformidade obrigatório entregue pela Odoo SA `aqui " +"` __." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" +"Caso você execute o Odoo localmente, é necessário atualizar a instalação e " +"reiniciar o servidor com antecedência." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Se você instalou a versão inicial do módulo antifraude (antes de 18 de " +"dezembro de 2017), será necessário atualizá-lo. O nome do módulo era * " +"França - Contabilidade - Certificado CGI 286 I-3 bis *. Após uma atualização" +" da lista de módulos, procure o módulo atualizado em * Apps *, selecione-o e" +" clique em * Atualizar *. Finalmente, certifique-se de que o seguinte módulo" +" * l10n_fr_sale_closing * esteja instalado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "Recursos antifraude" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "O módulo antifraude apresenta os seguintes recursos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" +"** Inalterabilidade **: desativação de todas as formas de cancelar ou " +"modificar dados-chave de pedidos de PDV, faturas e lançamentos contábeis " +"manuais;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" +"** Segurança **: algoritmo de encadeamento para verificar a " +"inalterabilidade;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" +"** Armazenamento **: fechamentos de vendas automáticos com cálculo do " +"período e totais acumulados (diário, mensal, anual)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "Inalterabilidade" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" +"Se você administrar um ambiente com várias empresas, apenas os documentos " +"dessas empresas serão afetados." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Segurança" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir a inalterabilidade, cada pedido ou entrada no diário é " +"criptografada após a validação. Esse número (ou hash) é calculado a partir " +"dos dados principais do documento, bem como do hash dos documentos " +"anteriores." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"O módulo apresenta uma interface para testar a inalterabilidade dos dados. " +"Se alguma informação for modificada em um documento após sua validação, o " +"teste irá falhar. O algoritmo recalcula todos os hashes e os compara com os " +"iniciais. Em caso de falha, o sistema aponta o primeiro documento corrompido" +" registrado no sistema." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "Armazenamento" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"O sistema também processa fechamentos automáticos de vendas em bases " +"diárias, mensais e anuais. Esses fechamentos calculam distintamente o total " +"de vendas do período, bem como os totais gerais acumulados desde a primeira " +"entrada de vendas registrada no sistema." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" +"Os fechamentos podem ser encontrados no menu * Declarações francesas * dos " +"aplicativos Ponto de venda, Faturamento e Contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" +"Para ambientes multiempresas, tais fechamentos são realizados por empresa." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" +"Os pedidos de PDV são lançados como lançamentos contábeis manuais no " +"encerramento da sessão de PDV. O fechamento de uma sessão de PDV pode ser " +"feito a qualquer momento. Para solicitar aos usuários que o façam " +"diariamente, o módulo evita o retorno de uma sessão aberta há mais de 24 " +"horas. Essa sessão deve ser encerrada antes de vender novamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" +"O total de um período é calculado a partir de todas as entradas de diário " +"lançadas após o fechamento anterior do mesmo tipo, independentemente da data" +" de lançamento. Se você registrar uma nova transação de venda para um " +"período já fechado, ela será contada no fechamento seguinte." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Responsabilidades" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" +"Não desinstale o módulo! Se você fizer isso, os hashes serão redefinidos e " +"nenhum dos seus dados anteriores terá a garantia de inalterabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" +"Os usuários permanecem responsáveis ​​por sua instância Odoo e devem usá-la " +"com a devida diligência. Não é permitida a modificação do código fonte, o " +"que garante a inalterabilidade dos dados." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo absolve-se de toda e qualquer responsabilidade em caso de alterações " +"nas funções do módulo causadas por aplicações de terceiros não certificadas " +"pela Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "Mais informações" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Você encontrará mais informações sobre esta legislação nos documentos " +"oficiais:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Alemanha" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" +"Tenha cuidado, você só pode alterar o pacote de contabilidade, desde que não" +" tenha criado nenhuma entrada de contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Quando você cria um novo banco de dados SaaS, o SKR03 é instalado por " +"padrão." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade alemães" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" +"Aqui está a lista de relatórios específicos da Alemanha disponíveis no Odoo " +"Enterprise:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Balanço patrimonial" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "Lucro & Perda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "Exportar do Odoo para Datev" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Indonésia" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" +"Este guia explicará como usar a fatura eletrônica no Odoo e como configurar " +"corretamente os dados, contatos e contabilidade da empresa. Para testar a " +"nota fiscal eletrônica, os dados devem ser reais e não inventados, caso " +"contrário o sistema da agência de receita não reconhecerá a troca de " +"informações." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "Configure as informações sobre sua empresa" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" +"A próxima etapa é configurar as informações necessárias para o funcionamento" +" da nota fiscal eletrônica. Você pode acessar a tela a partir do aplicativo " +"Configurações: selecione \"Usuários e empresas\" e escolha Empresas. Em " +"seguida, acesse as informações sobre a empresa para a qual deseja configurar" +" o faturamento eletrônico." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Endereço do PEC da empresa, este deve ser o mesmo cadastrado na Agência " +"Tributária para a utilização dos serviços de nota fiscal eletrônica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" +"Número do IVA e código do imposto. Para que a Nota Fiscal Eletrônica " +"funcione corretamente, essas alterações devem ser concluídas corretamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" +"Regime tributário. O regime tributário a que a Empresa está sujeita deve ser" +" selecionado por meio de lista pré-preenchida fornecida pela Odoo. Pergunte " +"ao contador qual é o regime tributário correto!" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "Número de registro no registro comercial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "Número de inscrição no Registro de Empresas na Câmara de Comércio." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" +"Representante Fiscal. Esta opção é dedicada a empresas sediadas fora do " +"território nacional, mas que desenvolvem atividades comerciais na Itália " +"relevantes para efeitos de IVA. É possível indicar neste campo se a Empresa " +"possui Representante Fiscal na Itália." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" +"Para o uso adequado do aplicativo, o perfil do cliente e fornecedor no " +"aplicativo de contatos deve ser configurado com as informações legais " +"necessárias." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" +"Selecionando o nome do cliente e acessando seus dados, você encontrará os " +"seguintes campos que devem ser preenchidos: Endereço PEC, Código Tributário " +"e Índice PA * que deve conter de 6 a 7 caracteres contidos no índice PA e " +"necessários para comunicação nota fiscal eletrônica *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "O processo de cobrança" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" +"Você pode continuar a emitir uma fatura seguindo as instruções do " +"aplicativo. O momento que determina o envio formal da fatura é o momento em " +"que é selecionada a opção \"Válido\". A fatura é então enviada: o estado da " +"sua entrega será comunicado ao utilizador através de uma janela pop-up na " +"parte inicial do ecrã da fatura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "As mensagens que podem aparecer são as seguintes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "Fatura enviada. Esperando aceitação" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "O envio falhou. Você pode alterar a fatura e enviá-la novamente" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "A fatura foi enviada corretamente e aceita pelo destinatário." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" +"As várias etapas de envio e recebimento da fatura também são visíveis na " +"lista de Faturas na forma de ícones, ao lado da coluna \"Status\" do " +"aplicativo de contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" +"Para enviar a nota fiscal via PEC e gerar o arquivo XML, basta clicar em " +"enviar. O documento será então mostrado nos anexos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "México" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" +"Esta documentação foi escrita assumindo que você segue e conhece a " +"documentação oficial sobre Faturamento, Vendas e Contabilidade e que tem " +"experiência de trabalho com o odoo nessas áreas, não temos a intenção de " +"colocar aqui procedimentos já explicados nesses documentos, apenas as " +"informações necessárias para permitir que você use o odoo em uma empresa com" +" o país \"México\" definido." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "A localização mexicana é um grupo de 3 módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx: ** Todos os dados básicos para gerenciar a contabilidade, " +"impostos e o plano de contas, este plano de contas proposto instalado é uma " +"cópia pretendida da lista de códigos de grupo oferecida pelo `SAT`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx_reports **: Todos os relatórios eletrônicos obrigatórios para " +"contabilidade eletrônica estão aqui (aplicativo de contabilidade " +"necessário)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" +"Com a localização mexicana no Odoo você poderá não só cumprir com as " +"características exigidas pela lei mexicana, mas também utilizá-la como seu " +"sistema de contabilidade e faturamento devido a todo o conjunto de " +"requisitos normais para este mercado, tornando seu Odoo na perfeita solução " +"para administrar sua empresa no México." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" +"Após a configuração, daremos a você o processo de teste de tudo, tente " +"seguir passo a passo para evitar que você perca tempo corrigindo problemas " +"de depuração. Em qualquer etapa, você pode recuperar a etapa e tentar " +"novamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Para isso, vá em Apps e pesquise México. Em seguida, clique em * Instalar *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Ao criar um banco de dados no www.odoo.com, se você escolher o México como " +"país ao criar sua conta, a localização mexicana será instalada " +"automaticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" +"O CFDI 3.2 será legalmente possível até 30 de novembro de 2017 habilitar a " +"versão 3.3 será uma etapa obrigatória para cumprir a nova `resolução SAT`_ " +"em qualquer novo banco de dados criado desde a versão 11.0 liberada CFDI 3.3" +" é o comportamento padrão." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "Considerações importantes ao habilitar o CFDI 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Você deve ir para a configuração de Posição Fiscal e definir o código " +"adequado (são os 3 primeiros números no nome) por exemplo, para o teste que " +"você deve definir 601, será semelhante à imagem." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar o EDI com os ** PACs **, você pode ir em: seleção de menus: " +"'Contabilidade -> Configurações -> Nota Fiscal Eletrônica (MX) `. Você pode " +"escolher um PAC na ** Lista de PACs com suporte ** no * campo PAC * e, em " +"seguida, inserir seu nome de usuário e senha PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" +"Você deve processar sua ** Chave Privada (CSD) ** com a instituição SAT " +"antes de seguir estas etapas, se você não tiver essas informações, tente " +"todas as \"Etapas para Teste\" e volte a este processo quando terminar o " +"processo proposto para o SAT, a fim de definir essas informações para o seu " +"ambiente de produção com transações reais." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" +"Se você marcou a caixa * Ambiente de teste MX PAC *, não há necessidade de " +"inserir um nome de usuário ou senha PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" +"Aqui está um certificado SAT que você pode usar se quiser usar o * Ambiente " +"de teste * para a localização de contabilidade mexicana." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "** Senha: ** 12345678a" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" +"Esta tag é utilizada para definir o código do tipo de imposto, transferido " +"ou retido, aplicável ao conceito do CFDI. Portanto, se o imposto for um " +"imposto sobre vendas, o campo \"Tag\" deve ser \"IVA\", \"ISR\" ou \"IEPS\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" +"Observe que os impostos padrão já possuem uma tag atribuída, mas ao criar um" +" novo imposto você deve escolher uma tag." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Faturamento" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" +"Para usar o faturamento mexicano você só precisa fazer uma fatura normal " +"seguindo o comportamento normal do Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" +"Depois de validar sua primeira fatura, uma fatura corretamente assinada deve" +" ter a seguinte aparência:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" +"Você pode gerar o PDF clicando no botão Imprimir da fatura ou enviando por " +"e-mail seguindo o processo normal no odoo para enviar sua fatura por e-mail." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" +"Depois de enviar a nota fiscal eletrônica por e-mail, é como deve ser." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "Cancelamento de faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"O processo de cancelamento está completamente ligado ao cancelamento normal " +"em Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "Se a fatura não for paga." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "**Considerações legais**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "Uma fatura cancelada será automaticamente cancelada no SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" +"Você deve desvincular todos os pagamentos relacionados feitos a uma fatura " +"no odoo antes de cancelar tal documento, esses pagamentos devem ser " +"cancelados seguindo a mesma abordagem, mas definindo a opção \"Permitir " +"cancelamento de entradas\" no próprio pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "Pagamentos (disponível apenas para CFDI 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" +"Para gerar o complemento de pagamento você só precisa seguir o processo " +"normal de pagamento no Odoo, estas considerações para entender o " +"comportamento são importantes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "** 1.1. Como posso gerar uma fatura com prazo de pagamento `PUE`? **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" +"`De acordo com a documentação SAT`_ um pagamento é classificado como` `PUE``" +" se a fatura foi acordada para ser totalmente paga antes do dia 17 do " +"próximo mês (o próximo mês da data CFDI), qualquer outra condição será " +"gerada uma fatura de `` PPD ''." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "** 1.2. Como posso fazer isso com Odoo? **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Para definir o prazo de pagamento CFDI apropriado (PPD ou PUE), você pode " +"defini-lo facilmente usando os `` Termos de pagamento`` definidos na fatura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Hoje, se uma fatura for gerada com `` Prazo de Pagamento`` `` 30 Dias " +"Líquidos`` e a `` Data de Vencimento`` for superior ao dia 17 do mês " +"seguinte, o `` MetodoPago`` será `` PPD ``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Se tiver um `` Prazo de Pagamento`` com 2 linhas ou mais, por exemplo `` 30%" +" Antecipado no Fim do Mês Seguinte``, este é um prazo de parcelamento, então" +" o atributo `` MetodoPago`` será `` PPD`` ." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "Você deve imprimir o pagamento para recuperar o PDF corretamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" +"Em relação ao \"Pagamentos Antecipados\" você deve criar uma fatura adequada" +" com o próprio pagamento antecipado como uma linha de produto configurando o" +" código SAT adequado seguindo o procedimento na documentação oficial " +"`fornecida pelo SAT`_ na seção ** Apêndice 2 Procedimento para a emissão do " +"CFDI no caso de adiantamentos recebidos **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" +"Em relação ao tópico 4 está bloqueada a possibilidade de criar um Pagamento " +"de Cliente sem a devida fatura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidade" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "A contabilidade do México em odoo é composta por 3 relatórios:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "Relatório DIOT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar todos esses relatórios no menu de relatório original no " +"app Contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Contabilidade eletrônica (requer aplicativo de contabilidade)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" +"Se você adicionar uma conta com a convenção de codificação NNN.YY.ZZ em que " +"NNN.YY é um grupo de codificação SAT, sua conta será configurada " +"automaticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" +"Todos os recursos normais de auditoria e análise estão disponíveis aqui " +"também como qualquer Relatório Odoo regular." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Relatório DIOT (requer aplicativo de contabilidade)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Quando se trata de procedimentos com o Serviço de Administração SAT, sabemos" +" que não devemos negligenciar o que apresentamos. Para que as coisas não " +"acontecessem no Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" +"O DIOT é a Declaração Informativa de Operações com Terceiros (DIOT), que é " +"uma obrigação adicional com o VAT, onde devemos dar o status de nossas " +"operações a terceiros, ou o que se considera o mesmo, com nossos " +"fornecedores." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" +"É simples apresentar o DIOT, já que como todo formato este você pode obtê-lo" +" na página do SAT, é o formato eletrônico A-29 que você pode encontrar no " +"site do SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" +"Todos os meses se tiver operações com terceiros é necessário apresentar o " +"DIOT, tal como fazemos com o VAT, para que se em Janeiro tivermos negócios " +"com fornecedores, até Fevereiro devemos apresentar as informações " +"pertinentes a esses dados." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Você pode apresentar o DIOT de diferentes maneiras, fica por sua conta qual " +"você escolherá e qual será mais confortável para você do que você " +"apresentará todo mês ou toda vez que tiver negócios com fornecedores." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" +"O formato A-29 é eletrônico, então você pode apresentá-lo na página do SAT, " +"mas isso depois de ter feito até 500 registros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" +"Ao revisar os documentos oficiais do SAT no DIOT, você encontrará a carga do" +" lote e, claro, a primeira coisa que pensamos é o que é isso? E de acordo " +"com o site do SAT é:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" +"O “batch upload” é a conversão de bancos de dados de registros das " +"transações com fornecedores feitas pelos contribuintes em arquivos de texto " +"(.txt). Estes arquivos possuem a estrutura necessária para a sua aplicação e" +" importação para o sistema da Declaração Informativa de Operações com " +"terceiros, evitando a captura direta e consequentemente, otimizando o tempo " +"investido na sua integração para a apresentação em tempo e forma ao SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" +"Você pode utilizá-lo para apresentar o DIOT, desde que permitido, o que " +"facilitará esta operação para você, de modo que ele não exista para evitar o" +" alinhamento com o SAT no que diz respeito à Declaração de Informações de " +"Operações com Terceiros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "Você pode encontrar as `informações oficiais aqui`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" +"Uma exibição de relatório é mostrada, selecione o mês passado para relatar o" +" mês imediatamente anterior ao que você está ou deixou o mês atual se for " +"conveniente para você." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "Clique em \"Exportar (TXT)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" +"Salve em um local seguro o arquivo baixado e acesse o site da SAT e siga as " +"etapas necessárias para declará-lo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" +"Existem 3 opções de IVA para este relatório, 16%, 0% e isento, uma linha de " +"fatura no odoo é considerada isenta se não houver imposto sobre ela, os " +"outros 2 impostos já estão devidamente configurados." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" +"Lembre-se de pagar uma fatura que representa um pagamento adiantado, você " +"deve pedir a fatura primeiro e depois pagá-la e reconciliar corretamente o " +"pagamento seguindo o procedimento odoo padrão." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" +"Você não precisa de todos os seus dados de parceiros preenchidos para tentar" +" gerar a fatura do fornecedor, você pode corrigir essa informação ao gerar o" +" próprio relatório." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" +"Lembre-se de que este relatório mostra apenas as faturas do fornecedor que " +"foram realmente pagas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "Recursos extras recomendados" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "Módulo de contato (gratuito)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja administrar adequadamente seus clientes, fornecedores e " +"endereços deste módulo mesmo que não seja uma necessidade técnica, é " +"altamente recomendável instalar." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Multi moeda (requer aplicativo de contabilidade)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" +"No México, quase todas as empresas enviam e recebem pagamentos em moedas " +"diferentes. Se você deseja gerenciar tal capacidade, deve habilitar o " +"recurso de várias moedas e habilitar a sincronização com o ** Banxico **, " +"esse recurso permite que você recupere a taxa de câmbio adequada " +"automaticamente recuperada do SAT e não se preocupar em colocar essas " +"informações diariamente no sistema manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "Vá para as configurações e ative o recurso de várias moedas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" +"Habilitando erros explícitos no CFDI usando o validador local XSD (CFDI 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" +"Vá para :menu de seleção:' Configurações --> Técnicas --> Ações --> Ações do" +" Servidor'" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "Procure a ação chamada \"Baixar arquivos XSD para CFDI\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "Clique no botão \"Criar Ação Contextual\"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" +"Vá para o formulário da empresa :seleção de menus:'Configurações --> " +"Usuários & Empresas --> Empresas'" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "Abra qualquer empresa que você tenha." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "Clique em \"Ação\" e depois em \"Baixar arquivo XSD para CFDI\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode fazer uma fatura com qualquer erro (por exemplo, um produto " +"sem código que é bastante comum) e um erro explícito será mostrado em vez de" +" um genérico sem explicação." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "Se você ver um erro como este:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "O cfdi gerado não é válido" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "Vá até a empresa onde ocorreu o erro." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Você deve ir para a configuração de Posição Fiscal e definir o código " +"adequado (são os 3 primeiros números do nome) por exemplo, para o teste que " +"você deve definir 601, será semelhante à imagem." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "**Mensagem de erro**:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Holanda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade holandeses" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" +"Se você instalar a localização de contabilidade holandesa, terá acesso a " +"alguns relatórios específicos da Holanda, como:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "Relatório Fiscal (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Espanha" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, existem vários planos de contas espanhóis disponíveis por padrão:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" +"Você pode escolher o que deseja acessando: seleção de menus: ʻContabilidade " +"-> Configuração` e então escolher o pacote que deseja na seção ** " +"Localização Fiscal **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" +"Quando você cria um novo banco de dados SaaS, o PGCE PYMEs 2008 é instalado " +"por padrão." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade espanhóis" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" +"Se a Localização Contábil Espanhola for instalada, você terá acesso a " +"relatórios contábeis específicos da Espanha:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "Relatório Fiscal (Modelo 111)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "Relatório Fiscal (Modelo 115)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Suiça" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "ISR (recibo de pagamento com número de referência)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "Então você abre um pdf com o ISR." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "Atualização ao vivo da taxa de câmbio" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" +"Você pode atualizar automaticamente as taxas de suas moedas com base na " +"Administração Fiscal Federal da Suíça. Para isso, acesse: seleção de menus: " +"ʻContabilidade -> Configurações`, ative a configuração multi-moedas e " +"escolha o serviço que deseja." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "VAT atualizado para janeiro de 2018" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" +"A partir de 1º de janeiro de 2018, novas taxas reduzidas de IVA serão " +"aplicadas na Suíça. A taxa normal de 8,0% passará para 7,7% e a taxa " +"específica para o setor hoteleiro passará de 3,8% para 3,7%." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "Como atualizar seus impostos no Odoo Enterprise (SaaS ou On Premise)?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" +"Se você tem a versão V11.1, todo o trabalho já está feito, você não precisa " +"fazer nada." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" +"Depois de fazer isso, você pode trabalhar na criação de novos impostos para " +"as taxas atualizadas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"** Não suprimir ou modificar os impostos existentes ** (8,0% e 3,8%). Você " +"deseja mantê-los, pois pode ser necessário usar as duas taxas por um curto " +"período de tempo. Em vez disso, lembre-se de arquivá-los depois de codificar" +" todas as suas transações de 2017." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "A criação de tais impostos deve ser feita da seguinte maneira:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" +"** Impostos de compra **: copie o imposto de origem, altere seu nome, rótulo" +" na fatura, taxa e grupo de impostos (em vigor apenas a partir da v10)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" +"** Impostos sobre vendas **: copie o imposto de origem, altere seu nome, " +"rótulo na fatura, taxa e grupo de imposto (efetivo somente a partir da v10)." +" Uma vez que o relatório do tanque agora mostra os detalhes das taxas " +"antigas e novas, você também deve definir as tags de acordo com" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" +"Você encontrará abaixo, como exemplos, a configuração correta para todos os " +"impostos incluídos no Odoo por padrão" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "** Nome fiscal **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "** Taxa **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "** Etiqueta na fatura **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "**Grupo Fiscal (efetivo a partir de V10)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "** Escopo do imposto **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "**Tag**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "TVA 7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "TVA 3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "3.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver perguntas ou comentários, entre em contato com nosso suporte " +"usando odoo.com/help." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça de atualizar suas posições fiscais. Se você tiver uma versão " +"11.1 (ou superior), não há nada a fazer. Caso contrário, você também terá " +"que atualizar suas posições fiscais de acordo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Usar" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Ano Fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Antes de prosseguir com o fechamento de um ano fiscal, existem algumas " +"etapas que normalmente devem ser executadas para garantir que sua " +"contabilidade esteja correta, atualizada e precisa:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de ter reconciliado totalmente sua (s) ** conta (s) bancária " +"(s) ** até o final do ano e confirme se os saldos contábeis finais estão de " +"acordo com os saldos do seu extrato bancário." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Verifique se todas as ** faturas do cliente ** foram inseridas e aprovadas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" +"Confirme se você inseriu e concordou com todas as ** contas do fornecedor " +"**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Valide todas as ** despesas **, garantindo sua veracidade." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Confirme que todos os ** pagamentos recebidos ** foram inseridos e " +"registrados com precisão." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "Lista de verificação de fim de ano" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Execute um ** relatório de impostos ** e verifique se suas informações " +"fiscais estão corretas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Reconcilie todas as contas em seu ** Balanço **:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Combine seus saldos bancários no Odoo com seus saldos bancários reais em " +"seus extratos. Utilize o relatório de ** Conciliação bancária ** para ajudar" +" nisso." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Reconcilie todas as transações em seu caixa e contas bancárias, executando " +"seus relatórios de ** Contas a receber antigas ** e ** Contas a pagar " +"antigas **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Audite suas contas, certificando-se de compreender totalmente as transações " +"que as afetam e a natureza das transações, certificando-se de incluir " +"empréstimos e ativos fixos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "**Trabalho em progresso**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "** Lançamentos no diário de depreciação **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "** Empréstimos **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "** Ajustes de impostos **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Durante esse processo, é uma boa prática definir a ** Data de bloqueio para " +"não consultores ** como o último dia do ano financeiro anterior, que é " +"definido na configuração de contabilidade. Dessa forma, o contador pode ter " +"certeza de que ninguém está alterando as transações do ano anterior durante " +"a auditoria dos livros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Fechando o ano fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, não há necessidade de fazer um lançamento específico de " +"encerramento do ano para encerrar as contas de demonstração de resultados. " +"Os relatórios são criados em tempo real, o que significa que a ** " +"Demonstração de resultados ** corresponde diretamente à data de encerramento" +" do ano especificada no Odoo. Portanto, sempre que você gerar a ** " +"Demonstração de Resultados **, a data de início corresponderá ao início do " +"** Ano Fiscal ** e os saldos das contas serão todos 0." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Gerenciar anos fiscais" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" +"Na maioria dos casos, os exercícios fiscais duram 12 meses. Se for o seu " +"caso, basta definir qual é o último dia do seu exercício nas configurações " +"contábeis. Por padrão, é definido no dia 31 de dezembro." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" +"No entanto, pode haver algumas exceções. Por exemplo, se for o primeiro ano " +"fiscal da sua empresa, pode durar mais ou menos de 12 meses. Nesse caso, " +"alguma configuração adicional é necessária." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Vá em: menu de seleção: ʻcontabilidade-> configuração-> configurações` e " +"ative os anos fiscais." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você pode configurar seus exercícios fiscais em: seleção de " +"menus: `contabilidade -> configuração -> anos fiscais`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" +"Você só precisa criar anos fiscais se durarem mais ou menos de 12 meses." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Ao trabalhar com os consumidores, os preços geralmente são expressos com os " +"impostos incluídos no preço (por exemplo, na maioria do comércio " +"eletrônico). Mas, quando você trabalha em um ambiente B2B, as empresas " +"geralmente negociam preços sem os impostos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo gerencia ambos os casos de uso facilmente, desde que você registre " +"seus preços no produto com os impostos excluídos ou incluídos, mas não os " +"dois juntos. Se você gerencia todos os seus preços apenas com impostos " +"incluídos (ou excluídos), ainda pode facilmente fazer pedidos de vendas com " +"um preço sem impostos (ou incluídos): isso é fácil." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Esta documentação é apenas para o caso de uso específico em que você precisa" +" ter duas referências para o preço (impostos incluídos ou excluídos), para o" +" mesmo produto. A razão da complexidade é que não há uma relação simétrica " +"com os preços incluídos e os preços excluídos, como mostrado neste caso de " +"uso, na Bélgica com um imposto de 21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Mas para o mesmo caso de uso, se você registrar o preço sem impostos no " +"formulário do produto (8,26 R$), você obtém um preço com imposto incluído de" +" 9,99 R$, porque:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Portanto, dependendo de como você registra seus preços no formulário do " +"produto, você terá resultados diferentes para o preço com impostos e o preço" +" sem impostos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Se você comprar 100 peças com R$ 10 de impostos incluídos, fica ainda mais " +"complicado. Você receberá: **R$ 1000 (impostos incluídos) = R$ 826,45 " +"(preço) + R$ 173,55 (impostos)** O que é muito diferente de um preço por " +"peça a R$ 8,26 imposto excluído." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"Esta documentação explica como lidar com o caso de uso muito específico em " +"que você precisa lidar com os dois preços (impostos excluídos e incluídos) " +"no formulário do produto dentro da mesma empresa." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"A melhor forma de evitar esta complexidade é escolher apenas uma forma de " +"gerir os seus preços e cumpri-la: preço sem impostos ou preço com impostos " +"incluídos. Defina qual é o padrão armazenado no formulário do produto (no " +"imposto padrão relacionado ao produto), e deixe Odoo calcular o outro " +"automaticamente, com base na lista de preços e na posição fiscal. Negocie " +"seus contratos com os clientes em conformidade. Isso funciona perfeitamente " +"fora da caixa e você não tem nenhuma configuração específica para fazer." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Se você não puder fazer isso e se realmente negociar alguns preços com " +"imposto excluído e, para outros clientes, outros preços com imposto " +"incluído, você deve:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"sempre armazene o imposto de preço padrão EXCLUÍDO no formulário do produto," +" e aplique um imposto (preço incluído no formulário do produto)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"criar uma lista de preços com preços no IMPOSTO INCLUÍDO, para clientes " +"específicos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" +"criar uma posição fiscal que mude o imposto excluído para um imposto " +"incluído" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"atribua a lista de preços e a posição fiscal aos clientes que desejam se " +"beneficiar dessa lista de preços e posição fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "Para os fins desta documentação, usaremos o caso de uso acima:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "o preço de venda padrão do produto é de R$ 8,26 sem impostos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" +"mas queremos vendê-lo a 10 R$, taxas incluídas, nas nossas lojas ou site de " +"comércio eletrónico" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Configurando seus produtos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" +"Sua empresa deve estar configurada com impostos excluídos por padrão. Esta é" +" geralmente a configuração padrão, mas você pode verificar seu ** Imposto " +"sobre vendas padrão ** no menu: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> " +"Configurações` do aplicativo Contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez feito isso, você pode criar uma lista de preços ** B2C **. Você pode" +" ativar o recurso de lista de preços por cliente a partir do menu :: seleção" +" de menus: `Configuração -> Configurações` do aplicativo Venda. Escolha a " +"opção ** preços diferentes por segmento de cliente **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez feito isso, crie uma lista de preços B2C a partir do menu: seleção " +"de menus: `Configuração -> Lista de preços`. Também é bom renomear a lista " +"de preços padrão para B2B para evitar confusão." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Definir a posição fiscal B2C" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo de contabilidade, crie uma posição fiscal B2C a partir deste " +"menu: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Posições fiscais`. Esta posição " +"fiscal deve mapear o VAT de 21% (imposto excluído do preço) com um VAT de " +"21% (imposto incluído no preço)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Teste criando uma cotação" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Crie uma cotação a partir do aplicativo Venda, usando a: seleção de menus: " +"`Vendas -> Cotações`. Você deve ter o seguinte resultado: R$ 8,26 + R$ 1,73 " +"= R$ 9,99." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Este é o comportamento esperado de um cliente de sua loja." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Evite alterar todos os pedidos de venda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" +"Se você negociar um contrato com um cliente, independentemente de você " +"negociar com imposto incluído ou imposto excluído, você pode definir a lista" +" de preços e a posição fiscal no formulário do cliente para que seja " +"aplicada automaticamente em todas as vendas desse cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"A lista de preços está na guia ** Vendas e compras ** do formulário do " +"cliente, e a posição fiscal está na guia de contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Observe que isso está sujeito a erros: se você definir uma posição fiscal " +"com o imposto incluído nos preços, mas usar uma lista de preços que não está" +" incluída, você pode ter preços incorretos calculados para você. É por isso " +"que geralmente recomendamos que as empresas trabalhem apenas com uma " +"referência de preço." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Os impostos à vista são devidos no momento do pagamento e não na validação " +"da fatura (como é o caso dos impostos padrão). Relatar suas receitas e " +"despesas à administração com base no regime de caixa é legal em alguns " +"países e sob algumas condições." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Exemplo: Você vende um produto no 1º trimestre do seu ano fiscal e recebe o " +"pagamento no 2º trimestre do seu ano fiscal. Com base no regime de caixa, o " +"imposto que você tem que pagar à administração é devido no 2º trimestre." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "Como configurar impostos de base à vista?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Feito isso, você pode configurar seus impostos em: seleção de menus: " +"'Contabiliadde -> Configuração -> Impostos`. Em primeiro lugar, defina as " +"contas transitórias adequadas para lançar impostos até que você registre o " +"pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"Na guia * Opções avançadas *, você mudará * Imposto devido * para * Com base" +" no pagamento *. Em seguida, você terá que definir a conta * Imposto " +"recebido * na qual lançar o valor do imposto quando o pagamento for recebido" +" e a * Conta de imposto recebido base * para lançar o valor do imposto base " +"para um relatório de imposto preciso." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "Qual é o impacto dos impostos de base em minha contabilidade?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Vamos dar um exemplo. Você faz uma venda de R$ 100 com um imposto de base à " +"vista de 15%. Quando você valida a fatura do cliente, a seguinte entrada é " +"criada em sua contabilidade:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Diário de faturas do cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Débito**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Crédito**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Conta de imposto temporária R$ 15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Conta de receita R$ 100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Alguns dias depois, você recebe o pagamento:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Diário do Banco" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Banco R$115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "Quando você concilia a fatura e o pagamento, esta entrada é gerada:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Diário de base tributária" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Conta de imposto recebido R$ 15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" +"Os dois últimos itens do diário são neutros, mas são necessários para " +"garantir relatórios de impostos corretos no Odoo com valores base de " +"impostos precisos. Aconselhamos o uso de uma conta de receita padrão. O " +"saldo dessa conta será sempre zero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Taxas padrão" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Aplicação" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Um imposto retido na fonte, também denominado imposto de retenção, é uma " +"exigência governamental para que o pagador de uma fatura de cliente retenha " +"ou deduza o imposto do pagamento e pague esse imposto ao governo. Na maioria" +" das jurisdições, o imposto retido na fonte se aplica à renda do trabalho." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Com impostos normais, o imposto é adicionado ao subtotal para dar a você o " +"total a pagar. Ao contrário dos impostos normais, os impostos retidos na " +"fonte são deduzidos do valor a pagar, uma vez que o imposto será pago pelo " +"cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "A título de exemplo, na Colômbia você pode ter a seguinte fatura:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo, a ** empresa ** que enviou a fatura deve R$ 20 de impostos ao" +" ** governo ** e o ** cliente ** deve R$ 10 de impostos ao ** governo **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"Em Odoo, um imposto retido na fonte é definido pela criação de um imposto " +"negativo. Para uma retenção de 10%, você configuraria o seguinte imposto " +"(acessível através de: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Impostos`):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Para que apareça como uma retenção na fatura, você deve definir um grupo de " +"impostos específico ** Retenção ** em seu imposto, na guia ** Opções " +"Avançadas **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que o imposto é definido, você pode usá-lo em seus produtos, pedidos" +" de venda ou faturas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Se a retenção for uma porcentagem de um imposto normal, crie um imposto com " +"** Cálculo de imposto ** como um ** Grupo de imposto ** e defina os dois " +"impostos neste grupo (imposto normal e retenção)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Aplicação de impostos de retenção em faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que seu imposto é criado, você pode usá-lo em formulários de " +"clientes, pedidos de vendas ou faturas de clientes. Você pode aplicar vários" +" impostos em uma única linha de fatura do cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Ao ver a fatura do cliente na tela, você obtém apenas uma ** linha de " +"Impostos ** resumindo todos os impostos (impostos e retenções normais). Mas " +"quando você imprime ou envia a nota fiscal, Odoo faz o agrupamento correto " +"entre todos os impostos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"A fatura impressa mostrará os diferentes valores em cada grupo de impostos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" +"A integração do ** TaxCloud ** permite calcular corretamente o imposto sobre" +" vendas para cada endereço nos Estados Unidos e rastrear quais produtos " +"estão isentos de imposto sobre vendas e em quais estados cada isenção se " +"aplica. TaxCloud calcula o imposto sobre vendas em tempo real para cada " +"estado, cidade e jurisdição especial nos Estados Unidos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "Em TaxCloud" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Crie uma conta gratuita no site `TaxCloud ` " +"__." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" +"Registre seu site Odoo no TaxCloud para obter um * ID de API * e uma * Chave" +" de API *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" +"Em Configurações no TaxCloud, clique em * Locais * para inserir a " +"localização de seu (s) escritório (s) e depósito (s)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" +"Em Configurações no TaxCloud, clique em * Gerenciar estados fiscais * para " +"verificar os estados onde você coleta impostos sobre vendas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "No Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Insira suas credenciais do TaxCloud." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "Clique em SALVAR para armazenar suas credenciais." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" +"Selecione seu * Código TIC * padrão. Isso se aplica a qualquer novo produto " +"criado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" +"Verifique se o endereço da sua empresa está completo (incluindo o estado e o" +" código postal). Vá para: seleção de menus: `Configurações -> Usuários e " +"empresas -> Empresas` para abrir e editar o registro da sua empresa." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "Como Funciona" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" +"Você pode configurar o Odoo para detectar automaticamente quais clientes " +"devem usar esta posição fiscal. Acesse: seleção de menus: ʻContabilidade -> " +"Configuração -> Posições Fiscais` para abrir e editar o cadastro." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" +"Agora, essa posição fiscal é definida automaticamente em qualquer pedido de " +"venda, pedido da web ou fatura quando o país do cliente for * Estados Unidos" +" *. Isso aciona o cálculo automatizado de impostos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" +"Adicione seu (s) produto (s). Você tem duas opções para obter imposto sobre " +"vendas no pedido. Você pode confirmá-lo ou salvá-lo e, no menu * Ação *, " +"escolher ** Atualizar impostos com TaxCloud **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Cupons e Promoções" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Nome da taxa" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Cálculo de Impostos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Imposto" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Total" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Ativo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Escopo de Imposto" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Etiqueta em Faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Grupo de Imposto" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Incluir em Custos Analíticos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Incluído no preço" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Afeta a Base de Impostos Futuros" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Outros" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "Conselheiro" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" +"Gerenciar orçamentos é uma parte essencial da gestão de uma empresa. Os " +"orçamentos ajudam as pessoas a se tornarem mais intencionais com a maneira " +"como o dinheiro é gasto e direcionam as pessoas a organizar e priorizar seu " +"trabalho para cumprir suas metas financeiras. Eles permitem que você planeje" +" o resultado financeiro desejado e, em seguida, compare seu desempenho real " +"com o plano. O Odoo gerencia orçamentos usando contas gerais e analíticas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" +"Usaremos o seguinte exemplo para ilustrar. Acabamos de iniciar um projeto " +"com a Smith & Co e gostaríamos de fazer um orçamento das receitas e despesas" +" desse projeto. Planejamos ter uma receita de 1.000 e não queremos gastar " +"mais do que 700." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, precisamos instalar os aplicativos relevantes para usar o " +"orçamento. O módulo principal é o aplicativo de contabilidade. Acesse o " +"módulo do aplicativo e instale o aplicativo ** Contabilidade e Finanças **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" +"Configuração adicional também é necessária. Vá para: seleção de menus: " +"`Módulo de contagem -> Configuração -> Configurações` e habilite o recurso " +"** Gerenciamento de orçamento **" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "Posições orçamentárias" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" +"As posições orçamentárias são listas de contas para as quais você deseja " +"manter orçamentos (normalmente contas de despesas ou receitas). Eles " +"precisam ser definidos para que Odoo possa saber quais contas ele precisa " +"para obter as informações de orçamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" +"As situações orçamentais funcionam como uma espécie de restrição ao que pode" +" ser registado na coluna 'montante prático' de um orçamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Algumas posições orçamentárias podem já estar instaladas com seu plano de " +"contas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" +"Para nosso exemplo, precisamos definir quais contas se relacionam com as " +"despesas do nosso projeto. Crie uma posição e adicione itens para selecionar" +" as contas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" +"Neste caso, selecionamos as três contas relevantes utilizadas nas quais " +"contabilizaremos nossas despesas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "Clique em * Selecionar *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "Salve as alterações para confirmar sua posição orçamentária." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" +"Repita essas etapas para criar uma posição orçamentária de receita. Somente " +"neste caso selecione as contas de receita relevantes." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "Conta analítica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo precisa saber quais custos ou despesas são relevantes para um " +"orçamento específico. Para fazer isso, precisamos vincular nossas faturas e " +"despesas a uma conta analítica definida. Crie uma conta analítica entrando " +"no módulo Contabilidade e clicando em: seleção de menus: `Consultores -> " +"Contas analíticas -> Abrir gráficos`. Crie uma nova conta chamada projeto " +"Smith & Co e selecione o parceiro relacionado." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "Estabeleça um orçamento" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" +"Vamos agora definir nossas metas para nosso orçamento. Especificamos que " +"esperamos ganhar 1.000 com este projeto e não gostaríamos de gastar mais de " +"700." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" +"Temos que dar um nome ao orçamento. Neste caso, vamos chamá-lo de \"Projeto " +"Smith\". Selecione o período em que o orçamento será aplicável. Em seguida, " +"adicione um item para especificar suas metas na linha de orçamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" +"Selecione a posição orçamentária relacionada à linha de orçamento. Em outras" +" palavras, selecione a posição que aponta para as contas que você deseja " +"orçar. Nesse caso, começaremos com nossa meta de carga máxima de 700. " +"Selecione a posição orçamentária \"Custo\" e especifique o valor planejado. " +"Como estamos registrando um custo, precisamos especificar um ** valor " +"negativo **. Finalmente, selecione a conta analítica correspondente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" +"Clique em ** Salvar e novo ** para inserir o orçamento de receita. A posição" +" orçamentária é a receita e o valor planejado é 1000. Salve e feche" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "Você precisará ** Confirmar ** e ** aprovar ** o orçamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "Verifique seu orçamento" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" +"Você pode verificar seu orçamento a qualquer momento. Para ver a evolução, " +"vamos reservar algumas Notas Fiscais e Contas de Fornecedores." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "Volte na lista de orçamento e encontre o Projeto Smith." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" +"Através da conta analítica, Odoo pode contabilizar as linhas de fatura e " +"linhas de compra reservadas nas contas e irá exibi-las na coluna ** Valor " +"prático **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "Analytic" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" +"Graças à contabilidade analítica, podemos rastrear custos de compras, " +"despesas e subcontratação no módulo de contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" +"Vamos dar o seguinte exemplo. Vendemos um pacote de consultoria para um " +"cliente. O pacote é completo, o que significa que nenhum custo extra pode " +"ser adicionado. No entanto, gostaríamos de acompanhar quais custos foram " +"associados a esta transação, já que precisamos pagar por compras, despesas e" +" custos de subcontratação relacionados ao projeto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" +"Os módulos a seguir precisam ser instalados para controlar o custo. Entre no" +" módulo de aplicativo e instale os seguintes aplicativos:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" +"Observe que os aplicativos fornecidos por esses aplicativos apenas nos " +"permitem ** rastrear ** os custos. Não seremos capazes de reenviar " +"automaticamente esses custos aos nossos clientes. Para rastrear e ** " +"reenviar os custos **, você também deve instalar o aplicativo de " +"gerenciamento de vendas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "Habilitar contabilidade analítica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" +"O próximo passo é ativar a contabilidade analítica. No aplicativo de " +"contabilidade, selecione: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Configurações` " +"e selecione a caixa de contabilidade analítica." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, role para baixo e marque a caixa ** Contabilidade analítica para" +" compras **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "Não esqueça de salvar suas alterações." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "Crie uma conta analítica." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" +"Iremos apontar todos os nossos custos para esta conta para mantê-los sob " +"controle." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "Registre uma despesa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" +"Começamos por registrar uma despesa. Nosso técnico de TI teve que pegar um " +"trem para ir ver nosso cliente. Ele mesmo pagou pela passagem." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "Criar um produto de despesa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, precisamos criar um produto de despesa. Entre no módulo ** Despesa" +" **, Clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Produtos de Despesa`. " +"Crie um novo produto chamado Bilhete de trem e defina o preço de custo para " +"15,50 reais. Certifique-se de que a caixa ** Pode ser cobrado ** está " +"marcada." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "Reserve a despesa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" +"Entre no módulo Despesas, clique em: seleção de menus: `Minhas despesas -> " +"Criar`. Selecione o produto Passagem de trem e vincule-o à conta analítica " +"discutida acima." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" +"Envie ao gerente e espere que ele aprove e publique as entradas de diário." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "Crie um pedido de compra vinculado à conta analítica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "Produto de compra" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "" +"Também precisamos comprar um software para nossos clientes. No aplicativo de" +" compra, crie um pedido de compra para o produto de software. Dentro da " +"linha podemos vincular o custo do produto à conta analítica. Especifique a " +"linha do pedido e selecione a conta analítica correta. Confirme a venda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" +"Aceite a entrega e insira a fatura. Assim que a fatura for inserida, o preço" +" de custo (campo ** Preço do fornecedor **) será registrado na conta " +"analítica." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "Subcontratação" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" +"O módulo de compra pode ser usado da mesma forma como visto anteriormente " +"para lidar com a subcontratação. se adquirirmos um serviço de outra empresa," +" podemos faturar novamente esse custo vinculando a linha de pedido de compra" +" à conta analítica correta. Simplesmente precisamos criar o produto correto " +"do fornecedor." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" +"Você também pode acompanhar o custo com planilhas de horas, consulte: " +":doc:`timesheets`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "Acompanhe os custos na contabilidade" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" +"Agora que tudo está registrado e aponta para a conta analítica. Basta abri-" +"lo para verificar os custos relacionados a essa conta." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" +"Entre no módulo de contabilidade, clique em: seleção de menus: `Consultores " +"-> Contas analíticas -> Abrir gráficos`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" +"Selecione \"pacote de consultoria - Smith\" e clique no botão de custo e " +"receita para ter uma visão geral de todos os custos vinculados à conta." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" +"Se você gostaria de ter a receita também você deve faturar o Pacote de " +"Consultoria no menu Fatura e vincular a linha da fatura a esta mesma conta " +"analítica." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" +"É claro que os recursos humanos têm um custo. É interessante ver quanto " +"custa um determinado contrato para a empresa em termos de força humana em " +"relação aos valores faturados." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" +"Tomaremos o seguinte exemplo: Nossos dois funcionários ** Harry Potter ** e " +"** Cedric Digory ** trabalham em um ** Pacote de consultoria ** para nosso " +"cliente ** Smith & Co **. Harry recebe 18 R$ por hora. e o salário de Cedric" +" é de 12 R$ p.h. Gostaríamos de acompanhar os custos do quadro de horários " +"no aplicativo de contabilidade e compará-los com a receita do serviço de " +"consultoria." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, instale os três aplicativos necessários para usar essa " +"funcionalidade, a saber, ** Contabilidade **, ** Vendas ** e ** Quadro de " +"Horários **. Digite o nome do módulo de aplicativos e instale-os." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você precisará habilitar a contabilidade analítica. Para isso, " +"acesse o ** app Contabilidade **. Selecione: seleção de menus: `Configuração" +" -> Configurações` e marque a opção ** Contabilidade analítica ** (veja a " +"imagem abaixo)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "Aplique suas alterações." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "Criar um funcionário" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" +"Para verificar a receita de um funcionário, você precisa ter um. Para criar " +"um funcionário, entre no aplicativo ** Funcionário **. Selecione ** " +"Funcionários ** e crie um novo funcionário, preencha o nome e as informações" +" básicas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" +"Na planilha do funcionário, acesse a guia ** Configurações de RH **. Aqui " +"você pode especificar o ** Custo do Quadro de Horários ** do seu " +"funcionário. Neste caso, Harry tem um custo de 18 reais / hora. Assim, " +"preencheremos 18 neste campo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja que o funcionário possa inserir planilhas de horas, ele " +"precisa estar relacionado a um usuário." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" +"Repita a operação para criar o funcionário Cedric Digory. Não se esqueça de " +"especificar o usuário relacionado e os ** Custos do Quadro de Horários **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "Emitir um pedido de venda" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" +"Criamos dois funcionários chamados Harry Potter e Cedric Diggory no " +"aplicativo ** Funcionário **. Ambos trabalharão em um contrato de " +"consultoria para nosso cliente Smith & Co, no qual apontarão suas horas em " +"uma planilha de horas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" +"Portanto, precisamos criar um ** pedido de venda ** com um produto ** " +"serviço ** faturado ** com base em tempo e material ** e rastreado por " +"planilhas de horas com ** horas ** como unidade de medida." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" +"Salvamos um Pedido de Venda com o produto de serviço ** Consultoria Externa " +"**. Uma conta analítica será gerada automaticamente assim que o ** Pedido de" +" Venda ** for confirmado. Nossos funcionários terão que apontar para essa " +"conta (neste caso ** SO002-Smith & Co **) para poderem faturar suas horas " +"(veja a imagem abaixo)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "Preencher planilha de horas" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" +"Como um funcionário vinculado a um usuário, Harry pode entrar no aplicativo " +"** Quadro de Horários ** e especificar seus quadros de horários para o " +"contrato. Logado na conta de Harry, entramos no aplicativo ** Quadro de " +"Horários ** e inserimos uma linha detalhada apontando para a ** Conta " +"Analítica ** discutida acima." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "Harry trabalhou três horas em uma análise SWOT para Smith & Co." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" +"No ** Pedido de Venda ** notamos que a quantidade de horas entregues é " +"calculada automaticamente (veja a figura abaixo)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidade analítica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" +"Graças às contas analíticas, podemos ter uma visão geral dos custos e " +"receitas de RH. Todas as receitas e custos dessas transações foram " +"registrados na conta ** SO002-Smith & Co **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "Podemos usar dois métodos para analisar esta situação." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "Sem filtros" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" +"Nota: você pode especificar um período para ** Análise **. Se você deseja " +"abrir a situação atual, deve manter os campos vazios. Já podemos observar o " +"saldo credor e devedor da conta." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" +"Se clicarmos na conta, um botão especial é fornecido para ter os detalhes de" +" custos e receitas (veja a imagem abaixo)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" +"Clique no botão ** Custo / Receita ** para ter uma visão geral dos custos e " +"receitas com a descrição correspondente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "Com filtros" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" +"Podemos, portanto, filtrar essas informações das ** Entradas analíticas **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" +"Filtramos na ** conta analítica ** para que possamos ver o custo e as " +"receitas do projeto. Adicione um ** Filtro ** personalizado em que a ** " +"Conta analítica ** contenha o número do ** Pedido de vendas **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" +"Nos resultados, vemos as atividades dos quadros de horários e das linhas " +"faturadas com os respectivos custos e receitas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" +"Podemos agrupar as diferentes contas analíticas e verificar suas respectivas" +" receitas. Basta agrupar por ** conta analítica ** e selecionar a ** " +"Visualização de gráfico ** para ter uma visão geral clara." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso de conta analítica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "A contabilidade analítica pode ser usada para diversos fins:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "analisar custos de uma empresa" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "analisar o desempenho de um serviço ou projeto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" +"Para gerenciar a contabilidade analítica, você deve ativá-la em: seleção de " +"menus: `Configuração -> Configurações`:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" +"Para ilustrar contas analíticas com clareza, você seguirá três casos de uso," +" cada um em um dos três tipos diferentes de empresa:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "Empresa industrial: Análise de custos" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "Empresa de TI / Serviços: análise de desempenho" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "Caso 1: Empresa industrial: Análise de custos" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" +"Na indústria, você frequentemente encontrará gráficos analíticos de contas " +"estruturados em departamentos e produtos nos quais a própria empresa está " +"construída." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" +"O objetivo é examinar os custos, vendas e margens por departamento / " +"recursos e por produto. O primeiro nível da estrutura compreende os " +"diferentes departamentos e os níveis inferiores representam as gamas de " +"produtos que a empresa fabrica e comercializa." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "Departamento de marketing" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "Departamento comercial" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "Departamento de Administração" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "Faixa de Produção 1" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "Faixa de Produção 2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" +"No uso diário, é útil marcar a conta analítica em cada fatura de compra. " +"Quando a fatura for aprovada, ela gerará automaticamente as entradas para as" +" contas gerais e analíticas correspondentes. Para cada lançamento nas contas" +" gerais, há pelo menos um lançamento analítico que aloca os custos ao " +"departamento que os incorreu." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" +"Aqui está uma possível repartição de alguns lançamentos contábeis gerais " +"para o exemplo acima, alocados para várias contas analíticas:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "** Contas gerais **" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "** Contas analíticas **" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "**Título**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "** Conta **" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "** Valor **" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "Compra de matéria prima" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "2122" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "1500" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "-1 500" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "Subcontratantes" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "450" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "-450" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "Nota de crédito para materiais defeituosos" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "200" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "Despesas de transporte" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "Salários dos funcionários" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "2121" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "10000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "-2 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "Comercial" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "-3 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "Administrativo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "-1 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "-400" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" +"A representação analítica por departamento permite investigar os custos " +"atribuídos a cada departamento da empresa. O plano de contas analítico " +"mostra a distribuição dos custos da empresa usando o exemplo acima:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo de estrutura hierárquica em Odoo, você pode analisar não " +"apenas os custos de cada linha de produtos, mas também os custos de toda a " +"produção. Um relatório que relaciona contas gerais e contas analíticas " +"permite que você obtenha um detalhamento dos custos de um determinado " +"departamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" +"Os exemplos acima são baseados em uma análise dos custos da empresa. As " +"alocações analíticas podem ser igualmente eficazes para as vendas. Isso dá a" +" você a lucratividade (vendas - custos) de diferentes departamentos." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" +"Essa representação analítica por departamento é geralmente usada por " +"empresas de comércio e setores." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" +"Uma variação disso não é dividi-lo pelos departamentos de vendas e " +"marketing, mas atribuir cada custo à sua linha de produtos correspondente. " +"Isso lhe dará uma análise da lucratividade de cada linha de produtos." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" +"A escolha de um em vez do outro depende de como você vê seu esforço de " +"marketing. É um custo global alocado de alguma forma geral ou cada linha de " +"produtos é responsável por seus próprios custos de marketing?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "Caso 2: Escritório de Advocacia: custos de recursos humanos?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" +"Os escritórios de advocacia geralmente adotam a gestão por caso, onde cada " +"caso representa um arquivo de cliente atual. Todas as despesas e produtos " +"são então anexados a um determinado arquivo / conta analítica." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" +"Uma das principais preocupações dos escritórios de advocacia é o faturamento" +" das horas trabalhadas e a lucratividade por caso e por funcionário." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" +"Os mecanismos usados ​​para codificar as horas trabalhadas serão abordados " +"em detalhes na documentação do quadro de horários. Como a maioria dos " +"processos do sistema, as horas trabalhadas são integradas à contabilidade " +"analítica. No formulário do funcionário, especifique o custo do funcionário." +" A cobrança por hora é uma função do custo do funcionário." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" +"Assim, um escritório de advocacia irá optar por uma representação analítica " +"que reflita a gestão do tempo que os funcionários trabalham nos diferentes " +"casos de clientes." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" +"O faturamento para os diferentes casos é um pouco incomum. Os casos não " +"coincidem com nenhum lançamento na conta geral, nem provêm de faturas de " +"compra ou venda. Eles são representados pelas várias operações analíticas e " +"não têm contrapartes exatas nas contas gerais. Eles são calculados com base " +"no custo horário por funcionário." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" +"No final do mês, quando você paga salários e benefícios, você os integra nas" +" contas gerais, mas não nas contas analíticas, porque eles já foram " +"contabilizados no faturamento de cada conta. Um relatório que relaciona os " +"dados das contas analíticas e gerais permite que você compare os totais, " +"para que possa reajustar suas estimativas de custo por hora por funcionário," +" dependendo do tempo realmente trabalhado." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" +"A tabela a seguir mostra um exemplo de diferentes entradas analíticas que " +"você pode encontrar para sua conta analítica:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "**Montante**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "** Conta Geral **" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "Estude o arquivo (1 h)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "Caso 1.1" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "-15" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "Busca de informações (3h)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "-45" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "Consulta (4 h)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "-60" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "Taxas de serviço" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "280" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "705 - Serviços de faturamento" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "Compra de papelaria" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "-42" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "601 - Compra de móveis" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "42" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "Custo de combustível - Viagem do cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "-35" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "613 – Transportes" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "35" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "Salários dos funcionários" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "6201 - Salários" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "3 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" +"Essa estrutura permite que você faça um estudo detalhado da lucratividade de" +" várias transações." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" +"Para mais detalhes sobre lucratividade, leia o seguinte documento :: doc: " +"`timesheets`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" +"Mas a contabilidade analítica não se limita a uma simples análise da " +"lucratividade de diferentes clientes. Os mesmos dados podem ser usados " +"​​para recarga automática dos serviços ao cliente no final do mês. Para " +"faturar os clientes, basta vincular a conta analítica a um pedido de venda e" +" vender produtos que gerenciam o quadro de horários ou despesas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "Caso 3: Empresa de Serviços de TI: análise de desempenho" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" +"A maioria das empresas de serviços de TI enfrenta os seguintes problemas:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "planejamento do projeto," + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "faturamento, lucratividade e acompanhamento financeiro dos projetos," + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "gerenciamento de contratos de suporte." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" +"Para lidar com esses problemas, você usaria um plano de contas analítico " +"estruturado por projeto e por pedido de venda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" +"A gestão dos serviços, despesas e vendas é semelhante à apresentada acima " +"para os advogados. O faturamento e o estudo da lucratividade também são " +"semelhantes." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" +"Mas agora veja os contratos de suporte. Esses contratos geralmente são " +"limitados a um número pré-pago de horas. Cada serviço postado nas contas " +"analíticas mostra as horas restantes de suporte. Para gerenciar contratos de" +" suporte, você criaria um produto configurado para faturar no pedido e " +"vincular o pedido de venda a uma conta analítica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, cada linha analítica lista o número de unidades vendidas ou usadas," +" bem como o que você normalmente encontraria lá - o valor em unidades " +"monetárias (USD ou GBP, ou qualquer outra escolha que você fizer). Portanto," +" você pode somar as quantidades vendidas e usadas em cada pedido de venda " +"para determinar se ainda há horas do contrato de suporte." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "Conclusão" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" +"A contabilidade analítica ajuda a analisar custos e receitas, seja qual for " +"o caso de uso. Você pode vender ou comprar serviços, controlar o tempo ou " +"analisar o desempenho da produção." + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" +"A contabilidade analítica é flexível e fácil de usar em todos os aplicativos" +" Odoo (vendas, compras, quadro de horários, produção, fatura, ...)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Inventário" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "Impacto na avaliação do preço médio ao devolver mercadorias" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" +"Conforme declarado na `* página de avaliação de estoque * " +"` __, um dos " +"métodos de custeio possíveis que você pode usar na avaliação de estoque " +"perpétuo, é o custo médio ." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" +"Este documento responde a uma pergunta recorrente para as empresas que usam " +"esse método para fazer sua avaliação de estoque: como um frete devolvido ao " +"seu fornecedor impacta o custo médio e os lançamentos contábeis? Este " +"documento é ** apenas ** para o caso de uso específico de uma avaliação " +"perpétua (em oposição à periódica) e no método de custeio de preço médio (em" +" oposição ao padrão de FIFO)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "Definição de custo médio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" +"O método de custo médio calcula o custo do estoque final e o custo das " +"mercadorias vendidas com base no custo médio ponderado por unidade de " +"estoque." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" +"O custo médio ponderado por unidade é calculado usando a seguinte fórmula:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" +"Quando novos produtos chegam em um depósito, o novo custo médio é " +"recalculado como:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "Quando os produtos saem do armazém: o custo médio ** não ** muda" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "Definindo o preço de compra" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" +"O preço de compra é estimado no recebimento dos produtos (talvez você ainda " +"não tenha recebido a fatura do fornecedor) e reavaliado no recebimento da " +"fatura do fornecedor. O preço de compra inclui o custo que você paga pelos " +"produtos, mas também pode incluir custos adicionais, como custos de " +"importação." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "Exemplo de custo médio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Operação" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Valor Delta" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Valor de estoque" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "Custo médio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "Receba 8 produtos por R$ 10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "R$80" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "R$10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "Receba 4 produtos por R$ 16" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Entregar 10 Produtos" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "$24" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" +"No início, o Custo médio é definido como 0, pois não há produto no estoque. " +"Quando é feita a primeira recepção, o custo médio passa a ser logicamente o " +"preço de compra." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" +"Na segunda recepção, o custo médio é atualizado porque o valor total do " +"estoque agora é `` R$ 80 + 4 * R$ 16 = R$ 144 ''. Como temos 12 unidades em " +"mãos, o preço médio por unidade é `` R$ 144/12 = R$ 12 ''." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" +"Por definição, a entrega de 10 produtos não altera o custo médio. De fato, o" +" valor do estoque agora é de R$ 24, pois temos apenas 2 unidades restantes " +"de cada `` RR$ 12``." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "Caso de uso de devolução de compra" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" +"No caso de um produto devolvido ao seu fornecedor após o recebimento, o " +"valor do estoque é reduzido utilizando as fórmulas de custo médio (não no " +"preço inicial desses produtos!)." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "O que significa que a tabela acima será atualizada da seguinte forma:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "Devolução de 1 produto comprado inicialmente por R$ 10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "Explicação: contra-exemplo" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" +"Lembre-se da definição de ** Custo Médio **, dizendo que não atualizamos o " +"custo médio de um produto que sai do estoque. Se você quebrar essa regra, " +"pode levar a inconsistências em seu inventário." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, aqui está o cenário em que você entrega uma peça ao cliente e " +"devolve a outra ao seu fornecedor (ao custo que você comprou). Aqui está a " +"operação:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "Envio ao cliente de 1 produto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "**R$2**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "**0**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Como você pode ver neste exemplo, isso não é correto: uma avaliação de " +"estoque de R$ 2 para 0 unidades no depósito." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" +"O cenário correto deve ser devolver a mercadoria ao custo médio atual:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "**R$0**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" +"Por outro lado, usar o custo médio para avaliar o retorno garante um valor " +"de estoque correto em todos os momentos." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "Mais reflexões sobre o modo anglo saxão" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" +"Para quem usa os princípios da ** contabilidade anglo-saxônica **, há outro " +"conceito a levar em conta: a conta de entrada de estoque do produto, que se " +"destina a manter a qualquer momento o valor das contas do fornecedor a " +"receber. Portanto, a conta de entrada de estoque aumentará no recebimento de" +" remessas recebidas e diminuirá ao receber as contas do fornecedor " +"relacionadas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" +"Voltando ao nosso exemplo, vemos que quando o retorno é avaliado pelo preço " +"médio, o valor registrado na conta de entrada de estoque é o preço de compra" +" original:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "entrada de estoque" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "(R$80)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "Receber fatura do fornecedor R$ 80" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "(R$64)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "Receber fatura do fornecedor R$ 64" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "**R$10**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "**R$12**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "Receba o reembolso do fornecedor R$ 10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "R$2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "Registre as taxas de câmbio nos pagamentos" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer empresa que faz comércio internacional enfrenta o caso em que os " +"pagamentos são em uma moeda diferente." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Depois de receber seus pagamentos, você tem a opção de converter o valor " +"para a moeda da sua empresa. O pagamento em várias moedas implica em " +"flutuações de taxas. As diferenças de taxas são registradas automaticamente " +"pelo Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "Habilitar moedas múltiplas" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" +"No módulo de contabilidade, vá para: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> " +"Configurações` e marque ** Permitir várias moedas **, a seguir clique em ** " +"aplicar **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" +"Configure as taxas de câmbio em :menu de seleção: 'Configuração --> Moedas'." +" Anote a taxa e certifique-se de que a moeda está ativa." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" +"Neste documento, a moeda base é ** Euro ** e registraremos os pagamentos em " +"** Dólares **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" +"Você pode obter automaticamente as taxas de câmbio no ** Banco Central " +"Europeu ** ou no ** Yahoo **. Por favor, leia o documento :: doc: " +"`how_it_works`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "Configure seu diário" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" +"Para registrar pagamentos em outras moedas, você deve ** remover a restrição" +" de moeda ** no diário. Acesse o aplicativo de contabilidade, clique em ** " +"Mais ** no diário e em ** Configurações **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" +"Verifique se o campo ** Moeda ** está vazio ou na moeda estrangeira em que " +"você fará o registro dos pagamentos. Se uma moeda estiver preenchida, " +"significa que você só pode registrar pagamentos nessa moeda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "Registre um pagamento em uma moeda diferente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo ** Contabilidade **, acesse: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> " +"Pagamentos`. Cadastre o pagamento e indique que foi feito em moeda " +"estrangeira. Em seguida, clique em ** confirmar **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "O lançamento contábil manual foi lançado, mas não alocado." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" +"Volte para a sua fatura (: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Faturas do cliente`)" +" e clique em ** Adicionar ** para alocar o pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "Registre um extrato bancário em uma moeda diferente" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" +"Crie ou importe o extrato bancário do seu pagamento. O ** Valor ** está na " +"moeda da empresa. Existem dois campos complementares, a ** Moeda do valor " +"**, que é o valor que foi efetivamente pago e a ** Moeda ** em que foi pago." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" +"Ao conciliá-lo, Odoo irá combinar diretamente o pagamento com a ** Fatura **" +" certa. Você obterá o preço da fatura na moeda da fatura e o valor na moeda " +"da sua empresa." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "Verifique as diferenças de câmbio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" +"O diário de diferenças de câmbio pode ser alterado nas configurações de " +"contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" +"A escolha de usar a opção de várias moedas no Odoo permitirá que você envie " +"faturas de vendas, cotações e pedidos de compra ou receba contas e " +"pagamentos em moedas diferentes da sua. Com várias moedas, você também pode " +"configurar contas bancárias em outras moedas e gerar relatórios sobre suas " +"atividades em moeda estrangeira." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "Ativar multi-moeda" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"No módulo de contabilidade, vá para: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> " +"Configurações` e marque ** Permitir várias moedas **, a seguir clique em ** " +"Aplicar **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "Diário de taxas de câmbio" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "Você pode alterá-lo nas configurações:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "Ver ou editar a taxa em uso" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" +"Você pode configurar manualmente as taxas de câmbio em: seleção de menus: " +"`Configuração -> Moedas`. Abra as moedas que deseja usar no Odoo e edite-as." +" Verifique se a moeda está ativa." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "Clique em ** Exibir taxas ** para editá-lo e ver o histórico:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Clique em ** Criar ** para adicionar a taxa. Preencha a data e a taxa. " +"Clique em ** Salvar ** quando terminar." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "Taxa de Câmbio Online" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo `__ or the `European Central Bank `__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, as moedas precisam ser atualizadas manualmente. Mas pode " +"sincronizá-lo com `Yahoo ` __" +" ou com o Banco Central Europeu `__. Em: seleção " +"de menus: `Configuração -> Configurações`, vá para a seção ** Taxa de câmbio" +" ao vivo **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" +"Escolha o intervalo: Manualmente, Diário, Semanal ou Mensal. Você sempre " +"pode forçar a atualização clicando em ** Atualizar agora **. Selecione o " +"provedor e pronto!" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "Apenas as moedas ** ativas ** são atualizadas" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" +"Se você deixá-lo vazio, significa que ele pode lidar com todas as moedas " +"ativas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "Configure seus diários" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" +"Para registrar pagamentos em outras moedas, você deve remover a restrição de" +" moeda do diário. Acesse o aplicativo de contabilidade, clique em ** Mais **" +" no diário e em ** Configurações **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" +"Verifique se o campo moeda está vazio ou na moeda estrangeira em que irá " +"registrar os pagamentos. Se uma moeda estiver preenchida, significa que você" +" só pode registrar pagamentos nessa moeda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Como funciona o multi-moeda Odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" +"Agora que você está trabalhando em um ambiente com várias moedas, todos os " +"itens contábeis estarão vinculados a uma moeda, nacional ou estrangeira." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "Pedidos de vendas e faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode definir uma moeda diferente da empresa em seus pedidos de " +"venda e em suas faturas. A moeda é definida para todo o documento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Pedidos de compras e contas de fornecedores" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode definir uma moeda diferente da empresa em seus pedidos de " +"compra e em suas contas de fornecedor. A moeda é definida para todo o " +"documento." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "Registros de pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" +"Ao criar ou importar extratos bancários, o valor está na moeda da empresa. " +"Mas agora existem dois campos complementares, o valor que foi realmente pago" +" e a moeda em que foi pago." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" +"Ao reconciliá-lo, o Odoo irá combinar diretamente o pagamento com a fatura " +"certa. Você obterá o preço da fatura na moeda da fatura e o valor na moeda " +"da sua empresa." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo oferece suporte a várias moedas com ajuste automático de entrada de " +"valor bruto ou prejuízo. O Odoo tem feito algumas coisas para facilitar a " +"vida do usuário." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" +"Todas as transações da conta serão feitas na moeda da empresa. No entanto, " +"você pode ver dois campos extras com o lançamento contábil manual, onde a " +"moeda secundária e o valor estarão visíveis. Você pode criar diários de " +"várias moedas para uma moeda específica." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" +"Ao criar uma fatura, a moeda pode ser alterada facilmente; no entanto, o " +"Odoo considera a moeda da empresa como uma atribuição padrão. Ele irá " +"converter todos os valores automaticamente usando essa moeda." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "Habilitar Multi-Moeda" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" +"Para obter informações sobre como habilitar Multi-Moeda, leia o documento ::" +" doc: `how_it_works`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Para registrar pagamentos em outras moedas, você deve remover a restrição de" +" moeda do diário. Acesse o aplicativo de contabilidade, no diário, clique " +"em: seleção de menus: `Mais -> Configurações`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Faturas em várias moedas e contas de fornecedor" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "Pagamentos em várias moedas" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo de contabilidade, acesse: menu de seleção: `Vendas -> " +"Pagamentos`. Cadastre o pagamento e indique que foi feito em moeda " +"estrangeira. Em seguida, clique em ** Confirmar **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "Extratos bancários em várias moedas" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" +"Ao reconciliá-lo, Odoo irá combinar diretamente o pagamento com a fatura " +"certa. Você obterá o preço da fatura na moeda da fatura e o valor na moeda " +"da sua empresa." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Começando" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plano de Contas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "Patrimônios" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Capital próprio" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Renda" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "Despesa" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "Relatório" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categoria" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "Tipos de Conta" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "A receber" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Banco e dinheiro" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Ativos correntes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Activos não circulantes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Adiantamentos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Ativos Fixos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "A pagar" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "Cartão de Crédito" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passivo Circulante" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passivo Não Circulante" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Ganhos do ano atual" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Outros rendimentos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Depreciação" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "Custo de Receita" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Outro" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Tags" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "Grupos de contas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Permitir conciliação" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "Obsoleto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Dados da Companhia" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Conta Bancária" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Períodos Contábeis" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Layout da fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Método de Pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Fatura de Amostra" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Principais Conceitos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "A contabilidade por trás do Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"Esta página resume a maneira como Odoo lida com contas e transações típicas." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo cria automaticamente todas as entradas de diário nos bastidores para " +"cada uma de suas transações contábeis: faturas de cliente, pedido de ponto " +"de venda, despesas, movimentação de estoque, etc." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo usa as regras do sistema de contabilidade de partidas dobradas: todos" +" os lançamentos contábeis manuais são automaticamente equilibrados (soma dos" +" débitos = soma dos créditos)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo suporta relatórios de acumulação e regime de caixa. Isso permite que " +"você relate receitas / despesas no momento em que as transações ocorrem (ou " +"seja, regime de competência) ou quando o pagamento é feito ou recebido (ou " +"seja, regime de caixa)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-empresas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo permite gerir várias empresas na mesma base de dados. Cada empresa " +"tem seu próprio plano de contas e regras. Você pode obter relatórios de " +"consolidação seguindo suas regras de consolidação." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" +"Os usuários podem acessar várias empresas, mas sempre trabalham em uma " +"empresa por vez." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "Multi-moedas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" +"Cada transação é registrada na moeda padrão da empresa. Para transações que " +"ocorrem em outra moeda, Odoo armazena o valor na moeda da empresa e o valor " +"na moeda da transação. O Odoo pode gerar ganhos e perdas de moedas após a " +"reconciliação dos itens de diário." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" +"As taxas de câmbio são atualizadas uma vez por dia usando um serviço da web " +"online yahoo.com." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "Padrões internacionais" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" +"A contabilidade Odoo oferece suporte a mais de 50 países. O núcleo de " +"contabilidade Odoo implementa padrões de contabilidade que são comuns a " +"todos os países. Existem módulos específicos por país para as " +"especificidades do país, como plano de contas, impostos ou interfaces " +"bancárias." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" +"Em particular, o mecanismo de contabilidade central do Odoo oferece suporte " +"a:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" +"Contabilidade anglo-saxônica (EUA, Reino Unido e outros países de língua " +"inglesa, incluindo Irlanda, Canadá, Austrália e Nova Zelândia), onde os " +"custos dos produtos vendidos são relatados quando os produtos são vendidos /" +" entregues." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" +"Contabilidade europeia em que as despesas são contabilizadas na conta do " +"fornecedor." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "O Odoo também possui módulos para atender às regras do IFRS." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "Contas a receber e a pagar" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, Odoo usa uma única conta para todas as entradas de contas a " +"receber e uma para todas as entradas de contas a pagar. Você pode criar " +"contas separadas por clientes / fornecedores, mas não é necessário." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" +"Como as transações são associadas a clientes ou fornecedores, você obtém " +"relatórios para realizar análises por cliente / fornecedor, como extrato do " +"cliente, receitas por clientes, contas a receber / a pagar antigas, ..." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "Grande variedade de relatórios financeiros" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, você pode gerar relatórios financeiros em tempo real. Os relatórios" +" da Odoo variam de relatórios básicos de contabilidade a relatórios " +"gerenciais avançados. Os relatórios de Odoo incluem:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" +"Relatórios de desempenho (como Lucros e Perdas, Variação de Orçamento)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" +"Relatórios de posição (como balanço, contas a pagar antigas, contas a " +"receber antigas)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "Relatórios de caixa (como resumo bancário)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "Relatórios de gestão (como orçamentos, resumo executivo)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" +"O mecanismo de relatório do Odoo permite que você personalize seu próprio " +"relatório com base em suas próprias fórmulas." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo acelera a conciliação bancária combinando a maioria das linhas de " +"extrato bancário importado com suas transações contábeis. Odoo também se " +"lembra de como você tratou outras linhas de extrato bancário e fornece " +"sugestões de transações do razão geral." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "Calcule o imposto que você deve à sua autoridade fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo totaliza todas as suas transações contábeis para o seu período fiscal" +" e usa esses totais para calcular sua obrigação fiscal. Você pode então " +"verificar o seu imposto sobre vendas executando o Relatório de Imposto da " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Avaliação de estoque" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo suporta avaliações de estoque periódicas (manuais) e perpétuas " +"(automatizadas). Os métodos disponíveis são preço padrão, preço médio, UEPS " +"(para países que o permitem) e PEPS." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" +"Lucros retidos são a parte da receita retida por sua empresa. O Odoo calcula" +" automaticamente seus ganhos do ano atual em tempo real, portanto, nenhum " +"diário de fim de ano ou rollover é necessário. Isso é calculado relatando o " +"saldo de lucros e perdas em seu relatório de balanço patrimonial " +"automaticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" +"O relatório ** Lucros e perdas ** (L&P) mostra o desempenho da empresa em um" +" período específico (geralmente o ano atual)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" +"O ** Lucro bruto ** é igual às receitas de vendas menos o custo dos produtos" +" vendidos." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" +"O ** Balanço ** é um instantâneo das finanças da empresa em uma data " +"específica (em oposição aos Lucros e Perdas, que é uma análise de um " +"período)" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" +"** Ativos ** representam o patrimônio da empresa, as coisas que ela possui. " +"Os ativos fixos incluem edifícios e escritórios, os ativos correntes incluem" +" contas bancárias e dinheiro. Um cliente que possui dinheiro é um ativo. Um " +"funcionário não é um ativo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" +"** Passivos ** são obrigações decorrentes de eventos passados ​​que a " +"empresa terá que pagar no futuro (contas de serviços públicos, dívidas, " +"fornecedores não pagos)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" +"** Patrimônio líquido ** é o valor dos fundos contribuídos pelos " +"proprietários (fundadores ou acionistas) mais os lucros (ou perdas) " +"anteriormente retidos." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" +"A cada ano, os lucros (ou perdas) líquidos são reportados aos lucros " +"retidos." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" +"O que é possuído (um ativo) foi financiado por meio de dívidas a reembolsar " +"(passivos) ou patrimônio líquido (lucros, capital)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" +"É feita uma diferença entre comprar um ativo (por exemplo, um edifício) e " +"despesas (por exemplo, combustível). Os ativos têm um valor intrínseco ao " +"longo do tempo, versus as despesas que têm valor neles sendo consumidos para" +" a empresa \"funcionar\"." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "Ativos = Passivos + Patrimônio" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" +"O ** plano de contas ** lista todas as contas, sejam elas contas de balanço " +"ou contas de lucros e perdas. Cada transação financeira (por exemplo, um " +"pagamento, uma fatura) afeta as contas, movendo o valor de uma conta " +"(crédito) para outra conta (débito)." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "Saldo = Débito - Crédito" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "Registros Diários" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" +"Cada documento financeiro da empresa (por exemplo, uma fatura, um extrato " +"bancário, um recibo de pagamento, um contrato de aumento de capital) é " +"registrado como um lançamento contábil manual, impactando várias contas." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" +"Para que uma entrada de diário seja * equilibrada *, a soma de todos os seus" +" débitos deve ser igual à soma de todos os seus créditos." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "exemplos de lançamentos contábeis para várias transações. Exemplo:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "Exemplo 1: Fatura do cliente:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "Explicação:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "Você gera uma receita de R$ 1.000" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "Você tem um imposto a pagar de R$ 90" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "O cliente deve R$ 1.090" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configuração:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "Renda: definida no produto ou na categoria do produto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "Conta a receber: definida no cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "Imposto: definido no imposto definido na linha da fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" +"A posição fiscal utilizada na nota fiscal pode ter uma regra que substitua a" +" Conta de Renda ou o imposto definido no produto por outra." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "Exemplo 2: Pagamento do cliente:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "Seu cliente deve R$ 1.090 a menos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "Você receberá R$ 1.090 em sua conta bancária" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "Conta bancária: definida no diário do banco relacionado" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "Conciliação" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" +"Conciliação é o processo de vincular itens de diário de uma conta " +"específica, combinando créditos e débitos." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" +"Seu objetivo principal é vincular os pagamentos às faturas relacionadas para" +" marcar as faturas que foram pagas e limpar o extrato do cliente. Isso é " +"feito fazendo uma reconciliação na conta * Contas a Receber *." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" +"Uma fatura é marcada como paga quando seus itens de diário de contas a " +"receber são reconciliados com os itens de diário de pagamento relacionados." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "A conciliação é realizada automaticamente pelo sistema quando:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "o pagamento é registrado diretamente na fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" +"as ligações entre os pagamentos e as faturas são detectadas no processo de " +"correspondência do banco" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "Exemplo de declaração do cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "Contas a Receber" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Débito" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Crédito" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "Fatura 1" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "Pagamento 1.1" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "70" +msgstr "70" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "Fatura 2" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "65" +msgstr "65" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "Pagamento 1.2" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "Pagamento 2" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "Fatura 3" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "Total a pagar" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" +"A reconciliação bancária é a combinação das linhas do extrato bancário " +"(fornecidas pelo seu banco) com as transações registradas internamente " +"(pagamentos a fornecedores ou de clientes). Para cada linha de um extrato " +"bancário, pode ser:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "combinado com um pagamento registrado anteriormente:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" +"um pagamento é registrado quando um cheque é recebido de um cliente, em " +"seguida, combinado ao verificar o extrato bancário" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "registrado como um novo pagamento:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "registrado como outra transação:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "transferência bancária, cobrança direta, etc." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo deve reconciliar automaticamente a maioria das transações, apenas " +"algumas delas precisam de revisão manual. Quando o processo de reconciliação" +" bancária for concluído, o saldo da conta bancária no Odoo deve corresponder" +" ao saldo do extrato bancário." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "Tratamento de cheques" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" +"Existem duas abordagens para gerenciar cheques e transferência eletrônica " +"interna:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "Duas entradas de diário e uma reconciliação" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "Um lançamento contábil manual e uma conciliação bancária" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro lançamento contábil manual é criado registrando o pagamento na " +"fatura. O segundo é criado ao registrar o extrato bancário." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "Conta" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "Conta a receber" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "Fatura ABC" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "Fundos não depositados" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "Verifique 0123" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "Banco" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" +"Um lançamento contábil manual é criado registrando o pagamento na fatura. Ao" +" reconciliar o extrato bancário, a linha do extrato é vinculada ao " +"lançamento contábil manual existente." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "Extrato bancário" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "Declaração XYZ" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "Visão geral do processo" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "Da fatura do cliente à cobrança de pagamentos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo oferece suporte a vários fluxos de trabalho de faturamento e " +"pagamento, para que você possa escolher e usar aqueles que correspondem às " +"suas necessidades de negócios. Se você deseja aceitar um único pagamento " +"para uma única fatura ou processar um pagamento abrangendo várias faturas e " +"obter descontos para pagamentos antecipados, você pode fazer isso de forma " +"eficiente e precisa." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Do esboço da fatura aos lucros e perdas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" +"Se recolhermos no final de um cenário típico de 'ordem de pagamento', após a" +" mercadoria ter sido enviada, você irá: emitir uma fatura; receber " +"pagamento; depositar esse pagamento no banco; certifique-se de que a fatura " +"do cliente está fechada; acompanhar se os clientes estão atrasados; e, por " +"fim, apresente sua receita no relatório de lucros e perdas e mostre a " +"diminuição dos ativos no relatório de balanço." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" +"O faturamento na maioria dos países ocorre quando uma obrigação contratual é" +" cumprida. Se você envia uma caixa para um cliente, você atende aos termos " +"do contrato e pode cobrá-lo. Se o seu fornecedor lhe enviar uma remessa, ele" +" cumpriu os termos desse contrato e poderá cobrar de você. Portanto, os " +"termos do contrato são cumpridos quando a caixa se move de ou para o " +"caminhão. Neste ponto, Odoo apóia a criação do que é chamado de fatura " +"preliminar pela equipe do armazém." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" +"Faturas preliminares podem ser geradas manualmente a partir de outros " +"documentos, como pedidos de venda, pedidos de compra, etc. Embora você possa" +" criar um rascunho de fatura diretamente, se desejar." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" +"Uma fatura deve ser fornecida ao cliente com as informações necessárias para" +" que ele possa pagar pelas mercadorias e serviços solicitados e entregues. " +"Deve também incluir outras informações necessárias para pagar a fatura de " +"forma oportuna e precisa." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "Rascunho de faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" +"O sistema gera faturas que são inicialmente definidas para o estado " +"Rascunho. Embora essas faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" +"permanecem não validados, eles não têm nenhum impacto contábil dentro do " +"sistema. Não há nada que impeça os usuários de criar seus próprios rascunhos" +" de faturas." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "Vamos criar uma fatura do cliente com as seguintes informações:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "Cliente: Agrolait" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "Produto: iMac" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "Quantidade: 1" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "Preço unitário: 100" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "O documento é composto por três partes:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "no topo da fatura, com informações do cliente," + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "o corpo principal da fatura, com linhas de fatura detalhadas," + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "parte inferior da página, com detalhes sobre os impostos e os totais." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" +"Uma fatura geralmente inclui a quantidade e o preço dos bens e / ou " +"serviços, a data, as partes envolvidas, o número exclusivo da fatura e " +"quaisquer informações fiscais." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" +"\"Valide\" a fatura quando estiver pronto para aprová-la. A fatura então " +"passa do estado Rascunho para o estado Aberto." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" +"Depois de validar uma fatura, Odoo atribui a ela um número exclusivo de uma " +"sequência definida e modificável." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" +"Os lançamentos contábeis correspondentes a esta fatura são gerados " +"automaticamente quando você valida a fatura. Você pode ver os detalhes " +"clicando na entrada no campo Lançamento contábil manual na guia \"Outras " +"informações\"." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "Envie a fatura para o cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" +"Depois de validar a fatura do cliente, você pode enviá-la diretamente ao " +"cliente por meio da funcionalidade 'Enviar por e-mail'." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" +"Um lançamento diário típico gerado a partir de uma fatura validada terá a " +"seguinte aparência:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "**Parceiro**" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "** Data de Vencimento **" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "Agrolait" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "07/01/2015" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "115" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, uma fatura é considerada paga quando o lançamento contábil " +"associado foi conciliado com os lançamentos de pagamento. Se não houver uma " +"conciliação, a fatura permanecerá no estado Aberto até que você insira o " +"pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" +"Uma entrada de diário típica gerada a partir de um pagamento terá a seguinte" +" aparência:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "Receber um pagamento parcial através do extrato bancário" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" +"Você pode inserir manualmente seus extratos bancários no Odoo ou importá-los" +" de um arquivo csv ou de vários outros formatos predefinidos de acordo com " +"sua localização contábil." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" +"Crie um extrato bancário do painel de contabilidade com o diário relacionado" +" e insira um valor de R$ 100." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "Conciliar" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "Agora vamos nos conciliar!" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode passar por todas as transações e conciliá-las ou pode " +"conciliar em massa com as instruções na parte inferior." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" +"Depois de conciliar os itens na planilha, a fatura relacionada agora exibirá" +" \"Você tem pagamentos pendentes para este cliente. Você pode conciliá-los " +"para pagar esta fatura.\"" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" +"Aplique o pagamento. Abaixo, você pode ver que o pagamento foi adicionado à " +"fatura." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "Acompanhamento de pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" +"Há uma tendência crescente de clientes pagando contas cada vez mais tarde. " +"Portanto, os coletores devem envidar todos os esforços para coletar dinheiro" +" e coletá-lo mais rapidamente." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo o ajudará a definir sua estratégia de acompanhamento. Para lembrar os" +" clientes de pagar suas faturas pendentes, você pode definir ações " +"diferentes, dependendo de quão atrasado o cliente está. Essas ações são " +"agrupadas em níveis de acompanhamento que são acionados quando a data de " +"vencimento de uma fatura passa de um determinado número de dias. Caso " +"existam outras faturas vencidas para o mesmo cliente, serão executadas as " +"ações da fatura mais vencida." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" +"Ao acessar o registro do cliente e mergulhar em \"Pagamentos em atraso\", " +"você verá a mensagem de acompanhamento e todas as faturas em atraso." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" +"O relatório de envelhecimento do cliente será uma ferramenta-chave adicional" +" para o cobrador entender os problemas de crédito do cliente e priorizar seu" +" trabalho." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" +"Use o relatório de vencimento para determinar quais clientes estão atrasados" +" ​​e comece seus esforços de cobrança." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "Lucros e perdas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" +"O demonstrativo de lucros e perdas exibe seus detalhes de receita e " +"despesas. Em última análise, isso dá a você uma imagem clara de seu lucro " +"líquido e perda. Às vezes é chamado de \"Demonstração de receita\" ou " +"\"Demonstração de receitas e despesas\"." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "balanço patrimonial" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" +"O balanço patrimonial resume os passivos, ativos e patrimônio líquido da sua" +" empresa em um momento específico." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, se você gerencia seu estoque usando o método de contabilidade " +"perpétua, deve esperar uma redução na conta \"Ativo Circulante\", uma vez " +"que o material foi enviado ao cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "Da fatura do fornecedor ao pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" +"Depois que as contas do fornecedor são registradas no Odoo, você pode pagar " +"facilmente aos fornecedores pelo valor correto e no momento certo (nem " +"tarde, nem cedo demais; dependendo da política do seu fornecedor). O Odoo " +"também oferece relatórios para rastrear seus saldos a pagar antigos." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja controlar as contas do fornecedor recebidas de seus " +"fornecedores, você pode usar o aplicativo Odoo Compras que permite controlar" +" e pré-preenchê-los automaticamente com base em pedidos de compra " +"anteriores." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "Registre uma nova fatura do fornecedor" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" +"Para registrar uma nova fatura de fornecedor, comece selecionando um " +"fornecedor e inserindo sua fatura como a ** Referência do fornecedor **, em " +"seguida, adicione e confirme as linhas de produtos, certificando-se de ter " +"as quantidades de produtos, taxas e preços corretos." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" +"No canto inferior esquerdo, o Odoo mostra uma tabela de resumo de todos os " +"impostos da conta do fornecedor. Em vários países, métodos diferentes são " +"aceitos para arredondar os totais (rodada por linha ou rodada global). O " +"método de arredondamento padrão no Odoo é arredondar os preços finais por " +"linha (já que você pode ter impostos diferentes por produto. Por exemplo, " +"álcool e cigarros). No entanto, se o seu fornecedor tiver um valor de " +"imposto diferente na fatura, você pode alterar o valor na tabela inferior " +"esquerda para ajustar e combinar." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Validar a fatura do fornecedor" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" +"Assim que a fatura do fornecedor for validada, um lançamento contábil manual" +" será gerado com base na configuração da fatura. Este lançamento contábil " +"manual pode ser diferente dependendo do pacote de contabilidade que você " +"escolher usar." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" +"Para a maioria dos países europeus, a entrada de diário usará as seguintes " +"contas:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "** Contas a Pagar: ** definido no formulário do fornecedor" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "** Impostos: ** definidos nos produtos e por linha" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "** Despesas: ** definidas no item de linha do produto usado" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" +"Para contabilidade anglo-saxônica (EUA), a entrada de diário usará as " +"seguintes contas:" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "** Bens Recebidos: ** definido no formulário do produto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "Pague uma conta" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" +"Para criar um pagamento para uma fatura de fornecedor em aberto diretamente," +" você pode clicar em ** Registrar um pagamento ** na parte superior do " +"formulário." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode registrar um pagamento a um fornecedor diretamente, sem " +"aplicá-lo a uma fatura do fornecedor. Para fazer isso ,: seleção de menus: " +"`Compras -> Pagamentos`. Então, a partir da fatura do fornecedor, você " +"poderá conciliar esse pagamento diretamente." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" +"Se você optar por pagar as contas do fornecedor em cheque, o Odoo oferece um" +" método para fazer isso diretamente a partir dos pagamentos do fornecedor no" +" Odoo. Quer o faça diariamente ou prefira fazê-lo no final da semana, pode " +"imprimir em cheques em lotes." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" +"Se você tem cheques para imprimir, o painel de contabilidade do Odoo " +"funciona como uma lista de tarefas e lembra quantos cheques ainda precisam " +"ser impressos." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" +"Ao selecionar a quantidade de cheques a serem impressos, você pode mergulhar" +" direto em uma lista de todos os pagamentos que estão prontos para serem " +"processados." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" +"Selecione todos os cheques que deseja imprimir (use a primeira caixa de " +"seleção para selecionar todos) e defina a ação para ** Imprimir cheques **. " +"O Odoo solicitará que você defina o próximo número de cheque na sequência e," +" em seguida, imprimirá todos os cheques de uma vez." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Comunicando" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" +"A partir daqui, você pode clicar diretamente no nome de um fornecedor para " +"abrir os detalhes de todas as contas pendentes e os valores devidos, ou você" +" pode anotar qualquer linha para informações de gerenciamento. A qualquer " +"momento, enquanto você analisa o relatório, pode imprimir diretamente para " +"Excel ou PDF e obter exatamente o que vê na tela." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "Contas a pagar" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" +"Quando você recebe centenas de contas de fornecedores por mês com cada uma " +"delas tendo diferentes condições de pagamento, pode ser complexo seguir o " +"que você tem que pagar e quando. Pagar seus fornecedores muito cedo pode " +"diminuir sua disponibilidade de dinheiro e pagar muito tarde pode resultar " +"em custos extras." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" +"Felizmente, Odoo fornece as ferramentas certas para gerenciar ordens de " +"pagamento para fornecedores de forma eficiente." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "Configuração: condições de pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" +"Para rastrear as condições do fornecedor, usamos os termos de pagamento no " +"Odoo. Os termos de pagamento permitem acompanhar as condições para calcular " +"a data de vencimento em uma fatura. Por exemplo, um prazo de pagamento pode " +"ser:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "50% em 30 dias" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "50% em 45 dias" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" +"Para criar suas condições de pagamento mais comuns, use o menu:: seleção de " +"menus: `Configuração -> Gerenciamento -> Condições de pagamento` no " +"aplicativo ** Contabilidade **. O exemplo a seguir mostra um prazo de " +"pagamento de 30% diretamente e o saldo após 30 dias." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" +"Depois que as condições de pagamento são definidas, você pode atribuí-las ao" +" seu fornecedor por padrão. Defina o campo Prazo de pagamento do fornecedor " +"na guia Contabilidade de um formulário do fornecedor. Dessa forma, toda vez " +"que você fizer uma compra para este vendedor, Odoo irá propor " +"automaticamente a você o prazo de pagamento correto." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" +"Se você não definir uma condição de pagamento específica para um fornecedor," +" ainda poderá definir uma condição de pagamento específica na conta do " +"fornecedor." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "Previsão de contas a pagar com o relatório de contas a pagar antigas" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "Este relatório informa quanto você terá que pagar nos próximos meses." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "Selecione as contas a pagar" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" +"A partir desta tela, você também pode alternar para a tabela dinâmica ou a " +"visualização do gráfico para obter estatísticas sobre o valor devido no " +"próximo mês, usando o recurso de agrupamento por \"Data de vencimento\"." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "Pagamentos de fornecedores" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "Pagar em cheque" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" +"Depois de decidir pagar uma conta de fornecedor, você pode optar por pagar " +"em cheque. Então, no final do dia, o gerente pode imprimir todos os cheques " +"por lote. Finalmente, o processo de reconciliação bancária combinará os " +"cheques que você enviou aos fornecedores com extratos bancários reais." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "Instale o módulo necessário" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" +"De acordo com seu país e o plano de contas que você usa, esses módulos podem" +" ser instalados por padrão. (exemplo: os usuários dos Estados Unidos não têm" +" nada para instalar, é configurado por padrão)." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "Ativar métodos de pagamento de cheques" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "Estados Unidos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" +"Para os Estados Unidos, Odoo oferece suporte por padrão aos formatos de " +"seleção de:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" +"Também é possível customizar seu próprio formato de cheque por meio de " +"customizações." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "Pague uma conta de fornecedor com cheque" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "O pagamento a um fornecedor com cheque é feito em três etapas:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "registrando um pagamento que você gostaria de fazer na conta" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "impressão de cheques em lote para todos os pagamentos registrados" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "Conciliar extratos bancários" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "Registrar um pagamento em cheque" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "Imprimir cheques" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" +"No painel de contabilidade, em sua conta bancária, você verá um link \"X " +"cheques para imprimir\". Clique neste link e você obterá a lista de todos os" +" cheques que ainda não foram impressos. Nessa tela, você pode imprimir todos" +" os cheques em lote ou revisá-los um por um." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja revisar cada pagamento um a um antes de imprimir o cheque, " +"abra o pagamento e clique em ** Imprimir Cheque ** se aceitar. Uma caixa de " +"diálogo perguntará o número do cheque. Ele propõe automaticamente o próximo " +"número, mas você pode alterá-lo se não corresponder ao seu próximo número de" +" cheque." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" +"Para imprimir todos os cheques em lote, selecione todos os pagamentos na " +"exibição de lista e Imprimir cheque no menu \"imprimir\" superior." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" +"Assim que processar o seu extrato bancário, quando o cheque for creditado da" +" sua conta bancária, o Odoo irá propor automaticamente que o combine com o " +"pagamento. Isso marcará o pagamento como ** conciliado **." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "Pague qualquer coisa com um cheque." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" +"Você pode registrar um pagamento que não está relacionado a uma conta de " +"fornecedor. Para fazer isso, use o menu superior: seleção de menus: `Compras" +" -> Pagamentos`. Registre seu pagamento e selecione a forma de pagamento em " +"cheque." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" +"Uma vez registrado seu pagamento em cheque, não se esqueça de ** Confirmar " +"**. Depois de confirmado, você pode usar ** Imprimir cheque ** diretamente " +"ou seguir o fluxo anterior para imprimir cheques em lote:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo oferece uma maneira simples e eficaz de gerenciar várias contas ao " +"mesmo tempo, com várias opções rápidas ou complexas. Com um único processo, " +"qualquer pessoa pode gerenciar contas e pagamentos com apenas alguns " +"cliques." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "Pague várias contas com um pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "Registre vários pagamentos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" +"No exemplo a seguir, geraremos algumas contas. Você pode controlar todo o " +"processo de seu painel de contabilidade (primeira tela que você obtém quando" +" abre o aplicativo de contabilidade)." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" +"Para criar uma conta, abra o menu Dashboard e clique em **Contas do " +"fornecedor**. Na janela Contas do fornecedor, clique em **Criar**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" +"Escolha o fornecedor do qual deseja comprar o produto e clique em Adicionar " +"um item para adicionar um (ou mais) produto (s). Clique em ** Salvar ** e " +"depois em ** Validar **." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "Pague as contas do fornecedor, uma após a outra" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" +"Agora registraremos o pagamento de apenas uma fatura. Abra a fatura e clique" +" em ** Registrar pagamento **. Insira Forma de Pagamento, Data e Valor e " +"clique em ** Validar **." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" +"Depois de validar o pagamento, o sistema conciliará automaticamente o " +"pagamento com a fatura e definirá a fatura como ** Paga **. O sistema também" +" irá gerar uma movimentação da conta de pagamento e reconciliá-la com a " +"transação de despesas." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "Pague várias contas ao mesmo tempo" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" +"Para ilustrar o processo completamente, crie pelo menos mais 2 cédulas " +"seguindo o guia permanente acima. ** Certifique-se de que todas as contas " +"são do mesmo fornecedor. **" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" +"Insira os detalhes do pagamento. O sistema calculou o valor total para ambas" +" as contas, mas você pode modificá-lo livremente. Clique em ** Validar **." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "Registre o pagamento, concilie depois" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode conciliar um pagamento com contas depois que o pagamento " +"foi registrado." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "Primeiro, precisamos criar um pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" +"Criação de ordem de pagamento com forma de pagamento em cheque. Selecionando" +" o Fornecedor relacionado e o valor que resta a pagar. Após o preenchimento " +"de todos os dados, confirmaremos a ordem de pagamento que gerará a transação" +" de pagamento com o sistema." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" +"Como você pode ver, o status do pagamento da conta mostra o que foi lançado " +"e o que falta conciliar." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" +"Depois de receber o extrato bancário do banco com os detalhes do pagamento, " +"você pode reconciliar a transação no dashboard. Ele mapeará automaticamente " +"o valor da transação." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "Pagamentos parciais de várias contas de fornecedores" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" +"Como pagar várias contas de fornecedores com descontos à vista de uma só " +"vez?" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" +"Você já aprendeu a pagar as contas de várias maneiras, mas e quanto ao " +"pagamento parcial? Estamos dando outro exemplo em que faremos o pagamento " +"parcial de várias contas." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" +"Estamos criando várias contas e pagando parcialmente por meio de extratos " +"bancários." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" +"Estamos adicionando condições de pagamento que permitem algum desconto à " +"vista quando o fornecedor nos oferece desconto no pagamento antecipado." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" +"Estamos criando as seguintes faturas com a atribuição do prazo de pagamento " +"acima." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "Criamos as seguintes contas:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" +"Pagaremos as faturas criando um extrato bancário no qual ajustaremos o " +"desconto à vista que nosso fornecedor forneceu nas condições de pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" +"Antes de reconciliar este extrato bancário, precisamos criar um modelo de " +"extrato para desconto à vista." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" +"Agora vamos voltar ao extrato bancário e abrir a visualização de " +"conciliação." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:65 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "Pague com SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " +"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" +" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" +"Com Odoo, depois de decidir pagar a um fornecedor, você pode optar por pagar" +" a conta com SEPA. Em seguida, ao final do dia, o gestor pode gerar o " +"arquivo SEPA contendo todas as transferências bancárias e enviá-lo ao banco." +" O arquivo segue as especificações SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03'. " +"Este é um padrão bem definido que faz consenso entre os bancos." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" +"Assim que os pagamentos forem processados ​​pelo seu banco, você pode " +"importar diretamente o extrato da conta dentro do Odoo. O processo de " +"conciliação bancária corresponderá perfeitamente aos pedidos SEPA que você " +"enviou ao seu banco com os extratos bancários reais." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "Ative os métodos de pagamento SEPA em bancos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" +"Para permitir pagamentos por SEPA, você deve ativar o método de pagamento em" +" diários bancários relacionados. No painel de contabilidade (a tela que você" +" obtém ao entrar no aplicativo de contabilidade), clique em \"Mais\" em sua " +"conta bancária e selecione a opção \"Configurações\"." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" +"Para ativar o SEPA, clique na guia ** Configurações avançadas ** e, na seção" +" ** Métodos de pagamento ** da seção ** Diversos **, marque a caixa ** " +"Transferência de crédito Sepa **." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de especificar o número da conta IBAN (o número da conta " +"doméstica não funciona com SEPA) e o BIC (código de identificação do banco) " +"em seu diário do banco." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, os pagamentos que você envia usando SEPA usarão o nome da sua " +"empresa como nome da parte inicial. Isso é o que aparece no extrato bancário" +" do destinatário no campo ** pagamento de **. Você pode personalizá-lo nas " +"configurações da sua empresa, na aba ** Configuração **, na seção ** SEPA " +"**." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "Registre seus pagamentos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" +"Você pode registrar um pagamento que não está relacionado a uma conta de " +"fornecedor. Para fazer isso, use o menu superior: seleção de menus: `Compras" +" -> Pagamentos`. Registre seu pagamento e selecione a forma de pagamento por" +" Transferência de Crédito Sepa." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" +"Se for a primeira vez que você paga a este fornecedor, você terá que " +"preencher o campo Conta do Banco do Destinatário com, pelo menos, o nome do " +"banco, IBAN e BIC (Código de Identificação do Banco). O Odoo verificará " +"automaticamente o formato IBAN." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Para pagamentos futuros a este fornecedor, o Odoo irá propor-lhe " +"automaticamente as contas bancárias, mas você poderá selecionar outra ou " +"criar uma nova." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" +"Depois de cadastrado o seu pagamento, não se esqueça de Confirmar. Você " +"também pode pagar contas do fornecedor diretamente da conta usando o botão " +"Registrar pagamento na parte superior da conta do fornecedor. O formulário é" +" o mesmo, mas o pagamento está diretamente vinculado à fatura e será " +"reconciliado automaticamente com ela." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "Gerar arquivos SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" +"Clique no link para verificar todos os pagamentos que estão prontos para " +"transferência via SEPA. Em seguida, selecione todos os pagamentos que deseja" +" enviar (ou marque a caixa superior para selecionar todos os pagamentos de " +"uma vez) e clique em: seleção de menus: `Mais -> Baixar Pagamentos SEPA`." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solução de problemas" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " +"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " +"error message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" +"Pergunte ao seu banco se eles aceitam ** PAIN.001.001.03 Transferências de " +"Crédito SEPA **. Se não o fizerem ou não puderem fornecer informações " +"relevantes, encaminhe a mensagem de erro ao seu parceiro Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" +"Não há nenhum código de identificação do banco registrado para a conta " +"bancária ..." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" +"Para enviar um pagamento SEPA, o destinatário deve ser identificado por um " +"IBAN e BIC válidos. Se esta mensagem aparecer, você provavelmente codificou " +"uma conta IBAN para o parceiro que está pagando, mas se esqueceu de " +"preencher o campo BIC." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr ":doc:`check`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "Linear" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Degressive" +msgstr "Decrescente" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Pré-requisitos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " +"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " +"lower amount than the previous entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " +"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " +"one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" +"O aplicativo ** Compras ** permite que você gerencie seus pedidos de compra," +" produtos recebidos e contas de fornecedores, tudo perfeitamente em um só " +"lugar." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja configurar um processo de controle de fatura do fornecedor, a" +" primeira coisa que você precisa fazer é ter os dados de compra no Odoo. " +"Saber o que foi comprado e recebido é o primeiro passo para entender seus " +"processos de gerenciamento de compras." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "Aqui está o fluxo de trabalho padrão no Odoo:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" +"Você começa com uma ** Solicitação de Cotação (RFQ) ** para enviar ao (s) " +"seu (s) fornecedor (es)." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" +"A confirmação do pedido de compra gera uma ** Remessa de entrada ** se você " +"comprou algum produto estocável." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" +"Ao receber uma ** fatura do fornecedor ** de seu fornecedor, valide a fatura" +" com os produtos recebidos na etapa anterior para garantir a precisão." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" +"Esse processo pode ser feito por três pessoas diferentes dentro da empresa, " +"ou apenas uma." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "Instalando os aplicativos de compra e inventário" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo ** Apps **, procure o módulo ** Compras ** e instale-o. Devido" +" a certas dependências, a instalação do Compras instalará automaticamente os" +" aplicativos ** Inventário ** e ** Contabilidade **." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "Criando produtos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " +"click create." +msgstr "" +"Criar produtos no Odoo é essencial para uma compra rápida e eficiente dentro" +" do Odoo. Basta navegar até o submenu Produtos em Compras e clicar em criar." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" +msgstr "" +"Ano de criação ou produto, preste atenção ao campo ** Tipo de produto **, " +"pois e importante:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" +"Os produtos definidos como ** Armazenáveis ​​ou Consumíveis ** permitirão " +"que você acompanhe seus níveis de estoque. Essas opções implicam em " +"gerenciamento de estoque e permitirão o recebimento desses tipos de " +"produtos." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" +"Por outro lado, os produtos configurados como ** Serviço ou Produto Digital " +"** não implicarão em gerenciamento de estoque, simplesmente pelo fato de não" +" haver estoque para gerenciar. Você não poderá receber produtos com nenhuma " +"dessas designações." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "" +"É recomendável que você crie um produto ** Diversos ** para todas as compras" +" que ocorrem com pouca frequência e não exigem avaliação ou gerenciamento de" +" estoque. Se você criar tal produto, é recomendável definir o tipo de " +"produto como ** Serviço **." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Gerenciando suas contas de fornecedor" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "Compra de produtos ou serviços" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo de compra, você pode criar um pedido de compra com quantos " +"produtos você precisar. Se o fornecedor enviar a você uma confirmação ou " +"cotação de um pedido, você poderá registrar o número de referência do pedido" +" no campo ** Referência do fornecedor **. Isso permitirá que você combine " +"facilmente o pedido de compra com a fatura do fornecedor posteriormente (já " +"que a fatura do fornecedor provavelmente incluirá a referência do " +"fornecedor)" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Valide o pedido de compra e receba os produtos do aplicativo Inventário." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "Recebendo Produtos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" +"Se você comprou algum produto estocável do qual gerencia o estoque, " +"precisará receber os produtos do aplicativo de estoque depois de confirmar " +"um pedido de compra. No ** dashboard de inventário **, você verá um botão " +"que o vincula diretamente à transferência de produtos. Este botão está " +"destacado em vermelho abaixo:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" +"Navegar por essa rota o levará a uma lista de todos os pedidos aguardando " +"para serem recebidos." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" +"Se você tem muitos pedidos aguardando, aplique um filtro usando a barra de " +"pesquisa no canto superior direito. Com esta barra de pesquisa, você pode " +"filtrar com base no fornecedor (parceiro), no produto ou no documento de " +"origem (também conhecido como a referência do seu pedido de compra). Você " +"também pode agrupar os pedidos por critérios diferentes em ** Agrupar por " +"**. A seleção de um item desta lista abrirá a tela a seguir, onde você " +"receberá os produtos." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "A compra de produtos de serviço não aciona um pedido de entrega." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Gerenciando contas de fornecedor" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" +"Ao receber a fatura do fornecedor de uma compra anterior, certifique-se de " +"registrá-la no aplicativo Compras no ** Menu de Controle **. Você precisa " +"criar uma nova fatura do fornecedor, mesmo se já tiver registrado um pedido " +"de compra." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" +"A primeira coisa que você precisa fazer ao criar uma fatura do fornecedor é " +"selecionar o fornecedor apropriado, já que isso também exibirá quaisquer " +"informações de contabilidade ou lista de preços associadas. A partir daí, " +"você pode escolher especificar um ou vários pedidos de compra para preencher" +" a fatura do fornecedor. Quando você seleciona um pedido de compra na lista," +" Odoo puxa todos os produtos não faturados associados a esse pedido de " +"compra e preenche automaticamente as informações abaixo. Se estiver tendo " +"dificuldade em encontrar a fatura do fornecedor apropriada, você pode " +"pesquisar na lista inserindo o número de referência do fornecedor ou o " +"número do seu pedido de compra interno." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "" +"Enquanto a fatura está em estado de rascunho, você pode fazer as " +"modificações necessárias (ou seja, remover ou adicionar linhas de produtos, " +"modificar quantidades e alterar preços)." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" +"Seu fornecedor pode enviar várias faturas para o mesmo pedido de compra se:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" +"Seu fornecedor está com pedidos pendentes e está lhe enviando faturas à " +"medida que envia os produtos." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" +"Seu fornecedor está enviando uma fatura parcial ou solicitando um depósito." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" +"Cada vez que você registra uma nova fatura de fornecedor, Odoo preencherá " +"automaticamente as quantidades de produtos com base no que foi recebido do " +"fornecedor. Se este valor estiver mostrando um zero, significa que você " +"ainda não recebeu este produto e serve apenas como um lembrete de que o " +"produto não está em mãos e você pode precisar fazer mais perguntas sobre " +"isso. A qualquer momento, antes de validar a fatura do fornecedor, você pode" +" substituir essa quantidade zero." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" +"O que fazer se a sua fatura do fornecedor não corresponder ao que você " +"recebeu" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" +"Se a fatura que você recebe do fornecedor tem quantidades que não " +"correspondem às quantidades preenchidas automaticamente pelo Odoo, isso pode" +" ser devido a vários motivos:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" +"O fornecedor está cobrando incorretamente por produtos e / ou serviços que " +"você não solicitou." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" +"O fornecedor está cobrando por produtos que você pode não ter recebido " +"ainda, pois o controle de faturamento pode ser baseado em quantidades " +"pedidas ou recebidas." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "O fornecedor não lhe cobrou por produtos adquiridos anteriormente." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" +"Nesses casos, é recomendável que você verifique se a fatura e qualquer " +"pedido de compra associado ao fornecedor são precisos e se você entende o " +"que pediu e o que já recebeu." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" +"Se você não conseguir encontrar um pedido de compra relacionado a uma fatura" +" do fornecedor, isso pode ser devido a alguns motivos:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" +"O fornecedor já lhe faturou este pedido de compra; portanto, não aparecerá " +"em nenhum lugar da seleção." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" +"Alguém na empresa se esqueceu de registrar um pedido de compra para este " +"fornecedor." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "O fornecedor está cobrando por algo que você não pediu." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "Como as quantidades do produto são gerenciadas" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, os serviços são gerenciados com base nas quantidades " +"solicitadas, enquanto os estocáveis ​​e consumíveis são gerenciados com base" +" nas quantidades recebidas." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" +"Se você precisar gerenciar produtos com base nas quantidades solicitadas em " +"relação às quantidades recebidas, você precisará pertencer ao grupo ** " +"Gerente de compras **. Peça ao administrador do sistema para habilitar esses" +" acessos em: seleção de menus: `Configurações -> Usuários -> Usuários -> " +"Direitos de acesso`. Depois de pertencer ao grupo correto, selecione o (s) " +"produto (s) que deseja modificar e deverá aparecer um novo campo, denominado" +" ** Controle de Compras **." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" +"Você pode então alterar o método de gerenciamento padrão para o produto " +"selecionado com base em:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "Quantidades pedidas" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "ou quantidades recebidas" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "Faturamento em lote" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" +"Ao criar uma fatura do fornecedor e selecionar o pedido de compra " +"apropriado, você pode continuar a selecionar pedidos de compra adicionais. O" +" Odoo adicionará os itens de linha adicionais dos pedidos de compra que você" +" selecionar. Se você não excluiu os itens de linha anteriores do primeiro " +"pedido de compra, a fatura será vinculada a todos os pedidos de compra " +"apropriados." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Preços" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Recebimentos de Compra" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Registre um recibo" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "Contas a Receber" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "Faturas de clientes" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "Ofereça descontos à vista" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." +msgstr "" +"Descontos à vista são incentivos que você pode oferecer aos clientes para " +"motivá-los a pagar dentro de um prazo específico. Por exemplo, você oferece " +"um desconto de 2% se o cliente lhe pagar nos primeiros 5 dias da fatura, " +"quando o prazo de vencimento é 30 dias. Essa abordagem pode melhorar muito o" +" seu período médio de coleta." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "Configure um desconto à vista" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar um desconto à vista, acesse: seleção de menus: " +"ʻContabilidade -> Configuração -> Gerenciamento -> Condições de pagamento` e" +" clique em * Criar *. Adicione um tipo de termo * Porcentagem * com um valor" +" correspondente (por exemplo, 98% do preço total para um desconto de 2%) e o" +" número de dias durante os quais a oferta é válida. Você também pode alterar" +" o prazo de saldo padrão, se necessário." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "Comece a oferecer o desconto à vista" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +msgstr "" +"Agora, você pode criar uma fatura do cliente e selecionar o prazo de " +"pagamento do desconto à vista que adicionou. Assim que a fatura for " +"validada, Odoo irá dividir automaticamente a parte das contas a receber do " +"lançamento contábil manual em duas parcelas com datas de vencimento " +"diferentes. Como o preço com desconto já foi calculado, seus controles de " +"pagamento serão simplificados." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "Conceda o desconto à vista" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +msgstr "" +"O cliente cumpriu as condições de pagamento e, portanto, se beneficia do " +"desconto à vista. Ao processar o extrato bancário, combine o pagamento com o" +" lançamento contábil manual relacionado. Em seguida, selecione o desconto à " +"vista restante e clique em * Criar Baixa * para conciliá-lo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode criar um modelo de conciliação dedicado para tornar o " +"processo mais fácil. Nesse caso, você deve adicionar um imposto ao modelo " +"com base nos impostos aplicados às suas faturas. Isso significa que, se você" +" lida com várias taxas de impostos, precisa criar vários modelos de " +"conciliação. Observe que, dependendo da sua localização, você já pode ter um" +" modelo de desconto à vista disponível por padrão." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "Cadastre o pagamento integral" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." +msgstr "" +"Nesse caso, o cliente não cumpriu o prazo de pagamento e não pode se " +"beneficiar do desconto à vista. Ao processar o extrato bancário, combine o " +"pagamento com os dois lançamentos contábeis manuais relacionados." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Arredondamento de dinheiro" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "Aplicar arredondamentos" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "Receitas Diferidas" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "Visão geral do processo de faturamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo do seu negócio e do aplicativo que você usa, existem diferentes " +"maneiras de automatizar a criação da fatura do cliente no Odoo. Normalmente," +" o projeto de fatura é criado pelo sistema (com informações provenientes de " +"outros documentos como pedido de venda ou contratos) e o contador só tem que" +" validar o rascunho e enviar as faturas em lote (por correio normal ou " +"e-mail)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" +"Dependendo do seu negócio, você pode optar por uma das seguintes formas de " +"criar rascunhos de faturas:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "Pedido de Vendas ‣ Fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" +"Na maioria das empresas, os vendedores criam cotações que se tornam pedidos " +"de vendas assim que são validadas. Em seguida, faturas preliminares são " +"criadas com base no pedido de venda. Você tem opções diferentes como:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" +"Faturar manualmente: use um botão no pedido de venda para acionar o rascunho" +" da fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" +"Fatura antes da entrega: fature o pedido completo antes de acionar o pedido " +"de entrega" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "Fatura com base na ordem de entrega: consulte a próxima seção" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" +"A fatura antes da entrega geralmente é usada pelo aplicativo de comércio " +"eletrônico quando o cliente paga no pedido e nós entregamos depois. (pré-" +"pago)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" +"Para a maioria dos outros casos de uso, é recomendável faturar manualmente. " +"Permite ao vendedor acionar a fatura sob demanda com opções: faturar todo o " +"pedido, faturar um percentual (adiantamento), faturar algumas linhas, " +"faturar um adiantamento fixo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "Esse processo é bom para serviços e produtos físicos." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "Pedido de venda ‣ Pedido de entrega ‣ Fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" +"Os varejistas e o comércio eletrônico geralmente faturam com base nos " +"pedidos de entrega, em vez do pedido de venda. Esta abordagem é adequada " +"para negócios onde as quantidades que você entrega podem ser diferentes das " +"quantidades pedidas: alimentos (fatura baseada em Kg reais)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Dessa forma, se você entregar um pedido parcial, só fatura o que realmente " +"entregou. Se você fizer pedidos em atraso (entrega parcial e o restante " +"posteriormente), o cliente receberá duas faturas, uma para cada pedido de " +"entrega." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "Pedido de comércio eletrônico ‣ Fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" +"Um pedido de comércio eletrônico também acionará a criação do pedido quando " +"ele for totalmente pago. Se você permitir o pagamento de pedidos por cheque " +"ou transferência bancária, Odoo apenas criará um pedido e a fatura será " +"acionada assim que o pagamento for recebido." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Contratos" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "Contratos regulares ‣ Faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" +"Se você usa contratos, pode acionar a fatura com base no tempo e material " +"gasto, despesas ou linhas fixas de serviços / produtos. Todo mês, o vendedor" +" irá disparar a fatura com base nas atividades do contrato." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "As atividades podem ser:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" +"produtos / serviços fixos, provenientes de uma ordem de venda vinculada a " +"este contrato" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" +"tempo e material com base em planilhas de horas ou compras (subcontratação)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "despesas como viagens e acomodação que você re-fatura para o cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" +"Você pode faturar no final do contrato ou acionar faturas intermediárias. " +"Essa abordagem é usada por empresas de serviços que faturam principalmente " +"com base no tempo e no material. Para empresas de serviços que faturam com " +"base no preço fixo, eles usam um pedido de venda regular." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "Contratos recorrentes ‣ Faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" +"Para assinaturas, uma fatura é acionada periodicamente, automaticamente. A " +"frequência da faturação e os serviços / produtos faturados são definidos no " +"contrato." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "Criando uma fatura manualmente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" +"Os usuários também podem criar faturas manualmente sem usar contratos ou um " +"pedido de venda. É uma abordagem recomendada se você não precisa gerenciar o" +" processo de vendas (cotações), nem a entrega dos produtos ou serviços." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" +"Mesmo que você gere a fatura de um pedido de venda, pode ser necessário " +"criar faturas manualmente em casos de uso excepcionais:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "se você precisar criar um reembolso" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "Se você precisa dar um desconto" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" +"se você precisar alterar uma fatura criada a partir de um pedido de venda" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" +"se você precisar faturar algo não relacionado ao seu negócio principal" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "Módulos específicos" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" +"Alguns módulos específicos também são capazes de gerar faturas preliminares:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "** adesão **: fature seus membros todos os anos" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "** reparos **: fature seus serviços pós-venda" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "Usando termos de pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Data de vencimento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "1000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "Pagamentos de clientes" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Tipos de Método de Pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "Fechar ou revogar um mandato" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" +"Existem duas maneiras de lidar com os pagamentos recebidos em cheque. O Odoo" +" apóia ambas as abordagens para que você possa usar a que melhor se adapta " +"aos seus hábitos." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" +"** Fundos não depositados: ** assim que receber o cheque, você registra um " +"pagamento em cheque na fatura. (usando um diário de cheques e lançado na " +"conta Fundos não Depositados) Então, assim que o cheque chegar em sua conta " +"bancária, mova o dinheiro de Fundos não Depositados para sua conta bancária." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" +"** Apenas um lançamento de diário: ** depois de receber o cheque, você " +"registra um pagamento em seu banco, pago em cheque, sem passar pelos ** " +"Fundos não depositados **. Depois de processar seu extrato bancário, você " +"faz a correspondência com o feed do banco e o pagamento por cheque, sem " +"criar um lançamento específico no diário." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" +"Recomendamos a primeira abordagem porque é mais precisa (o saldo da sua " +"conta bancária é exato, levando em conta os cheques que ainda não foram " +"descontados). Ambas as abordagens exigem o mesmo esforço." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" +"Mesmo que o primeiro método seja mais limpo, o Odoo apóia a segunda " +"abordagem porque alguns contadores estão acostumados a ele (quickbooks e " +"usuários de peachtree)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" +"Você pode dar uma olhada no * recurso ticket de depósito * se depositar " +"vários cheques em suas contas bancárias em lote." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "Opção 1: fundos não depositados" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "Crie um diário ** Cheques **" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" +"Defina ** Cheques não depositados ** como uma conta de crédito / débito " +"padrão" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" +"Defina a conta bancária relacionada a este diário como ** Permitir " +"conciliação **" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "De pagamentos em cheque a extratos bancários" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" +"A primeira maneira de lidar com cheques é criar um diário de cheques. Assim," +" o cheque se torna um meio de pagamento por si só e você registrará duas " +"transações." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" +"Assim que receber o cheque do cliente, acesse a fatura relacionada e clique " +"em ** Registrar pagamento **. Preencha as informações sobre o pagamento:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" +"Método de pagamento: Diário de cheque (que você configurou com as contas " +"padrão de débito e crédito como ** Fundos não depositados **)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "Nota: escreva o número do cheque" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "Esta operação produzirá o seguinte lançamento no diário:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "100.00" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "Fundos não depositados" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "A fatura é marcada como paga assim que você registra o cheque." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, uma vez que você recebe os extratos bancários, você vai combinar" +" esta declaração com o cheque que está em Fundos Não Depositados." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" +"Se você usar essa abordagem para gerenciar cheques recebidos, obterá a lista" +" de cheques que não foram descontados na conta ** Fundos não depositados ** " +"(acessível, por exemplo, no razão geral)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" +"Ambos os métodos produzirão os mesmos dados em sua contabilidade no final do" +" processo. Mas, se você tiver cheques que não foram descontados, este é mais" +" limpo porque esses cheques ainda não foram registrados em sua conta " +"bancária." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "Opção 2: apenas uma entrada de diário" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" +"Não há nada a ser configurado se você planeja gerenciar suas verificações " +"usando este método." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "** Forma de pagamento: ** o banco que será usado para o depósito" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "Nota: escreva o número do cheque" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" +"Assim que receber os extratos bancários, você fará a correspondência com o " +"extrato e este pagamento real. (tecnicamente: apontar este pagamento e " +"relacioná-lo à linha do extrato)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" +"Com essa abordagem, você obterá a seguinte entrada de diário em seus livros:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" +"Você também pode registrar o pagamento diretamente sem ir na fatura do " +"cliente, usando o menu: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Pagamentos`. Este " +"método pode ser mais conveniente se você tiver muitos cheques para registrar" +" em um lote, mas terá que conciliar as entradas posteriormente (pagamentos " +"correspondentes às faturas)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" +"Se você usar essa abordagem para gerenciar cheques recebidos, poderá usar o " +"relatório ** Relatório de conciliação bancária ** para verificar quais " +"cheques foram recebidos ou pagos pelo banco. (este relatório está disponível" +" na opção ** Mais ** no painel Contabilidade na conta bancária relacionada)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "Acompanhe as faturas e receba o pagamento mais rapidamente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." +msgstr "" +"É essencial que sua empresa receba os pagamentos em atraso. O Odoo o ajudará" +" a identificar pagamentos atrasados ​​e permitirá que você envie os " +"lembretes apropriados." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "Gerenciar seus acompanhamentos" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." +msgstr "" +"Recomendamos que você reconcilie seus extratos bancários antes de iniciar o " +"processo de acompanhamento. Isso evitará o trabalho de enviar um extrato a " +"um cliente que já pagou." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +msgstr "" +"As faturas vencidas que você precisa acompanhar estão disponíveis por padrão" +" em: seleção de menus: 'Contabilidade -> Vendas -> Relatórios de " +"Acompanhamento`. Lá, você pode facilmente enviar um lembrete por e-mail ou " +"imprimi-lo como uma carta. Em seguida, você pode clicar no botão * Concluído" +" * para ver o próximo acompanhamento que precisa de sua atenção." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." +msgstr "" +"Caso contrário, se agora não for o momento para um lembrete, clique em * " +"Lembre-me mais tarde *. Você receberá o próximo relatório de acordo com a * " +"Data do próximo lembrete * definida no extrato." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar o envio de muitos lembretes em um curto período de tempo, altere" +" o número de dias calculados entre cada relatório acessando: seleção de " +"menus: ʻContabilidade -> Configuração -> Configurações -> Acompanhamento de " +"pagamento`." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode definir um nível de confiança para seus clientes marcando-" +"os como devedores ruins, normais ou bons nos relatórios de acompanhamento." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "Enviar lembretes em lote" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." +msgstr "" +"Para facilitar o processo de acompanhamento, você pode enviar lembretes por " +"e-mail em lote na página de relatórios de acompanhamento. Selecione todos os" +" relatórios que deseja processar, clique em * Ação * e depois em * " +"Acompanhamento do processo *. Um documento PDF contendo todas as cartas de " +"acompanhamento para você imprimir também será gerado automaticamente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "Planeje um processo de acompanhamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +msgstr "" +"Para planejar um processo de acompanhamento, acesse: seleção de menus: " +"ʻContabilidade -> Configuração -> Configurações` e ative o recurso * Níveis " +"de Acompanhamento * na seção * Pagamentos do Cliente *. Em seguida, clique " +"no novo botão * Níveis de acompanhamento * que apareceu na página de " +"configurações." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" +"Um plano de acompanhamento com várias ações está disponível por padrão no " +"Odoo, mas você pode personalizá-lo da maneira que desejar. Dependendo de um " +"número específico de dias vencidos, planeje enviar um e-mail, uma carta ou " +"realizar uma ação manual. Você também pode editar o modelo usado para o " +"demonstrativo de acordo com o estágio do processo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." +msgstr "" +"Se quiser receber um lembrete antes da data de vencimento real, defina um " +"número negativo de dias de vencimento." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Pagamento Online da Fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Portal do Cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, um pagamento pode ser vinculado diretamente a uma fatura ou ser um " +"registro independente para uso em uma data posterior:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" +"Se um pagamento estiver vinculado a uma fatura, ele reduz o valor devido da " +"fatura. Você pode ter vários pagamentos vinculados à mesma fatura." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" +"Se um pagamento não estiver vinculado a uma fatura, o cliente tem um crédito" +" pendente com sua empresa, ou sua empresa com um saldo pendente com um " +"fornecedor. Você pode usar esse crédito / débito pendente para pagar faturas" +" ou contas futuras." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "Pagar uma fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" +"Se você registrar um pagamento em uma fatura de cliente ou de fornecedor, o " +"pagamento é automaticamente reconciliado com a fatura, reduzindo o valor " +"devido." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" +"O ícone verde próximo à linha de pagamento exibirá mais informações sobre o " +"pagamento. A partir daí, você pode escolher abrir o lançamento contábil " +"manual ou conciliar o pagamento." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" +"Se você não conciliar um pagamento, ele ainda será registrado em seus " +"livros, mas não estará mais vinculado à fatura específica. Se você não " +"conciliar um pagamento em uma moeda diferente, o Odoo criará um lançamento " +"contábil manual para reverter a perda / ganho cambial lançado no momento da " +"conciliação." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "Pagamentos não vinculados a uma fatura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "Registrando um pagamento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo Contabilidade, você pode criar um novo pagamento no menu " +"Vendas (registrar um pagamento do cliente) ou no menu Compras (pagar a um " +"fornecedor). Se você usar esses menus, o pagamento não será vinculado a uma " +"fatura, mas poderá ser facilmente reconciliado em uma fatura posteriormente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" +"Ao registrar um novo pagamento, você deve selecionar um cliente ou " +"fornecedor, a forma de pagamento e o valor do pagamento. A moeda da " +"transação é definida pela forma de pagamento. Se o pagamento se referir a um" +" documento (pedido de venda, pedido de compra ou fatura), defina a " +"referência deste documento no campo memo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez confirmado, um lançamento contábil manual será lançado refletindo a " +"transação recém-feita no aplicativo de contabilidade." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "Conciliando pagamentos de faturas" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" +"A forma mais fácil de conciliar um pagamento com uma fatura é fazer isso " +"diretamente na fatura." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" +"Ao validar uma nova fatura, Odoo irá avisá-lo que um pagamento pendente para" +" este cliente ou fornecedor está disponível. Nesse caso, você pode " +"reconciliar esse pagamento com a fatura próxima aos totais na parte " +"inferior, em \"Pagamentos pendentes\"." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "Reconciliar todos os seus pagamentos e faturas pendentes" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja conciliar todos os pagamentos e faturas pendentes de uma só " +"vez (em vez de fazer isso um por um), você pode usar o recurso de " +"conciliação em lote no Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" +"O recurso de reconciliação em lote está disponível no painel do cartão " +"Faturas do cliente e do cartão Faturas do fornecedor para reconciliar as " +"contas a receber e a pagar, respectivamente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta de correspondência de pagamentos abrirá todos os clientes ou " +"fornecedores não conciliados e lhe dará a oportunidade de processá-los um " +"por um, fazendo a correspondência de todos os seus pagamentos e faturas de " +"uma vez." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" +"Durante a conciliação, se a soma dos débitos e créditos não coincidir, isso " +"significa que ainda há um saldo remanescente que precisa ser conciliado em " +"uma data posterior ou precisa ser baixado diretamente." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "Transferindo dinheiro de uma conta bancária para outra" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" +"Assim como faz um pagamento de cliente ou fornecedor, você transfere " +"dinheiro internamente entre suas contas bancárias a partir do painel ou dos " +"menus no topo." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" +"Isso o levará para a mesma tela que você tem para receber e fazer " +"pagamentos." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" +"Ao fazer uma transferência interna de uma conta bancária para outra, " +"selecione o banco de onde deseja aplicar a transferência no painel e, na " +"tela de registro de pagamentos, selecione a transferência para a conta. Não " +"repita esse processo na outra conta bancária ou você terá dois lançamentos " +"contábeis manuais para a mesma transação." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Relatório Fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "Ativar o modo desenvolvedor" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Crie seu relatório financeiro" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, você precisa criar seu relatório financeiro. Para isso, acesse: " +"seleção de menus: `Contabilidade -> Configuração -> Relatórios Financeiros`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" +"Depois que o nome é inserido, há dois outros parâmetros que precisam ser " +"configurados:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "** Mostrar colunas de crédito e débito **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "** Período de Análise **:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "Com base em intervalos de datas (por exemplo, lucro e perda)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "Com base em uma única data (por exemplo, balanço)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" +"Com base em intervalos de datas com colunas 'mais antigos' e 'total' e nos " +"últimos 3 meses (por exemplo, Saldos de parceiros antigos)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" +"Bases em intervalos de datas e método de caixa (por exemplo, Demonstração de" +" fluxo de caixa)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Adicione linhas em seus relatórios personalizados" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"Depois de criar o relatório, você precisa preenchê-lo com linhas. Todos eles" +" precisam de um ** nome **, um ** código ** (que é usado para se referir à " +"linha), um ** número de sequência ** e um ** nível ** (usado para a " +"renderização da linha)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" +"No campo ** fórmulas ** você pode adicionar uma ou mais fórmulas para " +"atribuir um valor à coluna de saldo (e coluna de débito e crédito, se " +"aplicável - separados por;)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "Você tem vários objetos disponíveis na fórmula:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" +"''Ndias'' : O número de dias no período selecionado (para relatórios com " +"intervalo de data)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"Uma linha também pode ser baseada na soma das linhas de movimentação da " +"conta em um domínio selecionado. Nesse caso, você precisa preencher o campo " +"de domínio com um domínio Odoo no objeto de linha de movimentação da conta. " +"Então, um objeto extra está disponível no campo de fórmulas, ou seja, `` " +"soma '', a soma das linhas de movimentação da conta no domínio. Você também " +"pode usar agrupar por campo para agrupar as linhas de movimentação da conta " +"por uma de suas colunas." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Outros campos úteis:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "** Tipo **: Tipo de resultado da fórmula." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" +"** O crescimento é bom quando positivo **: Usado ao calcular a coluna de " +"comparação. Verifique se o crescimento é bom (exibido em verde) ou não." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" +"** Trocador de data especial **: Se uma linha específica em um relatório não" +" deve usar as mesmas datas que o resto do relatório." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" +"Além dos relatórios criados especificamente em cada módulo de localização, " +"alguns relatórios ** genéricos ** e ** dinâmicos ** muito úteis estão " +"disponíveis para todos os países:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "** Balanço patrimonial **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "** Lucros e perdas **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "**Sumário executivo**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "** Demonstração do fluxo de caixa **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "**Relatório Fiscal**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**Conciliação bancária**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Você pode fazer anotações em todos os relatórios para imprimi-los e relatá-" +"los ao seu consultor. Exporte para xls para gerenciar análises extras. Faça " +"uma busca detalhada nos relatórios para ver mais detalhes (pagamentos, " +"faturas, itens de diário, etc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode comparar valores com outro período. Escolha com quantos " +"períodos deseja comparar o período de tempo escolhido. Você pode escolher " +"até 12 períodos anteriores à data do relatório se não quiser usar a opção " +"padrão ** 1 período anterior **." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" +"O ** Balanço ** mostra um instantâneo dos ativos, passivos e patrimônio de " +"sua organização em uma data específica." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Lucros e perdas" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" +"O relatório ** Lucros e perdas ** (ou ** Demonstração de receita **) mostra " +"a receita líquida da sua organização, deduzindo as despesas da receita do " +"período do relatório." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Uma lista de todas as suas contas agrupadas por classe." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Sumário executivo" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" +"O ** Sumário Executivo ** permite uma visão rápida de todas as figuras " +"importantes de que você precisa para administrar sua empresa." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" +"Em termos muito básicos, isso é o que cada um dos itens nesta seção está " +"relatando:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "**Desempenho:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "** Margem de lucro bruto: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" +"A contribuição de cada venda individual feita por sua empresa menos " +"quaisquer custos diretos necessários para fazer essas vendas (coisas como " +"mão de obra, materiais, etc)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "** Margem de lucro líquido: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" +"A contribuição de cada venda individual feita por sua empresa menos " +"quaisquer custos diretos necessários para realizar essas vendas, bem como " +"quaisquer despesas fixas que sua empresa tenha (coisas como aluguel, " +"eletricidade, impostos que você precisa pagar como resultado dessas vendas)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" +"A relação entre o lucro líquido obtido e a quantidade de ativos que a " +"empresa usou para obter esses lucros." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**Posição:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" +"O número médio de dias que seus clientes levam para pagar (integralmente), " +"em todas as suas faturas de cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "** Média de dias do credor: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" +"O número médio de dias que você leva para pagar seus fornecedores " +"(integralmente) em todas as suas contas." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "** Previsão de caixa de curto prazo: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" +"Quanto dinheiro é esperado para entrar ou sair de sua organização no próximo" +" mês, ou seja, saldo de sua ** conta de vendas ** para o mês menos o saldo " +"de sua ** conta de compras ** para o mês." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "** Ativo circulante para passivo: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Livro Razão" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Dívida Antiga" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Recebimentos Vencidos" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" +"O relatório ** Contas a receber vencidas ** mostra as faturas de vendas que " +"estavam aguardando pagamento durante um mês selecionado e vários meses " +"anteriores." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Demonstração do fluxo de caixa" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" +"A ** Demonstração do fluxo de caixa ** mostra como as mudanças nas contas do" +" balanço patrimonial e na receita afetam o caixa e os equivalentes de caixa " +"e divide a análise em atividades operacionais, de investimento e de " +"financiamento." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Este relatório permite ver os valores ** líquidos ** e ** fiscais ** de " +"todos os impostos agrupados por tipo (venda / compra)." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bdaf8a081 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../applications.rst:3 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Aplicativos" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da99ac026 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1741 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 +# Hildeberto Abreu Magalhães , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Marcos Abreu , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marcos Abreu , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../contributing.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing to the documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " +"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " +"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " +"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " +"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " +"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " +"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 +msgid "Writing style" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " +"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" +" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " +"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 +msgid "Consistency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 +msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " +"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " +"it to match your own style." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 +msgid "Grammatical tenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " +"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" +" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Good example (present):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Bad example (future):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " +"to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 +msgid "Paragraphing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " +"They usually are two to six lines long." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " +"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " +"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " +"separating ideas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 +msgid "Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "To write a good title :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "**Be concise.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 +msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Document's structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" +"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " +"the side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H1: Page Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " +"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " +"contents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " +"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " +"is documentation and not marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" +" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " +"topic** in the following paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " +"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " +"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " +"enable the XYZ feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." +" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H3: Subsection**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" +" in the form of a question, if appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 +msgid "**H2: Next Section**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Imagens" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " +"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " +"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "Telas" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" +" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " +"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " +"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 +msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 +msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " +"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " +"resizing the width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 +msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " +"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " +"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " +"width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 +msgid "ALT tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 +msgid "" +"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " +"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " +"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " +"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " +"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 +msgid "Good ALT tags are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 +msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 +msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 +msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 +msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 +msgid "Introduction guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " +"documentation of Odoo!**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " +"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" +" or document an application from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " +"`_ of Odoo. The " +"documentation for `developing in Odoo " +"`_ in maintained " +"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 +msgid "reStructuredText" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " +"markup language " +"`_ consisting of " +"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " +"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " +"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " +"you intend to make only small changes to the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " +"sheet for RST ` which contains all the information that you" +" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content ` " +"and :doc:`RST ` guidelines as you write documentation. This " +"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " +"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 +msgid "" +"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " +"account. Click `here `_ to create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " +"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " +"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " +"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " +"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " +":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " +"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " +"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" +"workflow` for more information on this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 +msgid "Use the GitHub interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " +"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " +"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " +"`_), you need to fork it by " +"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" +" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" +" this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " +":doc:`guidelines `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " +"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " +"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " +"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " +"however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " +"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " +"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " +"that it is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " +"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " +"on the repository). If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " +"\"Propose file change\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " +"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " +"request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " +"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 +msgid "" +"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " +"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " +"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " +"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 +msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 +msgid "Prepare your machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 +msgid "Install Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 +msgid "" +"We use `Git `_ to manage the files of the" +" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " +"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " +"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " +"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 +msgid "" +"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " +"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " +"register on GitHub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 +msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " +"PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 +msgid "" +"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " +"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user `_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " +"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " +"and download that copy on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user `_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " +"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " +"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " +"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " +"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 +msgid "Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 +msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " +"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " +"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " +":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " +"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " +"browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx `_. and is written in `Python " +"`_. You have to" +" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " +"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " +"much more about them so don't panic!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " +"`_. It allows " +"installing Python dependencies in a single command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " +"install pip alongside Python)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " +"installations finished successfully:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " +"dependencies of the documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " +"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 +msgid "Make" +msgstr "Marca" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 +msgid "" +"`Make `_ is a tool that packs" +" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " +"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " +"single and simpler one instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 +msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " +"PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 +msgid "pngquant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 +msgid "" +"`pngquant `_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " +"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" +" in a few year span." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 +msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " +"system's PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 +msgid "Prepare your version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " +"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " +"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" +" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " +"`_ starting from the" +" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " +"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " +"``13.0-my_contribution``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 +msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 +msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 +msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 +msgid "Perform your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 +msgid "" +"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " +"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " +":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " +":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 +msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 +msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 +msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 +msgid "Preview your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 +msgid "" +"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " +"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 +msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " +"default web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 +msgid "" +"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " +"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 +msgid "Submit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 +msgid "" +"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " +"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " +"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " +"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " +"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " +"`_ and `this interactive tutorial " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls `_ and click on the **New pull request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" +"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " +"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 +msgid "RST cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 +msgid "Headings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " +"there are characters in the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " +"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " +"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " +"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " +"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " +"shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Heading size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "H1" +msgstr "H1" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``=======``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``Heading``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "1/1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +msgid "H2" +msgstr "H2" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "0/∞" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +msgid "H3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``-------``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +msgid "H4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``~~~~~~~``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +msgid "H5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``*******``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "H6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``^^^^^^^``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 +msgid "Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 +msgid "Inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 +msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "**Text**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "\\*Text\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "*Text*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "``Text``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 +msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 +msgid "Bulleted list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 +msgid "Numbered list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "Nested lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "Hyperlinks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 +msgid "Hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " +"this syntax: ```label `_``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 +msgid "" +"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " +"hyperlink reference `_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " +"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference `_.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 +msgid "External hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 +msgid "" +"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " +"references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 +msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 +msgid "" +"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" +" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 +msgid "" +"```label `_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " +"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 +msgid "RST" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 +msgid "Render" +msgstr "Renderizar" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A `proof-of-concept `_ is a " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes. `PoC " +"`_ is a common abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 +msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " +"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " +"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " +"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" +" of the page containing the target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" +" below as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`label ``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " +"label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" +" links for internal references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" +" targets `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " +"product? `_ for additional help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "**How to create a product?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 +msgid "" +"As explained at the `start of the page `_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 +msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" +" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " +"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 +msgid "" +"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " +"using the name of the section title as URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " +"user? `_ for additional help. ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 +msgid "The ``doc`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" +" in the file tree through a relative file path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 +msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the title of the page as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`label ``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the given label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `this documentation " +"`_ and to `Send a pro-" +"forma invoice `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 +msgid "The ``download`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 +msgid "" +"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " +"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" +" to be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Download this `module structure template " +"`_ to start building " +"your module in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 +msgid "The ``image`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 +msgid "" +"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" +" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " +"considered redundant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 +msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 +msgid "Seealso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 +msgid "" +"`Customer invoices `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`Pro-forma invoices `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 +msgid "Note" +msgstr "Nota" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 +msgid "Tip" +msgstr "Dica" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 +msgid "Important" +msgstr "Importante" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 +msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Aviso" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 +msgid "" +"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " +"described in the warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 +msgid "Danger" +msgstr "Perigo" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 +msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 +msgid "Formatting tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 +msgid "Add banners on top of documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " +"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " +"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " +"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 +msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 +msgid "" +"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 +msgid "Second line that follows a line break." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 +msgid "Add comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 +msgid "" +"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " +"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " +"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " +"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " +"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" +" the comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 +msgid "" +"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 +msgid "Use tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 +msgid "" +"Make use of `this convenient table generator " +"`_ to build your tables. Then, " +"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Directive**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Purpose**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**RST**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**HTML**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``abbr``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``command``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "Highlight a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid ":command:`python example.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``dfn``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "Define a term" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``file``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "Indicate a file path" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``menuselection``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 +msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 +msgid "" +"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " +"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " +"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 +msgid "" +"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " +":ref:`hyperlink references `, using " +"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " +"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " +"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " +"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " +"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "RST guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 +msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " +"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " +"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " +"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " +"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " +"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " +"*relative* to that of the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 +msgid "Given the following source file tree:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " +"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "Absolute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +msgid "Relative:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 +msgid "``../prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "``variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " +"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " +"file tree restructurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 +msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " +"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " +"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" +" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " +"the end of a line to separate words." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " +"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " +"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " +"label part of the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 +msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "Be consistent with indentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " +"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" +" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " +"spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 +msgid "Use the menuselection directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " +"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" +" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " +"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " +"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " +"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " +"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 +msgid "Write resilient code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " +"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " +"the list and is easier to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" +" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " +"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " +"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " +"even less likely to be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 +msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " +"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " +"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " +"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " +"makes the purpose of the target clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 +msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " +"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " +"targets or update them accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 +msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" +" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " +"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " +"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " +"only of two underscore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 +msgid "" +"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " +"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..370f7f49e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -0,0 +1,1914 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# Éder Brito , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../crm.rst:5 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Adquirir leads" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Converta leads em oportunidades" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" +"O sistema pode gerar leads em vez de oportunidades, para adicionar uma etapa" +" de qualificação antes de converter um *Lead* em uma *Oportunidade* e " +"atribuí-lo aos vendedores certos." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" +"Você pode ativar esse modo nas Configurações de CRM. Ele se aplica a todos " +"os seus canais de vendas por padrão. Mas você pode torná-lo específico para " +"canais específicos a partir de seu formulário de configuração." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Para que esse recurso funcione, vá para :menuselection:'CRM ->Configuração " +"--> Configurações' e ative o recurso *Leads*." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Agora você terá um novo submenu *Prospectos* sob *Prospectos* onde eles vão " +"agregar." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Converta um Prospecto em uma Oportunidade" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Quando você clica em um *Prospecto* você terá a opção de convertê-lo em uma " +"oportunidade e decidir se ele ainda deve ser atribuído ao mesmo canal/pessoa" +" e se você precisa criar um novo cliente." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Se você já tem uma oportunidade com esse cliente Odoo irá automaticamente " +"oferecer você para se fundir com essa oportunidade. Da mesma forma, o Odoo " +"oferecerá automaticamente que você vincule a um cliente existente se esse " +"cliente já existir." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Mesclar oportunidades" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo também proporá automaticamente a fusão de oportunidades se elas " +"tiverem o mesmo endereço de e-mail. Ao mesclar oportunidades, Odoo mescla as" +" informações na oportunidade que foi criada primeiro, dando prioridade às " +"informações presentes na primeira oportunidade." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" +"Nenhuma informação é perdida: os dados da outra oportunidade são registrados" +" no chatter e nos campos de informações para fácil acesso." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" +"Você encontraria uma duplicação por si mesmo, ...você também pode mesclar " +"oportunidades ou leads mesmo que o sistema não proponha isso." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" +"Veja como, na visualização de lista. Selecione as oportunidades ou leads que" +" deseja mesclar e o botão de ação aparecerá. Em seguida, você pode " +"selecionar mesclar." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "Também é possível mesclar mais de 2 oportunidades ou leads." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "Gerar prospectos/oportunidades a partir de e-mails" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" +"Automatizar a geração de leads/oportunidades melhorará consideravelmente sua" +" eficiência. Por padrão, qualquer e-mail enviado para " +"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* criará uma oportunidade no pipeline do canal " +"de vendas padrão." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Configure apelidos de e-mail" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" +"Gere propectos/oportunidades a partir da página de contato do seu site" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Automatizar a geração de prospectos/oportunidades melhorará " +"consideravelmente sua eficiência. Qualquer visitante que usar o formulário " +"de contato em seu site criará uma prospectos/oportunidade no pipeline." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "Use o formulário de contato em seu site" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "Primeiro, você deve ir ao aplicativo do site." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" +"Com o aplicativo CRM instalado, você se beneficia de um formulário de " +"contato pronto para uso em seu site da Odoo que gerará leads/oportunidades " +"automaticamente." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar para um canal de vendas específico, vá para " +":menuselection:'Site --> Configuração --> Configurações' em *Comunicação* " +"você encontrará as informações do Formulário de Contato e onde alterar o " +"*Canal de Vendas* ou *Vendedor*." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "Crie um formulário de contato personalizado" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Você pode querer saber mais do seu visitante quando eles usam o formulário " +"de contato para que você precisará construir um formulário de contato " +"personalizado em seu site. Esses formulários de contato podem gerar vários " +"tipos de registros no sistema (e-mails, leads/oportunidades, tarefas de " +"projeto, tickets de helpdesk, etc.)" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" +"Você precisará instalar o módulo gratuito *Form Builder**, disponível apenas" +" na Odoo Enterprise." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, vá para a página onde você deseja colocar seu formulário de " +"contato. No modo editar, arraste o construtor de formulários para a página e" +" você poderá adicionar todos os campos desejados." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, qualquer novo formulário de contato enviará um e-mail. Você pode" +" mudar para geração de leads/oportunidades em *Alterar parâmetros de " +"formulário*." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Se o mesmo visitante usar o formulário de contato duas vezes, uma segunda " +"conversa será adicionada ao primeiro Prospecto/Oportunidade." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "Gerar prospectos em vez de oportunidades" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" +"Ao usar um formulário de contato, você deve usar uma etapa de qualificação " +"antes de atribuir o formulário aos vendedores certos. Para isso, ative " +"*Leads* nas configurações de CRM e consulte :doc:'convert'." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "Mineração de Lead" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "Comece a gerar leads" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Preços" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" +" Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Enviar cotações" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Quando você qualificar um prospecto em uma oportunidade, você provavelmente " +"precisará enviar-lhes uma cotação. Você pode fazer isso diretamente no " +"Aplicativo CRM com Odoo." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Crie uma nova cotação" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar em qualquer oportunidade ou prospecto, você verá um botão *Nova " +"Cotação*, ele o levará a um novo menu onde você pode gerenciar sua cotação." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"Você encontrará todas as suas cotações para essa oportunidade específica no " +"menu *Cotações* nessa página." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Marque-os ganhos/perdas" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Agora você precisará marcar sua oportunidade como ganha ou perdida para " +"levar o processo adiante." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Se você marcá-los como Ganhamos, eles passarão para a sua coluna *Ganhamos* " +"na sua visão Kanban. Se você, no entanto, marcá-los como *Perdidos* eles " +"serão arquivados." + +#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Otimize seu trabalho diário" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "Sincronizar o Google Calendar com o Odoo" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" +"Odoo está perfeitamente integrado ao Google Calendar para que você possa ver" +" e gerenciar suas reuniões de ambas as plataformas (as atualizações passam " +"por ambas as direções)." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "Configuração no Google" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Vá para a plataforma 'Google APIs '__" +" para gerar credenciais de API do Google Calendar. Faça login com sua conta " +"do Google." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "Acesse a página API & Services." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "Pesquise por *Google Calendar API* e selecione-a." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Habilite a API." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" +"Selecione ou crie um projeto de API para armazenar as credenciais se ainda " +"não tiver sido feito antes. Dê-lhe um nome explícito (por exemplo, Odoo " +"Sync)." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "Crie credenciais." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Selecione *Web browser (Javascript)* como fonte de chamada e *Dados do " +"usuário* como uma espécie de dados." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você pode criar um ID cliente. Digite o nome do aplicativo (por " +"exemplo, calendário Odoo) e as páginas permitidas nas quais você será " +"redirecionado. A *Authorized JavaScript origin* é a URL de instância do seu " +"Odoo. O URI *Redirecionamento autorizado* é a URL de instância do seu Odoo " +"seguido de '/google_account/autenticação'." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Passe pela tela de consentimento digitando um nome do produto (por exemplo, " +"Calendário Odoo). Sinta-se livre para verificar as opções de personalização," +" mas isso não é obrigatório. A Tela de Consentimento só aparecerá quando " +"você inserir o ID do Cliente em Odoo pela primeira vez." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente você é fornecido com o seu **Client ID**. Vá para *Credenciais* " +"para obter o **Client Secret** também. Ambos são necessários em Odoo." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Configuração em Odoo" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Instale o aplicativo **Google Calendar** no menu *Apps* ou verificando a " +"opção em :menuselection:'Configurações --> Configurações gerais'." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" +"Vá para :menuselection:'Configurações ->Configurações gerais' e digite seu " +"**Client ID** e **Client Secret** na opção Google Calendar." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" +"A configuração está pronta. Abra seu Calendário Odoo e sincronize com o " +"Google. Na primeira vez que você faz isso, você é redirecionado para o " +"Google para autorizar a conexão. Uma vez de volta em Odoo, clique novamente " +"no botão de sincronização. Você pode clicar nele sempre que quiser " +"sincronizar seu calendário." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" +"A partir de agora você não tem mais desculpas para perder uma reunião!" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "Use os serviços VOIP em Odoo com o OnSIP" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" +"Odoo VoIP pode ser configurado para trabalhar em conjunto com o OnSIP " +"(www.onsip.com). Nesse caso, a instalação e a configuração de um servidor " +"Asterisk não são necessárias, pois toda a infraestrutura é hospedada e " +"gerenciada pelo OnSIP." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" +"Você precisará abrir uma conta no OnSIP para usar este serviço. Antes de " +"fazer isso, certifique-se de que sua área e as áreas que você deseja ligar " +"estejam cobertas pelo serviço. Após abrir uma conta no OnSIP, siga o " +"procedimento de configuração abaixo." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "Vá para Apps e instale o módulo **VoIP OnSIP**." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" +"Vá para Configurações/Configurações Gerais. Na seção Integrações/Asterisco " +"(VoIP), preencha os 3 campos:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" +"**OnSIP Domain** é o domínio que você escolheu ao criar uma conta em " +"www.onsip.com. Se você não sabe, faça login para https://admin.onsip.com/ e " +"você vai vê-lo no canto superior direito da tela." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "**WebSocket** deve conter wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "**Mode** deve ser em Produção" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" +"Vá para **Configurações/Usuários**. Na exibição de formulário de cada " +"usuário voIP, na guia Preferências, preencha a seção **PBX Configuração**:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "**Login SIP / Extensão do Navegador**: o 'Nome de usuário' do OnSIP" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "**SIP Password**: o OnSIP 'SIP Password'" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar todas essas informações fazendo login em " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users e, em seguida, selecionar o usuário que deseja" +" configurar e consultar os campos conforme foto abaixo." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode fazer chamadas telefônicas clicando no ícone do telefone no " +"canto superior direito do Odoo (certifique-se de que você está logado como " +"um usuário configurado corretamente no Odoo e no OnSIP)." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" +"Se você vir uma mensagem *Parâmetros Ausentes* no softphone Odoo, " +"certifique-se de atualizar sua janela Odoo e tente novamente." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" +"Se você vir uma mensagem *Número Incorreto* no softphone Odoo, certifique-se" +" de usar o formato internacional, levando com o sinal de mais (+) seguido do" +" código de país internacional. Por exemplo: +16506913277 (onde +1 é o " +"prefixo internacional para os Estados Unidos)." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" +"Agora você também pode receber telefonemas. Seu número é o fornecido pelo " +"OnSIP. Odoo tocará e exibirá uma notificação." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "OnSIP no seu celular" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" +"Para fazer e receber chamadas telefônicas quando você não estiver na frente " +"do seu computador, você pode usar um aplicativo de softphone no seu celular " +"em paralelo ao Odoo VoIP. Isso é útil para chamadas em movimento, mas também" +" para ter certeza de ouvir chamadas recebidas, ou simplesmente por " +"conveniência. Qualquer softphone SIP funcionará." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave `_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" +"No Android e iOS, o OnSIP foi testado com sucesso com 'Grandstream Wave " +"_. Ao " +"criar uma conta, selecione OnSIP na lista de operadoras. Em seguida, você " +"terá que configurá-lo da seguinte forma:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "**Nome da conta**: OnSIP" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "**Senha**: a 'Senha SIP' do OnSIP" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant `_." +msgstr "" +"Além de iniciar chamadas do Grandstream Wave no seu telefone, você também " +"pode iniciar chamadas clicando em números de telefone no seu navegador em " +"seu PC. Isso fará com que a Grandstream Wave toque e encaminhe a chamada " +"através do seu telefone para a outra parte. Esta abordagem é útil para " +"evitar o tempo de discagem de números de telefone. Para isso, você precisará" +" da extensão do Chrome 'OnSIP Call Assistant " +"'_." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" +"A desvantagem de usar um softphone no seu celular é que suas chamadas não " +"serão registradas no Odoo, pois o softphone age como um aplicativo " +"independente separado." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " +"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 +msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 +msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 +msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 +msgid "" +"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " +"desktop apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " +"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " +"` below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 +msgid "Enable the feature on your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 +msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " +"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 +msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " +"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " +"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " +"*Install* to complete the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 +msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 +msgid "" +"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " +"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " +"other default actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " +"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 +msgid "Connect to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " +"panel on the right side of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 +msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 +msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " +"are already logged in with this browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " +"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " +"`. Failing to do so would result in an " +"*error 404 message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " +"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " +"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." +" See the :ref:`Pricing section ` below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:143 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is the website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:150 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`partner_autocomplete`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "Configure seu servidor VOIP Asterisk para Odoo" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "Instalação do servidor Asterisk" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Dependências" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar o Asterisk, você precisa instalar as seguintes " +"dependências:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "wget" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "gcc" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "g++" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "ncurses-devel" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "libxml2-devel" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "openssl-devel" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "pkg-config" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "Para instalar o libsrtp, siga as instruções abaixo:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" +"Você também precisa instalar o PJSIP, você pode baixar a fonte 'aqui " +"_. Uma vez extraído o diretório de " +"origem:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "**run:**" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "**Build and install pjproject:**" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "**Update shared library links:**" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "**Verificar se o pjproject está instalado:**" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "**O resultado deve ser:**" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "Asterisco" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there `_." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o Asterisk 13.7.0, você pode baixar a fonte diretamente 'lá " +"'_." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "Extract Asterisk:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "Insira o diretório de scripts do Asterisco:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "Execute o script configurar Asterisk:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" +"Na seleção de menus, vá para a opção de recursos e garanta que res_srtp " +"esteja habilitada. Se houver 3 x's próximos a res_srtp, há um problema com a" +" biblioteca srtp e você deve reinstalá-lo. Salve a configuração (pressione " +"x). Você também deve ver estrelas na frente das linhas de res_pjsip." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "Compilar e instalar o Asterisco:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" +"Se você precisar das configurações de exemplo, você pode executar 'make " +"samples' para instalar as configurações de exemplo. Se você precisar " +"instalar o script de inicialização do Asterisk, você pode executar 'make " +"config'." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "Certificados DTLS" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "Depois de precisar configurar os certificados DTLS." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "Insira o diretório de scripts do Asterisco:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" +"Crie os certificados DTLS (substitua pbx.mycompany.com pelo seu endereço ip " +"ou nome dns, substitua minha Super Empresa pelo nome da sua empresa):" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "Configure o servidor Asterisk" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" +"Para o WebRTC, muitas das configurações necessárias devem estar nas " +"configurações dos pares. As configurações globais não fluem muito bem para " +"as configurações dos pares. Por padrão, os arquivos de config do Asterisk " +"estão localizados em /etc/asterisk/. Comece editando http.conf e certifique-" +"se de que as seguintes linhas não são comprometidas:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, edit sip.conf. O peer WebRTC requer que o suporte de " +"criptografia, avpf e icesupport seja ativado. Na maioria dos casos, " +"directmedia deve ser desativada. Também sob o cliente WebRTC, o transporte " +"precisa ser listado como 'ws' para permitir conexões de websocket. Todas " +"essas linhas de config devem estar sob o próprio peer; definir essas linhas " +"de config globalmente pode não funcionar:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" +"Nos arquivos sip.conf e rtp.conf você também precisa adicionar ou " +"descomentar as linhas:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "Por fim, configure extensions.conf:" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "Configure Odoo VOIP" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "Em Odoo, a configuração deve ser feita nas preferências do usuário." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Analisar o desempenho" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Verifique sua relação vitória/perda" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" +"Para ver o quão bem você está indo com o seu pipeline, dê uma olhada na " +"relação Vencidos/Perdidos." + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" +"Para acessar este relatório, acesse sua exibição *Pipeline* na guia " +"*Relatórios*." + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" +"A partir daí você pode filtrar para quais oportunidades você deseja ver, as " +"suas, as do seu canal de vendas, toda a sua empresa, etc. Em seguida, você " +"pode clicar no filtro e verificar Vencidos/Perdidos." + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "Você também pode alterar as *Medidas* para *Receita Total*." + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" +"Você também tem a capacidade de mudar para uma exibição de gráfico de pizza." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Organize o pipeline" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Gerenciar oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Enquanto trabalha com suas oportunidades, você pode perder algumas delas. " +"Você vai querer acompanhar as razões pelas quais os perdeu e também quais " +"maneiras Odoo pode ajudá-lo a recuperá-los no futuro." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Marque uma oportunidade como perdida" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" +"Enquanto estiver em seu pipeline, selecione qualquer oportunidade que quiser" +" e verá um botão *Mark Lost*." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você pode selecionar uma \"Razão Perdida\" existente ou criar " +"uma nova ali mesmo." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Gerenciar e criar razões de perda" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" +"Você encontrará suas *Razões Perdidas* em :menuselection:'Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons'." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Você pode selecionar e renomear qualquer um deles, bem como criar um novo a " +"partir daí." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Recuperar oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar oportunidades perdidas e fazer ações sobre elas (envie um " +"e-mail, faça uma chamada de feedback, etc.), selecione o filtro *Perdidos* " +"na barra de pesquisa." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Você verá então todas as oportunidades perdidas." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Se você quiser refiná-los ainda mais, você pode adicionar um filtro na " +"*Razão Perdida*." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Por exemplo, *muito caro*." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Restaurar oportunidades perdidas" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" +"A partir da visão Kanban com o filtro no lugar, você pode selecionar " +"qualquer oportunidade que desejar e trabalhar nela como de costume. Você " +"também pode restaurá-la clicando em *Arquivar*." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode restaurar itens em lote a partir da vista Kanban quando " +"eles pertencem ao mesmo estágio. Selecione *Restaurar registros* nas opções " +"da coluna. Você também pode arquivar da mesma maneira." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" +"Para selecionar oportunidades específicas, você deve mudar para a exibição " +"da lista." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você pode selecionar quantas ou todas as oportunidades e " +"selecionar as ações que deseja tomar." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:'. /performance/win_loss'" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "Gerencie várias equipes de vendas" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" +"Em Odoo, você pode gerenciar diversas equipes de vendas, departamentos ou " +"canais com processos de vendas específicos. Para isso, usamos o conceito de " +"*Canal de Vendas*." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "Criar um novo canal de vendas" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" +"Para criar um novo canal de vendas*, acesse :menuselection:'Configuration " +"--> Canais de vendas'." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" +"Lá você pode definir um pseudônimo de e-mail para ele. Cada mensagem enviada" +" para esse endereço de e-mail criará uma lead/oportunidade." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "Adicione membros ao seu canal de vendas" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar membros a qualquer canal; dessa forma, esses membros " +"verão a estrutura do pipeline do canal de vendas ao abri-lo. Qualquer " +"lead/oportunidade atribuída a eles será vinculado ao canal de vendas. " +"Portanto, você só pode ser um membro de um canal." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "Isso facilitará a revisão do processo do gerente da equipe." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" +"Se você agora filtrar neste canal específico em seu pipeline, você " +"encontrará todas as suas oportunidades." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "Painel do canal de vendas" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" +"Para ver as operações e resultados de qualquer canal de vendas rapidamente, " +"o gerente de vendas também tem acesso ao *Painel do Canal de Vendas* em " +"*Reporting*." + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" +"Ele é compartilhado com todo o ecossistema para que cada fluxo de receita " +"seja incluído nele: Vendas, eCommerce, PoS, etc." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Atribuir e rastrear leads" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "Atribuir leads com base na pontuação" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" +"Com *Pontuação de leads* você pode classificar automaticamente seus leads " +"com base em critérios selecionados." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, você pode marcar clientes do seu país mais alto ou aqueles que " +"visitaram páginas específicas em seu site." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Para usar a pontuação, instale o módulo gratuito *Lead Score* na sua página " +"*Apps* (disponível apenas na Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Criar regras de pontuação" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"Agora você tem uma nova guia em seu aplicativo *CRM* chamado *Leads " +"Management* onde você pode gerenciar suas regras de pontuação." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" +"Aqui está um exemplo para uma oportunidade Canadense, você pode modificar " +"para qualquer critério que você deseja para marcar seus leads. Você pode " +"adicionar quantos critérios quiser." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" +"A cada hora cada lead sem pontuação será automaticamente verificado e " +"atribuído sua pontuação certa de acordo com suas regras de pontuação." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "Atribuir leads" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez computadas as pontuações, os leads podem ser atribuídos a equipes " +"específicas usando o mesmo mecanismo de domínio. Para isso, vá para " +":menuselection:'CRM --> Leads Management --> Designação de equipe' e aplique" +" um domínio específico em cada equipe. Este domínio pode incluir pontuações." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" +"Mais adiante, você pode atribuir a um fornecedor específico na equipe com um" +" domínio ainda mais refinado." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" +"Para isso, vá para :menuselection:'CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation'." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" +"A atribuição de equipe e leads atribuirá os leads não atribuídos uma vez por" +" dia." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Avalie e utlize os leads não atribuídos" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que suas regras de pontuação estejam em vigor, você provavelmente " +"ainda terá algumas pistas não assinadas. Algumas delas ainda podem levar a " +"uma oportunidade, por isso é útil fazer algo com elas." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" +"Em sua página de leads, você pode colocar um filtro para encontrar seus " +"leads não assinados." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" +"Por que não usar :menuselection:'Email Marketing' ou " +":menuselection:'Marketing Automation' apps para enviar um e-mail em massa " +"para eles? Você também pode facilmente encontrar prospectos sem responsável " +"de lá." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Acompanhe as visitas de seus prospectos" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Rastrear as páginas do seu site lhe dará muito mais informações sobre os " +"interesses dos visitantes do seu site." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" +"Cada página rastreada que eles visitarem será registrada em seu " +"lead/oportunidade se usar o formulário de contato em seu site." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Para usar esse recurso, instale o módulo *Lead Score* na sua página *Apps* " +"(disponível apenas na Odoo Enterprise)." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Acompanhe uma página web" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Vá para qualquer página estática que você deseja rastrear em seu site e na " +"guia *Promover* você encontrará *Otimizar SEO*" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" +"Lá você verá uma caixa de seleção *Track Page* para rastrear esta página." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Veja páginas visitadas em seus prospectos/oportunidades" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Agora, cada vez que um lead é criado a partir do formulário de contato, ele " +"acompanhará as páginas visitadas por esse visitante. Você tem duas maneiras " +"de ver essas páginas, no canto superior direito do seu " +"prospector/oportunidade você pode ver um botão *Page Views*, mas também mais" +" para baixo você vai vê-las na conversa." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Ambos serão atualizados se os visitantes voltarem ao seu site e abrirem " +"novas páginas." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"O recurso não repetirá várias visualizações das mesmas páginas na conversa." + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "Seus clientes não serão mais capazes de guardar segredos de você!" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c30087973 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,1015 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Éder Brito , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 +msgid "Online Database management" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de banco de dados online" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " +"`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " +"click on the `Manage Your Databases " +"`__ button." +msgstr "" +"Para gerenciar seus bancos de dados, acesse a `página de gerenciamento de " +"banco de dados ` __ (você terá que " +"entrar). Em seguida, clique no botão `Gerenciar seus bancos de dados " +"` __." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" +" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " +"database." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de estar conectado como administrador do banco de dados que " +"deseja gerenciar - muitas operações dependem de sua identificação remota " +"nesse banco de dados." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "Várias ações estão disponíveis:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" +msgstr ":ref:`Upgrade `" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " +"features" +msgstr "" +"Atualize seu banco de dados para a versão mais recente do Odoo e aproveite " +"os recursos de ponta" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`Duplicate `" +msgstr ":ref:`Duplicate `" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " +"flows without compromising your daily operations" +msgstr "" +"Faça uma cópia exata do seu banco de dados, se quiser experimentar novos " +"aplicativos ou novos fluxos sem comprometer suas operações diárias" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`Rename `" +msgstr ":ref:`Rename `" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 +msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" +msgstr "Renomeie seu banco de dados (e seu URL)" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "**Backup**" +msgstr "**Backup**" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " +"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" +msgstr "" +"Baixe um backup instantâneo de seu banco de dados; observe que fazemos " +"backup dos bancos de dados diariamente de acordo com nosso SLA Odoo Cloud" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Domains `" +msgstr ":ref:`Domains `" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" +msgstr "" +"Configure domínios personalizados para acessar seu banco de dados por meio " +"de outro URL" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Delete `" +msgstr ":ref:`Delete `" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 +msgid "Delete a database instantly" +msgstr "Exclua um banco de dados instantaneamente" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "Contate o Suporte" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Access our `support page `__ with the correct " +"database already selected" +msgstr "" +"Acesse nossa `página de suporte ` __ com o banco " +"de dados correto já selecionado" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Atualizar" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" +"Atualizar seu banco de dados para uma versão mais recente do Odoo é uma " +"operação complexa que requer tempo e cuidado. É extremamente importante que " +"você teste totalmente o processo antes de atualizar seu banco de dados de " +"produção." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo lança novas versões regularmente (pelo menos uma vez por ano), e " +"atualizar seu banco de dados para aproveitar os novos recursos do Odoo faz " +"parte da experiência Odoo Online." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" +"O processo de atualização pode levar algum tempo, especialmente se você usar" +" vários aplicativos ou aplicativos que gerenciam dados confidenciais (por " +"exemplo, contabilidade, inventário, etc.). Em geral, quanto 'menor' o banco " +"de dados, mais rápida é a atualização. Um banco de dados de usuário único " +"que usa apenas CRM será processado mais rápido do que um banco de dados de " +"várias empresas e vários usuários que usa contabilidade, vendas, compras e " +"fabricação." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." +msgstr "" +"Infelizmente, é impossível dar estimativas de tempo para cada solicitação de" +" atualização, uma vez que Odoo.com testará manualmente cada atualização do " +"banco de dados pelo menos uma vez e precisará corrigir / adaptar as " +"alterações feitas nos Apps Odoo padrão (por exemplo, através do Studio ou " +"através de um pacote de sucesso ), caso a caso. Isso pode tornar o processo " +"mais lento, pois as solicitações são tratadas na ordem em que chegam. Isso é" +" especialmente verdadeiro nos meses seguintes ao lançamento de uma nova " +"versão principal, o que pode prolongar significativamente o atraso da " +"atualização." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "O processo de atualização é bastante simples do seu ponto de vista:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" +msgstr "Você solicita uma atualização de teste" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Assim que todos os testes forem validados ** por você **, você atualiza seu " +"banco de dados real" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." +msgstr "" +"O processo para solicitar um teste ou uma atualização de produção (* real *)" +" é o mesmo." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page `__." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, certifique-se de estar conectado ao banco de dados que deseja " +"atualizar e acesse a `página de gerenciamento de banco de dados " +"` __." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" +"Você deve ter uma sessão ativa com acesso ao aplicativo Configurações no " +"banco de dados que deseja atualizar para que o botão fique visível." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" +"Você tem a possibilidade de escolher a versão de destino da atualização. Por" +" padrão, selecionamos a versão mais alta disponível para seu banco de dados;" +" se você já estava testando uma atualização, selecionaremos automaticamente " +"a versão que você já estava testando (mesmo que tenhamos lançado uma versão " +"mais recente durante os testes)." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar no botão \"Testar atualização\", uma solicitação de atualização " +"será gerada. Apenas uma solicitação pode ser feita por vez para cada banco " +"de dados; se uma solicitação já tiver sido feita, você verá uma nota " +"'Atualização em fila' e não será possível fazer outra solicitação." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" +"Uma atualização de teste irá criar uma cópia do seu banco de dados, " +"atualizá-lo e torná-lo disponível para você automaticamente assim que for " +"bem-sucedido. Se este for o primeiro teste que você solicita para este banco" +" de dados específico, uma fase de teste manual será feita por Odoo.com - " +"isso pode levar algum tempo (até várias semanas). As solicitações " +"subsequentes não passarão por essa etapa de teste manual e geralmente " +"estarão disponíveis em algumas horas. Assim que o banco de dados de teste " +"estiver disponível, você deverá receber um e-mail com o URL do banco de " +"dados de teste." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de fazer um último teste de sua atualização antes da " +"atualização final (por exemplo, no dia anterior) para garantir que tudo " +"funcionará perfeitamente. O downgrade não é possível e adiar uma atualização" +" é sempre mais fácil do que ser impedido de funcionar por um problema de " +"atualização após o fato!" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" +"Assim que estiver pronto e validar todos os seus testes, você pode clicar " +"novamente no botão Upgrade e confirmar clicando em Upgrade (o botão com o " +"pequeno foguete!) Para mudar seu banco de dados de produção para a nova " +"versão. Seu banco de dados será colocado offline nos próximos 10 minutos e " +"será atualizado automaticamente; você receberá um e-mail de confirmação " +"assim que o processo for concluído." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " +"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " +"migration during non-business hours." +msgstr "" +"Seu banco de dados ficará offline durante a atualização (geralmente entre 30" +" minutos até várias horas para bancos de dados grandes), portanto, " +"certifique-se de planejar sua migração fora do horário comercial." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 +msgid "Duplicating a database" +msgstr "Duplicando um banco de dados" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " +"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " +"database can duplicate without problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " +"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" +" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." +msgstr "" +"Na linha do banco de dados que você deseja duplicar, você terá alguns " +"botões. Para duplicar seu banco de dados, basta clicar em ** Duplicar **. " +"Você terá que dar um nome à sua duplicata e clicar em ** Banco de Dados " +"Duplicado **." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" +" database, all external communication will remain active:" +msgstr "" +"Se você não marcar a caixa de seleção \"Para fins de teste\" ao duplicar um " +"banco de dados, todas as comunicações externas permanecerão ativas:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 +msgid "Emails are sent" +msgstr "Emails são enviados" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " +"example)" +msgstr "" +"Os pagamentos são processados ​​(nos aplicativos de e-commerce ou " +"assinaturas, por exemplo)" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +msgstr "Pedidos de entrega (fornecedores de frete) são enviados" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "Etc." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " +"behaviours to be disabled." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de marcar a caixa de seleção \"Para fins de teste\" se quiser " +"que esses comportamentos sejam desativados." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " +"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +msgstr "" +"Após alguns segundos, você será conectado ao banco de dados duplicado. " +"Observe que o url usa o nome que você escolheu para o banco de dados " +"duplicado." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "Os bancos de dados duplicados expiram automaticamente após 15 dias." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 +msgid "Rename a Database" +msgstr "Renomear um banco de dados" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " +"want to rename, access the `database management page " +"`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " +"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." +msgstr "" +"Para renomear seu banco de dados, certifique-se de estar conectado ao banco " +"de dados que deseja renomear, acesse a `página de gerenciamento de banco de " +"dados ` __ e clique em ** Rename **. Você" +" terá que dar um novo nome ao seu banco de dados e clicar em ** Renomear " +"Banco de Dados **." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 +msgid "Deleting a Database" +msgstr "Excluindo um Banco de Dados" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 +msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +msgstr "Você só pode excluir banco de dados dos quais você é o administrador." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 +msgid "" +"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " +"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " +"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " +"backup may be several hours old at that point." +msgstr "" +"Ao excluir seu banco de dados, todos os dados serão perdidos " +"permanentemente. A exclusão é instantânea e para todos os usuários. " +"Aconselhamos você a fazer um backup instantâneo de seu banco de dados antes " +"de excluí-lo, já que o último backup diário automatizado pode ter várias " +"horas nesse ponto." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 +msgid "" +"From the `database management page `__, " +"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Na `página de gerenciamento de banco de dados " +"` __, na linha do banco de dados que " +"deseja excluir, clique no botão \"Excluir\"." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " +"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" +"Leia atentamente a mensagem de aviso que aparecerá e prossiga somente se " +"você compreender totalmente as implicações da exclusão de um banco de dados:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Após alguns segundos, o banco de dados será excluído e a página será " +"recarregada automaticamente." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 +msgid "" +"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgstr "" +"Se você precisar reutilizar este nome de banco de dados, ele estará " +"disponível imediatamente." + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " +"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" +"Não é possível excluir um banco de dados se ele estiver expirado ou " +"vinculado a uma assinatura. Nestes casos, entre em contato com o `Suporte " +"Odoo ` __" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja excluir sua conta, entre em contato com o `Suporte Odoo " +"` __" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 +msgid "On-premises Database management" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de banco de dados local" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "Registre um banco de dados" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" +"Para registrar seu banco de dados, você só precisa inserir seu Código de " +"Assinatura no banner do App Switcher. Certifique-se de não adicionar espaços" +" extras antes ou depois de seu código de assinatura. Se o registro for bem-" +"sucedido, ficará verde e fornecerá a data de expiração de seu banco de dados" +" recém-registrado. Você pode verificar esta Data de Epiração no menu Sobre " +"(Odoo 9) ou no Painel de Configurações (Odoo 10)." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "Mensagem de erro de registro" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" +"Se você não conseguir registrar seu banco de dados, provavelmente encontrará" +" esta mensagem:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "Soluções" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "Você tem uma assinatura corporativa válida?" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account `__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" +"Verifique se os detalhes de sua assinatura receberam a tag \"Em andamento\" " +"em sua conta `Odoo ` __ ou com " +"seu gerente de conta" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "Você já vinculou um banco de dados com sua referência de assinatura?" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner `__)" +msgstr "" +"Você pode vincular apenas um banco de dados por assinatura. (Precisa de um " +"teste ou banco de dados de desenvolvimento? `Encontre um parceiro " +"` __)" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" +"Você pode desvincular o banco de dados antigo em seu `Contrato Odoo " +"` __ com o botão \"Desvincular " +"banco de dados\"" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" +"Uma mensagem de confirmação aparecerá; certifique-se de que este é o banco " +"de dados correto, pois ele será desativado em breve:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "Você tem a versão atualizada do Odoo 9?" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" +"De julho de 2016 em diante, Odoo 9 agora muda automaticamente o uuid de um " +"banco de dados duplicado; uma operação manual não é mais necessária." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" +"Se não for o caso, você pode ter vários bancos de dados compartilhando o " +"mesmo UUID. Verifique em seu `Contrato Odoo " +"` __, uma mensagem curta " +"aparecerá especificando qual banco de dados é problemático:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Nesse caso, você precisa alterar o UUID em seus bancos de dados de teste " +"para resolver esse problema. Você encontrará mais informações sobre isso: " +"ref: `esta seção `." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" +"Para sua informação, identificamos banco de dados com UUID. Portanto, cada " +"banco de dados deve ter um UUID distinto para garantir que o registro e o " +"faturamento ocorram sem esforço para você e para nós." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "Verifique suas configurações de rede e firewall" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" +"A notificação de atualização deve ser capaz de alcançar os servidores de " +"validação de assinatura do Odoo. Em outras palavras, certifique-se de que o " +"servidor Odoo é capaz de abrir conexões de saída para:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" +"Depois de ativar seu banco de dados, você deve manter essas portas abertas, " +"pois a notificação de atualização é executada uma vez por semana." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "Mensagem de erro devido a muitos usuários" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver mais usuários em seu banco de dados local do que o " +"provisionado em sua assinatura do Odoo Enterprise, poderá encontrar esta " +"mensagem:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" +"Quando a mensagem aparecer, você tem 30 dias antes da expiração. A contagem " +"regressiva é atualizada todos os dias." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" +"** Adicione mais usuários ** em sua assinatura: siga o link e valide a " +"cotação de upsell e pague pelos usuários extras." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation `_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "Mensagem de erro de banco de dados expirado" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" +"Se o seu banco de dados atingir a data de expiração antes de você renovar a " +"assinatura, você encontrará esta mensagem:" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" +"Esta mensagem de ** bloqueio ** aparece após uma mensagem sem bloqueio que " +"dura 30 dias. Se você não agir antes do final da contagem regressiva, o " +"banco de dados expirará." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" +"Renove sua assinatura: siga o link e renove sua assinatura - observe que" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" +"se desejar pagar por transferência eletrônica, sua assinatura será " +"efetivamente renovada somente quando o pagamento chegar, o que pode levar " +"alguns dias. Os pagamentos com cartão de crédito são processados " +"​​imediatamente." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 +msgid "Contact our `Support `__" +msgstr "Contate nosso `Suporte ` __" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" +"Nenhuma dessas soluções funcionou para você? Entre em contato com nosso " +"`Suporte ` __" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "Duplicar um banco de dados" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" +"Você pode duplicar seu banco de dados acessando o gerenciador de banco de " +"dados em seu servidor ( / web / database / manager). Nesta " +"página, você pode facilmente duplicar seu banco de dados (entre outras " +"coisas)." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" +"Quando você duplica um banco de dados local, é ** fortemente ** aconselhado " +"alterar o uuid do banco de dados duplicado (Identificador Universal Único), " +"uma vez que este uuid é como seu banco de dados se identifica com nossos " +"servidores. Ter dois bancos de dados com o mesmo uuid pode resultar em " +"problemas de faturamento ou de registro no futuro." + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator `_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "Usuários e Recursos" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" +"Como administrador de seu banco de dados, você é responsável por seu uso. " +"Isso inclui os aplicativos que você instala, bem como o número de usuários " +"atualmente em uso." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo é muitas coisas (ERP, CMS, aplicativo de CRM, back-end de comércio " +"eletrônico, etc.), mas * não * é um smartphone. Você deve ter cuidado ao " +"adicionar / remover recursos (especialmente aplicativos) em seu banco de " +"dados, pois isso pode afetar o valor da sua assinatura significativamente " +"(ou mudar você de uma conta gratuita para uma paga em nossa plataforma " +"online)." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" +"Esta página contém algumas informações sobre como você pode gerenciar suas " +"instâncias do Odoo. Antes de realizar qualquer um desses procedimentos, " +"recomendamos ** vivamente ** que os teste primeiro em uma duplicata do seu " +"banco de dados. Dessa forma, se algo der errado, seu negócio do dia-a-dia " +"não será impactado." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar guias sobre como duplicar seus bancos de dados para " +"instalações: ref: `online ` e: ref: `on premise " +"`." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form `__." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver dúvidas sobre o conteúdo desta página ou se encontrar algum " +"problema ao realizar esses procedimentos, entre em contato conosco através " +"do nosso `formulário de suporte ` __." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "Desativando usuários" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de ter ** direitos administrativos ** suficientes se quiser " +"alterar o status de qualquer um de seus usuários." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "Você verá então a lista de seus usuários." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" +"O filtro pré-selecionado * Usuários internos * mostra seus usuários pagantes" +" (diferente dos * Usuários do portal * que são gratuitos). Se você remover " +"este filtro, obterá todos os seus usuários (aqueles pelos quais você paga e " +"os do portal)" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "O usuário agora está desativado." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "** Nunca ** desative o usuário principal (* admin *)" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "Desinstalando aplicativos" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" +"Em sua instância do Odoo, clique em ** Configurações **; neste aplicativo, " +"você poderá ver quantos aplicativos instalou. Clique em ** Procurar Apps ** " +"para acessar a lista de seus aplicativos instalados." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" +"No painel de seus aplicativos, você verá todos os ícones de seus " +"aplicativos. Clique no aplicativo que deseja desinstalar. Em seguida, no " +"formulário do aplicativo, clique em ** Desinstalar **." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Alguns aplicativos possuem dependências, como Faturamento, eCommerce, etc. " +"Portanto, o sistema lhe dará uma mensagem de alerta para avisá-lo do que " +"está para ser removido. Se você desinstalar seu aplicativo, todas as suas " +"dependências serão desinstaladas também (e os dados nelas desaparecerão " +"permanentemente). Se você tiver certeza de que deseja desinstalá-lo, clique " +"em ** Confirmar **." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" +"Por último, após verificar a mensagem de aviso (se houver), clique em ** " +"Confirmar **." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "Você terminou de desinstalar seu aplicativo." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "Bom saber" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" +"** Desinstalar aplicativos, gerenciar usuários, etc. depende de você **: " +"ninguém mais pode saber se o seu fluxo de negócios está quebrado melhor do " +"que você. Se tivéssemos de desinstalar os aplicativos para você, nunca " +"poderíamos saber se dados relevantes foram removidos ou se um de seus fluxos" +" de negócios foi interrompido porque * não sabemos como você trabalha * e, " +"portanto, não podemos validar esses tipos de operações." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" +"** Odoo Apps tem dependências **: isso significa que você pode precisar " +"instalar módulos que não usa ativamente para acessar alguns recursos do Odoo" +" de que pode precisar. Por exemplo, o aplicativo Website é necessário para " +"mostrar ao seu cliente suas cotações em uma página da web. Mesmo que você " +"não precise ou use o próprio site, ele é necessário para que o recurso de " +"cotações online funcione corretamente." + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" +"** Sempre teste a instalação / remoção do aplicativo em uma duplicata ** (ou" +" em um banco de dados de teste gratuito): dessa forma, você pode saber quais" +" outros aplicativos podem ser necessários, etc. Isso evitará surpresas ao " +"desinstalar ou ao receber suas faturas." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7fb7d274 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -0,0 +1,834 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../discuss.rst:5 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Mensagens" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" +"Se ninguém em sua empresa é usado para gerenciar servidores de e-mail, " +"recomendamos fortemente que você opte por essas soluções de hospedagem Odoo." +" Seu sistema de e-mail funciona instantaneamente e é monitorado por " +"profissionais. No entanto, você ainda pode usar seus próprios servidores de " +"e-mail se quiser gerenciar a reputação do mesmo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Você encontrará aqui abaixo algumas informações úteis sobre como integrar " +"sua própria solução de e-mail com Odoo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " +"`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "Como gerenciar mensagens enviadas" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" +"Como administrador do sistema, vá para: seleção de menus: `Configurações -> " +"Configurações gerais` e marque * Servidores de e-mail externos *. Em " +"seguida, clique em * Servidores de email de saída * para criar um e fazer " +"referência aos dados SMTP do seu servidor de email. Após o preenchimento de " +"todas as informações, clique em * Testar Conexão *." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "Esta é uma configuração típica para um servidor do G Suite." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, defina seu nome de domínio de e-mail nas Configurações Gerais." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "Posso usar um servidor Office 365" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" +"Você pode usar um servidor Office 365 se executar Odoo localmente. " +"Retransmissões de SMTP do Office 365 não são compatíveis com Odoo Online." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" +"Consulte a `documentação da Microsoft `__ para " +"configurar uma retransmissão SMTP para o endereço IP do seu Odoo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Como usar um servidor do G Suite" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" +"Você pode usar um servidor do G Suite para qualquer tipo de hospedagem Odoo." +" Para fazer isso, você precisa configurar o serviço de retransmissão SMTP. " +"As etapas de configuração são explicadas na `documentação do Google " +"` __." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" +"No caso de você usar SPF (Sender Policy Framework) para aumentar a " +"capacidade de entrega de seus e-mails de saída, não se esqueça de autorizar " +"Odoo como um host de envio em suas configurações de nome de domínio. Aqui " +"está a configuração do Odoo Online:" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" +"Se nenhum registro TXT for definido para SPF, crie um com a seguinte " +"definição: v = spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com ~ all" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" +"Encontre `aqui ` __ o procedimento exato " +"para criar ou modificar registros TXT em seu próprio registrador de domínio." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" +"Seu novo registro SPF pode levar até 48 horas para entrar em vigor, mas isso" +" geralmente acontece mais rapidamente." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar mais de um registro SPF para um domínio pode causar problemas na " +"entrega de e-mail e na classificação de spam. Em vez disso, recomendamos " +"usar apenas um registro SPF, modificando-o para autorizar Odoo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "Como gerenciar mensagens de entrada" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" +"Odoo conta com pseudônimos genéricos de e-mail para buscar mensagens " +"recebidas." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" +"** Mensagens devolvidas ** são encaminhadas para ** devolvido @ ** a fim de " +"rastreá-las no Odoo. Isso é especialmente usado em `Odoo Email Marketing " +"` __ para excluir destinatários " +"inválidos." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" +"** Mensagens originais **: Vários objetos de negócios têm seu próprio " +"pseudônimo para criar novos registros no Odoo a partir de e-mails recebidos:" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de vendas (para criar leads ou oportunidades no `Odoo CRM " +"` __)," + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"`__)," +msgstr "" +"Canal de suporte (para criar tickets no `Odoo Helpdesk " +"` __)," + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," +msgstr "" +"Projetos (para criar novas tarefas no `Projeto Odoo " +"` __)," + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"`__)," +msgstr "" +"Cargos (para criar candidatos em `Odoo Recruitment " +"` __)," + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo do seu servidor de e-mail, pode haver vários métodos para buscar " +"e-mails. O método mais fácil e recomendado é gerenciar um endereço de e-mail" +" por alias Odoo em seu servidor de e-mail." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "Defina o seu nome de domínio nas Configurações Gerais." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" +"Se você usa Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh, recomendamos redirecionar as mensagens " +"recebidas para o nome de domínio do Odoo em vez de usar exclusivamente seu " +"próprio servidor de e-mail. Assim, você receberá mensagens sem demora. Na " +"verdade, Odoo Online está obtendo mensagens de entrada de servidores " +"externos apenas uma vez por hora. Você deve definir redirecionamentos para " +"todos os endereços de e-mail para o nome de domínio do Odoo em seu servidor " +"de e-mail (por exemplo, *catchall@meudominio.ext* para " +"*catchall@minhaempresa.odoo.com*)." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "Modelos de E-mail" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "Defina seus tipos de atividade" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4284b78aa --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -0,0 +1,1024 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# falexandresilva , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# Éder Brito , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Começar" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "Como personalizar minha página de catálogo" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "Catálogo de produto" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" +"Todos os seus itens publicados aparecem na página do catálogo (ou na página " +"da * Loja *)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das opções está disponível no menu * Personalizar *: atributos de " +"exibição, categorias de site, etc." + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "Destaque um produto" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" +"Aumente a visibilidade de seus produtos estrela / promovidos: empurre-os " +"para o topo, torne-os maiores, adicione uma fita que você pode editar " +"(Venda, Novo, etc.). Abra a página Shop, mude para o modo editar e clique em" +" qualquer item para começar a personalizar a grade." + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" +"Veja como fazer isso: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "Adicionar rápido ao carrinho" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" +"Se seus clientes compram muitos itens de uma vez, torne o processo deles " +"mais curto habilitando compras na página do catálogo. Para fazer isso, " +"adicione a descrição do produto e adicione ao botão do carrinho. Ative as " +"seguintes opções no menu * Personalizar *: Descrição do produto, Adicionar " +"ao carrinho, Exibir lista (para exibir melhor a descrição do produto)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "Como construir uma página de produto" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "No site, clique em * Nova Página * no canto superior direito." + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "Em seguida, clique em * Novo Produto * e siga as dicas que piscam." + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "Aqui estão os principais elementos da página do produto:" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "Muitos elementos podem ficar visíveis no menu * Personalizar *." + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "Veja como configurar seus produtos nos links aqui abaixo." + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "Gerenciar meus produtos" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "Como exibir várias imagens por produto" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, a página do seu produto na web exibe apenas a imagem principal " +"do seu produto. Se você gosta de mostrar seus produtos sob vários ângulos, " +"pode transformar a imagem em um carrossel." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Verifique * Várias imagens por produto * em: seleção de menus: `Admin do " +"site -> Configuração -> Ajustes`." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" +"Abra um formulário de detalhes do produto e carregue as imagens na guia * " +"Imagens *. Clique em * Criar * no modo Editar para obter o assistente de " +"upload." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" +"Essas imagens extras são comuns a todas as variantes do produto (se houver)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "Como mostrar a disponibilidade do produto" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" +"A disponibilidade dos seus produtos pode ser apresentada no site para " +"tranquilizar os seus clientes." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" +"Para exibir isso, abra a guia * Vendas * no formulário de detalhes do " +"produto e selecione uma opção em * Disponibilidade *." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" +"Uma mensagem de aviso personalizada pode ser qualquer coisa relacionada a " +"falta de estoque, atraso na entrega, etc." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "Esta ferramenta não requer a instalação do aplicativo Inventário." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" +"Se um item não puder mais ser vendido, cancele a publicação de seu site. Se " +"tratar de uma variante de produto específica, desative a variante no back-" +"end (consulte: doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / pricing`)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "Como gerenciar variantes de produtos" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" +"As variantes do produto são usadas para oferecer variações do mesmo produto " +"aos clientes na página de produtos. Por exemplo, o cliente escolhe uma " +"camiseta e, em seguida, seleciona seu tamanho e cor. No exemplo abaixo, o " +"cliente escolhe um telefone e, em seguida, seleciona a memória; cor e banda " +"Wi-Fi entre as opções disponíveis." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "Como criar atributos e variantes" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Ligue * Os produtos podem ter vários atributos, definindo variantes " +"(Exemplo: tamanho, cor, ...) * em: menu de seleção: `Vendas -> " +"Configurações`." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" +"Selecione um produto na lista Produtos e vá para a guia * Variantes *." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" +"Adicione quantos atributos você precisar de 3 tipos diferentes: botões de " +"rádio, menu suspenso ou botões coloridos. Você obtém várias variantes assim " +"que existem 2 valores para 1 atributo." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "Como editar variantes" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" +"Veja todas as variantes do formulário de detalhes do modelo de produto." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "Você pode editar os seguintes dados:" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "Imagem (será atualizada em tempo real no site)," + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "Código de barras," + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "Referência Interna (SKU #)," + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "Volume," + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "Peso" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "Ativo (disponível em cotações e site)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" +"Tanto o código de barras quanto a referência interna são específicos da " +"variante. Você precisa preenchê-los assim que as variantes forem geradas." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Veja e edite todas as variantes de :menuselection:`Vendas --> Vendas --> " +"Variantes de Produto` também. Isso pode ser mais rápido se você gerenciar " +"muitas variantes." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "Como definir preços específicos por variante" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode definir um preço público específico por variante clicando " +"em * Preços das variantes * no formulário de detalhes do produto (ação no " +"canto superior esquerdo)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" +"O preço extra é adicionado ao preço do produto sempre que o valor do " +"atributo correspondente é selecionado." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" +"As fórmulas da lista de preços permitem definir métodos avançados de cálculo" +" de preços para variantes de produtos. Veja: doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / " +"pricing`." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "Como desativar / arquivar variantes" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" +"Você pode desativar / arquivar variantes específicas para que elas não " +"estejam mais disponíveis nas cotações e no site (não existentes em seu " +"estoque, obsoletas, etc.). Simplesmente desmarque * Ativo * no formulário de" +" detalhes." + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar esses itens arquivados, clique em * Arquivado * ao pesquisar " +"na lista de variantes. Você pode reativá-los da mesma maneira." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "Maximize minha receita" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "Como vender acessórios e produtos opcionais (venda cruzada)" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" +"Você vende computadores. Por que não estimular seus clientes a comprar uma " +"tela de primeira linha ou uma garantia extra? Esse é o objetivo das " +"funcionalidades de venda cruzada:" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "Produtos acessórios na página de checkout," + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Produtos opcionais em uma nova tela * Adicionar ao carrinho * (não instalado" +" por padrão)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "Produtos acessórios no check-out" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" +"Acessórios (por exemplo, para computadores: mouse, teclado) aparecem quando " +"o cliente analisa o carrinho antes de pagar." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" +"Selecione acessórios na guia * Vendas * da página de detalhes do produto." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" +"Existe um algoritmo para descobrir os melhores acessórios a serem exibidos " +"no caso de vários itens serem adicionados ao carrinho. Se algum item for " +"acessório de vários produtos adicionados ao carrinho, é mais provável que " +"esteja no topo da lista de acessórios sugeridos." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "Produtos opcionais ao adicionar ao carrinho" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" +"Os produtos opcionais estão diretamente relacionados ao item adicionado ao " +"carrinho (por exemplo, para computadores: garantia, software de sistema " +"operacional, componentes extras). Sempre que o produto principal é " +"adicionado ao carrinho, uma nova tela é exibida como uma etapa extra." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "Para publicar produtos opcionais:" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" +"Instale o complemento * Produtos opcionais de comércio eletrônico * no menu " +"* Aplicativos *. Remova o filtro padrão para pesquisar complementos também, " +"caso contrário, apenas os aplicativos principais serão exibidos." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" +"Selecione itens opcionais na guia * Vendas * do formulário de detalhes do " +"produto." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" +"A quantidade de itens opcionais adicionados ao carrinho é a mesma do item " +"principal." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" +msgstr "Como adaptar os preços aos visitantes do meu site" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" +"Esta seção esclarece os recursos de precificação do aplicativo de comércio " +"eletrônico:" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "forçar um preço por geo-localização," + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "deixe o cliente escolher a moeda." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " +":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" +"Como pré-requisito, veja como gerenciar os preços dos produtos:: doc: " +"`../../ sales / products_prices / prices / prices`)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" +msgstr "Geo-IP para aplicar automaticamente o preço certo" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " +"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" +"Atribua grupos de países às suas listas de preços. Dessa forma, seus " +"visitantes ainda não conectados receberão sua própria moeda ao chegarem ao " +"seu site." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "Uma vez logado, eles recebem a lista de preços de seu país." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "Seletor de moeda" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " +"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"No caso de vender em várias moedas, você pode permitir que seus clientes " +"escolham sua própria moeda. Marque * Selecionável * para adicionar a lista " +"de preços ao menu suspenso do site." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "Como criar e compartilhar códigos promocionais" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" +"Quer aumentar suas vendas para o Natal? Compartilhe códigos promocionais " +"através de suas campanhas de marketing e aplique qualquer tipo de desconto." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" +"Vá para: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Configurações` e escolha * Preço " +"avançado com base na fórmula * para * Preço de venda *." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Vá para :menuselection:`Administração do Site --> Catálogo --> Listas de " +"Preço` e crie uma nova lista de preços com a regra de desconto (see " +":doc:`pricing`). Em seguida, insira um código." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" +"Disponibilize o campo código de promoção em sua página * Carrinho de compras" +" * (opção no menu * Personalizar *). Adicione um produto ao carrinho para " +"alcançá-lo." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" +"Depois de ligado, você verá uma nova seção no lado direito. Ao clicar em * " +"Aplicar *, os preços são atualizados automaticamente no carrinho." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"O código promocional utilizado pelo cliente fica armazenado no sistema para " +"que você possa analisar o desempenho de suas campanhas de marketing." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "Mostrar vendas por lista de preços ..." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "Como habilitar comentários e avaliações" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" +"Publicar e monitorar a experiência do cliente ajudará você a ganhar a " +"confiança de novos clientes e a se envolver melhor com sua comunidade. Em 2 " +"cliques, permita que seu cliente compartilhe seus comentários!" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Ative os comentários e as avaliações no menu * Personalizar * da página do " +"produto." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" +"Os visitantes devem fazer login para compartilhar seus comentários. " +"Certifique-se de que eles sejam capazes de fazer isso (consulte a " +"documentação do Portal)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "Reveja as postagens em tempo real" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" +"Sempre que uma postagem é publicada, o gerente de produto e todos os " +"seguidores do produto são notificados em sua caixa de entrada (menu * " +"Discussão* *)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o usuário que criou o produto é automaticamente definido como " +"seguidor." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" +"Clique no nome do produto para abrir o formulário de detalhes e analise o " +"comentário (no tópico de discussão do produto)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "Moderar e cancelar a publicação" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" +"Você pode moderar facilmente usando o chatter, tanto no formulário de " +"detalhes do produto quanto na página da web" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" +"Para cancelar a publicação da postagem, abra a página do produto na web e " +"clique no botão * Publicado * para torná-lo vermelho (* Não publicado *)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "..dica::" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" +"Você pode acessar a página da web a partir do formulário de detalhes " +"clicando no botão inteligente * Publicado * (e vice-versa)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "Como vender produtos alternativos mais caros (upselling)" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" +"Para maximizar sua receita, sugerir produtos alternativos mais caros é " +"fortemente recomendado para itens básicos. Dessa forma, seu cliente passará " +"mais tempo navegando em seu catálogo." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "Para fazer isso:" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" +"Selecione esses * Produtos alternativos * na guia * Vendas * do formulário " +"de detalhes do produto. 3 alternativas estão bem! Não publique muitos, caso " +"contrário seus clientes ficarão confusos." + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Ative * Produtos alternativos * no menu * Personalizar * da página do " +"produto na web." + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "Introdução ao Odoo eCommerce" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" +"A documentação ajudará você a iniciar o seu site de comércio eletrônico em " +"um piscar de olhos. Os tópicos seguem o processo de compra:" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "Página do Produto" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "Página da loja" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Preços" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Impostos" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "Processo de checkout" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "Upselling & cross-selling" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Pagamento" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "Envio e rastreamento" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" + +#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "Lançar o meu site" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "Ser pago" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "Como gerenciar pedidos pagos com adquirentes de pagamento" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo confirma os pedidos automaticamente assim que o pagamento é " +"autorizado por um adquirente de pagamento. Isso aciona a entrega. Se você " +"faturar com base nas quantidades pedidas, também deverá faturar o pedido." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "Qual é o status do pagamento" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" +"A qualquer momento, o vendedor pode verificar o status da transação do " +"pedido." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "* Rascunho *: transação em processamento." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" +"* Pendente *: o adquirente de pagamento mantém a transação em espera e você " +"precisa autorizá-la na interface do adquirente." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" +"* Autorizado *: o pagamento foi autorizado, mas ainda não foi capturado. No " +"Odoo, o pedido já está confirmado. Assim que a entrega for concluída, você " +"pode capturar a quantia na interface do adquirente (ou no Odoo se você usar " +"o Authorize.net)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" +"* Concluído *: o pagamento é autorizado e capturado. O pedido foi " +"confirmado." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" +"* Erro *: ocorreu um erro durante a transação. O cliente precisa tentar o " +"pagamento novamente. O pedido ainda está em rascunho." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" +"* Cancelado *: quando o cliente cancela o pagamento no formulário do " +"adquirente. Eles são levados de volta ao Odoo para modificar o pedido." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Mensagens específicas são fornecidas aos seus clientes para cada status de " +"pagamento, quando eles são redirecionados para Odoo após a transação. Para " +"editar essas mensagens, vá para a guia * Mensagens * do método de pagamento." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "Validar automaticamente as faturas no pedido" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" +"Quando o pedido é confirmado, você também pode ter uma fatura emitida e paga" +" automaticamente. Isso é totalmente automatizado para empresas que faturam " +"pedidos diretamente." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." +msgstr "" +"Se você escolher este modo, deverá selecionar um diário de pagamento para " +"registrar os pagamentos em seus livros. Este pagamento é reconciliado " +"automaticamente com a fatura, marcando-a como paga. Selecione sua **conta " +"bancária** se você receber o pagamento imediatamente em sua conta bancária. " +"Caso contrário, você pode criar um diário específico para o adquirente de " +"pagamento (tipo = Banco). Dessa forma, você pode rastrear pagamentos online " +"em uma conta intermediária de seus livros até receber o pagamento em sua " +"conta bancária (consulte " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Capture o pagamento após a entrega" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" +"Com este modo, o pedido é confirmado, mas o valor é mantido em espera. Assim" +" que a entrega for processada, você pode capturar o pagamento do Odoo. Este " +"modo está disponível apenas com Authorize.net." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" +"Para capturar o pagamento, abra a transação do pedido. Em seguida, clique em" +" * Capturar Transação *." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Com outros adquirentes de pagamento, você pode gerenciar a captura em suas " +"próprias interfaces, não no Odoo." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "Como os clientes podem acessar sua conta de cliente" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" +"Nunca foi tão fácil para seus clientes acessar suas contas de cliente. " +"Esqueça os inúmeros formulários de inscrição, Odoo torna isso tão fácil " +"quanto o ABC. Sugere-se que eles se cadastrem (nome, e-mail, senha) quando o" +" pedido for feito, e não antes. Na verdade, nada é mais irritante do que " +"passar por um processo de inscrição antes de comprar algo." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "Inscrever-se" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" +"O convite para inscrição aparece quando o cliente deseja visualizar o pedido" +" a partir do e-mail de confirmação do pedido." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "Conta do cliente" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez logado, o cliente acessará a conta clicando em * Minha Conta * no " +"menu suspenso de login." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Lá eles encontram toda a sua história. O endereço principal (cobrança) " +"também pode ser alterado." + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" +"Se o cliente estiver definido como contato de uma empresa em sua agenda, ele" +" verá todos os documentos cujo cliente pertence a essa empresa." + +#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "Recolher impostos" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e07321358 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Silmar , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "Email de Marketing" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "Trabalhar com listas de e-mail" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Contatos" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66426770b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# AlexSandro Cruz , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Eventos" + +#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations" +msgstr "Integrações" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 +msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" +" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" +" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " +"to advertise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" +" be enabled or installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " +"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " +":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" +" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 +msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " +"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " +"the *Reminder* template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 +msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 +msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " +"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" +" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " +"*Filters* are eligible here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " +"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " +"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " +"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 +msgid "Create your First Event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 +msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 +msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 +msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 +msgid "To allow networking;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " +"through the product and even their pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Começar" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " +"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " +"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " +"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " +"`_, and " +"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 +msgid "Tab: Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " +"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " +"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " +"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed ` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 +msgid "Tab: Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " +"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " +"*Communication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " +"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " +"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" +" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " +"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" +" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" +" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " +"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " +"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" +" and used again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 +msgid "Publish your event" +msgstr "Publique seu evento" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 +msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Selling Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " +"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " +"more registrations to happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" +" *Online Ticketing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " +"the sale of tickets to happen " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 +msgid "Through Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " +"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " +"which you want to create the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " +"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " +"your event’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 +msgid "Through the Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " +"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 +msgid "Track your Attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " +"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " +"analyzing reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " +"the *Attendees* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " +"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 +msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " +"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " +"*Cancelled* stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " +"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and Manage Talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " +"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Schedule & Tracks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " +"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " +"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " +"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " +"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 +msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " +"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " +"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42a071537 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,421 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Despesas" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "Como definir os tipos de despesas" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" +"A primeira etapa para rastrear despesas é configurar os tipos de despesas " +"(gerenciadas como produtos no Odoo) que sua empresa permite, a partir do " +"menu * Configuração *. Quando uma despesa específica é reembolsada a um " +"preço fixo, defina um custo para o produto. Caso contrário, mantenha o custo" +" em 0,0 e os funcionários reportarão o custo real por despesa." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "Aqui estão alguns exemplos para configurar:" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "Restaurante:" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" +"Custo: 0,00 (o custo da passagem será registrado em todas as despesas)" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "Viagem com carro pessoal:" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "Custo: 0,30 (o preço por milha reembolsado pela empresa é fixo)" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "Hotel:" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "Outros:" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "Custo: 0.0" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" +"O aplicativo * Vendas * permite que você especifique a unidade de medida " +"para seus tipos de despesas (unidades, milhas, noites, etc.). Vá para: " +"seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Configuração -> ajustes` e verifique * Alguns " +"produtos podem ser vendidos / adquiridos em unidades de medida diferentes " +"(avançado) *." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "Como registrar despesas" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manualmente" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" +"Como funcionário (Funcionário com direitos de acesso do usuário), você pode " +"registrar despesas em: seleção de menus: `Minhas despesas -> Despesas a " +"enviar`." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o produto relacionado e insira o valor total que você pagou (com " +"Quantidade = 1) ou o preço unitário se a Quantidade for contável (por " +"exemplo, número de noites de hotel)." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "Insira a data da despesa." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" +"Escolha se você pagou a conta por conta própria (e espera ser reembolsado) " +"ou se a empresa pagou diretamente (por exemplo, se você usou o cartão de " +"crédito de uma empresa)." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" +"Defina a referência da fatura, adicione algumas notas se solicitado e anexe " +"uma foto / digitalização do recibo do tópico de discussão. Isso ajudará o " +"gerente e o contador a validá-lo." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "Em um clique de emails" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" +"Deixe seus funcionários registrarem suas despesas a partir de um simples " +"e-mail. Faça um instantâneo do recibo e envie por e-mail, ou simplesmente " +"encaminhe uma fatura!" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "Como enviar gastos para os gerentes" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode enviar despesas uma a uma usando o botão * Enviar ao " +"gerente * na tela de formulário de uma despesa." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" +"Todos os seus relatórios de despesas enviados podem ser encontrados em: menu" +" de seleção: `Despesas -> Minhas despesas -> Relatórios de despesas`." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "Como aprovar gastos" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" +"Os gerentes de RH e de equipe obtêm uma visão geral de todos os relatórios " +"de despesas para validar no menu superior: seleção de menus: `Para aprovar " +"-> Relatórios de despesas para aprovar`. Esses usuários devem ter pelo menos" +" direitos de acesso de * Diretores * para * Despesas *." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" +"Eles podem revisar relatórios de despesas, aprová-los ou rejeitá-los, além " +"de fornecer feedback graças à ferramenta de comunicação integrada." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" +"Como gerente de equipe, você pode encontrar facilmente os relatórios de " +"despesas dos membros de sua equipe. Você precisa ser definido como gerente " +"na forma de detalhes desses funcionários." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "Como lançar despesas na contabilidade" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" +"Assim que os relatórios de despesas são aprovados pelos gerentes, o " +"departamento de contabilidade vai para: seleção de menus: `Despesas -> " +"Contador -> Relatórios de despesas para lançar` para verificar contas, " +"produtos e impostos. Eles podem clicar em * Publicar entradas de diário * " +"para publicar entradas de diário relacionadas em seus livros. Para fazer " +"isso, o usuário deve ter os seguintes direitos de acesso:" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "Contabilidade: Contador ou Consultor" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Despesas: Gerente" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Para lançar uma despesa, um * Endereço residencial * deve ser definido no " +"funcionário. Se você receber uma mensagem de bloqueio relacionada ao postar," +" clique no funcionário, vá para a guia * Informações pessoais * e selecione " +"/ crie o contato do seu funcionário no catálogo de endereços. Um contato foi" +" criado automaticamente se esta pessoa estiver usando Odoo." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "Como reembolsar os colaboradores" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode ver todos os relatórios de despesas a reembolsar em: menu de" +" seleção: `Despesas -> Contador -> Relatórios de despesas a pagar`. Para " +"registrar o pagamento ou pagar em cheque, clique em * Registrar um pagamento" +" *." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" +"Veja como você pode gerenciar facilmente o processo de pagamento no Odoo:" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "Como fazer refaturamento para os seus consumidores" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" +"Se você rastrear despesas em projetos de clientes, poderá cobrá-las " +"automaticamente." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "Habilite ** Faturamento do cliente ** nas configurações de despesas" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" +"Vá para o menu de configuração do produto e defina o método de faturamento " +"em todos os seus tipos de despesas:" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" +"Quantidades solicitadas: ele irá faturar os gastos baseados no número total " +"de solicitações" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" +"Quantidades entregues: faturará despesas com base na quantidade de despesas" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "A custo: faturará as despesas ao seu custo real." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" +"A preço de venda: irá faturar com base em um preço de venda fixo definido no" +" pedido de venda." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "Criar um pedido" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" +"Como um vendedor, crie e confirme a ordem de venda pelos serviços entregues " +"ao cliente. Se você não colocar nenhuma despesa na ordem, ela será " +"adicionada automaticamente assim que postada pelo contador." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "Vincula a despesa ao Pedido de Vendas." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "Envia, valida e lança a despesa" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" +"Como gerente, certifique-se de que a conta analítica seja definida em cada " +"linha de despesas ao aprovar relatórios de despesas. Clique na linha para " +"adicionar um se estiver faltando. Os funcionários já podem definir um ao " +"enviar." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "Como contador, faça lançamentos contábeis manuais." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "Fatura de despesas" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode faturar o pedido. Ele aparece em: menu de seleção: `Vendas " +"-> Faturamento -> Vendas` para fatura . As despesas foram adicionadas " +"automaticamente nas linhas do pedido. Esses itens aparecem em azul (ou seja," +" na fatura)." + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "e (ou seja, para faturar)." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dd9adf88 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -0,0 +1,392 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# falexandresilva , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: falexandresilva , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../fsm.rst:5 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Suporte Técnico" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " +"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " +"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " +"be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " +"*Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " +"add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " +"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " +"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " +"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " +"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " +"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " +"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " +"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" +" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " +"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " +"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " +"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " +"employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "" +"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " +"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" +" in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "" +"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " +"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" +" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " +"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " +"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" +" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " +"dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Vendas" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f31e17558 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,2890 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Fábio Novais , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital , 2020 +# Thiago Alves Cavalcante , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Vanderlei Romera , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../general.rst:5 +msgid "General" +msgstr "Geral" + +#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "Authentication" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "OAuth" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" +"Devido a requisitos específicos na implementação do OAuth do Azure, a " +"identificação do Microsoft Azure OAuth NÃO é compatível com o Odoo no " +"momento." + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgstr "Como permitir que os usuários façam login com suas contas do Google" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." +msgstr "Clique em ** Criar projeto ** nome do projeto e outros detalhes." + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" +msgstr "Clique em ** Usar APIs do Google **" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " +"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" +" save." +msgstr "" +"Preencha seu endereço, e-mail e o nome do produto (por exemplo odoo) e " +"salve." + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " +"Client ID)." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em ** Adicionar credenciais ** e selecione a segunda " +"opção (ID do cliente OAuth 2.0)." + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" +" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +msgstr "" +"Verifique se o tipo de aplicativo está definido em ** Aplicativo da Web **. " +"Agora configure as páginas permitidas nas quais você será redirecionado." + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" +" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " +"Then click on **Create**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " +"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez feito isso, você receberá duas informações (seu ID de cliente e " +"segredo do cliente). Você deve inserir seu ID de cliente nas ** " +"Configurações gerais **." + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Candidaturas" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" +"Em ** Informações do servidor **, insira o endereço IP do seu servidor e a " +"porta de escuta." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" +"Em ** Informações de login **, insira o ID e a senha da conta usada para " +"consultar o servidor. Se deixado em branco, o servidor será consultado " +"anonimamente." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" +"Em ** Usuário modelo **, indique um modelo para os novos perfis criados. Se " +"deixado em branco, o perfil de administrador será usado como modelo." + +#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +msgid "Data Import" +msgstr "Importação de Dados" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "Como adaptar um modelo de importação" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Os modelos de importação são fornecidos na ferramenta de importação dos " +"dados mais comuns para importar (contatos, produtos, extratos bancários, " +"etc.). Você pode abri-los com qualquer software de planilhas (Microsoft " +"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "Como personalizar o arquivo" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" +"Remova as colunas de que você não precisa. Aconselhamos não remover o * ID *" +" (veja o motivo aqui abaixo)." + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" +"Defina um ID exclusivo para cada registro arrastando para baixo a sequência " +"de ID." + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" +"Quando você adiciona uma nova coluna, Odoo pode não ser capaz de mapeá-la " +"automaticamente se seu rótulo não couber em nenhum campo do sistema. Nesse " +"caso, encontre o campo correspondente usando a pesquisa." + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, use o rótulo que você encontrou em seu modelo de importação para" +" fazê-lo funcionar imediatamente na próxima vez que tentar importar." + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "Por que uma coluna “ID”" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"O ** ID ** (ID externo) é um identificador exclusivo para o item de linha. " +"Sinta-se à vontade para usar um de seu software anterior para facilitar a " +"transição para o Odoo." + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" +"Definir um ID não é obrigatório ao importar, mas ajuda em muitos casos:" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" +"Atualizar importações: você pode importar o mesmo arquivo várias vezes sem " +"criar duplicatas;" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "Campos de relação de importação (veja aqui abaixo)." + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "Como importar campos de relação" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" +"Um objeto Odoo está sempre relacionado a muitos outros objetos (por exemplo," +" um produto está vinculado a categorias de produtos, atributos, " +"fornecedores, etc.). Para importar essas relações, você precisa primeiro " +"importar os registros do objeto relacionado de seu próprio menu de lista." + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" +"Você pode fazer isso usando o nome do registro relacionado ou seu ID. O ID é" +" esperado quando dois registros têm o mesmo nome. Nesse caso, adicione \"/ " +"ID\" no final do título da coluna (por exemplo, para atributos do produto: " +"Atributos / Atributo / ID do produto)." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +msgid "Import data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "Como começar" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" +"Você pode importar dados em qualquer objeto de negócios Odoo usando os " +"formatos Excel (.xlsx) ou CSV (.csv): contatos, produtos, extratos " +"bancários, lançamentos de diário e até mesmo pedidos!" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" +"Lá você encontra modelos que você pode preencher facilmente com seus " +"próprios dados. Esses modelos podem ser importados com um clique; O " +"mapeamento de dados já está feito." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "Como adaptar o modelo" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" +"Adicione, remova e classifique as colunas para se ajustarem da melhor forma " +"à sua estrutura de dados." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "Aconselhamos não remover o ** ID ** (veja o porquê na próxima seção)." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" +"Quando você adiciona uma nova coluna, Odoo pode não ser capaz de mapeá-la " +"automaticamente se seu rótulo não couber em nenhum campo no Odoo. Não se " +"preocupe! Você pode mapear novas colunas manualmente ao testar a importação." +" Pesquise a lista para o campo correspondente." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, use o rótulo deste campo em seu arquivo para fazê-lo funcionar " +"diretamente na próxima vez." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "Como importar de outro aplicativo" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" +"Para recriar relacionamentos entre diferentes registros, você deve usar o " +"identificador exclusivo do aplicativo original e mapeá-lo para a coluna ** " +"ID ** (ID externa) no Odoo. Ao importar outro registro vinculado ao " +"primeiro, use ** XXX / ID ** (XXX / ID externo) para o identificador " +"exclusivo original. Você também pode encontrar esse registro usando seu " +"nome, mas ficará paralisado se pelo menos 2 registros tiverem o mesmo nome." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" +"O ** ID ** também será usado para atualizar a importação original se você " +"precisar reimportar os dados modificados mais tarde, portanto, é uma boa " +"prática especificá-lo sempre que possível." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "Não consigo encontrar o campo para o qual desejo mapear minha coluna" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo tenta encontrar com alguma heurística, com base nas dez primeiras " +"linhas dos arquivos, o tipo de campo para cada coluna dentro do seu arquivo." +" Por exemplo, se você tiver uma coluna contendo apenas números, apenas os " +"campos do tipo * Inteiro * serão exibidos para você escolher. Embora esse " +"comportamento possa ser bom e fácil na maioria dos casos, também é possível " +"que ele dê errado ou que você queira mapear sua coluna para um campo que não" +" é proposto por padrão." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" +"Caso isso aconteça, basta marcar a opção ** Mostrar campos dos campos de " +"relação (avançado) **, você poderá então escolher na lista completa de " +"campos de cada coluna." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "Onde posso alterar o formato de importação da data?" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo pode detectar automaticamente se uma coluna é uma data e tentará " +"adivinhar o formato de data a partir de um conjunto de formatos de data mais" +" comumente usados. Embora esse processo possa funcionar para muitos formatos" +" de data, alguns formatos de data não serão reconhecidos. Isso pode causar " +"confusão devido às inversões dia-mês; é difícil adivinhar qual parte de um " +"formato de data é o dia e qual parte é o mês em uma data como '01 -03-2016 " +"'." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" +"Para ver qual formato de data Odoo encontrou em seu arquivo, você pode " +"verificar o ** Formato de data ** que é mostrado ao clicar em ** Opções ** " +"no seletor de arquivo. Se este formato estiver incorreto, você pode alterá-" +"lo ao seu gosto usando a* ISO 8601 * para definir o formato." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" +"Se estiver importando um arquivo excel (.xls, .xlsx), você pode usar células" +" de data para armazenar datas, pois a exibição de datas no excel é diferente" +" da maneira como é armazenada. Dessa forma, você terá certeza de que o " +"formato da data está correto no Odoo, seja qual for o formato de data local." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "Posso importar números com sinal monetário (por exemplo: $ 32,00)?" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" +"Sim, oferecemos suporte total para números com parênteses para representar o" +" sinal negativo, bem como números com sinal de moeda anexado a eles. O Odoo " +"também detecta automaticamente qual separador de milhar / decimal você usa " +"(você pode alterá-los em ** opções **). Se você usar um símbolo de moeda que" +" não seja conhecido pelo Odoo, ele pode não ser reconhecido como um número e" +" irá travar." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" +"Exemplos de números suportados (usando trinta e dois mil como exemplo):" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "32.000,00" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "32000,00" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "32,000.00" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "-32000.00" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "(32000.00)" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "Exemplo que não funciona:" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" +"O que posso fazer quando a tabela de visualização de importação não é " +"exibida corretamente?" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, a visualização da importação é definida em vírgulas como " +"separadores de campo e aspas como delimitadores de texto. Se o seu arquivo " +"csv não tiver essas configurações, você pode modificar as Opções de formato " +"de arquivo (exibidas na barra Procurar arquivo CSV após selecionar o " +"arquivo)." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" +"Observe que se o seu arquivo CSV tiver uma tabulação como separador, o Odoo " +"não detectará as separações. Você precisará alterar as opções de formato de " +"arquivo em seu aplicativo de planilha. Veja a seguinte pergunta." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" +"Como posso alterar as opções de formato de arquivo CSV ao salvar em meu " +"aplicativo de planilha?" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre ID do banco de dados e ID externa?" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, para fazer referência ao país de um contato, Odoo propõe três " +"campos diferentes para importar:" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "País: o nome ou código do país" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" +"ID do país / banco de dados: o ID exclusivo do Odoo para um registro, " +"definido pela coluna ID postgresql" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" +"País / ID externo: o ID deste registro referenciado em outro aplicativo (ou " +"o arquivo .XML que o importou)" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" +"Para o país Bélgica, você pode usar uma destas 3 maneiras de importar:" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "País: Bélgica" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "País / ID externo: base.be" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" +"De acordo com a sua necessidade, você deve usar uma dessas 3 formas de " +"referenciar registros nas relações. Aqui é quando você deve usar um ou " +"outro, de acordo com sua necessidade:" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" +"Usar ID de país / externa: use a ID externa ao importar dados de um " +"aplicativo de terceiros." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" +"Ao usar IDs externos, você pode importar arquivos CSV com a coluna \"ID " +"externo\" para definir o ID externo de cada registro importado. Em seguida, " +"você poderá fazer uma referência a esse registro com colunas como \"Campo / " +"ID externo\". Os dois arquivos CSV a seguir fornecem um exemplo de produtos " +"e suas categorias." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "O que posso fazer se houver várias correspondências para um campo?" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" +"No entanto, se você não deseja alterar a configuração das categorias de " +"produtos, recomendamos o uso do ID externo para este campo 'Categoria'." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" +"As tags devem ser separadas por vírgula sem espaçamento. Por exemplo, se " +"você deseja que seu cliente seja vinculado às tags 'Fabricante' e " +"'Varejista', você codificará \"Fabricante, Varejista\" na mesma coluna do " +"seu arquivo CSV." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" +"O seguinte arquivo CSV mostra como importar pedidos de compra com suas " +"respectivas linhas de pedido de compra:" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" +"O seguinte arquivo CSV mostra como importar clientes e seus respectivos " +"contatos:" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "Posso importar várias vezes o mesmo registro?" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" +"Se você importar um arquivo que contém uma das colunas \"ID Externo\" ou " +"\"ID do Banco de Dados\", os registros que já foram importados serão " +"modificados em vez de serem criados. Isso é muito útil, pois permite que " +"você importe várias vezes o mesmo arquivo CSV ao fazer algumas alterações " +"entre duas importações. O Odoo se encarregará de criar ou modificar cada " +"registro, dependendo se é novo ou não." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" +"Este recurso permite que você use a ferramenta Importar / Exportar do Odoo " +"para modificar um lote de registros em seu aplicativo de planilha favorito." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "O que acontece se eu não fornecer um valor para um campo específico?" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" +"Se você não definir todos os campos em seu arquivo CSV, Odoo atribuirá o " +"valor padrão para todos os campos não definidos. Mas se você definir campos " +"com valores vazios em seu arquivo CSV, Odoo definirá o valor VAZIO no campo," +" em vez de atribuir o valor padrão." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"Como exportar / importar tabelas diferentes de um aplicativo SQL para Odoo?" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" +"Se você precisar importar dados de tabelas diferentes, terá que recriar " +"relações entre os registros pertencentes a tabelas diferentes. (por exemplo," +" se você importar empresas e pessoas, terá que recriar o vínculo entre cada " +"pessoa e a empresa para a qual trabalham)." + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:261 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" +"Em primeiro lugar, exportaremos todas as empresas e seus \"IDs externos\". " +"Em PSQL, escreva o seguinte comando:" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" +"Para criar o arquivo CSV para pessoas, vinculadas a empresas, usaremos o " +"seguinte comando SQL em PSQL:" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:287 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:297 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" +"Os dois arquivos produzidos estão prontos para serem importados no Odoo sem " +"nenhuma modificação. Depois de importar esses dois arquivos CSV, você terá 4" +" contatos e 3 empresas. (os primeiros dois contatos estão vinculados à " +"primeira empresa). Você deve primeiro importar as empresas e depois as " +"pessoas." + +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " +"from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " +"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Multi Empresas" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "Transações interempresariais" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +msgid "Basics" +msgstr "Básicos" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "Adicionar usuários individuais" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Grupos" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" +msgstr "Gerencie o Odoo em seu próprio idioma" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" +" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo oferece a opção de gerenciar o Odoo em diferentes idiomas, e cada " +"usuário pode usar o Odoo em seu próprio idioma." + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "Carregue o idioma desejado" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " +"instance." +msgstr "" +"A primeira coisa a fazer é carregar o idioma desejado na instância do Odoo." + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" +" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " +"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" +"No painel geral, clique no aplicativo ** Configurações **; no canto superior" +" esquerdo da página, selecione: menu de seleção: `Tradução -> carregar uma " +"tradução`, selecione um idioma para instalar e clique em **carregar**." + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" +" to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" +"Se você marcar a caixa de seleção \"Websites a traduzir\" você terá a opção " +"de mudar o idioma de navegação no seu website." + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "Mude seu idioma" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" +"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." +msgstr "" +"Você pode alterar o idioma para o idioma instalado, acessando o menu " +"suspenso no canto superior direito da tela, escolha ** Preferências **." + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, altere a configuração de idioma para o idioma instalado e clique" +" em ** SALVAR. **" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "Abra um novo menu para ver as alterações." + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "Alterar o idioma de outro usuário" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " +"language." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo também oferece a possibilidade de cada usuário escolher seu idioma " +"preferido." + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " +"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " +"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " +"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" +" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" +"Para alterar o idioma de um usuário diferente, escolha: seleção de menus: " +"`Usuários -> Usuários` no aplicativo Configurações. Aqui você tem uma lista " +"de todos os usuários e pode escolher o usuário para o qual deseja alterar o " +"idioma. Selecione o usuário e clique em ** Editar ** no canto superior " +"esquerdo. Em Preferências, você pode alterar o idioma para qualquer idioma " +"instalado anteriormente e clicar em ** SALVAR. **" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "Métodos de Pagamento" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credenciais" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Fluxo de pagamento" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "Capture o pagamento após a entrega" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Com outros adquirentes de pagamento, você pode gerenciar a captura em suas " +"próprias interfaces, não no Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "Débito direto SEPA" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Redirecionamento para o site do adquirente" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "Pagamento de Odoo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Salvar Cartões" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "Capturar quantidade manualmente" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Países" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "Diário de Pagamento" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Diário Bancário" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Ativação" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +msgid "Giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +msgid "iDeal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" +" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" +" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " +"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " +"don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " +"corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "Unsplash" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "Como gerar uma chave de acesso Unsplash" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" +"** Como um usuário SaaS **, você está pronto para usar o Unsplash. Você não " +"precisará seguir este guia para configurar as informações do Unsplash, já " +"que usará nossa própria chave Odoo Unsplash de forma transparente." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "Gerar uma chave de acesso Unsplash para usuários ** não Saas **" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "Crie uma conta em `Unsplash.com ` _." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" +"Vá para o `painel de aplicativos ` " +"_ e clique em ** Novo aplicativo **." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "Aceite as condições e clique em ** Aceitar os termos **." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" +"Você será solicitado a inserir um ** Nome do aplicativo ** e uma ** " +"Descrição **. Prefixe o nome do seu aplicativo com \"** Odoo: **\" para que " +"o Unsplash possa reconhecê-lo como uma instância do Odoo. Quando terminar, " +"clique em ** Criar aplicativo **." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" +"Você deve ser redirecionado para a página de detalhes do aplicativo. Role um" +" pouco para baixo para encontrar sua ** chave de acesso **." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "Como gerar um ID de aplicativo Unsplash" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." +msgstr "" +"Você deve primeiro criar e configurar seu aplicativo Unsplash com este " +"tutorial:: doc: `unsplash_access_key`." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" +"Vá para o seu `painel de aplicativos " +"` _ e clique em seu aplicativo " +"Unsplash recém-criado em ** Seus aplicativos **." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" +msgstr "" +"Você será redirecionado para a página de detalhes do aplicativo. O ** ID do " +"aplicativo ** ficará visível no URL do seu navegador. O URL deve ser algo " +"como `` https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/ ``" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" +"** Como um não usuário SaaS **, você não poderá se registrar para uma chave " +"Unsplash de produção e estará limitado à sua chave de teste que tem uma " +"restrição de 50 solicitações Unsplash por hora." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..629703584 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -0,0 +1,537 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "Fundamentos da Metodologia QuickStart" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Este documento resume os serviços do Odoo Online, nossa metodologia de " +"implementação do pacote de sucesso e as práticas recomendadas para começar a" +" usar nosso produto." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." +msgstr "" +"No contexto do seu projeto, é altamente recomendável designar e manter em " +"ambos os lados (o seu e o nosso) ** uma única pessoa de contato ** que se " +"encarregará e assumirá as responsabilidades pelo projeto. Ele também deve " +"ter ** autoridade ** em termos de tomada de decisão." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." +msgstr "" +"** O Consultor Odoo garante a implementação do projeto de A a Z **: Do " +"início ao fim do projeto, ele garante a consistência geral da implementação " +"em Odoo e compartilha sua experiência em termos de boas práticas." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"** Um e único tomador de decisões no lado do cliente (SPoC) **: Ele é " +"responsável pela transmissão do conhecimento do negócio (coordenar a " +"intervenção dos usuários-chave, se necessário) e pela consistência da " +"implementação do ponto de vista do negócio (tomada de decisão, mudança " +"gestão, etc.)" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." +msgstr "" +"** Otimização de reuniões **: O consultor Odoo não está envolvido no " +"processo de tomada de decisão do ponto de vista do negócio, nem em processos" +" precisos e procedimentos internos da empresa (salvo solicitação específica " +"ou exceção). As reuniões de projeto, que ocorrerão uma ou duas vezes por " +"semana, têm como objetivo alinhar as necessidades do negócio (SPoC) e " +"definir a forma como essas necessidades serão implementadas no Odoo " +"(Consultor)." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform `_ and the testing of functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir que todos os stakeholders envolvidos estejam sempre alinhados," +" é necessário definir e fazer o escopo do projeto evoluir à medida que a " +"implantação do projeto está em andamento." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." +msgstr "" +"** Uma definição clara do escopo inicial do projeto **: Uma definição clara " +"das necessidades iniciais é crucial para garantir que o projeto esteja " +"funcionando perfeitamente. Com efeito, quando todos os stakeholders " +"partilham a mesma visão, a evolução das necessidades e o consequente " +"processo de tomada de decisão são mais simples e claros." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" +"** Faseamento do projeto **: favorecer uma implementação em várias fases " +"coerentes, permitindo lançamentos de produção regulares e uma aquisição em " +"evolução do Odoo pelos usuários finais, demonstrou sua eficácia ao longo do " +"tempo. Essa abordagem também ajuda a identificar lacunas e aplicar ações " +"corretivas no início da implementação." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." +msgstr "" +"** Adotando recursos padrão como prioridade **: Odoo oferece um ótimo " +"ambiente para implementar pequenas melhorias (customizações) ou mais " +"importantes (desenvolvimentos). No entanto, a adoção da solução padrão será " +"preferida tão frequentemente quanto possível, a fim de otimizar os tempos de" +" entrega do projeto e fornecer ao usuário uma estabilidade de longo prazo e " +"escalabilidade fluida de sua nova ferramenta. Idealmente, se uma melhoria do" +" software ainda deve ser realizada, sua implementação será realizada após um" +" experimento do padrão em produção." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" +msgstr "" +"A lacuna entre a realidade de uma implementação e as expectativas dos " +"futuros usuários é um fator crucial. Três aspectos importantes devem ser " +"levados em consideração desde o início do projeto:" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." +msgstr "" +"** Alinhe-se com a abordagem do projeto **: Tanto uma divisão clara de " +"funções e responsabilidades quanto uma descrição clara dos modos " +"operacionais (validação, resolução de problemas, etc.) são cruciais para o " +"sucesso de uma implementação Odoo. Portanto, é altamente recomendável " +"reservar o tempo necessário no início do projeto para se alinhar a esses " +"tópicos e verificar regularmente se esse ainda é o caso." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." +msgstr "" +"** Foco no sucesso do projeto, não na solução ideal **: O objetivo principal" +" do SPoC e do Consultor é realizar o projeto que lhes foi confiado de forma " +"a fornecer a solução mais eficaz para atender às necessidades expressas. " +"Essa meta às vezes pode entrar em conflito com a visão do usuário final de " +"uma solução ideal. Nesse caso, o SPoC e o consultor aplicarão a regra 80-20:" +" focar em 80% das necessidades expressas e retirar os 20% restantes dos " +"objetivos mais desvantajosos em termos de relação custo / benefício (essas " +"proporções podem, é claro Muda com o tempo). Portanto, será considerado " +"aceitável integrar uma manipulação mais demorada se um relevo global for " +"observado. Mudanças nos processos de negócios também podem ser propostas " +"para atingir esse mesmo objetivo." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." +msgstr "" +"** The GAP Analysis **: A comparação da solicitação com os recursos padrão " +"propostos pela Odoo permitirá identificar a lacuna a ser preenchida por " +"desenvolvimentos / customizações ou mudanças nos processos de negócio." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." +msgstr "" +"** A História do Usuário **: Esta técnica separa claramente as " +"responsabilidades entre o SPoC, responsável por explicar o QUÊ, o PORQUÊ e o" +" QUEM, e o Consultor que dará uma resposta ao COMO." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 +msgid "" +"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." +msgstr "" +"`A Prova de Conceito ` __ " +"Uma versão simplificada, um protótipo do que se espera concordar com as " +"principais linhas de mudanças esperadas." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." +msgstr "" +"** O Mockup **: Na mesma ideia da Prova de Conceito, ela se alinhará com as " +"mudanças relacionadas à interface." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." +msgstr "" +"A essas ferramentas será adicionada total transparência sobre as " +"possibilidades e limitações do software e / ou seu ambiente, para que todos " +"os envolvidos no projeto tenham uma ideia clara do que pode ser esperado / " +"alcançado no projeto. Evitaremos, portanto, basear nosso trabalho em " +"hipóteses sem verificar de antemão sua veracidade." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" +msgstr "" +"* Esta lista pode, é claro, ser completada por outras ferramentas que " +"atendam de forma mais adequada às realidades e necessidades do seu projeto *" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" +msgstr "" +"O objetivo da metodologia QuickStart é garantir a propriedade rápida da " +"ferramenta para os usuários finais. Uma comunicação eficaz é, portanto, " +"crucial para o sucesso desta abordagem. Sua otimização nos levará, portanto," +" a seguir esses princípios:" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." +msgstr "" +"** Compartilhando a documentação de gerenciamento do projeto **: A melhor " +"maneira de garantir que todas as partes interessadas em um projeto tenham o " +"mesmo nível de conhecimento é fornecer acesso direto ao documento de " +"acompanhamento do projeto (Organizador do Projeto). Este documento conterá " +"pelo menos uma lista de tarefas a serem realizadas como parte da " +"implementação para as quais o nível de prioridade e o gerente estão " +"claramente definidos." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." +msgstr "" +"O Organizador do Projeto é uma ferramenta compartilhada de rastreamento do " +"projeto que permite o rastreamento detalhado das tarefas em andamento e do " +"progresso geral do projeto." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +msgid "" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" +msgstr "" +"** Relatar informações essenciais **: Para minimizar o tempo de documentação" +" ao essencial, seguiremos as seguintes boas práticas:" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "As atas de reuniões serão limitadas a decisões e validações;" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" +msgstr "" +"Os status do projeto só serão estabelecidos quando um marco importante for " +"alcançado;" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." +msgstr "" +"Sessões de treinamento na solução padrão ou customizada serão organizadas." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo é um software conhecido pela sua flexibilidade e importante capacidade " +"de evolução. No entanto, uma quantidade significativa de desenvolvimento " +"contradiz uma implementação rápida e sustentável. Esta é a razão pela qual é" +" recomendado:" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." +msgstr "" +"** Desenvolver apenas por um bom motivo **: A decisão de desenvolver deve " +"ser sempre tomada quando a relação custo-benefício for positiva (economia de" +" tempo no dia a dia, etc.). Por exemplo, será preferível realizar um " +"desenvolvimento significativo para reduzir o tempo de uma operação diária, " +"em vez de uma operação a ser realizada apenas uma vez por trimestre. É " +"geralmente aceito que quanto mais próxima do padrão a solução estiver, mais " +"leve e fluido será o processo de migração e menores serão os custos de " +"manutenção para ambas as partes. Além disso, a experiência nos mostrou que " +"60% das solicitações de desenvolvimento iniciais são descartadas após " +"algumas semanas de uso do Odoo padrão (consulte \"Adotando o padrão como " +"prioridade\")." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 +msgid "" +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." +msgstr "" +"** Substituir, sem replicar **: há um bom motivo para a decisão de alterar o" +" software de gerenciamento. Neste contexto, o momento de implementação é o " +"momento certo para aceitar e até ser um promotor de mudanças tanto ao nível " +"da forma como o software será utilizado como ao nível dos processos de " +"negócio da empresa." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" +"Se os desenvolvimentos são feitos ou não na implementação, é fundamental " +"testar e validar a correspondência da solução com as necessidades " +"operacionais da empresa." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 +msgid "" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." +msgstr "" +"** Distribuição de funções **: Neste contexto, o Consultor será responsável " +"por entregar uma solução que corresponda às especificações definidas; o SPoC" +" deverá testar e validar se a solução entregue atende aos requisitos da " +"realidade operacional." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 +msgid "" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" +msgstr "" +"** Gerenciamento de mudanças **: quando uma mudança precisa ser feita na " +"solução, a lacuna observada é causada por:" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" +msgstr "" +"Uma diferença entre a especificação e a solução entregue - Esta é uma " +"correção pela qual o Consultor é responsável" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 +msgid "**or**" +msgstr "**ou**" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" +"Uma diferença entre a especificação e os imperativos da realidade " +"operacional - Essa é uma mudança que é de responsabilidade do SPoC." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" +"A importação do histórico de dados transacionais é uma questão importante e " +"deve ser respondida de forma adequada para permitir que o projeto seja " +"executado sem problemas. De fato, essa tarefa pode ser demorada e, se sua " +"prioridade não for bem definida, impedir que a produção ocorra a tempo. Para" +" fazer isso o mais rápido possível, será decidido:" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" +"** Não importar nada **: Acontece frequentemente que após reflexão não se " +"considera necessário importar o histórico de dados, sendo estes dados, " +"aliás, mantidos fora da Odoo e consolidados para posterior relato." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" +"** Para importar uma quantidade limitada de dados antes de entrar em " +"produção **: Quando o histórico dos dados se refere a informações em " +"processamento (pedidos de compra, faturas, projetos em aberto, por exemplo)," +" a necessidade de ter essas informações disponíveis desde o primeiro dia de " +"uso na produção é real. Nesse caso, a importação será feita antes do " +"lançamento da produção." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" +"** Para importar após o lançamento da produção **: Quando o histórico de " +"dados precisa ser integrado ao Odoo principalmente para fins de relatório, é" +" claro que eles podem ser integrados ao software retrospectivamente. Nesse " +"caso, o início da produção da solução precederá as importações necessárias." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Suporte" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +msgid "" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." +msgstr "" +"Quando seu projeto é colocado em produção, nossas equipes de suporte cuidam " +"de suas dúvidas ou problemas técnicos." + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80ea2f156 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -0,0 +1,873 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Helpdesk" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 +msgid "" +"`Coupons `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Fórum" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Começando" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Avaliações" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Apelido de E-mail" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Live Chat" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fef74e4fd --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +msgstr "Documentação de Usuário Odoo" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1459a2f31 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -0,0 +1,7139 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Emanuel Martins , 2020 +# Luiz Fernando , 2020 +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Luiz Carlos de Lima , 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Juliene Gomes , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Inventário" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Códigos de Barras" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Operações Diárias" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Recebimentos" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Pedidos de entrega" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Transferências Internas" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configure seu leitor de código de barras" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"Começar a ler códigos de barras no Odoo é bastante fácil. Ainda assim, uma " +"boa experiência do usuário depende de uma configuração de hardware " +"apropriada. Este guia o ajudará na tarefa de escolher e configurar o leitor " +"de código de barras." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "Encontre o leitor de código de barras que atende às suas necessidades" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" +"Se você digitalizar produtos em um computador, o ** scanner USB ** é o " +"caminho certo. Basta conectá-lo ao computador para iniciar a digitalização. " +"Apenas certifique-se ao comprá-lo de que o scanner é compatível com o layout" +" do seu teclado ou pode ser configurado para ser compatível." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" +"O ** scanner bluetooth ** pode ser emparelhado com um smartphone ou tablet e" +" é uma boa escolha se você quiser ser móvel, mas não precisa de um grande " +"investimento. Uma abordagem é fazer o login no Odoo em seu smartphone, " +"emparelhar o scanner bluetooth com o smartphone e trabalhar no armazém com a" +" possibilidade de verificar seu smartphone de vez em quando e usar o " +"software 'manualmente'." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" +"Para uso pesado, o ** scanner de computador móvel ** é a solução mais " +"prática. Ele consiste em um pequeno computador com leitor de código de " +"barras integrado. Esta pode acabar sendo uma solução muito produtiva, no " +"entanto, você precisa ter certeza de que é capaz de executar o Odoo sem " +"problemas. Os modelos mais recentes usando Android + Google Chrome ou " +"Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile devem fazer o trabalho. Porém, devido à " +"variedade de modelos e configurações existentes no mercado, é fundamental " +"testá-lo primeiro." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configure o seu leitor de código de barras" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Layout do teclado" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" +"Um leitor de código de barras USB precisa ser configurado para usar o mesmo " +"layout de teclado do seu sistema operacional. Caso contrário, seu scanner " +"não traduzirá os caracteres corretamente (substituindo um 'A' por um 'Q', " +"por exemplo). A maioria dos leitores é configurada digitalizando o código de" +" barras apropriado no manual do usuário." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "Retorno de transporte automático" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de armazenagem" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "Como cancelo um pedido de entrega?" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo dá-lhe a possibilidade de cancelar um método de entrega, quer tenha " +"sido validado para rápido, precise de ser modificado ou por qualquer outro " +"motivo." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" +"Algumas transportadoras são mais flexíveis do que outras, portanto, " +"certifique-se de cancelar seu pedido de entrega o mais rápido possível se " +"precisar ser feito para que você não tenha nenhuma surpresa ruim." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Processo de venda" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" +"Acesse o módulo ** Vendas **, clique em ** Vendas ** e depois em ** Pedido " +"de Vendas **. Em seguida, clique no pedido de venda que deseja cancelar." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Clique no botão ** Entrega **, no canto superior direito do pedido de venda." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" +"Agora, clique na guia ** Informações adicionais ** e você verá que ao lado " +"da ** Referência de rastreamento da operadora **, há um botão ** Cancelar " +"**. Clique nele para cancelar a entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" +"Para ter certeza de que sua entrega será cancelada, verifique no histórico, " +"você receberá a confirmação do cancelamento." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" +"Como posso limitar um método de entrega a um determinado número de países?" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" +"Com Odoo, você pode ter diferentes tipos de métodos de entrega e pode " +"limitá-los a um determinado número de países." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" +"Vá para o módulo **Inventário**, clique em **Configuração** e, em seguida, " +"em **Métodos de entrega**." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "Selecione o método de entrega que deseja alterar ou crie um novo." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" +"Na guia ** Destino **, escolha os países aos quais deseja aplicar este " +"método de entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "Agora que isso está feito, vamos ver o resultado." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" +"Se você entrar no site e tentar comprar algo, depois de inserir seus dados e" +" proceder ao pagamento, o site irá propor apenas os métodos de entrega que " +"se aplicam ao seu endereço de entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" +"Este processo não funciona no back-end. Presumimos que, ao criar um pedido " +"de venda, você sabe qual método de entrega pode usar desde que os criou." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" +"Como escolher o fluxo de estoque certo para lidar com pedidos de entrega?" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo de fatores como o tipo de itens que você vende, o tamanho do seu " +"depósito, o número de pedidos que você registra todos os dias ... a maneira " +"como você lida com as entregas aos seus clientes pode variar muito." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" +"O Odoo permite que você lide com o envio de seu depósito de 3 maneiras " +"diferentes:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "** Uma etapa (envio) **: envie diretamente do estoque" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" +"** Duas etapas (coleta + envio) **: Traga as mercadorias para o local de " +"saída antes do envio" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" +"Para empresas que possuem um armazém bastante pequeno e que não requerem " +"alto estoque de itens ou não vendem itens perecíveis, o envio em uma única " +"etapa é a solução mais simples, pois não requer muita configuração e permite" +" lidar com os pedidos muito rapidamente." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" +"O uso de métodos de estoque como FIFO, LIFO e FEFO exige pelo menos duas " +"etapas para lidar com uma remessa. O método de separação será determinado " +"pela estratégia de remoção e os itens removidos serão então enviados ao " +"cliente. Esse método também é interessante se você tiver estoques maiores e," +" especialmente, quando os itens em estoque forem grandes." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de três etapas torna-se útil em situações mais específicas, sendo " +"a principal para o manuseio de estoques muito grandes. Os itens são " +"transferidos para uma área de embalagem, onde serão montados por área de " +"destino, e posteriormente encaminhados para caminhões de saída para entrega " +"final aos clientes." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "Fluxo de uma etapa" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "Por favor, leia a documentação em: doc: ʻone_step`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "Fluxo de duas etapas" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "Por favor, leia a documentação em: doc: `two_steps`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "Fluxo de três etapas" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "Por favor, leia a documentação em: doc: `three_steps`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "Como posso alterar o tipo de rótulo?" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" +"Com Odoo, você pode escolher entre diferentes tipos de etiquetas para seus " +"pedidos de entrega. Siga as etapas abaixo e forneça um tipo de etiqueta " +"apropriado para sua entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" +"No módulo ** Estoque **, vá para ** Configuração ** e clique em ** Métodos " +"de entrega **." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "Escolha um método de entrega e clique em ** Editar **." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" +"Feito isso, você pode ver o resultado se for para o módulo Vendas e criar um" +" novo pedido de venda." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" +"Conforme você confirma a venda e valida a entrega com a transportadora para " +"o qual você modificou o tipo de etiqueta, a etiqueta aparecerá em seu " +"histórico." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" +"O tipo de etiqueta padrão é carta de papel, e se você escolher o tipo de " +"etiqueta na metade inferior, por exemplo, aqui está a diferença:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Criar um pedido de venda" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Processar uma entrega" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " +"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " +"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " +"move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " +"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " +"the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " +"packages which were part of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 +msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " +"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " +"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " +"directly via the *Packages* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "Se você clicar no botão, deverá ver agora três opções diferentes:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Quando um pedido vai para o departamento de expedição para entrega final, " +"Odoo é configurado por padrão para utilizar uma operação de uma etapa: uma " +"vez que todas as mercadorias estão disponíveis, elas podem ser enviadas em " +"um único pedido de entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "Remessas de entrada" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "Como escolher o fluxo certo para lidar com os recebimentos?" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo de fatores como o tipo de itens que você recebe, o tamanho do seu" +" armazém, o número de recibos que você registra todos os dias ... a maneira " +"como você trata os recibos para seus clientes pode variar muito." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" +"O Odoo permite que você lide com os recebimentos do seu armazém de 3 " +"maneiras diferentes:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "** Uma etapa **: Receba as mercadorias diretamente em estoque." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" +"** Duas etapas **: Descarregue no local de entrada e vá para o estoque." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" +"** Três etapas **: Descarregue no local de entrada, passe por um controle de" +" qualidade antes de ser admitido no estoque." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo usa ** rotas ** para definir exatamente como você lidará com as " +"diferentes etapas de recebimento. A configuração é feita ao nível do " +"armazém. Em padrão, a recepção é um processo de uma etapa, mas a alteração " +"da configuração pode permitir ter 2 ou até 3 etapas." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "Os princípios são os seguintes:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "** Uma etapa **: Você recebe a mercadoria diretamente em seu estoque." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" +"** Duas etapas **: Você recebe as mercadorias em uma área de entrada e " +"depois as transfere da área de entrada para o estoque. Enquanto as " +"mercadorias não forem transferidas em seu estoque, elas não estarão " +"disponíveis para processamento posterior." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" +"** Três etapas **: Em muitas empresas, é necessário avaliar o bem recebido. " +"O objetivo é verificar se os produtos atendem aos requisitos de qualidade " +"acordados com os fornecedores. Adicionar uma etapa de controle de qualidade " +"no processo de recebimento de mercadorias pode se tornar essencial." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" +"Você recebe as mercadorias em uma área de entrada e, a seguir, transfere-as " +"para a área de qualidade para controle de qualidade. Quando o processo de " +"verificação de qualidade terminar, você pode mover as mercadorias do " +"controle de qualidade para o estoque. Claro, você pode alterar a quantidade " +"e apenas transferir para o estoque a quantidade que é válida e decidir que " +"irá devolver a quantidade que não é boa." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "Esta é a configuração padrão no Odoo." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Crie um pedido de compra" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Lotes e números de série" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre lotes e números de série?" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, os lotes e os números de série têm semelhanças em seu sistema " +"funcional, mas são diferentes em seu comportamento. Ambos são gerenciados no" +" aplicativo ** Inventário **, ** Compras ** e ** Vendas **." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" +"** Lotes ** correspondem a um determinado número de produtos que você " +"recebeu e armazena em um único pacote." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" +"** Números de série ** são números de identificação atribuídos a um produto " +"em particular, para permitir rastrear o histórico do item desde a recepção " +"até a entrega e pós-venda." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "Quando usar" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" +"** Lotes ** são interessantes para produtos que você recebe em grande " +"quantidade e para os quais um número de lote pode ajudar em relatórios, " +"controles de qualidade ou qualquer outra informação. Os lotes ajudarão a " +"identificar várias peças que apresentam, por exemplo, uma falha de produção." +" Pode ser útil para a produção em lote de roupas ou alimentos." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" +"** Os números de série ** são interessantes para itens que podem exigir " +"serviço pós-venda, como smartphones, laptops, geladeiras e quaisquer " +"dispositivos eletrônicos. Você pode usar o número de série do fabricante ou " +"o seu próprio, dependendo da maneira como você gerencia esses produtos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "Quando não usar" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" +"Armazenar produtos consumíveis como papel de cozinha, papel higiênico, " +"canetas e blocos de papel em lotes não faria sentido, pois há muito poucas " +"chances de você poder devolvê-los por falha de produção." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" +"Por outro lado, atribuir um número de série a cada produto é uma tarefa " +"demorada que terá uma finalidade apenas no caso de itens que tenham garantia" +" e / ou serviço pós-venda. Colocar um número de série no pão, por exemplo, " +"não faz sentido algum." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do aplicativo" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do produto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Alertas de Expiração" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" +"O gerenciamento de entrada dupla no Odoo permite que você execute " +"rastreabilidade muito avançada." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do produto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Tipos de Operação" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "Lotes de rastreabilidade" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Gerenciar números de série" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "Rastreabilidade do número de série" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Operações Diversas" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " +":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" +" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " +"company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " +"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " +"next to its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 +msgid "Send email at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " +"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" +" do the same for the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the standard email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "Recepção de Estoque do Consignatário" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "Scrap Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" +" stored, you have to scrap them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " +"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " +"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " +"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " +"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 +msgid "Different ways to scrap products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " +"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 +msgid "Scrap from receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " +"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " +"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 +msgid "Scrap from delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " +"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " +"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " +"button on the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 +msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " +"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " +"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " +"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " +"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" +" necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " +"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " +"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" +" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" +" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " +"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planejamento" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Prazo de Entrega ao Cliente" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Lead Time de Segurança" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Prazo de Fabricação" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " +"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " +"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " +"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " +"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" +" started first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " +"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Produtos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "Como selecionar a estratégia de reabastecimento correta" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" +"As regras de estoque mínimo e Fazer sob encomenda têm consequências " +"semelhantes, mas regras diferentes. Eles devem ser usados ​​dependendo de " +"suas estratégias de fabricação e entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Terminologia" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Regra de estoque mínimo" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" +"As regras de Estoque Mínimo são utilizadas para garantir que você tenha " +"sempre a quantidade mínima de um produto em estoque para poder fabricar seus" +" produtos e / ou atender às necessidades do cliente. Quando o nível de " +"estoque de um produto atinge o mínimo, o sistema gera automaticamente um " +"pedido de compra com a quantidade necessária para atingir o estoque máximo." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Fazer sob encomenda" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" +"A função Fazer sob encomenda acionará um pedido de compra do valor do pedido" +" de venda relacionado ao produto. O sistema ** não ** verificará o estoque " +"atual. Isso significa que um rascunho de pedido de compra será gerado " +"independentemente da quantidade do produto disponível." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Regras de estoque mínimo" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" +"Mostrar dicas para os campos \"quantidade mínima\", \"quantidade máxima\" e " +"\"quantidade múltipla\"" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique no seu produto para acessar o formulário do produto " +"relacionado e, no \"submenu Inventário\", não se esqueça de selecionar um " +"fornecedor." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça de selecionar o tipo de produto certo. Um consumível não pode" +" ser armazenado e, portanto, não será contabilizado na avaliação do estoque." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Escolha entre as duas opções" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"A escolha entre as duas opções depende, portanto, de sua estratégia de " +"estoque. Se você preferir ter um buffer e sempre ter pelo menos uma " +"quantidade mínima, deve ser utilizada a regra de estoque mínimo. Se você " +"deseja reordenar seus estoques somente se sua venda for confirmada, é melhor" +" usar o Fazer sobre encomenda." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" +"Você pode configurar o Odoo para funcionar com diferentes unidades de medida" +" para um produto." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Reposição" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Unidades de Medida" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Pacotes" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Embalagem" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Ajuste de inventário" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " +"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" +" they are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " +"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" +" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " +"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " +"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " +"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " +"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "Reordering Rules" +msgstr "Regras de Recompra" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " +"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" +" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " +"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " +"will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " +"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " +"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " +"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " +"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " +"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " +"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " +"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " +"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " +"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "Métodos de Avaliação" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "Adicione custos aos produtos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Preço padrão" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Operação" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Custo Unitário" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Valor Delta" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Valor de Inventário" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Entregar 10 Produtos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*€10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "Preço médio" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "O custo médio não muda quando os produtos saem do armazém." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "FIFO" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "" +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" +"Esta é a configuração padrão no Odoo e funciona fora da caixa. Verifique as " +"operações a seguir e descubra como Odoo está gerenciando os lançamentos " +"contábeis." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Fatura de Fornecedor" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "\\" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Débito" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Crédito" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "Ativos: Inventário" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "Ativos: Ativos fiscais diferidos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "Passivo: Contas a Pagar" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "54.68" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configuração:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" +"Bens adquiridos: definidos no produto ou na categoria interna do produto " +"relacionado (campo Conta de despesas)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" +"Ativos de imposto diferido: definido no imposto usado na linha do pedido de " +"compra" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "Contas a Pagar: definidas no fornecedor em relação à fatura" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "Recepção de mercadorias" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "Sem entrada no diário" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Fatura do cliente" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "Receitas: Bens Vendidos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "Passivos: Passivos por Imposto Diferido" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "Ativos: Contas a Receber" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "109" +msgstr "109" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "Contas a Receber: definidas no cliente (Conta a Receber)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" +"A posição fiscal utilizada na nota fiscal pode ter uma regra que substitua a" +" Conta de Renda ou o imposto definido no produto por outra." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "Envio ao cliente" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "Pedidos de Fabricação" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" +"No final do mês / ano, sua empresa faz um inventário físico ou apenas conta " +"com o estoque da Odoo para valorizar o estoque em seus livros." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" +"Crie um lançamento contábil manual para mover o valor da variação do estoque" +" da seção Lucros e perdas para seus ativos." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "Despesas: Variações de Estoque" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" +"Se o valor do estoque diminuir, a conta ** Estoque ** é creditada e ** " +"Variações de estoque ** debitada." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidade anglo-saxã" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você precisa dividir o saldo da compra em estoque e custo dos " +"produtos vendidos usando a seguinte fórmula:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" +"Para atualizar a avaliação das ações em seus livros, registre essa entrada:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "Ativos: Inventário (valor de fechamento)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "Despesas: Bens adquiridos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "Ativos: Estoque (valor inicial)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "**Configuração:**" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "Contas a receber / pagar: definido no parceiro (guia Contabilidade)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" +"Ativos / passivos fiscais diferidos: definidos no imposto usado na linha da " +"fatura" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" +"Variações de estoque: para definir como conta de entrada / saída de estoque " +"na categoria interna do produto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" +"Receitas: definidas na categoria de produto como padrão, ou especificamente " +"para um produto específico." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" +"Despesas: aqui é onde você deve definir a conta \"Custo das mercadorias " +"vendidas\". Definido na categoria do produto como um valor padrão ou " +"especificamente no formulário do produto." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" +"Bens recebidos não comprados: para definir como conta de entrada de estoque " +"na categoria interna do produto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" +"Bens emitidos não faturados: para definir como conta de saída de estoque na " +"categoria interna do produto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" +"Diferença de preço: para definir na categoria interna do produto ou na forma" +" do produto como um valor de substituição específico" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Armazéns" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre armazéns e locais?" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, um ** Armazém ** é a construção / local real em que seus itens são " +"armazenados. Você pode configurar vários armazéns e criar movimentos entre " +"armazéns." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Um ** Local ** é um espaço específico dentro do seu armazém. Pode ser " +"considerado como uma sublocação do seu armazém, como uma prateleira, um " +"andar, um corredor, etc. Portanto, um local faz parte de apenas um armazém e" +" não é possível ligar um local a vários armazéns. Você pode configurar " +"quantos locais você precisar em um depósito." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Existem 3 tipos de locais:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" +"Os ** Locais Físicos ** são locais internos que fazem parte dos depósitos " +"dos quais você é o proprietário. Eles podem ser a área de carga e descarga " +"do seu armazém, uma prateleira ou um departamento, etc." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Os ** Locais de Parceiros ** são espaços dentro do depósito de um cliente e " +"/ ou fornecedor. Eles funcionam da mesma maneira que os locais físicos, com " +"a única diferença de que você não é o proprietário do armazém." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" +"Os ** Locais Virtuais ** são locais que não existem, mas nos quais os " +"produtos podem ser colocados quando ainda não estão fisicamente em um " +"estoque (ou mais). Eles são úteis quando você deseja colocar produtos " +"perdidos fora de seu estoque (na ** Perda de estoque **), ou quando você " +"deseja levar em consideração os produtos que estão a caminho de seu armazém " +"(** Compras **) ." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" +"No Odoo, os locais são estruturados hierarquicamente. Você pode estruturar " +"seus locais como uma árvore, dependente de um relacionamento pai-filho. Isso" +" fornece níveis mais detalhados de análise de suas operações de estoque e da" +" organização de seus depósitos." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " +"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" +" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " +"Return Location?*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" +" which will correspond to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" +"Um armazém também corresponde a um local. Como os locais são hierárquicos, " +"Odoo criará o local pai do armazém, contendo todas as sublocações nele." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" +"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " +"automatically activated at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " +"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " +"different warehouse documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" +"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" +" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " +"it afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" +" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " +"to the creation of a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral do processo" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 +msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" +" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " +"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" +" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " +"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " +"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." +" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " +"go out of your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " +"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " +"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Set your Initial Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " +"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " +"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " +"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " +"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " +"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" +" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " +"your other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " +"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " +"added to the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" +" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " +"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " +"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " +"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " +"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " +"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " +"been updated taking your modification into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " +"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " +"variants into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " +"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " +"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " +"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " +"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" +" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " +"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " +"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " +"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " +"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "Rotas Avançadas" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Conceitos" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "Como fazer transferências entre armazéns?" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Se você possui diferentes depósitos, pode querer transferir mercadorias de " +"um depósito para outro. Isso é muito fácil graças ao aplicativo de " +"inventário no Odoo." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Esta opção também deve ser marcada se você deseja gerenciar diferentes " +"locais e rotas em seu armazém." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "Criando um novo armazém" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Se você voltar ao seu painel, novas operações serão geradas automaticamente " +"para seu novo warehouse." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "Criando um novo inventário" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" +"Se você criar um novo depósito, talvez já tenha um inventário físico " +"existente nele. Nesse caso, você deve criar um inventário no Odoo, se não, " +"pode pular esta etapa." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça de validar seu inventário depois de registrar o estado de " +"todos os seus produtos." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Crie uma transferência interna" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" +"A etapa final é criar sua transferência interna. Se você deseja transferir 2" +" unidades de um produto de seu primeiro armazém para outro em Bruxelas, " +"proceda da seguinte forma:" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" +"Uma nova janela se abrirá onde você poderá selecionar a zona de localização " +"de origem (neste caso nosso \"antigo armazém\") e a zona de localização de " +"destino (neste caso nosso \"novo\" armazém localizado em Bruxelas)." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" +"Se você selecionar ** Validar **, Odoo processará todas as quantidades para " +"transferir." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "Também é possível transferir manualmente cada produto:" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" +"Através do seu painel, selecione a ordem de transferência no local de " +"origem." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "Selecione a ordem de transferência correta" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" +"3. Clique no logo do pequeno lápis no canto inferior direito para abrir a " +"janela de detalhes da operação. Nesta nova janela, você pode indicar " +"manualmente a quantidade de produtos que processa" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" +"Se você decidir processar parcialmente o pedido de transferência (por " +"exemplo, uma parte dos produtos ainda não pode ser enviada devido a um " +"evento inesperado), Odoo perguntará automaticamente se você deseja criar um " +"** pedido pendente **. Crie um pedido em espera se você espera processar os " +"produtos restantes mais tarde, não crie um pedido em espera se você não " +"fornecer / receber os produtos restantes." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" +"Quando você planeja entregar um cliente, você não sabe com antecedência se " +"os produtos virão do Armazém A ou do Armazém B. Você pode, em alguns casos, " +"precisar fazer estoque de diferentes armazéns. Com * Odoo *, você pode " +"configurar isso usando o conceito de armazéns virtuais. Deixe-nos mostrar " +"como configurar esses armazéns virtuais." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "Configurar armazéns virtuais" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" +"Digamos que você tenha dois armazéns: Armazém A e Armazém B. Crie um novo " +"armazém, que será virtual. Isso permitirá que você retire o estoque de A ou " +"B. Para fazer isso, vá para as configurações do aplicativo de inventário e " +"habilite o recurso de múltiplos armazéns. Em seguida, vá ao menu Armazém e " +"clique em criar." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" +"O recurso * Local de armazenamento * será ativado automaticamente. Boas " +"notícias, porque você precisará disso mais tarde no processo." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" +"Agora, você deve se certificar de que os principais locais de estoque do " +"armazém A e do armazém B são locais filhos do local de estoque principal do " +"armazém A + B. Vá para o menu de locais e edite o local principal de seus " +"dois armazéns. Em seguida, altere seu local pai para o local principal do " +"armazém A + B." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "Venda um produto do armazém virtual" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Digamos que você tenha dois produtos, um armazenado no armazém A e outro " +"armazenado no armazém B. Agora, você pode criar uma nova cotação para um de " +"cada produto. Vá para outras informações e selecione Armazém A + B nas " +"informações de envio." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" +"Depois de fazer isso, você pode convertê-lo em um pedido de venda. Então, " +"uma ordem de entrega será gerada automaticamente, com um produto reservado " +"no armazém A e outro no armazém B." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Regras de push" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "Rotas Personalizadas" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +msgid "" +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +msgid "" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regras" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "Estratégias de armazenamento e remoção" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "O que é uma estratégia de remoção (FIFO, LIFO e FEFO)?" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" +"Quando uma movimentação de produto precisa ser feita, Odoo encontrará " +"produtos disponíveis que podem ser atribuídos à remessa. A forma como Odoo " +"atribui esses produtos depende da ** estratégia de remoção ** que é definida" +" na ** categoria de produto ** ou no ** local **." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo ** Inventário **, vá para: menu de seleção: `Configuração -> " +"Configurações`:" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Marque ** Rastrear lotes ou números de série **, ** Gerenciar vários locais " +"por depósito ** e ** Roteamento avançado de produtos usando regras ** e " +"clique em ** Aplicar **." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" +"Então, abra: menu de seleção: `Configuração -> Locais` e abra o local no " +"qual você deseja aplicar uma estratégia de remoção." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "Tipos de estratégia de remoção" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "FIFO (primeiro a entrar, primeiro a sair)" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" +"Vá para :menu de seleção:'Inventário --> Configuração --> Locais', abra o " +"local do estoque e defina a estratégia de remoção **FIFO**.." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "Vamos dar um exemplo de estratégia de remoção FIFO." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar detalhes do estoque disponível no relatório de avaliação" +" do estoque." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" +"Crie uma unidade de pedido de venda `` 25`` de `ʻiPod 32 GB`` e confirme-a." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" +"Nesta gestão de armazém, os produtos que entram por último, saem primeiro. " +"LIFO é usado no caso de produtos que não têm prazo de validade." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" +"Vá para: menu de seleção: ʻInventário -> Configuração-> Locais`, abra a " +"localização do estoque e defina a estratégia de remoção ** LIFO **." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "Crie uma ordem de venda com unidades de `` 10`` de `ʻIpod 32 Gb``." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" +"Você pode ver no produto de envio de saída que os `` iPod 32 Gb`` são " +"atribuídos com os lotes ** mais novos **, usando a estratégia de remoção " +"LIFO." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" +"Na gestão de armazém FEFO, os produtos saem do armazém de acordo com a data " +"de validade." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" +"Vá para :menu de seleção:'Inventário--> Configuração --> Configurações'. " +"Verifique a opção **Defina data de validade em números de série**. Em " +"seguida, clique em **Aplicar** para salvar alterações." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" +"Isso permitirá que você defina quatro campos de validade para cada lote ou " +"número de série: ** data de validade **, ** data de término da vida útil **," +" ** data de alerta ** e ** data de remoção **. Essas datas podem ser " +"definidas a partir de: seleção de menus: `Controle de estoque -> Números de " +"série / lotes`." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" +"** Data de validade **: é a data em que as mercadorias com este número de " +"série / lote começam a se deteriorar, sem ainda serem perigosas." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" +"** Data de fim de vida: ** é a data em que as mercadorias com este número de" +" série / lote podem se tornar perigosas e não devem ser consumidas." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" +"** Data de Retirada: ** É a data em que as mercadorias com este número de " +"série / lote devem ser retiradas do estoque. Usando a estratégia de remoção " +"FEFO, as mercadorias são separadas para pedidos de entrega usando esta data." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" +"** Data do Alerta: ** É a data em que deve ser enviado um alerta sobre as " +"mercadorias com este número de série / lote." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" +"Os lotes serão escolhidos com base na ** data de remoção **, da mais antiga " +"à mais recente. Os lotes sem data de remoção definida serão colhidos após " +"lotes com datas de remoção." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" +"Todas as datas, exceto ** data de remoção ** são apenas para fins " +"informativos e de relatório. Os lotes que já passaram de uma ou todas as " +"datas de vencimento acima ainda podem ser retirados para pedidos de entrega " +"e nenhum alerta será enviado quando os lotes passarem da ** data de alerta " +"**." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" +"As datas de expiração dos lotes também podem ser definidas automaticamente " +"quando as mercadorias são recebidas no estoque. Depois de ativar as datas de" +" expiração nos números de série, quatro novos campos ficarão disponíveis na " +"guia de estoque do formulário do produto: ** tempo de vida do produto **, **" +" tempo de uso do produto **, ** tempo de remoção do produto ** e ** tempo de" +" alerta do produto **. Quando um número inteiro é inserido em um desses " +"campos, a data de validade de um lote / série do produto em questão será " +"definida para a data de criação do lote / número de série mais o número de " +"dias inserido no campo de incremento de tempo. Se o campo de incremento de " +"tempo for definido como zero, a data de vencimento de um lote / série deve " +"ser definida manualmente após a criação do lote." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" +"Cada um desses campos de incremento de tempo é usado para gerar um dos " +"campos de data de validade do lote da seguinte forma:" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "Tempo de Remoção do Produto -> Data de Remoção" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "Tempo de vida do produto -> Data de fim de vida" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "Tempo de Alerta do Produto -> Data do Alerta" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" +"Para definir a estratégia de remoção no local, vá para: menu de seleção: " +"`Configuração -> Locais` e escolha FEFO." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "** Lote / Número de série **" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "**Produtos**" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "**Data de validade**" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "Sorvete" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "20/08/2015" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "LOT0002" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "10/08/2015" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "15/08/2015" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" +"Iremos criar uma ordem de venda com `` 15kg`` de `` creme de gelo`` e " +"confirmar." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" +"A remessa de saída relacionada ao pedido de venda fará a mudança com base na" +" estratégia de remoção ** FEFO **." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Envio" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "Operações de transporte" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "Como cancelar uma solicitação de remessa a um remetente?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de " +"terceiros. O Odoo será conectado ao sistema de rastreamento da " +"transportadora." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o destino." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" +"Você pode cancelar facilmente a solicitação feita ao sistema da operadora." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "Como cancelar um pedido de envio?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" +"Se a ordem de entrega não for ** Validada **, a solicitação não foi feita. " +"Você pode optar por cancelar a entrega ou alterar a transportadora." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" +"Se você clicou em ** Validar **, a solicitação foi feita e você deve ter " +"recebido o número de rastreamento e a etiqueta. Você ainda pode cancelar o " +"pedido. Basta clicar no botão ** Cancelar ** ao lado da ** Referência de " +"rastreamento da transportadora **:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "Você verá agora que a remessa foi cancelada." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "Agora você pode alterar a operadora, se desejar." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "Como enviar um pedido de envio após o cancelamento?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" +"Após cancelar a solicitação de envio, você pode alterar a transportadora que" +" deseja usar. Confirme clicando no botão ** Enviar ao remetente **. Você " +"receberá um novo número de rastreamento e um novo rótulo." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "Como faturar o custo de envio ao cliente?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "Há duas maneiras de faturar os custos de envio:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "Fature o custo real do frete." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar o preço dos seus métodos de entrega, acesse o aplicativo ** " +"Inventário **, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Entrega -> " +"Métodos de entrega`." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" +"Você pode definir manualmente um preço para o frete: pode ser fixo ou com " +"base em regras." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" +"Ou você pode usar o sistema de computação da empresa de transporte. Leia o " +"documento: doc: `../ setup / third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "Como faturar os custos de envio ao cliente?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "Faturar o preço definido no pedido de venda" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" +"Em seu pedido de venda, escolha a transportadora que será utilizada. Clique " +"em ** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" +"O preço é calculado quando você ** salva ** o pedido de venda ou quando " +"clica em ** Definir preço **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" +"Para faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em ** " +"Definir preço **, ele adicionará uma linha com o nome da forma de entrega " +"como um produto. Pode ser diferente do preço real." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "Ao criar a fatura, ela terá o preço definido no pedido de venda." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "Faturar os custos reais de envio" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" +"O preço é calculado quando você ** salva ** o pedido de venda. Confirme a " +"ordem de venda e prossiga com a entrega do produto." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"O custo real de envio é calculado quando o pedido de entrega é validado, " +"você pode ver o custo real no chatter do pedido de entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Volte para o pedido de venda, o custo real agora é adicionado ao pedido de " +"venda." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" +"Ao criar a nota fiscal, ela terá o preço calculado pela transportadora." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" +"Se você dividir a entrega e fizer várias, cada pedido de entrega adicionará " +"uma linha ao pedido de venda." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "Como imprimir etiquetas de envio?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de " +"terceiros vinculados ao sistema de rastreamento da empresa de transporte. " +"Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o destino. E, " +"finalmente, você poderá imprimir as etiquetas de envio diretamente do Odoo." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "Instale o módulo conector da empresa remetente" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "Regras de estoque mínimo" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Em seguida, clique em ** Aplicar **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "Configure o método de entrega" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar seus métodos de entrega, acesse o módulo ** Inventário **, " +"clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Métodos de entrega`." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" +"Os métodos de entrega para os remetentes escolhidos foram criados " +"automaticamente." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" +"Na aba ** Preços **, o nome do provedor significa que a entrega será tratada" +" e computada pelo sistema do remetente." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "A configuração do remetente é dividida em duas colunas:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro está vinculado à ** sua conta ** (chave de desenvolvimento, " +"senha, ...). Para obter mais informações, consulte o site do provedor." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" +"A segunda coluna varia de acordo com o ** provedor **. Você pode escolher o " +"tipo de embalagem, o tipo de serviço, a unidade de peso ..." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "Desmarque ** Modo de teste ** quando terminar os testes." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Configuração da empresa" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" +"Para calcular o preço certo, o provedor precisa das informações da sua " +"empresa. Certifique-se de que seu endereço e número de telefone estejam " +"codificados corretamente." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" +"Para verificar suas informações, acesse o aplicativo ** Configurações ** e " +"clique em ** Configurações gerais **. Clique no primeiro link ** Configure " +"os dados da sua empresa **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" +"As empresas remetentes precisam do peso do seu produto, caso contrário não " +"será possível fazer o cálculo do preço." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" +"Acesse o módulo ** Vendas **, clique em: menu de seleção: `Vendas -> " +"Produtos`. Abra os produtos que deseja enviar e defina um peso sobre eles." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" +"O peso no formulário do produto é expresso em quilogramas. Não se esqueça de" +" fazer a conversão se estiver acostumado com o sistema de medição imperial." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "Como imprimir etiquetas de envio?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" +"O pedido de entrega criado a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações" +" de envio dele, mas você pode alterar a transportadora se desejar." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" +"Se você criar uma transferência de entrega a partir do módulo de estoque, " +"poderá adicionar o remetente terceirizado na guia de informações adicionais." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" +"Clique em ** Validar ** para receber o número de rastreamento e ** a (s) " +"etiqueta (s) **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" +"A etiqueta para colar em sua embalagem está disponível no histórico abaixo:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "Clique nele para abrir o documento e imprimi-lo:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" +"Se você estiver fazendo remessas de vários pacotes, na maioria das vezes " +"haverá uma etiqueta por pacote. Cada etiqueta aparecerá no histórico de " +"entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "Como gerenciar vários pacotes para o mesmo pedido de entrega?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, Odoo considera que sua entrega é composta por um pacote. Mas " +"você pode enviar facilmente suas entregas com mais de um pacote. É " +"totalmente integrado com os remetentes de terceiros." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "Clique em ** Aplicar ** quando terminar." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "Pedido de venda" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "Clique em um ** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "Entrega de vários pacotes" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" +"A entrega criada a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações de envio " +"dele." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "A partir daqui, você pode dividir sua entrega em vários pacotes." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a quantidade que deseja colocar no primeiro pacote na coluna ** " +"Pronto **, a seguir clique no link ** Colocar no Pacote **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "Ele criará automaticamente um pacote com a quantidade solicitada." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "Execute as mesmas etapas para as outras peças que deseja embalar." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "Clique em ** Validar ** quando terminar." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "Vários pacotes com um remetente terceirizado" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" +"Assim que o pedido de entrega for validado, você receberá o número de " +"rastreamento. O campo ** Ref de rastreamento da transportadora ** será " +"preenchido automaticamente. Clique no botão ** Rastreamento ** para " +"verificar sua entrega no site do provedor." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" +"Os ** rótulos ** para colar em seus pacotes estão disponíveis no histórico " +"abaixo:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "Configuração de envio" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "Como configurar um método de entrega?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, mas não é ativado por " +"padrão. Os métodos de entrega podem ser usados ​​para seus pedidos de venda," +" suas entregas, mas também em seu e-commerce." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" +"Os métodos de entrega permitem que você gerencie a empresa de transporte, o " +"preço e o destino. Você pode até integrar o Odoo com remetentes externos " +"para calcular o preço real e as embalagens." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "Instale o módulo de inventário" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" +"Os métodos de entrega são tratados pelo módulo ** Custos de entrega **. Vá " +"para ** Apps ** e pesquise o módulo. Você deve remover o filtro ** Apps ** " +"para vê-lo:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja integrar métodos de entrega em seu e-commerce, você terá que " +"instalar o módulo ** eCommerce Delivery **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "Primeiro defina um nome e uma empresa transportadora." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" +"Então você terá que definir o preço. Pode ser corrigido ou baseado em " +"regras." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" +"Se o preço for fixo, marque ** Preço fixo **. Você apenas terá que definir o" +" preço. Se desejar que a entrega seja gratuita acima de um determinado " +"valor, marque a opção ** Grátis se o total do pedido for maior que ** e " +"defina um preço." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" +"Se o preço variar de acordo com as regras, marque ** Com base nas regras **." +" Clique em ** adicionar um item a uma regra de preços **. Escolha uma " +"condição com base no peso, volume, preço ou quantidade." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, você pode limitar o método de entrega a alguns destinos. O " +"limite pode ser aplicado a alguns países, estados ou até mesmo códigos " +"postais. Este recurso limita a lista de países em seu e-commerce." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" +"Você pode integrar Odoo com remetentes externos para calcular o preço real e" +" as embalagens, e lidar com a impressão das etiquetas de envio. Veja: doc: " +"`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "Processo de entrega" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode escolher o ** Método de entrega ** em seu pedido de venda. " +"Caso queira faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em" +" ** Definir preço **, será adicionado uma linha com o nome da forma de " +"entrega como um produto." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Entrega" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar ou alterar o método de entrega na própria entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" +"Na entrega, verifique as ** Informações da transportadora **. A " +"transportadora é o método de entrega escolhido." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "Como obter credenciais da DHL para integração com Odoo?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "Para usar a API Odoo DHL, você precisará de:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "Uma senha DHL" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "Um número de conta DHL" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" +"Obtendo a ID do site e a senha para outros países além dos Estados Unidos " +"(Reino Unido e resto do mundo)" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" +"Você deve entrar em contato com o gerente de contas da DHL e solicitar " +"integração para XML Express API. A pré-venda deve fornecer credenciais ao " +"vivo." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "Obtendo ID do site e senha para os Estados Unidos" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " +"given in the demo data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 +msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 +msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" +msgstr "**Senha**: alkd89nBV" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "Como integrar um remetente terceirizado?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de " +"terceiros. O Odoo pode ser vinculado ao sistema de rastreamento da empresa " +"de transporte. Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o " +"destino." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" +"Os métodos de entrega para os remetentes escolhidos foram criados " +"automaticamente. Na maioria das vezes, haverá ** 2 ** métodos de entrega " +"para o mesmo fornecedor: um para envio ** internacional ** e outro para " +"envio ** doméstico **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" +"Você pode criar outros métodos com o mesmo provedor com outra configuração, " +"por exemplo, ** Tipo de embalagem **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" +"Você pode alterar o ** Nome ** do método de entrega. Este é o nome que " +"aparecerá em seu e-commerce." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "Sinalize ** Envio habilitado ** quando estiver pronto para usá-lo." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" +"Na guia de preços, o nome do fornecedor escolhido em ** Cálculo de preço ** " +"significa que o preço será calculado pelo sistema do remetente." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "A configuração do remetente é dividida em duas colunas:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" +"Vá ao menu: menu de seleção: `Vendas -> Vendas -> Produtos`. Abra os " +"produtos que deseja enviar e defina um peso sobre eles." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" +"O peso no formulário do produto é expresso em quilogramas. Não se esqueça de" +" fazer a conversão se estiver acostumado com o sistema de medição imperial." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode escolher a transportadora em seu pedido de venda. Clique em " +"** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" +"O preço é calculado quando você salva o pedido de venda ou quando clica em " +"** Definir preço **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" +"Caso queira faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em" +" ** Definir preço **, será adicionado uma linha com o nome da forma de " +"entrega como um produto. Pode ser diferente do preço real." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" +"Caso contrário, o preço real (calculado quando a entrega é validada) será " +"automaticamente adicionado à fatura. Para mais informações, leia o " +"documento: doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" +"A entrega criada a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações de envio " +"dele. Você pode mudar a operadora se quiser." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" +"O peso é calculado com base nos pesos dos produtos. O custo de envio será " +"calculado assim que a transferência for validada." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" +"Clique em ** Validar ** para receber o número de rastreamento. O campo ** " +"rastreamento de transportadora ref ** será preenchido automaticamente. " +"Clique no botão ** Rastreamento ** para verificar sua entrega no site do " +"provedor." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "Uma chave de acesso" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "Clique no link ** Resumo da conta **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "Clique no botão **Próximo** para continuar." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "Obtenha uma chave de acesso" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "Clique no link ** Solicite uma chave de acesso **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "Verifique suas informações de contato" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "Clique no botão ** Solicitar chave de acesso **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" +"A ** Chave de acesso ** será fornecida a você na página da web e um e-mail " +"com a chave de acesso será enviado ao endereço de e-mail do contato " +"principal." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e323a084 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -0,0 +1,819 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../iot.rst:5 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Internet das coisas (IoT)" + +#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Conecte uma IoT Box ao seu banco de dados" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "Acesse o IoT App e clique em Connect na página IoT Boxes." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Siga as etapas para conectar sua IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "Conexão Ethernet" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Conecte à IoT Box todos os dispositivos que devem ser conectados com cabos " +"(ethernet, dispositivos USB, etc.)." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Ligue a IoT Box" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "Conexão wifi" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Ligue a IoT Box" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Copie o token" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Conecte-se à rede WiFi da IoT Box (certifique-se de que não haja nenhum cabo" +" Ethernet conectado ao computador)." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"Você será redirecionado para a página inicial do IoT Box (se não funcionar, " +"conecte-se ao endereço IP da caixa). Dê um nome à sua IoT Box (não " +"obrigatório), cole o token e clique em Avançar." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a rede WiFi com a qual deseja se conectar (digite a senha, se " +"houver) e clique em Enviar. Aguarde alguns segundos antes de ser " +"redirecionado para seu banco de dados." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "Agora você deve ver a IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "Atualizando seu cartão SD" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" +"Em alguns casos, pode ser necessário atualizar o cartão SD de sua IoT Box " +"para se beneficiar de nossas atualizações mais recentes." + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__. " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Use a IoT Box para o PDV" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Pré-requisitos" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Antes de começar, certifique-se de ter o seguinte:" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Um computador ou tablet com um navegador web atualizado" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"Uma instância de SaaS ou Odoo em execução com os aplicativos Ponto de venda " +"e IoT instalados" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" +"Uma configuração de rede local com DHCP (esta é a configuração padrão)" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Um cabo Ethernet RJ45 (opcional, Wi-Fi integrado)" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você deve conectar os dispositivos periféricos à sua IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"** Gaveta de dinheiro **: A gaveta de dinheiro deve ser conectada à " +"impressora com um cabo RJ25." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "** Balança **: Conecte sua balança e ligue-a." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" +"A configuração está concluída, você pode iniciar uma nova sessão de PDV." + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solução de problemas" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Impressora" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Scanner de Código de Barras" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Caixa Registradora" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "A gaveta do dinheiro não abre" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Dispositivos" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..350a83935 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: grazziano , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Avaliações" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Avaliação de Cliente" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd86ab0a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1360 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Manufatura" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "Gestão de Manufatura" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Gerenciar estoque de produtos de componentes" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Gerenciar estoque de produtos de kit e produtos de componentes" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "Como gerenciar BoMs para variantes de produtos" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" +"Você poderá então especificar quais linhas de componentes devem ser usadas " +"na fabricação de cada variante de produto. Você pode especificar várias " +"variantes para cada linha. Se nenhuma variante for especificada, a linha " +"será usada para todas as variantes." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" +"Ao definir as BoMs variantes com base no item de linha, o campo ** Variante " +"do produto ** na seção principal da BoM deve ser deixado em branco. Este " +"campo é usado ao criar um BoM para apenas uma variante de um produto." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Ordem de Produção" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valoração de Inventário" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Rastreabilidade" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Controle de Qualidade" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo Manufatura Odoo, você pode * Descompactar * produtos. Dois " +"casos de uso podem ser gerenciados: (1) você pode descompactar produtos que " +"você mesmo construiu ou (2) pode descompactar produtos que recebeu." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Vejamos o primeiro caso, você mesmo está fabricando produtos. Se um de seus " +"produtos apresentar algum defeito, você pode desmontá-lo em vez de descartá-" +"lo completamente, permitindo a reutilização de alguns componentes do " +"produto." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" +"No segundo caso, você está comprando produtos com o único propósito de " +"reconstruí-los e reciclá-los." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "Ordem Produção Reversa" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "Quando terminar, clique em desfazer e o processo estará encerrado." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" +"Se você desconstruir um produto que comprou, receberá os componentes do BoM " +"de volta ao estoque." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "Gestão de Reparos" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "Produtos de reparo" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" +"A aplicação Odoo * Reparar * permite-lhe gerir um pós-venda completo, mas " +"também simplesmente reparar produtos que fabricou, se apresentarem algum " +"defeito." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Criar um pedido de reparo" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez no aplicativo, você pode acessar seus * Pedidos de reparo * " +"existentes e criar um novo." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "Gerenciar um reparo" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" +"Quando um cliente envia a você um produto para reparo, crie um novo * Pedido" +" de Reparo *. Preencha-o com todas as informações de que você pode precisar," +" como o produto, o cliente, se for necessário faturar antes ou depois do " +"reparo, as peças de que você pode precisar, etc." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" +"Assim que tudo estiver feito, você pode enviar a cotação de conserto ao seu " +"cliente. Se for aprovado, você pode confirmar o reparo. Você poderá então " +"iniciar e encerrar o reparo quando ele estiver concluído." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "Agora você pode faturar o reparo." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca405b0d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Keli Brugalli , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Automação de Marketing" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "Inicie um teste" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b7aaa522 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Celular" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Notificações push" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" +"A partir do Odoo 12.0, 13.0 ou superior, não há uma configuração mais " +"complexa para ativar as notificações por push no aplicativo móvel." + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" +"Simplesmente vá para: menuselection: `Configurações -> Configurações gerais " +"-> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` e verifique se ** Push Notifications ** " +"está marcado." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48fc65c97 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planejamento" + +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" +" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" +" level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +msgid "Organize your team by roles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" +" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " +"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 +msgid "Make shifts recurrent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " +"from the need of re-planning it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 +msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 +msgid "Save shifts as templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Shifts Templates --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 +msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " +"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " +"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " +"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " +"time, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" +" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " +"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " +"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " +"take it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 +msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b1f9be4c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -0,0 +1,1726 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Vanderlei Romera , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Ponto de Venda" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Usando etiquetas de desconto com um leitor de código de barras" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Se você quiser vender seus produtos com desconto, para um produto que está " +"perto de sua data de validade, por exemplo, você pode usar etiquetas de " +"desconto. Eles permitem que você leia códigos de barras de desconto." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"Para usar etiquetas de desconto, você precisará usar um leitor de código de " +"barras." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Para usar as tags de descontos, precisamos aprender sobre a nomenclatura do " +"código de barras." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" +"Digamos que você queira um desconto para o produto com o seguinte código de " +"barras:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar a * Nomenclatura Padrão * nas configurações de sua " +"interface de PDV." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" +"Digamos que você queira 50% de desconto em um produto, você deve começar seu" +" código de barras com 22 (para a nomenclatura do código de barras de " +"desconto) e depois 50 (para a%) antes de adicionar o código de barras do " +"produto. Em nosso exemplo, o código de barras seria:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" +"Você primeiro tem que escanear o produto desejado (no nosso caso, um limão)." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"E então escaneie a etiqueta de desconto. O desconto será aplicado e você " +"poderá finalizar a transação." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Aplique descontos manuais" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Aplicar um desconto em um produto" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Aplique um desconto global" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descontos por tempo limitado" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Crie uma lista de preços" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Gerenciar um programa de fidelidade" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Incentive seus clientes a continuar comprando em seu ponto de venda com um *" +" Programa de Fidelidade *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "A partir daí, você pode criar e editar seus programas de fidelidade." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" +"Você pode decidir que tipo de programa deseja utilizar, se a recompensa é um" +" desconto ou um brinde, especificá-lo para alguns produtos ou abranger toda " +"a sua gama. Aplique regras para que só seja válido em situações específicas " +"e tudo mais." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Use o programa de fidelidade em sua interface PDV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"Quando um cliente for definido, você verá agora os pontos que ele obterá " +"pela transação e eles serão acumulados até serem gastos. Eles são gastos " +"usando o botão * Recompensas * quando têm pontos suficientes de acordo com " +"as regras definidas no programa de fidelidade." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" +"Você pode ver que o preço é atualizado instantaneamente para refletir a " +"lista de preços. Você pode finalizar o pedido da maneira usual." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Se você selecionar um cliente com uma lista de preços padrão, ela será " +"aplicada. Claro que você pode mudar isso." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "Configurando o Módulo de Dados Fiscais com o Odoo PDV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "Hardware necessário" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "Certificação e local" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "Restrictions" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" +"Conforme mencionado antes, para obter a certificação, o aplicativo de PDV " +"deve aderir às rígidas diretrizes governamentais. Por isso, um PDV Odoo " +"certificado tem algumas limitações não presentes no PDV Odoo não " +"certificado." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "Reembolso está desativado" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "Modificando os preços da linha de pedido" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "Criação / modificação / exclusão de pedidos de PDV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "Venda de produtos sem imposto válido" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Configure seus métodos de pagamento" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Seu primeiro pedido" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Fechar a sessão de Ponto de Venda" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Veja suas estatísticas" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Cadastre clientes" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" +"O registro de seus clientes lhe dará a capacidade de conceder a eles vários " +"privilégios, como descontos, programa de fidelidade, comunicação específica." +" Também será necessário se eles quiserem uma fatura e registrá-los tornará " +"qualquer interação futura com eles mais rápida." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "Criar um cliente" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "Na interface da sua sessão, use o botão do cliente." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Crie um novo usando este botão." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" +"Você será convidado a preencher o formulário do cliente com suas " +"informações." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" +"Use o botão Salvar quando terminar. Você pode então selecionar esse cliente " +"em quaisquer transações futuras." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "Configurar impressão de fatura" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" +"Na categoria Contas e recibos, você encontrará a opção * Impressão de notas " +"fiscais *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "Dividir uma conta" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "Ao usá-lo, você pode imprimir a fatura." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "Imprimir pedidos na cozinha ou no bar" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "Adicionar uma impressora" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Imprimir um pedido de cozinha / bar" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Selecione ou crie uma impressora." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Imprima o pedido na cozinha / bar" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "Em sua interface PoS, agora você tem um botão * Encomendar *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" +"Ao pressioná-lo, o pedido será impresso na impressora de sua cozinha / bar." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Registre seus pedidos de mesa (s)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Cliente (s) de transferência" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Registre um pedido adicional" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "Ofereça uma opção de divisão de contas" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" +"Oferecer uma solução de divisão de contas fácil para seus clientes irá " +"deixá-los com uma experiência positiva. É por isso que esse recurso está " +"disponível fora da caixa no aplicativo Odoo Ponto de Venda." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "Dividir uma conta" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "Em sua interface PDV, agora você tem um botão * Dividir *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" +"Ao utilizá-lo, você poderá selecionar o que aquele hóspede deve ter e " +"processar o pagamento, repetindo o processo para cada hóspede." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "Integre uma opção de gorjeta ao pagamento" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Como é costume dar gorjeta em muitos países em todo o mundo, é importante " +"ter a opção em sua interface de PDV." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Configurar gorjeta" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "Adicionar gorjetas à conta" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" +"Uma vez na interface de pagamento, agora você tem um novo botão * Dica *" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" +"Adicione a gorjeta que seu cliente deseja deixar e processe no pagamento." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Usando códigos de barras em PDV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"Usar um leitor de código de barras para processar pedidos de ponto de venda " +"melhora sua eficiência e ajuda a economizar tempo para você e seus clientes." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Adicionar códigos de barras ao produto" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"Na guia de informações gerais, você encontra um campo de código de barras " +"onde pode inserir qualquer código de barras." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"A partir de sua interface PoS, escaneie qualquer código de barras com seu " +"leitor de código de barras. O produto será adicionado, você pode digitalizar" +" o mesmo produto para adicioná-lo várias vezes ou alterar a quantidade " +"manualmente na tela." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Configure o controle de caixa no ponto de venda" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" +"O controle de caixa permite que você verifique o valor da caixa na abertura " +"e no fechamento. Assim, você pode ter certeza de que nenhum erro foi " +"cometido e que nenhum dinheiro está faltando." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Ativar Controle de Caixa" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" +"Na categoria de pagamentos, você encontrará a configuração de controle de " +"caixa." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar em ** Valores de Abertura / Fechamento ** você poderá criar esses " +"valores." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Inicie uma sessão" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" +"Agora você tem um novo botão adicionado ao abrir uma sessão, * Definir saldo" +" de abertura *" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, ele usará os valores que você adicionou antes, mas você sempre " +"pode modificá-los." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "Encerrar uma sessão" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" +"Você pode então ver o saldo teórico, o saldo final real (o que você acabou " +"de contar) e a diferença entre os dois." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Arredondamento de dinheiro" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Alguns de seus clientes podem solicitar uma fatura ao comprar no seu Ponto " +"de venda, você pode gerenciá-la facilmente diretamente da interface do PDV." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Ativar faturamento" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" +"Em * Contas e Recibos * você verá a opção de faturamento, marque-a. Não se " +"esqueça de escolher em qual diário as notas fiscais devem ser criadas." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Selecione um cliente" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "Na interface da sua sessão, use o botão do cliente" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" +"Você pode então selecionar um cliente existente e defini-lo como seu cliente" +" ou criar um novo usando este botão." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" +"Você será convidado a preencher o formulário do cliente com suas " +"informações." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Fature seu cliente" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" +"Na tela de pagamento, agora você tem uma opção de fatura, use o botão para " +"selecioná-la e validar." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "Você pode então imprimir a fatura e passar para o próximo pedido." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Recuperar faturas" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Mudar sem códigos PIN" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Reimprimir recibos" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Para ativar * Reimprimir recibo *, acesse: seleção de menus: `Ponto de venda" +" -> Configuração -> Ponto de venda`. e selecione sua interface PoS." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" +"Na categoria Contas e recibos, você encontrará a opção * Reimprimir recibo " +"*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" +"Para permitir a opção de reimpressão de recibos, é necessário ativar a " +"impressora de recibos." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Reimprimir um recibo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "Em sua interface PoS, agora você tem um botão * Reimprimir recibo *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "Ao usá-lo, você pode reimprimir seu último recibo." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a55843a52 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# Éder Brito , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:9 +msgid "My Odoo Portal" +msgstr "Meu Portal Odoo" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." +msgstr "" +"Nesta seção do portal, você encontrará todas as comunicações entre você e " +"Odoo: documentos como orçamentos, pedidos de venda, faturas e assinaturas." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo `_. If you are already logged in, just " +"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +msgstr "" +"Para acessar esta seção, você tem que entrar com seu nome de usuário e senha" +" no `Odoo `_. Se você já estiver logado, basta" +" clicar em seu nome no canto superior direito e selecionar \"Minha Conta\"." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:23 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "Cotações" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " +"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você encontrará todas as cotações enviadas a você pela Odoo. Por " +"exemplo, uma cotação pode ser gerada para você após adicionar um aplicativo " +"ou um usuário ao seu banco de dados ou se o seu contrato tiver que ser " +"renovado." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." +msgstr "" +"A coluna * Válido até * mostra a data em que a cotação é válida; após essa " +"data, a cotação será \"Expirada\". Ao clicar no orçamento, você verá todos " +"os detalhes da oferta, como preços e outras informações úteis." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " +"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" +msgstr "" +"Caso queira aceitar o orçamento, basta clicar em \"Aceitar e Pagar\" e o " +"orçamento será confirmado. Se você não quiser aceitar ou precisar solicitar " +"algumas modificações, clique em \"Solicitar rejeição de alterações\"." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:44 +msgid "Sales Orders" +msgstr "Pedidos de vendas" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:46 +msgid "" +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." +msgstr "" +"Todas as suas compras no Odoo (upsells, temas, aplicativos, etc.) serão " +"registradas nesta seção." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:52 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " +"purchased and process the payment." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar no pedido de venda, você pode revisar os detalhes dos produtos " +"adquiridos e processar o pagamento." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:56 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Faturas" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:58 +msgid "" +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." +msgstr "" +"Todas as faturas de suas assinaturas e / ou pedidos de venda serão mostradas" +" nesta seção. A etiqueta antes do valor devido indicará se a fatura foi " +"paga." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." +msgstr "" +"Basta clicar na fatura se desejar ver mais informações, pagar a fatura ou " +"baixar uma versão em PDF do documento." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:69 +msgid "Tickets" +msgstr "Tickets" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support `," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." +msgstr "" +"Quando você envia um tíquete por meio do `Suporte Odoo " +"`, um ticket será criado. Aqui você pode " +"encontrar todos os tickets que abriu, as conversas entre você e nossos " +"agentes, e os status e IDs (# Ref) dos tickets." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Assinaturas" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " +"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." +msgstr "" +"Você pode acessar suas assinaturas com Odoo nesta seção. A primeira página " +"mostra as assinaturas que você possui e seus status." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar na assinatura, você terá acesso a todos os detalhes relativos ao " +"seu plano: o número de aplicativos adquiridos, as informações de faturamento" +" e a forma de pagamento." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"the new credit card details." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar a forma de pagamento, clique em \"Alterar forma de pagamento\" " +"e insira os novos dados do cartão de crédito." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja remover os cartões de crédito salvos, você pode fazer isso " +"clicando em \"Gerenciar seus métodos de pagamento\" na parte inferior da " +"página. Clique em \"Excluir\" para excluir a forma de pagamento." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" +" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " +"no longer be able to access the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:111 +msgid "Success Packs" +msgstr "Pacotes de Sucesso" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " +"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " +"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +msgstr "" +"Com um Pacote de sucesso / Pacote de sucesso de parceiro, você recebe um " +"especialista para fornecer assistência personalizada exclusiva para ajudá-lo" +" a personalizar sua solução e otimizar seus fluxos de trabalho como parte de" +" sua implementação inicial. Essas horas nunca expiram, permitindo que você " +"as utilize sempre que precisar de suporte." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If you need information about how to manage your database see " +":ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:121 +msgid "Delete your Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In order to delete your Odoo.com account, you have to reach out to our " +"`Support Services `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 +msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you wish instead to formally request the deletion of all the information " +"connected to your email address as per the European Union General Data " +"Protection Regulation (GDPR), please send an email to privacy@odoo.com." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db5bdd43e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../practical.rst:3 +msgid "Practical Information" +msgstr "Informações Práticas" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b7a4bf3e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -0,0 +1,681 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../project.rst:5 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Projeto" + +#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avançado" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "Get reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Relatórios" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 +msgid "" +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 +msgid "" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 +msgid "" +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 +msgid "" +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planejamento" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Tarefas" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..345a0a48f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -0,0 +1,1813 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# falexandresilva , 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../purchase.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Compras" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Compras" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Dados Mestre" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "Lista de preços de fornecedores de importação" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" +"É fundamental para as empresas poderem importar listas de preços de " +"fornecedores para se manterem atualizadas sobre os preços dos produtos." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça de salvar suas configurações no canto superior esquerdo." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "Importar uma lista de preços" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" +"Carregue seu arquivo, então você pode verificar se tudo está correto antes " +"de clicar em importar." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "Veja abaixo um modelo das colunas utilizadas." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "Defina vários fornecedores em um produto" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" +"Se você precisar comprar de vários fornecedores para um produto, o Odoo pode" +" permitir que você os vincule diretamente a um único produto." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "Adicionar fornecedores em um produto" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" +"A partir daí, você pode adicionar fornecedores existentes ao seu produto ou " +"criar um novo rapidamente." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" +"Observe que cada primeira vez que o produto é comprado de um novo " +"fornecedor, o Odoo irá vincular automaticamente o contato e o preço com o " +"produto." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "Adicione preço e quantidade, bem como um período de validade" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" +"Ao adicionar um fornecedor a um produto, você pode adicionar o nome e o " +"código do produto do fornecedor, bem como definir a quantidade mínima, o " +"preço e o período de validade." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" +"Esse recurso do Odoo também funciona com variantes de seus produtos, como " +"uma camiseta em tamanhos diferentes!" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "Compra em unidades de medida diferentes das vendas" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" +"No dia-a-dia dos negócios, pode acontecer que seu fornecedor use uma unidade" +" de medida diferente da que você usa nas vendas. Isso pode causar confusão " +"entre o representante de vendas e o representante de compras e até mesmo " +"fazer você perder muito tempo convertendo medidas. felizmente, no Odoo, você" +" pode lidar com diferentes unidades de medida entre vendas e compras com " +"muita facilidade." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "Vejamos os seguintes exemplos:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "Instale módulos de compra e vendas" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "Habilitar a opção Unidade de Medidas" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "Especifique a unidade de medida de venda e compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "Unidades padrão de medidas" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" +"É possível criar sua própria categoria e unidade de medida se não for padrão" +" no Odoo (consulte o próximo capítulo)." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "Crie sua própria unidade de medida e categoria de unidade de medida" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "Crie duas novas unidades:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" +"Agora é possível inserir ** metros quadrados ** como unidade de medida e um " +"** rolo ** como unidade de medida de compra no cadastro do produto." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "Solicitação de cotação e Pedidos de Compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" +"Determine quando pagar uma conta de fornecedor com correspondência de 3 vias" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" +"Em alguns setores, você pode receber uma fatura de um fornecedor antes de " +"receber os produtos solicitados. No entanto, você pode não querer pagá-lo " +"até que os produtos sejam recebidos." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" +"A correspondência de 3 vias ajuda a evitar o pagamento de contas incorretas " +"ou fraudulentas de fornecedores." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "Devo pagar a conta do fornecedor?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" +"Dessa forma, o Odoo permite que você saiba facilmente se você deve pagar a " +"conta do fornecedor ou não." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" +"O status é definido automaticamente pelo Odoo. No entanto, se você deseja " +"definir esse status manualmente, pode marcar a caixa Forçar Status e então " +"poderá definir manualmente se a conta do fornecedor deve ser paga ou não." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "Analisar o desempenho dos meus fornecedores" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" +"Se sua empresa compra regularmente produtos de diversos fornecedores, seria " +"útil obter estatísticas sobre suas compras. Existem vários motivos para " +"rastrear e analisar o desempenho do seu fornecedor:" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "Você pode ver o quão dependente de um fornecedor sua empresa é;" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "você pode negociar descontos nos preços;" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "Você pode verificar o tempo médio de entrega por fornecedor;" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "Etc." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, um revendedor de produtos de TI que emite dezenas de pedidos de" +" compra para vários fornecedores a cada semana pode querer medir para cada " +"produto o preço total pago por cada fornecedor e o atraso na entrega. Os " +"insights coletados pela empresa irão ajudá-la a melhor analisar, prever e " +"planejar seus pedidos futuros." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "Instale o módulo de gerenciamento de compras" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "Emita alguns pedidos de compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "Analisando seus fornecedores" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "Gere relatórios flexíveis" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" +"Ao contrário da tabela dinâmica, um gráfico só pode ser calculado com uma " +"medida dependente e uma independente." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "Personalize relatórios" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "Solicite a aprovação dos gerentes para pedidos caros" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" +"No caso de compras caras, você pode querer a aprovação de um gerente para " +"validar os pedidos, o Odoo permite que você configure isso facilmente." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Crie um novo pedido de Cotação" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "Aprovar o pedido" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" +"Se você é um gerente de compras, agora pode acessar o pedido de compra e " +"aprová-lo se estiver tudo certo com ele. Dando a você controle total sobre o" +" que seus usuários podem ou não fazer." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "Depois de aprovado, o pedido de compra segue o processo normal." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Controle de contas" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "Alterar a política de controle" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" +"Você pode querer usar diferentes configurações para diferentes tipos de " +"produtos." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Verifique sua fatura do fornecedor" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo da política de faturamento definida acima. Se você deve ser " +"cobrado com base na quantidade pedida, Odoo irá sugerir uma cobrança pelo " +"número de unidades pedidas. Se você deve ser cobrado com base nas " +"quantidades recebidas, Odoo irá sugerir uma cobrança de 0 conforme mostrado " +"acima." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "Cancele um pedido de compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Devido a mal-entendidos, erros humanos ou mudança de planos, às vezes é " +"necessário cancelar os pedidos de compra enviados aos fornecedores. O Odoo " +"permite-lhe fazê-lo, mesmo que parte ou mesmo todas as mercadorias " +"encomendadas já tenham chegado ao seu armazém." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Crie um pedido de compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "Cancele seu pedido de compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "Caso de uso 1: você ainda não recebeu seus produtos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" +"Se você confirmou seu pedido de compra e ainda não recebeu sua mercadoria, " +"você pode simplesmente cancelar o pedido clicando no botão cancelar." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "Caso de uso 2: mercadorias parcialmente entregues" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "Registro bem recebido e cancelar pedido pendente" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "Crie transferência reversa" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" +"Processe a remessa de devolução e controle se a movimentação do estoque " +"ocorre do estoque para o local do fornecedor." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" +"Quando a transferência reversa for feita, o status do seu pedido de compra " +"será automaticamente definido como concluído, significando que o seu pedido " +"foi totalmente cancelado." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Crie um pedido de cotação" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" +"Uma solicitação de cotação (RfQ) é usada quando você planeja comprar alguns " +"produtos e gostaria de receber uma cotação para esses produtos. No Odoo, a " +"Solicitação de Cotação é utilizada para enviar sua lista de produtos " +"desejados ao seu fornecedor. Assim que o seu fornecedor responder ao seu " +"pedido, pode optar por prosseguir com a oferta e comprar ou recusar a " +"oferta." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Criando um Pedido de Cotação" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" +"O status do RfQ mudará para PEDIDO DE COMPRA. As guias no canto superior " +"direito do pedido exibirão 1 Remessa e 0 Fatura." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "Produtos de dropship" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" +"Dropshipping é um método no qual o fornecedor não mantém os produtos em " +"estoque, mas transfere os produtos diretamente do fornecedor para o cliente." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "Ative o recurso dropshipping" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" +"Ao criar uma cotação ou pedido de vendas, agora você pode decidir, linha de " +"pedido por linha de pedido, quais produtos devem ser enviados diretamente, " +"selecionando a rota de dropship na linha do pedido de vendas" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "Envio direto de um produto" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" +"Assim que um pedido de venda com produtos para envio direto é confirmado, " +"uma solicitação de cotação é gerada pelo Odoo para comprar o produto para o " +"fornecedor. Se você confirmar essa solicitação de cotação em um pedido de " +"compra, será criada uma transferência do seu fornecedor diretamente para o " +"seu cliente. Os produtos não passam por estoque próprio." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "Bloquear um pedido de compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" +"Assim que um pedido for confirmado, você pode bloqueá-lo evitando qualquer " +"outra edição." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "Bloquear um pedido" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" +"Ao trabalhar em um pedido de compra, ao confirmá-lo, você pode bloquear o " +"pedido evitando qualquer modificação adicional no documento." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" +"Você pode desbloquear o documento se precisar fazer alterações adicionais" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "Produto de controle recebido (total e parcialmente)" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja obter previsões e recepções de produtos sob controle, a " +"primeira coisa a fazer é implantar o processo de compra Odoo. Saber o que " +"foi comprado é a base para prever e controlar as recepções." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "Instale os aplicativos de compra e inventário" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "Crie produtos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "Controle de recepções de produtos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "Compra de produtos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "Receba produtos" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Clique neste botão e você acessa uma lista de todos os pedidos aguardando " +"para este armazém." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" +"Se você trabalha com lotes ou números de série, não pode definir a " +"quantidade processada, mas deve fornecer todos os lotes ou números de série " +"para registrar a quantidade recebida." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" +"Ao validar a recepção, se você recebeu menos produtos do que a demanda " +"inicial, o Odoo irá pedir-lhe permissão para criar um pedido em espera." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "Gere avisos em pedidos de compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, se você costuma ter problemas com um fornecedor, pode desejar " +"fazer um aviso ao comprar desse fornecedor. Se um produto está prestes a ser" +" descontinuado, você pode enviar uma mensagem de bloqueio no pedido de " +"compra." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "Adicione um aviso em um fornecedor" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "Adicionar um aviso sobre um produto" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "Tentando comprar com avisos ou mensagens de bloqueio" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "No entanto, se for uma mensagem de bloqueio, você não pode ignorá-la." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Acordos de Compra" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "Gerenciar pedidos de cobertura" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" +"Um pedido de cobertura é um pedido de compra que um cliente faz com seu " +"fornecedor para permitir várias datas de entrega ao longo de um período de " +"tempo, geralmente negociado para tirar vantagem de preços predeterminados." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "Iniciar um pedido geral" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" +"Você pode então criar seu novo pedido programado, selecionar seu fornecedor," +" o (s) produto (s), o prazo do contrato, a data do pedido e a data de " +"entrega." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "RFQ do pedido de cobertura" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" +"A partir do seu pedido aberto você pode criar uma nova cotação, o Odoo irá " +"preencher automaticamente o documento com o (s) produto (s) do seu pedido " +"aberto, você só precisa escolher a quantidade e confirmar o pedido." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" +"Quando você voltar ao pedido programado, verá quantas quantidades já " +"encomendou do seu pedido programado." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "Preços de fornecedores em seu produto" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" +"Quando um pedido programado é validado, uma nova linha de fornecedor é " +"adicionada ao seu produto. Você pode ver quais estão vinculados a um pedido " +"programado e dar prioridade aos que deseja com as setas à esquerda do nome " +"do fornecedor." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "Gerenciar edital" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" +"Um Edital é um procedimento especial para solicitar ofertas de vários " +"fornecedores para obter o preço mais interessante." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "Crie um Edital" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "Solicitar novas cotações no Edital" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" +"A partir do Edital, a Odoo preencherá automaticamente o RFQ com o(s) do seu " +"Edital." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "Selecione a melhor oferta" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "Feche o Edital" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Reposição" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "Fluxos de reabastecimento" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "Agende seus recebimentos e entregas" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "Configurar prazos de entrega" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "Lead time do fornecedor" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" +"O lead time do fornecedor é o tempo necessário para que ele entregue o " +"produto a você." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Lead Time do cliente" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" +"O lead time do cliente, por outro lado, é o tempo que você precisa para " +"entregar o produto ao cliente." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "Prazo de produção" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" +"O lead time de fabricação é o tempo necessário para fabricar o produto." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "Configurar Lead Times de Segurança" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "Tempos de produção e segurança em um caso de uso" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, você vende um carro hoje (1º de janeiro), que é comprado sob " +"encomenda, e promete entregar ao cliente em 20 dias (20 de janeiro). Aqui " +"está a configuração do seu produto:" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "Lead time de segurança para vendas: 1 dia" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "Lead time de segurança para compra: 1 dia" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "Prazo de entrega do fornecedor: 9 dias" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" +"Nesse cenário, o planejador irá acionar os seguintes eventos com base em sua" +" configuração." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" +"19 de janeiro: data de entrega programada (20 de janeiro - 1 dia de lead " +"time de segurança para vendas)" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" +"18 de janeiro: data de recebimento programada (19 de janeiro - 1 dia de lead" +" time de segurança para compra)" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" +"10 de janeiro: data do pedido = prazo para fazer o pedido de seu fornecedor " +"(19 de janeiro - 9 dias de prazo de entrega do fornecedor)" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "Configurar envio direto" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" +"O transporte direto permite entregar a mercadoria diretamente do fornecedor " +"para o cliente. Isso significa que os produtos não transitam pelo seu " +"estoque." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "Como usar o drop-shipping?" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" +"Assim que o pedido for confirmado, nenhum movimento será criado a partir do " +"seu estoque. As mercadorias serão entregues diretamente de seu fornecedor ao" +" cliente." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" +"Acionar a compra de produtos com base nas vendas (fazer sob encomenda)" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" +"Se você não mantiver o estoque de seus produtos, pode ser necessário acionar" +" pedidos de compra em cada venda que fizer." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" +"Graças a ser uma solução totalmente integrada, o Odoo permite que você faça " +"isso facilmente em apenas uma etapa." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "Configure o produto" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "Crie um pedido de vendas usando compras e pedido sob encomenda" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" +"Você pode validar o recebimento de seus produtos. Quando você voltar ao " +"pedido de entrega, verá que os produtos já estão prontos para serem " +"despachados." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" +"Enquanto seu RfQ não for confirmado, o Odoo continuará adicionando linhas de" +" pedido automaticamente abaixo dele." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "Não fique sem estoque graças às regras de reordenação" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "Estabeleça uma regra de reordenação" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"A partir de agora, toda vez que um produto com regra de pedido atingir o " +"estoque mínimo, o sistema verá automaticamente como atender a essa " +"necessidade com base na configuração do produto (por exemplo, criar um RfQ, " +"etc.)." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solução de problemas" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "Multi-empresas" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "Como configurar um fluxo de venda/compra de várias empresas?" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo é uma solução excelente para ajudar as pequenas empresas a expandir " +"seus negócios. Mas também atende perfeitamente às necessidades das empresas " +"multinacionais. O recurso entre empresas ajuda você a comprar e / ou vender " +"produtos e serviços entre diferentes filiais do seu conglomerado." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" +"Os pedidos de compra e os pedidos de venda podem ser relacionados. Se uma " +"empresa dentro de seu grupo criar uma compra ou um pedido de venda, o " +"documento correspondente será criado automaticamente para sua empresa. Basta" +" verificar se tudo está correto e confirmar a venda. Você pode automatizar a" +" validação de seus pedidos de vendas e compras." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "Também é possível lidar apenas com faturas e reembolsos." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "Gerenciar regras entre empresas" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "Novas opções aparecerão." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "Na lista suspensa, escolha a empresa na qual deseja adicionar regras." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" +"Para poder gerenciar as regras entre empresas, certifique-se de que seu " +"usuário tenha direitos para gerenciar as empresas." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3605a6abc --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Luiz Fernando , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../quality.rst:5 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Qualidade" + +#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 +msgid "Alert" +msgstr "Alerta" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " +"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 +msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " +"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " +"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " +"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " +"during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " +"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 +msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " +"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " +"checks took place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " +"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " +"appeared during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 +msgid "Use the Quality Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " +"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " +"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " +"problem with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " +"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" +" *Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "Verificar" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " +"processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" +" routings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 +msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "Process the Quality Check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " +"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " +"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " +"the quality checks menu, under quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " +"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " +"type of quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " +"generate the necessary work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " +"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " +"Top component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" +" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " +"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " +"displayed and will require the check value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " +"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " +"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " +"highlighting the corresponding button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" +" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 +msgid "Control" +msgstr "Controle" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Define Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 +msgid "Quality Control Points" +msgstr "Pontos de Controle de Qualidade" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Texto" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 +msgid "Pass-Fail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 +msgid "Register Consumed Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 +msgid "Register By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 +msgid "" +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 +msgid "Print Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 +msgid "" +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4436003b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,3008 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 +# falexandresilva , 2020 +# Luiz Fernando , 2020 +# PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../sales.rst:5 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Vendas" + +#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "Tópicos avançados" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "Como dar direito de acesso ao portal aos meus clientes?" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +msgstr "O que é acesso ao portal / Quem é usuário do portal?" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " +"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +msgstr "" +"O acesso ao portal é concedido a um usuário que tenha a necessidade de " +"acessar a instância do Odoo para visualizar determinados documentos ou " +"informações do sistema." + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, um cliente de longo prazo que precisa ver cotações online." + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " +"any document in the system." +msgstr "" +"Um usuário do portal tem apenas acesso de leitura / visualização. Ele ou ela" +" não poderá editar nenhum documento no sistema." + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" +msgstr "Como dar acesso ao portal aos clientes?" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +msgid "From Contacts Module" +msgstr "Do módulo de Contatos" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " +"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " +"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " +"interface and from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " +"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " +"**Apply** when you're done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." +msgstr "" +"Um e-mail será enviado ao endereço de e-mail especificado, indicando que o " +"contato agora é um usuário do portal da respectiva instância." + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " +"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " +"unsupported marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 +msgid "**North America region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canadá" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "Amazon.ca" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "México" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 +msgid "Amazon.com.mx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "US" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 +msgid "Amazon.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 +msgid "**Europe region**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Alemanha" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 +msgid "Amazon.de" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Espanha" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 +msgid "Amazon.es" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "France" +msgstr "França" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 +msgid "Amazon.fr" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 +msgid "Amazon.co.uk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Itália" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 +msgid "Amazon.it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Holanda" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 +msgid "Amazon.nl" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " +"pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " +"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " +"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " +":ref:`here ` for the exhaustive list of " +"natively supported marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_." +" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it (for" +" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " +"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " +"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " +"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" +" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid "" +"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " +"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " +"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "conector Ebay" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "Como listar um produto?" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "Listagem sem variação" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " +"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " +"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " +"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." +" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " +"Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " +"the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "Listagem com variações" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" +" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " +"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "Listagem com itens específicos" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " +"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "Identificadores de produto" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " +"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " +"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " +"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " +"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " +"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "Como configurar o eBay no Odoo?" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "Crie tokens do eBay" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " +"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " +"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " +"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " +"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "Configurar tokens no Odoo?" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " +"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " +"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " +"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" +"Quando todos os campos estiverem preenchidos, você pode sincronizar as " +"categorias e as políticas clicando nos botões adequados." + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "Método de faturamento" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "Solicite um pagamento adiantado" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "Primeira vez que você solicita um adiantamento" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Fatura Normal" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Baixar pagamento (percentagem)" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Baixar pagamento (quantidade fixa)" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "Modifique a conta de receita e os impostos do cliente" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "Refaturar despesas aos clientes" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " +"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," +" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" +"Muitas vezes acontece que seus funcionários gastam seu dinheiro pessoal " +"enquanto trabalham em um projeto para seu cliente. Vejamos o exemplo de um " +"consultor que paga um hotel para trabalhar no site do seu cliente. Como " +"empresa, você gostaria de poder faturar essa despesa ao seu cliente." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de despesas" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "Adicione despesas ao seu pedido de vendas" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" +"No aplicativo de despesas, você ou seu consultor pode criar um novo, por " +"exemplo, o hotel durante a primeira semana no site do seu cliente." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" +"Você pode inserir uma descrição relevante e selecionar um produto existente " +"ou criar um novo a partir daí." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" +"De volta à despesa, adicione o pedido de venda original na despesa a ser " +"enviada." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" +"Ele pode então ser submetido ao gestor, aprovado e finalmente postado." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "Estará então no pedido de venda e pronto para ser faturado." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "Fatura com base nas quantidades entregues ou encomendadas" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "Fature marcos do projeto" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" +"O faturamento por marcos pode ser usado para projetos caros ou de grande " +"escala, com cada marco representando uma sequência clara de trabalho que " +"aumentará gradativamente até a conclusão do contrato. Este método de " +"faturamento é confortável tanto para a empresa, que tem a garantia de um " +"fluxo de caixa estável ao longo da vida do projeto, quanto para o cliente, " +"que pode acompanhar o andamento do projeto e pagar em várias prestações." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "Criar produtos de marco" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" +"Quando você confirmar a venda, a assinatura será criada automaticamente. " +"Você verá um link direto do pedido de venda para a Assinatura no canto " +"superior direito." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "Fature os marcos" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." +msgstr "" +"A partir do pedido de vendas, você consegue editar manualmente a quantidade " +"entregue a medida que você completa um marco." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "Você poderá faturar esse primeiro marco." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "Envie uma fatura pró-forma" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " +"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" +" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" +"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " +"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" +" not being a demand or request for payment." +msgstr "" +"Uma fatura pró-forma é uma fatura resumida ou estimada antes da entrega de " +"mercadorias. Ele observa o tipo e a quantidade das mercadorias, seu valor e " +"outras informações importantes, como peso e taxas de transporte. Faturas " +"pró-forma são comumente usadas como faturas preliminares com uma cotação ou " +"para fins alfandegários na importação. Eles diferem de uma fatura normal por" +" não ser uma demanda ou solicitação de pagamento." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "Ativar o recurso" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" +"forma invoice." +msgstr "" +"A partir de qualquer cotação ou pedido de venda, você sabe que tem a opção " +"de enviar uma fatura pró-forma." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " +"in attachment." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar em enviar, Odoo enviará um email com a fatura pró-forma em anexo." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "Vender assinaturas" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " +"planning ahead much easier." +msgstr "" +"Vender produtos de assinatura proporcionará uma receita previsível, tornando" +" o planejamento com antecedência muito mais fácil." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "Faça uma assinatura de um pedido de vendas" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " +"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " +"upper right corner." +msgstr "" +"Quando você confirmar a venda, a assinatura será criada automaticamente. " +"Você verá um link direto do pedido de venda para a assinatura no canto " +"superior direito." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "Faturamento com base em tempo e materiais" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" +"Tempo e materiais geralmente são usados ​​em projetos nos quais não é " +"possível estimar com precisão o tamanho do projeto, ou quando se espera que " +"os requisitos do projeto provavelmente mudem." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Isso se opõe a um contrato de preço fixo em que o proprietário concorda em " +"pagar ao contratante uma quantia fixa pelo cumprimento do contrato, não " +"importa o quanto os contratados paguem aos seus funcionários, subcontratados" +" e fornecedores." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." +msgstr "" +"Para esta documentação usarei o exemplo de um consultor, você precisará " +"faturar seu tempo, suas diversas despesas (transporte, hospedagem, ...) e " +"compras." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de tempo de fatura" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "Faturar o tempo gasto" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "Você também pode adicionar a tarefa em um projeto existente." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" +"Depois de confirmar um pedido de venda, você verá dois novos botões, um para" +" a visão geral do projeto e outro para a tarefa atual." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" +"Nas planilhas de horas, você pode atribuir quem trabalha nisso. Você ou eles" +" podem adicionar quantas horas trabalharam no projeto até agora." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "A partir do pedido de venda, você pode faturar essas horas." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "Fatura de compras" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." +msgstr "" +"A última coisa que você precisa adicionar ao pedido de venda são as compras " +"feitas para ele." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "" +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." +msgstr "" +"Ao fazer o pedido de compra, não se esqueça de adicionar a conta analítica " +"correta." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" +"Assim que o pedido for confirmado e recebido, você pode criar a fatura do " +"fornecedor, que irá adicioná-la automaticamente ao pedido de vendas, onde " +"você pode faturá-la." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "Produtos & Preços" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "Gerencie seus preços" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "Como vender em moedas estrangeiras" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" +"As listas de preços também podem ser usadas para gerenciar preços em moedas " +"estrangeiras." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " +"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " +"Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " +"pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" +" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" +"Os preços em moedas estrangeiras podem ser definidos de duas maneiras." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "Conversão automática de preço público" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " +"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "Estabeleça seus próprios preços" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" +" rates." +msgstr "" +"Isso é aconselhável se você não quiser que seu preço mude junto com as taxas" +" de câmbio." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "Como adaptar seus preços aos seus clientes e aplicar descontos" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" +" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " +"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " +"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " +"quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo tem um poderoso recurso de lista de preços para apoiar uma estratégia" +" de preços sob medida para o seu negócio. Uma lista de preços é uma lista de" +" preços ou regras de preços que Odoo pesquisa para determinar o preço " +"sugerido. Você pode definir vários critérios para usar um preço específico: " +"períodos, mínima quantidade vendida (atender a uma quantidade mínima do " +"pedido e obter um desconto no preço), etc." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "Vários preços por produto" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " +"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " +"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "Preços por segmento de cliente" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" +"Crie listas de preços para seus segmentos de clientes: por exemplo, " +"registrado, premium, etc." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " +"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " +"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "Preços temporários" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" +"Aplique acordos para feriados bancários, etc. Insira as datas de início e " +"término." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " +"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de ter os preços padrão definidos na lista de preços fora do " +"período de negócios. Caso contrário, você pode ter problemas após o término " +"do período." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "Preços por quantidade mínima" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " +"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" +"A ordem de preços não importa. O sistema é inteligente e aplica os primeiros" +" preços que correspondem à data do pedido e / ou às quantidades mínimas." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "Descontos, margens, arredondamentos" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" +" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " +"e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " +"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" +" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" +"Cada item da lista de preços pode ser associado a todos os produtos, a uma " +"categoria interna de produto (conjunto de produtos) ou a um produto " +"específico. Como na segunda opção, você pode definir datas e quantidades " +"mínimas." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " +"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" +"Mais uma vez, o sistema é inteligente. Se uma regra for definida para um " +"item específico e outra para sua categoria, o Odoo assumirá a regra do item." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de que pelo menos um item da lista de preços cubra todos os " +"seus produtos." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "Existem 3 modos de cálculo: preço fixo, desconto e fórmula." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" +"Aqui estão diferentes configurações de preços possíveis graças às fórmulas." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "Desconto com arredondamentos" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "por exemplo, descontos de 20% com preços arredondados para 9,99." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "Custos com aumentos (varejo)" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "Preços por país" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " +"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " +"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " +"pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" +"As listas de preços podem ser definidas por grupos de países. Qualquer novo " +"cliente registrado no Odoo recebe uma lista de preços padrão, ou seja, o " +"primeiro na lista correspondente ao país. No caso de nenhum país ser " +"definido para o cliente, Odoo assume a primeira lista de preços sem qualquer" +" grupo de países." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" +"A lista de preços padrão pode ser substituída ao criar um pedido de venda." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" +"Você pode alterar a sequência da lista de preços arrastando e soltando na " +"visualização de lista." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "Calcular e mostrar % de desconto aos clientes" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" +" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" +"Em caso de desconto, você pode mostrar o preço público e a % de desconto " +"computada nos pedidos de venda impressos e no seu catálogo de comércio " +"eletrônico. Para fazer isso:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "Aplique a opção no formulário de configuração da lista de preços." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "Gerencie seus produtos" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +msgstr "Como importar produtos com categorias e variantes" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Os modelos de importação são fornecidos na ferramenta de importação dos " +"dados mais comuns para importar (contatos, produtos, extratos bancários, " +"etc.). Você pode abri-los com qualquer software de planilhas (Microsoft " +"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "Como personalizar o arquivo" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" +"Remova as colunas de que você não precisa. Aconselhamos não remover o * ID *" +" (veja o motivo aqui abaixo)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" +"Defina um ID exclusivo para cada registro arrastando para baixo a sequência " +"de ID." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " +"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"import screen." +msgstr "" +"Não altere os rótulos das colunas que deseja importar. Caso contrário, o " +"Odoo não os reconhecerá mais e você terá que mapeá-los por conta própria na " +"tela de importação." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" +" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " +"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar novas colunas, sinta-se livre para adicionar novas colunas, " +"mas os campos precisam existir no Odoo. Se o Odoo falhar em combinar o nome " +"da coluna com um campo, você pode fazer isso manualmente ao importar " +"navegando em uma lista de campos disponíveis." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "Por que uma coluna “ID”" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " +"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +msgstr "" +"O ID é um identificador único para o item de linha. Sinta-se a vontade para " +"usar um de seu software anterior para facilitar a transição para o Odoo." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" +"Definir um ID não é obrigatório ao importar, mas ajuda em muitos casos:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" +"Atualizar importações: você pode importar o mesmo arquivo várias vezes sem " +"criar duplicatas;" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "Campos de relação de importação (veja aqui abaixo)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "Como importar campos de relação" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" +"Um objeto Odoo está sempre relacionado a muitos outros objetos (por exemplo," +" um produto está vinculado a categorias de produtos, atributos, " +"fornecedores, etc.). Para importar essas relações, você precisa primeiro " +"importar os registros do objeto relacionado de seu próprio menu de lista." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" +"Você pode fazer isso usando o nome do registro relacionado ou seu ID. O ID é" +" esperado quando dois registros têm o mesmo nome. Nesse caso, adicione \"/ " +"ID\" no final do título da coluna (por exemplo, para atributos do produto: " +"Atributos / Atributo / ID do produto)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "Definir impostos" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "Enviar Cotações" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "Estabeleça um prazo" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "Entregue e fature em diferentes endereços" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "Seja pago para confirmar um pedido" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +msgid "" +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "Registre um pagamento" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +msgid "" +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "Obtenha uma assinatura para confirmar um pedido" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "Ativar assinatura online" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "Use modelos de cotação" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +msgid "Create your first template" +msgstr "Crie o seu primeiro modelo" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " +"in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgstr "Use um modelo de cotação" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +msgid "Confirm the quotation" +msgstr "Confirme a cotação" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Termos e Condições Padrão" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73174eadf --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,558 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: grazziano , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 +msgid "Contact lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 +msgid "History with the Log Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "Lista negra" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations and Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Campanhas" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 +msgid "" +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "Set up SMS templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " +"the context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +msgid "" +"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " +"document online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +msgid "" +"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 +msgid "" +"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Começar" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 +msgid "" +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fa89cbcb --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,361 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 +msgid "Publish content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5866b34e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,939 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Silmar , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../studio.rst:5 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Conceitos" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model ` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " +"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " +"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " +"to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " +"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc ` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..262838940 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -0,0 +1,517 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../support.rst:5 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Suporte" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Versões suportadas" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo fornece suporte e correção de bugs ** para as 3 últimas versões " +"principais ** do Odoo." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Os usuários hospedados no ** Odoo Online ** podem usar versões " +"intermediárias (às vezes chamadas de * versões SaaS *) que também são " +"suportadas. Essas versões não são publicadas para instalações Odoo.sh ou On-" +"Premise." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "Qual é o status de suporte do meu Odoo?" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Esta matriz mostra o status de suporte de cada versão." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "** Os principais lançamentos estão em negrito. **" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo Online" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "No local" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Data de lançamento" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "|green|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "Outubro de 2020" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Outubro de 2019" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/D" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Agosto de 2019" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Outubro de 2018" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" +msgstr "*Fim do suporte esta planejado para Outubro de 2021*" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "|orange|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Abril de 2018" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "|red|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Outubro de 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Março de 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Janeiro de 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Outubro de 2016" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Maio de 2016" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Outubro de 2015" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Fevereiro de 2015" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Setembro de 2014" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|green| Versão suportada" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|red| Fim do suporte" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "N/D Nunca lançado para esta plataforma" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" +"|orange| Alguns de nossos clientes mais antigos ainda podem executar esta " +"versão em nossos servidores Odoo Online; fornecemos ajuda apenas para " +"bloquear problemas e aconselhamos a atualização." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Versão futura, ainda não lançada" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "Eu executo uma versão mais antiga de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 e 5.0 não é mais suportado, em qualquer plataforma." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 e 1.0 não é mais suportado, em qualquer plataforma." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." +msgstr "" +"Você deve considerar atualizar ` _ seu banco de " +"dados." + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "O que posso esperar do serviço de suporte?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "5 dias por semana" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Sua assinatura Odoo Online inclui ** suporte 24 horas ilimitado sem custo " +"extra, de segunda a sexta **. Nossas equipes estão localizadas em todo o " +"mundo para garantir que você tenha suporte, não importa sua localização. Seu" +" representante de suporte pode se comunicar com você de São Francisco, " +"Bélgica ou Índia!" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"`__." +msgstr "" +"Nossa equipe de suporte pode ser contatada através do nosso `formulário de " +"suporte online ` __." + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "Que tipo de suporte está incluído?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Fornecendo material relevante (diretrizes, documentação do produto, etc ...)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Respostas para problemas que você pode encontrar em seu banco de dados Odoo " +"padrão (por exemplo, “Não consigo fechar meu ponto de venda” ou “Não consigo" +" encontrar meus KPIs de vendas?”)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Perguntas relacionadas à sua conta, assinatura ou faturamento" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Resolução de bug (problemas de bloqueio ou comportamento inesperado não " +"devido a configuração incorreta ou personalização)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Problemas que podem ocorrer em um banco de dados de teste após a atualização" +" para uma versão mais recente" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" +"*O suporte Odoo não faz alterações em seu banco de dados de produção sem o " +"seu consentimento e apenas fornece o material e o conhecimento para você " +"mesmo fazer!*" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Que tipo de suporte não está incluído?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Perguntas que exigem que entendamos seus processos de negócios para ajudá-lo" +" a implementar seu banco de dados" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"Treinamento sobre como usar nosso software (iremos encaminhá-lo para nossos " +"diversos recursos)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "Importação de documentos em seu banco de dados" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Orientação sobre quais configurações aplicar dentro de um aplicativo ou " +"banco de dados" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Como definir modelos de configuração (os exemplos incluem: Rotas de estoque," +" condições de pagamento, depósitos, etc)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Qualquer intervenção em seus próprios servidores / implantações de Odoo" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" +"Qualquer intervenção em sua própria conta de terceiros (Ingenico, Authorize," +" UPS, etc)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Perguntas ou problemas relacionados a desenvolvimentos específicos ou " +"personalizações feitas pela Odoo ou por terceiros (isso é específico apenas " +"para seu banco de dados ou envolve código)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Você pode obter esse tipo de suporte com um `Pacote de sucesso " +"` __. Com um pacote, um de nossos " +"consultores irá analisar a forma como seu negócio funciona e dizer como você" +" pode obter o máximo de seu banco de dados Odoo. Cuidaremos de todas as " +"configurações e orientaremos você sobre como usar o Odoo." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "Onde encontrar ajuda?" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form `_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"Os usuários que possuem uma assinatura válida do Odoo Enterprise podem " +"sempre entrar em contato com nossas equipes de suporte através do nosso " +"`formulário de suporte ` _, não importa o tipo de" +" hospedagem que você escolheu (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh ou em seu próprio " +"servidor)." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "Inclua em sua solicitação:" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "Seu código de assinatura" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" +"a URL do seu banco de dados se o seu banco de dados é hospedado pela Odoo SA" +" (Odoo Online ou Odoo.sh)" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "Nossos agentes entrarão em contato com você o mais rápido possível." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Comunidade Odoo" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" +"* Os usuários da Odoo Community não têm acesso ao serviço de suporte. *" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "Aqui estão alguns recursos que podem ajudá-lo:" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." +msgstr "Nossas páginas de documentação ` _." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Faça sua pergunta no fórum da comunidade " +"` _." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" +"`Compre o Odoo Enterprise " +"` _ para " +"obter suporte e serviços de correção de bugs." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afe8a71cd --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: grazziano , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../survey.rst:5 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Pesquisa" + +#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Começar" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Seleção" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c924aa213 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Planilhas de Horas" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3 +msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control " +"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9 +msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the " +"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned " +"Hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` " +"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your " +"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27 +msgid "HR analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` " +"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent " +"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they " +"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to " +"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all " +"in favor of becoming a more proactive company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose an encoding unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the" +" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets" +" to help you encoding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours." +" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in" +" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25 +msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to" +" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a" +" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being" +" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales " +"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was " +"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44 +msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose " +"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be " +"approved first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "Send reminders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who " +"have not recorded their times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. " +"The data syncs once you are back online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`compare`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e72017746 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -0,0 +1,2576 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Mateus Lopes , 2020 +# grazziano , 2020 +# Marcos Abreu , 2020 +# PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital , 2020 +# Éder Brito , 2020 +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 +# Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# danimaribeiro , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# Luiz Carlos de Lima , 2020 +# Silmar , 2020 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../website.rst:5 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Site" + +#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "Otimize" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "Como acompanhar o tráfego do seu site no Google Analytics" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "Para acompanhar o tráfego do seu site com o Google Analytics:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" +"'Crie uma conta do Google Analytics '__ " +"se você não tiver nenhuma." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" +"Percorra o formulário de criação e aceite as condições para obter o ID de " +"rastreamento." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "Copie o ID de rastreamento para inseri-lo no Odoo." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" +"Vá para o menu * Configuração * do aplicativo Site no Odoo. Nas " +"configurações, ative o Google Analytics e cole o ID de rastreamento. Em " +"seguida, salve a página." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "Como rastrear o tráfego do seu site a partir do Painel Odoo" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" +"Você pode acompanhar as estatísticas de tráfego diretamente do seu Painel de" +" controle do site Odoo graças ao Google Analytics." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" +"Uma etapa preliminar é criar uma conta do Google Analytics e inserir o ID de" +" rastreamento nas configurações do seu site (consulte: doc: " +"`google_analytics`)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" +"Vá para a `plataforma de APIs do Google " +"` __ para gerar credenciais de API do" +" Analytics. Faça login com sua conta do Google." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "Selecione Analytics API." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" +"Crie um novo projeto e dê um nome a ele (por exemplo, Odoo). Este projeto é " +"necessário para armazenar suas credenciais de API." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Habilite a API." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "Crie credenciais para usar no Odoo." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" +"Selecione *Web browser (Javascript)* como fonte de chamada e *Dados do " +"usuário* como uma espécie de dados." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você pode criar um ID de cliente. Insira o nome do aplicativo " +"(por exemplo, Odoo) e as páginas permitidas para as quais você será " +"redirecionado. A * origem JavaScript autorizada * é o URL da instância do " +"Odoo. O * URI de redirecionamento autorizado * é o URL da instância do Odoo " +"seguido por '/ google_account /authentication'." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" +"Passe pela etapa Tela de consentimento inserindo um nome de produto (por " +"exemplo, Google Analytics no Odoo). Fique à vontade para verificar as opções" +" de personalização, mas isso não é obrigatório. A tela de consentimento só " +"aparecerá quando você inserir o ID do cliente no Odoo pela primeira vez." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "Finalmente, você receberá seu ID de cliente. Copie e cole no Odoo." + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " +"your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "Como última etapa, autorize o Odoo a acessar a API do Google." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) é um conjunto de boas práticas para " +"otimizar seu site para que você obtenha uma melhor classificação em " +"buscadores como o Google. Resumindo, um bom SEO permite que você obtenha " +"mais visitantes." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" +"Alguns exemplos de regras de SEO: suas páginas da web devem carregar rápido," +" sua página deve ter um e apenas um título ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, " +"tag de título) devem ser consistentes com o conteúdo, seu site deve ter um " +"arquivo `` / sitemap.xml``, etc." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir que os usuários do Odoo Website e Odoo eCommerce tenham um " +"ótimo SEO, o Odoo abstrai todas as complexidades técnicas do SEO e trata de " +"tudo para você, da melhor maneira possível. Isso será explicado a seguir." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" +"Mas, primeiro, vamos ver como você pode facilmente aumentar sua " +"classificação ajustando o conteúdo e as metatags de seu site." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Meta Tags" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Título, Descrição" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"Cada página da web deve definir os metadados `` <title> `` e `` " +"<description> ``. Esses elementos de informação são usados ​​pelos motores " +"de busca para promover o seu site. Eles são gerados automaticamente com base" +" no título e conteúdo da página, mas você pode ajustá-los. Certifique-se de " +"que eles se encaixam no conteúdo da página, caso contrário, você será " +"rebaixado pelos mecanismos de pesquisa." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Palavras-chave" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"A fim de escrever conteúdo de qualidade e aumentar seu tráfego, Odoo fornece" +" um localizador de `` <keyword> ``. Essas palavras-chave são as pesquisas " +"que você deseja direcionar ao seu site. Para cada palavra-chave, você vê " +"como ela é usada no conteúdo (H1, H2, título da página, descrição da página," +" conteúdo da página) e quais são as pesquisas relacionadas no Google. Quanto" +" mais palavras-chave forem usadas, melhor." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu site estiver em vários idiomas, você pode usar a ferramenta " +"Promover para cada idioma de uma única página e definir título, descrição e " +"tags de pesquisa específicos." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "O conteúdo é rei" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" +"Quando se trata de SEO, o conteúdo geralmente é rei. O Odoo fornece vários " +"módulos para ajudá-lo a construir o conteúdo do seu site:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "** Odoo Blogs **: escreva ótimos conteúdos." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"A página 404 é uma página normal, que você pode editar como qualquer outra " +"página no Odoo. Dessa forma, você pode construir uma ótima página 404 para " +"redirecionar para o conteúdo principal do seu site quando os visitantes se " +"perderem em URLs inválidos." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Use redes sociais" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" +"A mídia social é construída para compartilhamento em massa. Se muitas " +"pessoas compartilham seu conteúdo nas redes sociais, é provável que mais " +"pessoas façam um link para ele, e os links são um grande fator para a " +"classificação de SEO." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" +"O Odoo incorpora várias ferramentas para compartilhar conteúdo através da " +"mídia social:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Redes Sociais" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo permite vincular todas as suas contas de redes sociais no rodapé do " +"seu site. Tudo que você precisa fazer é referir todas as suas contas nas " +"configurações da sua empresa." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Compartilhamento Social" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" +"Solte o bloco de construção * Compartilhe * em qualquer página que você " +"deseja que seus visitantes compartilhem. Ao clicar no ícone, eles são " +"solicitados a compartilhar a página em seu mural de mídia social." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das redes sociais usa uma imagem da imagem para decorar a postagem" +" de compartilhamento. O Odoo usa o logotipo do site por padrão, mas você " +"pode escolher qualquer outra imagem da sua página na ferramenta Promover." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Página do Facebook" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" +"Abandone o bloco de construção * Página do Facebook * para exibir um widget " +"de sua página de negócios do Facebook e encorajar os visitantes a segui-lo. " +"Você pode exibir a linha do tempo, os próximos eventos e as mensagens." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Teste seu site" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "Tratamento de URLs" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "Esta seção esclarece como o Odoo torna os URLs amigáveis ​​para SEO." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "Estrutura de URLs" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Um URL Odoo típico será semelhante a este:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "Com os seguintes componentes:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocolo" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.meusite.com** = seu nome de domínio" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"*/fr\\_FR** = linguagem de página. Esta parte da URL é removida se o " +"visitante navegar pelo idioma principal do site Assim, a versão principal " +"desta página é: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" +"** / shop / product ** = cada módulo define seu próprio namespace (/ shop é " +"para o catálogo do módulo de comércio eletrônico, / shop / product é para " +"uma página de produto)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"** meu-grande-produtot ** = por padrão, este é o título slugified do produto" +" ao qual esta página se refere. Mas você pode personalizá-lo para fins de " +"SEO. Um produto denominado \"Pain carré\" será classificado como \"pain-" +"carre\". Dependendo do namespace, podem ser objetos diferentes (postagem no " +"blog, título da página, postagem no fórum, comentário no fórum, categoria de" +" produto, etc.)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = o ID exclusivo do produto" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Observe que qualquer componente dinâmico de um URL pode ser reduzido ao seu " +"ID. Por exemplo, todos os seguintes URLs fazem um redirecionamento 301 para " +"o URL acima:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versão curta)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versão ainda mais curta)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (nome do " +"produto antigo)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Algumas URLs têm várias partes dinâmicas, como esta (uma categoria de blog e" +" uma postagem):" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "No exemplo acima:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "* Notícias da empresa * é o título do blog" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "* A história do Odoo* é o título de uma postagem de blog específica" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Quando uma página Odoo tem um pager, o número da página é definido " +"diretamente na URL (não tem um argumento GET). Isso permite que todas as " +"páginas sejam indexadas por mecanismos de pesquisa. Exemplo:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Mudanças em URLs e títulos" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Quando o URL de uma página muda (por exemplo, uma versão mais amigável de " +"SEO do nome do seu produto), você não precisa se preocupar em atualizar " +"todos os links:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo atualizará automaticamente todos os seus links para o novo URL." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Por exemplo, este URL:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Irá redirecionar automaticamente para:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"Os mecanismos de pesquisa aumentam a classificação de sites HTTPS / SSL " +"seguros. Portanto, por padrão, todas as instâncias do Odoo Online são " +"totalmente baseadas em HTTPS. Se o visitante acessa seu site por meio de um " +"URL não HTTPS, ele obtém um redirecionamento 301 para seu equivalente HTTPS." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "Links: Estratégia Nofollow" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" +"Quanto mais uma página tiver links de sites externos e de qualidade, melhor " +"será para o seu SEO." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "Aqui estão as estratégias Odoo para gerenciar links:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" +"Cada link que você adiciona ao seu site é \"dofollow\", o que significa que " +"esse link contribuirá para o SEO Juice da página vinculada." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" +"Cada link postado por um contribuidor (postagem no fórum, comentário no " +"blog, etc.) que direciona ao seu próprio site também é \"dofollow\"." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Mas todo link postado por um contribuidor que leva a um site externo é " +"\"nofollow\". Dessa forma, você não corre o risco de as pessoas postarem " +"links em seu site para sites de terceiros com má reputação." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" +"Observe que, ao usar o fórum, os contribuidores com muito Karma são " +"confiáveis. Nesse caso, seus links não terão nenhum atributo `` rel = " +"\"nofollow\" ``." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "Suporte multilíngue" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "URLs multilíngues" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Se você administrar um site em vários idiomas, o mesmo conteúdo estará " +"disponível em URLs diferentes, dependendo do idioma usado:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (língua principal, ingês" +" aqui)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (versão " +"francesa)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo, fr\\_FR é o idioma da página. Você pode até ter várias " +"variações da mesma língua: pt\\_BR (português do Brasil) , pt\\_PT " +"(português de Portugal)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "Anotação de linguagem" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" +"Para permitir que os mecanismos de pesquisa saibam que o segundo URL é a " +"tradução francesa do primeiro URL, Odoo adicionará um elemento de link HTML " +"no cabeçalho. Na seção HTML <head> da versão principal, Odoo adiciona " +"automaticamente um elemento de link apontando para as versões traduzidas " +"daquela página da web;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "Com esta abordagem:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" +"Você não será penalizado pelos motores de busca se sua página ainda não foi " +"traduzida. Na verdade, não é um conteúdo duplicado, mas uma versão diferente" +" do mesmo conteúdo." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "Detecção de idiomas" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" +"Da próxima vez, ele mantém um cookie do idioma atual para evitar qualquer " +"redirecionamento." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Para forçar um visitante a seguir o idioma padrão, você pode usar o código " +"do idioma padrão em seu link, por exemplo: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"Isso sempre direcionará os visitantes para a versão em inglês da página, sem" +" usar as preferências de idioma do navegador." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "Velocidade da Página" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" +"O tempo para carregar uma página é um critério importante para os mecanismos" +" de pesquisa. Um site mais rápido não apenas melhora a experiência do " +"visitante, mas também fornece uma melhor classificação da página. Alguns " +"estudos mostraram que, se você dividir o tempo para carregar suas páginas " +"por dois (por exemplo, 2 segundos em vez de 4 segundos), a taxa de abandono " +"do visitante também é dividida por dois. (25% a 12,5%). Um segundo extra " +"para carregar uma página pode custar US $ 1,6 bilhão para a Amazon em vendas" +" <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales> `__." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" +"Felizmente, o Odoo faz toda a mágica para você. Abaixo, você encontrará os " +"truques que o Odoo usa para acelerar o tempo de carregamento da sua página. " +"Você pode comparar a classificação do seu site usando estas duas " +"ferramentas:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Imagens" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" +"Quando você faz upload de novas imagens, o Odoo as compacta automaticamente " +"para reduzir seus tamanhos (compactação sem perdas para .PNG e .GIF e " +"compactação com perdas para .JPG)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"No botão de upload, você tem a opção de manter a imagem original inalterada " +"se preferir otimizar a qualidade da imagem em vez do desempenho." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo compacta as imagens quando elas são enviadas para o seu site, não " +"quando solicitado pelo visitante. Assim, é possível que, se você usar um " +"tema de terceiros, ele forneça imagens que não são compactadas de forma " +"eficiente. Mas todas as imagens usadas nos temas oficiais do Odoo foram " +"compactadas por padrão." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Quando você clica em uma imagem, o Odoo mostra os atributos Alt e title da " +"tag `` <img> ``. Você pode clicar nele para definir seu próprio título e " +"atributos Alt para a imagem." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Ao clicar neste link, a seguinte janela aparecerá:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Os pictogramas do Odoo são implementados usando uma fonte (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>` __ na maioria dos temas" +" Odoo). Assim, você pode usar quantos pictogramas quiser em sua página, eles" +" não resultarão em solicitações extras para carregar a página." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "Recursos estáticos: CSS" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" +"Todos os arquivos CSS são pré-processados, concatenados, minimizados, " +"compactados e armazenados em cache (servidor e navegador). O resultado:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" +"apenas uma solicitação de arquivo CSS é necessária para carregar uma página" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" +"esse arquivo CSS é compartilhado e armazenado em cache entre as páginas, de " +"modo que, quando o visitante clicar em outra página, o navegador não precise" +" carregar nem um único recurso CSS." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "este arquivo CSS é otimizado para ser pequeno" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" +"** Pré-processado: ** O framework CSS usado pelo Odoo é Bootstrap. Embora um" +" tema possa usar outra estrutura, a maioria dos temas do ʻOdoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes> `__ estendem e personalizam o Bootstrap " +"diretamente. Como Odoo oferece suporte a Less e Sass, você pode modificar as" +" regras CSS em vez de substituí-las por meio de linhas CSS extras, " +"resultando em um arquivo menor." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" +"** Concatenado: ** cada módulo ou biblioteca que você pode usar no Odoo tem " +"seu próprio conjunto de arquivos CSS, Less ou Sass (eCommerce, blogs, temas," +" etc.). Ter vários arquivos CSS é ótimo para a modularidade, mas não é bom " +"para o desempenho porque a maioria dos navegadores só pode realizar 6 " +"solicitações em paralelo, resultando em muitos arquivos carregados em série." +" O tempo de latência para transferir um arquivo geralmente é muito maior do " +"que o tempo real de transferência de dados, para arquivos pequenos como .JS " +"e .CSS. Portanto, o tempo para carregar os recursos CSS depende mais do " +"número de solicitações a serem feitas do que do tamanho real do arquivo." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" +"Para resolver esse problema, todos os arquivos CSS / Less / Sass são " +"concatenados em um único arquivo .CSS para enviar ao navegador. Portanto, um" +" visitante tem ** apenas um arquivo .CSS para carregar ** por página, o que " +"é particularmente eficiente. Como o CSS é compartilhado entre todas as " +"páginas, quando o visitante clica em outra página, o navegador nem precisa " +"carregar um novo arquivo CSS!" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "** Ambos os arquivos no <head> **" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "** O que o visitante obtém (apenas um arquivo) **" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "fundo: amarelo" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "fundo: amarelo;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" +"O CSS enviado por Odoo inclui todos os CSS / Less / Sass de todas as páginas" +" / módulos. Ao fazer isso, visualizações de páginas adicionais do mesmo " +"visitante não precisarão carregar arquivos CSS. Mas alguns módulos podem " +"incluir grandes recursos CSS / Javascript que você não deseja pré-buscar na " +"primeira página porque são muito grandes. Nesse caso, o Odoo divide esse " +"recurso em um segundo pacote que é carregado apenas quando a página que o " +"usa é solicitada. Um exemplo disso é o backend que só é carregado quando o " +"visitante efetua login e acessa o backend (/ web)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" +"Se o arquivo CSS for muito grande, o Odoo o dividirá em dois arquivos " +"menores para evitar o limite de 4095 seletores por folha do Internet " +"Explorer. Mas a maioria dos temas fica abaixo desse limite." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" +"**Minificado:** Após ser pré-processado e concatenado, o CSS resultante é " +"minificado para reduzir seu tamanho." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "** Antes da minificação **" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "** Após minificação **" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "O resultado final é compactado antes de ser entregue ao navegador." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, uma versão em cache é armazenada no lado do servidor (para que " +"não tenhamos que pré-processar, concatenar, minificar a cada solicitação) e " +"no lado do navegador (para que o mesmo visitante carregue o CSS apenas uma " +"vez para todas as páginas que visitar)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "Recursos estáticos: Javascript" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" +"Assim como os recursos CSS, os recursos Javascript também são concatenados, " +"minimizados, compactados e armazenados em cache (lado do servidor e lado do " +"navegador)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "O Odoo cria três pacotes Javascript:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Um para todas as páginas do site (incluindo código para efeitos de paralaxe," +" validação de formulário, etc.)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" +"Um para código Javascript comum compartilhado entre front-end e back-end " +"(Bootstrap)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" +"Um para código Javascript específico de back-end (interface Odoo Web Client " +"para seus funcionários usando Odoo)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" +"A maioria dos visitantes do seu site precisará apenas dos dois primeiros " +"pacotes, resultando em um máximo de dois arquivos Javascript para carregar " +"para processar uma página. Como esses arquivos são compartilhados por todas " +"as páginas, outros cliques do mesmo visitante não carregarão nenhum outro " +"recurso Javascript." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" +"Se você ativar o recurso CDN no Odoo, os recursos estáticos (Javascript, " +"CSS, imagens) serão carregados de uma Rede de distribuição de conteúdo. Usar" +" uma rede de distribuição de conteúdo tem três vantagens:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" +"Carregue recursos de um servidor próximo (a maioria dos CDN tem servidores " +"nos principais países do mundo)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" +"Recursos de cache de forma eficiente (sem uso de recursos de computação em " +"seu próprio servidor)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" +"Divida o carregamento de recursos em serviços diferentes, permitindo " +"carregar mais recursos em paralelo (já que o limite do Chrome de 6 " +"solicitações paralelas é por domínio)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" +"Você pode configurar as opções de CDN no aplicativo ** Admin do site **, " +"usando o menu Configuração. Aqui está um exemplo de configuração que você " +"pode usar:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "Páginas HTML" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" +"As páginas HTML podem ser compactadas, mas isso geralmente é feito pelo seu " +"servidor web (NGINX ou Apache)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" +"O construtor de sites do Odoo foi otimizado para garantir código HTML limpo " +"e curto. Os blocos de construção foram desenvolvidos para produzir código " +"HTML limpo, geralmente usando Bootstrap e o editor de HTML." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, se você usar o seletor de cores para alterar a cor de um " +"parágrafo para a cor primária do seu site, Odoo produzirá o seguinte código:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" +"Enquanto a maioria dos editores de HTML (como o CKEditor) produzirá o " +"seguinte código:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "Design Responsivo" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" +"Os sites que não são compatíveis com dispositivos móveis são afetados " +"negativamente nas classificações dos mecanismos de pesquisa. Todos os temas " +"Odoo contam com Bootstrap para renderizar de forma eficiente de acordo com o" +" dispositivo: desktop, tablet ou celular." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" +"Como todos os módulos do Odoo compartilham a mesma tecnologia, absolutamente" +" todas as páginas do seu site são compatíveis com dispositivos móveis." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "Cache do navegador" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" +"Isso permite que Odoo defina um atraso de cache muito longo (XXX) nesses " +"recursos: XXX segundos, enquanto é atualizado instantaneamente se você " +"atualizar o recurso." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "Escalabilidade" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" +"Aqui está o slide que resume a escalabilidade do Odoo Website & eCommerce." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "Arquivos de mecanismos de busca" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Mapa do site" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" +"O mapa do site indica páginas a serem indexadas para robôs de mecanismos de " +"pesquisa. O Odoo gera um arquivo `` / sitemap.xml`` automaticamente para " +"você. Por motivos de desempenho, esse arquivo é armazenado em cache e " +"atualizado a cada 12 horas." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, todos os URLs estarão em um único arquivo ''/sitemap.xml'', mas " +"se você tiver um monte de páginas, o Odoo criará automaticamente um arquivo " +"do Índice do Sitemap, respeitando o protocolo 'sitemaps.org " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>'__ agrupando URL do sitemap em 45000" +" pedaços por arquivo." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" +"Cada entrada de mapa do site tem 4 atributos que são calculados " +"automaticamente:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "`` <loc> ``: o URL de uma página" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" +"''<lastmod>'' : última data de modificação do recurso, calculada " +"automaticamente com base em objeto relacionado. Para uma página relacionada " +"a um produto, esta pode ser a última data de modificação do produto ou da " +"página.</lastmod>" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" +"`` <priority> ``: os módulos podem implementar seu próprio algoritmo de " +"prioridade baseado em seu conteúdo (exemplo: um fórum pode atribuir uma " +"prioridade com base no número de votos em uma postagem específica). A " +"prioridade de uma página estática é definida por seu campo de prioridade, " +"que é normalizado (16 é o padrão)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "Marcação de dados estruturados" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" +"A marcação de dados estruturada é usada para gerar fragmentos ricos nos " +"resultados dos mecanismos de busca. É uma forma de os proprietários de sites" +" enviarem dados estruturados para robôs de mecanismos de busca; ajudando-os " +"a entender seu conteúdo e a criar resultados de pesquisa bem apresentados." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" +"O Google suporta uma série de trechos ricos para tipos de conteúdo, " +"incluindo: Avaliações, Pessoas, Produtos, Empresas, Eventos e Organizações." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" +"O Odoo implementa microdados conforme definido na especificação `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>` __ para eventos, produtos de comércio eletrônico, " +"postagens de fóruns e endereços de contato. Isso permite que as páginas de " +"seus produtos sejam exibidas no Google usando informações extras, como o " +"preço e a avaliação de um produto:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" +"Ao indexar seu site, os motores de busca dão uma primeira olhada nas regras " +"gerais de indexação do arquivo a`` / robots.txt`` (robôs permitidos, caminho" +" do mapa do site, etc.). O Odoo o cria automaticamente. Seu conteúdo é:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "Agente do usuário: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" +"Isso significa que todos os robôs têm permissão para indexar seu site e não " +"há outra regra de indexação além da especificada no mapa do site que pode " +"ser encontrado no endereço a seguir." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Publicar" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "Como usar meu próprio nome de domínio" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, sua instância e site do Odoo Online têm um nome de domínio * " +".odoo.com *, tanto para o URL quanto para os e-mails. Mas você pode mudar " +"para um personalizado (por exemplo, www.suaempresa.com)." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "O que é um bom nome de domínio" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" +"O endereço do seu site é tão importante para a sua marca quanto o nome da " +"sua empresa ou organização, portanto, pense um pouco para alterá-lo para um " +"domínio adequado. Aqui estão algumas dicas:" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "Simples e obvio" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "Fácil de lembrar e soletrar" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "Quanto mais curto melhor" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "Evite caracteres especiais" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "Aponte para uma extensão .com e/ou seu país" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" +"Leia mais: 'Como escolher um nome de domínio para SEO máximo " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>'__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "Como comprar um nome de domínio" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "Compre seu nome de domínio em um registrador popular:" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" +"As etapas para comprar um nome de domínio são bastante simples. Em caso de " +"problema, confira esses tutoriais fáceis:" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" +"Sinta-se à vontade para comprar um servidor de e-mail para ter endereços de " +"e-mail usando seu nome de domínio. No entanto, não compre nenhum serviço " +"extra para criar ou hospedar seu site. Este é o trabalho do Odoo!" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Como aplicar meu nome de domínio à minha instância Odoo" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" +"Primeiro vamos autorizar o redirecionamento (suaempresa.com -> " +"suaempresa.odoo.com):" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "Abra sua conta Odoo.com em sua página inicial." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "Vá para a página * Gerenciar bancos de dados *." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" +"Clique em * Domínios * à direita do banco de dados que deseja redirecionar." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" +"Um prompt de domínio de banco de dados aparecerá. Insira seu domínio " +"personalizado (por exemplo, www.suaempresa.com)." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" +"Agora podemos aplicar o redirecionamento da conta de administrador do seu " +"nome de domínio:" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" +"Faça login em sua conta e pesquise a página de gerenciamento de zonas DNS." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" +"Crie um registro CNAME * www.seudominio.com * apontando para * " +"meuwebsite.odoo.com *. Se você deseja usar o domínio sem www (por exemplo, " +"seudominio.com), é necessário redirecionar * seudomínio.com * para * " +"www.seudominio.com *." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Aqui estão algumas diretrizes específicas para criar um registro CNAME:" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "Como habilitar SSL (HTTPS) para minha instância Odoo" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" +"Até recentemente, os usuários do Odoo precisavam usar um provedor de " +"serviços CDN terceirizado, como o CloudFlare, para habilitar SSL." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" +"Não é mais necessário: o Odoo gera o certificado para você automaticamente, " +"usando integração com `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority e protocolo ACME " +"<https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>` __. Para fazer isso, basta " +"adicionar seu nome de domínio no portal do cliente (um certificado separado " +"é gerado para cada nome de domínio especificado)." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" +"Se você já usa CloudFlare ou um serviço semelhante, pode continuar usando ou" +" simplesmente mudar para o Odoo. A escolha é sua." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "Meu site é indexado duas vezes pelo Google" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" +"Se você configurar um nome de domínio personalizado * meudominio.com * para " +"* meubancodedados.odoo.com *, o Google indexará seu site com os dois nomes. " +"Esta é uma limitação das plataformas de nuvem Odoo /" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "Gerencie vários sites" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" +"Os multi-sites da Odoo oferecem amplas possibilidades de diversificação e " +"segmentação de clientes para o seu negócio. Uma audiência multiplicada e " +"receita aumentada estão agora a apenas alguns cliques de distância!" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" +"Cada site pode funcionar de maneira totalmente independente, com seu tema, " +"marca, nome de domínio, cabeçalho e rodapé, páginas, idiomas, produtos, " +"postagens de blog, fórum, slides, eventos, canais de chat ao vivo, etc. " +"Vamos fazer um tour!" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" +"No próximo prompt, defina um nome para seu novo site e um nome de domínio " +"específico. Deixe em branco para publicar o novo site sob o domínio padrão " +"de seu banco de dados Odoo. Posteriormente, você pode definir alguns grupos " +"de países para redirecionar os visitantes a ele usando Geo IP." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, selecione um tema. Este novo site pode ter um objetivo ou " +"público totalmente diferente do primeiro. Portanto, fique à vontade para " +"escolher um tema diferente!" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" +"Assim que o tema for selecionado, você pode começar a construir a página " +"inicial do seu site. Siga as gotas roxas; eles o ajudarão nos primeiros " +"passos." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "Crie o menu" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "Mudar de um site para outro" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" +"Tão fácil quanto ABC! Há um alternador de sites no canto direito da barra de" +" edição. Mudar para outro site irá conectar ao domínio deste site. Se você " +"usar outro domínio para o site, o usuário será solicitado a fazer login." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Adicionar recursos" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" +"Até recentemente, os usuários Odoo precisavam usar um provedor de serviços " +"CDN terceirizado, como o CloudFlare, para habilitar SSL." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" +"Cada site vem com uma grande variedade de opções específicas nas " +"configurações. Primeiro, selecione o site a ser configurado." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, dê uma olhada nas opções sinalizadas com o ícone de terra. Isso " +"significa que eles afetam apenas o site em que você está trabalhando." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "Você pode, por exemplo, definir específicos:" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "idiomas," + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "nomes de domínio," + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "links de mídia social," + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "modo de portal do cliente (B2C vs. B2B)," + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "canais de chat ao vivo dedicados," + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "As outras opções são globais e se aplicam a todos os seus sites." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "Gerenciar nomes de domínio" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "Personalize a experiência do visitante" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" +"A experiência do cliente pode ser personalizada muito profundamente graças " +"ao menu \\*Personalize\\*. Todas as opções visuais disponíveis são " +"específicas para cada site. Passe pelas diferentes páginas para adaptá-las a" +" esse novo público. Concentre-se em fluxos de trabalho e páginas automáticas" +" (checkout de eCommerce, blogs, eventos, etc.) à medida que o número de " +"opções disponíveis é maior lá." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "Publique conteúdo específico por site" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" +"Assim como as páginas estáticas, qualquer conteúdo criado no front-end " +"(produto, postagem no blog, etc.) é sempre publicado apenas no site atual. " +"Você pode alterar isso na visualização do formulário de edição no backend e " +"deixar o campo * Site * em branco. Isso o publicará em todos os sites." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" +"Aqui estão todos os objetos que você pode vincular a * um ou todos os sites " +"*:" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Produtos" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "Categorias de produtos para comércio eletrônico" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "Canais de slides" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Fóruns" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Eventos" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Cargos" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" +"Quando você cria o registro do back-end e o publica, normalmente um produto " +"ou evento, ele é disponibilizado em todos os sites." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "Publique uma página em todos os sites" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" +"Se você quiser duplicá-lo em apenas um outro site, duplique a página e " +"configure o novo site." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" +"Quando você edita a página novamente, a alteração afeta apenas o site atual." +" Uma nova página é duplicada e vinculada ao site. A página original ainda " +"está vinculada a todos os sites." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" +"Ao agrupar as páginas por URL no gerenciador de páginas, você encontra " +"rapidamente a página original atrás de cada página editada." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi Empresas" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" +"Cada site pode ser vinculado a uma empresa específica do seu sistema, em um " +"ambiente multiempresas." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Com essa configuração, apenas os dados relativos à empresa aparecem no site " +"(produtos, empregos, eventos, etc.)." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" +"Os editores do site podem apenas visualizar e editar as páginas dos " +"registros aos quais eles têm acesso, normalmente aqueles pertencentes à sua " +"empresa atual (e às suas subsidiárias ou empresas filhas no idioma Odoo). E " +"assim é para os visitantes." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" +"Se os sites forem multiempresas, você não muda de empresa ao trocar de site." +" Para mudar de empresa e ver o conteúdo relacionado, use o seletor de " +"empresas no menu." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "Configure o seu site de comércio eletrônico" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" +"o comércio eletrônico é um recurso crucial no ambiente de vários sites. " +"Fizemos isso para que todo o fluxo possa ser customizado para se adequar ao " +"próprio público de cada site." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "Produtos disponíveis apenas em um site" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" +"Já vimos anteriormente como publicar um registro específico em apenas um " +"site. Você encontrará o campo \\*Website\\* na guia eCommerce do formulário " +"de edição do produto. Meios vazios disponíveis em todos os sites." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "Produtos disponíveis em * alguns * sites" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" +"Para disponibilizar um produto em alguns sites, mas não em todos, você deve " +"duplicar o produto para cada site." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Se você precisar de uma referência exclusiva para gerenciar em seu estoque, " +"deve instalar * Manufatura \\ e criar * Kits * BoMs (listas de materiais). " +"Cada kit vinculará cada produto “virtual” publicado à referência principal " +"gerenciada em seu inventário. Dessa forma, qualquer item vendido em seu site" +" será convertido em item armazenável na ordem de entrega." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Lista de preços" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" +"Para gerenciar preços específicos por sites, você pode ativar * Vários " +"preços de venda por produto * nas configurações do site." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" +"Se precisar de ajuda. Selecione um site para disponibilizar uma lista de " +"preços apenas neste site." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" +"Deixar o campo vazio significa que você o fará funcionar em todos os sites " +"se * Selecionável * estiver selecionado. Caso contrário, ele o torna " +"disponível apenas para operações de back-end de aplicativos de vendas e " +"ponto de venda." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "Adquirentes de pagamento e métodos de entrega" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, adquirentes de pagamento publicados e métodos de entrega são " +"implantados em todos os sites. Você já pode usar adquirentes de pagamento " +"específicos por país usando Geo IP, definindo países em sua configuração. " +"Agora você também pode fazer isso por site preenchendo o campo * Site *." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "Contas de clientes" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" +"Há uma configuração para escolher como gerenciar contas de clientes nas " +"configurações do site. Você pode permitir que os clientes usem uma conta em " +"todos os sites ou obrigá-los a criar uma conta para cada site. Esta última " +"opção é conveniente se seus sites não devem ser relacionados entre si na " +"mente do visitante." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "Dicas técnicas para personalização" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja publicar objetos personalizados no site, aqui estão algumas " +"dicas para fazê-lo funcionar com vários sites:" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" +"Mapa do site: não se esqueça do domínio no caminho para apenas publicar" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "registros disponíveis no mapa do site de cada site." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "Acesso: você deve chamar o método" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* no controlador para garantir que o " +"visitante possa ver um registro no site atual." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" +"Pesquisa: quando uma lista de registros for exibida, não se esqueça de " +"especificar" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" +"o domínio para exibir apenas os registros disponíveis para o site atual." + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "Como traduzir meu site" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" +"Além de criar excelentes sites modernos, o Odoo oferece a possibilidade de " +"traduzi-lo em diferentes idiomas." + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "Processo" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" +"Depois que seu site for criado, você terá a oportunidade de traduzi-lo em " +"quantos idiomas quiser." + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" +"Existem duas maneiras de traduzir seu site, você pode fazê-lo manualmente ou" +" automaticamente com o aplicativo Gengo. Se você quiser fazer isso " +"automaticamente, vá para o módulo ** App ** e instale ** traduções " +"automatizadas através do Gengo Api ** e do ** Website Gengo Translator **. " +"Se você quiser fazer isso manualmente, não instale nada e siga para a " +"próxima etapa." + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" +"Agora vá para o seu site. No canto inferior direito da página, clique em ** " +"Adicionar um idioma **." + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" +"Escolha o idioma para o qual deseja traduzir seu site e clique em ** " +"Carregar .**" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" +"Você verá que agora, ao lado do inglês também está o francês, o que " +"significa que a página para a tradução foi criada. Você também pode ver que " +"parte do texto foi traduzido automaticamente." + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" +"Para traduzir o conteúdo do site, clique em ** Traduzir ** (aqui ** Traduire" +" **, pois queremos traduzir o site para o francês)." + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "O conteúdo que você deseja traduzir será traduzido automaticamente." + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" +"Agora você pode ver que a maior parte do conteúdo está destacada em amarelo " +"ou verde. O amarelo representa o conteúdo que você deve traduzir sozinho. O " +"verde representa o conteúdo que já foi traduzido automaticamente." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 9f591314d..f6f35c051 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -11,20 +11,22 @@ # ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2020 # Alex Puchkov <ap@alteco.co>, 2020 # Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 # Yuriy Ney <k_wizard@mail.ru>, 2020 # Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Gennady Marchenko <gennadym@gmail.com>, 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Collex100, 2020 # Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -42,12 +44,12 @@ msgstr "Банк и наличные" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банковский канал" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банковские выписки" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -222,7 +224,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 @@ -479,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку Присоединить, когда это будет сделано." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" @@ -503,6 +505,9 @@ msgid "" "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" +"После создания счета PayPal вернитесь на панель приборов ** Бухучета ** и " +"нажмите кнопку ** Синхронизировать **. В диалоговом окне выберите ** PayPal " +"** как онлайн-учреждение и нажмите кнопку настройки." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." @@ -827,10 +832,13 @@ msgid "" "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "" +"Счет перемещения по умолчанию будет автоматически создан также в зависимости" +" от законодательства вашей страны. При необходимости его можно изменить с " +"той же страницы." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте второй банковский счет / журнал" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -866,7 +874,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введите внутренний перевод" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -910,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт банковские выписки и согласуйте их" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -928,6 +936,11 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" +"Это потому, что мы не импортировали банковскую выписку, подтверждающую " +"получение и отправление денег. Таким образом, нужно импортировать банковскую" +" выписку и согласовать платеж с правильным строкой выписки банка. Как только" +" вы получите свои банковские выписки, нажмите кнопку ** новая выписка ** " +"соответствующего банка, чтобы импортировать их." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -964,6 +977,10 @@ msgid "" "both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." msgstr "" +"Эти же шаги нужно будет повторить после получения второй банковского " +"выписки. Заметьте, что если вы указываете одинаковую сумму и одинаковую " +"примечание как в банковских выписках, так и в платежных операциях, тогда " +"согласования произойдет автоматически." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 @@ -974,7 +991,7 @@ msgstr "Сверка с банком" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Модели Сверки" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1240,6 +1257,8 @@ msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" +"Теперь мы можем всегда находить детали платежа в счете, нажав " +":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1300,6 +1319,8 @@ msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" +"Например, если в вашей банковской выписке отсутствует партнер, заполните " +"его:" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1316,7 +1337,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" @@ -1502,6 +1523,8 @@ msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть банковский счет в иностранной валюте, для каждой транзакции " +"Odoo сохраняет два значения:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" @@ -1540,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте валюту" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1550,6 +1573,12 @@ msgid "" "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" +"После того, как Odoo будет настроено на поддержку нескольких валют, вам " +"необходимо включить валюты, с которыми вы планируете работать. Чтобы сделать" +" это, перейдите в меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Все " +"валюты создаются по умолчанию, но вам следует активировать те, с которым вы " +"планируете поддерживать (чтобы активировать валюту, отметьте это поле, как " +""Активно")." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1564,6 +1593,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" +"Нажмите на ссылку ** Обновить сейчас **, чтобы обновить курсы валют сейчас." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -1602,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример: счет поставщика в иностранной валюте" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1624,6 +1654,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" +"Когда вы готовы оплатить этот счет, нажмите зарегистрировать платеж на " +"счету, чтобы записать платеж." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1647,7 +1679,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сверки с клиентами" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1655,6 +1687,9 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" +"Сверки с клиентами и поставщиками руководствуются в валюте счета. Таким " +"образом, сумма, которая принадлежит вашим клиентам (вашим поставщикам), " +"всегда выражается в валюте счета." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1747,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заполните начальный и конечный баланс" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1806,7 +1841,7 @@ msgstr "Аргентина" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введение" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1861,7 +1896,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "План счетов" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1964,7 +1999,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Партнёр" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 @@ -2254,7 +2289,6 @@ msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Последовательность" @@ -2644,7 +2678,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" @@ -2917,7 +2951,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:665 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Финансовые отчеты" @@ -3050,10 +3084,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " -"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " -"automatically when the localization module is installed." +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 @@ -3152,102 +3186,77 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 -msgid "" -"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " -"most common document types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " -"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "" "For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " "Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" -"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " -"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" -" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " -"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " -"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " -"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " -"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 msgid "" -"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" -" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " -"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " -"sequence:" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 -msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 -msgid "Open the sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 -msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 -msgid "Save the sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" -"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " -"and quantity available are updated:" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transation is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:340 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3255,43 +3264,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:358 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:372 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3299,7 +3308,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:387 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3307,38 +3316,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:401 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:412 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3346,28 +3355,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:431 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:442 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3376,48 +3385,48 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:463 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:465 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:468 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:479 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:481 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3425,92 +3434,92 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 msgid "" "Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" "[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 msgid "" -"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " -"document as the one you’re using is expired." +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " +"using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "сторно" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " -"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" -" in the SII." +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid "" -"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " -"on each sequence." +"Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " +"each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:545 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3518,34 +3527,34 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:553 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:575 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:577 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3553,59 +3562,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:604 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:625 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3613,11 +3622,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:637 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3625,11 +3634,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:649 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -3637,18 +3646,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:659 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -3656,18 +3665,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:683 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -3675,7 +3684,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." @@ -3901,7 +3910,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание счетов-фактур" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -4087,7 +4096,7 @@ msgstr "Flujo General" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" @@ -4272,6 +4281,8 @@ msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" @@ -5109,6 +5120,9 @@ msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" +"Ваша компания должна использовать программное обеспечение для борьбы с " +"мошенничеством кассовых аппаратов, таких как Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° " +"bis), если:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," @@ -5118,7 +5132,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Некоторые из ваших клиентов - частные лица (B2C)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5227,6 +5241,12 @@ msgid "" "*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" " installed." msgstr "" +"Если вы установили начальную версию модуля борьбы с мошенничеством (до 18 " +"декабря 2017 года), вам нужно обновить его. Название модуля была * Франция -" +" Бухгалтерский учет - Сертифицированный CGI 286 I-3 bis *. После обновления " +"списка модулей найдите обновленный модуль * Программы *, выберите и нажмите " +"* Обновить *. Наконец, убедитесь, что установлен следующий модуль * " +"l10n_fr_sale_closing *." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" @@ -5246,7 +5266,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Безопасность **: сетевой алгоритм для проверки неизменности;" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -5280,7 +5300,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Права доступа" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -5416,6 +5436,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo освобождает себя от всех и любой ответственности в случае изменения " +"функций модуля, вызванных сторонними приложениями, несертифицированные Odoo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" @@ -5450,7 +5472,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Германия" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" @@ -5720,6 +5742,11 @@ msgid "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" @@ -5733,6 +5760,11 @@ msgid "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -5768,12 +5800,18 @@ msgid "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -5841,7 +5879,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -5881,6 +5919,9 @@ msgid "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" @@ -5899,10 +5940,12 @@ msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мексика" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -5988,6 +6031,8 @@ msgid "" "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" +"Создавая базу данных с www.odoo.com, если при создании бухучета вы выберете " +"Мексику как страну локализации, она будет автоматически установлена." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" @@ -6001,6 +6046,11 @@ msgid "" "3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Чтобы включить это требование в Мексике, перейдите к настройкам в бухучете " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` и включите опцию на изображении с " +"помощью этого, вы сможете создать подписанный счет-фактуру (CFDI 3.2 и 3.3) " +"и создать подписан платеж (также 3.3) полностью интегрируется с обычным " +"потоком счетов-фактур в Odoo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 msgid "Set your legal information in the company" @@ -6022,11 +6072,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите использовать мексиканскую локализацию в тестовом режиме, вы " -"можете поместить любую известную адрес в Мексике со всеми полями для адреса " -"компании и установить ндс ** TCM970625MB1 **." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -6073,6 +6120,10 @@ msgid "" "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " "name does not exist)." msgstr "" +"Перейдите и посмотрите следующий технический параметр в " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" и установите параметр с названием * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * до 3.3 " +"(Создайте его, если запись с этим названием не существует)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -6141,6 +6192,9 @@ msgid "" "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" +"Помните, что вы должны зарегистрироваться в рецензируемом PAC перед ручным, " +"этот процесс можно сделать с самого PAC, в этом случае у нас будет два (2) " +"наличия `Finkok`_ и` Solución Factible`_." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -6243,6 +6297,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" +"Как только вы пришлете электронный счет-фактуру по электронной почте, это " +"так, как выглядит." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" @@ -6302,6 +6358,10 @@ msgid "" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" +"Вы должны отсоединить все связанные платежи в счет-фактуру на odoo перед " +"тем, как отменить такой документ, эти платежи нужно отменить, следуя тому же" +" подхода, но устанавливая параметр «Разрешить записи отказов» в самом " +"платежи." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" @@ -6380,6 +6440,9 @@ msgid "" "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" +"Сегодня, если счет-фактура будет создан с `Термином оплати``` 30 чистых " +"днив``, а срок платежа выше, чем 17-е число следующего месяца, `MetodoPago``" +" стане``PPD``." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -6402,7 +6465,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы должны напечатать платеж, чтобы правильно загрузить PDF." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -6423,6 +6486,8 @@ msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" +"Что касается темы 4, то заблокирована возможность создания платежей клиента " +"без надлежащего счета-фактуры." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" @@ -6438,7 +6503,7 @@ msgstr "План счетов (Вызывается и отображается #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." @@ -6460,7 +6525,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Электронный учет (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" @@ -6497,6 +6562,12 @@ msgid "" " automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" " xml." msgstr "" +"Пример, чтобы добавить учет для нового банковского счета, перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` а затем " +"создайте новый учет кнопку" Создать "и попробовать создать учетную" +" запись с номером 102.01.99, когда вы измените, чтобы установить имя, " +"которое вы увидите, тег, который будет автоматически установлено, " +"установленные теги будут выбраны для использования в COA на XML." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" @@ -6524,7 +6595,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" @@ -6695,7 +6766,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете найти `официальную информацию тут`_." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" @@ -6725,6 +6796,8 @@ msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" +"Храните в безопасном месте загруженный файл и перейдите на сайт SAT и " +"следуйте необходимых инструкций, чтобы объявить его." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" @@ -6762,6 +6835,9 @@ msgid "" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" +"Не забудьте заплатить счет, отражающий оплату заранее, нужно сначала " +"попросить счет, а затем оплатить его и правильно согласовать платеж по " +"стандартной процедуре odoo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" @@ -6802,7 +6878,7 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные рекомендованные функци #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Контактный модуль (бесплатно)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" @@ -6810,6 +6886,9 @@ msgid "" "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите должным образом управлять своими клиентами, поставщиками и " +"адресами этого модуля, даже если это не является технической необходимостью," +" рекомендуем его установить." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" @@ -6896,7 +6975,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Если вы видите ошибку, подобную этой:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" @@ -6922,7 +7001,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перейдите к компании, в которой возникает ошибка." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" @@ -7156,6 +7235,8 @@ msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" +"Когда вы создаете новую базу данных SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 устанавливается по" +" умолчанию." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" @@ -7187,7 +7268,7 @@ msgstr "Швейцария" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ISR (платеж с платежной картой с референтным номером)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7211,7 +7292,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Затем вы открываете PDF с ISR." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -7470,7 +7551,7 @@ msgstr "3.7%" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% achat" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 @@ -7483,7 +7564,7 @@ msgstr "TVA 3.7%" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." @@ -7533,6 +7614,7 @@ msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" +"Форма НДС Швейцария: сетка 342 база, Швейцария форма НДС сетка 342 ндс" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" @@ -7547,6 +7629,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть вопросы или замечания, свяжитесь с нашей поддержкой с " +"помощью odoo.com/help." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -7675,6 +7759,7 @@ msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" +"Подтвердите, что все ** полученные платежи ** были введены и записаны точно." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" @@ -7683,6 +7768,8 @@ msgstr "Перечень проверок на конец года" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" +"Проверьте ** Налоговый отчет ** и убедитесь, что ваша налоговая информация " +"является правильной." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" @@ -7711,6 +7798,9 @@ msgid "" "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" +"Проверьте свои счета, не забудьте убедиться в том, какие операции влияют на " +"них и характер операций, убедившись во включении кредитов и основных " +"средств." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -7766,6 +7856,10 @@ msgid "" "loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" +"Если ваш бухгалтер заканчивает аудиторскую проверку года, ему могут " +"понадобиться бумажные копии всех отчетов баланса (например, займы, " +"банковские счета, подписки, отчеты о налоге и прибыль и т.д.), чтобы " +"согласовать их с балансом в Odoo." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -7864,6 +7958,8 @@ msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "" +"Вам нужно только создать отчетные периоды, если они длятся более или менее " +"12 месяцев." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" @@ -8037,6 +8133,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" +"создайте схему налогообложения, переключает цену без налога на цену с " +"включенным налогом" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -8075,6 +8173,10 @@ msgid "" "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " "Accounting application." msgstr "" +"Ваша компания должна быть настроена по цене по умолчанию. Обычно это " +"настройки по умолчанию, но вы можете проверить ** налог на продажу по " +"умолчанию ** в меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` в модуле " +"Бухучет." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -8111,7 +8213,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите схему налогообложения B2C" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -8166,12 +8268,18 @@ msgid "" "on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " "of this customer." msgstr "" +"Если вы заключаете договор с клиентом, обсуждаете цену, с включенным налогом" +" или выключенным, вы можете установить прайслист и схему налогообложения в " +"форме клиента, чтобы она применялась автоматически при каждой продаже этого " +"клиента." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" +"Прайслист на вкладке ** Продажи и Покупки ** в форме клиента, а схема " +"налогообложения находится на вкладке бухучета." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -8234,6 +8342,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" +"После того, как это будет сделано, вы можете настроить ваши налоги в " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Сначала установите " +"необходимые счета транзакции для публикации налогов, пока вы не " +"зарегистрируете платеж." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -8312,7 +8424,7 @@ msgstr "Журнал Банка" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банк $ 115" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -8322,7 +8434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Журнал Налога на Наличной Основе " #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" @@ -8335,11 +8447,15 @@ msgid "" "default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " "zero." msgstr "" +"Последние две статьи журнала являются нейтральными, но они необходимы для " +"обеспечения правильных налоговых отчетов в Odoo с точными базовыми суммами " +"налога. Советуем использовать счет дохода по умолчанию. Остаток этого счета " +"всегда будет на нуле." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги по умолчанию" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8537,7 +8653,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 msgid "Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приложение" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" @@ -8612,6 +8728,9 @@ msgid "" "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" +"В этом примере ** компания **, которая прислала счет, обязана ** " +"правительства ** 20 долларов налогов, а ** клиент ** обязан ** правительства" +" ** 10 долларов налогов." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -8661,6 +8780,9 @@ msgid "" "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "" +"Когда ваш налог будет создан, вы можете использовать его по форме заказчика," +" заказы на продажу или счета-фактуры для клиентов. Вы можете подать " +"несколько налогов на одну строку счета-фактуры клиента." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -8700,7 +8822,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "В TaxCloud" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -8730,6 +8852,8 @@ msgid "" "In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " "where you collect sales tax." msgstr "" +"В настройках на TaxCloud, нажмите * Управление штатами налога * чтобы " +"проверить штаты, где вы собираете налог с продаж." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 msgid "In Odoo" @@ -8791,7 +8915,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как это работает" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9001,7 +9125,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налог" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 @@ -9416,6 +9540,9 @@ msgid "" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" msgstr "" +"Дополнительная настройка также требуется. Перейдите к модулю " +":menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Settings` и включите" +" ** Управление бюджетом **." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" @@ -9490,6 +9617,8 @@ msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" +"В этом случае мы выбираем три соответствующие счета, в которых мы будем " +"заказывать наши расходы." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." @@ -9628,14 +9757,9 @@ msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -"Теоретическая сумма представляет собой сумму денег, которые вы теоретически " -"могли потратить / должны были получить в соответствии с дат. Если ваш бюджет" -" составляет 1200 в течение 12 месяцев (с января по декабрь), а сегодня - 31 " -"января, теоретическая сумма составит 1000, поскольку это реальная сумма, " -"которую можно было бы реализовать." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" @@ -9682,10 +9806,14 @@ msgid "" "costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что эти приложения позволяют ** отслеживать ** расходы. " +"Мы не сможем автоматически перечислить эти расходы наших клиентов. Чтобы " +"отслеживать расходы на ** выставления счетов ** и перечислить их, нужно " +"также установить приложение для управления продажами." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите аналитический учет" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9711,7 +9839,7 @@ msgstr "Не забудьте сохранить изменения." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте Аналитический бухучет" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -9729,6 +9857,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" +"Мы будем указывать все наши расходы на этот учет, чтобы следить за ними." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" @@ -9858,6 +9987,8 @@ msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" +"Выберите "пакет консультаций - Smith" и нажмите кнопку Стоимость и" +" доход, чтобы просмотреть все расходы, связанные с учетом." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -9903,6 +10034,9 @@ msgid "" "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." msgstr "" +"Во-первых, установите три программы, необходимые для использования этой " +"функции, а именно ** Бухучет **, ** Продажи ** и ** Табели **. Введите " +"название модулей и установите их." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -9910,6 +10044,10 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" +"Далее вам нужно будет включить аналитический бухучет. Для этого введите " +"приложение ** Бухучета **. Выберите :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` и отметьте опцию ** Аналитический бухучет ** (см. Изображение " +"ниже)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -9944,6 +10082,8 @@ msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите, чтобы работник мог вводить расписание, он должен быть связан" +" с пользователем." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -9974,6 +10114,9 @@ msgid "" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" +"Итак, нам нужно создать ** заказ на продажу ** с товаром ** услуга **, на " +"который выставлен счет ** основан на времени и материале **, и отслеживается" +" табелю с ** часами ** как единица измерений." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -10006,6 +10149,10 @@ msgid "" "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" +"Как работник, связанный с пользователем, Гарри может войти в приложение ** " +"Табель ** и указать его табель для контракта. Войдя на учет Гарри, мы " +"заходим в приложение ** Табель ** и вводим детальный строку, указывающий на " +"** аналитический бухучет **, описанный выше." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." @@ -10017,6 +10164,9 @@ msgid "" "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" +"Между тем, Седрик обсудил потребности бизнеса с заказчиком за 1:00 и указал " +"ее также в своей личной табели, указывая также в ** Аналитическом бухучета " +"**." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -10159,6 +10309,8 @@ msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы управлять аналитическим бухучету, вы должны активировать его в " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -10183,7 +10335,7 @@ msgstr "IT / Компания по предоставлению услуг: ан #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай 1: Промышленная компания: анализ затрат" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -10296,7 +10448,7 @@ msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" @@ -10304,7 +10456,7 @@ msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Субпидряникы" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -10319,7 +10471,7 @@ msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возвращение дефектных материалов" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 @@ -10336,7 +10488,7 @@ msgstr "Расходы на персонал" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2121" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" @@ -10345,13 +10497,13 @@ msgstr "10000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Маркетинг" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" @@ -10368,7 +10520,7 @@ msgstr "Административный" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" @@ -10407,6 +10559,9 @@ msgid "" "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" +"Приведенные выше примеры основаны на распределении расходов компании. " +"Аналитические распределения могут быть столь же эффективными для продаж. Это" +" дает вам рентабельность (продажи - расходы) различных отделов." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -10438,7 +10593,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай 2: Юридическая фирма: Расходы на человеческие ресурсы?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -10521,7 +10676,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Сумма **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" @@ -10548,7 +10703,7 @@ msgstr "Поиск информации (3 часа)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-45" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" @@ -10569,7 +10724,7 @@ msgstr "оплата услуг" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "" +msgstr "280" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -10593,7 +10748,7 @@ msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стоимость топлива - клиентская поездка" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" @@ -10617,7 +10772,7 @@ msgstr "6201 - Зарплаты" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -10685,6 +10840,9 @@ msgid "" "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." msgstr "" +"Управление услугами, расходами и продажами аналогичное тому, что " +"представлено выше для юристов. Выставления счетов и изучение рентабельности " +"тоже похожи." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -10717,7 +10875,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "вывод" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -10744,7 +10902,7 @@ msgstr "Склад" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Влияние на среднюю цену при возврате товара в Odoo" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10808,7 +10966,7 @@ msgstr "Когда товары выходят из состава: средня #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Определение цены покупки" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -10824,7 +10982,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример средней стоимости" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -10974,7 +11132,7 @@ msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -11129,6 +11287,12 @@ msgid "" "receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" +"Для людей, которые используют принципы ** англо-саксонского бухучета **, " +"существует другая концепция, которая учитывает: счет принятия товара, " +"который намерен в любое время сохранять стоимость получаемых счетов " +"поставщика. Таким образом, счет на принятие товара увеличиваться при " +"получении входящих отправлений и уменьшаться при получении соответствующих " +"счетов поставщика." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -11150,7 +11314,7 @@ msgstr "разница цен" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($80)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" @@ -11158,7 +11322,7 @@ msgstr "Получить счет поставщика на $ 80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($64)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" @@ -11213,6 +11377,9 @@ msgid "" "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" +"После получения платежей у вас есть возможность конвертировать сумму " +"согласно вашей компанией. Мультивалютный платеж означает курсовую разницу. " +"Курсовая разница автоматически фиксируется в Odoo." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" @@ -11240,6 +11407,8 @@ msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." msgstr "" +"В этом документе базовая валюта является ** евро **, и мы будем фиксировать " +"платежи в ** долларах **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -11270,10 +11439,13 @@ msgid "" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" +"Проверьте, поле ** валюта ** является пустым или в иностранной валюте, в " +"которой вы регистрируете платежи. Если валюта заполнена, это означает, что " +"вы можете зарегистрировать платежи только в этой валюте." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите платеж в другой валюте" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11344,17 +11516,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Журнал курсовых разниц может быть изменен в ваших настройках бухучета." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" @@ -11456,6 +11641,9 @@ msgid "" "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" msgstr "" +"Выберите интервал: вручную, ежедневно, еженедельно или ежемесячно. Вы всегда" +" можете запустить обновление, нажав кнопку ** Обновить сейчас **. Выберите " +"поставщика и вы все установили!" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" @@ -11538,7 +11726,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на покупку и счета поставщиков" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 @@ -11591,14 +11779,14 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` и ищите записи " "журнала курсовых разницы в журнале. В нем фиксируются все курсовые разницы." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" @@ -11632,6 +11820,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" +"При создании счета-фактуры валюту можно легко изменить; однако Odoo " +"принимает валюту компании как заказ по умолчанию. Система конвертирует все " +"суммы автоматически с помощью этой валюты." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" @@ -11651,6 +11842,9 @@ msgid "" "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать платежи в других валютах, нужно удалить валюте " +"ограничения в журнале. Выделите приложение бухучета, в журнале нажмите " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" @@ -11676,7 +11870,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мультивалютные банковские выписки" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11697,9 +11891,9 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` и найдите ** Журнал" " курсовых разниц **. В нем фиксируются все курсовые разницы." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -11730,7 +11924,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основные средства" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 @@ -11846,11 +12040,11 @@ msgstr "Банк и наличность" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Текущие Активы" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Внеоборотные Активы" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 msgid "Prepayments" @@ -12291,7 +12485,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -12360,7 +12554,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мульти-компании" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12391,6 +12585,10 @@ msgid "" "transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" +"Каждая операция записывается в валюте по умолчанию компании. Для операций, " +"происходящих в другой валюте, Odoo сохраняет как стоимость в валюте " +"компании, так и стоимость в валюте операции. Odoo может генерировать " +"валютные доходы и убытки после согласования журнальных статей." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -12415,7 +12613,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "В частности, основной бухгалтерский двигатель Odoo поддерживает:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -12423,6 +12621,9 @@ msgid "" "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" +"Англо-саксонский бухгалтерский учет (США, Великобритания и другие " +"англоязычные страны, включая Ирландию, Канаду, Австралию и Новую Зеландию), " +"где продаются / доставляются товары." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." @@ -12434,7 +12635,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo также модули, соответствующие прави #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебиторская и кредиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12482,6 +12683,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" +"Позиционные отчеты (такие как баланс, погашенные кредиторские и дебиторские " +"задолженности)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" @@ -12494,7 +12697,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управленческие отчеты (например, бюджеты, резюме)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -12561,6 +12764,9 @@ msgid "" "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" +"Odoo поддерживает как периодические (ручные), так и постоянные " +"(автоматические) оценки запасов. Доступными методами стандартная цена, " +"средняя цена, LIFO (для стран позволяют это) и FIFO." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -12570,7 +12776,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "сохранен прибыль" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -12587,7 +12793,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бухгалтерская в память предпринимателей (US GAAP)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -12717,6 +12923,8 @@ msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы запись журнала был * сбалансированный * сумма всех его " +"дебету должна быть равной сумме всех его кредитов." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" @@ -12746,7 +12954,7 @@ msgstr "Заказчик $ 1,090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "настройки:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" @@ -12874,7 +13082,7 @@ msgstr "счет 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "платеж 1.1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "70" @@ -12895,7 +13103,7 @@ msgstr "платеж 1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -12933,6 +13141,8 @@ msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" +"платеж регистрируется, когда чек получается от клиента, а затем во время " +"проверки банковской выписки" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" @@ -12950,7 +13160,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "записана как другая транзакция:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." @@ -12990,6 +13200,8 @@ msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" +"Первая запись журнала создается путем регистрации платежа в счете-фактуре. " +"Второй создается при регистрации банковской выписки." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 @@ -13117,6 +13329,9 @@ msgid "" "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" +"Черновик счета-фактуры может быть сгенерирована вручную из других " +"документов, таких как заказы на продажу, заказы на покупку и тому подобное. " +"Хотя вы можете и сами создать черновик счета, если хотите." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -13181,7 +13396,7 @@ msgstr "Документ состоит из трех частей:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" +msgstr "верхняя часть счета-фактуры, информация о клиентах," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -13233,7 +13448,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отправьте счет-фактуру заказчику" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -13332,13 +13547,15 @@ msgstr "Сверить" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь давайте согласуем!" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете пройти через каждую транзакцию и согласовать ее, или же " +"можно согласовать с инструкциями ниже." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -13394,10 +13611,12 @@ msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" +"Перейдя к записи о клиентах и в "просроченные платежи", вы увидите" +" следующее сообщение и все просроченные счета-фактуры." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отчет о старении клиента:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -13440,6 +13659,8 @@ msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" +"Баланс заключает обязательства, активы и собственный капитал вашей компании " +"на конкретный момент времени." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -13558,7 +13779,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Кредиторская задолженность: ** определена в форме поставщика" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 @@ -13567,7 +13788,7 @@ msgstr "** Налоги: ** определяются на товары и на #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Расходы: ** определено на использованном элементе строки товара" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -13640,6 +13861,10 @@ msgid "" "daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " "checks in batches." msgstr "" +"Если вы решите оплатить счета своих поставщиков с помощью чеков, Odoo " +"предлагает способ, чтобы сделать это непосредственно по платежам поставщиков" +" в Odoo. Независимо от того, вы делаете это ежедневно, либо в конце недели, " +"вы можете печатать чеки группой." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -13685,6 +13910,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить список открытых счетов поставщиков и связанных с ними " +"терминов, вы можете воспользоваться отчетом ** Расчеты с кредиторами **, в " +"меню отчетов (в меню :menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> " +"Aged payable`) , чтобы получить визуальную информацию о всех выплаченных " +"счета." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -13815,7 +14045,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите счета для оплаты" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -13845,7 +14075,7 @@ msgstr "платежи поставщика" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплачивайте чеками" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13915,7 +14145,7 @@ msgstr "Соединённые Штаты Америки" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для США Odoo по умолчанию поддерживает форматы проверки:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" @@ -13935,10 +14165,11 @@ msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" +"Также можно настроить свой собственный формат чека с помощью настроек." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата счета поставщика чеком" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" @@ -13950,7 +14181,7 @@ msgstr "зарегистрируйте платеж, который вы хот #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "печать чеков пакетом для всех зарегистрированных платежей" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" @@ -13995,12 +14226,19 @@ msgid "" "will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите просмотреть каждый платеж один перед печатью чеков, откройте " +"его и нажмите ** Печать чека **, если вы его примете. Диалоговое окно " +"спросит вас номер чека. Он автоматически предлагает следующий номер, но вы " +"можете изменить его, если он не соответствует вашему следующем чековой " +"номера." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" +"Для печати все чеки партиями, выберите все платежи из списка и введите чек в" +" верхнем меню "Печать"." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" @@ -14025,7 +14263,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплачивайте что-чеком" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -14093,6 +14331,9 @@ msgid "" "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" +"В следующем примере мы создадим несколько счетов. Вы можете контролировать " +"весь процесс по информационной панели бухучета (первый экран, который вы " +"получаете, когда вы открываете учетную приложение)." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -14122,6 +14363,9 @@ msgid "" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" +"Теперь мы будем записывать платеж только за один счет. Откройте счет и " +"нажмите ** Зарегистрировать оплату **. Вставьте способ оплаты, дату, сумму и" +" нажмите ** Подтвердить **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -14136,7 +14380,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплатите несколько счетов в целом" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -14163,6 +14407,8 @@ msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" +"Введите данные платежа. Система рассчитала сумму для обоих счетов, но вы " +"можете свободно изменять ее. Нажмите ** Подтвердить **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" @@ -14185,6 +14431,8 @@ msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" +"Это выполняется в :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More Option" +" --> Send Money`" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -14202,6 +14450,8 @@ msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" +"Как вы можете видеть, статус оплаты счета показывает, что размещено и " +"остается для согласования." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -14229,6 +14479,9 @@ msgid "" "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" +"Вы уже узнали о том, как оплачивать счета в разных вариантах, а как о " +"частичной оплате? Мы рассмотрим еще один пример, где будем делать частичную " +"оплату за различные счета." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -14270,6 +14523,8 @@ msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" +"Прежде чем согласовать эту банковскую выписку, нам нужно создать одну модель" +" заявки наличной скидки." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." @@ -14289,6 +14544,10 @@ msgid "" " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." msgstr "" +"SEPA, единая зона платежа в евро, является инициативой Европейского союза по" +" платежной интеграции для упрощения банковских переводов, выраженных в евро." +" SEPA позволяет отправлять заказ на оплату в ваш банк для автоматизации " +"банковского перевода." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -14339,6 +14598,8 @@ msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" +"По вашей страной и планом счетов, который вы используете, этот модуль может " +"быть установлен по умолчанию." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" @@ -14351,6 +14612,11 @@ msgid "" "when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" +"Чтобы позволить платежи SEPA, необходимо активировать метод платежа в " +"связанных банковских журналах. На информационной панели учета (экран, " +"который вы получаете, когда вы вводите учетную приложение), нажмите на " +"кнопку "Дополнительно" на своем банковском счете и выберите " +""Настройки"." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -14367,6 +14633,9 @@ msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" +"Обязательно укажите номер счета IBAN (внутренний номер счете не будет " +"работать с SEPA) и BIC (код идентификатора банка) в вашем банковском " +"журнале." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -14402,6 +14671,9 @@ msgid "" "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" +"Если вы платите этому поставщику впервые, вам придется заполнить поле " +"банковского счета получателя по крайней мере с названием банка, IBAN и BIC " +"(банковский идентификационный код). Odoo автоматически проверит формат IBAN." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -14409,6 +14681,8 @@ msgid "" "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" +"Для будущих платежей в этого поставщика Odoo предложит вам автоматически " +"банковские счета, но вы сможете выбрать другой или создать новый." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -15137,6 +15411,8 @@ msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" +"Вы начинаете с ** запроса на коммерческое предложение (ЗНКП) ** для отправки" +" ее вашим продавцам." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -15316,7 +15592,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закупка услуги как товара не запускают заказ на доставку." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" @@ -15367,6 +15643,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" +"Поставщик может послать вам несколько счетов за то же заказ на покупку, " +"если:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -15378,7 +15656,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставщик присылает вам частичный счет или запрос на депозит." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -15389,10 +15667,17 @@ msgid "" " you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" +"Каждый раз, когда вы записываете новый счет поставщика, Odoo будет " +"автоматически заполнять количество товара на основе того, что было получено " +"от поставщика. Если это значение показывает ноль, это означает, что вы еще " +"не получили этот товар, и просто служит напоминанием, что товар не находится" +" "на руках", и вам, возможно, придется дополнительно разбираться в" +" этом. В любой момент времени, прежде чем проверять счет поставщика, вы " +"можете переопределить эту нулевую количество." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Соответствие счета поставщика" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" @@ -15514,7 +15799,7 @@ msgstr "или полученные величины" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "групповая оплата" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -16001,7 +16286,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Это опция для изменения содержания подтвержденного счета." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" @@ -16043,10 +16328,12 @@ msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" msgstr "" +"И здесь запись журнала сторно создается, чтобы вернуть первоначальный счет-" +"фактуру выше:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доходы будущих периодов" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16412,6 +16699,10 @@ msgid "" "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" +"В большинстве компаний продавцы создают коммерческие предложения, которые " +"становятся заказу на продажу после их проверки. Затем проекты счетов-фактур " +"создаются на основе заказа на продажу. У вас есть различные варианты, такие " +"как:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -16457,6 +16748,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" +"Этот процесс полезен как для предоставления услуг, так и для продажи " +"товаров." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" @@ -16464,7 +16757,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на продажу ‣ заказ на доставку ‣ Счет-фактура" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -16599,7 +16892,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание счета-фактуры вручную" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -16617,6 +16910,9 @@ msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" +"Даже если вы создадите счет-фактуру по заказу на продажу, вам может " +"понадобиться создание счета-фактуры вручную в исключительных случаях " +"использования:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" @@ -16632,7 +16928,7 @@ msgstr "если вам нужно изменить счет, созданный #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" +msgstr "если вам нужно начислить то не связано с основным бизнесом" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" @@ -17077,7 +17373,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" @@ -17237,30 +17533,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " -"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " -"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "Создайте XML-файлы Прямого дебета SEPA, чтобы предоставить платежи" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " @@ -17270,25 +17559,25 @@ msgstr "" "банковский журнал * на вашей * панели приборов Бухучета * нажмите * Платежи " "прямого дебета для получения *." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " @@ -17298,11 +17587,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" @@ -17310,7 +17599,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Академия Odoo: Мандаты прямого дебета SEPA (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs> `_" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" @@ -17370,6 +17659,9 @@ msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" +"Даже если первый способ является более понятным, Odoo поддерживает второй " +"подход, поскольку его используют некоторые бухгалтеры (пользователи " +"QuickBooks и Peachtree)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -17381,7 +17673,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вариант 1: незачтенные средства" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" @@ -17396,6 +17688,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" +"Установите банковский счет, связанный с этим журналом, как ** Разрешить " +"согласования **" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 @@ -17472,7 +17766,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" -msgstr "" +msgstr "X" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -17504,6 +17798,8 @@ msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" +"Эти настройки невозможны, если вы планируете управлять вашими чеками с " +"помощью этого метода." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" @@ -17808,7 +18104,7 @@ msgstr "Платежи, не связанные со счетом-фактуро #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Регистрация платежа" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -17907,6 +18203,9 @@ msgid "" "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" +"При согласовании, если сумма дебетовые и кредитов не совпадает, это " +"означает, что еще есть остаток баланса, который нужно или согласовать позже," +" или нужно будет непосредственно списать." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" @@ -18143,7 +18442,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включить режим разработки" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -18197,6 +18496,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" +"На основе диапазонов дат и начисления кассовым методом (например, Отчет о " +"движении денежных средств)" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" @@ -18218,6 +18519,9 @@ msgid "" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" +"В поле ** формул ** вы можете добавить одну или несколько формул, чтобы " +"назначить значение для колонки баланса (а дебетовый и кредитный столбик, " +"если нужно, разделенный;)" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" @@ -18236,6 +18540,9 @@ msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" +"Другой отчет, на который ссылается его код. Используйте `.balance`` для " +"получения значения баланса (также доступны` .credit``, `.debit`` и` " +".amount_residual``)" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -18482,7 +18789,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Среднее время закрытия кредиторской задолженности: **" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 320ce704e..6a4bdb736 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приложения" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po index 624226514..be50dca87 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Collex100, 2020 # Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2020 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -277,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скриншоты" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -420,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начиная работу" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -706,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 msgid "Make" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Марка" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -912,7 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 msgid "H1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H1" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 @@ -935,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 msgid "H2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H2" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 @@ -1125,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 msgid "Render" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Представить" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -1309,7 +1311,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 msgid "Note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заметка" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -1327,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 msgid "Important" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Важное" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." @@ -1335,7 +1337,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 msgid "Warning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Предупреждение" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 msgid "" @@ -1345,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 msgid "Danger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опасность" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 709461a7a..f75b49690 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,17 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 # Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,15 +26,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "получите лиды" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Преобразование лидов в возможности" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -50,6 +52,9 @@ msgid "" "sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " "channels from their configuration form." msgstr "" +"Вы можете активировать этот режим с Настроек CRM. Он применяется ко всем " +"каналам продаж по умолчанию. Но вы можете применить его для конкретных " +"каналов с их формы настройки." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 @@ -60,13 +65,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." msgstr "" +"Чтобы эта функция работала, перейдите на :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Лиды *." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -78,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Конвертируйте лед в возможность" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -97,10 +104,14 @@ msgid "" "Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " "customer already exists." msgstr "" +"Если у вас уже есть возможность с этим клиентом, Odoo автоматически " +"предложит вам объединить эту возможность. Точно так же Odoo автоматически " +"предложит вам связать с существующим клиентом, если этот клиент уже " +"существует." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Объединение предложений" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -109,32 +120,43 @@ msgid "" " into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " "information present on the first opportunity." msgstr "" +"Odoo также автоматически предложит объединить возможности, если в них " +"одинакова адрес. Во время объединения возможностей Odoo объединяет и " +"информацию возможностей, которая была сначала создана, отдавая приоритет " +"информации первой возможности." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" "No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " "chatter and the information fields for easy access." msgstr "" +"Ни одна Информация не втрачаться: данные по другим поводам записывается в " +"чаттери и информационных полях для легкого доступа." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 msgid "" "Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " "leads even if the system doesn't propose it." msgstr "" +"Если вы найдете дубликат самостоятельно ... вы можете объединить возможности" +" или лиды, даже если система этого не предлагает." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 msgid "" "Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " "to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." msgstr "" +"Здесь есть как это сделать из списка. Выберите случаю или лиды, которые вы " +"хотите объединить, тогда появится кнопка действия. Затем вы можете выбрать " +"объединения." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возможно также объединить более двух случаю или лида." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создавайте лиды / случаю по электронной почте" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -142,10 +164,14 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" " create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." msgstr "" +"Автоматизация генерации лида / случаю значительно улучшит вашу " +"эффективность. По умолчанию любой электронное письмо, посланное на * sales @" +" database \\ _domain.ext * создаст возможность в рамках канала продаж по " +"умолчанию." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте псевдонимы электронной почты" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -158,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте лиды / случаю со страницы контактов вашего сайта" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -172,11 +198,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Используйте свяжитесь с нами на своем сайте" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сначала нужно перейти к вашему приложения сайта." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -187,6 +213,9 @@ msgid "" "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" +"С установлением модуля CRM, вы пользуетесь готовой к использованию " +"контактной формой на своем веб-сайте Odoo, которая автоматически генерирует " +"лиды / возможности." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -194,11 +223,15 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " "Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы перейти на конкретный канал продаж, перейдите на страницу " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` под * Связь * вы " +"найдете информацию о контактном форму и куда следует изменить * Каналы " +"продаж * или * продавца * ." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте собственную контактную форму" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -207,12 +240,19 @@ msgid "" "contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " "leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" +"Вы можете узнать больше о своем посетителя, когда он использует контактную " +"форму, вам нужно будет создать на вашем сайте специальную контактную форму. " +"Эти контактные формы могут генерировать несколько типов записей в системе " +"(электронные письма, лиды / возможности, задачи проекта, заявки поддержки и " +"т.д.)." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" +"Вам нужно будет установить бесплатный модуль * Конструктор форм *, который " +"доступен в только Odoo Enterprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -220,22 +260,30 @@ msgid "" " drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " "fields you wish." msgstr "" +"Сначала перейдите на страницу, где в хотите вставить вашу контактную форму. " +"В режиме редактирования перетащите конструктор форм на страницу, и тогда вы " +"сможете добавить все поля, которые вы хотите." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию все новые формы контакта будут отправлять электронное письмо. " +"Вы можете переключить на создание лида / случаю в * Изменить параметры формы" +" *." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" "If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " "added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Если тот же посетитель использует контактную форму дважды, вторая запись " +"будет добавлено к первому лида / случаю в чате." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создавайте лиды, а не возможности" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -243,10 +291,13 @@ msgid "" "assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " "CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" +"При использовании контактной формы, вам следует использовать шаг " +"квалификации перед назначением формы правильном продавцу. Сделав это, " +"активируйте * Лиды * в настройках CRM и перейдите на: doc: `convert`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" +msgstr "получение лидов" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -256,16 +307,23 @@ msgid "" "country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" " make them relevant to your business." msgstr "" +"В любом бизнесе, получения качественных лидов имеет важное значение для " +"роста бизнеса. Получение лидов позволяет генерировать лиды с нуля " +"непосредственно из базы данных. Нацеливайте свои лиды на основе набора таких" +" критериев, как страна, размер компании, отрасль, с откуда происходит ваш " +"лед, чтобы сделать их соответствующими вашего бизнеса." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." msgstr "" +"Чтобы запустить эту функцию, перейдите в :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию ** Получение лидов **." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начните создание лидов" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -275,12 +333,19 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " "button." msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас будет кнопка ** Создать лиды **, доступна в вашем конвейере. Вы" +" также можете создавать запросы на получение лидов с " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` и через " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, где у вас есть " +"кнопка ** Создать лиды **." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 msgid "" "From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " "be able to pick your criteria will pop up." msgstr "" +"Там нажмите на кнопку ** Создать лиды **, появится окно, где вы сможете " +"выбрать критерии." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -290,6 +355,11 @@ msgid "" "information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " "<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," msgstr "" +"При избрании цели компнаий и их контакты, вы можете выбрать окнтакты, " +"которые вы получаете на основе Роли или Стажа. Получив информацию о " +"контактах, убедитесь, что вы в курсе последних норм ЕС, больше информации о " +"Общие положения о защите данных получите на `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr> `__," #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -310,13 +380,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Созданные лиды иметь название компании." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установление цены" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -342,6 +412,8 @@ msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" +"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " +"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -351,17 +423,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Коммерческих предложений" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " "send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Когда вы квалифицируете лед в возможность, вам необходимо прислать ему " +"коммерческое предложение. Вы можете делать это непосредственно в модуле CRM " +"с Odoo." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте новое коммерческое предложение" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -377,6 +452,8 @@ msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." msgstr "" +"Вы найдете все свои коммерческие предложения по конкретным случаем в меню * " +"Коммерческие предложения * на этой странице." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" @@ -387,16 +464,21 @@ msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." msgstr "" +"Теперь вам придется отметить вашу возможность как пойман или потеряно, чтобы" +" переместить этот процесс." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" +"Если вы отметите их как поймали, они перейдут к вашему столбца * пойманных *" +" в вашем конвейере канбан. Если вы отметите их как * Потеряно *, они будут " +"заархивированы." #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оптимизируйте свою ежедневную работу" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" @@ -419,7 +501,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создать вызов" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -522,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Синхронизация Google календаря с Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -530,6 +612,8 @@ msgid "" "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" +"Odoo отлично интегрируется с Google календарем, таким образом вы можете " +"работать с ним на обеих платформах (поддерживается двухсторонний обмен)." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -540,14 +624,17 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"Перейдите по ссылке `платформа Google APIs " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ для генерации учетной данных " +"Google Calendar API. Войдите под вашей учетной записью Google." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перейдите на страницу API и Услуги." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Найдите * Google Calendar API * и выберите его." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -563,7 +650,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте учетные данные." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -581,6 +668,11 @@ msgid "" "redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" +"Тогда вы можете создать идентификатор клиента. Введите название модуля " +"(например, Odoo Calendar) и разрешены страницы, на которые будет происходить" +" перенаправление. * Авторизованное источник JavaScript * - это ваш пример " +"URL-адреса Odoo. * Авторизованная URI перенаправления * - это ваш пример " +"URL-адреса Odoo, а затем - '/ google_account / authentication "." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -605,19 +697,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка в Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" +"Установите приложение ** Google Каленар ** меню * Приложения * или отметьте " +"опцию в :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` и введите ваш ** " +"ID клиента ** и ** Секретный ключ клиента ** в настройке Google Календаря." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -633,15 +729,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь вы больше не оправдание, чтобы пропустить встречу!" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Используйте услугу IP-телефонии в Odoo с OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введение" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -649,6 +745,9 @@ msgid "" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" +"IP-телефония Odoo может быть настроена для работы вместе с OnSIP " +"(www.onsip.com). В этом случае установка и настройка сервера Asterisk не " +"нужны, поскольку вся инфраструктура размещена и управляемая OnSIP." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -657,6 +756,10 @@ msgid "" "covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" +"Для использования этой услуги вам нужно будет открыть аккаунт на OnSIP. " +"Прежде чем это сделать, убедитесь, что эта услуга охватывает вашу территорию" +" и области, в которые вы хотите позвонить. После открытия учета OnSIP " +"выполните процедуру настройки ниже." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." @@ -676,10 +779,13 @@ msgid "" "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"** Домен OnSIP ** - это домен, который вы выбрали при создании учетной " +"записи на www.onsip.com. Если вы не знаете этого, войдите в " +"https://admin.onsip.com/, и вы увидите его в верхнем правом углу экрана." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** WebSocket ** должен содержать wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" @@ -690,14 +796,19 @@ msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" +"Перейдите к ** Настройка / Пользователи **. В форме просмотра каждого " +"пользователя IP-телефонии на вкладке Настройка введите раздел ** Настройка " +"PBX **:" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" +"** Логин SIP / Расширение браузера **: OnSIP 'Имя пользователя'" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" +"** Авторизация пользователя OnSIP **: OnSIP "Имя пользователя авт '" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -705,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr "** Пароль SIP **: OnSIP "Пароль SIP"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Расширение для телефонов **: "Расширение" OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -723,12 +834,17 @@ msgid "" "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете звонить, нажав значок телефона в верхнем правом углу Odoo " +"(убедитесь, что вы вошли как пользователь, надлежащим образом настроен в " +"Odoo и OnSIP)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" +"Если вы видите сообщение о * отсутствие параметров * в софтводи Odoo, " +"обязательно обновите окно Odoo и повторите попытку." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -737,6 +853,10 @@ msgid "" "the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" +"Если в Odoo softphone появляется сообщение Неправильное число * обязательно " +"используйте международный формат, который содержит знак плюс (+), а затем " +"международный код страны. Например: +16506913277 (где 1 - код страны для " +"США)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -748,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OnSIP на вашем мобильном телефоне" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -757,6 +877,11 @@ msgid "" " VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" +"Чтобы делать и получать телефонные звонки, когда вы не находитесь перед " +"компьютером, вы можете использовать приложение для мобильных телефонов " +"параллельно с IP-телефонией Odoo. Это полезно для вызовов на ходу, но также " +"для того, чтобы убедиться, что вы слышите входящие звонки, или просто для " +"удобства. Любой SIP softphone будет работать." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -765,22 +890,26 @@ msgid "" " When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" +"На Android и iOS, OnSIP успешно протестировано с помощью `Grandstream Wave " +"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave> _ _. " +"При создании учетной записи выберите OnSIP в списке поставщиков. Вам нужно " +"будет настроить его таким образом:" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Имя учетной записи **: OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** SIP сервер **: OnSIP "Домен"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** ID пользователя SIP **: "Имя пользователя" OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** ID аутентификации SIP **: "Имя пользователя аут." OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -796,12 +925,22 @@ msgid "" "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" +"Кроме инициирования звонков с Grandstream Wave на свой телефон, вы можете " +"инициировать звонки, нажав номера телефонов в вашем браузере на своем ПК. " +"Это сделает звонок Grandstream Wave и маршрут звонка по телефону на другую " +"сторону. Этот подход полезен, чтобы не тратить время на набор телефонных " +"номеров. Для этого вам понадобится расширение Chrome `Помощник звонков OnSIP" +" <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en> _ _." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +"Недостатком использования софтфона на вашем мобильном телефоне является то, " +"что ваши вызов не будут входить в систему Odoo, поскольку софтфон выступает " +"в роли независимого отдельного приложения." #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 msgid "Outlook Extension" @@ -903,9 +1042,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed in Outlook yet on Outlook's add-" -"ins list. This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom " -"add-in*." +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 @@ -1070,24 +1208,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте ваш сервер VOIP Asterisk для Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка сервера Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зависимости" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перед установкой Asterisk вам нужно установить следующие зависимости:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wget" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" @@ -1095,7 +1233,7 @@ msgstr "gcc" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "" +msgstr "g++" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" @@ -1107,7 +1245,7 @@ msgstr "libxml2-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" @@ -1119,15 +1257,15 @@ msgstr "libuuid-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "openssl-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pkg-config" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для установления libsrtp выполните следующие инструкции:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1135,34 +1273,36 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" +"Вам нужно установить PJSIP, вы можете скачать источник `здесь " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm> `_. После извлечения исходного каталога:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Перейдите в выходной каталог pjproject: **" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** запустите: **" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Постройте и установите pjproject: **" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Обновите ссылки на общую библиотеку: **" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Проверьте, установлен pjproject: **" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Результат должен быть: **" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1170,10 +1310,13 @@ msgid "" "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить Asterisk 13.7.0, вы можете скачать источник непосредственно" +" `там <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz> `_." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Удалите Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" @@ -1181,11 +1324,11 @@ msgstr "Введите каталог Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустите настройки скрипта Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустите инструмент выбора меню Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1194,10 +1337,14 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" +"В меню выбора перейдите к опции ресурсов и убедитесь, что res_srtp включен. " +"Если у res_srtp есть 3 х, возникают проблемы с библиотекой srtp, и вы должны" +" переустановить его. Сохраните настройки (нажмите x). Вы также должны " +"увидеть звезды перед строками res_pjsip." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скомпилируйте и установите Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1205,28 +1352,33 @@ msgid "" "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" +"Если вам нужны образцы настройки, вы можете запустить 'сделать образцы " +""для установления образцов настройки. Если вам нужно установить " +"сценарий запуска Asterisk, вы можете запустить 'сделать настр "." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "сертификаты DTLS" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "После этого вам нужно установить сертификаты DTLS." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введите каталог скриптов Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" +"Создайте сертификаты DTLS (замените pbx.mycompany.com на свой IP-адрес или " +"имя dns, замените My Super Company на название компании):" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте сервер Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -1236,6 +1388,11 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" +"Для WebRTC большое количество необходимых параметров ДОЛЖНА быть в " +"показанных настройках. Глобальные параметры не очень хорошо попадут в " +"настройки показанных уровней. По умолчанию конфигурационные файлы Asterisk " +"расположены в / etc / asterisk /. Начните с изменения http.conf и убедитесь," +" что следующие строки не комментируются:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -1245,12 +1402,19 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" +"Далее измените файл sip.conf. WebRTC требует расшифровки, avpf и " +"iicesupport. В большинстве случаев, Directmedia должен быть отключен. Также " +"во клиентом WebRTC транспорт нужно указать как "ws", чтобы " +"разрешить подключение веб-узлов. Все эти конфигурационные линии должны быть " +"под одним уровнем; установка этих конфигурационных строки глобально могут не" +" работать:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" +"В sip.conf и rtp.conf файлах вам также нужно добавить или отключить строки:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" @@ -1258,11 +1422,11 @@ msgstr "Наконец, установите extensions.conf:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте IP-телефонию Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В Odoo настройки должно выполняться в настройках пользователя." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -1302,11 +1466,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проанализируйте эффективность" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте ваш коэффициент пойман / Потеряно" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1335,11 +1499,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы также можете изменить Измерение * в * Общий доход *." #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы также можете перейти на просмотр круговой диаграммы." #: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Organize the pipeline" @@ -1355,6 +1519,9 @@ msgid "" " want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " "can help you recover them in the future." msgstr "" +"Во время работы с вашими нагодами вы можете потерять некоторые из них. Вы " +"захотите отслеживать причины, по которым вы их потеряли, а также в способы " +"Odoo поможет вам восстановить их в будущем." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" @@ -1365,47 +1532,59 @@ msgid "" "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " "*Mark Lost* button." msgstr "" +"В вашем конвейере выберите любую возможность, и вы увидите кнопку * " +"Календарь как потеряно *." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " "there." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете выбрать существующую * Причину потери * или создать новую, " +"что находится здесь." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте и создавайте причины потерь" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Lost Reasons`." msgstr "" +"Вы найдете ваши * причины потерь * под :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 msgid "" "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать и переименовать любую из них, а также создать новую " +"оттуда." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получите утраченные возможности" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" " feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить утраченные возможности и делать на них действия (отправлять " +"электронные письма, сделать обратную связь и т.п.), выберите фильтр * " +"Потеряно * на панели поиска." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Там вы увидите все ваши потерянные возможности." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " "Reason*." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите уточнить их, вы можете добавить фильтр на * Причины потери *." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." @@ -1413,7 +1592,7 @@ msgstr "Например, * Очень дорого *." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Восстановите утраченные возможности" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1421,6 +1600,9 @@ msgid "" "opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " "clicking on *Archived*." msgstr "" +"С канбан с фильтром (ами) на месте, вы можете выбрать любую возможность, " +"которую вы хотите, и работать как обычно. Вы также можете восстановить ее, " +"нажав * заархивированные *." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1428,10 +1610,14 @@ msgid "" " the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " "also archive the same way." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете восстановить элементы группой с канбан, когда они " +"принадлежат к одному этапу. Выберите * Восстановить записи * в параметрах " +"столбцов. Вы также можете архивировать так же." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." msgstr "" +"Чтобы выбрать конкретные возможности, нужно перейти к просмотру списка." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1447,17 +1633,20 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление несколькими командами продажи" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " "specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." msgstr "" +"В Odoo вы можете управлять несколькими командами продаж, отделами или " +"каналами с конкретными процессами продаж. Для этого мы используем концепцию " +"* канала продаж *." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте новый канал продаж" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1472,10 +1661,12 @@ msgid "" "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " "address will create a lead/opportunity." msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете указать ему псевдоним электронной почты. Каждое сообщение, " +"отправленное на этот адрес электронной почты, создаст лед / возможность." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Добавьте участников к своему канала продаж" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1484,20 +1675,26 @@ msgid "" "lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," " you can only be a member of one channel." msgstr "" +"Вы можете добавить участников к любому каналу; таким образом, эти участники " +"увидят конвейерную структуру канала продажи при его открытии. Любой лед / " +"возможность, предназначенная им, будет ссылаться на канал продаж. Поэтому вы" +" можете быть участником только одного канала." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Это облегчит процесс обзора менеджера команды." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 msgid "" "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " "all of its opportunities." msgstr "" +"Если вы сейчас отфильтрует этот конкретный канал в вашем конвейере, вы " +"найдете все его возможности." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информационная панель канала продаж" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1505,6 +1702,9 @@ msgid "" "sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " "*Reporting*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы увидеть операции и результаты любого канала продаж, мгновенный обзор " +"менеджера по продажам также имеет доступ к информационной панели * канала " +"продаж * в разделе * Отчетность *." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1516,11 +1716,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назначайте и отслеживайте лиды" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назначение лидов на основе оценки" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1535,6 +1735,8 @@ msgid "" "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " "that visited specific pages on your website." msgstr "" +"Например, вы можете оценить в своей стране выше или тех, кто посетил " +"определенные страницы вашего сайта." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1561,16 +1763,21 @@ msgid "" "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " "you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." msgstr "" +"Вот пример для канадского лиду, вы можете изменить на любые критерии, по " +"которым вы хотите оценить своих лидов. Вы можете добавить столько критериев," +" сколько хотите." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " "assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." msgstr "" +"Каждый час каждый лед без оценки автоматически отсканирован и ему будет " +"назначен правильный балл по вашим правилам." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "назначение лидов" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1579,23 +1786,33 @@ msgid "" "Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " "This domain can include scores." msgstr "" +"После того, как результаты рассчитаны, лиды могут быть предназначены для " +"конкретных команд с помощью того же механизма домена. Чтобы это сделать, " +"перейдите к :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Team Assignation` и" +" применять конкретный домен в каждой команде. Этот домен может включать " +"оценки." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " "more refined domain." msgstr "" +"Далее, вы можете назначить конкретного поставщика в команде еще более " +"изощренного домена." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 msgid "" "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " "Assignation`." msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите к :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 msgid "" "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." msgstr "" +"Присвоение команды и лидов назначает не предназначены лиды один раз в день." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" @@ -1607,11 +1824,16 @@ msgid "" "unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " "useful to do something with them." msgstr "" +"После того, как ваши правила оценки установлены, вы, скорее всего, будут " +"иметь определенные не предназначены лиды. Некоторые из них, как и ранее, " +"могут быть преобразованы в возможности, поэтому полезно что-то с ними " +"сделать." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "" "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." msgstr "" +"На странице лидов можно поместить фильтр, чтобы найти не предназначены лиды." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1619,6 +1841,9 @@ msgid "" "Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" " unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" +"Почему бы не пользоваться приложениями :menuselection:`Email Marketing` или " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing` для передачи им массовую электронную почту?" +" Вы также можете легко найти такие не предназначены лиды оттуда." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" @@ -1629,22 +1854,28 @@ msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" +"Отслеживание страниц вашего сайта даст вам гораздо больше информации об " +"интересах посетителей вашего сайта." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " "they use the contact form on your website." msgstr "" +"Каждая отслеживаемая страница, которую они посещают, будет записана на вашем" +" лиде / случае, если они используют контактную форму на вашем сайте." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " "*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться этой функцией, установите бесплатный модуль * Оценка " +"лидов * на странице * Приложения * (доступно только в Odoo Enterprise)." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отслеживание веб-страниц" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1662,7 +1893,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Смотрите посещенные страницы в ваших лидах / возможность" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1682,13 +1913,16 @@ msgid "" "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " "pages." msgstr "" +"Оба они будут обновляться, если посетители вернутся на ваш сайт и посетят " +"другие страницы." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " "chatter." msgstr "" +"Эта функция будет повторять несколько просмотров тех же страниц в чате." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваши клиенты больше не смогут сохранять любые секреты от вас!" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index ac4daf26c..d57edf9e4 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управления базами данных онлайн" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -28,6 +34,10 @@ msgid "" "click on the `Manage Your Databases " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." msgstr "" +"Чтобы управлять базами данных, откройте `страницу Управление базой данных " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> `__ (вам придется войти в систему). " +"Затем нажмите кнопку `Управление вашими базами данных " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage> `__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -35,78 +45,91 @@ msgid "" " manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " "database." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что вы подключены как администратор базы данных, которой хотите " +"управлять - многие операции зависят от того, как вы отдаленно " +"идентифицируете эту базу данных." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доступно несколько действий:" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ": Ref: `Обновления <upgrade_button> `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid "" "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " "features" msgstr "" +"Обновите вашу базу данных до последней версии Odoo, чтобы насладиться " +"передовыми функциями" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ": Ref: `Копирование <duplicate_online> `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 msgid "" "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " "flows without compromising your daily operations" msgstr "" +"Создайте точную копию вашей базы данных, если вы хотите попробовать новые " +"модули или новые процессы, не покладая опасности ежедневные операции" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ": Ref: `Переименование <rename_online_database> `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переименуйте вашу базу данных (и ее URL-адрес)" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Резервное копирование **" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "" "Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " "daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" msgstr "" +"Загрузите мгновенную резервную копию вашей базы данных; Обратите внимание, " +"что мы создаем резервные копии баз данных ежедневно по нашим Odoo Cloud SLA" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ": Ref: `Домены <custom_domain> `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" msgstr "" +"Настройте собственные домены для доступа к вашей базе данных с помощью " +"другой URL-адреса" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ": Ref: `Удаление <delete_online_database> `" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Удалите базу данных мгновенно" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Связь с техподдержкой" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 msgid "" "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " "database already selected" msgstr "" +"Получите доступ к нашей `страницы поддержки <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__ " +"с уже выбранной правильной базой данных" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обновить" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -114,6 +137,9 @@ msgid "" "that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" " the process before upgrading your production database." msgstr "" +"Обновление вашей базы данных в новой версии Odoo - это сложная операция, " +"которая требует времени и осторожности. Очень важно, чтобы вы полностью " +"протестировали процесс перед обновлением производственной базы." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -121,6 +147,9 @@ msgid "" "your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " "experience." msgstr "" +"Odoo регулярно выпускает новые версии (по крайней мере один раз в год), а " +"обновление базы данных, чтобы пользоваться новыми функциями Odoo, является " +"частью опыта Odoo Online." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -130,6 +159,13 @@ msgid "" " database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " "multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" +"Процесс обновления может занять некоторое время, особенно если вы " +"используете несколько приложений или программ, которые управляют " +"конфиденциальными данными (например, Бухучет, Состав и др.). В общем, чем " +"меньше база данных, тем быстрее будет обновлен. База данных для одного " +"пользователя, которая использует только CRM, будет обрабатываться быстрее, " +"чем база данных мульти-компаний и многих пользователей, которая использует " +"Бухучет, Продажа, Покупки и Производство." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -141,44 +177,64 @@ msgid "" "they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " "a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" +"К сожалению, невозможно дать оценку времени для каждого запроса на " +"обновление, поскольку Odoo.com по меньшей мере один раз проверять вручную " +"каждое обновление базы данных и нужно будет исправить / адаптировать " +"изменения, внесенные в стандартных модулей Odoo (например, через Студию или " +"через Пакет услуг) в каждом конкретном случае. Это может сделать процесс " +"медленнее, поскольку запросы обрабатываются в порядке их поступления. " +"Особенно это касается месяцев после выхода новой основной версии, которая " +"может значительно продлить задержку обновления." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Процесс обновления с вашей стороны довольно прост:" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваш запрос на тестовое обновление" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " "database" msgstr "" +"Когда все тесты будут подтверждены ** вами **, вы обновляете вашу " +"фактическую базу данных" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 msgid "" "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " "same." msgstr "" +"Обработка запроса на тестовое или рабочее (* фактическое *) обновления " +"одинакова." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " "access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." msgstr "" +"Сначала убедитесь, что вы подключены к базе данных, которую вы хотите " +"обновить и получите доступ к `страницы управления базой данных " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> `__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 msgid "" "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " "database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." msgstr "" +"Нужно иметь активную сессию с доступом к модулю Настройка в базе данных, " +"которую вы хотите обновить, чтобы кнопка была видимой." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 msgid "" "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " "If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." msgstr "" +"В строке базы данных, которую вы хотите обновить, нажмите на меню " +""Cog". Если доступна новая версия Odoo, вы увидите кнопку " +"«Обновить»." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -188,6 +244,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " "released a more recent version during your tests)." msgstr "" +"У вас есть возможность выбрать целевую версию обновления. По умолчанию мы " +"выбираем самую высокую версию, доступную для вашей базы данных; если вы уже " +"были в процессе тестирования обновления, мы автоматически выберем версию, " +"которую вы уже тестировали (даже если мы выпустили более новую версию во " +"время ваших тестов)." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -196,6 +257,10 @@ msgid "" "request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" " and asking another request will not be possible." msgstr "" +"Нажав кнопку "Тестировать обновления", будет создан запрос на " +"обновление. Вовремя можно сделать один запрос для каждой базы данных; если " +"запрос уже сделан, вы увидите заметку "Обновить очередь", и запрос" +" на другой запрос будет невозможным." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -207,6 +272,14 @@ msgid "" "made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " "should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." msgstr "" +"Тестовое обновление создаст копию вашей базы данных, обновит ее и " +"автоматически сделает ее доступной для вас. Если это первый тест, который вы" +" спрашиваете для этой конкретной базы данных, Odoo.com осуществит этап " +"ручного тестирования - это может занять время (до нескольких недель). " +"Дальнейшие запросы не пройдут этот шаг тестирования вручную, и обычно они " +"будут доступны через несколько часов. После того, как тестовая база данных " +"будет доступна, вы должны получить электронное письмо с URL-адресом тестовой" +" базы данных." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -226,6 +299,11 @@ msgid "" "is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " "prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" msgstr "" +"Не забудьте сделать последний тест обновления непосредственно перед " +"окончательным обновлением (например, накануне), чтобы гарантировать, что все" +" будет работать бесперебойно. Возобновление версии невозможно, а " +"писляналаштовуване обновления всегда проще, чем предотвращение работе над " +"обновлением после факта!" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -236,6 +314,12 @@ msgid "" " and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " "the process is completed." msgstr "" +"После того, как вы будете готовы и подтвердили все свои тесты, вы можете " +"снова нажать кнопку «Обновить» и подтвердить, нажав «Обновить» (кнопку с " +"маленькой ракетой!), Чтобы переключить вашу рабочую базу данных на новую " +"версию. Затем ваша база данных будет перенесена оффлайн в течение следующих " +"10 минут и будет обновлена автоматически; вы получите письмо с " +"подтверждением, когда процесс завершен." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -243,10 +327,13 @@ msgid "" "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " "migration during non-business hours." msgstr "" +"Ваша база данных будет загружаться в режиме во время обновления (обычно от " +"30 минут до нескольких часов для больших баз данных), поэтому обязательно " +"планируйте миграцию в течение нерабочих часов." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Копирование базы данных" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -254,6 +341,9 @@ msgid "" "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." msgstr "" +"Дублирование базы данных, переименование, пользовательский DNS и т. Д. " +"Недоступны для пробных баз данных на нашей онлайн-платформе. Оплачены базы " +"данных и база данных "One App Free" может дублировать без проблем." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -261,50 +351,62 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" +"В строке базы данных, которую вы хотите дублировать, у вас будет несколько " +"кнопок. Чтобы копировать вашу базу данных, просто нажмите кнопку ** " +"Копировать **. Вам придется назвать свою копию, затем нажмите кнопку ** " +"Копировать базу данных **." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" msgstr "" +"Если вы не проверяете обозначения "Для целей тестирования" при " +"копировании базы данных, все внешние процессы будут оставаться активными:" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отправка электронных писем" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" msgstr "" +"Платежи обрабатываются (например, в программах электронной коммерции или " +"подписки)" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на доставку (поставщики доставки) отправляются" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "И т.д .." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " "behaviours to be disabled." msgstr "" +"Проверьте обозначения "Для целей тестирования", если вы хотите, " +"чтобы эти действия были выключены." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" +"Через несколько секунд вы будете входить в копию базы данных. Обратите " +"внимание, что URL-адрес использует ваше название для копий базы данных." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Копии баз данных заканчиваются автоматически через 15 дней." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переименование базы данных" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -313,14 +415,19 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы переименовать вашу базу данных, убедитесь, что вы подключены к базе " +"данных, которую вы хотите переименовать, откройте `страницу управления базой" +" данных <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> `__ и нажмите ** Переименовать " +"**. Вам нужно будет указать новое название в вашей базе данных, а затем " +"нажать ** Переименовать базу данных **." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Удаление базы данных" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете удалить только те базы данных, где вы администратором." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -329,6 +436,11 @@ msgid "" "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" +"Когда вы удалите базу данных, все данные будут потеряны навсегда. Удаление " +"является мгновенным и для всех пользователей. Мы советуем вам немедленно " +"сделать резервную копию вашей базы данных, прежде чем удалить ее, поскольку " +"последнее автоматическое ежедневное резервное копирование может составлять " +"несколько часов в тот момент." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -336,23 +448,32 @@ msgid "" "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" +"На `странице управления базой данных <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases> " +"`__, в строке базы данных, которую вы хотите удалить, нажмите кнопку" " +"Удалить "." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, внимательно прочитайте предупреждение, которое появится и будет " +"висеть, пока вы полностью не поймете последствия удаления базы данных:" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." msgstr "" +"Через несколько секунд база данных будет удалена, и страница будет " +"автоматически перезагружена." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно будет повторно использовать это название базы данных, она " +"будет доступна" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -360,20 +481,25 @@ msgid "" "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" +"Невозможно удалить базу данных, если она прошла или связана с подпиской. В " +"этих случаях обращайтесь в `Службу поддержки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите удалить свой аккаунт, обратитесь к `Службы поддержки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управления базами данных на собственном сервере" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Регистрация базы данных" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -384,26 +510,34 @@ msgid "" "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать вашу базу данных, вам просто нужно ввести свой код " +"подписки в окне Переключение приложений. Убедитесь, что вы не добавили " +"дополнительных пробелов перед или после кода подписки. Если регистрация " +"будет успешной, она станет зеленой и предоставит вам дату окончания срочной " +"регистрации вашей базы данных. Вы можете проверить эту дату окончания в меню" +" О (Odoo 9) или на информационной панели параметров (Odoo 10)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сообщение об ошибке регистрации" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" msgstr "" +"Если вы не можете зарегистрировать свою базу данных, вы, вероятно, увидите " +"это сообщение:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Решение" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Есть ли у вас действительно Подписка на Enterprise?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -411,16 +545,22 @@ msgid "" " Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" " Manager" msgstr "" +"Проверьте, получает информацию о подписке тег "В процессе" в `J, " +"ksre Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription> `__ или с вашим " +"менеджером аккаунта." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы уже связали базу данных со ссылкой на подписку?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " "development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" msgstr "" +"Вы можете связать только одну базу данных для каждой подписки. (Нужен тест " +"или база данных разработки? `Найдите партнера " +"<https://www.odoo.com/partners> `__)" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -428,16 +568,21 @@ msgid "" "<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" +"Вы можете самостоятельно отсоединить старую базу данных в своем `Кнтракти " +"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription> `__ с помощью кнопки" " +"Отключить базу данных "." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" msgstr "" +"Появится сообщение о подтверждении; убедитесь, что это правильная база " +"данных, поскольку она будет немедленно выключен:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "У вас есть обновленная версия Odoo 9?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 @@ -445,6 +590,8 @@ msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" +"С июля 2016 Odoo 9 теперь автоматически меняет UUID копии базы данных; " +"ручная операция больше не нужна." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -453,6 +600,11 @@ msgid "" "<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" +"Если нет, вы можете иметь несколько баз данных, имеющих одинаковую UUID. " +"Пожалуйста, проверьте свой `Контракт Odoo " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription> `__, появится короткое " +"сообщение, в котором будет указано, какая база данных является " +"проблематичной:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -460,6 +612,9 @@ msgid "" "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "<duplicate_premise>`." msgstr "" +"В этом случае вам нужно изменить UUID на своих тестовых базах данных, чтобы " +"решить эту проблему. Вы найдете дополнительную информацию об этом в: ref: " +"`этом разделе <duplicate_premise> `." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -467,10 +622,13 @@ msgid "" "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" +"Для вашей информации мы идентифицируем базу данных с UUID. Поэтому каждая " +"база данных должна иметь четкий UUID, чтобы обеспечить бесперебойную " +"регистрацию и выставления счетов для вас и для нас." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте настройки сети и firewall" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -478,42 +636,55 @@ msgid "" " servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " "outgoing connections towards:" msgstr "" +"Сообщение об обновлении должно иметь возможность дойти до серверов проверки " +"подписки Odoo. Другими словами, убедитесь, что сервер Odoo способен " +"открывать исходящие соединения в направлении:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "services.odoo.com на порту 443 (или 80)" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "services.openerp.com на порту 443 (или 80) для старых развертывание" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 msgid "" "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " "Update notification runs once a week." msgstr "" +"После активации вашей базы данных вы должны держать эти порты открытыми, " +"поскольку сообщение об обновлении работает раз в неделю." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сообщение об ошибке через через большое количество пользователей" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" +"Если в вашей местной базе данных есть больше пользователей, чем " +"предусмотрено в подписке Odoo Enterprise, вы можете увидеть следующее " +"сообщение:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" +"Когда появится сообщение, у вас есть 30 дней до истечения срока действия. " +"Обратный отсчет обновляется каждый день." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" +"** Добавьте больше пользователей ** к вашей подписки: перейдите по ссылке и " +"подтвердите коммерческое предложение к продаже, оплатите дополнительных " +"пользователей." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -529,16 +700,23 @@ msgid "" " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " "message disappear right away." msgstr "" +"Когда ваша база данных будет правильное количество пользователей, сообщения " +"об окончании срока действия автоматически исчезнет через несколько дней " +"после следующей проверки. Мы понимаем, что это может быть немного пугающе, " +"когда вы увидите обратный отсчет, поэтому вы можете запустить Обновления " +"Сообщения, <force_ping> `Чтобы сообщение исчезло сразу." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ошибка сообщение об окончании срока действия базы данных" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" +"Если ваша база данных заканчивается до окончания срока действия вашей " +"подписки, вы увидите это сообщение:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -546,12 +724,17 @@ msgid "" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" +"Это сообщение о ** блокировки ** появляется после Неблокирующий сообщение, " +"которое длится 30 дней. Если вы не принимаете меры до окончания обратного " +"отсчета, срок действия базы данных закончится." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" +"Восстановите свою подписку: перейдите по ссылке и обновите свою подписку, " +"обратите внимание," #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -559,20 +742,26 @@ msgid "" "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" +"если вы хотите оплатить через Wire Transfer, ваша подписка будет " +"действительно возобновлена ​​только после получения платежа, который может " +"длиться несколько дней. Платежи по кредитной карте обрабатываются " +"немедленно." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Свяжитесь с нашей `Поддержкой <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" +"Никакие из этих решений не подходят для вас? Пожалуйста, свяжитесь с нашей " +"`Поддержкой <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Копирование базы данных" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -580,6 +769,9 @@ msgid "" "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" +"Вы можете дублировать свою базу данных, обратившись к менеджеру баз данных " +"на своем сервере ( <odoo-server> / Web / database / manager). На этой " +"странице вы можете легко дублировать вашу базу данных (среди прочих)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -589,6 +781,11 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" +"Когда вы копируете локальную базу данных, ** настоятельно ** рекомендуем " +"менять uuid дубликатов базы данных (Unniversically Unique Identifier), " +"поскольку этот uuid - то, как ваша база данных идентифицирует себя на наших " +"серверах. Две базы данных с тем же uuid могут привести к выставлению счетов-" +"фактур или регистрационных проблем ниже по строчке." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -601,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пользователи и приложения" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -609,6 +806,9 @@ msgid "" "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." msgstr "" +"Как администратор вашей базы данных, вы несете ответственность за ее " +"использование. Она включает приложения, которые вы устанавливаете, а также " +"количество пользователей, которые сейчас пользуются системой." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -618,6 +818,11 @@ msgid "" "subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " "paying one on our online platform)." msgstr "" +"В Odoo есть много вещей (ERP, CMS, приложение CRM, бэкенд электронной " +"коммерции и т.д.), но это не смартфон. Вы должны быть осторожными при " +"добавлении / удалении функций (особенно приложений) в вашей базе данных, это" +" может существенно повлиять на сумму вашей подписки (или вы можете " +"переключиться с бесплатной версии на платную на онлайн-платформе Odoo)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -626,6 +831,11 @@ msgid "" "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." msgstr "" +"Эта страница содержит некоторую информацию о том, как можно управлять " +"версиями Odoo. Прежде чем выполнять любую из этих действий, ** настоятельно " +"** советуем сначала протестировать их на копии вашей базы данных. Таким " +"образом, если что-то пойдет не так, на ваш ежедневный бизнес ничего не " +"влияет." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -633,6 +843,9 @@ msgid "" " <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " "installations." msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти справочники о том, как дублировать свои базы данных как. : " +"Ref: `онлайн <duplicate_online> `Так и: ref:` на вашем хостинге " +"<duplicate_premise> ." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -640,35 +853,43 @@ msgid "" "issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " "`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" +"Если у вас возникли вопросы по содержанию этой страницы или возникли " +"проблемы при выполнении этих действий, свяжитесь с нами по нашей `формы " +"поддержки <https://www.odoo.com/help> `__." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "отключение пользователей" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что у вас есть достаточно ** административных прав **, если вы " +"хотите изменить статус любого из ваших пользователей." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " "showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" msgstr "" +"В вашей версии Odoo нажмите ** Настройка **. У вас будет секция, которая " +"будет показывать вам активных пользователей вашей базы данных. Нажмите ** " +"Управлять пользователями. **" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|настройки|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|browse_users|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "После этого вы увидите список пользователей." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -676,6 +897,10 @@ msgid "" "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" +"Заранее выбранный фильтр Внутренние пользователи * покажет ваших платных " +"пользователей (отличных от * Пользователей портала *, которые являются " +"бесплатными). Если вы удалите этот фильтр, вы получите всех своих " +"пользователей (тех, кого вы оплачиваете, а также портальные)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -683,18 +908,22 @@ msgid "" "you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " "on Archive." msgstr "" +"В вашем списке пользователей нажмите на пользователя, якаого вы хотите " +"отключить. Как только вы будете на форме пользователя, нажмите на выпадающее" +" меню действий и нажмите Архивировать." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пользователя деактивирована." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" msgstr "" +"** Никогда ** Не отключайте главного пользователя (** администратора **)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "удаление приложений" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -702,6 +931,9 @@ msgid "" "<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" +"Для дополнительной (особенно установка / удаление приложений), сначала " +"проверьте, что вы собираетесь делать на: ref: `тестовой <duplicate_online> " +"`Базе данных." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -709,10 +941,13 @@ msgid "" "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" +"В своей версии Odoo нажмите ** Настройка **, в этом приложении вы сможете " +"увидеть, сколько программ было установлено. Нажмите ** Посмотреть приложения" +" **, чтобы получить доступ к списку установленных программ." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -720,6 +955,9 @@ msgid "" "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" +"На панели приборов приложений вы увидите все значки ваших модулей. Нажмите " +"программу, которую вы хотите удалить. Затем, по форме приложения нажмите " +"кнопку ** Удалить **." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -730,19 +968,27 @@ msgid "" "permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"Некоторые программы имеют зависимости, такие как выставление счетов, " +"электронная коммерция и др. Таким образом, система предупредит вас, что вы " +"собираетесь удалить. Если вы деинсталлируете вашу программу, все ее " +"зависимости будет также удаленно (и данные в них навсегда исчезнут). Если вы" +" уверены, что все равно хотите удалить приложение, нажмите кнопку ** " +"Подтвердить **." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"Наконец, после проверки предупреждения (если оно есть), нажмите кнопку ** " +"Подтвердить **." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы завершили удаление вашего модуля." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" +msgstr "стоит знать" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -753,6 +999,12 @@ msgid "" "*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " "operations." msgstr "" +"** Удаление приложений, управления пользователями и т.д. зависит от вас **: " +"никто не знает лучше вас, ваш бизнес-процесс сломан. Если мы хотели бы " +"деинсталлировать приложения для вас, мы никогда не сможем определить, были " +"удалены релевантные данные или если один из ваших бизнес-процессов был " +"сломан, поскольку мы не знаем, как вы работаете, и поэтому не можем " +"проверить такие операции." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -763,6 +1015,13 @@ msgid "" "need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " "to work properly." msgstr "" +"** Приложения Odoo имеют зависимости **: это означает, что вам может " +"понадобиться установить модули, которые вы не используете для доступа к " +"некоторым функциям Odoo, которые вам могут понадобиться. Например, " +"приложение Website Builder нужен, чтобы показать своему клиенту свои " +"коммерческие предложения на веб-странице. Несмотря на то, вам может не " +"потребоваться использование самого Веб-сайта, это необходимо, чтобы функция " +"коммерческих предложений онлайн работала должным образом." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -770,3 +1029,7 @@ msgid "" "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" +"** Всегда проверяйте установка / удаление приложения на тестовой базе ** " +"(или на базе бесплатной пробной версии): таким образом вы можете узнать, " +"какие другие программы могут понадобиться. Это поможет избежать " +"неожиданностей при удалении или при получении счетов-фактур." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 2eb9355da..4cc724cde 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,13 +3,20 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Collex100, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +26,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общение" #: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расширенный" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" @@ -47,7 +54,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Объем данной документации" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -65,43 +72,56 @@ msgid "" "still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " "reputation yourself." msgstr "" +"Если ни один из вашей компании не используется для управления почтовыми " +"серверами, мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам выбрать эти решения для хостинга " +"Odoo. Их система электронной почты работает мгновенно и контролируется " +"профессионалами. Тем не менее, вы все еще можете использовать собственные " +"почтовые серверы, если хотите самостоятельно управлять вашим сервером " +"электронной почты." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Ниже вы найдете некоторую полезную информацию о том, как интегрировать " +"собственное решение электронной почты с Odoo." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " "<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" "device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять исходящими сообщениями" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " "create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" +"Как администратор системы, перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings` и проверьте * внешние серверы электронной почты *. Нажмите * " +"Серверы исходящей почты *, чтобы создать и указать SMTP-данные вашего " +"сервера электронной почты. Когда вся информация будет заполнена, нажмите " +"кнопку * Проверить подключение *." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вот типичное настройки сервера G Suite." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Затем установите имя домена электронной почты в общих настройках." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -109,88 +129,115 @@ msgid "" "<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Можете ли вы использовать сервер Office 365" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать сервер Office 365, если вы запускаете Odoo на " +"собственном сервере. Реестры SMTP Office 365 несовместимы с Odoo Online." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" "email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к `документации Microsoft <https://support.office.com" +"/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4> `__ для " +"настройки ретранслятора SMTP для вашего IP-адреса Odoo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Как использовать сервер G Suite" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " "`Google documentation " "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать сервер G Suite для любого типа хостинга Odoo. Чтобы " +"это сделать, вам необходимо установить обслуживания SMTP. Шаги настройки " +"объясняются в документации `Google " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en> `__." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Будьте совместимыми с SPF" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" +"Если вы используете SPF (Policy Framework для отправителей), чтобы увеличить" +" производительность выходных электронных писем, не забудьте авторизовать " +"Odoo как отправителя в настройках вашего доменного имени. Вот настройки для " +"Odoo Online:" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" +"Если для SPF нет записи TXT, создайте его с последующим определением: v = " +"spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com ~ all" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" +"Если запрос SPF TXT уже установлено, добавьте "include: " +"_spf.odoo.com". например, для доменного имени, которое направляет " +"электронные письма через Odoo Online, и через G Suite это может быть: v = " +"spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include: _spf.google.com ~ all" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" +"Найдите `здесь <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/> `__ точную процедуру " +"создания или изменения TXT-записи в собственном регистраторе доменов." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" +"Завершение вашего нового записи SPF может занять до 48 часов, но это, как " +"правило, происходит быстрее." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" +"Добавление нескольких записей SPF для домена может вызвать проблемы с " +"доставкой почты и классификации спама. Вместо этого мы рекомендуем " +"использовать только одна запись SPF, изменяя его, чтобы авторизовать Odoo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Позвольте DKIM" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -199,92 +246,124 @@ msgid "" "a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" +"Вы должны делать то же самое, если на вашем сервере электронной почты " +"включены DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). В случае с Odoo Online и " +"Odoo.sh, вы должны добавить DNS "odoo._domainkey" запись CNAME на " +""odoo._domainkey.odoo.com". Например, для "foo.com" они " +"должны иметь запись "odoo._domainkey.foo.com", то есть CNAME со " +"значением "odoo._domainkey.odoo.com"." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "Restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," " 465 or 2525." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять входящими сообщениями" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" +"Odoo возлагается на общие псевдонимы электронной почты, чтобы получать " +"входящие сообщения." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" +"** Ответы сообщений **, отправленных с Odoo, направляются в их оригинальный " +"дискуссионный поток (и в папку "Входящие" всех его пиписникив) с " +"помощью псевдонима catchall (** catchall @ **)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " "recipients." msgstr "" +"** Отсканированные сообщение ** направляются на отказ @, чтобы отслеживать " +"их в Odoo. Это особенно используется в `Odoo Email Marketing, " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing> `__ чтобы отказаться от " +"недействительных получателей." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" +"** Оригинальные сообщение **: для некоторых бизнес-объектов является " +"собственный псевдоним для создания новых записей в Odoo из входящих " +"сообщений электронной почты:" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," msgstr "" +"Канал продаж (для создания лидов или возможностей в `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm> `__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," msgstr "" +"Поддержка канала (для создания заявок в `Службе поддержки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk> `__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/project-management>`__)," msgstr "" +"Проекты (для создания новых задач в `Проекте Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management> `__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," msgstr "" +"Вакансии (для создания заявок в `Рекрутинга Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment> `__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "и т.д." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего почтового сервера может существовать несколько " +"способов получения сообщений электронной почты. Самый и наиболее " +"рекомендуемый способ заключается в управлении одному адресу электронной " +"почты на псевдонимы Odoo на вашем почтовом сервере." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Создайте соответствующие электронные адреса на своем почтовом сервере " +"(catchall @, bounce @, sales @ и т.д.)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите свое доменное имя в общих настройках." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -292,8 +371,14 @@ msgid "" "Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Odoo на собственном сервере, создайте * входной почтовый" +" сервер * в Odoo для каждого псевдонима. Вы также можете это сделать в общих" +" настройках. Заполните форму в соответствии с вашими настроек поставщика " +"услуг электронной почты. Оставьте * действия, которые нужно выполнить * на " +"входных письмах, пустыми. Когда вся информация будет заполнена, нажмите на *" +" Проверка и подтверждение *." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -303,26 +388,34 @@ msgid "" "domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Odoo Online или Odoo.sh, мы рекомендуем переадресовывать" +" входящие сообщения на доменное имя Odoo, а не только использовать свой " +"собственный сервер электронной почты. Таким образом вы получите входящие " +"сообщения без задержки. Действительно, Odoo Online получает входящие " +"сообщения внешних серверов только раз в час. Вы должны установить " +"перенаправления для всех адресов электронной почты к доменному имени Odoo на" +" своем сервере электронной почты (например, *catchall@mydomain.ext*, на " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -333,7 +426,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шаблоны писем" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -413,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Discuss" @@ -434,32 +527,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " "and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " "through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 msgid "" "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "Start Chatting" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 msgid "" "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " "asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " @@ -467,54 +560,52 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 msgid "" "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," -" type *#channel-name*." +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "" "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 msgid "Chat status" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " "respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " @@ -522,32 +613,28 @@ msgid "" "menu*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -579,14 +666,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " -"through Kanban views." +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите виды деятельности" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 84eea5fb6..6a760361f 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -3,6 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Collex100, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,34 +27,38 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eCommerce" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начать" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить страницу каталога товаров" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каталог товаров" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." msgstr "" +"Все ваши опубликованы элементы отображаются на странице каталога (или на " +"странице * Магазина *)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." msgstr "" +"Большинство параметров доступны в меню * Настройка *: элементы отображения, " +"категории сайта и тому подобное." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "выделите товар" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -54,16 +66,22 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" +"Повышайте видимость товаров со звездочкой / рекламируемые товары: поднимите " +"их вверх, увеличьте их, добавьте ленту, которую можно редактировать " +"(продажа, новый т.п.). Откройте страницу магазина, перейдите в режим " +"редактирования и нажмите на любой элемент, чтобы начать настройку сети." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" msgstr "" +"Посмотрите, как сделать это: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Быстрое добавление в корзину" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -73,66 +91,71 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" +"Если ваши клиенты покупают много товаров одновременно, сделайте этот процесс" +" быстрее, позволяя покупки со страницы каталога. Для этого добавьте описание" +" товара и добавьте в кнопку корзины. Включите следующие параметры в меню * " +"Настройка *: описание товара, добавление в корзину, просмотр списка (для " +"лучшего отображения описания товара)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать страницу товара" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "На сайте нажмите кнопку * Новая страница * в верхнем правом углу." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите * Новый товар * и следуйте всплывающих советов." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вот основные элементы страницы товара:" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Многие элементы можно сделать видимыми в меню * Настройка *." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Узнайте, как настраивать свои товары на страницах ниже." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отразить несколько картинок на товаре" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -140,48 +163,63 @@ msgid "" "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию веб-страница товара отражает главное изображение вашего товара." +" Если вы хотите показать свои товары по нескольким ракурсов, вы можете " +"преобразовать изображение в карусель." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Проверьте * Несколько изображений на товаре * в :menuselection:`Website " +"Admin --> Configuration --> Settings`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." msgstr "" +"Откройте детали формы товара и загрузите изображение с вкладки Картинки. " +"Нажмите * Создать * в режиме редактирования, чтобы получить мастер загрузки." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" +"Такое дополнительное изображение является общим для всех вариантов товаров " +"(если таковые имеются)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как показать наличие товара" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." msgstr "" +"Наличие ваших товаров может быть показана на сайте, чтобы убедить ваших " +"клиентов." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отразить это, откройте вкладку * Продажи * в форме деталей товара и " +"выберите * В наличии *." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." msgstr "" +"Пользовательское предупреждение может быть связано с наличием на складе, " +"задержкой доставки и тому подобное." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Этот инструмент не требует установки приложения Состав." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -189,10 +227,13 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"Если один элемент больше нельзя продавать, отмените публикацию на своем " +"сайте. Если речь идет о конкретном вариант товара, выключите вариант на " +"бэкенд (see: doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять вариантами товара" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -202,20 +243,28 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" +"Варианты товара используются для того, чтобы предложить варианты того же " +"товара для ваших клиентов на странице товаров. Например, клиент выбирает " +"футболку, а затем выбирает ее размер и цвет. В приведенном ниже примере " +"клиент выбирает телефон, а затем выбирает память; цвет и Wi-Fi из доступных " +"функций." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать атрибуты и варианты" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Включите * Товары могут иметь несколько атрибутов, определяющих варианты " +"(например, размер, цвет, ...) * в разделе :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Settings`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите товар в списке товаров, перейдите на вкладку * Варианты *." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -223,48 +272,53 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." msgstr "" +"Добавьте как можно больше атрибутов, которые вам нужно, с 3 различных типов:" +" переключатели, выпадающее меню или цветные кнопки. Вы получаете несколько " +"вариантов, как только будет 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как редактировать варианты" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Просмотрите все варианты из формы шаблона деталей товара." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете редактировать следующие данные:" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изображения (обновляется в реальном времени на сайте)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штрих-код," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Внутренняя справка (SKU #)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Объем," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" +msgstr "вес," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активный (доступен в предложениях и на сайте)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." msgstr "" +"Штрих-код и внутренняя справка являются специальными для вариантов. Нужно " +"заполнить их, когда созданы варианты." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -272,32 +326,42 @@ msgid "" "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." msgstr "" +"Смотрите и измените все варианты с :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants`. Это может быть быстрее, если вы управляете множеством " +"вариантов." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как установить конкретные цены за вариант" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете установить конкретную общую стоимость каждого варианта, " +"нажав * Цены варианта * в форме сведений о товаре (действие в верхнем левом " +"углу)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." msgstr "" +"Дополнительная цена добавляется к цене товара, когда выбирается " +"соответствующее значение атрибута." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" +"Формулы премиум-класса позволяют устанавливать расширенные методы вычисления" +" цены вариантов товара. См. : Doc: `../ maximizing_revenue / pricing`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отключить / архивировать варианты" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -305,20 +369,27 @@ msgid "" "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." msgstr "" +"Вы можете отключить / архивировать конкретные варианты, чтобы они больше не " +"были доступны в предложениях и на веб-сайте (не существовавших на вашем " +"складе, устаревших и т.п.). Просто снимите отметку * Активно * в детальной " +"форме." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить такие архивные элементы, нажмите * Архивирование * при поиске" +" списка вариантов. Вы можете повторно активировать их так же." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увеличьте свой доход" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" msgstr "" +"Как продавать аксессуары и функциональные товары (перекрестный продажа)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -326,29 +397,36 @@ msgid "" "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" msgstr "" +"Вы продаете компьютеры. Почему бы не стимулировать своих клиентов покупать " +"лучший экран или дополнительную гарантию? Это цель перекрестных продаж:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аксессуары на странице оформления заказа," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." msgstr "" +"Дополнительные товары на новом экране * Добавить в корзину * (не установлен " +"по умолчанию)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аксессуары при проверке" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." msgstr "" +"Аксессуары (например, для компьютеров: мышь, клавиатура) появляются, когда " +"пользователь просматривает корзину перед оплатой." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." msgstr "" +"Выберите аксессуары на вкладке * Продажи * на странице сведений о товаре." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -357,10 +435,14 @@ msgid "" "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." msgstr "" +"Существует алгоритм выявления лучших аксессуаров для отображения, если в " +"корзину добавлено несколько элементов. Если любой элемент является " +"аксессуаром нескольких товаров, добавленных в корзину, то, скорее всего, он " +"будет вверху списка предложенных аксессуаров." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дополнительные товары при добавлении в корзину" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -368,10 +450,14 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" +"Необязательные товары напрямую связаны с элементом, добавленным в корзину " +"(например, для компьютеров гарантия, программное обеспечение для ОS, " +"дополнительные компоненты). Каждый раз, когда основной товар добавляется в " +"корзину, такой новый экран появляется как дополнительный шаг." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опубликовать дополнительные товары:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -379,55 +465,66 @@ msgid "" "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." msgstr "" +"Установите * Дополнительные товары электронной коммерции * в меню * " +"Приложения *. Удалите фильтр по умолчанию для поиска в аддонах, иначе " +"появятся только основные модули." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите дополнительные элементы на вкладке * Продажи * формы товара." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." msgstr "" +"Количество дополнительных элементов, добавленных в корзину, совпадает с " +"основным элементом." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как адаптировать цены к посетителям сайта" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" msgstr "" +"В этом разделе освещены особенности ценообразования модуля электронной " +"коммерции." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" +msgstr "установление цены за геолокации," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "позвольте клиенту выбирать валюту." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"Для начала проверьте, как управлять ценой товара: скидки.: Doc: `../../ " +"sales / products_prices / prices / pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geo-IP для автоматического применения правильной цены" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." msgstr "" +"Назначьте группы стран вашем ПРАЙСЛИСТ. Таким образом, посетители, которые " +"еще не вошли в систему, получать свою валюту при загрузке на ваш сайт." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" +msgstr "После входа они получают прайслист, который соответствует их стране." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "валютный выбор" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -435,39 +532,46 @@ msgid "" "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Если вы продаете в нескольких валютах, вы можете позволить своим клиентам " +"выбрать валюту. Проверьте выбор, чтобы добавить прайслист в раскрывающемся " +"меню сайта." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать и делиться промокод" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." msgstr "" +"Хотите увеличить продажи до Рождества? Поделитесь промокод с помощью " +"маркетинговых кампаний и примените любые скидки." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." msgstr "" +"Откройте :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` и выберите * Расширенное " +"ценообразование на основе формулы * для * Цены продаже *." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -475,36 +579,44 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` и " +"создайте новый прайслист правилу скидки (см.: Doc:` pricing`). Введите код." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" +"Сделайте поле промокод доступным на * Странице корзины * (опция в меню * " +"Настройка *). Добавьте товар в корзину, чтобы сделать это." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." msgstr "" +"При включении этой функции вы увидите новый раздел с правой стороны. При " +"нажатии кнопки * Применить * цены автоматически обновляются в корзине." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" +"Промокод, который использует клиент, сохраняется в системе, чтобы вы могли " +"проанализировать эффективность ваших маркетинговых кампаний." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покажите продажи по ценам ..." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как включить комментарии и рейтинг в электронной коммерции" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -512,70 +624,88 @@ msgid "" "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" msgstr "" +"Публикация и мониторинг опыта клиентов поможет доверять вам новым клиентам и" +" лучше взаимодействовать с вашей сообществом. Только в два клика позвольте " +"своему клиенту поделиться своим отзывом!" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" +"Активируйте комментарии и рейтинг в меню * Настройка * веб-страницы товара." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." msgstr "" +"Посетители должны войти, чтобы поделиться своими комментариями. Убедитесь, " +"что они смогут это сделать (см. Документацию Портал)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Смотрите публикации в режиме реального времени" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." msgstr "" +"Каждый раз, когда пост опубликован, менеджер товара и все подписчики на " +"товар получают уведомления в своей папке Входящие (меню (* Обсуждение *)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию пользователь, который создал товар, автоматически " +"устанавливается как подписчик." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." msgstr "" +"Нажмите на название товара, чтобы открыть подробную форму и посмотреть " +"комментарий (в обсуждении о товаре)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Модератор и отменяйте публикации" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " "form or on the web page." msgstr "" +"Вы можете легко модерировать, используя чат, в форме детальной информации о " +"товаре или на веб-странице." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 msgid "" "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отменить публикацию, откройте веб-страницу товара и нажмите кнопку * " +"Опубликовано *, чтобы превратить ее в красный цвет (* неопубликованные *)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "..tip::" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." msgstr "" +"Вы можете получить доступ к веб-страницы в детальной форме, нажав кнопку * " +"Опубликовано * (и наоборот)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как продавать альтернативные товары (допродажа)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -583,10 +713,13 @@ msgid "" "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." msgstr "" +"Чтобы максимально увеличить ваш доход, рекомендуется предлагать ценнее " +"варианты товара для базовых товаров. Таким образом, ваш клиент потратит " +"больше времени на просмотр вашего каталога." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сделать так:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -594,74 +727,80 @@ msgid "" "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " "customers will be confused." msgstr "" +"Выберите такие * Альтернативные * на вкладке * Продажи * формы товара. Три " +"альтернативы будет достаточно! Не размещайте слишком много, иначе ваши " +"клиенты будут путаться." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 msgid "" "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" +"Включите * альтернативные товары * в меню * Настройка * веб-страницы товара." #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введение в электронную коммерцию Odoo" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " "time. The topics follow the buying process:" msgstr "" +"Эта документация поможет вам быстро перейти на сайт электронной коммерции. " +"Темы следуют за процессом покупки:" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "страница товара" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "страница магазина" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установление цены" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оформление заказа" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Распродажа и перекрестный продажу" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платеж" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставка и отслеживание" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустите свой веб-сайт" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "получите оплату" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять заказами, оплаченными через платежные эквайеры" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -669,25 +808,32 @@ msgid "" " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." msgstr "" +"Odoo подтверждает заказ автоматически, как только платеж будет авторизовано " +"платежным эквайером. Это запускает доставку. Если вы выставили счет-фактуру " +"на основе заказных количеств, вам также предлагается начислить стоимость " +"заказа." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какой статус платежа" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" +"В любое время продавец может проверить состояние транзакции по заказу." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "* Черновик *: транзакция в обработке." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " "to authorize it from the acquirer interface." msgstr "" +"* Ожидает рассмотрение *: платежный эквайер удерживает транзакцию, и вам " +"нужно авторизовать ее из интерфейса эквайера." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -695,24 +841,31 @@ msgid "" " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." msgstr "" +"* Авторизованных *: платеж был разрешенным, но еще не получено. В Odoo заказ" +" уже подтверждено. После завершения доставки вы можете зафиксировать сумму " +"из интерфейса эквайера (или Odoo, если вы используете Authorize.net)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "* Готово *: платеж авторизованный и зафиксирован. Заказ подтвержден." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" +"* Ошибка *: во время транзакции произошла ошибка. Клиенту нужно повторить " +"платеж. Заказ все еще находится в состоянии черновика." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" +"* Отменены *: когда клиент отменяет платеж в форме платежного эквайера. Он " +"возвращается к Odoo, чтобы изменить заказ." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -720,10 +873,13 @@ msgid "" "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." msgstr "" +"Специальные сообщения предоставляются вашим клиентам по каждому платежному " +"статусом, когда они перенаправляются в Odoo после транзакции. Чтобы " +"отредактировать такие, перейдите на вкладку * Сообщение * метода оплаты." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматически проверены счета по заказу" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -731,6 +887,9 @@ msgid "" "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " "orders straight on." msgstr "" +"Когда заказ подтвержден, вы можете иметь счет-фактуру, выставляемый " +"автоматически и оплачивается. Это полностью автоматизировано для " +"предприятий, которым выставляется заказ." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -746,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зафиксируйте платеж после доставки" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -754,22 +913,29 @@ msgid "" "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." msgstr "" +"С помощью этого режима заказ подтвержден, но сумма удерживается. После " +"обработки доставки вы можете получить платеж от Odoo. Этот режим доступен " +"только с Authorize.net." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отобразить платеж, откройте транзакцию по заказу. Нажмите * Удержать " +"транзакцию *." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" +"С другими платежными еквайермы вы можете управлять содержанием в собственных" +" интерфейсах, а не с Odoo." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как клиенты могут получить доступ к клиентского аккаунта" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -779,39 +945,52 @@ msgid "" "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " "process before buying something." msgstr "" +"Вашим клиентам еще никогда не было так легко получить доступ к клиентского " +"аккаунта. Забудьте о бесконечных формы регистрации, Odoo делает это так же " +"просто, как АБВ. Предлагаем регистрации (имя, электронная почта, пароль), " +"когда заказ размещен, а не раньше. Действительно, ничто не раздражает " +"больше, чем процесс регистрации, до того, как происходит покупка." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Регистрация" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " "order from order confirmation email." msgstr "" +"Приглашение на регистрацию появляется, когда клиент хочет визуализировать " +"заказ из электронного письма с подтверждением заказа." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Клиентский аккаунт" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" " in the login dropdown menu." msgstr "" +"После входа клиент получит доступ к учетной записи, нажав Мой аккаунт * в " +"выпадающем меню." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." msgstr "" +"Там они находят всю свою историю. Главную адрес (для получения счетов) можно" +" изменить." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" +"Если клиент установлен как контакт компании в вашей адресной книге, он " +"увидит все документы, которые принадлежат этой компании." #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "собирайте налоги" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 50dbdd034..3c449b06e 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Email-маркетинг" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" @@ -71,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Контакты" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po index 39712b7f1..5d5418788 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events.rst:5 msgid "Events" -msgstr "" +msgstr "События" #: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Интеграции" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" @@ -40,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 #: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -116,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 msgid "Create your First Event" @@ -146,7 +152,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начать" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 70a4fb8ac..c306a66f0 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020 +# sergeiruzkiicode <sergei.ruzki@icode.by>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: sergeiruzkiicode <sergei.ruzki@icode.by>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 msgid "How to set expense types" @@ -89,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вручную" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -211,11 +217,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бухгалтерия: Бухгалтер или Аудитор" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы: Менеджер" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -261,7 +267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index cd113a9d8..dd2dde12f 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Техподдержка" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -57,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -270,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Продажи" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c076908c1..9ca274808 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,9 +4,11 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2020 +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020 +# VItaly Skopin <skopin@lab49.ru>, 2020 # Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2020 # Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 # @@ -15,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -31,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "Общие положения" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Авторизация" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" +"В соответствии со специальными требованиями по внедрению Azure OAuth, " +"идентификация Microsoft Azure OAuth на данный момент НЕ совместима с Odoo." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -68,6 +72,8 @@ msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" +"В левой части меню выберите подменю ** Параметры доступа ** (в ** Менеджере " +"API **), затем выберите ** Экран согласия OAuth **." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -82,12 +88,16 @@ msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" +"Нажмите ** Добавить параметры доступа ** и выберите второй вариант (OAuth " +"2.0 Client ID)." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" +"Проверьте, установлен ли тип программы ** Веб-приложение **. Теперь " +"настройте разрешенные страницы, на которые вы будете перенаправляться." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -104,6 +114,8 @@ msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +"После этого вы получите два значения (ваш ID и Секретный ключ). Вам нужно " +"вставить свой ID в ** Общих настройках **." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" @@ -172,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приложения" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -254,7 +266,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отметьте ** TLS пользователя **, если ваш сервер совместим." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -275,7 +287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "В ** фильтре LDAP **, введите `uid =% s``" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -290,6 +302,9 @@ msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" +"В ** шаблоне пользователя **, укажите шаблон для вновь профилей. Если " +"оставить заблокированным, профиль администратора, будет использоваться в " +"качестве шаблона." #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -297,7 +312,7 @@ msgstr "Импорт данных" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как адаптировать шаблон импорта" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -306,6 +321,11 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Шаблоны импорта, содержащие наиболее распространенные данные для импорта " +"(контакты, продукты, банковские выписки и т.д.) предоставляются в " +"инструменте импорта. Вы можете открыть их с помощью любого программного " +"обеспечения для электронных таблиц (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google " +"Drive и т.д.)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" @@ -316,12 +336,16 @@ msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" +"Удалите ненужные столбцы. Мы не рекомендуем удалять столбец *ID* (почему, " +"см. ниже)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Установите уникальный ID для каждой отдельной записи, перетаскивая их вниз " +"последовательно." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -343,7 +367,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Почему столбец “ID”?" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -376,7 +400,7 @@ msgstr "Импортируйте поля отношений (см. ниже)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать поля отношений" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -385,6 +409,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Объекты в Odoo всегда связаны со многими другими объектами (например, товар " +"связан с категориями товаров, атрибутами, поставщиками и т.д.). Чтобы " +"импортировать эти отношения, вам нужно сначала импортировать записи " +"связанного объекта из их собственного меню." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -434,7 +462,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как адаптировать шаблон?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." @@ -444,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы советуем не удалять ** ID ** (Почему? Смотрите в следующей главе)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -499,7 +527,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Я не могу найти поле, в котором я хочу обозначить столбец" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -530,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Где я могу изменить формат импорта дать?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -541,6 +569,12 @@ msgid "" "difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" +"Odoo может автоматически определить, колонка является датой, и попытается " +"угадать формат даты из набора наиболее часто используемых форматов даты. " +"Хотя этот процесс может работать для многих форматов дат, некоторые форматы " +"дать не будут распознаны. Это может привести к путанице через превращение " +"дня в месяц; трудно догадаться, какая часть формата даты - это день, а какая" +" - месяц в такой дате, как '01 -03-2016 "." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -549,6 +583,10 @@ msgid "" "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" +"Чтобы посмотреть, какой формат даты Odoo нашел в вашем файле, вы можете " +"проверить ** Формат даты **, который отображается, когда вы нажимаете ** " +"Параметры ** под списком файлов. Если этот формат неправильный, вы можете " +"изменить его, используя * ISO 8601 *, чтобы определить формат." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -557,10 +595,14 @@ msgid "" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" +"При импорте файла Excel (.xls, .xlsx), вы можете использовать цифровые дать " +"для хранения дат, поскольку отображение даты в формате excel отличается от " +"способа его хранения. Таким образом, вы будете уверены, что формат даты в " +"Odoo правильный, независимо от формата вашей локальной даты." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Могу ли я импортировать номера с пометкой валюты (например, $ 32.00)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -571,11 +613,19 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" +"Да, мы полностью поддерживаем числа в круглых скобках, чтобы отобразить " +"отрицательный знак, а также цифры с прикрепленным к ним знаком валюты. Odoo " +"также автоматически определяет, какой тысячный / десятичный разделитель вы " +"используете (вы можете изменить эти параметры под ** параметрами **). Если " +"вы используете символ валюты, который не известен Odoo, он, возможно, не " +"будет признан как номер, хотя и будет совпадать." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" +"Примеры поддерживаемых чисел (например, с использованием тридцати двух " +"тысяч):" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" @@ -587,7 +637,7 @@ msgstr "32000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32,000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" @@ -603,7 +653,7 @@ msgstr "$ 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" @@ -611,7 +661,7 @@ msgstr "Пример, который не будет работать:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" @@ -620,6 +670,7 @@ msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" +"Что делать, когда таблицы предварительного просмотра импорта отображаемых?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -628,6 +679,10 @@ msgid "" "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию предварительный просмотр импорта устанавливается запятыми в " +"качестве разделителей разделов и лапки как разделители текста. Если ваш файл" +" CSV не имеет этих настроек, вы можете изменить параметры формата файла " +"(отображается панель просмотра файлов CSV после выбора файла)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -635,12 +690,18 @@ msgid "" "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, если файл CSV имеет табуляцию как разделитель, Odoo не " +"будет выражать разделение. Вам нужно будет изменить параметры формата файла " +"в вашей программе для работы с электронными таблицами. Смотрите следующий " +"вопрос." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" +"Как изменить параметры формата файла CSV при сохранении электронной таблицы " +"в моей программе?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -689,12 +750,16 @@ msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" +"Страна / ID базы данных: уникальный ID Odoo для записи, определенного " +"столбцом ID postgresql" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" +"Страна / Внешний ID: ID записи, указанного в другой программе (или .XML-" +"файле, который импортировал его)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" @@ -707,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "Страна: Бельгия" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Страна / ID базы данных: 21" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" @@ -719,6 +784,9 @@ msgid "" "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" +"Согласно вашим потребностям, вы должны использовать один из этих трех " +"способов отслеживать связанные записи. Вот когда вы должны использовать тот " +"или иной способ, согласно вашей потребности:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -789,6 +857,14 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" +"Если, например, у вас есть две категории с дочерним именем " +""Sellable" (то есть ". Различные Товары / Продаются" и " +""Другие товары / Продаются"), ваша проверка приостанавливается, но" +" вы все равно можете импортировать свои данные. Однако мы не рекомендуем " +"импортировать данные, поскольку все они будут связаны с первой категорией " +""Продаются", которая находится в списке "Категории " +"товаров" ( "Разные Товары / Продаются»). Мы рекомендуем изменить " +"один из значений дубликатов или иерархию категории." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -796,12 +872,16 @@ msgid "" "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" +"Если вы не хотите менять свою настройки категорий товаров, мы рекомендуем " +"использовать внешний идентификатор для этого поля "Категория"." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" +"Как я могу импортировать поле связи many2many (например, клиента с " +"несколькими тегами)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -810,6 +890,10 @@ msgid "" "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" +"Теги следует разделить запятой без всякого интервала. Например, если вы " +"хотите, чтобы ваш клиент был связан с обоими тегами " +""Производитель" и "Розничный продавец", вы кодируете " +""Производитель, розничный продавец" в той же строке файла CSV." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -861,6 +945,8 @@ msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" +"В следующем файле CSV показано, как импортировать клиентов и их " +"соответствующие контакты:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -881,16 +967,24 @@ msgid "" "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" +"При импорте файла, который содержит один из столбцов "Внешний ID" " +"или "ID базы данных", записи, которые уже были импортированы, " +"будут изменены, а не созданы. Это очень удобно, поскольку система позволяет " +"импортировать несколько раз один и тот же файл CSV при внесении некоторых " +"изменений между двумя импорта. Odoo будет заботиться о создании или " +"изменении каждой записи в зависимости от того, он новый или нет." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" +"Эта функция позволяет использовать инструмент импорта / экспорта Odoo для " +"изменения записей целый пакет в вашей программе электронной таблицы." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что произойдет, если я не предоставлю значение для конкретного поля?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -907,6 +1001,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" +"Как экспортировать / импортировать различные таблицы из приложения SQL к " +"Odoo?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -915,6 +1011,10 @@ msgid "" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно импортировать данные из разных таблиц, вам придется " +"воссоздать связи между записями, принадлежащих к разным таблиц. (Например, " +"если вы импортируете компании и людей, вам придется воссоздать связь между " +"каждым лицом и компанией, в которой они работают)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -1056,11 +1156,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покупки в приложении" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общий путеводитель о Услуги Покупки в приложении (IAP)" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1106,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "портал IAP" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1139,18 +1239,24 @@ msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" +"Различные услуги доступны в зависимости типа хостинга вашей базы данных:" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" +"* Odoo Online (SAAS) *: можно использовать только IAP, предоставляемых Odoo " +"(напр., Такие функции, как SMS, Snailmail, Открытие и Автоматическое " +"заполнение партнера);" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" +"* Odoo.sh и Odoo Enterprise (на собственном сервере) *: можно использовать " +"обе услуги, предоставляемые Odoo, и сторонние модули." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" @@ -1279,7 +1385,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Внутренние транзакции" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -1393,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Добавьте отдельных пользователей" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1557,17 +1663,19 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте Odoo вашем родном языке" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" +"Odoo предоставляет вам возможность управлять Odoo на разных языках, и каждый" +" пользователь может использовать Odoo своим языком." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загрузите нужный язык" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1610,6 +1718,7 @@ msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Затем измените настройки языка на установленную и нажмите ** Сохранить **." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." @@ -1636,6 +1745,12 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить язык другого пользователя, выберите :menuselection:`Users -->" +" Users` в приложении Настройка. Здесь вы список всех пользователей, и вы " +"можете выбрать пользователя, для которого вы хотите изменить язык. Выберите " +"пользователя и нажмите ** Редактировать ** в верхнем левом углу. В разделе " +"Параметры можно изменить язык на любую существующую и нажмите ** СОХРАНИТЬ " +"**." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" @@ -1724,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платежные системы" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" @@ -1884,7 +1999,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зафиксируйте платеж после доставки" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -1911,6 +2026,8 @@ msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" +"С другими платежными еквайермы вы можете управлять содержанием в собственных" +" интерфейсах, а не с Odoo." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 @@ -1996,7 +2113,7 @@ msgstr "Перенаправление на сайт покупателя" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платеж с Odoo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" @@ -2004,11 +2121,11 @@ msgstr "сохранить карточки" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сумма получения вручную" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 @@ -2043,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" @@ -2058,8 +2175,9 @@ msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2180,7 +2298,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Журнал платежей" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -2332,6 +2450,8 @@ msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Сначала, давайте посмотрим, как настроить ваш аккаунт Paypal, чтобы создать " +"бесперебойный опыт работы клиента с Odoo." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2341,7 +2461,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "автоматический возврат" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2372,6 +2492,10 @@ msgid "" "must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" +"* Перевод данных об оплате * передает подтверждение платежа в Odoo, как " +"только он обработан. Без этого Odoo не сможет завершить процесс продажи. Эти" +" настройки должны быть активированными как следует. При сохранении создается" +" * Токен идентификации *. Позже вы получите запрос на вход в Odoo." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" @@ -2383,10 +2507,14 @@ msgid "" "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" +"Мы советуем не побуждать клиентов входить с помощью аккаунта Paypal, когда " +"они получают оплату. Пусть они также платят дебетовыми / кредитными " +"карточками, иначе вы можете потерять некоторые сделки. Убедитесь, что этот " +"параметр." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мгновенные оповещения оплаты (IPN)" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2397,6 +2525,12 @@ msgid "" "guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " "receipt." msgstr "" +"PDT направляет подтверждение заказов только один раз. В результате ваш сайт " +"должен запускаться, когда это случается; в противном случае он никогда не " +"получит сообщение. Поэтому мы советуем активировать * Мгновенные уведомления" +" оплаты * (IPN) в горе. С IPN, доставка подтверждение заказов практически " +"гарантировано с тех пор, как IPN повторно направляет подтверждения пока ваш " +"сайт не подтвердит получение." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2470,7 +2604,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройки в Odoo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" @@ -2491,6 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo требует трех учетных данных Paypal:" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" +"* ID электронной почты * - это ваш логин адреса электронной почты в Paypal." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -2508,7 +2643,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплата транзакции" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -2525,12 +2660,16 @@ msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать это, перейдите на вкладку Настройка Paypal а Odoo и " +"отметьте * Добавить дополнительные комиссии *." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." msgstr "" +"Вы можете перейти на `Комиссию Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp" +"/paypal-fees> `__ чтобы установить комиссию." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -2541,7 +2680,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перейдите в онлайн!" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -2549,6 +2688,8 @@ msgid "" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." msgstr "" +"Ваши настройки готовы к запуску. Убедитесь, что включен режим * Разработчик " +"*. Затем опубликуйте метод платежа, нажав на кнопку * Опубликовано * рядом." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -2557,10 +2698,14 @@ msgid "" "*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " "processed." msgstr "" +"Теперь Paypal доступен в ваших платежах в модулях Электронной коммерции, " +"продажи и выставления счетов. Клиенты перенаправляются на сайт Paypal при " +"нажатии * Оплатить сейчас *. Они вернутся на страницу подтверждения в Odoo " +"после того, как платеж будет обработан." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "тестовое среду" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -2588,12 +2733,17 @@ msgid "" "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" +"Бизнес-счет (для использования в качестве покупателей, например. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com> `__)." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" +"Персональный счет по умолчанию (для использования в качестве покупателя, eg " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com> `__)." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -2603,12 +2753,75 @@ msgid "" "automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" +"Войдите в Paypal Sandbox учетной записью продавца и следуйте тем самым " +"инструкциям настройки. Введите учетные данные sandbox в Odoo и убедитесь, " +"что Paypal сих пор не установлено как * Тестовое среду *. Также убедитесь, " +"что автоматическое выставление счета не активирован в ваших настройках " +"Электронной коммерции, чтобы не создавать счета когда завершаются фиктивные " +"транзакции." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "" "Запустите тестовую транзакцию в Odoo, используя личный аккаунт Sandbox." +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +msgid "Giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +msgid "iDeal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" +" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" +" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " +"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " +"don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " +"corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "Как получить платеж через банковский перевод" @@ -2627,21 +2840,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как предоставить клиентам платежные инструкции" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "" +"Вставьте свои платежные инструкции в ** Сообщение благодарности ** с помощью" +" вашего способа оплаты." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Они будут появляться у клиентов, когда они размещают заказы." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять заказу, когда вы получаете оплату" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2649,6 +2864,10 @@ msgid "" "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "" +"Каждый раз, когда клиент оплачивает банковским переводом, заказ остается на " +"промежуточном этапе ** направленной коммерческого предложения ** (например, " +"неоплаченную заказ). Когда вы получаете оплату, вы подтверждаете заказ " +"вручную, чтобы запустить доставку." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" @@ -2660,79 +2879,9 @@ msgid "" "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " -"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " -"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " -"to boost productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 -msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " -"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" -" you can create new or edit existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can also create them on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " -"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 -msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " -"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " -"--> Action --> Delete`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 -msgid "Use tags as a parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 -msgid "" -"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " -"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 -msgid "Use tags for reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 -msgid "" -"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " -"purpose, you can also add tags." -msgstr "" +"Если вы управляете B2B-бизнесом, вы можете создавать другие способы оплаты, " +"обрабатываются вручную, например, оплата чеком. Для этого просто " +"переименуйте * Банковский перевод * или дублируйте его." #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" @@ -2740,7 +2889,7 @@ msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как создать ключ доступа Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -2760,6 +2909,7 @@ msgstr "Создайте ключ доступа Unsplash для пользов #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" +"Создайте учетную запись на `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join> `_." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2767,10 +2917,13 @@ msgid "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к вашей `панели приборов приложений " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications> `_ И нажмите ** Новое приложение " +"**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Примите условия и нажмите ** Принять условия **." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -2779,6 +2932,10 @@ msgid "" "that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " "**Create application**." msgstr "" +"Вам будет предложено вставить ** Название заявки ** и ** Описание **. " +"Пожалуйста, префиксуйте название вашего модуля за "** Odoo: **", " +"чтобы Unsplash мог распознать его как экземпляр Odoo. После завершения " +"нажмите ** Создать приложение **." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2811,6 +2968,8 @@ msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" +"Вам сначала нужно создать и установить ваше приложение Unsplash с этим " +"пособием:: doc: `unsplash_access_key`." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2818,6 +2977,9 @@ msgid "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к `панели приборов приложений " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications> `_ И нажмите на только что " +"созданный приложение Unsplash пид ** Вашими приложениями **." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2825,6 +2987,9 @@ msgid "" "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" +"Вы будете перенаправлены на страницу деталей вашего модуля. ** ID модуля ** " +"будет видимый в вашей URL-адресу браузера. URL-адрес должен быть похожа на " +"`https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/ <application_id> `" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2832,3 +2997,6 @@ msgid "" "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" +"** Как не пользователь SaaS **, вы не сможете зарегистрироваться для " +"рабочего ключа Unsplash и будете ограничены в доступе к тестовому ключа, " +"который имеет ограничения в 50 запросов Unsplash в час." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 57d97d59c..6fe244a16 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Базовая методология быстрого старта" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -27,6 +32,9 @@ msgid "" "implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" +"Этот документ суммирует услуги Odoo Online, методологию внедрения наших " +"пакетов услуг и лучшие практические советы для начала работы с нашим " +"продуктом." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" @@ -39,6 +47,10 @@ msgid "" " of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" " project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" +"В контексте вашего проекта настоятельно рекомендуем назначать и поддерживать" +" с обеих сторон (с вашей стороны и нашей) ** единую контактное лицо **, " +"которая возьмет на себя ответственность за проект. Он также должен иметь ** " +"полномочия ** по принятию решений." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -47,6 +59,9 @@ msgid "" " of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " "practices." msgstr "" +"** Консультант Odoo обеспечивает реализацию проекта от А до Я ** от начала " +"до конца проекта он обеспечивает общую последовательность внедрения Odoo и " +"делится своим опытом с точки зрения надлежащей практики." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -55,6 +70,10 @@ msgid "" "if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " "point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" +"** Единственная контактное лицо, принимающее решения по стороны клиента **: " +"он отвечает за передачу деловых знаний (в случае необходимости координирует " +"вмешательство ключевых пользователей) и согласовывает выполнение с точки " +"зрения бизнеса (принятие решений, управление изменениями и т.д.)." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -65,6 +84,12 @@ msgid "" " meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " "needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" +"** Оптимизация встреч **: консультант Odoo не участвует в процессе принятия " +"решений с точки зрения бизнеса, а также не имеет четких процессов и " +"внутренних процедур компании (кроме конкретного запроса или исключения). " +"Встречи по проекту, которые состоятся раз или два в недели, предназначенные " +"для согласования бизнес-потребностей (единственная контактное лицо) и " +"определение способа реализации этих целей в Odoo (консультант)." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -86,6 +111,9 @@ msgid "" "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" +"Чтобы убедиться, что все заинтересованные стороны всегда согласовывают " +"процессы между собой, необходимо определять и вносить содержание проекта " +"пока реализуется проект." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -95,6 +123,11 @@ msgid "" "the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" " clear." msgstr "" +"** Четкое определение начального объема проекта **: Четкое определение " +"начальных потребностей имеет решающее значение для обеспечения " +"бесперебойного выполнения проекта. Действительно, когда все заинтересованные" +" стороны разделяют одно и то же видение, эволюцию потребностей и процесс " +"принятия решений более простыми и понятными." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -104,6 +137,11 @@ msgid "" "approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " "the implementation." msgstr "" +"** Постепенная реализация проекта **: Содействие внедрению на нескольких " +"согласованных этапах, позволяющие регулярно внедрять продукцию, и постепенно" +" охватывать Odoo конечными потребителями, доказали свою эффективность со " +"временем. Этот подход также помогает выявить пробелы и применять " +"корректирующие действия в начале внедрения." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -116,6 +154,14 @@ msgid "" "should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " "experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" +"** Принятие стандартных функций в качестве приоритета **: Odoo предлагает " +"прекрасная среда для осуществления незначительных усовершенствований " +"(настроек) или более важных (доработок). Тем не менее, принятие стандартного" +" решения будет отдавать предпочтение как можно чаще, чтобы оптимизировать " +"время доставки проекта и предоставлять пользователю долгосрочную " +"стабильность и масштабность его нового инструмента. В идеале, если улучшения" +" программного обеспечения все-таки должно быть реализовано, его внедрение " +"будет осуществлено после эксперимента со стандартным внедрением." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "Managing expectations" @@ -127,6 +173,9 @@ msgid "" "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" +"Разрыв между реальным внедрение и будущими ожиданиями пользователей является" +" решающим фактором. С начала проекта необходимо учитывать три важных " +"аспекта:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -137,6 +186,12 @@ msgid "" "at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " "check that this is still the case." msgstr "" +"** Сотрудничество с подходом к проекту ** Как четкое распределение ролей и " +"ответственности, так и четкое описание режимов работы (проверка, решение " +"проблем и др.) Имеют решающее значение для успешного внедрения Odoo. Поэтому" +" настоятельно рекомендуем употреблять необходимое время в начале проекта, " +"чтобы выровняться с этими темами, и регулярно проверять, все еще так, как " +"было запланировано." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -152,6 +207,17 @@ msgid "" "global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " "to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" +"** Сосредоточьтесь на успехе проекта, а не на идеальном решении **: Главной " +"целью единой контактного лица и консультанта является выполнение нанесенного" +" ими проекта, чтобы обеспечить эффективное решение для удовлетворения " +"выраженных потребностей. Эта цель иногда может противоречить видению " +"идеального решения клиента. В таком случае контактное лицо и консультант " +"применять правило 80-20: сосредоточиться на 80% выраженных потребностей и " +"изъять оставшиеся 20% наиболее невыгодных целей с точки зрения соотношения " +"затрат и выгоды (эти проценты, конечно, могут быть изменены с течением " +"времени). Поэтому, если глобальное решение будет определено, будет принято " +"интегрировать наиболее трудоемкую манипуляцию. Изменения в бизнес-процессах " +"также могут быть предложены для достижения этой же цели." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -160,6 +226,10 @@ msgid "" "avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " "tools\\* :" msgstr "" +"** Технические характеристики всегда является исключительным **: пробелы " +"между тем, что ожидается и доставляемого часто является источником конфликта" +" в проекте. Чтобы избежать пребывания в этой щекотливой ситуации, мы " +"рекомендуем использовать несколько типов инструментов \\ *:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -167,6 +237,9 @@ msgid "" "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" +"** GAP анализ **: сравнение запроса клиента со стандартными функциями, " +"предлагаемыми компанией Odoo, позволит определить разрыв, который должен " +"быть заполнен разработками / настройками или изменениями бизнес-процессов." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -174,6 +247,9 @@ msgid "" "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " "and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" +"** История пользователя **: Это технически разделяет обязанности между SPoC," +" ответственным за объяснением ЧТО, ПОЧЕМУ и КТО, и консультантом, кто даст " +"ответ на вопрос КАК." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -181,12 +257,17 @@ msgid "" "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" +"`Доказательство концепции <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept> " +"`__ Cпрощена версия, прототип того, что ожидается, согласуется с основными " +"линиями ожидаемых изменений." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" +"** Макет **: в той же идеи, что и PoC, который будет соответствовать " +"изменениям, связанным с интерфейсом." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -196,12 +277,19 @@ msgid "" "project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " "verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" +"К этим инструментам будет добавлен полную прозрачность относительно " +"возможностей и ограничений программного обеспечения и его окружения, чтобы " +"все заинтересованные стороны проекта могли четко понимать, что можно ожидать" +" / достичь в проекте. Поэтому мы не будем базировать нашу работу на " +"гипотезах, не проверяя предварительно их правдивость." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" +"* Этот список, конечно, можно дополнить другими инструментами, которые бы " +"более адекватно соответствовали реалиям и потребностям вашего проекта *" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "Communication Strategy" @@ -214,6 +302,10 @@ msgid "" "success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " "follow those principles:" msgstr "" +"Целью методологии Быстрого старта является обеспечение быстрого владения " +"этим инструментом для конечных пользователей. Поэтому эффективное общение " +"имеет решающее значение для успеха этого подхода. Поэтому его оптимизация " +"приведет нас к следующим принципам:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -224,33 +316,48 @@ msgid "" "performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" " manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" +"** Совместное использование документации по управлению проектами **: Лучший " +"способ обеспечить всех заинтересованных сторон проекта владением одинаковым " +"уровнем знаний, обеспечить прямой доступ к документу отслеживания проекта " +"(Организатор проекта). Этот документ будет содержать, по крайней мере, " +"список задач, которые будут выполняться как часть реализации, для чего четко" +" определенный уровень приоритета и менеджер." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" +"Организатор проекта - это инструмент отслеживания проектов, который " +"позволяет как детальное отслеживание текущих задач, так и общий прогресс " +"проекта." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" +"** Обратите внимание на важную информацию **: чтобы минимизировать время " +"документации к важнейших требований, мы придерживаемся следующих правильных " +"практик:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Протоколы встречи будут ограничены только решениями и проверками;" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" msgstr "" +"Статусы проекта определяются только тогда, когда достигнуто важного этапа;" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" +"Будут организованы учебные курсы по стандартному или индивидуальному " +"решению." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "Customizations and Development" @@ -262,6 +369,9 @@ msgid "" "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " "and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" +"Odoo - это программное обеспечение, известное своей гибкостью и важной " +"способностью к эволюции. Однако значительная часть развития противоречит " +"быстрой и стабильной реализации. Вот почему рекомендуется:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -276,6 +386,16 @@ msgid "" "requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " "\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" +"** Развиваться только по веским причинам **: решение о разработке всегда " +"должно быть принято, когда соотношение затрат и выгод является положительным" +" (экономия времени на ежедневной основе и т.д.). Например, лучше реализовать" +" значительное развитие, чтобы сократить время ежедневной эксплуатации, а не " +"выполнять операцию только один раз в квартал. Общепризнанно, что чем ближе " +"решение стандарту, тем легче и более плавно происходит процесс миграции, и " +"чем ниже затраты на обслуживание для обеих сторон. Кроме того, опыт " +"показывает нам, что 60% первичных запросов на разработку уничтожаются через " +"несколько недель использования стандартного Odoo (см. "Принятие " +"стандарта как приоритет»)." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -285,6 +405,11 @@ msgid "" " both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " "business processes of the company." msgstr "" +"** Замена без репликации **: есть веские основания для принятия решения об " +"изменении программного обеспечения для управления. В этом контексте момент " +"реализации является правильным моментом принятия и даже является инициатором" +" изменения как с точки зрения использования программного обеспечения, так и " +"на уровне бизнес-процессов компании." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 msgid "Testing and Validation principles" @@ -296,6 +421,8 @@ msgid "" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " "needs of the company." msgstr "" +"Независимо от того, были разработки или нет, важно проверить соответствие " +"решения операционным потребностям компании." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -304,28 +431,38 @@ msgid "" "SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " "requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" +"** Распределение ролей **: в этом контексте консультант будет отвечать за " +"предоставление решение, отвечающее определенным требованиям; контактное лицо" +" должно будет протестовать и подтвердить, что решение, которое поставляется," +" соответствует требованиям операционной реальности." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" +"** Управление изменениями **: когда необходимо внести изменения в решение, " +"указанный разрыв обусловлен:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" +"Разницей между спецификацией и доставленным решением - это исправление, за " +"которое отвечает консультант." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** или **" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" +"Разницей между спецификацией и требованиями операционной реальности - это " +"изменение, на которую отвечает контактное лицо." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 msgid "Data Imports" @@ -339,6 +476,11 @@ msgid "" "prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " "it will be decided :" msgstr "" +"Импорт истории транзакционных данных является важной проблемой, и " +"соответствующим образом нужно ответить на это, чтобы обеспечить " +"бесперебойную работу проекта. Действительно, эта задача может занять много " +"времени, и, если его приоритет не является четко определенным, предотвратить" +" внедрению вовремя. Чтобы сделать это как можно быстрее, будет решено:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -346,6 +488,9 @@ msgid "" "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " "moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." msgstr "" +"** НЕ импортировать ничего **: Часто бывает, что после отражения " +"импортирования истории данных становится не нужны, причем эти данные " +"хранятся за пределами Odoo и консолидируются для дальнейшей отчетности." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -355,6 +500,12 @@ msgid "" "available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" " import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" +"** Чтобы импортировать ограниченное количество данных перед началом " +"внедрения **: когда история данных касается обрабатываемой информации " +"(например, заказ на покупку, счета-фактуры, открытые проекты), необходимость" +" иметь эту информацию с первого дня использования во внедрении - это " +"реально. В этом случае импорт будет осуществляться до начала запуска " +"внедрения." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -363,17 +514,23 @@ msgid "" "can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " "production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" +"** Импорт после запуска внедрение **: когда история данных должна быть " +"интегрирована с Odoo, в основном для целей отчетности, то очевидно, что они " +"могут быть интегрированы в программное обеспечение ретроспективно. В этом " +"случае запуск внедрения будет предшествовать необходимом импорта." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поддержка" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." msgstr "" +"Когда ваш проект берется в исполнение, наши команды поддержки заботятся о " +"вас вопросы или технические проблемы." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Смотрите: ref: `support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index e93fbc754..29e0c1548 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -403,9 +403,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " -"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " -"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index cc1e56503..ac574f224 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -153,79 +153,40 @@ msgstr "" "IoT Box, чтобы воспользоваться нашими последними обновлениями." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "Обновление вашей SD карты через Etcher" +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" -"Теперь загрузите последние изображения `здесь " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/> `__, и извлеките его из zip-" -"файла. Затем откройте * Etcher * и изображение. Выберите накопитель для " -"записи (где находится ваша SD-карта) и нажмите * Записать *!." - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" -"Теперь ваше изображение автоматически обновится. Вам только нужно подождать " -"5 минут для завершения." - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "IoT Box Не найдено" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" -"При использовании вашего IoT Box, распространенной проблемой, с которой вы " -"можете столкнуться, является то, что ваш box не будет найден в вашей базе " -"данных. К счастью, есть несколько простых шагов, которые вы можете " -"выполнить, чтобы найти свой IoT box." - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "проблемы HTTPS" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "Не найдено ваш IoT Box? У вас вероятно проблемы https!" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы проверить это, перейдите в вашу базу данных и проверьте адрес вашей " -"базы данных начинается с https (like https://www.odoo.com). Если это именно " -"тот случай, тогда у вас проблемы с изображением вашего IoT Box image. Нужна " -"версия 18.12 или выше." - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 @@ -241,18 +202,14 @@ msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" msgstr "Прежде чем начать, убедитесь, что у вас есть:" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "Адаптер 2A Power с pi 3 b + 2.5 A" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "Компьютер или планшет с современным веб-браузером" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" @@ -260,62 +217,43 @@ msgstr "" "Запущена версия SaaS или Odoo с установленными программами Точки продаж и " "IoT" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" msgstr "Настройка локальной сети с помощью DHCP (это настройки по умолчанию)" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Принтер Epson USB TM-T20 или другой ESC / POS совместим принтер (официальный" -" список поддерживаемых принтеров на `Странице устройств POS " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware> `__)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода Honeywell Eclipse USB или другой совместимый сканер" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "Epson-совместимый ящик для наличных" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необязательно, встроенный WiFi)" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 msgid "Set Up" msgstr "установите" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " "your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." msgstr "Затем, вы должны подключить периферийные устройства к вашему IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." msgstr "" -"Официальный список поддерживаемых устройств на`Сторинци устройств точки " -"продаж <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware> `__, но и " -"другие устройства должны работать." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" -"** Принтер **: подключите ESC / POS-принтер к USB-порту и включите его." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." @@ -323,238 +261,236 @@ msgstr "" "** Кассовая ящик **: кассовая ящик должен быть подключена к принтеру с " "помощью кабеля RJ25." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "" "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." msgstr "" -"** Сканер штрих-кода **: подключите сканер штрих-кода. Для того, чтобы ваш " -"сканер штрих-кода был совместим, он должен вести себя как клавиатура, и его " -"нужно настроить в ** US QWERTY **. Он также должен заканчивать штрих-коды с " -"символом Enter (кодовый ключ 28). Это, скорее всего, является стандартной " -"конфигурацией сканера штрих-кода." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." msgstr "** Весы **: подключите веса и включите их." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." msgstr "" -"** Ethernet ** Если вы не хотите использовать Wi-Fi, подключите кабель " -"Ethernet. Убедитесь, что он будет соединять IoT Box к той же сети, что и " -"устройство точки продаж." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." msgstr "" -"** Wi-Fi **: Текущая версия IoT Box имеет встроенный Wi-Fi. Убедитесь, что " -"при загрузке не подключен кабель Ethernet, поскольку все функции Wi-Fi будут" -" его обходить при загрузке, если отсутствует проводное подключение к сети." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" -" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "Настройка завершена, вы можете запустить новую сессию Точки продаж." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "Устранение неполадок" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Решение проблем" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "Точка продажи не подключается к IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" msgstr "" -"Самый простой способ убедиться, что IoT Box правильно настроено, это " -"включить его, когда подключен принтер, поскольку он напечатает квитанцию, " -"что указывает на какую-либо ошибку или IP-адрес IoT Box в случае успеха. " -"Если чеки в распечатаны, выполните следующие действия:" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что IoT Box включен, что сказывается ярко-красным индикатором " -"состояния." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что IoT Box готов, это сказывается ярко освещенным зеленым " -"индикатором состояния рядом с красным индикатором состояния питания. IoT Box" -" должен быть готовым ~ 2 минуты после запуска." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что IoT Box подключен к той же сети, что и устройство точки " -"продаж. И устройство, и IoT Box должны быть видимы в списке подключенных " -"устройств на вашем сетевом роутере." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" msgstr "" -"Если вы указали IP-адрес IoT Box в настройках, убедитесь, что она " -"соответствует ip-адресу, напечатанной на квитанции о статусе IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "Убедитесь, что точку продажи не загружен через HTTPS." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." msgstr "" -"Ошибка в реализации HTTP Firefox может предотвратить надежной работе " -"автооткрытие. Вы также можете вручную настроить IP-адрес IoT Box в " -"настройках точки продаж." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода не работает" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." msgstr "" -"Сканер штрих-кода должен быть настроен в US QWERTY и выдать Enter после " -"каждого штрих-кода. Это настроено по умолчанию большинства сканеров штрих-" -"кодов. Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к документации для" -" сканирования штрих-кодов." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." msgstr "" -"Для работы с некоторыми сканерами штрих-кода IoT Box требует источника " -"питания 2A. Если вы не используете предоставленный блок питания, убедитесь, " -"что он обладает достаточной мощностью." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Принтер" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." msgstr "" -"Некоторые сканеры штрих-кодов требуют больше 2A, и они не будут или будут " -"работать неправильно, даже при условии наличия источника питания. В таком " -"случае вы можете подключить сканер штрих-кода к автономному USB-" -"концентратора." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." msgstr "" -"Некоторые плохо собраны сканеры штрих-кода не рекламируют себя как сканеры " -"штрих-кода, а в качестве USB-клавиатуру и не распознаются IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода не работает надежно" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что в IoT Box одновременно подключено более одного устройства с " -"функцией "Сканирование через прокси" / "Сканер штрих-" -"кода"." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "Печать чека занимает слишком много времени" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Денежный ящик" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" -"Небольшая задержка перед первым дураком ожидается, поскольку IoT Box " -"выполняет предварительную обработку для ускорения последующей печати. Если " -"после этого возникают задержки, это, скорее всего, связано с плохим сетевым " -"связью между точкой продажи и IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "Некоторые символы напечатаны на чеке" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" -"IoT Box не поддерживает все языки и символы. В настоящее время он " -"поддерживает латинские и кириллические шрифты, с базовой поддержкой для " -"Японии." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "принтер оффлайн" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что принтер подключен, питается, имеет достаточное количество " -"бумаги, крышка закрыта и не сообщается об ошибке. Если ошибка не исчезает, " -"обратитесь в службу поддержки." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" msgstr "Наличный расчет не открывается" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" -"Касса должна быть подключена к принтеру и должна активироваться в настройках" -" точки продаж." #: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 msgid "Devices" @@ -585,14 +521,10 @@ msgstr "подключение" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." -msgstr "Чтобы подключить камеру к * IoT Box *, просто соедините их кабелем." +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." -msgstr "В некоторых случаях может понадобиться USB-адабтер." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" "If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " @@ -602,25 +534,15 @@ msgstr "" "hardware> `__, тогда не нужно ничего устанавливать, поскольку она будет " "взначено, как только она будет подключена." -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"В некоторых случаях вам нужно перезагрузить box и загрузить драйверы вашей " -"камеры с box. Для этого перейдите на * Домашнюю страницу IoT Box * и нажмите" -" * список драйверов *. Затем Настин на загрузить драйверы." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" msgstr "Объедините камеру с пунктом контроля качества" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 msgid "With the Manufacturing app" msgstr "С модулем производство" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " "Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " @@ -630,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" "качества *. Перейдите в меню * Пункты контроля * под Контроль качества * и " "откройте пукт контроля, который вы хотите соединить с камерой." -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " "list. Now, hit save." @@ -638,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь вы можете редактировать пункт контроля и выбирать прибор с " "выпадающего списка. Теперь сохраните." -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " "manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" @@ -662,26 +584,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " -"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " -"steps." +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." msgstr "" -"Фактически вы сможете перейти с одной экрана на другой, используя вашу ногу " -"и педаль. Действительно удобно, это можно настроить в несколько шагов." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" " the two by cable." msgstr "" -"Подключение нежного переключателя с * IoT Box * легкое, вам только нужно " -"соединить два пристроя кабелем." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "В некоторых случаях может понадобиться USB-адаптер." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 msgid "" "If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " @@ -691,22 +605,11 @@ msgstr "" "`__, не нужно ничего устанавливать, как только она будет автоматически " "определена после подключения." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " -"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " -"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"Если педаль не поддерживается, вам может понадобиться перезапустить box и " -"загрузить драйверы нежного переключателя с box. Для этого перейдите на * " -"Домашнюю страницу IoT Box * и нажмите * список драйверов *. Нажмите загрузки" -" драйверов." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" msgstr "Соедините педаль с рабочим центром" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 msgid "" "To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " "workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " @@ -718,7 +621,7 @@ msgstr "" " добавьте устройство на вкладке * Запуски IoT *. Затем вы сможете соединить " "ее с действием, а также добавить ключ для ее запуска." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " "matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " @@ -728,7 +631,7 @@ msgstr "" "имеет значение! Как показано на картинке ниже, используя педаль, будет " "автоматически пропущен текущую часть процесса, с которой вы работаете." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 msgid "" "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " "correctly connected to the footswitch." @@ -757,27 +660,14 @@ msgstr "Подключите через USB" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 msgid "" "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Чтобы добавить устройство, подключенное через USB, просто вставьте кабель " -"USB в * IoT Box * перезагрузите Box и устройство должно появиться в вашей " -"базе данных Odoo." #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " -"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " -"drivers." -msgstr "" -"Если устройство найдено, убедитесь, что драйверы верно загружены на ваш IoT " -"Box. Для этого установите подключение * Домашней страницей IoT Box * и " -"нажмите на загрузку драйверов." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" msgstr "Подключитесь через Bluetooth" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 msgid "" "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " "explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " @@ -787,15 +677,15 @@ msgstr "" " дальнейшего объяснения) и IoT Box автоматически попытается подключиться к " "устройствам." -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" msgstr "Вот пример, как это должно выглядеть:" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" msgstr "Соедините инструмент измерения пункту контроля качества" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " "Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " @@ -806,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" "* под * Контролем качества * и откройте пункт контроля, в который вы хотите " "назначить инструмент измерения." -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " "list. Then, hit save." @@ -814,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь вы можете редактировать пункт контроля и выбирать устройство из " "выпадающего списка. Сохраните настройки." -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 msgid "" "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " "value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " @@ -840,49 +730,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" -" cable." +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." msgstr "" -"Чтобы подключить принтер к * IoT Box *, вам лишь необходимо соединить " -"устройства кабелем." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 -msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "Иногда может понадобиться USB-адаптер." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " -"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" -"Если ваш принтер `поддерживается <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> " -"`__, нужно никаких настроек, так как принтер будет автоматически определено " -"сразу после его подключения." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." msgstr "Принтер может появляться в списке устройств в течение двух минут." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"В некоторых случаях может потребоваться перезапуск окна и загрузки драйверов" -" принтера из этого окна. Для этого перейдите на главную страницу * IoT Box *" -" и нажмите на * список драйверов *. Нажмите загрузки драйверов." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 msgid "Link the Printer" msgstr "Подключите принтер" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 msgid "To Work Orders" msgstr "К рабочим заказов" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "" "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " "print labels for manufactured products." @@ -890,7 +756,7 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете соединить * Рабочие заказ * с принтерами через * Пункт контроля " "качества * для печати этикеток изготовленных товаров." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " "app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " @@ -900,7 +766,7 @@ msgstr "" "Качество *. Затем вы можете выбрать корректировать производственную операцию" " и операцию рабочего заказ. В типе выберите * Печать этикет * и сохраните." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 msgid "" "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" " *Print Label* button will appear." @@ -908,11 +774,11 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь каждый раз, когда вы достигаете пункта контроля качества для " "выбранного товара, будет появляться кнопка * Печать этикетки *." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 msgid "To Reports" msgstr "отчетам" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 msgid "" "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " "go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." @@ -921,11 +787,11 @@ msgstr "" "IoT * перейдите в меню * Устройства * и выберите принтер, который вы хотите " "установить." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." msgstr "Теперь перейдите на вкладку * Отчеты принтера *." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 msgid "" "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" " all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " @@ -935,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" "проверьте все типы отчетов, которые будут связаны с этим принтером. Нажмите " "выбрать и сохранить." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " "downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" @@ -945,11 +811,11 @@ msgstr "" "вместо загрузки PDF, система пришлет файл на выбранный принтер и " "автоматически распечатает его." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" msgstr "Печатайте чеки с Точки продаж" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 msgid "" "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" " directly from your *PoS*." @@ -957,34 +823,27 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете соединить принтер с вашим модулем * Точка продажи *, поэтому вы " "можете печатать чеки прямо с вашего * Точки продаж *." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " -"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " -"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." msgstr "" -"Сделать это очень просто. Перейдите в ваш модуль * Точки продаж * и откройте" -" настройки * Точки продаж * под * Настройка *. Там нажмите на * " -"Редактировать * и отметьте функцию * IoT Box *. Затем включите * Принтеры " -"чеков *." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 msgid "" -"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " -"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." msgstr "" -"Теперь в вашем просмотре * Точки продаж * вы сможете печатать различные " -"квитанции: ** чеки **, ** детали продажи ** и ** счета **." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 msgid "" -"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" -" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." msgstr "" -"Чек будет напечатано после подтверждения заказа. Процесс автоматизирован, " -"когда вы включаете функцию в вашей * Точке продаже *." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 msgid "" "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " "at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " @@ -994,25 +853,22 @@ msgstr "" "верхней панели * Точки продаж *. Она распечатает детали продажи текущего " "дня." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 msgid "" "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." -" Click on it and it will print the bill." +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Печать счетов доступен только в режиме ресторана. В ваших настройках " -"ресторана активируйте счета и кнопка * Счет * появится в левой панели. " -"Нажмите на нее и она распечатает счет." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" msgstr "Печатайте заказ на кухне" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." msgstr "В режиме ресторана вы можете присылать квитанции заказ на кухню." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " "*Order Printer*." @@ -1020,22 +876,16 @@ msgstr "" "Для этого перейдите в модуль * Точки продаж * и откройте ваши настройки * " "Точки продаж *. Отметив * Принтеры заказов *." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" -" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " -"Categories* field." +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." msgstr "" -"Теперь перейдите в меню * Принтеры * .Натиснить создать и выберите * IoT Box" -" * со всеми категориями товара, которые нужно печатать в поле * категорий " -"товаров принтера *." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 msgid "" "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " -"will be printed." +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." msgstr "" -"В * Точке продаже *, когда вы добавляете или удалении товар с одной из " -"выбранных категорий, кнопка * Заказ * будет зеленой. Если вы нажмете на нее," -" квитанцию будет напечатано." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index eb068ed4d..8448342be 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Константин Коровин <korovin74@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see:ref:`db_online`" +msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 4f9625cd9..9a2e9cc72 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -6,16 +6,15 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 -# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -69,9 +68,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 -msgid "" -"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " -":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 @@ -407,138 +404,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Обзор" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " -"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " -"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" -" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " -"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " -"solution you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "Создание нового проекта" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" -" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " -"through *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Manage your project’s stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " -"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " -"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " -"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " -"personalize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " -"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " -"signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "Настройка этапов" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" -" a column*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " -"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 -msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 -msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " -"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" -" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " -"information to the right people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 -msgid "Share projects and tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 -msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " -"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " -"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " -"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " -"example." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Планирование" @@ -759,125 +627,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Задачи" -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 -msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " -"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " -"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " -"allowing the support of outside contributions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 -msgid "Add followers to a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 -msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another, conversations taking place, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 -msgid "Add followers to a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " -"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " -"and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 -msgid "Select which notifications to get" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " -"that, *Edit subscription*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 -msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " -"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " -"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " -"can replay the whole creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on the *</>* icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " -"to someone outside of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 -msgid "The Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " -"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " -"colleagues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 -msgid "" -"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" -" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" -" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " -"can have a channel per project team, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 -msgid "Schedule activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " -"activities* from the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 -msgid "Edit or create new activities types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" msgstr "" @@ -930,172 +679,3 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " -"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " -"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" -" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " -"and, as a result, have a successful project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "создайте задачи" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" -" *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "Assignation" -msgstr "Назначение" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 -msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "Сортируйте задачи по приоритету" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " -"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " -"starred are classified according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " -"with a deadline for the current date are orange." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "Manage files in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 -msgid "Set cover images in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " -"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " -"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " -"identify them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " -"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " -"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" -" recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 -msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " -"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" -" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 -msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " -"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " -"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 -msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 -msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 -msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 -msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index b57495452..a415e4901 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -161,69 +161,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " -"notified of changes in the task." +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 msgid "" "*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " "*Reminder*." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 msgid "" "*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " "<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 msgid "Example" msgstr "пример" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 msgid "" "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " "Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " "goes through:" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " "Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 msgid "" "If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" " example: *email is not set*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 msgid "" "If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " "*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 24a851d49..e6a56424d 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ # # Translators: # ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2020 -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 # Zoriana Zaiats, 2020 # Артём Инжиянц <artem.inzhyyants@gmail.com>, 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 # Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створіть другий банківський рахунок/журнал" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Імпортуйте банківські виписки та узгодьте їх" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -926,6 +926,11 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" +"Це тому, що ми не імпортували банківську виписку, яка підтверджує отримання " +"та відправлення грошей. Таким чином, потрібно імпортувати банківську виписку" +" та узгодити платіж із правильним рядком виписки банку. Як тільки ви " +"отримаєте свої банківські виписки, натисніть кнопку **нова виписка** " +"відповідного банку, щоб імпортувати їх." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -976,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "Узгодження банківських виписок" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шаблони узгодження" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1321,7 +1326,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Встановлення" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" @@ -1557,6 +1562,11 @@ msgid "" "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" +"Після того, як Odoo буде налаштоване на підтримку кількох валют, вам слід " +"активувати валюти, з якими ви плануєте працювати. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть " +"в меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Валюти`. Усі валюти створюються за " +"замовчуванням, але вам слід активувати ті, з які ви плануєте підтримувати " +"(щоб активувати валюту, позначте це поле, як \"Активно\")." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1633,6 +1643,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" +"Коли ви готові оплатити цей рахунок, натисніть зареєструвати платіж на " +"рахунку, щоб записати платіж." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1664,6 +1676,9 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" +"Звірки з клієнтами та постачальниками керуються у валюті рахунка-фактури. " +"Таким чином, сума, яка належить вашим клієнтам (вашим постачальникам), " +"завжди виражається у валюті рахунка-фактури." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1756,7 +1771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заповніть початковий та кінцевий баланс" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1870,7 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "План рахунків" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1973,7 +1988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Партнер" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 @@ -2263,7 +2278,6 @@ msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "Послідовності" @@ -2653,7 +2667,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" @@ -2926,7 +2940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:665 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Фінансові звіти" @@ -3059,10 +3073,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " -"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " -"automatically when the localization module is installed." +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 @@ -3161,102 +3175,77 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 -msgid "" -"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " -"most common document types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " -"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "" "For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " "Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" -"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " -"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" -" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" "Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " -"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " -"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " -"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " -"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" "Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " "the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 msgid "" -"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" -" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " -"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " -"sequence:" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 -msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 -msgid "Open the sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 -msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 -msgid "Save the sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" -"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " -"and quantity available are updated:" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transation is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:340 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3264,43 +3253,43 @@ msgid "" "the customers and Vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:358 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:372 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3308,7 +3297,7 @@ msgid "" "follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:387 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3316,38 +3305,38 @@ msgid "" "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:401 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:412 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3355,28 +3344,28 @@ msgid "" "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:431 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:442 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3385,48 +3374,48 @@ msgid "" "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:463 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:465 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:468 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:479 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:481 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3434,92 +3423,92 @@ msgid "" "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 msgid "" "Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" "[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 msgid "" -"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " -"document as the one you’re using is expired." +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " +"using is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "Сторно" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " -"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" -" in the SII." +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid "" -"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " -"on each sequence." +"Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " +"each document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "Використовувати досвід" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:545 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3527,34 +3516,34 @@ msgid "" "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:553 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:575 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Дебіторські повернення" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:577 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3562,59 +3551,59 @@ msgid "" "detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:604 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:625 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Надходження" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3622,11 +3611,11 @@ msgid "" "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:637 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -3634,11 +3623,11 @@ msgid "" "is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:649 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -3646,18 +3635,18 @@ msgid "" "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:659 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -3665,18 +3654,18 @@ msgid "" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:683 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -3684,7 +3673,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." @@ -4281,6 +4270,8 @@ msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" @@ -5116,6 +5107,9 @@ msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" +"Ваша компанія повинна використовувати програмне забезпечення для боротьби із" +" шахрайством касових апаратів, таких як Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° bis), " +"якщо:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," @@ -5125,7 +5119,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Деякі з ваших клієнтів - приватні особи (B2C)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5234,6 +5228,12 @@ msgid "" "*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" " installed." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви встановили початкову версію модуля боротьби із шахрайством (до 18 " +"грудня 2017 року), вам потрібно оновити його. Назва модуля була *Франція - " +"Бухгалтерський облік - Сертифікований CGI 286 I-3 bis*. Після оновлення " +"списку модулів знайдіть оновлений модуль в *Програми*, виберіть його та " +"натисніть *Оновити*. Нарешті, переконайтеся, що встановлено наступний модуль" +" *l10n_fr_sale_closing*." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" @@ -5421,6 +5421,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo звільняє себе від усіх та будь-якої відповідальності у разі зміни " +"функцій модуля, викликаних сторонніми додатками, не сертифікованими Odoo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" @@ -5928,7 +5930,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мексика" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -6057,11 +6059,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете використовувати мексиканську локалізацію в тестовому режимі, " -"ви можете помістити будь-яку відому адресу в Мексиці з усіма полями для " -"адреси компанії та встановити пдв **TCM970625MB1**." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -6180,6 +6179,9 @@ msgid "" "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" +"Пам'ятайте, що ви повинні зареєструватися в рецензованому PAC перед ручним, " +"цей процес можна зробити з самого PAC, у цьому випадку у нас буде два (2) " +"наявності `Finkok`_ і` Solución Factible`_." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -6281,6 +6283,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" +"Як тільки ви надішлете електронний рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою, це " +"так, як виглядає." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" @@ -6341,6 +6345,10 @@ msgid "" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" +"Ви повинні від'єднати всі пов'язані платежі до рахунку-фактури на odoo перед" +" тим, як скасувати такий документ, ці платежі потрібно скасувати, " +"дотримуючись того самого підходу, але встановлюючи параметр «Дозволити " +"записи відмов» у самому платежі." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" @@ -6444,7 +6452,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ви повинні надрукувати платіж, щоб правильно завантажити PDF-файл." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -6465,6 +6473,8 @@ msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" +"Що стосується теми 4, то заблокована можливість створення платежів клієнта " +"без належного рахунку-фактури." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" @@ -6502,7 +6512,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Електронний облік (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" @@ -6539,6 +6549,12 @@ msgid "" " automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" " xml." msgstr "" +"Приклад, щоб додати облік для нового банківського рахунку, перейдіть до " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> План рахунків` а потім " +"створіть новий облік на кнопці \"Створити\" та спробувати створити обліковий" +" запис із номером 102.01.99, коли ви зміните, щоб встановити ім'я, яке ви " +"побачите, тег, який буде автоматично встановлено, встановлені теги будуть " +"вибрані для використання в COA на XML." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" @@ -6566,7 +6582,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" @@ -6767,6 +6783,8 @@ msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" +"Зберігайте в безпечному місці завантажений файл і перейдіть на веб-сайт SAT " +"і дотримуйтесь необхідних інструкцій, щоб оголосити його." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" @@ -6944,7 +6962,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Якщо ви бачите помилку, подібну до цієї:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" @@ -7236,7 +7254,7 @@ msgstr "Швейцарія" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ISR (платіж із платіжною карткою з референтним номером)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7583,6 +7601,7 @@ msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" +"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 342 пдв" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" @@ -7927,6 +7946,8 @@ msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." msgstr "" +"Вам потрібно лише створити звітні періоди, якщо вони тривають більше або " +"менше 12 місяців." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" @@ -8179,7 +8200,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Встановіть схему оподаткування B2C" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -8234,12 +8255,18 @@ msgid "" "on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " "of this customer." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви укладаєте договір з клієнтом, чи обговорюєте ціну, із включеним " +"податком або виключеним, ви можете встановити прайслист і схему " +"оподаткування у формі клієнта, щоб вона застосовувалася автоматично при " +"кожному продажі цього клієнта." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." msgstr "" +"Прайслист знаходиться на вкладці **Продажі та Купівлі** у формі клієнта, а " +"схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці бухобліку." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -8302,6 +8329,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" +"Після того, як це буде зроблено, ви можете налаштувати ваші податки в " +":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Податки`. Спочатку встановіть" +" належні рахунки транзакції для публікування податків, поки ви не " +"зареєструєте платіж." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -8390,7 +8421,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Журнал касового методу податків" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" @@ -8403,6 +8434,10 @@ msgid "" "default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " "zero." msgstr "" +"Останні дві статті журналу є нейтральними, але вони потрібні для " +"забезпечення правильних податкових звітів в Odoo з точними базовими сумами " +"податку. Радимо використовувати рахунок доходу за замовчуванням. Залишок " +"цього рахунку завжди буде на нулі." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 @@ -8605,7 +8640,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 msgid "Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додаток" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" @@ -8679,6 +8714,9 @@ msgid "" "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" +"У цьому прикладі **компанія**, яка надіслала рахунок-фактуру, зобов'язана " +"**уряду** 20 доларів податків, а **клієнт** зобов'язаний **уряду** 10 " +"доларів податків." #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -8770,7 +8808,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "У TaxCloud" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -8863,7 +8901,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як це працює" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9073,7 +9111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Податок" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 @@ -9566,6 +9604,8 @@ msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" +"У цьому випадку ми вибираємо три відповідні рахунки, в яких ми будемо " +"замовляти наші витрати." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." @@ -9704,14 +9744,9 @@ msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -"Теоретична сума являє собою суму грошей, які ви теоретично могли " -"витратити/повинні були отримати відповідно до дат. Якщо ваш бюджет становить" -" 1200 протягом 12 місяців (з січня по грудень), а сьогодні - 31 січня, " -"теоретична сума становитиме 1000, оскільки це реальна сума, яку можна було б" -" реалізувати." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" @@ -9765,7 +9800,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увімкніть аналітичний облік" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9997,6 +10032,10 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" +"Далі вам потрібно буде включити аналітичний бухоблік. Для цього введіть " +"додаток **Бухобліку**. Виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Налаштування` та позначте опцію **Аналітичний бухоблік** (див. зображення " +"нижче)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -10064,6 +10103,9 @@ msgid "" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" +"Отже, нам потрібно створити **замовлення на продаж** із товаром **послуга**," +" на який виставлено рахунок **заснований на часі та матеріалі**, і " +"відстежується табелем з **годинами** як одиниця вимірювань." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -10096,6 +10138,10 @@ msgid "" "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" +"Як працівник, пов'язаний із користувачем, Гаррі може ввійти в додаток " +"**Табель** та вказати його табель для контракту. Увійшовши на облік Гаррі, " +"ми заходимо в додаток **Табель** і вводимо детальний рядок, який вказує на " +"**аналітичний бухоблік**, описаний вище." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." @@ -10391,7 +10437,7 @@ msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" @@ -10399,7 +10445,7 @@ msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Субпідряники" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -10414,7 +10460,7 @@ msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повернення дефектних матеріалів" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 @@ -10446,7 +10492,7 @@ msgstr "Маркетинг" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" @@ -10463,7 +10509,7 @@ msgstr "Адміністративний" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" @@ -10502,6 +10548,9 @@ msgid "" "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" +"Наведені вище приклади базуються на розподілі витрат компанії. Аналітичні " +"розподіли можуть бути настільки ж ефективними для продажів. Це дає вам " +"рентабельність (продажі - витрати) різних відділів." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -10641,7 +10690,7 @@ msgstr "Пошук інформації (3 год)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-45" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" @@ -10662,7 +10711,7 @@ msgstr "Оплата послуг" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "" +msgstr "280" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -10686,7 +10735,7 @@ msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вартість палива - клієнтська поїздка" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" @@ -10710,7 +10759,7 @@ msgstr "6201 - Зарплати" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -10814,7 +10863,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Висновок" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -10840,7 +10889,7 @@ msgstr "Склад" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вплив на середню ціну при поверненні товару в Odoo" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10904,7 +10953,7 @@ msgstr "Коли товари виходять зі складу: середня #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Визначення ціни покупки" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -10920,7 +10969,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приклад середньої вартості" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -11070,7 +11119,7 @@ msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -11250,7 +11299,7 @@ msgstr "різниця цін" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($80)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" @@ -11381,7 +11430,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишіть платіж в іншій валюті" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11451,13 +11500,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Журнал курсових різниць може бути змінений у ваших налаштуваннях бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" @@ -11649,7 +11711,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Замовлення на купівлю та рахунки постачальників" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 @@ -11703,12 +11765,12 @@ msgstr "" "записи журналу курсових різниці в журналі. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові " "різниці." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" @@ -11793,7 +11855,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мультивалютні банківські виписки" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11814,9 +11876,9 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Записи журналу` та знайдіть " "**Журнал курсових різниць**. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові різниці." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -11847,7 +11909,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активи" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 @@ -12408,7 +12470,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -12477,7 +12539,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мульти-компанії" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12545,6 +12607,9 @@ msgid "" "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" +"Англо-саксонський бухгалтерський облік (США, Великобританія, та інші " +"англомовні країни, включаючи Ірландію, Канаду, Австралію та Нову Зеландію), " +"де продаються/доставляються товари." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." @@ -12556,7 +12621,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo також має модулі, що відповідають пр #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебіторська та кредиторська заборгованість" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12685,6 +12750,9 @@ msgid "" "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" +"Odoo підтримує як періодичні (ручні), так і постійні (автоматичні) оцінки " +"запасів. Доступними методами є стандартна ціна, середня ціна, LIFO (для " +"країн, що дозволяють це) та FIFO." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -12839,6 +12907,8 @@ msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" +"Для того, щоб запис журналу був *збалансований*, сума всіх його дебетів " +"повинна бути рівною сумі всіх його кредитів." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" @@ -12868,7 +12938,7 @@ msgstr "Замовник має $1,090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" @@ -13017,7 +13087,7 @@ msgstr "Платіж 1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -13055,6 +13125,8 @@ msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" +"платіж реєструється, коли чек одержується від клієнта, а потім під час " +"перевірки банківської виписки" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" @@ -13240,6 +13312,9 @@ msgid "" "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" +"Чернетка рахунка-фактури може бути згенерована вручну з інших документів, " +"таких як замовлення на продаж, замовлення на купівлю тощо. Хоча ви можете й " +"самі створити чернетку рахунка, якщо хочете." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -13303,7 +13378,7 @@ msgstr "Документ складається з трьох частин:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" +msgstr "верхня частина рахунка-фактури, інформація про клієнтів," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -13453,13 +13528,15 @@ msgstr "Узгодьте" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тепер давайте узгодимо!" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете пройти через кожну транзакцію та узгодити її, або ж можна " +"узгодити з інструкціями нижче." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -13519,7 +13596,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Звіт про старіння клієнта:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -13562,6 +13639,8 @@ msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" +"Баланс підсумовує зобов’язання, активи та власний капітал вашої компанії на " +"конкретний момент часу." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -13813,6 +13892,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати список відкритих рахунків постачальників та пов'язаних з ними " +"термінів, ви можете скористатися звітом **Розрахунки з кредиторами**, в меню" +" звітів (у меню :menuselection:`Звітність --> Банківська виписка --> " +"Розрахунки з кредиторами`), щоб отримати візуальну інформацію про всі " +"виплачені рахунки." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -13942,7 +14026,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть рахунки для оплати" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -13972,7 +14056,7 @@ msgstr "Платежі постачальника" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплачуйте чеками" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14042,7 +14126,7 @@ msgstr "США" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для США Odoo за замовчуванням підтримує формати перевірки:" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" @@ -14061,10 +14145,11 @@ msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" +"Також можна налаштувати свій власний формат чеку за допомогою налаштувань." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата рахунку постачальника чеком" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" @@ -14076,7 +14161,7 @@ msgstr "зареєструйте платіж, який ви хочете зро #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "друк чеків пакетом для всіх зареєстрованих платежів" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" @@ -14133,6 +14218,8 @@ msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" +"Щоб друкувати всі чеки партіями, виберіть усі платежі зі списку та " +"надрукуйте чек у верхньому меню \"Друк\"." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" @@ -14157,7 +14244,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплачуйте будь-що чеком" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -14224,6 +14311,9 @@ msgid "" "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" +"У наступному прикладі ми створимо кілька рахунків. Ви можете контролювати " +"весь процес з інформаційної панелі бухобліку (перший екран, який ви " +"отримуєте, коли ви відкриваєте обліковий додаток)." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -14254,6 +14344,9 @@ msgid "" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" +"Тепер ми будемо записувати платіж лише за один рахунок. Відкрийте рахунок, " +"потім натисніть **Зареєструвати оплату**. Вставте спосіб оплати, дату, суму " +"та натисніть **Підтвердити**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -14319,6 +14412,8 @@ msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" +"Це виконується в :menuselection:`Панелі інструментів --> Банківський журнал " +"--> Більше варіантів --> Надіслати гроші` " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -14365,6 +14460,9 @@ msgid "" "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" +"Ви вже дізналися про те, як сплачувати рахунки у різних варіантах, а як щодо" +" часткової оплати? Ми розглянемо ще один приклад, де будемо робити часткову " +"оплату за різні рахунки." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -14406,6 +14504,8 @@ msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" +"Перш ніж узгодити цю банківську виписку, нам потрібно створити одну модель " +"заявки для готівкової знижки." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." @@ -14425,6 +14525,10 @@ msgid "" " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." msgstr "" +"SEPA, єдина зона платежу в євро, є ініціативою Європейського союзу з " +"платіжної інтеграції для спрощення банківських переказів, виражених у євро. " +"SEPA дозволяє відправляти замовлення на оплату у ваш банк для автоматизації " +"банківського переказу." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -14475,6 +14579,8 @@ msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" +"За вашою країною та планом рахунків, який ви використовуєте, цей модуль може" +" бути встановлений за замовчуванням." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" @@ -14508,6 +14614,9 @@ msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" +"Обов'язково вкажіть номер рахунку IBAN (внутрішній номер рахунку не буде " +"працювати з SEPA) та BIC (код ідентифікатора банку) у вашому банківському " +"журналі." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -14690,7 +14799,7 @@ msgstr "Коефіцієнт" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прискорена дегресивність" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 @@ -15462,7 +15571,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закупівля послуги як товару не запускають замовлення на доставку." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" @@ -15528,7 +15637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваш постачальник надсилає вам частковий рахунок або запит на депозит." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -15549,7 +15658,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відповідність рахунка постачальника" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" @@ -15671,7 +15780,7 @@ msgstr "або отримані величини" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Групова оплата" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -16157,7 +16266,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Це опція для зміни вмісту підтвердженого рахунку." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" @@ -16204,7 +16313,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доходи майбутніх періодів" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16619,7 +16728,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цей процес корисний як для надання послуг, так і для продажу товарів." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" @@ -16627,7 +16736,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Замовлення на доставку ‣ Рахунок-фактура" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -16761,7 +16870,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створення рахунка-фактури вручну" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -17405,30 +17514,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " -"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " -"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "Створіть XML-файли Прямого дебету SEPA, щоб надати платежі" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " @@ -17438,25 +17540,25 @@ msgstr "" "*банківський журнал* на вашій *панелі приладів Бухобліку*, потім натисніть " "на *Платежі прямого дебету для отримання*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " @@ -17465,11 +17567,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете отримати усі створені XML-файли SDD, перейшовши у " ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Клієнти --> Групові платежі`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" @@ -17477,7 +17579,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Академія Odoo: Мандати прямого дебету SEPA (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" @@ -17645,7 +17747,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" -msgstr "" +msgstr "X" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -17677,6 +17779,8 @@ msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" +"Ці налаштування неможливі, якщо ви плануєте керувати вашими чеками за " +"допомогою цього методу." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" @@ -18232,7 +18336,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дата блокування податку" #: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -18320,7 +18424,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активуйте режим розробника" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 7dd4aaf60..c6f95b5c3 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заявки" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po index 3b21d2445..d324b8ae1 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -4,6 +4,9 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 +# ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2020 # Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -275,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скріншоти" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -704,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 msgid "Make" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зробити" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -910,7 +913,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 msgid "H1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H1" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 @@ -933,7 +936,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 msgid "H2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H2" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 @@ -1123,7 +1126,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 msgid "Render" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перегляд" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -1307,7 +1310,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 msgid "Note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Примітка" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -1325,7 +1328,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 msgid "Important" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Важливий" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." @@ -1333,7 +1336,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 msgid "Warning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Попередження" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 msgid "" @@ -1343,7 +1346,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 msgid "Danger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Небезпека" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." @@ -1427,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Приклад**" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 msgid "**RST**" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index b2163c361..8ca8ebeea 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -11,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -23,15 +24,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отримайте ліди" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перетворення лідів у нагоди" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -48,6 +49,9 @@ msgid "" "sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " "channels from their configuration form." msgstr "" +"Ви можете активувати цей режим із Налаштувань CRM. Він застосовується до " +"всіх каналів продажу за замовчуванням. Але ви можете застосувати його для " +"конкретних каналів із їхньої форми налаштування." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 @@ -58,13 +62,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." msgstr "" +"Щоб ця функція працювала, перейдіть на :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " +"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Ліди*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -76,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Конвертуйте лід у нагоду" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -95,10 +101,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " "customer already exists." msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас вже є нагода з цим клієнтом, Odoo автоматично запропонує вам " +"об'єднати цю нагоду. Точно так само Odoo автоматично запропонує вам зв'язати" +" з існуючим клієнтом, якщо цей клієнт вже існує." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Об'єднайте нагоди" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -107,32 +116,41 @@ msgid "" " into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " "information present on the first opportunity." msgstr "" +"Odoo також автоматично запропонує об'єднати нагоди, якщо в них однакова " +"електронна адреса. Під час об'єднання нагод Odoo об'єднує й інформацію " +"нагод, яка була спершу створена, надаючи пріоритет інформації першої нагоди." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" "No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " "chatter and the information fields for easy access." msgstr "" +"Жодна інформація не втрачаться: дані з інших нагод записується у чаттері та " +"інформаційних полях для легкого доступу." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 msgid "" "Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " "leads even if the system doesn't propose it." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви знайдете дублікат самостійно, ... ви також можете об'єднати нагоди " +"або ліди, навіть якщо система цього не пропонує." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 msgid "" "Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " "to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." msgstr "" +"Тут є як це зробити зі списку. Оберіть нагоди або ліди, які ви хочете " +"об'єднати, тоді з'явиться кнопка дії. Потім ви можете обрати об'єднання." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Можливо також об'єднати більше, ніж дві нагоди або ліда." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Генеруйте ліди/нагоди з електронної пошти" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -140,10 +158,13 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" " create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." msgstr "" +"Автоматизація генерації ліда/нагоди значно покращить вашу ефективність. За " +"замовчуванням будь-який електронний лист, надісланий на *sales@database\\ " +"_domain.ext*, створить нагоду в рамках каналу продажів за замовчуванням." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштуйте псевдоніми електронної пошти" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -161,7 +182,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створіть ліди/нагоди зі сторінки контактів вашого веб-сайту" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -175,11 +196,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Використовуйте зв'яжіться з нами на своєму веб-сайті" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Спочатку потрібно перейти до вашого додатка веб-сайту." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -190,6 +211,9 @@ msgid "" "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" +"Зі встановленням модуля CRM, ви користуєтесь готовою до використання " +"контактною формою на своєму веб-сайті Odoo, яка автоматично генерує " +"ліди/нагоди." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -197,11 +221,15 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " "Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." msgstr "" +"Щоб перейти на конкретний канал продажів, перейдіть на сторінку " +":menuselection:`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` під *Зв'язок* ви" +" знайдете інформацію про контактну форму та куди слід змінити *Канали " +"продажу* або *Продавця*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створіть власну контактну форму" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -210,12 +238,19 @@ msgid "" "contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " "leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" +"Ви можете дізнатися більше про свого відвідувача, коли він використовує " +"контактну форму, вам потрібно буде створити на вашому веб-сайті спеціальну " +"контактну форму. Ці контактні форми можуть генерувати кілька типів записів у" +" системі (електронні листи, ліди/нагоди, завдання проекту, заявки служби " +"підтримки тощо)." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" +"Вам потрібно буде встановити безкоштовний модуль *Конструктор форм*, який " +"доступний в лише Odoo Enterprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -223,22 +258,29 @@ msgid "" " drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " "fields you wish." msgstr "" +"Спершу перейдіть до сторінки, де в хочете вставити вашу контактну форму. В " +"режимі редагування перетягніть конструктор форм на сторінку, і тоді ви " +"зможете додати всі поля, які ви хочете." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням усі нові форми контакту будуть надсилати електронний лист. " +"Ви можете перемкнути на створення ліда/нагоди у *Змінити параметри форми*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" "If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " "added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Якщо той же відвідувач використовує контактну форму двічі, другий запис буде" +" додано до першого ліда/нагоди у чаті." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Генеруйте ліди, а не нагоди" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -246,10 +288,13 @@ msgid "" "assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " "CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" +"Під час використання контактної форми, вам слід використовувати крок " +"кваліфікації перед призначенням форми правильному продавцю. Зробивши це, " +"активуйте *Ліди* у налаштуваннях CRM та перейдіть на :doc:`convert`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отримання лідів" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -259,16 +304,23 @@ msgid "" "country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" " make them relevant to your business." msgstr "" +"У будь-якому бізнесі, отримання якісних лідів має важливе значення для " +"зростання бізнесу. Отримання лідів дозволяє генерувати ліди з нуля " +"безпосередньо з бази даних. Націлюйте свої ліди на основі набору таких " +"критеріїв, як країна, розмір компанії, галузь, з відки походить ваш лід, " +"щоби зробити їх відповідними до вашого бізнесу." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." msgstr "" +"Щоб запустити цю функцію, перейдіть в :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " +"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію **Отримання лідів**." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Почніть створення лідів" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -278,12 +330,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " "button." msgstr "" +"Тепер у вас буде кнопка **Створити ліди**, доступна у вашому конвеєрі. Ви " +"також можете створювати запити на отримання лідів з " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Запити на отримання лідів` та через " +":menuselection:`Ліди --> Ліди`, де у вас є кнопка **Створити ліди**." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 msgid "" "From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " "be able to pick your criteria will pop up." msgstr "" +"Там натисніть на кнопку **Створити ліди**, з'явиться вікно, де ви зможете " +"обрати критерії." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -293,6 +351,11 @@ msgid "" "information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " "<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," msgstr "" +"Під час обрання цілі компнаій та їхні контакти, ви можете обрати окнтакти, " +"які ви отримуєте на основі Ролі або Стажу. Отримавши інформацію про " +"контакти, переконайтеся, що ви в курсі останніх норм ЄС, більше інформації " +"про Загальні положення про захист даних отримайте на `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -314,13 +377,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створені ліди матимуть назву компанії." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ціноутворення" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -345,26 +408,33 @@ msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " +"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 msgid "" ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " "<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Купівлі в додатку (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Надсилання комерційних пропозицій" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " "send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Коли ви кваліфікуєте лід у нагоду, вам буде необхідно надіслати йому " +"комерційну пропозицію. Ви можете робити це безпосередньо у модулі CRM з " +"Odoo." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створіть нову комерційну пропозицію" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -380,6 +450,8 @@ msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." msgstr "" +"Ви знайдете всі свої комерційні пропозиції за конкретною нагодою в меню " +"*Комерційні пропозиції* на цій сторінці." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" @@ -390,16 +462,21 @@ msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." msgstr "" +"Тепер вам доведеться відзначити вашу нагоду як впіймано чи втрачено, щоб " +"перемістити цей процес." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви позначите їх як впіймано, вони перейдуть до вашого стовпця " +"*Впіймано* у вашому конвеєрі Канбану. Якщо ви позначите їх як *Втрачено*, " +"вони будуть архівовані." #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оптимізуйте свою щоденну роботу" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" @@ -525,7 +602,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Синхронізація Google Календаря з Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -533,6 +610,9 @@ msgid "" "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" +"Odoo ідеально інтегрований з Google Calendar, щоб ви могли бачити і керувати" +" своїми зустрічами з обох платформ (оновлення відбуваються в обох " +"напрямках)." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -543,14 +623,17 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до `Платформи Google API " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__, щоб створити повноваження Google" +" Календар API. Зайдіть через ваш акаунт Google." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перейдіть до сторінки API та Послуги." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Знайдіть*Google Calendar API* і виберіть його." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -566,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створіть облікові дані." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -584,6 +667,11 @@ msgid "" "redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" +"Тоді ви можете створити ідентифікатор клієнта. Введіть назву модуля " +"(наприклад, Odoo Calendar) і дозволені сторінки, на які буде відбуватися " +"перенаправлення. *Авторизоване джерело JavaScript* - це ваш приклад URL-" +"адреси Odoo. *Авторизована URI перенаправлення* - це ваш приклад URL-адреси " +"Odoo, а потім -'/google_account/authentication'." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -607,19 +695,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" +"Встановіть додаток **Google Каленар** з меню *Додатки* або позначте опцію в " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування`." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування` та " +"введіть ваш **ID клієнта** та **Секретний ключ клієнта** в налаштуванні " +"Google Календаря." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -635,15 +728,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тепер ви більше не маєте виправдання, щоби пропустити зустріч!" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Використовуйте послугу IP-телефонії в Odoo з OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вступ" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -651,6 +744,10 @@ msgid "" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" +"ІР-телефонія Odoo може бути налаштована для роботи разом з OnSIP " +"(www.onsip.com). У цьому випадку встановлення та налаштування сервера " +"Asterisk не потрібні, оскільки вся інфраструктура розміщена та керована " +"OnSIP." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -659,6 +756,10 @@ msgid "" "covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" +"Для використання цієї послуги вам потрібно буде відкрити обліковий запис на " +"OnSIP. Перш ніж це зробити, переконайтеся, що ця послуга охоплює вашу " +"територію та області, в які ви хочете зателефонувати. Після відкриття обліку" +" OnSIP виконайте процедуру налаштування нижче." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." @@ -678,10 +779,14 @@ msgid "" "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"**Домен OnSIP** - це домен, який ви обрали під час створення облікового " +"запису на www.onsip.com. Якщо ви не знаєте цього, увійдіть до " +"https://admin.onsip.com/, і ви побачите його у верхньому правому куті " +"екрана." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**WebSocket** повинен містити wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" @@ -692,14 +797,17 @@ msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до **Налаштування/Користувачі**. У формі перегляду кожного " +"користувача IP-телефонії на вкладці Налаштування введіть розділ " +"**Налаштування PBX**:" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Логін SIP/Розширення браузера**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача'" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Авторизація користувача OnSIP**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача авт'" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -707,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr "**Пароль SIP**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Розширення для телефонів**: 'Розширення' OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -725,12 +833,17 @@ msgid "" "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" +"Тепер ви можете телефонувати, натиснувши значок телефону у верхньому правому" +" куті Odoo (переконайтеся, що ви ввійшли як користувач, який належним чином " +"налаштований в Odoo та OnSIP)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви бачите повідомлення про *відсутність параметрів* на софтводі Odoo, " +"обов'язково оновіть вікно Odoo та повторіть спробу." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -739,6 +852,10 @@ msgid "" "the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" +"Якщо в Odoo softphone з'являється повідомлення *Неправильне число*, " +"обов'язково використовуйте міжнародний формат, який містить знак плюс (+), а" +" потім міжнародний код країни. Наприклад: +16506913277 (де +1 - міжнародний " +"префікс для США)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -750,7 +867,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OnSIP на вашому мобільному телефоні" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -759,6 +876,11 @@ msgid "" " VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" +"Щоб робити та отримувати телефонні дзвінки, коли ви не перебуваєте перед " +"вашим комп'ютером, ви можете використовувати прикладну програму для " +"мобільних телефонів паралельно з ІР-телефонією Odoo. Це корисно для викликів" +" на ходу, але також для того, щоб переконатися, що ви чуєте вхідні дзвінки, " +"або просто для зручності. Будь-який SIP softphone буде працювати." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -767,22 +889,26 @@ msgid "" " When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" +"На Android та iOS, OnSIP успішно протестовано за допомогою `Grandstream Wave" +" <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave> _ _. " +"Під час створення облікового запису виберіть OnSIP у списку постачальників. " +"Вам потрібно буде налаштувати його таким чином:" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ім'я облікового запису**: OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**SIP сервер**: OnSIP 'Домен'" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ID користувача SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача' OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ID Аутентифікації SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача аут.' OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -798,12 +924,22 @@ msgid "" "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" +"Окрім ініціювання дзвінків з Grandstream Wave на свій телефон, ви також " +"можете ініціювати дзвінки, натиснувши номери телефонів у вашому браузері на " +"своєму ПК. Це зробить дзвінок Grandstream Wave і маршрут дзвінка через " +"телефон на іншу сторону. Цей підхід корисний, щоб не витрачати час на набір " +"телефонних номерів. Для цього вам знадобиться розширення Chrome `Помічник " +"дзвінків OnSIP <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en> _ _." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +"Недоліком використання софтфону на вашому мобільному телефоні є те, що ваші " +"виклики не будуть входити в систему Odoo, оскільки софтфон виступає в ролі " +"незалежного окремого додатка." #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 msgid "Outlook Extension" @@ -905,9 +1041,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed in Outlook yet on Outlook's add-" -"ins list. This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom " -"add-in*." +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 @@ -991,6 +1126,9 @@ msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " "Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." msgstr "" +"Щоб купити кредити, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти " +"--> Автозаповнення партнера або Odoo IAP --> Переглянути мої послуги` та " +"оберіть пакет." #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -1004,6 +1142,8 @@ msgid "" "Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " "<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." msgstr "" +"Дізнайтеся про нашу *Політику приватності* `тут " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`partner_autocomplete`" @@ -1015,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Збільшуйте вашу базу контактів із Автоматичним заповненням партнера" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1023,6 +1163,9 @@ msgid "" "corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " "quickly get all the information you need." msgstr "" +"Автозаповнення партнера допомагає вам збільшити базу даних контактів із " +"корпоративними даними. Оберіть одну з компаній, запропоновану у випадаючому " +"списку, та швидко отримайте усю необхідну вам інформацію." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1034,7 +1177,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Збільшуйте ваші контакти з корпоративними даними" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1042,56 +1185,68 @@ msgid "" "it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" " will be populated with corporate data." msgstr "" +"З будь-якого модуля, після того, як ви починаєте створювати новий контакт, " +"набираючи його назву, система запропонує потенційне співставлення. Якщо ви " +"оберете його, контакт буде заповнено корпоративними даними." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 msgid "" "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наприклад, після набирання *Odoo*, ви отримаєте наступну інформацію:" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 msgid "" "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " "company name." msgstr "" +"Автозаповнення партнера також працює, якщо ви вводите номер платника ПДВ " +"компанії." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 msgid "" "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" " prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." msgstr "" +"*Автозаповнення компанії* - це послуга *Купівлі в модулі (IAP)*, що вимагає " +"використання передплачених кредитів. Кожен запит вартуватиме одному кредиту." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" "If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " "clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас закінчилися кредити, єдина інформація, яка буде заповнюватися під" +" час вибору компанії, це посилання на веб-сайт та логотип." #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, ви можете " +"скористатися безкоштовними пробними кредитами для тестування функції." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш сервер VOIP Asterisk для Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Встановлення сервера Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Залежності" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" +"Перед встановленням Asterisk вам потрібно встановити наступні залежності:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wget" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" @@ -1099,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "gcc" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "" +msgstr "g++" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" @@ -1111,7 +1266,7 @@ msgstr "libxml2-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" @@ -1123,15 +1278,15 @@ msgstr "libuuid-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "openssl-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pkg-config" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для встановлення libsrtp виконайте наведені нижче інструкції:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1139,34 +1294,36 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" +"Вам також потрібно встановити PJSIP, ви можете завантажити джерело `тут " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>` _. Після вилучення вихідного каталогу:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Перейдіть у вихідний каталог pjproject:**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**запустіть:**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Побудуйте та встановіть pjproject:**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Оновіть посилання на спільну бібліотеку:**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Перевірте, чи встановлено pjproject:**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Результат повинен бути:**" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1174,10 +1331,13 @@ msgid "" "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" +"Щоб встановити Asterisk 13.7.0, ви можете завантажити джерело безпосередньо " +"`там <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вилучіть Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" @@ -1185,11 +1345,11 @@ msgstr "Введіть каталог Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустіть налаштування скрипта Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустіть інструмент вибору меню Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1198,10 +1358,14 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" +"У меню вибору перейдіть до опції ресурсів і переконайтесь, що res_srtp " +"увімкнено. Якщо біля res_srtp є 3 х, виникають проблеми з бібліотекою srtp, " +"і ви повинні перевстановити його. Збережіть налаштування (натисніть x). Ви " +"також повинні побачити зірки перед рядками res_pjsip." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скомпілюйте та встановіть Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1209,28 +1373,33 @@ msgid "" "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" +"Якщо вам потрібні зразки налаштування, ви можете запустити 'зробити зразки' " +"для встановлення зразків налаштування. Якщо вам потрібно встановити сценарій" +" запуску Asterisk, ви можете запустити 'зробити налашт'." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сертифікати DTLS" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Після цього вам потрібно встановити сертифікати DTLS." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введіть каталог скриптів Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" +"Створіть сертифікати DTLS (замініть pbx.mycompany.com на свою IP-адресу чи " +"ім'я dns, замініть My Super Company на назву вашої компанії):" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштуйте сервер Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -1240,6 +1409,11 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" +"Для WebRTC велика кількість необхідних параметрів ПОВИННА бути в показаних " +"налаштуваннях. Глобальні параметри не дуже добре потраплять в налаштування " +"показаних рівнів. За замовчуванням конфігураційні файли Asterisk розташовані" +" в /etc/asterisk/. Почніть з редагування http.conf і переконайтеся, що " +"наступні рядки не коментуються:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -1249,12 +1423,19 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" +"Далі змініть файл sip.conf. WebRTC потребує розшифрування, avpf та " +"iicesupport. У більшості випадків, Directmedia повинен бути відключений. " +"Також під клієнтом WebRTC транспорт потрібно вказати як \"ws\", щоб " +"дозволити з'єднання веб-вузлів. Всі ці конфігураційні лінії мають бути під " +"одним рівнем; установка цих конфігураційних рядки глобально можуть не " +"працювати:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" +"У sip.conf та rtp.conf файлах вам також потрібно додати чи відключити рядки:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" @@ -1262,21 +1443,23 @@ msgstr "Нарешті, встановіть extensions.conf:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ІР-телефонію Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" +msgstr "В Odoo налаштування повинне виконуватися в налаштуваннях користувача." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" +"SIP Login/Розширення браузера - це номер, яки ви налаштували раніше у файлі " +"sip.conf (у нашому прикладі: 1060)." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пароль SIP - секретний ключ, який ви обрали у файлі sip.conf." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -1284,18 +1467,25 @@ msgid "" "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" +"Розширення вашого офісного телефону - це необов'язкове поле але воно " +"використовується, якщо ви хочете перемістити ваш дзвінок з Odoo на зовнішній" +" телефон, що також налаштовується у файлі sip.conf." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" +"Налаштування також слід виконати у Загальних налаштуваннях під розділом " +"\"Інтеграції\"." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" +"IP сервера PBX має бути таким же, як і IP, який ви визначаєте у файлі " +"http.conf." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -1303,14 +1493,17 @@ msgid "" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" +"WebSocket має бути: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws, де \"localhost\" має бути таким " +"же, як і IP, визначений попередньо, та \"XXXX\" повинен бути портом, " +"визначеним у файлі http.conf." #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проаналізуйте ефективність" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перевірте ваш коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1339,11 +1532,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ви також можете змінити *Вимірювання* на * Загальний дохід *." #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ви також маєте можливість перейти на перегляд кругової діаграми." #: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Organize the pipeline" @@ -1359,6 +1552,9 @@ msgid "" " want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " "can help you recover them in the future." msgstr "" +"Під час роботи з вашими нагодами ви можете втратити деякі з них. Ви захочете" +" відстежувати причини, з яких ви їх втратили, а також, у які способи Odoo " +"допоможе вам відновити їх у майбутньому." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" @@ -1369,47 +1565,59 @@ msgid "" "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " "*Mark Lost* button." msgstr "" +"У вашому конвеєрі виберіть будь-яку нагоду, і ви побачите кнопку *Позначити " +"як втрачено*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " "there." msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючу *Причину втрати* або створити нову, що " +"знаходиться тут." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Керуйте та створюйте причини втрат" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Lost Reasons`." msgstr "" +"Ви знайдете ваші *причини втрат* під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Причини втрат`." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 msgid "" "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." msgstr "" +"Ви можете вибрати та перейменувати будь-яку з них, а також створити нову " +"звідти." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отримайте втрачені нагоди" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" " feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати втрачені нагоди та робити на них дії (надсилати електронні " +"листи, зробити зворотній зв'язок тощо), виберіть фільтр *Втрачено* на панелі" +" пошуку." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Там ви побачите всі ваші втрачені нагоди." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " "Reason*." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете уточнити їх, ви можете додати фільтр на *Причини втрати*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." @@ -1417,7 +1625,7 @@ msgstr "Наприклад, *Дуже дорого*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відновіть втрачені нагоди" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1425,6 +1633,9 @@ msgid "" "opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " "clicking on *Archived*." msgstr "" +"З Канбану з фільтром(ами) на місці, ви можете вибрати будь-яку нагоду, яку " +"ви бажаєте, і працювати як завжди. Ви також можете відновити її, натиснувши " +"*Заархівовано*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1432,10 +1643,13 @@ msgid "" " the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " "also archive the same way." msgstr "" +"Ви також можете відновити елементи групою з Канбану, коли вони належать до " +"одного етапу. Виберіть *Відновити записи* у параметрах стовпців. Ви також " +"можете архівувати так само." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Щоб вибрати конкретні нагоди, потрібно перейти до перегляду списку." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1451,17 +1665,20 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управління кількома командами продажу" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " "specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." msgstr "" +"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома командами продажів, відділами або " +"каналами з конкретними процесами продажу. Для цього ми використовуємо " +"концепцію *Каналу продажів*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створіть новий канал продажу" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1476,10 +1693,12 @@ msgid "" "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " "address will create a lead/opportunity." msgstr "" +"Тут ви можете вказати йому псевдонім електронної пошти. Кожне повідомлення, " +"відправлене на цю адресу електронної пошти, створить лід/нагоду." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додайте учасників до свого каналу продажів" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1488,20 +1707,26 @@ msgid "" "lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," " you can only be a member of one channel." msgstr "" +"Ви можете додати учасників до будь-якого каналу; таким чином, ці учасники " +"побачать конвеєрну структуру каналу продажу при його відкритті. Будь-який " +"лід/нагода, призначена їм, буде посилатися на канал продажу. Тому ви можете " +"бути учасником лише одного каналу." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Це полегшить процес огляду менеджера команди." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 msgid "" "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " "all of its opportunities." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви зараз відфільтруєте цей конкретний канал у вашому конвеєрі, ви " +"знайдете всі його нагоди." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інформаційна панель каналу продажів" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1509,6 +1734,9 @@ msgid "" "sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " "*Reporting*." msgstr "" +"Щоб побачити операції та результати будь-якого каналу продажу, миттєвий " +"огляд менеджера з продажу також має доступ до інформаційної панелі *Каналу " +"продажів* в розділі *Звітування*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1520,11 +1748,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Призначайте та відстежуйте ліди" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Призначення лідів на основі оцінювання" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1539,6 +1767,8 @@ msgid "" "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " "that visited specific pages on your website." msgstr "" +"Наприклад, ви можете оцінити клієнтів у вашій країні вище або тих, хто " +"відвідав певні сторінки вашого веб-сайту." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1565,16 +1795,21 @@ msgid "" "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " "you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." msgstr "" +"Ось приклад для канадського ліду, ви можете змінити на будь-які критерії, за" +" якими ви хочете оцінити своїх лідів. Ви можете додати стільки критеріїв, " +"скільки хочете." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " "assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." msgstr "" +"Кожну годину кожен лід без оцінки буде автоматично відсканований і йому буде" +" призначено правильний бал за вашими правилами." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Призначення лідів" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1583,23 +1818,33 @@ msgid "" "Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " "This domain can include scores." msgstr "" +"Після того, як результати розраховані, ліди можуть бути призначені для " +"конкретних команд за допомогою того самого механізму домену. Щоб це зробити," +" перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> Призначення " +"команди` і застосовувати конкретний домен у кожній команді. Цей домен може " +"включати оцінки." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " "more refined domain." msgstr "" +"Далі, ви можете призначити конкретного постачальника в команді ще більш " +"витонченого домену." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 msgid "" "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " "Assignation`." msgstr "" +"Щоб зробити це, перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> " +"Призначення лідів`." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 msgid "" "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." msgstr "" +"Присвоєння команди та лідів призначає непризначені ліди один раз на день." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" @@ -1611,11 +1856,16 @@ msgid "" "unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " "useful to do something with them." msgstr "" +"Після того, як ваші правила оцінювання встановлені, ви, найімовірніше, " +"матимуть певні непризначені ліди. Деякі з них, як і раніше, можуть бути " +"перетворені у нагоди, тому корисно щось з ними зробити." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "" "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." msgstr "" +"На вашій сторінці лідів ви можете помістити фільтр, щоб знайти непризначені " +"ліди." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1623,6 +1873,10 @@ msgid "" "Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" " unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" +"Чому б не користуватися додатками :menuselection:`Маркетинг електронною " +"поштою` чи :menuselection:`Автоматизація маркетингу`, щоб надсилати їм " +"масову електронну пошту? Ви також можете легко знайти такі непризначені ліди" +" звідти." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" @@ -1633,22 +1887,28 @@ msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" +"Відстеження сторінок вашого сайту дасть вам набагато більше інформації про " +"інтереси відвідувачів вашого веб-сайту." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " "they use the contact form on your website." msgstr "" +"Кожна відстежувана сторінка, яку вони відвідують, буде записана на вашому " +"ліді/нагоді, якщо вони використовують контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " "*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" +"Щоб скористатися цією функцією, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінка " +"лідів* на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відстеження веб-сторінок" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1665,7 +1925,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перегляньте відвідані сторінки у ваших лідах/нагодах" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1685,13 +1945,16 @@ msgid "" "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " "pages." msgstr "" +"Обидва вони оновлюватимуться, якщо відвідувачі повернуться на ваш веб-сайт і" +" відвідають інші сторінки." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " "chatter." msgstr "" +"Ця функція не буде повторювати кілька переглядів тих самих сторінок у чаті." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваші клієнти більше не зможуть зберігати будь-які секрети від вас!" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index f2a6e6313..2392beb9e 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управління базами даних онлайн" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -28,6 +32,10 @@ msgid "" "click on the `Manage Your Databases " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." msgstr "" +"Щоб керувати базами даних, відкрийте `сторінку Керування базою даних " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (вам доведеться увійти в систему). " +"Потім натисніть кнопку `Керування вашими базами даних " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -35,78 +43,91 @@ msgid "" " manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " "database." msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що ви підключені як адміністратор бази даних, якою хочете " +"керувати - багато операцій залежать від того, як ви віддалено ідентифікуєте " +"цю базу даних." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доступні декілька дій:" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Оновлення <upgrade_button>`" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid "" "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " "features" msgstr "" +"Оновіть вашу базу даних до останньої версії Odoo, щоб насолодитися " +"передовими функціями" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Копіювання <duplicate_online>`" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 msgid "" "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " "flows without compromising your daily operations" msgstr "" +"Створіть точну копію вашої бази даних, якщо ви хочете спробувати нові модулі" +" або нові процеси, не покладаючи на небезпеку щоденні операції" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Перейменування <rename_online_database>`" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перейменуйте вашу базу даних (і її URL-адресу)" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Резервне копіювання**" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "" "Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " "daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" msgstr "" +"Завантажте миттєву резервну копію вашої бази даних; Зверніть увагу, що ми " +"створюємо резервні копії баз даних щодня згідно з нашими Odoo Cloud SLA" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Домени <custom_domain>`" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" msgstr "" +"Налаштуйте власні домени для доступу до вашої бази даних за допомогою іншої " +"URL-адреси" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Видалення <delete_online_database>`" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Видаліть базу даних миттєво" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зв'язок з техпідтримкою" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 msgid "" "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " "database already selected" msgstr "" +"Отримайте доступ до нашої `сторінки підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +" з уже вибраною правильною базою даних" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оновлення" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -114,6 +135,9 @@ msgid "" "that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" " the process before upgrading your production database." msgstr "" +"Оновлення вашої бази даних до нової версії Odoo - це складна операція, яка " +"вимагає часу та обережності. Надзвичайно важливо, щоби ви повністю " +"протестували процес перед оновленням виробничої бази." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -121,6 +145,9 @@ msgid "" "your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " "experience." msgstr "" +"Odoo регулярно випускає нові версії (принаймні один раз на рік), а оновлення" +" бази даних, щоби користуватися новими функціями Odoo, є частиною досвіду " +"Odoo Online." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -130,6 +157,12 @@ msgid "" " database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " "multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" +"Процес оновлення може зайняти деякий час, особливо якщо ви використовуєте " +"кілька додатків або програм, які керують конфіденційними даними (наприклад, " +"Бухоблік, Склад та ін.). Загалом, чим менша база даних, тим швидше буде " +"оновлено. База даних для одного користувача, яка використовує лише CRM, буде" +" оброблятися швидше, ніж база даних мульти-компаній та багатьох юзерів, яка " +"використовує Бухоблік, Продаж, Купівлі та Виробництво." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -141,44 +174,61 @@ msgid "" "they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " "a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" +"На жаль, неможливо дати оцінку часу для кожного запиту на оновлення, " +"оскільки Odoo.com щонайменше один раз перевірятиме вручну кожне оновлення " +"бази даних та потрібно буде виправити/адаптувати зміни, внесені до " +"стандартних модулів Odoo (наприклад, через Студію або через Пакет послуг) у " +"кожному конкретному випадку. Це може зробити процес повільніше, оскільки " +"запити обробляються в порядку їх надходження. Особливо це стосується місяців" +" після виходу нової основної версії, яка може значно подовжити затримку " +"оновлення." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Процес оновлення з вашої сторони досить простий:" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваш запит на тестове оновлення" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " "database" msgstr "" +"Коли усі тести будуть підтверджені **вами**, ви оновлюєте вашу фактичну базу" +" даних" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 msgid "" "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " "same." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обробка запиту на тестове чи робоче (*фактичне*) оновлення однакова." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " "access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." msgstr "" +"Спершу переконайтеся, що ви підключені до бази даних, яку ви хочете оновити " +"та отримайте доступ до `сторінки управління базою даних " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 msgid "" "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " "database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." msgstr "" +"Потрібно мати активну сесію з доступом до модуля Налаштування в базі даних, " +"яку ви хочете оновити, щоби кнопка була видимою." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 msgid "" "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " "If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." msgstr "" +"У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете оновити, натисніть на меню \"Cog\". Якщо " +"доступна новіша версія Odoo, ви побачите кнопку \"Оновити\"." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -188,6 +238,10 @@ msgid "" "automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " "released a more recent version during your tests)." msgstr "" +"У вас є можливість вибрати цільову версію оновлення. За замовчуванням ми " +"вибираємо найвищу версію, доступну для вашої бази даних; якщо ви вже були в " +"процесі тестування оновлення, ми автоматично виберемо версію, яку ви вже " +"тестували (навіть якщо ми випустили більш нову версію під час ваших тестів)." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -196,6 +250,10 @@ msgid "" "request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" " and asking another request will not be possible." msgstr "" +"Натиснувши кнопку \"Тестувати оновлення\", буде створено запит на оновлення." +" Вчасно можна зробити один запит для кожної бази даних; якщо запит уже " +"зроблено, ви побачите замітку \"Оновити чергу\", і запит на інший запит буде" +" неможливим." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -207,6 +265,13 @@ msgid "" "made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " "should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." msgstr "" +"Тестове оновлення створить копію вашої бази даних, оновить її та автоматично" +" зробить її доступною для вас. Якщо це перший тест, який ви запитуєте для " +"цієї конкретної бази даних, Odoo.com здійснить етап ручного тестування - це " +"може зайняти час (до декількох тижнів). Подальші запити не пройдуть цей крок" +" тестування вручну, і зазвичай вони будуть доступні через кілька годин. " +"Після того, як тестова база даних буде доступною, ви повинні отримати " +"електронний лист із URL-адресою тестової бази даних." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -226,6 +291,10 @@ msgid "" "is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " "prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" msgstr "" +"Не забудьте зробити останній тест оновлення безпосередньо перед остаточним " +"оновленням (наприклад, напередодні), щоб гарантувати, що все буде працювати " +"безперебійно. Поновлення версії неможливе, а післяналаштовуване оновлення " +"завжди простіше, ніж запобігання роботі над оновленням після факту!" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -236,6 +305,12 @@ msgid "" " and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " "the process is completed." msgstr "" +"Після того, як ви будете готові і підтвердили всі свої тести, ви можете " +"знову натиснути кнопку «Оновити» та підтвердити, натиснувши «Оновити» " +"(кнопку з маленькою ракетою!), щоби перемкнути вашу робочу базу даних на " +"нову версію. Потім ваша база даних буде перенесена офлайн протягом наступних" +" 10 хвилин і буде оновлена автоматично; ви отримаєте електронний лист із " +"підтвердженням, коли процес завершено." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -243,10 +318,13 @@ msgid "" "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " "migration during non-business hours." msgstr "" +"Ваша база даних буде завантажуватися в режимі офлайн під час оновлення " +"(зазвичай від 30 хвилин до декількох годин для великих баз даних), тому " +"обов'язково плануйте міграцію протягом неробочих годин." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -254,6 +332,9 @@ msgid "" "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." msgstr "" +"Дублювання бази даних, перейменування, користувацький DNS і т. д. недоступні" +" для пробних баз даних на нашій онлайн-платформі. Оплачені бази даних та " +"база даних \"One App Free\" може дублювати без проблем." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -261,50 +342,62 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" +"У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете дублювати, у вас буде кілька кнопок. Щоби " +"копіювати вашу базу даних, просто натисніть кнопку **Копіювати**. Вам " +"доведеться назвати свою копію, потім натисніть кнопку **Копіювати базу " +"даних**." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не перевіряєте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\" під час " +"копіювання бази даних, всі зовнішні процеси залишатимуться активними:" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Відправлення електронних листів" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" msgstr "" +"Платежі обробляються (наприклад, у програмах електронної комерції або " +"підписки)" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Замовлення на доставку (постачальники доставки) відправляються" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "І т.д.." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " "behaviours to be disabled." msgstr "" +"Перевірте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\", якщо ви хочете, щоб ці дії " +"були вимкнені." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" +"Через кілька секунд ви будете входити в копію бази даних. Зверніть увагу, що" +" URL-адреса використовує вашу назву для копій бази даних." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Копії баз даних закінчуються автоматично через 15 днів." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перейменування бази даних" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -313,14 +406,19 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" +"Щоб перейменувати вашу базу даних, переконайтеся, що ви підключені до бази " +"даних, яку ви хочете перейменувати, відкрийте `сторінку керування базою " +"даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ та натисніть **Перейменувати**." +" Вам потрібно буде вказати нову назву у вашій базі даних, а потім натиснути " +"**Перейменувати базу даних**." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Видалення бази даних" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ви можете видалити лише ті бази даних, де ви є адміністратором." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -329,6 +427,10 @@ msgid "" "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" +"Коли ви видалите базу даних, всі дані будуть втрачені назавжди. Видалення є " +"миттєвим і для всіх користувачів. Ми радимо вам негайно зробити резервну " +"копію вашої бази даних, перш ніж видалити її, оскільки останнє автоматичне " +"щоденне резервне копіювання може становити кілька годин на той момент." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -336,23 +438,31 @@ msgid "" "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" +"На `сторінці управління базою даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " +"в рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете видалити, натисніть кнопку \"Видалити\"." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, уважно прочитайте попередження, яке з'явиться і висітиме, поки " +"ви повністю не зрозумієте наслідки видалення бази даних:" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." msgstr "" +"Через кілька секунд база даних буде видалена, і сторінка буде автоматично " +"перезавантажена." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" +"Якщо вам потрібно буде повторно використовувати цю назву бази даних, вона " +"буде доступна" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -360,20 +470,25 @@ msgid "" "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" +"Неможливо видалити базу даних, якщо вона минула або пов'язана з підпискою. У" +" цих випадках звертайтеся в `Службу підтримки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете видалити свій обліковий запис, зверніться до `Служби " +"підтримки Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управління базами даних на власному сервері" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Реєстрація бази даних" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -384,26 +499,34 @@ msgid "" "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" +"Щоб зареєструвати вашу базу даних, вам просто потрібно ввести свій код " +"підписки у вікні Перемикання Додатків. Переконайтеся, що ви не додали " +"додаткових пробілів перед або після коду підписки. Якщо реєстрація буде " +"успішною, вона стане зеленою і надасть вам Дату закінчення термінової " +"реєстрації вашої бази даних. Ви можете перевірити цю дату закінчення в меню " +"Про (Odoo 9) або на інформаційній панелі параметрів (Odoo 10)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку реєстрації" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не можете зареєструвати свою базу даних, ви, імовірно, побачите це " +"повідомлення:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Рішення" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чи є у вас дійсна Підписка на Enterprise?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -411,16 +534,22 @@ msgid "" " Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" " Manager" msgstr "" +"Перевірте, чи отримує інформацію про підписку тег \"В процесі\" в `J,ksre " +"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ або з вашим менеджером " +"облікового запису." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ви вже пов'язали базу даних з посиланням на підписку?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " "development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" msgstr "" +"Ви можете пов'язати лише одну базу даних для кожної підписки. (Потрібен тест" +" або база даних розробки? `Знайдіть партнера " +"<https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -428,16 +557,21 @@ msgid "" "<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" +"Ви можете самостійно від'єднати стару базу даних в своєму `Кнтракті Odoo " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ за допомогою кнопки " +"\"Від'єднати базу даних\"." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" msgstr "" +"З'явиться повідомлення про підтвердження; переконайтеся, що це правильна " +"база даних, оскільки її буде негайно вимкнено:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "У вас є оновлена версія Odoo 9?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 @@ -445,6 +579,8 @@ msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" +"З липня 2016 року Odoo 9 тепер автоматично змінює UUID копії бази даних; " +"ручна операція більше не потрібна." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -453,6 +589,10 @@ msgid "" "<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" +"Якщо ні, ви можете мати кілька баз даних, що мають однакову UUID. Будь " +"ласка, перевірте свій `Контракт Odoo " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, з'явиться коротке " +"повідомлення, в якому буде зазначено, яка база даних є проблематичною:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -460,6 +600,9 @@ msgid "" "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "<duplicate_premise>`." msgstr "" +"У цьому випадку вам потрібно змінити UUID на своїх тестових базах даних, " +"щоби вирішити цю проблему. Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це у " +":ref:`цьому розділі <duplicate_premise>`." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -467,10 +610,13 @@ msgid "" "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" +"Для вашої інформації ми ідентифікуємо базу даних з UUID. Тому кожна база " +"даних повинна мати чіткий UUID, щоб забезпечити безперебійну реєстрацію та " +"виставлення рахунків для вас і для нас." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перевірте налаштування мережі та firewall" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -478,48 +624,62 @@ msgid "" " servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " "outgoing connections towards:" msgstr "" +"Повідомлення про оновлення повинне мати можливість дійти до серверів " +"перевірки підписки Odoo. Іншими словами, переконайтеся, що сервер Odoo " +"здатний відкривати вихідні з'єднання у напрямку:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "services.odoo.com на порту 443 (або 80)" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "services.openerp.com на порту 443 (або 80) для старіших розгортань" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 msgid "" "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " "Update notification runs once a week." msgstr "" +"Після активації вашої бази даних ви повинні тримати ці порти відкритими, " +"оскільки повідомлення про оновлення працює раз на тиждень." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку через через велику кількість користувачів" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" +"Якщо у вашій місцевій базі даних є більше користувачів, ніж передбачено в " +"підписці Odoo Enterprise, ви можете побачити таке повідомлення:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" +"Коли з'явиться повідомлення, у вас є 30 днів до закінчення терміну дії. " +"Зворотній відлік оновлюється кожного дня." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" +"**Додайте більше користувачів** до вашої підписки: перейдіть за посиланням " +"та підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію допродажу, оплатіть додаткових " +"користувачів." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 msgid "" "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" "#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" +"**Вимкніть користувачів** як це пояснено у `документації <documentation.html" +"#deactivating-users>`_ та **Відхиліть** комерційну пропозицію допродажу." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -529,16 +689,23 @@ msgid "" " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " "message disappear right away." msgstr "" +"Коли ваша база даних матиме правильну кількість користувачів, повідомлення " +"про закінчення терміну дії автоматично зникне через кілька днів після " +"наступної перевірки. Ми розуміємо, що це може бути трохи лякаюче, коли ви " +"побачите зворотний відлік, тому ви можете запустити Оновлення Повідомлення, " +"<force_ping>` щоби повідомлення зникло відразу." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Помилка повідомлення про закінчення терміну дії бази даних" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" +"Якщо ваша база даних закінчується до закінчення терміну дії вашої підписки, " +"ви побачите це повідомлення:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -546,12 +713,17 @@ msgid "" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" +"Це повідомлення про **блокування** з'являється після неблокуючого " +"повідомлення, яке триває 30 днів. Якщо ви не вживаєте заходів до закінчення " +"зворотнього відліку, термін дії бази даних закінчиться." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" +"Відновіть свою підписку: перейдіть за посиланням та поновіть свою підписку, " +"зверніть увагу," #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -559,20 +731,25 @@ msgid "" "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" +"якщо ви хочете оплатити через Wire Transfer, ваша підписка буде дійсно " +"поновлена ​​лише після отримання платежу, що може тривати кілька днів. " +"Платежі за кредитною карткою обробляються негайно." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зв'яжіться з нашою `Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" +"Жодні з цих рішень не підходять для вас? Будь ласка, зв'яжіться з нашою " +"`Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -580,6 +757,9 @@ msgid "" "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" +"Ви можете дублювати свою базу даних, звернувшись до менеджера баз даних на " +"своєму сервері (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). На цій сторінці ви " +"можете легко дублювати вашу базу даних (серед інших)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -589,6 +769,11 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" +"Коли ви копіюєте локальну базу даних, **настійно** рекомендуємо змінювати " +"uuid дублікатів бази даних (Unniversically Unique Identifier), оскільки цей " +"uuid - те, як ваша база даних ідентифікує себе на наших серверах. Дві бази " +"даних з тим самим uuid можуть призвести до виставлення рахунків-фактур або " +"реєстраційних проблем нижче по рядку." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -598,10 +783,15 @@ msgid "" "command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " "like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" +"В даний час UIID бази даних доступний з меню **Налаштування > Технічні " +"параметри > Параметри системи**, ми радимо використовувати `генератор uuid " +"<https://www.uuidtools.com>`__ або використовувати команду unіx ``uuidgen``" +" для створення нового uuid. Тоді ви можете просто замінити його, як і будь-" +"який інший запис, натиснувши на нього та використовуючи кнопку редагування." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користувачі та додатки" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -609,6 +799,9 @@ msgid "" "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." msgstr "" +"Як адміністратор вашої бази даних, ви несете відповідальність за її " +"використання. Вона включає додатки, які ви встановлюєте, а також кількість " +"користувачів, які наразі користуються системою." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -618,6 +811,11 @@ msgid "" "subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " "paying one on our online platform)." msgstr "" +"В Odoo є багато речей (ERP, CMS, додаток CRM, бекенд електронної комерції " +"тощо), але це не смартфон. Ви повинні бути обережними при " +"додаванні/видаленні функцій (особливо додатків) у вашій базі даних, оскільки" +" це може суттєво вплинути на суму вашої підписки (або ви можете " +"переключитися з безкоштовної версії на платну на онлайн-платформі Odoo)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -626,6 +824,10 @@ msgid "" "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." msgstr "" +"Ця сторінка містить деяку інформацію про те, як можна керувати версіями " +"Odoo. Перш ніж виконувати будь-яку з цих дій, **настійно** радимо спочатку " +"протестувати їх на копії вашої бази даних. Таким чином, якщо щось піде не " +"так, на ваш щоденний бізнес нічого не впливає." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -633,6 +835,9 @@ msgid "" " <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " "installations." msgstr "" +"Ви можете знайти довідники про те, як дублювати свої бази даних як. " +":ref:`онлайн <duplicate_online>` так і :ref:`на вашому хостингу " +"<duplicate_premise>." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -640,35 +845,43 @@ msgid "" "issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " "`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас виникли запитання щодо вмісту цієї сторінки або виникли проблеми " +"під час виконання цих дій, зв'яжіться з нами за допомогою нашої `форми " +"підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Деактивація користувачів" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо **адміністративних прав**, якщо ви " +"хочете змінити статус будь-якого з ваших користувачів." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " "showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" msgstr "" +"У вашій версії Odoo, натисніть **Налаштування**. У вас буде секція, яка " +"показуватиме вам активних користувачів вашої бази даних. Натисніть " +"**Керувати користувачами.**" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|settings|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|browse_users|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Після цього ви побачите список ваших користувачів." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -676,6 +889,10 @@ msgid "" "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" +"Заздалегідь вибраний фільтр *Внутрішні користувачі* покаже ваших платних " +"користувачів (відмінних від *Користувачів порталу*, які є безкоштовними). " +"Якщо ви видалите цей фільтр, ви отримаєте всіх своїх користувачів (тих, кого" +" ви оплачуєте, а також портальні)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -683,18 +900,21 @@ msgid "" "you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " "on Archive." msgstr "" +"У вашому списку користувачів натисніть на користувача, якаого ви хочете " +"деактивувати. Як тільки ви будете на формі користувача, натисніть на " +"випадаюче меню дій та натисніть Архівувати." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користувача деактивовано." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ніколи** не деактивуйте головного користувача (**адміністратора**)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Видалення додатків" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -702,6 +922,9 @@ msgid "" "<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" +"Перш ніж вносити зміни (особливо встановлення/видалення додатків), спочатку " +"перевірте, що ви збираєтесь робити на :ref:`тестовій <duplicate_online>` " +"базі даних. " #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -709,10 +932,13 @@ msgid "" "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" +"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**, в цьому додатку ви зможете " +"побачити, скільки програм було встановлено. Натисніть **Переглянути " +"додатки**, щоб отримати доступ до списку встановлених програм." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|browse_apps|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -720,6 +946,9 @@ msgid "" "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" +"На панелі приладів додатків ви побачите всі значки ваших модулів. Натисніть " +"програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою додатку, натисніть кнопку" +" **Видалити**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -730,19 +959,26 @@ msgid "" "permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"Деякі програми мають залежності, такі як виставлення рахунків, електронна " +"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збираєтеся " +"видалити. Якщо ви деінсталюєте вашу програму, всі її залежності буде також " +"видалено (і дані в них назавжди зникнуть). Якщо ви впевнені, що все одно " +"хочете видалити додаток, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"Нарешті, після перевірки попередження (якщо воно є), натисніть кнопку " +"**Підтвердити**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашого модуля." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Варто знати" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -753,6 +989,12 @@ msgid "" "*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " "operations." msgstr "" +"**Видалення додатків, керування користувачами тощо залежить від вас**: ніхто" +" не знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б " +"деінсталювати додатки для вас, ми ніколи не зможемо визначити, чи були " +"видалені релевантні дані або якщо один із ваших бізнес-процесів був " +"зламаний, оскільки ми не знаємо, як ви працюєте, і тому не можемо перевірити" +" такі операції." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -763,6 +1005,13 @@ msgid "" "need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " "to work properly." msgstr "" +"**Додатки Odoo мають залежності**: це означає, що вам може знадобитися " +"встановити модулі, які ви не використовуєте, для доступу до деяких функцій " +"Odoo, які вам можуть знадобитися. Наприклад, додаток Website Builder " +"потрібен, аби показати своєму клієнту свої комерційні пропозиції на веб-" +"сторінці. Незважаючи на те, чи вам може не знадобитися використання самого " +"Веб-сайту, це необхідно, щоби функція комерційних пропозицій онлайн " +"працювала належним чином." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -770,3 +1019,7 @@ msgid "" "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" +"**Завжди перевіряйте встановлення/видалення додатку на тестовій базі** (або " +"на базі безкоштовної пробної версії): таким чином ви можете дізнатися, які " +"інші програми можуть знадобитися. Це допоможе уникнути несподіванок при " +"видаленні або при отриманні рахунків-фактур." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 5ddf8a697..1df764103 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,13 +3,18 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обговорення" #: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розширено" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" @@ -31,23 +36,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Якщо ви користувач Odoo Online чи Odoo.sh..." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" "You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " "database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "" +"Вам нічого не потрібно робити! **Odoo сама налаштовує поштові сервери вашої " +"бази даних.** Вихідні та вхідні електронні листи працюють з коробки!" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 msgid "" "Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" " use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Якшо ви не плануєте відправлення кампаній електронної пошти, що може " +"вимагати використання зовнішнього поштового сервера, просто насолоджуйтесь " +"новою базою даних Odoo." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сфера застосування цієї документації" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -56,6 +66,10 @@ msgid "" "unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " "<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." msgstr "" +"Цей документ **в основному призначений для локальних користувачів Odoo**, " +"які не отримують переваг від нестандартного рішення надсилати та отримувати " +"електронні листи в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online " +"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ та `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -65,132 +79,179 @@ msgid "" "still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " "reputation yourself." msgstr "" +"Якщо жоден із вашої компанії не використовується для керування поштовими " +"серверами, ми настійно рекомендуємо вам вибрати ці рішення для хостингу " +"Odoo. Їх система електронної пошти працює миттєво і контролюється " +"професіоналами. Тим не менше, ви все ще можете використовувати власні " +"поштові сервери, якщо хочете самостійно керувати вашим сервером електронної " +"пошти." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Нижче ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію про те, як інтегрувати власне " +"рішення електронної пошти з Odoo." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " "<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" "device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " "create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" +"Як адміністратор системи, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Загальні налаштування` та перевірте *зовнішні сервери електронної пошти*. " +"Потім натисніть *Сервери вихідної пошти*, щоб створити та вказати SMTP-дані " +"вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, " +"натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" +"Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " "secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " "<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви отримаєте ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Недійсні облікові дані " +"(Failure)`` будьте уважні, коли ви *Тестуєте з'єднання* в адресі Gmail, " +"активуйте функцію *Менш безпечного доступу до програми*. Доступ до посилання" +" `тут <https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" +"Окрім цього, увімкніть налаштування IMAP у своєму обліковому записі Gmail." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" +"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo на " +"власному сервері. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" "email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, зверніться до `Документації Microsoft " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ для налаштування " +"ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " "`Google documentation " "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" +"Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. " +"Щоби це зробити, вам необхідно встановити обслуговування SMTP. Кроки " +"налаштування пояснюються в документації `Google " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте SPF (Policy Framework для відправників), щоб " +"збільшити продуктивність вихідних електронних листів, не забудьте " +"авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось" +" налаштування для Odoo Online:" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" +"Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1" +" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" +"Якщо запит SPF TXT вже встановлено, додайте \"include: _spf.odoo.com\". " +"наприклад, для доменного імені, яке надсилає електронні листи через Odoo " +"Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:" +" _spf.google.com ~ all" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" +"Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру " +"створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" +"Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як " +"правило, відбувається швидше." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" +"Додавання декількох записів SPF для домену може спричинити проблеми з " +"доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо " +"використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -199,92 +260,124 @@ msgid "" "a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" +"Ви повинні робити те ж саме, якщо на вашому сервері електронної пошти " +"ввімкнено DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). У випадку з Odoo Online та " +"Odoo.sh, ви повинні додати DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" запис CNAME на " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Наприклад, для \"foo.com\" вони повинні мати " +"запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "Restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," " 465 or 2525." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" +"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати " +"вхідні повідомлення." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" +"**Відповіді повідомлень**, відправлених з Odoo, спрямовуються в їх " +"оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) " +"за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " "recipients." msgstr "" +"**Відскановані повідомлення** направляються на відмову @, щоб відстежувати " +"їх в Odoo. Це особливо використовується в `Odoo Email " +"Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від" +" недійсних одержувачів." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" +"**Оригінальні повідомлення**: для деяких бізнес-об'єктів є власний псевдонім" +" для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної " +"пошти:" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," msgstr "" +"Канал продажів (для створення лідів або нагод в `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," msgstr "" +"Підтримка каналу (для створення заявок у `Службі підтримки Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/project-management>`__)," msgstr "" +"Проекти (для створення нових завдань в `Проекті Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," msgstr "" +"Вакансії (для створення заявок в `Рекрутингу Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "тощо." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" +"Залежно від вашого поштового сервера може існувати декілька способів " +"отримання повідомлень електронної пошти. Найпростіший та найбільш " +"рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти " +"на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері " +"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -292,8 +385,14 @@ msgid "" "Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo на власному сервері, створіть *вхідний поштовий " +"сервер* в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в " +"загальних налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань " +"постачальника послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати*" +" на вхідних листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть" +" на *ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -303,26 +402,40 @@ msgid "" "domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo Online або Odoo.sh, ми рекомендуємо " +"переадресовувати вхідні повідомлення на доменне ім'я Odoo, а не виключно " +"використовувати свій власний сервер електронної пошти. Таким чином ви " +"отримаєте вхідні повідомлення без затримки. Дійсно, Odoo Online отримує " +"вхідні повідомлення зовнішніх серверів лише раз на годину. Ви повинні " +"встановити перенаправлення для всіх адрес електронної пошти до доменного " +"імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, " +"*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Усі псевдоніми налаштовуються в Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" +"Псевдоніми об’єктів можна редагувати у відповідному вікні налаштування. Щоб " +"редагувати псевдоніми catchall та bounce, спочатку потрібно активувати " +":doc:`Режим розробника <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" +"Потім перейдіть в :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> " +"Параметри --> Параметри системи`, щоб налаштувати псевдоніми " +"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -330,10 +443,15 @@ msgid "" " Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням вхідні повідомлення надходять кожні 5 хвилин в Odoo на " +"власному сервері. Ви можете змінити це значення в :doc:`Режимі розробника " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Перейдіть у " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> Автоматизація --> " +"Заплановані дії` і знайдіть *Пошта: Послуга Fetchmail*." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шаблони електронних листів" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -413,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Discuss" @@ -434,32 +552,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " "and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " "through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 msgid "" "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "Start Chatting" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 msgid "" "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " "asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " @@ -467,54 +585,52 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 msgid "" "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," -" type *#channel-name*." +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "" "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 msgid "Chat status" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " "respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " @@ -522,32 +638,28 @@ msgid "" "menu*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -579,14 +691,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " -"through Kanban views." +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index c166e8737..2b6adbc00 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,34 +24,38 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Електронна комерція" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розпочніть" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як налаштувати сторінку каталогу товарів" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каталог товарів" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." msgstr "" +"Усі ваші опубліковані елементи відображаються на вашій сторінці каталогу " +"(або на сторінці *Магазину*)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." msgstr "" +"Більшість параметрів доступні в меню *Налаштування*: елементи відображення, " +"категорії веб-сайту тощо." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виділіть товар" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -54,16 +63,22 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" +"Підвищуйте видимість товарів із зірочкою/рекламовані товари: підніміть їх " +"вгору, збільшіть їх, додайте стрічку, яку можна редагувати (продаж, новий " +"тощо). Відкрийте сторінку магазину, перейдіть у режим редагування та " +"натисніть на будь-який елемент, щоб розпочати налаштування сітки." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" msgstr "" +"Подивіться, як зробити це: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Швидке додавання до кошика" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -73,66 +88,72 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" +"Якщо ваші клієнти купують багато товарів одночасно, зробіть цей процес " +"швидшим, дозволяючи купівлі зі сторінки каталогу. Для цього додайте опис " +"товару та додайте у кнопку кошика. Увімкніть наступні параметри в меню " +"*Налаштування*: опис товару, додавання в кошик, перегляд списку (для кращого" +" відображення опису товару)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як створити сторінку товару" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." msgstr "" +"На веб-сайті натисніть кнопку *Нова сторінка* у верхньому правому куті." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потім натисніть *Новий товар* і дотримуйтесь спливаючих порад." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ось основні елементи сторінки товару:" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Багато елементів можна зробити видимими в меню *Налаштування*." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дізнайтеся, як налаштовувати свої товари зі сторінок нижче." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як відобразити кілька картинок на товарі" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -140,48 +161,64 @@ msgid "" "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням веб-сторінка товару відображає головне зображення вашого " +"товару. Якщо ви хочете показати свої товари з кількох ракурсів, ви можете " +"перетворити зображення в карусель." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Перевірте *Кілька зображень на товарі* в :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-" +"сайту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." msgstr "" +"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення із вкладки " +"*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати " +"майстер завантаження." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" +"Таке додаткове зображення є загальним для всіх варіантів товарів (якщо такі " +"є)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як показати наявність товару" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." msgstr "" +"Наявність ваших товарів може бути показана на веб-сайті, щоб переконати " +"ваших клієнтів." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." msgstr "" +"Щоб відобразити це, відкрийте вкладку *Продажі* у формі деталей товару та " +"виберіть параметр *В наявності*." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." msgstr "" +"Користувацьке попередження може бути пов'язане із наявністю на складі, " +"затримкою доставки тощо." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цей інструмент не вимагає встановлення додатку Склад." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -189,10 +226,13 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"Якщо один елемент більше не можна продавати, скасуйте публікацію на своєму " +"веб-сайті. Якщо мова йде про конкретний варіант товару, дезактивуйте варіант" +" на бекенді (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як керувати варіантами товару" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -202,20 +242,28 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" +"Варіанти товару використовуються для того, щоб запропонувати варіанти того " +"самого товару для ваших клієнтів на сторінці товарів. Наприклад, клієнт " +"вибирає футболку, а потім вибирає її розмір і колір. У наведеному нижче " +"прикладі клієнт вибирає телефон, а потім вибирає пам'ять; колір та Wi-Fi з " +"доступних опцій." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як створити атрибути та варіанти" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Увімкніть *Товари можуть мати кілька атрибутів, що визначають варіанти " +"(наприклад, розмір, колір, ...)* у розділі :menuselection:`Продажі --> " +"Налаштування`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть товар у списку товарів, перейдіть на вкладку *Варіанти*." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -223,48 +271,53 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." msgstr "" +"Додайте якомога більше атрибутів, які вам потрібно, з 3 різних типів: " +"перемикачі, випадаюче меню або кольорові кнопки. Ви отримуєте кілька " +"варіантів, як тільки буде 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як редагувати варіанти" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перегляньте всі варіанти з форми шаблону деталей товару." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ви можете редагувати наступні дані:" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зображення (буде оновлено в реальному часі на веб-сайті)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штрих-код," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Внутрішня довідка (SKU #)," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Об'єм," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вага," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активний (доступний у пропозиціях та на веб-сайті)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." msgstr "" +"Штрих-код та внутрішня довідка є спеціальними для варіантів. Потрібно " +"заповнити їх, коли створені варіанти." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -272,32 +325,42 @@ msgid "" "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." msgstr "" +"Перегляньте та відредагуйте всі варіанти з :menuselection:`Продажі --> " +"Продажі --> Варіанти товару`. Це може бути швидше, якщо ви управляєте " +"безліччю варіантів." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як встановити конкретні ціни за варіант" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." msgstr "" +"Ви також можете встановити конкретну загальну вартість кожного варіанта, " +"натиснувши *Ціни варіанту* у формі відомостей про товар (дія у верхньому " +"лівому куті)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." msgstr "" +"Додаткова ціна додається до ціни товару, коли вибирається відповідне " +"значення атрибута." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" +"Формули преміум-класу дозволяють встановлювати розширені методи обчислення " +"ціни для варіантів товару. Див. :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як відключити/архівувати варіанти" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -305,20 +368,25 @@ msgid "" "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." msgstr "" +"Ви можете відключити/архівувати конкретні варіанти, щоб вони більше не були " +"доступні в пропозиціях та на веб-сайті (не існуючих на вашому складі, " +"застарілих тощо). Просто зніміть позначку *Активно* в детальній формі." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати такі архівні елементи, натисніть *Архівувати* при пошуку списку" +" варіантів. Ви можете повторно активувати їх так само." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Збільшіть свій дохід" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як продавати аксесуари та функціональні товари (перехресний продаж)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -326,29 +394,36 @@ msgid "" "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" msgstr "" +"Ви продаєте комп'ютери. Чому б не стимулювати своїх клієнтів купувати " +"найкращий екран або додаткову гарантію? Це мета перехресних продажів:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аксесуари на сторінці оформлення замовлення," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." msgstr "" +"Додаткові товари на новому екрані *Додати до кошика* (не встановлено за " +"замовчуванням)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аксесуари під час перевірки" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." msgstr "" +"Аксесуари (наприклад, для комп'ютерів: миша, клавіатура) з'являються, коли " +"користувач переглядає кошик перед оплатою." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." msgstr "" +"Виберіть аксесуари на вкладці *Продажі* на сторінці відомостей про товар." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -357,10 +432,14 @@ msgid "" "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." msgstr "" +"Існує алгоритм виявлення найкращих аксесуарів для відображення, якщо до " +"кошика додано кілька елементів. Якщо будь-який елемент є аксесуаром кількох " +"товарів, доданих у кошик, то, швидше за все, він буде зверху списку " +"запропонованих аксесуарів." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додаткові товари при додаванні до кошика" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -368,10 +447,14 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" +"Необов'язкові товари безпосередньо пов'язані з елементом, доданим до кошика " +"(наприклад, для комп'ютерів: гарантія, програмне забезпечення для ОS, " +"додаткові компоненти). Кожного разу, коли основний товар додається до " +"кошика, такий новий екран з'являється як додатковий крок." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опублікувати додаткові товари:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -379,55 +462,67 @@ msgid "" "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." msgstr "" +"Встановіть *Додаткові товари електронної комерції* в меню *Додатки*. " +"Вилучіть фільтр за замовчуванням для пошуку в аддонах, інакше з'являться " +"лише основні модулі." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виберіть додаткові елементи на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." msgstr "" +"Кількість додаткових елементів, доданих до кошика, співпадає з основним " +"елементом." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як адаптувати ціни до відвідувачів сайту" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" msgstr "" +"У цьому розділі висвітлено особливості ціноутворення модуля електронної " +"комерції." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" +msgstr "встановлення ціни за геолокацією," #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "дозвольте клієнту вибирати валюту." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"Для початку перевірте, як керувати ціною товару: " +"знижки.:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geo-IP для автоматичного застосовування правильної ціни" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." msgstr "" +"Призначте групи країн вашому прайслисту. Таким чином, ваші відвідувачі, які " +"ще не увійшли в систему, отримуватимуть свою валюту при завантаженні на ваш " +"веб-сайт." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Після входу вони отримують прайслист, який відповідає їхній країні." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Валютний вибір" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -435,39 +530,46 @@ msgid "" "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви продаєте у кількох валютах, ви можете дозволити своїм клієнтам " +"обрати валюту. Перевірте вибір, щоб додати прайслист до спадного меню веб-" +"сайту." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як створити та ділитися промокодами" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." msgstr "" +"Хочете збільшити продажі до Різдва? Поділіться промокодами за допомогою " +"маркетингових кампаній та застосуйте будь-які знижки." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Встановлення" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування` і виберіть " +"*Розширене ціноутворення на основі формули* для *Ціни продажу*." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -475,36 +577,45 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> " +"Прайслисти` та створіть новий прайслист з правилом знижки (див. " +":doc:`pricing`). Потім введіть код." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" +"Зробіть поле промокоду доступним на *Сторінці кошика* (опція в меню " +"*Налаштування*). Додайте товар до кошика, щоб зробити це." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." msgstr "" +"Після увімкнення цієї функції ви побачите новий розділ з правого боку. При " +"натисканні кнопки *Застосувати* ціни автоматично оновлюються в кошику." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" +"Промокод, який використовує клієнт, зберігається в системі, щоби ви могли " +"проаналізувати ефективність ваших маркетингових кампаній." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покажіть продажі за цінами..." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як включити коментарі та рейтинг в електронній комерції" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -512,70 +623,88 @@ msgid "" "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" msgstr "" +"Публікація та моніторинг досвіду клієнтів допоможе довіряти вам новим " +"клієнтам та краще взаємодіяти з вашою спільнотою. Лише у два кліки дозвольте" +" своєму клієнту поділитися своїм відгуком!" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" +"Активуйте коментарі та рейтинг в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." msgstr "" +"Відвідувачі повинні увійти, щоби поділитися своїми коментарями. " +"Переконайтеся, що вони зможуть це зробити (див. Документацію Портал)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переглядайте публікації в режимі реального часу" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." msgstr "" +"Кожного разу, коли пост опубліковано, менеджер товару та всі підписники на " +"товар отримують сповіщення у своїй папці Вхідні (меню (*Обговорення*)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням користувач, який створив товар, автоматично встановлюється " +"як підписник." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." msgstr "" +"Натисніть на назву товару, щоби відкрити детальну форму та переглянути " +"коментар (в обговоренні про товар)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Модеруйте та скасовуйте публікації" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " "form or on the web page." msgstr "" +"Ви можете легко модерувати, використовуючи чат, у формі детальної інформації" +" про товар або на веб-сторінці." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 msgid "" "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." msgstr "" +"Щоби скасувати публікацію, відкрийте веб-сторінку товару та натисніть кнопку" +" *Опубліковано*, щоби перетворити її у червоний колір (*Неопубліковано*)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "..tip::" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." msgstr "" +"Ви можете отримати доступ до веб-сторінки в детальній формі, натиснувши " +"кнопку *Опубліковано* (і навпаки)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як продавати альтернативні товари (допродаж)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -583,10 +712,13 @@ msgid "" "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." msgstr "" +"Щоб максимально збільшити ваш дохід, рекомендується пропонувати вартісніші " +"варіанти товару для базових товарів. Таким чином, ваш клієнт витратить " +"більше часу на перегляд вашого каталогу." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зробити так:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -594,74 +726,80 @@ msgid "" "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " "customers will be confused." msgstr "" +"Виберіть такі *Альтернативні товари* на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Три " +"альтернативи буде достатньо! Не публікуйте занадто багато, інакше ваші " +"клієнти будуть плутатися." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 msgid "" "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" +"Увімкніть *альтернативні товари* в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введення в електронну комерцію Odoo" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " "time. The topics follow the buying process:" msgstr "" +"Ця документація допоможе вам швидко перейти на веб-сайт електронної " +"комерції. Теми слідують за процесом купівлі:" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сторінка товару" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сторінка магазину" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ціноутворення" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Податки" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оформлення замовлення " #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розпродаж та перехресний продаж" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставка і відстеження" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запустіть свій веб-сайт" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отримайте оплату" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як керувати замовленнями, оплаченими через платіжні еквайєри" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -669,25 +807,32 @@ msgid "" " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." msgstr "" +"Odoo підтверджує замовлення автоматично, як тільки платіж буде авторизовано " +"платіжним еквайєром. Це запускає доставку. Якщо ви виставили рахунок-фактуру" +" на основі замовлених кількостей, вам також пропонується нарахувати вартість" +" замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Який статус платежу" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" +"У будь-який час продавець може перевірити стан транзакції із замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Чернетка*: транзакція в обробці." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " "to authorize it from the acquirer interface." msgstr "" +"*Очікує на розгляд*: платіжний еквайєр утримує транзакцію, і вам потрібно " +"авторизувати її з інтерфейсу еквайєра." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -695,24 +840,33 @@ msgid "" " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." msgstr "" +"*Авторизовано*: платіж було авторизовано, але ще не отримано. В Odoo " +"замовлення вже підтверджено. Після завершення доставки ви можете зафіксувати" +" суму з інтерфейсу еквайєра (або з Odoo, якщо ви використовуєте " +"Authorize.net)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." msgstr "" +"*Готово*: платіж авторизований та зафіксований. Замовлення підтверджено." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" +"*Помилка*: під час транзакції сталася помилка. Клієнтові потрібно повторити " +"платіж. Замовлення все ще знаходиться у стані чернетки." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" +"*Скасовано*: коли клієнт скасовує платіж у формі платіжного еквайєра. Він " +"повертається до Odoo, щоби змінити замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -720,10 +874,14 @@ msgid "" "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." msgstr "" +"Спеціальні повідомлення надаються вашим клієнтам за кожним платіжним " +"статусом, коли вони переспрямовуються в Odoo після транзакції. Щоби " +"відредагувати такі повідомлення, перейдіть на вкладку *Повідомлення* методу " +"оплати." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматично перевірені рахунки за замовленням" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -731,6 +889,9 @@ msgid "" "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " "orders straight on." msgstr "" +"Коли замовлення підтверджено, ви також можете мати рахунок-фактуру, що " +"виставляється автоматично та оплачується. Це повністю автоматизовано для " +"підприємств, яким виставляється замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -746,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зафіксуйте платіж після доставки" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -754,22 +915,30 @@ msgid "" "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." msgstr "" +"За допомогою цього режиму замовлення підтверджено, але сума утримується. " +"Після обробки доставки ви можете отримати платіж від Odoo. Цей режим " +"доступний лише з Authorize.net." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." msgstr "" +"Щоби відобразити платіж, відкрийте транзакцію із замовлення. Потім натисніть" +" *Утримати транзакцію*." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" +"З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " +"інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "" +"Як клієнти можуть отримати доступ до свого клієнтського облікового запису" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -779,39 +948,53 @@ msgid "" "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " "process before buying something." msgstr "" +"Вашим клієнтам ще ніколи не було так легко отримати доступ до свого " +"клієнтського облікового запису. Забудьте про нескінченні форми реєстрації, " +"Odoo робить це так само просто, як AБВ. Пропонуємо реєстрацію (ім'я, " +"електронна пошта, пароль), коли замовлення розміщено, а не раніше. Дійсно, " +"ніщо не дратує більше, ніж процес реєстрації, до того, як відбувається " +"купівля." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Реєстрація" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " "order from order confirmation email." msgstr "" +"Запрошення на реєстрацію з'являється, коли клієнт хоче візуалізувати " +"замовлення з електронного листа з підтвердженням замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Клієнтський обліковий запис" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" " in the login dropdown menu." msgstr "" +"Після входу клієнт отримає доступ до облікового запису, натиснувши *Мій " +"обліковий запис* у випадаючому меню." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." msgstr "" +"Там вони знаходять всю свою історію. Головну адресу (для отримання рахунків)" +" також можна змінити." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" +"Якщо клієнт встановлений як контакт компанії у вашій адресній книзі, він " +"побачить усі документи, які належать цій компанії." #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Збирайте податки" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index f3c159cd6..4061c8ec6 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Email-маркетинг" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" @@ -71,7 +76,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Контакти" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po index 921152d54..ad70da1d8 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events.rst:5 msgid "Events" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Події" #: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Інтеграції" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" @@ -40,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 #: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -116,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 msgid "Create your First Event" @@ -146,7 +151,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Розпочніть" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index c6aba8c4a..40a3e1c98 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Витрати" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 msgid "How to set expense types" @@ -89,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вручну" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -211,11 +216,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бухгалтерський облік: бухгалтер або радник" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Витрати: менеджер" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -261,7 +266,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Встановлення" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 97ae7bd8a..adee4e995 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm.rst:5 msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виїзне обслуговування" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Служба підтримки" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" @@ -57,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" @@ -270,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Продажі" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" @@ -334,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Робочі аркуші" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 48faec94d..3ac245b2f 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "Загальне" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аутентифікація" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" @@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" +"Відповідно до спеціальних вимог у впровадженні Azure OAuth, ідентифікація " +"Microsoft Azure OAuth на даний момент НЕ сумісна з Odoo." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -67,6 +69,8 @@ msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" +"У лівій частині меню виберіть підменю **Перелік** (у **Менеджер API**), " +"потім виберіть **Екран згоди OAuth**." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -81,12 +85,16 @@ msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" +"Потім натисніть **Додати повноваження** та виберіть другий варіант (OAuth " +"2.0 Client ID)." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" +"Перевірте, чи встановлено тип програми на **Веб-додаток**. Тепер налаштуйте " +"дозволені сторінки, на які вас буде перенаправлено." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -103,6 +111,9 @@ msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +"Після цього ви отримуєте дві інформації (ваш ID клієнта та Секретний ключ " +"клієнта). Вам потрібно вставити свій ID клієнта в **Загальних " +"налаштуваннях**." #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" @@ -171,7 +182,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заявки" #: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -253,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Позначте **TLS користувача**, якщо ваш сервер сумісний." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -274,7 +285,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "У **фільтрі LDAP**, введіть ``uid=%s``" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -290,6 +301,8 @@ msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" +"У **Шаблоні користувача**, вкажіть шаблон для новостворених профілів. Якщо " +"залишити заблокованим, профіль адміна, буде використовуватися як шаблон." #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -297,7 +310,7 @@ msgstr "Імпорт даних" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як імпортувати шаблон імпорту" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -306,6 +319,10 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Шаблони імпорту надаються в інструменті імпорту найпоширеніших даних для " +"імпорту (контакти, товари, банківські виписки тощо). Ви можете відкрити їх " +"будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, " +"OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" @@ -315,13 +332,15 @@ msgstr "Як налаштувати файл" msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши " +"послідовність ID." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -343,7 +362,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чому колонка \"ID\"?" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -376,7 +395,7 @@ msgstr "Пов'язані поля імпорту (див. Нижче)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як імпортувати пов'язані поля" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -385,6 +404,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Об'єкт Odoo завжди пов'язаний з багатьма іншими об'єктами (наприклад, товар " +"пов'язаний із категоріями товарів, атрибутами, постачальниками тощо). Щоб " +"імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи " +"відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -433,7 +456,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як адаптувати шаблон?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." @@ -443,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ми радимо не видаляти **ID** (Чому? Дивіться в наступному розділі)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -498,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Я не можу знайти поле, в якому я хочу позначити стовпець" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -529,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Де я можу змінити формат імпортування дати?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -540,6 +563,12 @@ msgid "" "difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" +"Odoo може автоматично визначити, чи колонка є датою, та спробує вгадати " +"формат дати з набору найчастіше використовуваних форматів дати. Хоча цей " +"процес може працювати для багатьох форматів дат, деякі формати дати не " +"будуть розпізнані. Це може спричинити плутанину через перетворення дня в " +"місяць; важко здогадатися, яка частина формату дати - це день, а яка - " +"місяць у такій даті, як '01-03-2016 '." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -548,6 +577,10 @@ msgid "" "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" +"Щоби переглянути, який формат дати Odoo знайшов у вашому файлі, ви можете " +"перевірити **Формат дати**, який відображається, коли ви натискаєте " +"**Параметри** під списком файлів. Якщо цей формат неправильний, ви можете " +"змінити його, використовуючи *ISO 8601*, щоби визначити формат." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -556,10 +589,15 @@ msgid "" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви імпортуєте файл Excel (.xls, .xlsx), ви можете використовувати " +"цифрові дати для зберігання дат, оскільки відображення дати у форматі excel " +"відрізняється від способу його зберігання. Таким чином, ви будете впевнені, " +"що формат дати в Odoo правильний, незалежно від формату вашої локальної " +"дати." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чи можу я імпортувати номери з позначкою валюти (наприклад, $ 32.00)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -570,11 +608,19 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" +"Так, ми повністю підтримуємо числа в круглих дужках, щоби відобразити " +"негативний знак, а також цифри з прикріпленим до них знаком валюти. Odoo " +"також автоматично визначає, який тисячний/десятковий роздільник ви " +"використовуєте (ви можете змінити ці параметри під **параметрами**). Якщо ви" +" використовуєте символ валюти, який не відомий Odoo, він, можливо, не буде " +"визнаний як номер, хоча й буде збігатися." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" +"Приклади підтримуваних чисел (наприклад, з використанням тридцяти двох " +"тисяч):" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" @@ -586,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr "32000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32,000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" @@ -602,7 +648,7 @@ msgstr "$ 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" @@ -610,7 +656,7 @@ msgstr "Приклад, який не буде працювати:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" @@ -619,6 +665,8 @@ msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" +"Що робити, коли таблиці попереднього перегляду імпорту відображаються " +"неправильно?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -627,6 +675,10 @@ msgid "" "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням попередній перегляд імпорту встановлюється комами як " +"роздільники розділів і лапки як роздільники тексту. Якщо ваш файл CSV не має" +" цих налаштувань, ви можете змінити параметри формату файлу (відображається " +"під панеллю перегляду файлів CSV після вибору файлу)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -634,12 +686,18 @@ msgid "" "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" +"Зверніть увагу, якщо файл CSV має табуляцію як розділювач, Odoo не буде " +"виявляти розділення. Вам потрібно буде змінити параметри формату файлу у " +"вашій програмі для роботи з електронними таблицями. Дивіться наступне " +"питання." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" +"Як змінити параметри формату файлу CSV при збереженні електронної таблиці в " +"моїй програмі?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -688,12 +746,16 @@ msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" +"Країна/ID бази даних: унікальний ID Odoo для запису, визначеного стовпцем ID" +" postgresql" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" +"Країна/Зовнішній ID: ID запису, зазначеного в іншій програмі (або .XML-" +"файлі, який імпортував його)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" @@ -706,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "Країна: Бельгія" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Країна/ID бази даних: 21" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" @@ -718,6 +780,9 @@ msgid "" "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" +"Згідно з вашими потребами, ви повинні використовувати один із цих трьох " +"способів відстежувати пов'язані записи. Ось коли ви повинні використовувати " +"той чи інший спосіб, відповідно до вашої потреби:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -787,6 +852,13 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" +"Якщо, наприклад, у вас є дві категорії товарів з дочірнім ім'ям \"Sellable\"" +" (тобто. \"Різні Товари/ Продаються\" та \"Інші товари/Продаються\"), ваша " +"перевірка призупиняється, але ви все одно можете імпортувати свої дані. " +"Однак ми рекомендуємо не імпортувати дані, оскільки всі вони будуть " +"пов'язані з першою категорією \"Продаються\", яка знаходиться в списку " +"\"Категорії товарів\" (\"Різні Товари/Продаються\"). Ми рекомендуємо змінити" +" один зі значень дублікатів або ієрархію категорії товарів." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -794,12 +866,17 @@ msgid "" "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не бажаєте змінювати своє налаштування категорій товарів, ми " +"рекомендуємо використовувати зовнішній ідентифікатор для цього поля " +"\"Категорія\"." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" +"Як я можу імпортувати поле зв'язку many2many (наприклад, клієнта з кількома " +"тегами)?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -808,6 +885,10 @@ msgid "" "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" +"Теги слід розділити комою без будь-якого інтервалу. Наприклад, якщо ви " +"хочете, щоби ваш клієнт був пов'язаний з обома тегами \"Виробник\" та " +"\"Роздрібний продавець\", ви кодуєте \"Виробник, роздрібний продавець\" у " +"тому ж рядку файлу CSV." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -859,6 +940,8 @@ msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" +"У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати клієнтів та їх " +"відповідні контакти:" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -879,16 +962,24 @@ msgid "" "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви імпортуєте файл, який містить один зі стовпців \"Зовнішній ID\" або " +"\"ID бази даних\", записи, які вже були імпортовані, будуть змінені, а не " +"створені. Це дуже зручно, оскільки система дозволяє імпортувати кілька разів" +" один і той же файл CSV при внесенні деяких змін між двома імпортами. Odoo " +"буде дбати про створення або зміну кожного запису залежно від того, він " +"новий чи ні." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" +"Ця функція дозволяє вам використовувати інструмент імпорту/експорту Odoo для" +" зміни записів цілим пакетом у вашій програмі електронної таблиці." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Що станеться, якщо я не надам значення для конкретного поля?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -904,7 +995,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як експортувати/імпортувати різні таблиці з додатка SQL до Odoo?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -913,6 +1004,10 @@ msgid "" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" +"Якщо вам потрібно імпортувати дані з різних таблиць, вам доведеться " +"відтворити зв'язки між записами, що належать до різних таблиць. (наприклад, " +"якщо ви імпортуєте компанії та людей, вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між " +"кожною особою та компанією, в якій вони працюють)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -1054,11 +1149,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Купівлі в додатку" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загальний путівник про Послуги Купівлі в додатку (IAP)" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1104,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Портал IAP" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1136,19 +1231,24 @@ msgstr "Доступні послуги IAP" msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Різні послуги доступні в залежності типу хостингу вашої бази даних:" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: можна використовувати лише послуги IAP, які надаються " +"Odoo (напр. такі функції, як SMS, Snailmail, Відкриття та Автоматичне " +"заповнення партнера);" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" +"*Odoo.sh та Odoo Enterprise (на власному сервері)*: можна використовувати " +"обидві послуги, які надаються Odoo, та сторонні модулі." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" @@ -1277,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Операції між компаніями" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -1391,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додайте окремих користувачів" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1555,17 +1655,19 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте Odoo вашою рідною мовою" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" +"Odoo надає вам можливість керувати Odoo різними мовами, і кожен користувач " +"може використовувати Odoo своєю мовою." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Завантажте потрібну мову" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1609,6 +1711,7 @@ msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Потім змініть налаштування мови на встановлену та натисніть **Зберегти**." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." @@ -1635,6 +1738,12 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"Щоби змінити мову іншого користувача, виберіть :menuselection:`Користувачі " +"--> Користувачі` в додатку Налаштування. Тут ви маєте список всіх " +"користувачів, і ви можете вибрати користувача, для якого ви хочете змінити " +"мову. Виберіть користувача та натисніть **Редагувати** у верхньому лівому " +"куті. У розділі Параметри ви можете змінити мову на будь-яку раніше " +"встановлену та натисніть **ЗБЕРЕГТИ**." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" @@ -1723,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 msgid "Payment Acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платіжні еквайєри" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" @@ -1883,7 +1992,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зафіксуйте платіж після доставки" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -1910,6 +2019,8 @@ msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" +"З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " +"інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 @@ -1995,7 +2106,7 @@ msgstr "Перенаправлення на веб-сайт покупця" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платіж з Odoo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" @@ -2003,11 +2114,11 @@ msgstr "Зберегти картки" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сума отримання вручну" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 @@ -2030,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alipay" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" @@ -2042,7 +2153,7 @@ msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" @@ -2057,8 +2168,9 @@ msgid "SIPS" msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2179,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Журнал оплати" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -2321,6 +2433,12 @@ msgid "" "settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " "configuration steps." msgstr "" +"Бізнес-рахунок потрібен для отримання платежів з Paypal. Створіть `Бізнес-" +"рахунок Paypayl " +"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" +" або оновіть ваш Персональний рахунок на Бізнес. Перейдіть в налаштування " +"Paypal та натисніть *Оновити на Бізнес-рахунок*. Потім продовжіть кілька " +"кроків налаштування." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" @@ -2331,6 +2449,8 @@ msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Спершу, давайте поглянемо, як налаштувати ваш обліковий запис Paypal, щоби " +"створити безперебійний досвід роботи клієнта з Odoo." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2343,7 +2463,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматичне повернення" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2378,6 +2498,11 @@ msgid "" "must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" +"*Переказ даних про оплату* передає підтвердження платежу в Odoo, як тільки " +"він оброблений. Без цього Odoo не зможе завершити процес продажу. Ці " +"налаштування повинні бути активованими як слід. Під час збереження " +"створюється *Токен ідентифікації*. Пізніше ви отримаєте запит на вхід в " +"Odoo." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" @@ -2389,10 +2514,14 @@ msgid "" "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." msgstr "" +"Ми радимо не спонукати клієнтів входити за допомогою облікового запису " +"Paypal, коли вони отримують оплату. Нехай вони також платять " +"дебетовими/кредитними картками, інакше ви можете втратити деякі угоди. " +"Переконайтесь, що цей параметр увімкнено." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Миттєві сповіщення оплати (IPN)" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2403,6 +2532,12 @@ msgid "" "guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " "receipt." msgstr "" +"PDT надсилає підтвердження замовлень лише один раз. В результаті ваш сайт " +"повинен запускатися, коли це трапляється; в іншому випадку він ніколи не " +"отримає повідомлення. Тому ми радимо активувати *Миттєві сповіщення оплати* " +"(IPN) в горі. З IPN, доставка підтвердження замовлень практично гарантоване " +"з того часу, як IPN повторно надсилає підтвердження поки ваш сайт не " +"підтвердить отримання." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2417,6 +2552,8 @@ msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" +"*URL сповіщення* для встановлення вашого ім'я домену + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(напр., ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" @@ -2448,6 +2585,8 @@ msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" +"`цю сторінку для тестового облікового запису <https://sandbox.paypal.com" +"/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -2462,6 +2601,8 @@ msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." msgstr "" +"Потім натисніть *Додаткові параметри* та встановіть два стандартні кодування" +" у форматі **UTF-8**." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" @@ -2482,10 +2623,14 @@ msgid "" "payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" "website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" +"Для зашифрованих платежів на веб-сайті та помилки EWP_SETTINGS, перевірте " +"`документацію paypal. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" +"payments-ewp>`__." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" @@ -2506,6 +2651,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo вимагає трьох облікових даних Paypal:" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." msgstr "" +"*ID електронної пошти* - це ваш логін адреси електронної пошти в Paypal." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -2523,7 +2669,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата транзакції" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -2540,12 +2686,16 @@ msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку Налаштування Paypal а Odoo та " +"позначте *Додати додаткові комісії*." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." msgstr "" +"Ви можете перейти на `Комісію Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp" +"/paypal-fees>`__ щоби встановити комісію." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -2559,7 +2709,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перейдіть в онлайн!" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -2567,6 +2717,9 @@ msgid "" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." msgstr "" +"Ваші налаштування готові до запуску. Переконайтеся, що увімкнено режим " +"*Розробника*. Потім опублікуйте метод платежу, натиснувши на кнопку " +"*Опубліковано* поруч." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -2575,10 +2728,14 @@ msgid "" "*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " "processed." msgstr "" +"Тепер Paypal доступний у ваших платежах у модулях Електронної комерції, " +"Продажах та Виставленні рахунків. Клієнти перенаправляються на веб-сайт " +"Paypal під час натискання *Оплатити зараз*. Вони повернуться на сторінку " +"підтвердження в Odoo після того, як платіж буде оброблено." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тестове середовище" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -2605,12 +2762,17 @@ msgid "" "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" +"Бізнес-рахунок (для використання як покупці, напр. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" +"Персональний рахунок за замовчуванням (для використання як покупець, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -2620,6 +2782,12 @@ msgid "" "automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" +"Увійдіть у Paypal Sandbox з обліковим записом продавця та слідуйте тим самим" +" інструкціям налаштування. Введіть ваші облікові дані sandbox в Odoo та " +"переконайтеся, що Paypal досі встановлено як *Тестове середовище*. Також " +"переконайтеся, що автоматичне виставлення рахунку не активовано у ваших " +"налаштуваннях Електронної комерції, щоб не створювати рахунки коли " +"завершуються фіктивні транзакції." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." @@ -2627,6 +2795,63 @@ msgstr "" "Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " "запис Sandbox." +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +msgid "Giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +msgid "iDeal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" +" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" +" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " +"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " +"don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " +"corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "Як отримати платіж через банківський переказ" @@ -2645,21 +2870,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як надати клієнтам платіжні інструкції" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." msgstr "" +"Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **Повідомлення подяки** за допомогою " +"вашого способу оплати." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вони з'являтимуться у клієнтів, коли вони розміщують замовлення." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як керувати замовленням, коли ви отримуєте оплату" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2667,6 +2894,10 @@ msgid "" "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." msgstr "" +"Кожного разу, коли клієнт оплачує банківським переказом, замовлення " +"залишається на проміжному етапі **надісланої комерційної пропозиції** " +"(наприклад, неоплачене замовлення). Коли ви отримуєте оплату, ви " +"підтверджуєте замовлення вручну, щоб запустити доставку." #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" @@ -2678,79 +2909,9 @@ msgid "" "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " -"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " -"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " -"to boost productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 -msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " -"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" -" you can create new or edit existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can also create them on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " -"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 -msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " -"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " -"--> Action --> Delete`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 -msgid "Use tags as a parameter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 -msgid "" -"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " -"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 -msgid "Use tags for reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 -msgid "" -"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " -"purpose, you can also add tags." -msgstr "" +"Якщо ви керуєте B2B-бізнесом, ви можете створювати інші способи оплати, що " +"обробляються вручну, наприклад, оплата чеком. Для цього просто перейменуйте " +"*Банківський переказ* або дублюйте його." #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" @@ -2758,7 +2919,7 @@ msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Як створити ключ доступу Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -2778,6 +2939,7 @@ msgstr "Створіть ключ доступу Unsplash для користу #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" +"Створіть обліковий запис на `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2785,10 +2947,13 @@ msgid "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до вашої `панелі приладів додатків " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на **Новий " +"додаток**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прийміть умови та натисніть **Прийняти умови**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -2797,6 +2962,10 @@ msgid "" "that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " "**Create application**." msgstr "" +"Вам буде запропоновано вставити **Назву заявки** та **Опис**.Будь ласка, " +"префіксуйте назву вашого модуля за \"** Odoo: **\", щоби Unsplash міг " +"розпізнати його як екземпляр Odoo. Після завершення натисніть на **Створити " +"додаток**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2829,6 +2998,8 @@ msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" +"Вам спершу потрібно створити та встановити ваш додаток Unsplash з цим " +"посібником: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2836,6 +3007,9 @@ msgid "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до `панелі приладів додатків " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на щойно створений " +"додаток Unsplash під **Вашими додатками**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2843,6 +3017,9 @@ msgid "" "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" +"Вас буде перенаправлено на сторінку деталей вашого модуля. **ID модуля** " +"буде видимий у вашій URL-адресі браузера. URL-адреса повинна бути схожа на " +"``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2850,3 +3027,6 @@ msgid "" "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" +"**Як не користувач SaaS**, ви не зможете зареєструватися для робочого ключа " +"Unsplash та будете обмежені у доступі до тестового ключа, який має обмеження" +" у 50 запитів Unsplash на годину." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 616cb4305..a272ceea1 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Базова методологія швидкого старту" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -27,10 +32,13 @@ msgid "" "implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" +"Цей документ підсумовує послуги Odoo Online, методологію впровадження наших " +"Пакетів Послуг та найкращі практичні поради для початку роботи з нашим " +"продуктом." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SPoC (*Єдина контактна особа*) та консультант" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -39,6 +47,10 @@ msgid "" " of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" " project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" +"В контексті вашого проекту настійно рекомендуємо призначати та підтримувати " +"з обох сторін (з вашої сторони та нашої) **єдину контактну особу**, яка " +"візьме на себе відповідальність за проект. Він також повинен мати " +"**повноваження** щодо прийняття рішень." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -47,6 +59,9 @@ msgid "" " of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " "practices." msgstr "" +"**Консультант Odoo забезпечує реалізацію проекту від А до Я**: від початку " +"до кінця проекту він забезпечує загальну послідовність впровадження Odoo та " +"ділиться своїм досвідом з точки зору належної практики." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -55,6 +70,10 @@ msgid "" "if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " "point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" +"**Єдина контактна особа, яка приймає рішення зі сторони клієнта**: він " +"відповідає за передачу ділових знань (в разі потреби координує втручання " +"ключових користувачів) та узгоджує виконання з точки зору бізнесу (прийняття" +" рішень, управління змінами тощо). " #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -65,6 +84,12 @@ msgid "" " meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " "needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" +"**Оптимізація зустрічей**: консультант Odoo не бере участі у процесі " +"прийняття рішень з точки зору бізнесу, а також не має чітких процесів та " +"внутрішніх процедур компанії (крім конкретного запиту чи винятку). Зустрічі " +"щодо проекту, які відбудуться раз або два на тижні, призначені для " +"узгодження бізнес-потреб (єдина контактна особа) та визначення способу " +"реалізації цих потреб в Odoo (консультант)." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -75,10 +100,18 @@ msgid "" "learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " "platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" +"**Підготовка до навчання**: консультант Odoo надає функціональну підготовку " +"для єдиної контактної особи, щоб вона могла передавати ці знання своїм " +"співробітникам. Для того, щоби цей підхід був успішним, необхідно, щоби " +"контактна особа також брала участь у власному підвищенні навичок шляхом " +"самостійного навчання за допомогою :doc:`Документації Odoo " +"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `Платформи " +"електронного навчання <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-" +"functional>`__ та тестування функціональних можливостей." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сфера застосування проекту" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -86,6 +119,9 @@ msgid "" "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" +"Аби переконатися, що всі зацікавлені сторони завжди узгоджують процеси між " +"собою, необхідно визначати та вносити зміст проекту поки реалізується " +"проект." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -95,6 +131,11 @@ msgid "" "the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" " clear." msgstr "" +"**Чітке визначення початкового обсягу проекту**: Чітке визначення початкових" +" потреб має вирішальне значення для забезпечення безперебійного виконання " +"проекту. Дійсно, коли всі зацікавлені сторони поділяють одне і те ж бачення," +" еволюцію потреб та процес прийняття рішень є більш простими та " +"зрозумілішими." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -104,6 +145,11 @@ msgid "" "approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " "the implementation." msgstr "" +"**Поступова реалізація проекту**: Сприяння впровадженню на декількох " +"узгоджених етапах, що дозволяють регулярно впроваджувати продукцію, та " +"поступово охоплювати Odoo кінцевими споживачами, довели свою ефективність із" +" часом. Цей підхід також допомагає виявити прогалини та застосовувати " +"коригувальні дії на початку впровадження." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -116,10 +162,18 @@ msgid "" "should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " "experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" +"**Прийняття стандартних функцій в якості пріоритету**: Odoo пропонує чудове " +"середовище для здійснення незначних удосконалень (налаштувань) або більш " +"важливих (доробок). Тим не менше, прийняття стандартного рішення буде " +"віддавати перевагу якомога частіше, щоб оптимізувати час доставки проекту та" +" надавати користувачеві довгострокову стабільність та масштабність його " +"нового інструмента. В ідеалі, якщо поліпшення програмного забезпечення все-" +"таки має бути реалізоване, його впровадження буде здійснено після " +"експерименту зі стандартним впровадженням." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управління очікуваннями" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -127,6 +181,9 @@ msgid "" "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" +"Розрив між реальним впровадження та майбутніми очікуваннями користувачів є " +"вирішальним чинником. З початку проекту необхідно враховувати три важливі " +"аспекти:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -137,6 +194,12 @@ msgid "" "at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " "check that this is still the case." msgstr "" +"**Співпрацювати з підходом до проекту**: Як чіткий розподіл ролей та " +"відповідальності, так і чіткий опис режимів роботи (перевірка, вирішення " +"проблем та ін.) мають вирішальне значення для успішного впровадження Odoo. " +"Тому настійно рекомендуємо вживати необхідний час на початку проекту, щоби " +"вирівнятися з цими темами, і регулярно перевіряти, чи усе ще так, як було " +"заплановано." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -152,6 +215,17 @@ msgid "" "global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " "to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" +"**Зосередьтеся на успіху проекту, а не на ідеальному рішенні**: Головною " +"метою єдиної контактної особи та консультанта є виконання завданого ними " +"проекту, щоби забезпечити найефективніше рішення для задоволення виражених " +"потреб. Ця мета іноді може суперечити баченню ідеального рішення клієнта. У " +"такому випадку контактна особа та консультант застосовуватимуть правило " +"80-20: зосередитись на 80% виражених потреб та вилучити решту 20% найбільш " +"невигідних цілей з точки зору співвідношення витрат і вигоди (ці відсотки, " +"звичайно, можуть бути зміненими з часом). Тому, якщо глобальне рішення буде " +"визначено, буде прийнято інтегрувати найбільш трудомістку маніпуляцію. Зміни" +" в бізнес-процесах також можуть бути запропоновані для досягнення цієї ж " +"мети." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -160,6 +234,10 @@ msgid "" "avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " "tools\\* :" msgstr "" +"**Технічні характеристики завжди є ВИКЛЮЧНИМИ**: прогалини між тим, що " +"очікується і що доставляється, часто є джерелом конфлікту в проекті. Щоб " +"уникнути перебування в цій делікатній ситуації, ми рекомендуємо " +"використовувати кілька типів інструментів\\* :" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -167,6 +245,9 @@ msgid "" "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" +"**GAP аналіз**: порівняння запиту клієнта зі стандартними функціями, " +"запропонованими компанією Odoo, дозволить визначити розрив, який повинен " +"бути заповнений розробками/налаштуваннями або змінами бізнес-процесів." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -174,6 +255,9 @@ msgid "" "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " "and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" +"**Історія користувача**: Це технічно розділяє обов'язки між SPoC, " +"відповідальним за поясненням ЩО, ЧОМУ та ХТО, та консультантом, хто надасть " +"відповідь на питання ЯК." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -181,12 +265,17 @@ msgid "" "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" +"`Доказ концепції <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ " +"Cпрощена версія, прототип того, що очікується, узгоджується з основними " +"лініями очікуваних змін." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" +"**Макет**: у тій же ідеї, що й PoC, який буде відповідати змінам, пов'язаним" +" з інтерфейсом." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -196,16 +285,23 @@ msgid "" "project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " "verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" +"До цих інструментів буде додано повну прозорість щодо можливостей та " +"обмежень програмного забезпечення та його оточення, щоб усі зацікавлені " +"сторони проекту могли чітко розуміти, що можна очікувати/досягти у проекті. " +"Тому ми не будемо базувати нашу роботу на гіпотезах, не перевіряючи " +"заздалегідь їх правдивість." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" +"*Цей список, звичайно, можна доповнити іншими інструментами, які би більш " +"адекватно відповідали реаліям та потребам вашого проекту*" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стратегія комунікації" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -214,6 +310,10 @@ msgid "" "success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " "follow those principles:" msgstr "" +"Метою методології Швидкого старту є забезпечення швидкого володіння цим " +"інструментом для кінцевих користувачів. Тому ефективне спілкування має " +"вирішальне значення для успіху цього підходу. Тому його оптимізація приведе " +"нас до таких принципів:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -224,37 +324,50 @@ msgid "" "performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" " manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" +"**Спільне використання документації з управління проектами**: Найкращий " +"спосіб забезпечити усіх зацікавлених сторін проекту володінням однаковим " +"рівнем знань, забезпечити прямий доступ до документу відстеження проекту " +"(Організатор проекту). Цей документ міститиме, принаймні, список завдань, що" +" будуть виконуватися як частина реалізації, для чого чітко визначений рівень" +" пріоритету та менеджер. " #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" +"Організатор проекту - це інструмент відстеження проектів, який дозволяє як " +"детальне відстеження поточних завдань, так і загальний прогрес проекту." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" +"**Зверніть увагу на важливу інформацію**: щоб мінімізувати час документації " +"до найважливіших вимог, ми дотримуємось наступних правильних практик:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Протоколи зустрічі будуть обмежені лише рішеннями та перевірками;" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" msgstr "" +"Статуси проекту визначаються лише тоді, коли досягнуто важливого етапу;" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" +"Будуть організовані навчальні курси по стандартному або індивідуальному " +"рішенню." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налаштування та розробка" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -262,6 +375,9 @@ msgid "" "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " "and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" +"Odoo - це програмне забезпечення, відоме своєю гнучкістю та важливою " +"здатністю до еволюції. Однак значна частина розвитку суперечить швидкій та " +"стабільній реалізації. Ось чому рекомендується:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -276,6 +392,15 @@ msgid "" "requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " "\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" +"**Розвиватися лише з вагомих причин**: рішення про розробку завжди повинно " +"бути прийняте, коли співвідношення витрат і вигод є позитивним (економія " +"часу на щоденній основі тощо). Наприклад, краще реалізувати значний " +"розвиток, щоб скоротити час щоденної експлуатації, а не виконувати операцію " +"лише один раз на квартал. Загальновизнано, що чим ближче рішення до " +"стандарту, тим легше і більш плавно відбувається процес міграції, і чим " +"нижчі витрати на обслуговування для обох сторін. Крім того, досвід показує " +"нам, що 60% первинних запитів на розробку знищуються через кілька тижнів " +"використання стандартного Odoo (див. \"Прийняття стандарту як пріоритет\")." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -285,10 +410,15 @@ msgid "" " both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " "business processes of the company." msgstr "" +"**Заміна без реплікації**: є вагомі підстави для прийняття рішення про зміну" +" програмного забезпечення для управління. У цьому контексті момент " +"реалізації є правильним моментом прийняття і навіть є ініціатором зміни як з" +" точки зору використання програмного забезпечення, так і на рівні бізнес-" +"процесів компанії." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Принципи тестування та перевірки" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -296,6 +426,8 @@ msgid "" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " "needs of the company." msgstr "" +"Незалежно від того, чи були розробки чи ні, важливо перевірити відповідність" +" рішення операційним потребам компанії." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -304,32 +436,42 @@ msgid "" "SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " "requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" +"**Розподіл ролей**: у цьому контексті консультант буде відповідати за " +"надання рішення, що відповідає визначеним специфікаціям; контактна особа " +"повинна буде протестувати та підтвердити, що рішення, яке постачається, " +"відповідає вимогам операційної реальності." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" +"**Управління змінами**: коли необхідно внести зміни до рішення, зазначений " +"розрив обумовлений:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" +"Різницею між специфікацією та доставленим рішенням - це виправлення, за яке " +"відповідає консультант." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**або**" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" +"Різницею між специфікацією та вимогами операційної реальності - це зміна, на" +" яку відповідає контактна особа." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Імпорт даних" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -339,6 +481,11 @@ msgid "" "prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " "it will be decided :" msgstr "" +"Імпорт історії транзакційних даних є важливою проблемою, і відповідним чином" +" потрібно відповісти на це, щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу проекту. " +"Дійсно, це завдання може зайняти багато часу, і, якщо його пріоритет не є " +"чітко визначеним, запобігти впровадженню вчасно. Щоб зробити це якомога " +"швидше, буде вирішено:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -346,6 +493,9 @@ msgid "" "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " "moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." msgstr "" +"**Не імпортувати нічого**: Часто буває, що після відображення імпортування " +"історії даних стає не необхідним, причому ці дані зберігаються поза межами " +"Odoo і консолідуються для подальшої звітності." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -355,6 +505,11 @@ msgid "" "available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" " import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" +"**Щоб імпортувати обмежену кількість даних перед початком впровадження**: " +"коли історія даних стосується оброблюваної інформації (наприклад, замовлення" +" на купівлю, рахунки-фактури, відкриті проекти), необхідність мати цю " +"інформацію з першого дня використання у впровадженні - це реально. У цьому " +"випадку імпорт буде здійснюватися до початку запуску впровадження." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -363,17 +518,23 @@ msgid "" "can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " "production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" +"**Імпорт після запуску впровадження**: коли історія даних повинна бути " +"інтегрована з Odoo, в основному для цілей звітування, то очевидно, що вони " +"можуть бути інтегровані в програмне забезпечення ретроспективно. У цьому " +"випадку запуск впровадження буде передувати необхідному імпорту." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Підтримка" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." msgstr "" +"Коли ваш проект береться у виконання, наші команди підтримки піклуються про " +"ваші запитання чи технічні проблеми." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перегляньте :ref:`support-expectations`." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 60009ea55..846bb9d41 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -401,9 +401,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " -"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " -"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 3c75082a3..2f8182980 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -153,79 +153,40 @@ msgstr "" " щоби скористатися нашими останніми оновленнями." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "Оновлення вашої SD картки через Etcher" +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." -msgstr "" -"Тепер завантажте останні зображення `тут " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, та витягніть його із " -"zip-файлу. Потім відкрийте *Etcher* і виберіть зображення. Виберіть " -"накопичувач для запису (де знаходиться ваша SD-карта) та натисніть " -"*Записати* !." - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ваше зображення автоматично оновиться. Вам лише потрібно зачекати 5 " -"хвилин для завершення." - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "IoT Box не знайдено" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" -"Під час використання вашого IoT Box, поширеною проблемою, з якою ви можете " -"зіткнутися, є те, що ваш box не буде знайдено у вашій базі даних. На щастя, " -"є кілька простих кроків, які ви можете виконати, щоб знайти свій IoT box." - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "Проблеми HTTPS" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "Не знайдено ваш IoT Box? У вас імовірно проблеми https!" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" -"Щоби перевірити це, перейдіть у вашу базу даних та перевірте чи адреса вашої" -" бази даних починається з https (like https://www.odoo.com). Якщо це саме " -"той випадок, тоді у вас проблеми із зображенням вашого IoT Box image. " -"Потрібна версія 18.12 або новіша." - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 @@ -241,18 +202,14 @@ msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" msgstr "Перш ніж почати, переконайтеся, що у вас є:" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "Адаптер 2A Power з pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "Комп'ютер або планшет із сучасним веб-браузером" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" @@ -260,64 +217,45 @@ msgstr "" "Запущена версія SaaS або Odoo зі встановленими програмами Точки продажу та " "IoT" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" msgstr "" "Налаштування локальної мережі за допомогою DHCP (це налаштування за " "замовчуванням)" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Принтер Epson USB TM-T20 або інший ESC/POS сумісний принтер (офіційний " -"список підтримуваних принтерів на `Сторінці пристроїв POS " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду Honeywell Eclipse USB або інший сумісний сканер" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "Epson-сумісний ящик для готівки" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необов'язково, вбудований WiFi)" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 msgid "Set Up" msgstr "Встановіть" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " "your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." msgstr "Потім, ви повинні підключити периферійні пристрої до вашого IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." msgstr "" -"Офіційний список підтримуваних пристроїв на`Сторінці пристроїв точки продажу" -" <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, але й інші " -"пристрої повинні працювати." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" -"**Принтер**: підключіть ESC/POS-принтер до USB-порту та увімкніть його." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." @@ -325,237 +263,236 @@ msgstr "" "**Касова скринька**: касова скринька повинна бути підключена до принтера за " "допомогою кабелю RJ25." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "" "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." msgstr "" -"**Сканер штрих-коду**: підключіть сканер штрих-коду. Для того, щоби ваш " -"сканер штрих-коду був сумісний, він повинен вести себе як клавіатура, і його" -" потрібно налаштувати в **US QWERTY**. Він також повинен закінчувати штрих-" -"коди з символом Enter (кодовий ключ 28). Це, швидше за все, є стандартною " -"конфігурацією вашого сканера штрих-коду." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." msgstr "**Ваги**: підключіть ваги і включіть їх." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." msgstr "" -"**Ethernet**: Якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати Wi-Fi, підключіть кабель " -"Ethernet. Переконайтеся, що він буде з'єднувати IoT Box до тієї ж мережі, що" -" і ваш пристрій точки продажу." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." msgstr "" -"**Wi-Fi**: Поточна версія IoT Box має вбудований Wi-Fi. Переконайтеся, що " -"під час завантаження не під'єднаний кабель Ethernet, оскільки всі функції " -"Wi-Fi будуть його обходити під час завантаження, коли доступне дротове " -"мережеве з'єднання." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" -" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "Налаштування завершено, ви можете запустити нову сесію Точки продажу." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "Усунення несправностей" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Вирішення проблем" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "Точка продажу не під'єднується до IoT Box" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" msgstr "" -"Найпростіший спосіб переконатися, що IoT Box правильно налаштовано, це " -"ввімкнути його, коли підключений принтер, оскільки він надрукує квитанцію, " -"що вказує на будь-яку помилку або IP-адресу IoT Box у разі успіху. Якщо чеки" -" не роздруковані, виконайте такі дії:" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що IoT Box увімкнено, що позначається яскраво-червоним " -"індикатором стану." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що IoT Box готовий, це позначається яскраво освітленим " -"зеленим індикатором стану поруч із червоним індикатором стану живлення. IoT " -"Box повинен бути готовим ~2 хвилини після запуску." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що IoT Box підключений до тієї ж мережі, що і ваш пристрій " -"точки продажу. І пристрій, і IoT Box повинні бути видимі у списку " -"підключених пристроїв на вашому мережевому роутері." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вказали IP-адресу IoT Box у налаштуваннях, переконайтеся, що вона " -"відповідає ip-адресі, надрукованій на квитанції про статус IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "Переконайтеся, що точку продажу не завантажено через HTTPS." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." msgstr "" -"Помилка в реалізації HTTP Firefox може запобігти надійній роботі " -"автовідкриття. Ви також можете вручну налаштувати IP-адресу IoT Box у " -"налаштуваннях точки продажу." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду не працює" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." msgstr "" -"Сканер штрих-коду повинен бути налаштований в US QWERTY і видати Enter після" -" кожного штрих-коду. Це налаштовано за замовчуванням більшості сканерів " -"штрих-кодів. Для отримання додаткової інформації зверніться до документації " -"для сканування штрих-кодів." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." msgstr "" -"Для роботи з деякими сканерами штрих-коду IoT Box потребує джерела живлення " -"2A. Якщо ви не використовуєте наданий блок живлення, переконайтеся, що він " -"має достатню потужність." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Принтер" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." msgstr "" -"Деякі сканери штрих-кодів потребують більше 2A, і вони не працюватимуть або " -"працюватимуть неналежним чином, навіть за умови наявності джерела живлення. " -"У такому випадку ви можете підключити сканер штрих-коду до автономного USB-" -"концентратора." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-кодів" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." msgstr "" -"Деякі погано зібрані сканери штрих-коду не рекламують себе як сканери штрих-" -"коду, а як USB-клавіатуру, і не розпізнаються IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-коду не працює надійно" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що до IoT Box одночасно підключено не більше одного пристрою " -"з функцією \"Сканування через проксі\"/\"Сканер штрих-коду\"." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "Друк чеку займає надто багато часу" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "Касова скринька" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." -msgstr "" -"Невелика затримка перед першим друком очікується, оскільки IoT Box виконує " -"попередню обробку для прискорення наступного друку. Якщо після цього " -"виникають затримки, це, швидше за все, пов'язано з поганим мережевим " -"зв'язком між точкою продажу та IoT Box." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "Деякі символи не надруковані на чеку" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 -msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" -"IoT Box не підтримує всі мови та символи. В даний час він підтримує " -"латинські та кириличні шрифти, з базовою підтримкою для Японії." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "Принтер офлайн" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтесь, що принтер підключений, живиться, має достатню кількість " -"паперу, кришка закрита та не повідомляється про помилку. Якщо помилка не " -"зникає, зверніться до служби підтримки." - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" msgstr "Готівковий рахунок не відкривається" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." msgstr "" -"Каса повинна бути підключена до принтера і повинна активуватися в " -"налаштуваннях точки продажу." #: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 msgid "Devices" @@ -586,14 +523,10 @@ msgstr "Підключення" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." -msgstr "Щоби підключити камеру до *IoT Box*, просто з'єднайте їх кабелем." +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." -msgstr "У деяких випадках може знадобитися USB-адабтер." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" "If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " @@ -603,26 +536,15 @@ msgstr "" "hardware>`__, тоді не потрібно нічого встановлювати, оскільки її буде " "взначено, як тільки вона буде підключена." -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"У деяких випадках вам потрібно перезавантажити box і завантажити драйвери " -"вашої камери із box. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть на *Домашню сторінку IoT Box*" -" та натисніть на *список драйверів*. Потім настиніть на завантажити " -"драйвери." - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" msgstr "Об'єднайте камеру з пунктом контролю якості" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 msgid "With the Manufacturing app" msgstr "З модулем виробництво" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " "Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " @@ -632,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "" "якості*. Перейдіть в меню *Пункти контролю* під *Контроль якості* і " "відкрийте пукт контролю, який ви хочете з'єднати з камерою." -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " "list. Now, hit save." @@ -640,7 +562,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати прилад із випадаючого " "списку. Тепер збережіть." -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " "manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" @@ -664,26 +586,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " -"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " -"steps." +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." msgstr "" -"Фактично ви зможете перейти з одного екрану на інший, використовуючи вашу " -"ногу та педаль. Справді зручно, це можна налаштувати у кілька кроків." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" " the two by cable." msgstr "" -"Підключення ніжного перемикача з *IoT Box* легке, вам лише потрібно з'єднати" -" два пристроя кабелем." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "У деяких випадках може знадобитися USB-адаптер." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 msgid "" "If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " @@ -693,22 +607,11 @@ msgstr "" " не потрібно нічого встановлювати, як тільки вона буде автоматично визначена" " після підключення." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " -"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " -"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"Якщо педаль не підтримується, вам може знадобитися перезапустити box та " -"завантажити драйвери ніжного перемикача з box. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть на " -"*Домашню сторінку IoT Box* та натисніть *список драйверів*. Потім натисніть " -"на завантаження драйверів." - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" msgstr "З'єднайте педаль з робочим центром" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 msgid "" "To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " "workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " @@ -720,7 +623,7 @@ msgstr "" "додайте пристрій на вкладці *Запуски IoT*. Потім ви зможете з'єднати її з " "дією, а також додати ключ для її запуску." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " "matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " @@ -730,7 +633,7 @@ msgstr "" "значення! Як показано на зображенні нижче, використовуючи педаль, буде " "автоматично пропущено поточну частину процесу, з якою ви працюєте." -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 msgid "" "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " "correctly connected to the footswitch." @@ -759,26 +662,14 @@ msgstr "Підключіть через USB" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 msgid "" "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Щоб додати пристрій, підключений через USB, просто вставте кабель USB в *IoT" -" Box*, перезавантажте Box і пристрій має з'явитися у вашій базі даних Odoo." #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " -"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " -"drivers." -msgstr "" -"Якщо пристрій не знайдено, переконайтеся, що драйвери вірно завантажено на " -"ваш IoT Box. Щоб зробити це, з'єднайтеся з *Домашньою сторінкою IoT Box* та " -"натисніть на завантаження драйверів." - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" msgstr "Підключіться через Bluetooth" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 msgid "" "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " "explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " @@ -788,15 +679,15 @@ msgstr "" "подальшого пояснення) і IoT Box автоматично спробує підключитися до " "пристроя." -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" msgstr "Ось приклад, як це має виглядати:" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" msgstr "З'єднайте інструмент вимірювання з пунктом контролю якості" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " "Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " @@ -807,7 +698,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Контролем якості* та відкрийте пункт контролю, в який ви хочете призначити " "інструмент вимірювання." -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " "list. Then, hit save." @@ -815,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати пристрій з випадаючого " "списку. Потім збережіть налаштування." -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 msgid "" "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " "value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " @@ -841,50 +732,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" -" cable." +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." msgstr "" -"Щоби підключити принтер до *IoT Box*, вам лише необхідно з'єднати пристрої " -"кабелем." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 -msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "Інколи може знадобитися USB-адаптер." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " -"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш принтер `підтримується <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__," -" непотрібно ніяких налаштувань, тому що принтер буде автоматично визначено " -"одразу після його підключення." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." msgstr "Принтер може з'являтися у списку пристроїв протягом двох хвилин." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"У деяких випадках може знадобитися перезапуск вікна та завантаження " -"драйверів принтера з цього вікна. Для цього перейдіть на головну сторінку " -"*IoT Box* і натисніть на *список драйверів*. Потім натисніть на завантаження" -" драйверів." - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 msgid "Link the Printer" msgstr "Підключіть принтер" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 msgid "To Work Orders" msgstr "До робочих замовлень" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "" "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " "print labels for manufactured products." @@ -892,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете з'єднати *Робочі замовлення* з принтерами через *Пункт контролю " "якості* для друку етикеток виготовлених товарів." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " "app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " @@ -902,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Якість*. Потім ви можете обрати корегувати виробничу операцію та операцію " "робочого замовлення. У типі оберіть *Друк етикети* та збережіть." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 msgid "" "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" " *Print Label* button will appear." @@ -910,11 +776,11 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер щоразу, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості для обраного товару, " "буде з'являтися кнопка *Друк етикетки*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 msgid "To Reports" msgstr "До звітів" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 msgid "" "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " "go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." @@ -922,11 +788,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також можете з'єднати тип звіту з певним принтером. У модулі *IoT*, " "перейдіть в меню *Пристрої* та оберіть принтер, який ви хочете встановити." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." msgstr "Тепер перейдіть на вкладку *Звіти принтера*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 msgid "" "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" " all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " @@ -936,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" "перевірте всі типи звітів, які будуть пов'язані з цим принтером. Натисніть " "обрати та зберегти." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " "downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" @@ -946,11 +812,11 @@ msgstr "" "завантаження PDF, система надішле файл на обраний принтер та автоматично " "роздрукує його." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" msgstr "Друкуйте чеки з Точки продажу" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 msgid "" "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" " directly from your *PoS*." @@ -958,33 +824,27 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете з'єднати принтер з вашим модулем *Точка продажу*, тому ви можете " "друкувати чеки прямо з вашої *Точки продажу*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " -"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " -"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." msgstr "" -"Зробити це дуже просто. Перейдіть у ваш модуль *Точки продажу* та відкрийте " -"налаштування *Точки продажу* під *Налаштуванням*. Там натисніть на " -"*Редагувати* та позначте функцію *IoT Box*. Потім увімкніть *Принтер чеків*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 msgid "" -"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " -"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." msgstr "" -"Тепер у вашому перегляді *Точки продажу* ви зможете друкувати різні " -"квитанції: **чеки**, **деталі продажу** та **рахунки**." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 msgid "" -"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" -" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." msgstr "" -"Чек буде надруковано після підтвердження замовлення. Процес автоматизовано, " -"коли ви вмикаєте функцію у вашій *Точці продажу*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 msgid "" "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " "at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " @@ -993,25 +853,22 @@ msgstr "" "Деталі продажу можна роздрукувати, коли ви натискаєте на іконку друку на " "верхній панелі *Точки продажу*. Вона роздрукує деталі продажу поточного дня." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 msgid "" "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." -" Click on it and it will print the bill." +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Друк рахунків доступний лише в режимі ресторану. У ваших налаштуваннях " -"ресторану активуйте рахунки і кнопка *Рахунок* з'явиться у лівій панелі. " -"Натисніть на неї і вона роздрукує рахунок." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" msgstr "Друкуйте замовлення на кухні" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." msgstr "В режимі ресторану ви можете надсилати квитанції замовлення на кухню." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " "*Order Printer*." @@ -1019,22 +876,16 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб зробити це перейдіть у модуль *Точки продажу* і відкрийте ваші " "налаштування *Точки продажу*. Потім позначте *Принтер замовлень*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" -" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " -"Categories* field." +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." msgstr "" -"Тепер перейдіть в меню *Принтери*.Натисніть створити та оберіть *IoT Box* з " -"усіма категоріями товару, які потрібно друкувати у полі *Категоріх товару " -"принтера*." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 msgid "" "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " -"will be printed." +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." msgstr "" -"У *Точці продажу*, коли ви додаєте чи вилучаєте товар з однієї з обраних " -"категорій, кнопка *Замовлення* буде зеленою. Якщо ви натиснете на неї, " -"квитанцію буде надруковано." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index 40c60e74e..4836372c0 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see:ref:`db_online`" +msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index eb902f189..ea3eba6e4 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -68,9 +68,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 -msgid "" -"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " -":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 @@ -406,138 +404,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " -"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " -"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" -" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " -"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " -"solution you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "Створення нового проекту" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" -" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " -"through *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Manage your project’s stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " -"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " -"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " -"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " -"project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " -"personalize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " -"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " -"signification you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "Налаштування етапів" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" -" a column*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " -"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 -msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 -msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " -"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" -" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " -"information to the right people." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 -msgid "Share projects and tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 -msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " -"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " -"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " -"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " -"example." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Планування" @@ -758,125 +627,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Завдання" -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 -msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " -"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " -"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " -"allowing the support of outside contributions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 -msgid "Add followers to a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 -msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another, conversations taking place, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 -msgid "Add followers to a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " -"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " -"and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 -msgid "Select which notifications to get" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " -"that, *Edit subscription*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 -msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " -"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " -"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " -"can replay the whole creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on the *</>* icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " -"to someone outside of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 -msgid "The Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " -"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " -"colleagues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 -msgid "" -"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" -" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" -" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " -"can have a channel per project team, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 -msgid "Schedule activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " -"activities* from the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 -msgid "Edit or create new activities types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" msgstr "" @@ -929,172 +679,3 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " -"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " -"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" -" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " -"and, as a result, have a successful project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "Створіть завдання" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" -" *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "Assignation" -msgstr "Присвоєння" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 -msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "Сортуйте завдання за пріоритетом" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " -"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " -"starred are classified according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " -"with a deadline for the current date are orange." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "Manage files in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 -msgid "Set cover images in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " -"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " -"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " -"identify them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " -"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " -"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" -" recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 -msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " -"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" -" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 -msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " -"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " -"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 -msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 -msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 -msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 -msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index fa6ce0f0f..52ed412a5 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -160,69 +160,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " -"notified of changes in the task." +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 msgid "" "*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " "*Reminder*." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 msgid "" "*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " "<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 msgid "Example" msgstr "Приклад" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 msgid "" "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " "Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " "goes through:" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " "Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 msgid "" "If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" " example: *email is not set*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 msgid "" "If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " "*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" msgstr "" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index e862198b9..f1e504cf4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -14,37 +14,37 @@ # Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2020 # 226408 台北 <226408@so8d.com>, 2020 # 飛行de魚 <cnpioneer@163.com>, 2020 -# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2020 -# fausthuang, 2020 # 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2020 # guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2020 # 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2020 # Jeff Yu - Elico Corp <jeff.yu@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 # liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 # zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2020 -# Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 # Norman Chang <xromanxmu@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 # Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 +# Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 # 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2020 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -62,12 +62,12 @@ msgstr "银行&现金" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行费用" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行对账单" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ msgstr "导入银行对账单文件" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo支持银行对账单的文件格式有多种：" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPA推荐的现金管理格式（CAMT.053)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用逗号分割值（.CSV）" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "加快交换格式（.QIF）" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "比利时会计报告编码格式（.CODA）" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " "New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." -msgstr "" +msgstr "得到完全支持的国家包括美国，加拿大，新西兰，奥地利和比利时。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "** Ponto **：适用于越来越多的欧洲银行。 (:doc:`点击此 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:277 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ msgstr "常问问题" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "同步不能实时工作，这正常吗？" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -414,6 +414,8 @@ msgid "" " development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " "the connection." msgstr "" +"这意味着银行机构尚未得到我们的第三方提供商的全力支持。可能会出现错误或其他问题。Odoo 不支持在 Beta " +"阶段与银行发生的技术问题，但用户仍可以选择连接。与这些银行连接可以帮助开发过程， 因为提供商将拥有真正的数据和来自连接的反馈。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" @@ -508,7 +510,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后点击使用按钮" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" @@ -843,11 +845,11 @@ msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动生成默认的转移帐户取决于你们国家的立法。如果有必要, 可以修改相同的页面。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建第二银行账户/日记账" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -877,7 +879,7 @@ msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **Bank** 转到 **Bank BE57 0 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录内部转账" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -900,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " "bank statements and reconcile`_)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你想要自动对账，备忘录非常重要（参见`导入银行对账单并对账`_）。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." @@ -915,7 +917,7 @@ msgstr "在会计方面, 钱现在登记在转移账户。我们需要导入银 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入银行对账单并调节" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -931,6 +933,7 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" +"这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认收付款。因此需要导入你的银行对账单，将付款和正确的银行对账单行进行核对。在收到银行对账单后，点击对应银行下的**新对账单**按钮，以导入其内容。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -961,7 +964,7 @@ msgid "" "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " "both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收到第二张银行对账单后，需要重复相同的步骤。注意，如果在两张对账单和付款交易中指定相同的金额和相同的备忘录，则系统将自动进行对账。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 @@ -972,7 +975,7 @@ msgstr "银行对账" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对账模型" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1229,7 +1232,7 @@ msgstr "通过点击**付款登记**，我们告诉Odoo，客户已支付。我 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们可以随时查找发票付款信息，只需点击 :menuselection:`信息 -->未结付款` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1277,7 +1280,7 @@ msgstr "如果发现某些问题, 需要执行 **手工动作** 。" msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如, 如果在银行对账单中缺少业务伙伴, 请填写" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1291,7 +1294,7 @@ msgstr "点击CTRL-Enter, 调节表格中的所有项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 msgid "Bank Accounts" @@ -1484,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你有一个外币的银行账户, 对于每笔交易, Odoo都保存两个值 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" @@ -1518,7 +1521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置货币" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1528,6 +1531,8 @@ msgid "" "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" +"如Odoo配置为支持多币种，你应激活计划使用的币种。为此，进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"币种`。默认情况下，所有币种都已创建，但你应激活计划支持的币种（要激活某币种，勾选其*有效*字段）。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1538,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr "激活货币后, 你可以配置的参数自动更新汇率。这些选 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 **现在更新** 链接到目前最新的汇率。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -1571,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "如果选择框 **在发票页脚显示** , 银行信息将在发票页 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如 :外币的供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1589,7 +1594,7 @@ msgstr "在 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商账单` , 你可以看到 :" msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你已经准备好支付这个账单, 点击登记付款记录付款。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1607,14 +1612,14 @@ msgstr "注意, 您可以用另一种货币支付外汇发票。在这种情况 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户对账单" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户和供应商的报表是用发票货币来管理的。所以, 客户(供应商)的到期金额总是用发票的货币表示。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1687,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 仪表板 --> 现金 --> 注册交易` " #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始和结束余额填写" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1740,13 +1745,15 @@ msgstr "阿根廷" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "介绍" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " "this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1812,7 +1819,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "科目表" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1855,6 +1862,8 @@ msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " "and Production." msgstr "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -1863,6 +1872,10 @@ msgid "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -1938,12 +1951,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "业务伙伴" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identification Type and VAT" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1975,6 +1988,9 @@ msgid "" "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:185 @@ -2008,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" @@ -2116,6 +2132,8 @@ msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -2199,7 +2217,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -2228,6 +2246,8 @@ msgid "" "``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " "generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -2298,7 +2318,6 @@ msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Sequences" msgstr "顺序号" @@ -2354,10 +2373,12 @@ msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." @@ -2425,7 +2446,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Result:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." @@ -2493,7 +2514,7 @@ msgstr "Special Use Cases" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoices for Services" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -2587,6 +2608,8 @@ msgid "" "For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " "requirements:" msgstr "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." @@ -2607,7 +2630,7 @@ msgstr "Detail each item." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 msgid "Complete description." @@ -2655,7 +2678,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." @@ -2711,7 +2734,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 msgid "" @@ -2768,7 +2791,7 @@ msgstr "" "synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:614 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" @@ -2833,6 +2856,8 @@ msgid "" "**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " "it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 msgid "" @@ -2864,7 +2889,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Special Use cases" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 msgid "Untaxed Concepts" @@ -2926,7 +2951,7 @@ msgstr "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT Reports" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" @@ -3112,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "" "user, just define the users in the certificate." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:665 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "财务报告" @@ -3279,15 +3304,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:220 msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " -"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " -"automatically when the localization module is installed." +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." msgstr "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " -"country on which the document is applicable and the data is created " -"automatically when the localization module is installed." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -3403,125 +3424,81 @@ msgstr "" "can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:297 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "" -"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." msgstr "" -"When a Journal is created we have two options with document types sequences." +"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " +"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:299 -msgid "" -"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " -"most common document types." -msgstr "" -"Create new sequences: In this case, Odoo will create new sequences for the " -"most common document types." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " -"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." -msgstr "" -"Use existent sequence: If the sequence should be shared between several " -"journals, the user can add manually sequences previously created." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 -msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." -msgstr "" -"For the Chilean localization it’s important to define the default Debt and " -"Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use cases." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "CAF" msgstr "CAF" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:315 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" -"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " -"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" -" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." +msgstr "" +"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " +"the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:316 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" msgstr "" -"For each sequence related to the documents type, a CAF (Folio Authorization " -"Code) is required, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor with the" -" folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " -"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " -"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " -"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " -"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" msgstr "" -"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " -"each one associated with different ranges of folios. In this way, you could " -"order folios per the different segmentations you have in your journals " -"(example per office) thus avoiding distributing a range of folios. In this " -"way, each branch would have its private key of the respective CAF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:324 -msgid "" -"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " -"the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." -msgstr "" -"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " -"the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 -msgid "" -"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" -" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " -"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " -"sequence:" -msgstr "" -"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with journal sequence" -" in Odoo, after you create the sequence for the first time the will be in " -"red, which indicates that no CAF has been configured for that particular " -"sequence:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:339 -msgid "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" -msgstr "In order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:341 -msgid "Open the sequence." -msgstr "Open the sequence." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 -msgid "Go the the Tab “CAF”." -msgstr "Go the the Tab “CAF”." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:343 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "Upload the file." msgstr "Upload the file." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:321 msgid "Save the CAF." msgstr "Save the CAF." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:345 -msgid "Save the sequence." -msgstr "Save the sequence." - -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" -"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " -"and quantity available are updated:" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -"As a result, the sequence color changes to black and the column Next number " -"and quantity available are updated:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:361 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transation is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 msgid "Usage and Testing" msgstr "Usage and Testing" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:340 msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" msgstr "Electronic Invoice Workflow" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:342 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " "Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" @@ -3533,11 +3510,11 @@ msgstr "" " diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " "the customers and Vendors." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:376 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:352 msgid "Customer invoice Emission" msgstr "Customer invoice Emission" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " @@ -3547,15 +3524,15 @@ msgstr "" " created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " "document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:358 msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." msgstr "You can manually change the document type if needed." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:366 msgid "Validation and DTE Status" msgstr "Validation and DTE Status" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "" "When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " @@ -3565,7 +3542,7 @@ msgstr "" " when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " "After the invoice is posted:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 msgid "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." @@ -3573,11 +3550,11 @@ msgstr "" "The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" " the chatter." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:372 msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." msgstr "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:378 msgid "" "The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" " runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " @@ -3589,7 +3566,7 @@ msgstr "" "immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " "follows:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:411 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:387 msgid "" "In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" " the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " @@ -3601,7 +3578,7 @@ msgstr "" "the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " "by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:416 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "" "Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " @@ -3611,7 +3588,7 @@ msgstr "" "want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " "can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:425 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:401 msgid "" "There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " @@ -3621,11 +3598,11 @@ msgstr "" "Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " "will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" msgstr "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:412 msgid "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." @@ -3633,7 +3610,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " "now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" "**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " @@ -3643,7 +3620,7 @@ msgstr "" "but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " "valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " "needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" @@ -3655,29 +3632,29 @@ msgstr "" " registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " "are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" msgstr "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:430 msgid "Change the document to draft." msgstr "Change the document to draft." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:455 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:431 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." msgstr "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "Post the invoice again." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "Crossed references" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:442 msgid "" "When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" @@ -3691,11 +3668,11 @@ msgstr "" "some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " "credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:452 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "Invoice PDF Report" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:478 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:454 msgid "" "After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " @@ -3705,23 +3682,23 @@ msgstr "" "printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " "fiscally valid:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:463 msgid "Commercial Validation" msgstr "Commercial Validation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:465 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:491 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." msgstr "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:468 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 msgid "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." @@ -3729,15 +3706,15 @@ msgstr "" "Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" " will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." msgstr "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:479 msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" msgstr "Processed for Claimed invoices" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:481 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " "Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " @@ -3749,11 +3726,11 @@ msgstr "" "proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " "Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:490 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "Common Errors" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." @@ -3761,11 +3738,11 @@ msgstr "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " "some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:495 msgid "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." msgstr "Error: RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:497 msgid "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." @@ -3773,12 +3750,12 @@ msgstr "" "*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" " and City." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:523 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:499 msgid "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." msgstr "Error en Monto : - IVA debe declararse." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:525 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:505 msgid "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." @@ -3786,11 +3763,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " "on each invoice line." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:503 msgid "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." msgstr "Error: Rut No Autorizado a Firmar." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 msgid "" "Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" "[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." @@ -3798,48 +3775,40 @@ msgstr "" "Error: Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" "[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:510 msgid "" -"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " -"document as the one you’re using is expired." +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " +"using is expired." msgstr "" -"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF in the journal sequence related to this " -"document as the one you’re using is expired." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:515 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "退款" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " -"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" -" in the SII." +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." msgstr "" -"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " -"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " -"is required for the Credit Note sequence, which is identified as document 64" -" in the SII." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid "" -"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " -"on each sequence." +"Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " +"each document type." msgstr "" -"Refer to the journal section where we described the process to load the CAF " -"on each sequence." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:582 msgid "Use Cases" msgstr "案例" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:558 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:533 msgid "Cancel Referenced document" msgstr "Cancel Referenced document" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " @@ -3849,11 +3818,11 @@ msgstr "" " note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:543 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" msgstr "Corrects Referenced Document Text" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:570 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:545 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" @@ -3865,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr "" " the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:553 msgid "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." @@ -3873,7 +3842,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " "0." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:560 msgid "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." @@ -3881,11 +3850,11 @@ msgstr "" "It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " "it is taken for this use case in specific." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" msgstr "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " @@ -3895,11 +3864,11 @@ msgstr "" " and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " "automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:600 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:575 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "Debit Notes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:577 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " "existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " @@ -3911,11 +3880,11 @@ msgstr "" "button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " "detailed below." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "Add debt on Invoices" msgstr "Add debt on Invoices" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:612 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "" "The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " @@ -3925,7 +3894,7 @@ msgstr "" "existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " "SII:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" @@ -3933,11 +3902,11 @@ msgstr "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " "reference section:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:602 msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" msgstr "Cancel Credit Notes" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:629 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:604 msgid "" "In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " @@ -3947,7 +3916,7 @@ msgstr "" "this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " "in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" @@ -3955,7 +3924,7 @@ msgstr "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " "server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:619 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." @@ -3963,19 +3932,19 @@ msgstr "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " "on this information." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:620 msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:646 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:621 msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:625 msgid "Reception" msgstr "接收" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:627 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" " Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " @@ -3987,11 +3956,11 @@ msgstr "" "to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " "as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:662 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:637 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Acceptation" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:639 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " "accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " @@ -4003,11 +3972,11 @@ msgstr "" "the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " "is sent to the vendor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:649 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Claim" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:676 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " @@ -4019,7 +3988,7 @@ msgstr "" "the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " "Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:684 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:659 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " @@ -4029,11 +3998,11 @@ msgstr "" "automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " "should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" msgstr "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:695 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -4045,8 +4014,8 @@ msgstr "" "level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" " time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:674 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" @@ -4054,11 +4023,11 @@ msgstr "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Reports`" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:706 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:681 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "Propuesta F29" -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:708 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:683 msgid "" "The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " "replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" @@ -4070,7 +4039,7 @@ msgstr "" " Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " "transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." -#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " "been received by the SII." @@ -4163,7 +4132,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 msgid "Configure your report data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure your report data" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -4175,7 +4144,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure data required in the XML" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 msgid "Identification" @@ -4298,7 +4267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票创建" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -4493,11 +4462,11 @@ msgstr "Flujo General" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4537,6 +4506,11 @@ msgid "" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " "<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -4545,6 +4519,10 @@ msgid "" "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" " la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" @@ -4645,6 +4623,10 @@ msgid "" "necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " "--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -4660,7 +4642,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diarios" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -4687,10 +4669,12 @@ msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usuarios" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -5636,7 +5620,7 @@ msgstr "我的公司是否需要使用反欺诈软件？" msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的公司需要使用一个反欺诈现金登记软件, 如 Odoo (CGI 艺术 286, i. 3° bis) 如果:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," @@ -5644,7 +5628,7 @@ msgstr "您在法国或任何 DOM-汤姆应纳税 (不含增值税)," #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的一些客户是个人 (B2C)。" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5750,6 +5734,9 @@ msgid "" "*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" " installed." msgstr "" +"如果您安装了反欺诈模块的初始版本 (2017年12月18日之前), 则需要对其进行更新。该模块的名称是 * 法国-会计认证 CGI 286 I-3 " +"bis *。更新模块列表后, 在 * 应用程序 * 中搜索更新的模块 *, 选择它, 然后单击 * 升级 *。最后, 确保安装了以下模块 * " +"l10n_fr_sale_closing *。" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" @@ -5794,7 +5781,7 @@ msgstr "如果您运行的是多公司环境, 则只有这些公司的文档受 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安全" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -5922,6 +5909,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" @@ -5963,7 +5952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" +msgstr "德国" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" @@ -6294,6 +6283,11 @@ msgid "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" @@ -6307,6 +6301,11 @@ msgid "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6347,12 +6346,18 @@ msgid "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -6420,7 +6425,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -6460,6 +6465,9 @@ msgid "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" @@ -6478,10 +6486,12 @@ msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "墨西哥" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -6567,6 +6577,9 @@ msgid "" "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" @@ -6580,6 +6593,11 @@ msgid "" "3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 msgid "Set your legal information in the company" @@ -6601,11 +6619,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +"vat to **EKU9003173C9**." msgstr "" -"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" -" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " -"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -6640,6 +6655,10 @@ msgid "" "your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " "support in https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -6654,6 +6673,10 @@ msgid "" "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " "name does not exist)." msgstr "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -6722,6 +6745,9 @@ msgid "" "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -6822,6 +6848,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" @@ -6883,6 +6911,9 @@ msgid "" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" @@ -6960,6 +6991,9 @@ msgid "" "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -6981,7 +7015,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -7002,6 +7036,8 @@ msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" @@ -7017,7 +7053,7 @@ msgstr "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电算试平衡。" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." @@ -7028,6 +7064,8 @@ msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" @@ -7039,7 +7077,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" @@ -7057,7 +7095,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "How to add new accounts ?" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -7076,6 +7114,12 @@ msgid "" " automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" " xml." msgstr "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" @@ -7103,7 +7147,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电算试平衡" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" @@ -7133,7 +7177,7 @@ msgstr "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" @@ -7195,7 +7239,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Where the DIOT is presented ?" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" @@ -7273,7 +7317,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "You can find the `official information here`_." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" @@ -7304,6 +7348,8 @@ msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" @@ -7341,6 +7387,9 @@ msgid "" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" @@ -7382,7 +7431,7 @@ msgstr "Extra Recommended features" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contact Module (Free)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" @@ -7390,6 +7439,9 @@ msgid "" "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" @@ -7478,7 +7530,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "If you see an error like this:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" @@ -7500,10 +7552,13 @@ msgid "" "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Go to the company in which the error occurs." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" @@ -7553,6 +7608,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" @@ -7560,6 +7618,9 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" @@ -7786,6 +7847,8 @@ msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" @@ -7817,7 +7880,7 @@ msgstr "瑞士" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7841,7 +7904,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -8112,7 +8175,7 @@ msgstr "3.7%" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% achat" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 @@ -8125,7 +8188,7 @@ msgstr "TVA 3.7%" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." @@ -8175,6 +8238,7 @@ msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" @@ -8189,6 +8253,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -8334,7 +8400,7 @@ msgstr "年终检查表" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行 **税报告** , 并验证你的税务信息是正确的。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" @@ -8357,7 +8423,7 @@ msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查你的科目, 确定理解所有交易对科目的影响和交易的性质, 确保包括贷款和固定资产。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8406,6 +8472,7 @@ msgid "" "loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" +"如果您的会计师/记账员正在通过年底审计，他们可能想要所有资产负债表项目（例如贷款，银行帐户，预付款，销售税报表等）的纸质副本，这些应该与Odoo余额一致。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -8483,7 +8550,7 @@ msgstr "你可在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政年度`中配置 msgid "" "You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " "months." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你只需创建超过或少于12个月的财政年度。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" @@ -8620,7 +8687,7 @@ msgstr "为特定的客户创建一个含税价的价格表" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个把不含税价格换位含税价格的财政位置" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -8686,7 +8753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置B2C的财政状况" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -8735,7 +8802,7 @@ msgid "" "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " "on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " "of this customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同，不管谈下来的价格是否含税，你都可以在客户表单中设置价格表和财政状况，然后该客户的所有订单都会自动适用该规则。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -8791,6 +8858,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " "proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." msgstr "" +"完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"税种`。首先，设置适当的过渡会计科目，以在你登记付款之前将税收过账。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -8862,7 +8931,7 @@ msgstr "银行日记账" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行115美元" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -8871,7 +8940,7 @@ msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目：" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税金收付实现制日记账" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" @@ -8884,11 +8953,12 @@ msgid "" "default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " "zero." msgstr "" +"最后两个日记账项目是中性的，但它们可确保基本税金额的准确性，以保证Odoo税收报告的准确性。我们建议使用默认的收入科目。该科目的余额将始终为零。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认税金" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9208,7 +9278,7 @@ msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦税建立, 可用于客户界面,销售订单或客户发票。也可在销售发票行应用多个税。" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -9239,7 +9309,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud中" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9313,7 +9383,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作方式" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9523,7 +9593,7 @@ msgstr "价格不含税" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 msgid "Tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税金" #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 @@ -9945,7 +10015,7 @@ msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "进一步配置是必要的。去 :menuselection:`会计模块 --> 配置 --> 设置` , 使用 **预算管理** 功能" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" @@ -10004,7 +10074,7 @@ msgstr "在我们的示例中, 我们需要定义关联到项目费用的科目 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下, 我们选择使用的三个相关科目, 用来登记费用。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." @@ -10119,11 +10189,9 @@ msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" +" that could have been realised." msgstr "" -"理论数据代表理论上可用/可收到的金额。当你12个月的预算是1200 (1月至12月), 今天是1月31日, 理论数量将达到1000, " -"因为这是实际的数量。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" @@ -10168,7 +10236,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用分析会计" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -10189,7 +10257,7 @@ msgstr "别忘了保存您的更改。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建分析账户" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -10203,7 +10271,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们将在这个科目记录所有的成本, 以便跟踪。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" @@ -10308,7 +10376,7 @@ msgstr "进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析会计 --> msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择“咨询包-史密斯\" , 单击成本和销售按钮, 以此来查看这个科目下的所有的成本。 " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -10385,7 +10453,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你希望员工能够进入工时表, 他需要相关用户。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -10572,7 +10640,7 @@ msgstr "分析服务或者项目的绩效" msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理分析会计, 你必须激活它, 在 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -10594,7 +10662,7 @@ msgstr "IT/服务公司 :绩效分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "案例1 :工业公司: 成本分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -10697,7 +10765,7 @@ msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" @@ -10705,7 +10773,7 @@ msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分包" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -10720,7 +10788,7 @@ msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有缺陷的材料的待方记录" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 @@ -10737,7 +10805,7 @@ msgstr "员工成本" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2121" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" @@ -10752,7 +10820,7 @@ msgstr "市场营销" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" @@ -10769,7 +10837,7 @@ msgstr "管理" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" @@ -10801,7 +10869,7 @@ msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "上面的示例是基于公司的成本的分解。分析科目就如销售一样可以有效分配。给你不同部门的盈利能力(销售成本)。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -10825,7 +10893,7 @@ msgstr "选择一种取决于你如何看待你的营销努力。一般是全球 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "案例2 :法律公司: 人力资源的成本？" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -10887,7 +10955,7 @@ msgstr "下表显示了不同分析凭证的例子, 你可以找到分析科目 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **总量** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" @@ -10914,7 +10982,7 @@ msgstr "搜索信息(3h)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-45" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" @@ -10935,7 +11003,7 @@ msgstr "服务费用" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "" +msgstr "280" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -10959,7 +11027,7 @@ msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "燃油成本－客户方出差" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" @@ -10983,7 +11051,7 @@ msgstr "6201 – 工资" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -11039,7 +11107,7 @@ msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务、支出、销售的管理, 类似于上面提到的律师例子。发票和盈利能力的研究也类似。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -11065,7 +11133,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结论" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -11086,7 +11154,7 @@ msgstr "库存" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品退货时使用移动平均计算成本" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11140,7 +11208,7 @@ msgstr "当产品离开仓库 :平均成本 **不** 变化" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义采购价格" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -11152,7 +11220,7 @@ msgstr "购买价格是接收产品时的暂估 (您可能没有收到供应商 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "平均成本示例" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -11302,7 +11370,7 @@ msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -11456,7 +11524,7 @@ msgstr "价格差异" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($80)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" @@ -11464,7 +11532,7 @@ msgstr "收到供应商的账单$80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($64)" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" @@ -11511,7 +11579,7 @@ msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在收到付款时, 可转换成公司货币。多货币支付意味着有利率的波动。Odoo将自动记录汇率的差异。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" @@ -11566,7 +11634,7 @@ msgstr "检查 **货币** 字段是否为空白, 或是您将用来登记收付 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用其他币种记录付款" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11625,17 +11693,30 @@ msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "在会计设置上, 可以更改汇率差异账的设置." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 +msgid "" +"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " +"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " +"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" +" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " +"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " +"them until that final amount is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" @@ -11794,7 +11875,7 @@ msgstr "你现在可以设置不同的货币而不是销售订单和发票上的 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购订单和供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 @@ -11836,14 +11917,14 @@ msgid "" " in it." msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments` " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`exchange` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" @@ -11869,7 +11950,7 @@ msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建发票时, 改变货币很容易; 然而公司本位币是作为一个默认值。Odoo将自动将外币转换成本位币." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" @@ -11887,6 +11968,7 @@ msgid "" "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"为了注册其他货币的付款，您必须删除日记帐上的货币限制。 转到会计应用程序，在日记帐上， 单击 :menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" @@ -11909,7 +11991,7 @@ msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 登 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多币种银行对账单" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11925,9 +12007,9 @@ msgid "" "are recorded in it." msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works` " #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -11958,7 +12040,7 @@ msgstr "资产负债表科目" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "资产" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 @@ -12075,11 +12157,11 @@ msgstr "银行和现金" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "流动资产" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "非流动资产" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 msgid "Prepayments" @@ -12146,7 +12228,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**自动化**字段可有三种选择：" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 @@ -12199,7 +12281,7 @@ msgid "" "**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" " a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " "Balance**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**科目组**用于在一个大科目下面列出多个*子科目*，以合并**试算表**等报告。" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -12538,7 +12620,7 @@ msgstr "通过电子邮件发送示例发票，以确保所有内容均已正确 #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" @@ -12598,7 +12680,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo支持权责发生制和收付实现制的报告。这允许你在 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多公司" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12624,6 +12706,8 @@ msgid "" "transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" +"每一笔交易以公司的默认币种记录。对于以其他币种发生的交易, Odoo同时以公司的币种的价值，以及以交易币种的价值存储。 " +"Odoo可以在分类账项目的调节后生成币种增益和损失。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -12645,14 +12729,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "特别是, Odoo 核心会计引擎支持 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计准则（美国、英国、以及爱尔兰、加拿大、澳大利亚和新西兰等其他英语国家）在产品售出/交付完成时报告销货成本。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." @@ -12664,7 +12748,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo还有符合IFRS规则的模块。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应收账款和应付账款" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12699,7 +12783,7 @@ msgstr "绩效报告（如损益表, 预算差异）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "状况报告(如资产负债表, 到期应付款, 到期应收款)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" @@ -12711,7 +12795,7 @@ msgstr "详细报告（如试算表和总账）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理报告（如预算, 执行概要）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -12766,16 +12850,18 @@ msgid "" "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" +"Odoo支持定期(手动)以及永续(自动)库存估价。可用的成本方法有标准价、平均价、后进先出（LIFO对于允许的国家而言）以及先进先出(FIFO)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" msgstr "" +" `查看计价方法对交易的影响 <https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "容易的留存收益" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -12788,7 +12874,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于企业家的会计备忘录 (US GAAP)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -12886,7 +12972,7 @@ msgstr "公司的每一份财务单据（如发票、银行对账单、工资单 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "会计分录要保持 *平衡* , 借方合计必须等于贷方合计。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" @@ -12916,7 +13002,7 @@ msgstr "客户欠 $ 1, 090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" @@ -13031,7 +13117,7 @@ msgstr "发票1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款1.1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "70" @@ -13052,7 +13138,7 @@ msgstr "付款1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -13086,7 +13172,7 @@ msgstr "与先前记录的付款匹配 :" msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当从客户收到支票时, 付款已登记, 在核对银行对账单时匹配上" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" @@ -13101,7 +13187,7 @@ msgstr "在处理银行对账单时, 付款的会计分录创建, 并与相关 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录为另一个交易 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." @@ -13135,7 +13221,7 @@ msgstr "1笔日记帐分录和1笔银行对账调节记录" msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第一个日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。注册银行对账单时, 第二个是创建。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 @@ -13246,7 +13332,7 @@ msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可从其他文件手动创建草稿发票, 例如从销售订单,采购订单等。也可直接创建一个草稿发票。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -13302,7 +13388,7 @@ msgstr "该文档由三部分构成 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发票上方, 有客户信息," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -13344,7 +13430,7 @@ msgstr "当发票验证后会自动生成会计分录。你可以查看凭证细 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送发票给客户" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -13429,13 +13515,13 @@ msgstr "对账" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们开始调节吧!" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以一笔笔核销, 或者批量核销。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -13477,11 +13563,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过查看记录和“未清款项”, 可看到跟踪信息和所有逾期的发票。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户的账龄报表 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -13515,7 +13601,7 @@ msgstr "资产负债表" msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "资产负债表汇总了公司在一定时期内的负债、资产和所有者权益。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -13606,7 +13692,7 @@ msgstr "对于欧洲国家会计, 分类账分录将会使用以下科目 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **应付账款 :** 在供应商页面维护" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 @@ -13615,7 +13701,7 @@ msgstr " **税 :** 在产品或者订单行上维护" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **费用科目 :** 在产品上维护" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -13675,7 +13761,7 @@ msgid "" "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " "daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " "checks in batches." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你选择用支票支付你的供应商。Odoo提供一个方法直接从你的供应商付款来做。不管你每日做，还是在每周结束时做，你总是可以批量打印支票。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -13714,6 +13800,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" +"使用 **应付款账龄表** , 可获得未清应付款和相关到期日. 在菜单下, ( :menuselection:`报告 --> 业务报表 --> " +"应付账款`) , 可看到这个报表。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -13817,7 +13905,7 @@ msgstr "这个报告告诉你接下来的几个月需要支付的款项。" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择要支付的账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -13842,7 +13930,7 @@ msgstr "供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用支票支付" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13900,7 +13988,7 @@ msgstr "美国" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于美国, Odoo默认支持支票格式 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" @@ -13918,11 +14006,11 @@ msgstr "**ADP**: 在底部检查,存根在顶部" msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过自定义格式, 可自定义自己的支票格式。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用支票支付供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" @@ -13934,7 +14022,7 @@ msgstr "在账单上登记付款" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批量打印所有的已登记付款" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" @@ -13980,7 +14068,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需批量打印,从列表中选择所有支票, 点击顶部“打印”菜单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" @@ -14002,7 +14090,7 @@ msgstr "如要检查未贷记的支票，请打开付款列表并筛选出已发 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用支票支付任何东西" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -14026,7 +14114,7 @@ msgstr "付款登记后, 点击* *确定* *。确认后,就可以直接* *打印 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`打印支票`_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" @@ -14056,7 +14144,7 @@ msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在以下示例中,我们将生成一些账单。可在会计仪表板控制整个过程(打开会计应用程序后的界面)。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -14092,7 +14180,7 @@ msgstr "确认支付后,系统将自动将付款和发票核销,发票将到* * #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多个账单一块支付" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -14132,7 +14220,7 @@ msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :menuselection:`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款` " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -14145,7 +14233,7 @@ msgstr "用支票支付的方式付款。选择供应商和应支付的余款金 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你所见, 账单的状态显示什么已经过账什么还没有过账。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -14167,7 +14255,7 @@ msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你已学会了如何以各种方式支付账单, 但是部分付款呢?我们举个例子,多个账单如何做部分付款。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -14201,7 +14289,7 @@ msgstr "我们可通过创建银行对账单来支付款项,付款时可调整 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "核销银行对账单之前,需要先创建一个现金折扣模型。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." @@ -14218,7 +14306,7 @@ msgid "" "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPA,是唯一欧元付款地, 是欧盟的付款倡议简化欧元转帐。SEPA将付款单发给银行以简化转账。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -14256,7 +14344,7 @@ msgstr "用SEPA支付,必须安装* *SEPA信用转帐* *模块。这个模块将 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据所在国家和所用科目表,这个模块会默认安装。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" @@ -14268,7 +14356,7 @@ msgid "" "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " "when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " "account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如用SEPA支付,必须激活银行账内的付款方法。会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),在银行科目上点击“更多”,并选择“设置”选项。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -14281,7 +14369,7 @@ msgstr "激活SEPA,点击* * 高级设置* *选项卡,在* *支付方式* * 下 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在银行账上, 确认定义IBAN账号(国内帐号不会使用SEPA)和BIC(银行识别码)。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -14310,13 +14398,15 @@ msgid "" "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" +"如果这是第一次支付这个供应商,需要填写收件人的银行账户信息,至少需要:银行的名字, IBAN 和 " +"BIC(银行识别码)。Odoo会自动验证IBAN的格式。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "未来会付款给这个供应商,Odoo会自动提供银行账户,但你可更改或者创建一个新的。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -14396,6 +14486,7 @@ msgid "" " than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" " their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" +"**非流动资产**，又称为**长期资产**，是指预计一年后实现的投资。它们表现为资本化资产，而不是作为支出出现在公司的资产负债表上。根据其性质，它们可能会经历**折旧**。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -14437,7 +14528,7 @@ msgstr "递减" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 msgid "Accelerated Degressive" -msgstr "" +msgstr "增速递减" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 @@ -14482,7 +14573,7 @@ msgstr "科目类型必须为*固定资产*或*非流动资产*。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 msgid "Post an expense to the right account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将费用过账到正确的科目" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 @@ -14607,7 +14698,7 @@ msgid "" "The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " "the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " "lower amount than the previous entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**递减折旧方法**将每个分录的可折旧值乘以**递减系数**。每个折旧分录的金额低于前一个分录。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -14650,7 +14741,7 @@ msgstr "修改某项资产" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "" "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可修改某项资产的价值，增加或降低其价值。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -14702,7 +14793,7 @@ msgstr "然后，Odoo会计应用程序生成处置资产所需的所有日记 msgid "" "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " "Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要记录出售资产的情况，你必须首先将相关客户发票过账，以便将出售的资产与它关联。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 msgid "Assets Models" @@ -14747,7 +14838,7 @@ msgid "" "New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " "the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " "model." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与该科目关联的所有模型的新按钮都会出现在表单顶部。点击模型按钮，根据该模型填写表单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 msgid "Automate the Assets" @@ -14762,7 +14853,7 @@ msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*非流动资产*或*固定资产*的科 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**自动化资产**字段可有三种选择：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -14870,7 +14961,7 @@ msgid "" "A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " "*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the expense is recognized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**递延费用分录**以*草稿模式*自动生成所有日记账分录。然后在费用的全部金额被确认后逐一过账。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -14904,7 +14995,7 @@ msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用此功能，费用面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*首次确认日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是确认之间的默认时间来计算的。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -15178,7 +15269,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购 **服务** 类型的产品不会触发收货单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" @@ -15215,7 +15306,7 @@ msgstr "当发票仍为草稿状态时，你可根据需要进行修改（即添 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的供应商也许会为同一个采购订单寄送多个账单如果：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -15225,7 +15316,7 @@ msgstr "你的供应商有欠单并且当他们发货时寄给你账单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的供应商寄给你部分账单，或要求押金。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -15236,10 +15327,12 @@ msgid "" " you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" +"每次你录入一个新的采购账单, Odoo会自动弹出基于从供应商处收到的产品数量。如果数量是零, 意味着你没有收到产品并简单提供一个提醒, " +"也许需要进一步查询。在这时, 在确认供应商账单前, 可以修改数量。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商账单匹配" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" @@ -15334,7 +15427,7 @@ msgstr "或收到数量" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批量账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -15643,7 +15736,7 @@ msgstr "**添加舍入明细**：在发票上添加*舍入*明细。你必须定 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**修改税收金额**：在税收部分应用舍入。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 msgid "Apply roundings" @@ -15778,7 +15871,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo创建贷项凭单，自动确认并与原发票对账，然后创 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种选项可用于修改已确认发票的内容。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" @@ -15814,11 +15907,11 @@ msgstr "这是发票的日记账分录示例：" msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是生成并用于逆转以上原发票的贷项凭单日记账分录：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "递延收入" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15840,7 +15933,7 @@ msgid "" "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些未来收入必须在公司资产负债表上进行递延，直到即刻或一定时期内可在损益表上**确认**。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -15883,7 +15976,7 @@ msgstr "将收入过账到正确的科目" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发票草稿上选择科目" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -15975,7 +16068,7 @@ msgstr "销售日记账的递延分录" msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" " Journal**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在**销售日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建递延分录。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -16021,11 +16114,11 @@ msgstr "将递延收入模型应用到新分录" msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新递延收入分录时，在**递延收入科目**中填写正确的确认科目。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动化递延收入" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -16045,6 +16138,8 @@ msgid "" "first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延收入分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 " +"--> 递延收入`填写对应的表单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -16069,7 +16164,7 @@ msgstr "`Odoo学院：递延收入（确认） <https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向发票添加EPC二维码" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -16190,7 +16285,7 @@ msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在大多数公司里面, 销售人员创建报价单, 并且确认后转换为销售就订单。然后基于销售订单创建草稿发票。可以选择如下集中方式 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -16226,7 +16321,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" @@ -16234,7 +16329,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣提货单(Delivery Order) ‣发票(Invoice)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -16344,7 +16439,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手工创建发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -16357,7 +16452,7 @@ msgstr "用户也可以不通过合同或者销售订单手工的创建发票。 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "及时可以从销售订单中创建发票, 在一些特殊场景中还是需要手工创建发票 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" @@ -16373,7 +16468,7 @@ msgstr "如果需要变更为从销售订单开票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果需要对不是主营业务的交易开票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" @@ -16414,7 +16509,7 @@ msgstr "某些折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 msgid "Any other condition on the payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于付款的所有其他条件" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -16435,7 +16530,7 @@ msgstr "**付款条件举例：**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Immediate Payment**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**立即付款**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." @@ -16443,7 +16538,7 @@ msgstr "需在开具发票当日支付全款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**15天**（或**Net 15**）" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." @@ -16474,13 +16569,13 @@ msgid "" "Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " "a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " "payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款条件应与分多次付款区分开来。如果对于特定订单，你分两部分向客户开具发票，这不是付款条件或分期付款计划，而是开具发票的政策。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " "click on *Create*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 付款条件`并点击*创建*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -16492,7 +16587,7 @@ msgstr "**发票描述**是在销售订单、发票或账单上显示的文字 msgid "" "In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " "to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**条件**部分，你可添加一组规定，我们将其统称为*条件*，以定义支付的金额和截止日期。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -16520,7 +16615,7 @@ msgstr "使用付款条款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款条件可在以下各项的**付款条件**字段中定义：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Contacts**" @@ -16535,7 +16630,7 @@ msgstr "在联系人的新销售订单、发票、账单上自动设置特定付 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "**Quotations**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**报价**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -16644,7 +16739,7 @@ msgstr "在电子邮件收件箱总是被挤得满满当当的时候，直接邮 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 msgid "Set up Snailmail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置Snailmail" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -16831,7 +16926,7 @@ msgstr "如果银行无法处理支票或丢失了支票或付款，请在验证 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`recording` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" @@ -17001,23 +17096,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "为此，请打开发票，单击 *注册付款* ，然后选择 *SEPA直接付款* 作为付款方式。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " -"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " -"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." -msgstr "在以前的版本中，Odoo使用SDD付款作为所有具有有效授权的客户的默认付款。 您的客户仍可以使用定期付款为其订阅激活自动SDD。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" msgstr "生成SEPA直接借记XML文件以提交付款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 msgid "" "**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "带有所有SDD付款说明的 **XML文件** 可以上传到您的在线银行界面，以一次处理所有付款。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" " specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " @@ -17025,49 +17113,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo生成的文件遵循SEPA客户到银行实施指南所要求的SEPA直接付款 **PAIN.008.001.02**规范，以确保与银行的兼容性。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "如要为挂起的SDD支付生成XML文件，请转到*会计仪表板*上的相关*银行日记账*，然后点击*收取直接借记付款*。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 msgid "" "Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" " on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "选择要包含在SDD XML文件中的所有付款，然后单击 *操作* 并选择 *创建批量付款* 。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " "download the SDD XML file." msgstr "然后，Odoo带您进入*批量付款* 表格。 单击 *验证* 并下载 SDD XML文件。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "最后，将此文件上传到您的在线银行界面以处理付款。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 客户 --> 批量付款`，检索所有已生成的SDD XML文件。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr ":doc:`batch`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" msgstr "`Odoo学院：SEPA直接借记授权(SDD) <https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 msgid "" "`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" "/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" @@ -17117,7 +17205,7 @@ msgstr "我们建议使用第一种方法, 更准确(你的银行帐户余额是 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一些会计已习惯使用(指导书和其他用户)。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -17127,7 +17215,7 @@ msgstr "您可以看一看*存款票据功能*, 如果你将支票批量存入 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选项1 : 未缴存的资金" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" @@ -17208,7 +17296,7 @@ msgstr "然后，一旦拿到银行对账单，在undeposited资金科目内将 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 msgid "X" -msgstr "" +msgstr "X" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -17233,7 +17321,7 @@ msgstr "选项2: 仅一笔分类账分录" msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果使用这个方法管理支票，不需要配置。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" @@ -17489,7 +17577,7 @@ msgstr "付款没有绑定到发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记付款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -17564,7 +17652,7 @@ msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "核销中，如果一笔交易的借方和贷方金额不匹配，这意味着仍有余额，余额下次核销，或者把余额销掉。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" @@ -17715,7 +17803,7 @@ msgstr "关闭纳税期" #: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 msgid "Tax Lock Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税金锁定日期" #: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -17808,7 +17896,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活开发者模式" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -17858,7 +17946,7 @@ msgstr "基于日期范围的“老账”和“总计”列及前3个月（例 #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基于日期范围，以及现金收付制方法（例如现金流量表）" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" @@ -17894,6 +17982,8 @@ msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" +"另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \\ \",\" .debit \\ \"and\" " +".amount_residual \\ \")" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -18099,7 +18189,7 @@ msgstr "平均天数, 它需要你的客户安装客户发票支付给你(完全 #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **平均债权人天数 :** " #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po index 184beb07f..a277744fc 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -4,10 +4,15 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 # 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2020 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2020 +# Ryan Zhang <so_happy_boy@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2020 +# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -278,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "截屏" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -707,7 +712,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 msgid "Make" -msgstr "" +msgstr "品牌" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 msgid "" @@ -913,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 msgid "H1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H1" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 @@ -936,7 +941,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 msgid "H2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "H2" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 @@ -1126,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 msgid "Render" -msgstr "" +msgstr "渲染" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -1310,7 +1315,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 msgid "Note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "备注" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -1328,7 +1333,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 msgid "Important" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重要" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." @@ -1336,7 +1341,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 msgid "Warning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "警告" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 msgid "" @@ -1346,7 +1351,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 msgid "Danger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "危险" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." @@ -1430,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **示例** " #: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 msgid "**RST**" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 90f1e08a4..5fc156d83 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,22 +4,26 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 # fausthuang, 2020 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Army Hu <eric-hoo@163.com>, 2020 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2020 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,15 +33,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取线索" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "线索转换商机" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -51,7 +55,7 @@ msgid "" "You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " "sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " "channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销售渠道。但可从配置表单将它设置为适用于特定渠道。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 @@ -62,13 +66,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要此功能正常工作，请转到菜单选择：:menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并激活 *潜在顾客* 功能。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "现在，您将在* 引导 *下有一个新的子菜单* 引导 *，这 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将销售线索转换为商机" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -94,10 +98,11 @@ msgid "" "Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " "customer already exists." msgstr "" +"如果您已经有了该客户的机会，Odoo将自动为您提供与该机会合并的机会。 以相同的方式，Odoo将自动为您提供链接到现有客户（如果该客户已经存在）。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "合并商机" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -105,7 +110,7 @@ msgid "" " same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" " into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " "information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果不同商机的邮件地址相同，Odoo将自动建议合并商机。在合并商机时，Odoo将信息合并到首先创建的商机，首个商机中呈现的信息优先。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -117,21 +122,21 @@ msgstr "不丢失任何信息：其他商机中的数据将记录在沟通栏和 msgid "" "Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " "leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你发现重复内容，即使系统并未提示，你也可自行合并商机或线索。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 msgid "" "Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " "to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是在列表视图下的具体操作方法。选择想要合并的商机或线索，页面将出现操作按钮。然后，你可选择合并。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可以合并2个以上商机或线索。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过电子邮件生成潜在客户/机会" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -139,10 +144,12 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" " create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." msgstr "" +"自动化线索/机会生成将大大提高您的效率。 默认情况下，任何发送到* sales @ database \\ _domain.ext " +"*的电子邮件都会在默认销售渠道的渠道中创造机会。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置电子邮件别名" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -157,7 +164,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从您的网站联系页面生成潜在客户/机会" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -168,11 +175,11 @@ msgstr "实现潜在客户/机会生成自动化将大大提高您的效率。 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用您网站上的联系我们" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您应该首先转到您的网站应用。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -182,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" msgid "" "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过已安装的CRM应用程序，你可通过Odoo网站上即时可用的联系人表单，自动生成线索/商机。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -190,11 +197,13 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " "Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." msgstr "" +"要更改为特定销售渠道，请转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`下 [通信] 您将找到联系表信息以及更改 [销售渠道] " +"或 [销售人员] 的位置。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建自定义联系人表单" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -203,25 +212,26 @@ msgid "" "contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " "leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" +"当访问者使用联系人表单与你联系时，你可能需要向访问者了解更多情况，因此你需要在网站上创建自定义联系人表单。这些联系人表单可以在系统中生成多种类型的记录（邮件、线索/商机、项目任务、服务台工单等）" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要安装免费的*表单生成器*模块，仅在Odoo企业版中可用。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" "First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," " drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " "fields you wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入你希望放置联系人表单的页面。在编辑模式下，将表单生成器拖动到该页面，然后就可以添加需要的所有字段。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，所有新的联系人表单都会发送邮件，你可以在*更改表单参数*中切换到线索/商机生成页面。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -231,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr "如果同一访问者使用联系人表单两次，第二次输入的内 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成潜在顾客而不是机会" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -243,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "" +msgstr "线索挖掘" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -253,6 +263,7 @@ msgid "" "country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" " make them relevant to your business." msgstr "" +"对于任何公司而言，获得优质线索对于保持公司业务增长至关重要。线索挖掘功能可让你直接从数据库中从头开始生成线索。根据国家、公司规模、行业等标准锁定线索来源，确保生成线索的相关性。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -262,7 +273,7 @@ msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往 :menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始生成线索" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -272,12 +283,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " "button." msgstr "" +"现在，你的管道中出现了一个**生成线索**新按钮。你也可从 :menuselection:`配置 --> 线索挖掘请求`并通过 " +":menuselection:`线索 --> 线索`找到**生成线索**按钮，即可创建线索挖掘请求。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 msgid "" "From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " "be able to pick your criteria will pop up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这里点击**生成线索**按钮，在弹出的窗口中可设置条件。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -287,6 +300,8 @@ msgid "" "information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " "<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," msgstr "" +"在选择目标公司及其联系人时，你可以根据职位或资历选择得到的联系人。在获取联系人信息时，请注意了解最新的欧盟法规，请在`Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__，了解通用数据保护条例的更多信息。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -306,13 +321,13 @@ msgstr "你可选择将线索分配给哪个销售人员和销售团队。你也 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成的线索包含公司名称。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -339,27 +354,27 @@ msgstr "蓝框会自动告知你将消耗的信用数量。" msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 msgid "" ":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " "<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`应用内购买(IAP) <../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送报价单" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " "send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当您将潜在顾客限定为商机时，您很可能需要向他们发送报价单。您可以在使用 Odoo 的 CRM 应用程序中直接执行此操作。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新报价单" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -371,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr "通过点击任何商机或潜在顾客，您将看到一个 [新报价] msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以在该页面上的 [报价] 菜单下找到该特定商机的所有报价。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" @@ -381,21 +396,21 @@ msgstr "标记他们赢/输" msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您需要将机会标记为赢或输，才能推动进程。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果将它们标记为赢，它们将移动到看板视图中的 [Won] 列。但是，如果您将它们标记为 [丢失]，它们将被存档。" #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "" +msgstr "优化您的日常工作" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何激励和奖励我的销售人员？" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -416,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "安装 *游戏化* 模块或 *CRM游戏化* 模块，添加了一些可 #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个挑战" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -504,11 +519,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " "and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 msgid "Set up rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "建立奖励" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -523,14 +538,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将谷歌日历与Odoo同步" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo能完美集成Google Calendar，因此能从两个平台上管理你的会议（同时通过两种方式更新日程）。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -541,14 +556,16 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"打开Google API平台https://console.developers.google.com>，生成Google Calendar " +"API证书，然后用Google帐号登录。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入API和服务页面" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索 [Google 日历 API] 并选择它。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -562,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "选择或创建 API 项目以存储凭据（如果之前尚未完成） #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建凭据。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -578,6 +595,8 @@ msgid "" "redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" +"然后，您可以创建客户端 ID。输入应用程序的名称（例如 Odoo 日历）和将重定向的允许页面。[授权 JavaScript 源] 是 Odoo 的实例 " +"URL。[授权重定向 URI] 是您的 Odoo 的实例 URL，后跟\"/google_帐户/身份验证\"。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -597,19 +616,22 @@ msgstr "最后，您得到了您的 [客户端 ID]。也转到 [凭据] 以获 #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置Odoo" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" +"从 *Apps* 菜单安装 **Google 日历** 应用程序，或通过选中菜单选择中的选项:menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" +"转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`，并在 Google 日历选项中输入您的 **客户端 ID** 和 " +"**客户端机密**。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -623,15 +645,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "没有理由再错过会议了哦！" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 Odoo 中的 VOIP 服务与 OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "介绍" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -639,6 +661,8 @@ msgid "" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" +"Odoo VoIP 可以设置为与 OnSIP （www.onsip.com）协同工作。在这种情况下，不需要安装和设置星号服务器，因为整个基础结构由 " +"OnSIP 托管和管理。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -647,6 +671,8 @@ msgid "" "covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" +"您需要使用 OnSIP 开立帐户才能使用此服务。在执行此操作之前，请确保您的区域和您希望呼叫的区域包含在服务范围内。开立 OnSIP " +"帐户后，请按照以下配置过程操作。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." @@ -709,13 +735,13 @@ msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您可以通过单击 Odoo 右上角的电话图标拨打电话（确保您以在 Odoo 和 OnSIP 中正确配置的用户身份登录）。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 [缺少参数] 消息，请确保刷新 Odoo 窗口，然后重试。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -724,6 +750,8 @@ msgid "" "the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" +"如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 [错误编号] 消息，请确保使用国际格式，并带有加号 （+） " +"符号，后跟国际国家/地区代码。例如：+16506913277（其中+1是美国的国际前缀）。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -733,7 +761,7 @@ msgstr "您现在还可以接听电话。您的号码是OnSIP提供的号码。O #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在您的手机上" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -742,6 +770,8 @@ msgid "" " VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" +"为了在不在计算机前面时拨打和接听电话，您可以在手机上使用与 Odoo VoIP " +"平行的软电话应用程序。这对于外出通话非常有用，但还可用于确保听到来电，或只是为了方便。任何 SIP 软电话都工作。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -750,6 +780,9 @@ msgid "" " When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" +"在 Android 和 iOS 上，OnSIP 已成功测试了\"大流波 " +"[https：//play.google.com/商店/应用程序/详细信息？id_com.grandstream.wave]\"。创建帐户时，在运营商列表中选择" +" OnSIP。然后，您必须按如下方式配置它：" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" @@ -781,12 +814,16 @@ msgid "" "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" +"除了在手机上发起来自 Grandstream Wave 的呼叫外，您还可以通过在 PC " +"上的浏览器中单击电话号码来发起呼叫。这将使大流波环，并通过您的手机路由呼叫到另一方。此方法有助于避免浪费时间拨打电话号码。为此，您需要 Chrome " +"扩展服务\"OnSIP 呼叫助理 [https：//chrome.google.com/webstore/详细信息/onsip-呼叫-" +"助理/pceelmncldfkkcgjkpapnp？hl_]。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在手机上使用软电话的缺点是，您的呼叫不会记录在 Odoo 中，因为软电话充当独立的独立应用程序。" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 msgid "Outlook Extension" @@ -888,9 +925,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed in Outlook yet on Outlook's add-" -"ins list. This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom " -"add-in*." +"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " +"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 @@ -974,6 +1010,8 @@ msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " "Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." msgstr "" +"如要购买信用，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人 --> 业务伙伴自动完成或Odoo IAP --> " +"查看我的服务`并选择一个服务包。" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -986,7 +1024,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " "<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`在此 <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_了解我们的*隐私政策*。" #: ../../crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`partner_autocomplete`" @@ -998,14 +1036,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用业务伙伴自动完成功能扩大你的联系人群体" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 msgid "" "Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " "corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " "quickly get all the information you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "业务伙伴自动完成功能可提供企业数据，帮助你扩大联系人数据库。在下拉列表中选择一家公司，即可获得你需要的所有信息。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1015,64 +1053,64 @@ msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人`并启用*业务伙伴自动 #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为联系人增加企业数据资料" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 msgid "" "From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " "it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" " will be populated with corporate data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无论在任何模块中，只要你键入名称并开始创建新联系人，系统将提示可能的匹配名称。如果你选择它，系统将为联系人填入相关企业数据。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 msgid "" "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，在键入*Odoo*后，你将得到以下信息：" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 msgid "" "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " "company name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你键入VAT编号而不是公司名称，也可使用业务伙伴自动完成功能。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 msgid "" "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" " prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*业务伙伴自动完成*是一项*应用内购买(IAP)*服务，需要使用预付费信用。每项请求都会消耗一个信用。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" "If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " "clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的信用已耗尽，在点击系统提示的公司后，只会填充网站链接和logo信息。" #: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为 Odoo 配置 VOIP 星号服务器" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装 Asterrisk 服务器" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "依赖" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装Asterisk之前, 您需要安装以下依存关系 :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wget" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" @@ -1080,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "gcc" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "" +msgstr "g++" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" @@ -1092,7 +1130,7 @@ msgstr "libxml2-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" @@ -1104,15 +1142,15 @@ msgstr "libuuid-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "openssl-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pkg-配置" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需安装libsrtp, 请遵循下面步骤:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1120,34 +1158,35 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" +"你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载<http ://www.pjsip.org/download.htm> `_.一旦资源目录被提取。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **更改为pjproject源目录 :** " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **运行 :** " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **编译并安装pjproject :** " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **更新共享库链接 :** " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **确保已经安装了pjproject :** " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **结果应该是 :** " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -1155,10 +1194,12 @@ msgid "" "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" +"为了安装Asterisk的13.7.0, 你可以直接从下面链接下载资源 `\n" +"<http ://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>` _." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导出Asterisk" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" @@ -1166,11 +1207,11 @@ msgstr "输入Asterisk 目录" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行Asterisk 配置脚本" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择工具" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1179,39 +1220,41 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" +"在菜单, 到资源选项确保res_srtp 是激活的。如果是 3 x's 到res_srtp, 就说明strp库有问题, 你必须重新安装它。保存配置(按 " +"X). 你可以看到在res_pjsip 行前的星星。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "编译和安装Asterisk的 :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你需要演示数据, 您可以安装配置。如果你需要安装Asterisk启动脚本, 可运行“配置”。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DTLS 认证" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后你要安装DTLS认证" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入Asterisk脚本目录 :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建DTLS认证(用你的IP 地址或dns名字替换pbx.mycompany.com, 用你的公司名替换我的超级公司)" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置Asterisk服务器" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -1221,6 +1264,8 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" +"对于WebRTC技术, 很多需要的设置必须是对等设置。全局设置不是很好。默认情况下, Asterisk的配置文件位于在/ etc " +"/asterisk/。通过编辑http.conf, 并确保下面的行是取消注释的 :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -1230,12 +1275,15 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" +"接下来, 编辑sip.conf。该WebRTC技术需要加密, AVPF和冰支持是启用的。在大多数情况下, 直接媒体应禁用。此外, " +"根据客户WebRTC技术, 传输需要被列为“WS\" " +"来允许WebSocket连接。所有这些配置行应该在peer自己下面;全局范围内设置这些配置行可能无法正常工作 : " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在sip.conf和rtp.conf文件, 您还需要添加或取消注释行 :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" @@ -1243,40 +1291,40 @@ msgstr "最后, 建立extensions.conf文件 :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置Odoo VOIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo, 配置应该在用户的偏好来实现。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP登录/浏览器扩展是你以前在sip.conf文件中配置的数字（在我们的示例中：1060）。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP密码是你在sip.conf文件中选择的密码。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的办公室电话分机不是必填字段，但如果你想将电话从Odoo转移到sip.conf文件中配置的外部电话，则需要填写。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可在一般设置的“集成”部分完成本配置。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PBX服务器IP应与你在http.conf文件中定义的IP相同。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -1284,14 +1332,15 @@ msgid "" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" +"WebSocket应为ws://localhost:XXXX/ws，其中“localhost”应与之前定义的IP相同，且“XXXX”应为http.conf文件中定义的端口。" #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分析性能" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查您的赢/输比率" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1313,11 +1362,11 @@ msgstr "从那里，你可以过滤到哪些机会，你想看到，你的，那 #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您还可以将 [措施] 更改为 [总收入]。" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您还可以切换到饼图视图。" #: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Organize the pipeline" @@ -1332,7 +1381,7 @@ msgid "" "While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" " want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " "can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在与机会合作时，您可能会失去一些机会。您将希望跟踪您丢失它们的原因，以及 Odoo 可以帮助您在将来恢复它们的方式。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" @@ -1342,48 +1391,48 @@ msgstr "将潜在顾客标记为丢失" msgid "" "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " "*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在管道中，选择所需的任何商机，您将看到一个 [标记丢失] 按钮。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " "there." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，您可以选择现有的 [失去原因] 或在此处创建新的。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理 + 创建丢失的原因" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您将在菜单选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 丢失的原因`下找到您的 --> 丢失原因`。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 msgid "" "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以选择和重命名其中任何一个，以及从那里创建一个新的。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检索丢失的机会" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" " feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要检索丢失的机会并对其进行操作（发送电子邮件、拨打反馈电话等），请在搜索栏中选择 [丢失] 筛选器。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，您将看到所有失去的机会。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " "Reason*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果要进一步优化它们，可以在 [失去原因] 上添加筛选器。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." @@ -1391,25 +1440,25 @@ msgstr "例如，[太贵]。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "恢复失去的机会" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" "From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " "opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " "clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从具有筛选器的看板视图中，您可以选择任何希望的机会，并照常处理。您也可以通过单击 [已存档] 来恢复它。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 msgid "" "You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" " the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " "also archive the same way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当项目属于同一阶段时，还可以从看板视图中还原批处理中的项。在列选项中选择 [还原记录]。您也可以以相同的方式存档。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要选择特定商机，应切换到列表视图。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1423,17 +1472,17 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理多个销售团队" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " "specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中，您可以管理多个销售团队、部门或具有特定销售流程的渠道。为此，我们使用 [销售渠道] 的概念。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的销售渠道" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1445,11 +1494,11 @@ msgstr "要创建新的*销售渠道*，请转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 销 msgid "" "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " "address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在那里，您可以设置一个电子邮件别名。发送到该电子邮件地址的每封邮件都将创建潜在顾客/商机。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将成员添加到销售渠道" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1458,27 +1507,28 @@ msgid "" "lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," " you can only be a member of one channel." msgstr "" +"您可以将成员添加到任何频道;这样，这些成员在打开销售渠道时将看到销售渠道的管道结构。分配给他们的任何潜在顾客/商机都将链接到销售渠道。因此，您只能是一个通道的成员。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这将简化团队经理的流程评审。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 msgid "" "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " "all of its opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果现在筛选管道中的此特定通道，您将找到其所有商机。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售渠道仪表板" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" "To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " "sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " "*Reporting*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要一目了然地查看任何销售渠道的运营和结果，销售经理还可以访问 [报告] 下的 [销售渠道仪表板]。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1488,11 +1538,11 @@ msgstr "它与整个生态系统共享，因此每个收入流都包含在其中 #: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分配和跟踪潜在顾客" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据评分分配潜在顾客" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1504,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr "通过 [潜在顾客评分]，您可以根据所选条件自动对潜在 msgid "" "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " "that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，您可以对您所在国家/地区的客户或访问您网站上特定网页的客户进行评分。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1526,17 +1576,17 @@ msgstr "现在，您的 [CRM] 应用中有一个名为 [潜在顾客管理] 的 msgid "" "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " "you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下面是加拿大潜在顾客的示例，您可以修改您希望对潜在顾客进行评分的任何条件。您可以根据需要添加尽可能多的条件。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " "assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每小时没有得分的一个线索都会被自动扫描，并根据您的评分规则分配正确的分数。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分配潜在顾客" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1545,23 +1595,25 @@ msgid "" "Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " "This domain can include scores." msgstr "" +"计算分数后，可以使用相同的域机制将潜在顾客分配给特定团队。为此，请转到菜单选择 :menuselection:`CRM --> 领导管理 --> " +"团队分配'，并在每个团队中应用特定域。此域可以包含分数。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " "more refined domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此外，您可以向团队中的特定供应商分配更精细的域。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 msgid "" "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " "Assignation`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要执行此操作，请转到菜单选择:menuselection:`CRM --> 潜在顾客管理 --> 潜在分配`。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 msgid "" "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "团队和潜在顾客分配将每天分配一次未分配的潜在顾客。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" @@ -1572,12 +1624,12 @@ msgid "" "Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " "unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " "useful to do something with them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦你的评分规则到位，你很可能仍然有一些未分配的潜在顾客。其中一些仍然可能导致机会，因此与他们一起做某事是有用的。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "" "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在潜在顾客页面中，您可以放置一个筛选器来查找未分配的潜在顾客。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1585,6 +1637,8 @@ msgid "" "Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" " unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" +"为什么不使用: 菜单选择:menuselection:`邮件营销' 或 " +":menuselection:`营销自动化'应用程序向他们发送大量电子邮件？您还可以从那里轻松找到此类未分配的潜在顾客。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" @@ -1594,23 +1648,23 @@ msgstr "跟踪潜在客户访问" msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "跟踪您的网页将为您提供更多有关网站访问者感兴趣的信息。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " "they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果他们使用您网站上的联系表单，他们访问的每个跟踪页面都会记录在您的潜在客户/商机中。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " "*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要使用此功能，请在 [Apps] 页面下安装免费模块 [领导评分]（仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "跟踪网页" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1624,7 +1678,7 @@ msgstr "在那里，您将看到一个 [跟踪页面] 复选框来跟踪此页 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看潜在客户/商机中访问过的页面" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1640,7 +1694,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " "pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果观看者返回您的网站并访问更多页面，两者都将更新。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1650,4 +1704,4 @@ msgstr "该功能不会重复查看沟通栏的相同页面。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的客户将不再能够对您保密！" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 59890fadb..647829630 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -4,9 +4,15 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 # Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2020 +# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2020 +# 洋 汪 <wonrence@163.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在线数据库管理" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -219,6 +225,7 @@ msgid "" "made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " "should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." msgstr "" +"测试升级将创建数据库的副本，升级该副本并在成功后自动提供给你。如果这是针对该数据库的首次测试请求，Odoo.com将执行手动测试阶段，可能需要一些时间（最长达数周）。之后的请求不会经过此手动测试步骤，通常在数小时之内即可完成。在测试数据库可用后，你将收到邮件，其中包含测试数据库的URL。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -239,7 +246,7 @@ msgid "" " (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " "is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " "prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保在最终升级前（即前一天）对升级进行最后测试，以确保一切顺畅运行。在升级后无法降级，推迟升级时间总比在升级之后发现问题导致无法运行更好！" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -250,24 +257,25 @@ msgid "" " and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " "the process is completed." msgstr "" +"一切准备妥当并已验证所有测试后，你可再次点击升级按钮并点击升级（带有小火箭的按钮！）确认，将你的生产数据库切换到新版本。你的数据库将在10分钟内下线并开始自动升级；整个过程完成后，你将收到确认邮件。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " "migration during non-business hours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在升级过程中，你的数据库将下线（大数据库一般需要30分钟到数小时），请将迁移安排在非营业时段进行。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "复制数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们平台上的免费用户没有权限进行数据库的复制、重命名、自定义DNS等操作。付费数据库和“一个免费应用程序”数据库可进行复制。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -281,45 +289,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在复制数据库时未勾选“用于测试目的”，所有外部通信仍将有效：" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件已送出" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款已处理（例如，在电子商务或订阅应用程序中）" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发运单据(承运人)已经发送" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "等等." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " "behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果要禁用这些行为，请务必选中“用于测试目的”复选框。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "几秒钟之后你就可以登录数据库副本了.请注意你可以在浏览器地址栏里看到数据库副本的名字." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库副本将在15天后自动过期." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重命名数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -328,14 +336,16 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" +"如要重命名数据库，确保连接到你想要重命名的数据库，访问`数据库管理页面 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__并点击**重命名**。你需要输入数据库的新名称，然后点击**重命名数据库**。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您只能删除您是管理员的数据库。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -344,6 +354,7 @@ msgid "" "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" +"如你删除数据库，所有数据将永久丢失。删除即时完成，且适用所有用户。我们建议你在删除之前对数据库进行即时备份，因为最后自动保存的每日备份可能已是数小时之前的内容。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -351,44 +362,45 @@ msgid "" "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" +"从`数据库管理页面 <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__，在你想要删除的数据库所在行，点击“删除”按钮。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仔细阅读警告信息，在完全了解删除数据库造成的影响之后，方可继续：" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "几秒种后，数据库将被删除，页面将自动重新加载。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你需要重新使用这个数据库名称，它即刻可用。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如数据库已过期或关联到订阅，则无法删除。在这些情况下，联系`Odoo支持 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要删除你的账户，请联系`Odoo支持 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本地部署数据库管理" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册一个数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -399,26 +411,29 @@ msgid "" "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" +"要激活你的数据库，只需在应用切换器 (App " +"Switch）标题中输入订阅码。注意订阅码前后不可有空格。注册成功后，空格会变为绿色，并会显示数据库的到期时间。可以在“关于”菜单（Odoo " +"9）或“设置”仪表板（Odoo 10）中查看这个过期时间。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册错误消息" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你无法注册数据库，可能会被提示以下的消息：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解决方案" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的企业订阅号码是有效的吗？" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -426,16 +441,19 @@ msgid "" " Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" " Manager" msgstr "" +"请检查你的`Odoo账户 " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__或者通过你的账户管理员检查订阅信息是否有“进行中”的标签" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你是否已经将数据库绑定到你的订阅号码？" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " "development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" msgstr "" +"你只可以绑定一个数据库到你的订阅号码。（需要测试或开发数据库吗？请到以下地址寻找合作伙伴：<https://www.odoo.com/partners>）" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -443,23 +461,25 @@ msgid "" "<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" +"你可通过`Odoo合同 " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__的“取消关联数据库”按钮，自行取消关联旧数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "出现确认消息时，请确保这是正确的数据库，该数据库会冻结。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你有Odoo9的升级版吗？" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自2016年7月以后,Odoo9会自动修改数据库副本的UUID;手工变更的操作就不再需要了." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -468,61 +488,63 @@ msgid "" "<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" +"如果不属于上述情形，可以用多个数据库共享同一个UUID。请在`Odoo合同 " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__中勾选，然后会出现提示，指出有问题的数据库：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 msgid "" "In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种情况你需要更改测试用数据库的UUID。可在以下位置查找详细信息： :ref:`本节 <duplicate_premise>`" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 msgid "" "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为便于查找，我们用UUID辨别数据库，因此每个数据库都有自己独一的UUID，确保大家能轻松处理注册信息和小票。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查网络和防火墙设置" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 msgid "" "The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" " servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " "outgoing connections towards:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "升级通知必须能够到达Odoo订阅验证服务器。换句话说，确保Odoo服务器能够打开指向以下各项的传出连接：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "services.odoo.com在端口443（或80）" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "旧部署的services.openerp.com在端口443（或80）" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 msgid "" "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " "Update notification runs once a week." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你在启用数据库后，必须确保这些端口打开，因为升级通知每周运行一次。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "因用户过多而引发的错误信息" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你本地数据库的用户数高于Odoo企业订阅的购买量，可能会收到以下提示：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的资料库会在第30天过期，每天更新倒计时天数。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -535,6 +557,7 @@ msgid "" "**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" "#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" +"按照`文档 <documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_的说明**禁用用户**并**拒绝**超售报价。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -544,16 +567,17 @@ msgid "" " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " "message disappear right away." msgstr "" +"数据库得到准确的用户数量后，过期消息会在Odoo自动验证后消失，会是几天的时间。我们理解看到倒计时界面会有一点吓人，所以可以:ref:`force升级通知<force_ping>`立即移除倒计时。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库已过期错误消息" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在更新订阅之前数据库临近过期日期，你会收到以下消息提示：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -566,28 +590,28 @@ msgstr "此 **限制** 消息出现在持续30天的非限制消息之后。如 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新你的订阅：按照以下链接更新你的订阅-注意" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如通过电汇付款，只有当汇款到账后订阅方才生效，可能会耽误几天时间。信用卡付款可以立即处理。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "联系我们的支持部门：<https://www.odoo.com/help>" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以上订阅均不适用？请联系我们的支持部门<https://www.odoo.com/help>" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "复制数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -595,6 +619,8 @@ msgid "" "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" +"你可以在你的服务器链接(<odoo-" +"server>/web/database/manager)上访问数据库管理页面.在这个页面里,可以容易的创建数据库副本(以及其他的数据库操作)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -615,17 +641,20 @@ msgid "" "command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " "like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" +"可以通过 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 系统参数`访问数据库的UUID，我们建议使用 `uuid生成器 " +"<https://www.uuidtools.com>`__ " +"或Unix命令``uuidgen``来生成一个新的UUID。你就可以点击该UUID并使用编辑按钮来替换原先的记录。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户和特性" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为数据库管理员,你有责任提供具有良好的可用性数据库给所有的用户,包括基于数据库所安装的各类应用." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -635,6 +664,7 @@ msgid "" "subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " "paying one on our online platform)." msgstr "" +"Odoo拥有及其多的功能(包括ERP,CMS,CRM应用,电子商务后端等等),但是他\"不是\"一个智能手机.在对你的数据库添加/卸载各类特性(特别是应用App)时,你需要额外小心,因为这些操作可能产生显著的费用投入(比如将你从一个免费用户升级为我们平台上的付费用户)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -652,6 +682,8 @@ msgid "" " <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " "installations." msgstr "" +"查看如何复制数据用于:ref:`online <duplicate_online>` 和:ref:`on premise " +"<duplicate_premise>`安装。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -659,10 +691,12 @@ msgid "" "issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " "`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" +"如果你对这篇文章有任何问题或者当你执行程序时碰到问题,可以通过提交`支持需求报告 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__来联系我们." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "禁用用户" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -674,20 +708,20 @@ msgstr "当你想更改任何用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的 ** msgid "" "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " "showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中，点击**设置**。页面将显示数据库中有效的用户。点击 **管理用户**。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|设置|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|浏览用户账号|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后你将看到用户账号列表." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -695,17 +729,18 @@ msgid "" "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" +"筛选器中预设置了\"内部用户\"过滤条件,经过此过滤器条件显示的用户账号是付费账号(区别于免费的*门户账号*\").如果你删掉了这个过滤条件,那就显示所有的用户账号(包括付费账号和免费账号)" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " "you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " "on Archive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的用户名单中，单击想要禁用的用户。进入用户表单后，点击操作下拉菜单，然后点击归档。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该用户账号目前处于取消激活状态." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" @@ -713,7 +748,7 @@ msgstr "**千万不要** 取消激活主用户 (*admin*)" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "卸载应用App" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -721,6 +756,8 @@ msgid "" "<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" +"请确保在进行任何正式改动前（*尤其是*安装或卸载App时）在复制数据库的:ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>`进行第一次测试。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -731,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击 **设置** ；在此应用程序中，你 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|应用浏览|" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -764,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "您已完成卸载应用程序。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" +msgstr "很高兴可以知道" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 70f3d8001..5f6485122 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -4,17 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -84,21 +88,18 @@ msgstr "‎您将在这里找到一些有用的信息，了解如何将您自己 #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " "<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" "device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -"Office 365邮件服务器无法方便地从Odoo这样的主机发送外部邮件。请参阅`微软文档 <https://support.office.com" -"/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__，了解如何设置。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "如何管理出站邮件" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -108,15 +109,15 @@ msgstr "" "作为系统管理员，请转到菜单选择:menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`，然后选中 *外部电子邮件服务器*。然后，单击 *传出邮件服务器*" " 以创建一个服务器并引用电子邮件服务器的 SMTP 数据。填写所有信息后，单击 *测试连接* 。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "‎下面是 G Suite 服务器的典型配置。‎" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "‎然后在\"常规设置\"中设置您的电子邮件域名。‎" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 msgid "" "If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " "warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " @@ -127,88 +128,97 @@ msgstr "" "(Failure)``警告，启用*安全性较低的应用程序访问*选项。你可`在此访问 " "<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_直接链接。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "此外，请启用Gmail账户的IMAP设置。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "‎我可以使用 Office 365 服务器吗？‎" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." -msgstr "" +msgstr "‎如果在本地运行 Odoo，则可以使用 Office 365 服务器。Office 365 SMTP 中继与 Odoo 在线不兼容。‎" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" "email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" +"请参阅\"微软的文档<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a" +"-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`，为您的 Odoo 的 IP 地址配置 SMTP " +"中继。" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "‎如何使用 G Suite 服务器‎" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " "`Google documentation " "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" +"您可以将 G Suite 服务器用于任何 Odoo 托管类型。为此，您需要设置 SMTP 中继服务。配置步骤在\"Google 文档\"中介绍 " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "‎符合 SPF 标准‎" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" +"‎如果您使用 SPF（发件人策略框架）来增加传出电子邮件的可传递性，请不要忘记在域名设置中授权 Odoo 作为发送主机。以下是 Odoo 在线的配置：‎" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" +msgstr "‎如果没有为 SPF 设置 TXT 记录，请创建一个具有以下定义的记录：v_spf1 包括：_spf.odoo.com _所有‎" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" +"如果已经为SPF设置TXT记录，在通过Odoo Online发送邮件的域名中添加“include:_spf.odoo.com”，通过G " +"Suite发送的则可为：v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "找到<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "新的SPF记录48小时后生效，但通常用不了那么长时间。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "允许DKIM" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -217,92 +227,97 @@ msgid "" "a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" +"如果你的邮件服务器启用了DKIM（域密钥标识邮件），你也需要进行同样的操作。对于Odoo " +"Online和Odoo.sh，你需要向“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”添加DNS“odoo._domainkey”CNAME记录。例如，对于“foo.com”，它们应有一条“odoo._domainkey.foo.com”记录，这是值为“odoo._domainkey.odoo.com”的CNAME。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "Restriction" msgstr "限制条件" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," " 465 or 2525." msgstr "请注意，出于安全原因，端口25被阻塞。 尝试使用587、465或2525。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理入站邮件" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo依赖通用的电子邮件别名来收取入站邮件。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" +"从Odoo所发邮件对应的**回复邮件**通过catchall别名（**catchall@**）接入原来的讨论话题（以及所有关注者的收件箱）。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:120 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " "recipients." msgstr "" +"**退回的邮件**接入**bounce@**，以便在Odoo上追踪。这项功能特别用于`Odoo邮件营销 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__，可取消选择无效的收件人。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:124 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**原始邮件**：几个业务对象有自己的别名，从入站邮件中创建Odoo新记录：" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:127 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售渠道（在`Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__中创建线索或商机），" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持渠道（在`Odoo服务台 <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__创建工单），" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "项目（在`Odoo项目 <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__中创建新任务），" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作岗位（在`Odoo招聘 <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__中创建申请人），" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "等等" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据你的邮件服务器，可能有几种方法来收取邮件。最简单也最推荐的方法是在邮件服务器中按Odoo别名管理邮件地址。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:141 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的邮件服务器中创建相应的电子邮件地址（catchall@、bounce@、sales@等）。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在一般设置中设置你的域名。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:148 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -310,8 +325,9 @@ msgid "" "Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" +"如果你使用本地部署的Odoo，请在Odoo中为每个别名创建一个*入站邮件服务器*。你也可以在一般设置中进行操作。根据你的电子邮件提供商的设置填写表单。将*对入站邮件执行的操作*留空。在填写完毕所有信息后，点击*测试和确认*。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:157 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -321,26 +337,34 @@ msgid "" "domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" +"如果你使用Odoo " +"Online或Odoo.sh，我们建议将入站邮件重定向到Odoo的域名，而不是仅使用你自己的邮件服务器。这样，你将不会延迟接收入站邮件。实际上，Odoo" +" " +"Online每小时仅收取一次外部服务器的入站邮件。你应在电子邮件服务器中将所有电子邮件地址的重定向设置为Odoo的域名（例如，*catchall@mydomain.ext*设为*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*）。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo中所有别名都是可自定义的。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:165 msgid "" "Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " "edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" +"对象别名可从各自的配置视图中编辑。如要编辑catchall和bounce别名，首先需要启用:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " "Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " "mail.bounce.alias*)." msgstr "" +"然后前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> 系统参数`定义别名（*mail.catchall.alias*和* " +"mail.bounce.alias*）。" -#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:175 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " "You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " @@ -348,10 +372,13 @@ msgid "" " Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，Odoo本地部署每5分钟收取一次入站邮件。你可在 :doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`中更改这项值。前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 " +"--> 自动化 --> 安排操作`并寻找*Mail: Fetchmail Service*。" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EMail模板" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -438,7 +465,7 @@ msgstr "只需再次单击即可停用 *代码视图* 选项，并轻松设计 #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Discuss" @@ -461,12 +488,11 @@ msgstr "选择您的通知偏好选项" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." msgstr "" -"访问您的 *首选项* ，然后选择要处理的 :doc:`Chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` 通知." -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " "and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " @@ -475,21 +501,21 @@ msgstr "" "默认情况下，该字段设置为 *通过电子邮件处理* ，使您被提及或关注的消息，注释和通知通过电子邮件发送。 通过选择 *在Odoo中处理* ，它们将显示在 " "*收件箱* 中。" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "然后可以将邮件 *标记为待办事项* ，*已回复* 或 *标记为已读* 。" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 msgid "" "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "信息选择为 *标记为待办事项* 的也会显示在 *星标* 中，而标记为 *标记为已读* 的信息将移至 *历史记录* 中。" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "Start Chatting" msgstr "开始聊天" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 msgid "" "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " "asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " @@ -499,58 +525,52 @@ msgstr "" "首次登录帐户时，OdooBot 会向您发送一条消息，询问您是否有权接收聊天的桌面通知。 " "如果接受，则无论您在Odoo中的位置如何，您都会收到消息的推送通知。" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " your browser." msgstr "要停止接收桌面通知，请重置您的浏览器的通知设置。" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 msgid "" "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "要开始聊天，请在 *消息菜单* 上单击 *新消息* ，或转到 *讨论* 并发送 *私聊信息*。" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." msgstr "您还可以创建:doc:`公共和私有渠道 <team_communication>`." -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" msgstr "通讯栏中和聊天中的提及" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," -" type *#channel-name*." +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" -"要在聊天中或聊天记录中提及用户， :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` 请输入 " -"*@user-name*; 如要引用频道，请输入 *#channel-name*." -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "" "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "通知会根据用户的设置发送到被提到用户的 *收件箱* 或电子邮件。" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -"当提及用户时，搜索列表（名称列表）首先根据任务的:doc:`关注者 <../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, 其次是在 " -"*员工* 。 如果要搜索的记录与关注者或员工都不匹配，则搜索范围将成为所有合作伙伴。" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 msgid "Chat status" msgstr "聊天状态" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " "respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " @@ -559,32 +579,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "通过查看同事的“状态”，可以帮助了解他们在做什么，以及他们回复信息的速度有多快。 状态显示在 *讨论* 侧边栏和 *消息菜单* 上联系人姓名的左侧。" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "绿色 = 在线" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "橙色 = 闲置" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "白色 = 离线" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "飞机图标 = 外出" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" - -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" -#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" @@ -617,16 +633,13 @@ msgstr "活动计划" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " -"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " -"through Kanban views." +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" -"可以通过单击 *计划活动* 或通过看板视图来从 :doc:通讯栏`<../../ project / tasks / " -"collaborate>”中计划和管理活动。" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置你的活动类型" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 1e551f05f..dc4fb97af 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -5,8 +5,14 @@ # # Translators: # Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 -# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 # 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# george liu <george@taotaome.com>, 2020 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,43 +39,43 @@ msgstr "开始" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何定制我的目录页" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品目录" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有印刷的项目都会显示在你的目录（或*店铺*）页面中" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数选项都可以在*自定义*菜单中找到，如显示属性、网址目录等" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高亮一个产品" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" "Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加强星标/推广产品的可见性：将其置于顶部，放大，加一条可编辑的条幅（促销、新品等）。打开店铺页面，切换到编辑模式，点击任一项目自定义网格。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何操作：" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "快速添加到购物车" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -79,115 +85,116 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" +"如你的顾客一次购买大量产品，可以启用目录页的购买，加速购买流程。为此，需要添加产品描述和购物车按钮。打开*自定义*菜单的以下选项：产品描述、添加到购物车、查看列表（为了更好地显示产品描述）。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何建立一个产品页面" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该网站点击右上角的*新页面*。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再点击*新产品*并按照闪烁的提示操作。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下为产品页面的要素：" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可通过*自定义*菜单查看到这些要素。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看如何配置以下链接中的产品。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理我的产品" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" "By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片，可以将图片设为旋转模式。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在:menuselection:`网站管理 --> 配置 --> 设置，中选择勾选*每个产品多张图片*。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开产品详细表格，从*图片*页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击*创建*，打开上传指引。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量（如有）而言是很普遍的。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何显示产品的库存。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品库存可以在网站上显示，从而让你的顾客心中有数。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为显示库存，打开产品详情表中的*销售*页签，在*库存*中选择一个选项。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客警示信息可能与库存紧张、送货延迟等有关。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这一工具没有要求安装存货清单App。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -195,10 +202,11 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" +"如果一个产品下架了，可以从你的网站中抹除。如果产品来自一个特定的产品变量，可以在后端禁用这个变量（参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`）" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理产品变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -208,69 +216,71 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" +"产品变量用于向产品页面上的顾客提供同一产品的类似产品，例如，顾客选择了一款T恤及尺码、颜色，下面顾客又从可用选项中选择一款手机、相应的内存卡" +"、颜色和Wi-Fi带宽。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建属性与变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置，中选择启用 *产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）* 。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品列表中选择一款产品，再选择*变量*页签" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加三种类型的多个属性：单选按钮、下拉菜单或颜色按钮。因为每种属性有多个变量，故你得到多个变量。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何编辑变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品模板详情表中查看多个变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以编辑以下数据：" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "图片（在网站中实时更新），" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" +msgstr "条形码" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "内部货号（SKU#）," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" +msgstr "数量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" +msgstr "重量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "活跃（是否在网站中、是否可以报价）" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "条形码和内部货号都是特定的变量。一旦生成了变量，即需要确定它们。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -278,83 +288,84 @@ msgid "" "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." msgstr "" +"从 :menuselection:`销售 --> 促销 --> 产品变量，中选择然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，可能需要加快一点进度。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何为每个变量设置特定的价格" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可以点击产品详情表（左上角）的*变量价格*，为每一种变量设置特定的公开价格。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每当选择了对应的属性值，都可以为产品价格添加额外价格。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过价格表公式为各种价格变量设置高级价格计算方法。参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何禁用或归档变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以禁用或归档特定的变量，使它们不再出现在报价及网站中（从库存中丢弃），只需取消详情表中*归档*的勾号。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需找回此类归档的项目，在搜索变量列表中点击*已归档*。可以用同样的方式再次激活这些项目。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使收入最大化" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何销售附件和可选产品（交叉销售）" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" "You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你销售电脑，为什么不鼓动顾客再买一个高级的显示器或延长的质保期呢？这就是交叉销售功能块的目标。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" +msgstr "结账页的产品附件，" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "额外的产品在新的*添加到购物车*屏幕（默认没有安装）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结账时显示产品附件" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客为购物车付款时，出现附件（如电脑的鼠标键盘）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品详情页的*销售*页签下选择附件。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -362,11 +373,11 @@ msgid "" "several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当多个产品被添加到购物车时，这是一种预测附件产品的最佳算法。如果某一附件对应多个加入购物车的产品，那么它很可能会出现在推荐附件的最顶端。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加到购物车时的可选产品" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -374,106 +385,107 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" +"可选产品直接与加入购物车的产品相关（如对于电脑而言，质保期、操作系统软件、备件等）。如果主产品被放入购物车，则弹出新的窗口，提示下一个步骤。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布可选产品：" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" "Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 *App* 菜单中安装 *电子商务可选产品* 插件，移除默认过滤器并在插件上搜索，否则只会显示主要的App。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品描述页的*促销*页签下选择可选项。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加入购物车的可选项的数量与主要产品的数量是一致的。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何为我的访问者调整定价" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本节进一步介绍电子商务这一应用的定价功能：" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据地区强制定价，" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "让顾客选择币种。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，需要勾选产品定价的管理方式：:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geo-IP定位程序可自动应用合适的价格" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "向你的价格表分配国家组。这样尚未登录的用户可以在登录网站后看到他们适用的币种。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录后，可以看到与其本国货币对应的价格表。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "币种选择器" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你在多个国家销售产品，请让顾客选择其自己的币种。勾选*可选*，将价格表添加到下拉菜单的网站中。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建和分享优惠码" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "想提升你的圣诞节销售额吗？可在促销中分享你的优惠码，运用各种折扣。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`促销 --> 设置，在 *销售价格* 公式中选择 *高级定价策略* 。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -481,81 +493,83 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`网站管理 --> 目录 --> 价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`pricing` " +"，然后输入一个代码。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保*购物车*页面的优惠码一栏可用（在*自定义*菜单选项中）。添加一个产品到购物车。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开后，看到右侧出现一个新的小节。点击*应用*价格，在购物车中自动更新价格。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客使用的优惠码存放于系统之中，因此你可以评估你的营销战略的表现。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个价格表都显示促销…" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何启用点评" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" "Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公布并监测顾客的购买心得将有助于你赢得新客户，并且更好地与社区互动。双击后，可允许你的顾客反馈购买体验！" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品web页面的*自定义*菜单中激活顾客反馈。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户必须登录方可发表评论。请确保他们能行使这一功能（参见门户文档）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "实时查看发贴" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客发贴后，产品经理及产品的全体关注者均可在收件箱收到通知（*讨论*菜单）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建产品的用户自动默认为该产品的关注者。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击产品名称，打开详情页并查看评论（在产品讨论主题中）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调解及删贴" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -567,83 +581,83 @@ msgstr "可以通过沟通栏或在网页的产品详情页轻松地进行调解 msgid "" "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要删除某个评论，请打开产品web页面，点击*已发表*按钮，使其变为红色（*删帖*）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "..tip::" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*已发布*智能按钮可以从详情页访问web页面（反之亦然）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何高价销售产品的替代物（追加销售）" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" "In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为使收入最大化，强烈推荐销售基本款的高价替代品。为此，顾客会花更多时间浏览你的产品目录。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，你需要：" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" "Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " "customers will be confused." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从3个选项中选取*替代品*（位于产品详情的*促销*页签下）就好了，不要发布过多的替代品，否则你的顾客会感到无所适从的。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 msgid "" "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品Web页面的*自定义*菜单中打开*替代品*。" #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 电子商务应用介绍" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " "time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文指导您快速使用电子商务网站。购买之后是以下步骤：" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品页" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "店铺页" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税金设置" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收银流程" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "增销及交叉销售" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" @@ -651,49 +665,49 @@ msgstr "付款" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送货及跟踪" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开我的网站" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理付款的订单" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收款方授权后，Odoo可立即自动确认订单，触发送货流程。如果发票是基于订购数开具的，则系统还会请求你为此项订购开具发票。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么是付款状态" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "任何时候销售员均可检查订单的交易状态。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Draft*:正在处理的交易。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " "to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Pending*:暂时冻结交易，你需要从收款方界面授权。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -701,42 +715,43 @@ msgid "" " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." msgstr "" +"*Authorized*状态表示付款已获授权但尚未被抓取。在Odoo中，订单已经被确认了。送货完成后，即可从收款界面（如你使用Authorize.net，可从Odoo）获取数量。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Done*:付款已授权并获取。订单确认完毕。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Error*:交易出错。顾客尝试重新付款。订单未完成。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Cancelled*:顾客在收款页面取消了付款，返回Odoo以修改订单。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" "Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "交易完毕后，顾客被引导到Odoo，获得每个付款状况的消息。如需编辑这些消息，请进入付款方法的*消息*页签下。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在订单中自动验证发票" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" "When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " "orders straight on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单确认后，可以自动开发票。这一全自动的功能专为业务而订制，能直接为订单开具发票。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -755,20 +770,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送货后获得付款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "" "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种模式下，订单已经确认，但没有显示金额。送货后，可以从Odoo获取付款。仅在Authorize.net环境下支持这种模式。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了获取付款，请从订单中打开交易，然后点击*获取交易*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -778,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr "对于其他付款收單方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -788,39 +803,40 @@ msgid "" "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " "process before buying something." msgstr "" +"您的客户从未如此轻松地访问他们顾客的账户。忘掉那些数不清的注册表格吧，有了Odoo，注册步骤就像123一样轻松简单。以前会要求在订单生成后注册用户名、电邮和密码，但现在不同了。的确，买点东西还要填写一堆注册信息太麻烦了。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " "order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当顾客想要查看视觉化的配置邮件时，系统显示登录提醒。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客账号" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" " in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客登录后，可在下拉菜单中点击*我的账户*进行访问。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客可以查看所有的历史记录。也可以修改主账单地址。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你将顾客设置为地址簿中的公司联系人，对方能看到属于该公司的所有文件。" #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收税" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po index 13118c2a7..18cff1b5d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# niulin lnc. <admin@niulin.net>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,15 +25,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 msgid "Email Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "邮件营销" #: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "操作邮件列表" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -49,40 +51,40 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " "the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " "unsubscribing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`邮件列表 --> 邮件列表 --> 创建`。启用*公开*选项，以便在用户退订时看到列表。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" "Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" " *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建邮件列表后，你可点击*创建*，手动添加联系人。如果之前的工具已创建邮件列表，则可*导入*联系人列表。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将邮件列表关联到我的网站" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 msgid "" "Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " "advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建名为时事通信的邮件列表，你可通过这项策略针对有兴趣的订阅者发布广告及沟通新想法。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 msgid "" "Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " "mailing list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往你的*网站*，添加*时事通信*并选择各自的邮件列表。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "联系人" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" " all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " "created here." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`邮件列表 --> 邮件列表联系人`并查看你的邮件列表下的所有联系人名单，以及你在此单独创建的联系人。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -93,22 +95,22 @@ msgstr "打开联系人查看所在的邮件列表或添加不同的邮件列表 #: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`send_emails`" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理取消订阅和黑名单" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" "It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " "unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " "that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许收件人从邮件列表中取消订阅是最佳实践做法，也是法律的要求，因为你不希望受众认为你的公司采用了不诚实或骚扰的手段。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用黑名单功能" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -137,13 +139,13 @@ msgid "" "In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " "lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" " *any* more emails from you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除了取消订阅特定邮件列表，用户还可将自己加入黑名单，意思是他不再接收你发送的*任何*邮件。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 msgid "" "The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" " users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "邮件列表必须配置为*公开*，用户才能看见。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -154,30 +156,30 @@ msgstr "在 :menuselection:`设置 --> 黑名单`, 显示黑名单的电子邮 #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 msgid "" "When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当打开记录时，作为*记录备注*，保存描述历史。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`mailing_lists`" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发送邮件营销并管理营销活动" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 msgid "" "Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " "consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" " with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件能够有效地以低成本覆盖大量消费者，同时可按照需要的方式自定义邮件内容。它是可测量的行动导向渠道。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择合适目标并创建邮件信息" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`邮件 --> 创建`。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -192,20 +194,22 @@ msgid "" "numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." msgstr "" +"试用版数据库每天仅限发送50封邮件；Odoo.SH云平台仅限发送200封邮件。联系Odoo支持可扩大上限。如需联系Odoo支持，请`点击此处 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 msgid "" "Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " "dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " "to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*邮件正文*部分，选择一种布局并通过拖放和双击内容进行修改。注意，你也可以选择*空白*模板选项，从头创建邮件内容。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 msgid "" "Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " "you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" " sender (*Send From*)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*设置*下，你可以指定其他人负责发送邮件。如要进行此操作，请将使用的邮件地址改为发件人（*发送自*）。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -218,7 +222,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测试、发送或预约邮件" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -231,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "*保存* ：邮件将分配到看板视图的 *草稿* 栏。这个阶 msgid "" "Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " "contacts to avoid errors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*测试*并将邮件发送给一个或多个测试联系人，以免出现错误。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -258,23 +262,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 msgid "Manage campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理营销" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " "Campaigns*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*邮件营销*。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 msgid "" "The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" " efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." -msgstr "" +msgstr "营销选项可用于整理营销工作，并可集中查看相关标准。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往*营销*并点击*创建*，开始创建营销。" #: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po index ac1c09dec..8eae7115d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ # Translators: # Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 # 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,11 +28,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events.rst:5 msgid "Events" -msgstr "" +msgstr "活动" #: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 msgid "Integrations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "集成" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" @@ -45,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 #: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -121,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 msgid "Create your First Event" @@ -248,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 msgid "Publish your event" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布你的活动" #: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index b7051a655..d83c97e0c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -5,6 +5,10 @@ # # Translators: # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -37,38 +41,39 @@ msgid "" "the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " "real cost per expense." msgstr "" +"追踪费用的第一步是从*配置*菜单中配置公司允许的费用类型（在Odoo中作为产品管理）。当特定费用以固定价格报销时，在产品上设置成本。否则，将成本保存为0.0，员工将报告每项费用的实际成本。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是一些配置示例：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "餐馆：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成本：0.00（工单费用将记录在每笔费用上）" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "私车旅行：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成本：0.30（公司为每英里报销固定价格）" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "酒店：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成本：0.0" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -88,54 +93,56 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " "in different units of measure (advanced)*." msgstr "" +"*销售*应用程序可为费用类型规定计量单位（单位、英里、晚，等等）。前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并勾选*某些产品售出/购入的计量单位可能不同（高级）*。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何记录费用" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手工" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 msgid "" "As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " "from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为员工（用户访问权限为员工），你可从 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> 需提交的费用`记录费用。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 msgid "" "Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " "Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " "hotel nights)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择相关产品，输入你支付的总金额（数量 = 1）或单位价格（如数量可计算，例如，酒店晚数）。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 msgid "Enter the expense date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入费用日期。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 msgid "" "Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " "the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择你自己支付账单（并希望报销）或是公司直接支付（例如，如你使用公司信用卡）。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 msgid "" "Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " "of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " "the accountant validate it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置账单参考编号，根据要求添加说明并从讨论话题添加收据照片/扫描件。这将有助于经理和会计验证。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从邮件一键点击" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 msgid "" "Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " "snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "员工通过简单的电子邮件即可记录费用。添加收据截图并通过邮件发送，或简单转发账单即可！" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -144,6 +151,8 @@ msgid "" "@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " "emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." msgstr "" +"只需在 :menuselection:`费用 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`设置邮件别名（例如，*费用*@mycompany.odoo.com）。为了安全起见，只接受经过认证的员工邮件（员工详情表中的*工作邮件*）。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -156,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何向经理提交费用" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -167,22 +176,25 @@ msgid "" "created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" +"如你已准备好向经理提交费用（例如，在出差结束后或每月一次），前往菜单 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> " +"需提交的费用`。从列表视图中选择所有费用并点击 :menuselection:`操作 --> " +"向经理提交`。保存新创建的费用报告（即费用组），并等待经理审批。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 msgid "" "You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " "on the form view of an expense." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可在费用表单视图中通过*向经理提交*，逐一提交费用。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 msgid "" "All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " "--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需查看所有已提交的费用报告 :menuselection:`费用 --> 我的费用 --> 费用报告`。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何审批费用" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -190,23 +202,25 @@ msgid "" " the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " "Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." msgstr "" +"HR和团队经理从顶部菜单 :menuselection:`审批 --> " +"待审批的费用报告`即可查看所有费用报告概览。这类用户必须至少拥有*费用*应用程序的*管理人员*访问权限。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 msgid "" "They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " "providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用集成沟通工具，他们可以审核费用报告，批准或拒绝，并提供反馈。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 msgid "" "As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " "members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " "employees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为团队经理，你可轻松查找团队成员的费用报告。你必须在这些员工的详情表单中被设置为经理。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在会计中过账费用 " #: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -216,14 +230,16 @@ msgid "" " post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" +"在经理批准费用报告后，会计部门前往 :menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> " +"需过账的费用报告`并检查会计、产品和税收。他们可点击*日记账分录过账*，把相关的日记账分录过账到你的帐簿上。要进行此项操作，用户必须拥有以下访问权限：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会计：会计或顾问" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "费用：经理" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -233,10 +249,11 @@ msgid "" " the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " "is using Odoo." msgstr "" +"如要进行费用过账，必须为员工设置*家庭地址*。如在过账时收到相关的阻止消息，点击员工，进入*个人信息*选项卡并在地址簿中选择/创建员工的联系人。如对方使用Odoo，则已自动创建联系人。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何为员工报销" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -244,97 +261,98 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " "record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." msgstr "" +"你可前往 :menuselection:`费用 --> 会计 --> 需支付的费用报告`，查看所有费用报告。如要记录付款或用支票支付，点击*登记付款*。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看如何在Odoo中轻松管理付款流程：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何向客户重开费用发票" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 msgid "" "If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" " customers automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你追踪到客户项目的费用，可自动对客户进行收费。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在费用设置中启用**客户开单**。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 msgid "" "Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " "your Expense types:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入产品配置菜单并对所有费用类型设置开单方法：" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 msgid "" "Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已订购数量：根据已订购数量开具费用发票" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 msgid "" "Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " "quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已交付数量：根据已交付数量开具费用发票" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按成本：按实际成本开具费用发票。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 msgid "" "At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按销售价格：按销售订单上设定的固定售价开具费用发票。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建订单" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 msgid "" "As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " "to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " "added automatically once posted by the accountant." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为销售人员，针对向客户交付的服务创建并确认销售订单。如你在订单中未添加任何费用，在会计过账后将自动添加。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将费用关联到销售订单。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "费用提交、验证和过账" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 msgid "" "As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" " approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" " are already able to set one when submitting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为经理，确保在审批费用报告的每个费用行都设置了分析科目。如果缺少，单击行添加。员工在提交时也可以设置。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "作为会计，处理日记账分录过账。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票费用" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -342,7 +360,9 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " "in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." msgstr "" +"现在，你可以为订单开具发票。前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 开具发票 --> " +"销售`，即可开具发票。费用已自动添加到订单行。这类项目用蓝色显示（即开具发票）。" #: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "（即开具发票）。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index e69b34cbe..9713d8e33 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,49 +25,51 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm.rst:5 msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现场服务" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务台" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从服务台工单计划现场干预" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" " interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " "field services tasks from tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现场服务与服务台应用程序集成，使你的服务台团队可直接管理干预请求。你可从工单计划现场服务任务，加快工作流程。" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用本功能" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " "Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" +"前往 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 配置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用 :menuselection:`现场干预 --> " +"保存`。" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 msgid "" "Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " "Intervention* from tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，如果服务台团队有需要，他们可选择从工单*计划干预*。" #: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据时间和材料向客户开具发票" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -73,55 +77,55 @@ msgid "" "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " "complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "追踪某项任务花费的具体时间，让客户现场签署工作记录表报告。在工作完成后立即向客户开具发票，让你和客户放心将按花费的准确时数和材料收费。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取任务花费的准确时间" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*开始*，启动计时器。你可随时*暂停*并根据需要*恢复*。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作完成后，点击*停止*，确认花费的总时间并添加描述。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "签署并发送报告及确认库存调拨" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，填写*工作记录表*并点击*产品*，添加已使用的产品。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你需要对同一活动记录额外时间，点击*开始*。记录的事件将被加在已创建并签署的工作记录表上。然后，为增加的时间创建新发票。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*标记为完成*可关闭任务，并就干预活动开具发票。它还将确认库存调拨，保持库存更新。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*签署报告*将生成详细的工作记录表报告供客户签字。点击*发送报告*即可通过邮件发送。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据时间和材料开具发票" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -129,100 +133,102 @@ msgid "" "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`所有任务 --> " +"待开票`下，查看全部标记为已完成但未开票的任务列表。这项功能非常方便，可让会计人员轻松查看所有已完成的任务。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择所有任务并前往 :menuselection:`操作 --> 创建发票`即可对所有任务开票。" #: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "追踪库存情况" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现场服务与库存应用程序集成，可追踪使用的材料并自动更新库存情况。" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置现场服务项目" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置 --> 项目`并启用*任务的产品*选项。" #: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，将干预任务使用的材料添加到工作记录表，在任务*标记为已完成*后，自动确认库存调拨，库存计价自动更新。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理员工的日程和休假" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与*休假*应用程序集成可快速查看员工可用性。它将避免员工日程和干预任务之间的冲突和错误。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "轻松查看员工休假情况" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无需进行任何配置。在*休假*应用程序中确认员工时间后，你的甘特视图中的这些天数将变灰。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它还将适应员工的工作日历。例如：如员工是兼职（周一至周三）。那么除了周末，周四和周五也将变灰。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "轻松管理员工日程" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从甘特视图中（在*按用户、项目或工作记录表计划*），单击加号图标，添加新任务，或点击放大镜计划现有任务。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未分派任务" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你需要计划干预任务，但不知道谁能承担该任务，你可以让它处于未分派状态。它仍将显示在甘特视图中。只需拖放负责人员，即可向他分派任务。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按团队或按工作现场创建项目，拥有更准确、更具动态性的数据库。" #: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" @@ -230,22 +236,22 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 msgid "Planning an Itinerary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划行程" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "" "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " "the workload more efficient." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据活动的时间顺序和最佳路线显示行程，使员工的生活更容易，工作量更有效率。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中直接显示行程" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*地图视图*中进入*设置*并点击*获取令牌*。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -255,57 +261,59 @@ msgid "" "the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " "token*." msgstr "" +"点击 :menuselection:`免费开始映射 --> 填写用户名、邮件和密码字段 --> 同意服务条款和隐私政策 --> " +"开始`。你将被重定向到你的账户。向下滚动页面并找到*访问令牌*。复制*默认公共令牌*。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "返回Odoo，将它粘贴到 :menuselection:`令牌 --> 保存`。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " "route." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的地图将根据排定的时间和最佳路线显示行程。" #: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "" "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " "without a Mapbox account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是一项可选功能，因为即使没有Mapbox账户你也仍然能够访问地图视图。" #: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从任务创建报价" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 msgid "" "Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " "service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " "easy for employees." -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许从任务创建报价可带来更高效的服务，因为它留出了预防行动的空间，让员工工作流程更顺畅。" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，前往 :menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用选项*额外报价*。" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 msgid "" "Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " "Quotations*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 项目`并启用*额外报价*。" #: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你现在可直接从任务创建*新报价*。" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从销售订单创建现场干预" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -313,7 +321,7 @@ msgid "" " seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " "receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " "price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "让销售团队打开现场干预任务可为客户创建无缝体验。这让客户在工作开始之前，先收到根据需要使用的材料和服务费提出的报价。" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -323,26 +331,29 @@ msgid "" "Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" " --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." msgstr "" +"前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品 --> 创建`或编辑已有干预任务。选择 :menuselection:`一般信息 --> " +"产品类型：服务`； :menuselection:`销售 --> 服务开单政策：任务工作记录表 --> 服务追踪：在现有项目中创建任务 --> 项目 " +"--> 工作记录表模板 --> 保存`。" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " "respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你*确认**报价*后，将在你选择的各个项目中创建任务。" #: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 msgid "" "One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" " Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最大的好处之一在于你在同一项目和产品下可有不同的*工作记录表模板*。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作记录表" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义工作记录表报告" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -350,17 +361,17 @@ msgid "" " have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " "speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " "summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将客户报告即*工作记录表*个性化可针对不同类型的干预任务添加不同描述。它能加快员工工作流程，为客户提供任务的详细摘要，便于现场审核并签字。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " ":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`现场服务 --> 配置`并启用 :menuselection:`工作记录表模板 --> 保存`。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设计工作记录表" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -368,23 +379,26 @@ msgid "" "*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" " the *Studio* application." msgstr "" +"前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 工作记录表模板`，点击*创建*并开始*设计工作记录表模板*。你将被重定向到*定制*应用程序。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 msgid "" "With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " "tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " "overview of the work done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*定制*应用程序中，拖放字段并根据你的需求创建定制报告。完成后，点击*关闭*并获取已完成工作概览。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 msgid "" "*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " "used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " "that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*工作记录表*可查看任务已使用/已完成的工作记录表时间。*分析*将检查该模板下的所有工作记录表并生成图形。" #: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 msgid "" "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" "basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +"`定制应用程序的基础知识 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" +"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index b326dd73b..d94293b47 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,27 +4,29 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 # guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 # 凡 杨 <sailfan_yang@qq.com>, 2020 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2020 # John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 # Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2020 +# Robinxia <xiayoubin@me.com>, 2020 +# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2020 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -286,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "在**处理参数**中，在LDAP命名规则中输入你的LDAP服务器 #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**LDAP筛选**中，输入``uid=%s``" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -298,7 +300,7 @@ msgstr "在**用户信息**中，如果你希望Odoo在第一次使用LDAP登录 msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**模板用户**中，为创建的新配置文件指定模板。如果留空，管理员配置文件将用作模板。" #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -315,6 +317,8 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, " +"OpenOffice, Google Drive等）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" @@ -324,13 +328,13 @@ msgstr "如何自定义文件" msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -347,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么要用ID行" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -373,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何导入关系字段" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -382,6 +386,7 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -424,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "系统提供了模板，你可以轻松移植你自己的数据。只需 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何使用模板" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." @@ -473,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新**ID** #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我找不到想要映射的行的区域" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -496,7 +501,7 @@ msgstr "这时，你只需选择**显示关系区域的区域（高级）**选 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在哪里修改数据导入格式？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -526,6 +531,8 @@ msgid "" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" +"如你导入一个Excel(.xls, " +".xlsx)文件，可使用日期单元格存放日期（因为在Excel中日期的显示与存储方式不一致）。这样当你在Odoo中找到一个日期就可以确保它是正确的格式。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" @@ -546,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持的数字格式示例（如三万二千）：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32.000,00" @@ -558,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "32000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32,000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "-32000.00" @@ -574,7 +581,7 @@ msgstr "$ 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "Example that will not work:" @@ -582,7 +589,7 @@ msgstr "不合要求的例子：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr " ABC 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" @@ -590,7 +597,7 @@ msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我导入的预览表无法正确显示该怎么办？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -599,19 +606,20 @@ msgid "" "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" +"默认导入预览是用逗号作为字段分隔符，引号作为文本分隔符。如你的CSV文件没有这些设置，可以修改文件格式选项（你选择文件后，在浏览CSV文件块下显示）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，如果你的CSV文件将表格作为分隔符，Odoo将不能判断这整种分隔关系。你需要在电子表格的格式选项中更改设置。见下面的问题。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存我的电子表格应用时，如何更改CSV文件格式选项？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -661,13 +669,13 @@ msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码" msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "国家/数据库ID：用于记录唯一的Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "国家/外部ID：其他应用（或导入的.XML文档）中引用的记录ID" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" @@ -679,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr "国家: 比利时" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "国家/数据库ID：21" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" @@ -690,7 +698,7 @@ msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据需要，你可以使用三种方式之一来引用关系中的记录。参照指引：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -753,19 +761,22 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" +"例如，你有两个带子名称的产品目录，\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"),你的确认被暂停了，但你仍然可以导入数据。不过我们建议你不要导入这些数据，因为它们可能都与产品目录列表 " +"(\"Misc. Products/Sellable\")中的第一个“可销售”目录相链接。我们建议你修改一个副本值或产品目录的层级。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不过，如果你不想更改产品目录的配置，我们建议你在“目录”字段使用外部ID。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何导入多对多的关系字段（如一个顾客有多个tag）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -774,12 +785,15 @@ msgid "" "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" +"这些tag可以用逗号分隔（中间无空格）。例如，如你想把顾客同时与“制造商”和“零售商”tag相链接，可以在CSV文件的同一行中编码\"Manufacturer,Retailer\"。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " "<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" +":download:`制造商、零售商的CSV文件 " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -825,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下CSV文件显示如何导入顾客及其联系人：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -848,16 +862,18 @@ msgid "" "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" +"如你导入了一个包含\"外部 ID\"或\"数据库 " +"ID\\行的文件，已经导入的记录就会被修改而不是新创建记录。这是非常有用的，因为它允许你在两次导入之间多次导入同一个CSV文件。Odoo还支持对任一记录的创建或修改（视新旧而定）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:238 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此功能允许你使用Odoo的导入/导出工具修改批记录，非常适合电子表格应用。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果没有为特别字段赋值会有什么后果？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -870,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何从一个SQL应用中向Odoo导出/导入不同的表单？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -879,6 +895,7 @@ msgid "" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" +"如要从不同的表单中导入数据，应在各个记录间重新创建属于不同表单的关系（即：如你导入公司和人员数据，需要在每个人及其服务的公司间重新创建链接。）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -899,6 +916,8 @@ msgid "" " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " "PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" +"举例来说，如果你的SQL数据库中有公司和人员两个需要导入的表单。每位人员属于一家公司，因此你必须重新创建人员与其所在公司之间的关联。（如你想测试本例，请使用:download:`PostgreSQL数据库的转储" +" <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:266 msgid "" @@ -908,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "首先会导出全部公司及其\"外部 ID\"。在PSQL环境中写入 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:272 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这条SQL命令将创建以下CSV文件：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -965,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 启用开发人员模式`。" msgid "" "*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" " the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*启用开发人员模式（带资产）*由开发人员使用；*启用开发人员模式（带测试资产）*由开发人员和测试人员使用。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -975,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "在启用开发人员模式之后，*停用开发人员模式*选项也 #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 msgid "Through a browser extension" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过浏览器扩展" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -989,7 +1008,7 @@ msgid "" "For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " "the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" " a single click." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于*Odoo Debug*扩展，单击可启用模式的正常版本，而双击将启用资产。若要停用，请单击。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 msgid "Through the URL" @@ -1001,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "在URL中，在*web*后添加``?debug=1``或``?debug=true``。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开发人员：键入``?debug=assets``并启用带资产的模式。" #: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 msgid "Locate the mode tools" @@ -1015,11 +1034,11 @@ msgstr "开发人员模式工具可从位于页面标题的*打开开发人员 #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用内购买" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于应用内购买(IAP)服务的一般指南" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1038,6 +1057,8 @@ msgid "" "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" +"每项IAP服务都需要预付费信用，并有自己的定价。如需查询我的当前余额或为我的账户重置，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo " +"IAP --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1063,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IAP门户" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1072,6 +1093,7 @@ msgid "" "there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" +"IAP门户是重组我的IAP服务的平台。访问路径为 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> 查看我的服务`。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" @@ -1097,19 +1119,20 @@ msgstr "可用的IAP服务" msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据数据库的托管类型，可以提供不同的服务：" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*：只能使用Odoo提供的IAP服务（即短信、Snailmail、Reveal和业务伙伴自动完成功能）；" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Odoo.sh和Odoo企业版（本地部署）*：可同时使用Odoo和第三方应用程序提供的服务。" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" @@ -1251,7 +1274,7 @@ msgstr "要根据每个公司设置文档格式，请 *激活* 并 *选择* 相 #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公司间交易" #: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -1379,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加个人用户" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1565,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "使用简体中文管理及操作Odoo" msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可提供多种语言的管理选项，每个用户都可以设置自己的语言。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" @@ -1630,6 +1653,8 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" +"要为不同的用户更改语言，请在 *设置* 应用中选择 :menuselection:`用户 --> 用户` " +"，查看要更改语言的用户列表，选择用户并点击左上角的 **编辑** 。可在用户偏好中更改之前已安装的语言，然后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" @@ -1907,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "*引荐来源，中继回复或收据链接URL无效。*" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送货后获得付款" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -2026,7 +2051,7 @@ msgstr "重定向跳转至所请求的网站" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Payment from Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo付款" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Save Cards" @@ -2034,11 +2059,11 @@ msgstr "保存卡" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 msgid "Capture Amount Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动获取金额" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 @@ -2061,7 +2086,7 @@ msgstr "✔" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付宝" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" @@ -2073,7 +2098,7 @@ msgstr "牛仔" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingenico " #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" @@ -2088,8 +2113,9 @@ msgid "SIPS" msgstr "SIPS" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "条纹" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2225,7 +2251,7 @@ msgstr "将付款收单行的使用限制在某些国家/地区。 将此字段 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 msgid "Payment Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款日记账" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -2370,6 +2396,8 @@ msgid "" "settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " "configuration steps." msgstr "" +"通过Paypal收款需要公司账户。创建一个`Paypal公司账户 <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " +"applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`_或将你的个人账户升级到公司账户。前往Paypal设置并点击*升级到公司账户*。然后完成其余的配置步骤。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 msgid "Settings in Paypal" @@ -2379,7 +2407,7 @@ msgstr "Paypal中的设置" msgid "" "First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " "seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，我们来看如何设置Paypal账户，以创建与Odoo之间的无缝客户体验。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2389,7 +2417,7 @@ msgstr "登录并打开设置。前往 :menuselection:`产品和服务 --> 网 #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动返回" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2418,6 +2446,7 @@ msgid "" "must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " "You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." msgstr "" +"*支付数据传输*在支付处理完毕后向Odoo发出支付确认。否则，Odoo无法结束销售流程。这项设置也必须启动。保存时，将生成*身份令牌*。你稍后将被要求在Odoo中输入身份令牌。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 msgid "Paypal Account Optional" @@ -2428,11 +2457,11 @@ msgid "" "We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " "they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " "lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议你在客户付款时不要提示他们登录Paypal账户。允许他们用借记卡/信用卡支付，否则你可能失去某些业务。确保启用这项设置。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "即时付款通知(IPN)" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2443,6 +2472,7 @@ msgid "" "guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " "receipt." msgstr "" +"支付数据传输(PDT)会发送订单确认，但仅发送一次。因此，在它发送时，你的站点必须正在运行；否则，就无法收到该信息。因此我们首先建议启用*即时付款通知*(IPN)。通过IPN，我们基本可以确保发送订单确认，因为IPN会重新发送确认，直到你的站点确认已收到。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2455,6 +2485,7 @@ msgid "" "The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " "(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." msgstr "" +"需要设置的*通知URL*是你的域名+“payment/paypal/ipn”（例如，``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``）。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 msgid "Payment Messages Format" @@ -2481,6 +2512,8 @@ msgid "" "`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" "bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" msgstr "" +"`本页用于测试账户 <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd" +"=_profile-language-encoding>`__" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -2513,10 +2546,13 @@ msgid "" "payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" "website-payments-ewp>`_." msgstr "" +"关于加密网站付款和EWP设置错误 ，请查看`Paypal文档 <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic" +"/paypal-payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ " +"#encrypted-website-payments-ewp>`_。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo上设置" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 msgid "Activation" @@ -2534,7 +2570,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo需要三种Paypal凭证：" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*邮件ID*是你在Paypal的登录电子邮件地址。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -2550,7 +2586,7 @@ msgstr "如前所述，*Paypal PDT令牌*位于*网站支付*配置中。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手续费" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -2563,13 +2599,14 @@ msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入Odoo Paypal配置的配置选项卡并点击*添加额外费用*。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 msgid "" "You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" "fees>`__ to set up fees." msgstr "" +"你可参考`Paypal费用 <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__进行设置。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -2582,14 +2619,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "上线" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 msgid "" "Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" " publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" " it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的配置已就绪。确保切换到*生产*模式。然后点击支付方式旁边的*发布*按钮，发布支付方式。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -2598,10 +2635,11 @@ msgid "" "*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " "processed." msgstr "" +"Paypal现可电子商务、销售和发票应用程序中均可用。客户点击*现在支付*即会重定向到Paypal网站。在支付完成后，他们将返回Odoo确认页面。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测试环境" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -2625,12 +2663,16 @@ msgid "" "`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " "<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" +"一个企业账户（用作商户，例如，`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__）。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." msgstr "" +"一个默认个人账户（用作购物者，例如，`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__）" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -2640,11 +2682,69 @@ msgid "" "automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " "generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." msgstr "" +"用商户账户登录Paypal沙箱并按同样的配置指令操作。在Odoo中输入你的沙箱凭据并确保Paypal仍设置为*测试环境*。同时确保电子商户设置中未激活自动开单功能，以免在完成后虚拟交易后生成发票。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。" +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 +msgid "Giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 +msgid "iDeal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" +" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" +" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " +"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " +"don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " +"corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" msgstr "如何电汇付款" @@ -2660,7 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2670,11 +2770,11 @@ msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的 **感谢电邮** 中。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2692,82 +2792,7 @@ msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "标签" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" -msgstr "利用标签" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " -"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " -"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " -"to boost productivity." -msgstr "标签的作用类似于关键字或标记，可以帮助您对工作进行分类，并使目标更加明确，并即时为每个人使用。 它们还是有用的过滤器，可帮助您提高生产率。" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 -msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" -msgstr "我在哪里可以使用以及如何创建标签？" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " -"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." -msgstr "标签可用于 *CRM* ， *项目* ，*通讯录* ，*营销自动化* 等众多应用。" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 -msgid "" -"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" -" you can create new or edit existing ones." -msgstr "例如，在 *CRM* 上，在 :menuselection:`CRM --> 设置 --> 标签下`，您可以创建新的或编辑现有的。" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can also create them on the fly." -msgstr "您也可以即时创建它们。" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " -"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." -msgstr "为每个标签选择特定的颜色以识别它们，或者只需在创建标签后单击标签即可 *隐藏在看板中*。" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 -msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" -msgstr "从任务或数据库中删除标签" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " -"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " -"--> Action --> Delete`." -msgstr "" -"单击 *x* 从特定任务或联系人中删除标签。 要从数据库中删除它，请转到 :menuselection:`CRM --> 设置 --> 标签 --> " -"操作 --> 删除。" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 -msgid "Use tags as a parameter" -msgstr "使用标签作为参数" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 -msgid "" -"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " -"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." -msgstr "例如，在 *营销自动化* 应用程序上，您可以将标签作为参数重复使用，以指定营销活动记录的位置。" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 -msgid "Use tags for reporting" -msgstr "使用标签进行报告" - -#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 -msgid "" -"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " -"purpose, you can also add tags." -msgstr "获得有组织的格式和特定目的所需的信息，也可以添加标签。" +msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。" #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" @@ -2775,7 +2800,7 @@ msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何生成Unsplash访问密钥" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -2792,7 +2817,7 @@ msgstr "为**非Saas**用户生成Unsplash访问密钥" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在`Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_上创建用户。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2800,10 +2825,11 @@ msgid "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" +"前往你的`应用程序仪表板 <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ 并点击**新应用程序**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "接受条件并点击**接受条款**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -2812,6 +2838,8 @@ msgid "" "that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " "**Create application**." msgstr "" +"你将被提示键入**应用程序名称**和**描述**。请将\"**Odoo:** " +"\"作为你的应用程序名称前缀，以便Unsplash将它识别为Odoo实例。完成后，点击**创建应用程序**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2838,7 +2866,7 @@ msgstr "如何生成Unsplash应用程序ID" msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你应该首先使用本教程创建并设置你的Unsplash应用程序：:doc:`unsplash_access_key`。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2846,6 +2874,8 @@ msgid "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" +"前往你的`应用程序仪表板 <https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ " +"并在**你的应用程序**下点击新创建的Unsplash应用程序。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2853,10 +2883,11 @@ msgid "" "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" +"你将被重定向到你的应用程序详情页面。在你的浏览器URL中可以看到**应用程序ID**。URL类似于``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 991abde60..9ae39cb3a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -5,6 +5,9 @@ # # Translators: # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,14 +26,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "" +msgstr "快速入门方法的基础知识" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" "This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " "implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文档总结了 Odoo Online 的服务、我们的成功包实施方法以及开始使用我们产品的最佳做法。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" @@ -89,14 +92,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 msgid "Project Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "项目范围" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了确保所有相关利益干系人始终保持一致，只要项目实施进行，就有必要定义并使项目范围不断发展。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -136,14 +139,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "Managing expectations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理期望" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "实施的现实与未来用户的期望之间的差距是一个关键因素。从项目开始，就必须考虑到三个重要方面：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -203,6 +206,8 @@ msgid "" "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" +"概念证明简化版本，<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ " +"是预期对预期变化的主要行达成一致的内容的原型。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -218,16 +223,17 @@ msgid "" "project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " "verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" +"在这些工具中，将完全透明地了解软件和/或其环境的可能性和局限性，以便所有项目利益相关者清楚地了解项目中可以预期/实现的内容。因此，我们将避免在事先核实其真实性的情况下，以假设为基础开展工作。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[当然，这个列表可以由其他工具完成，这些工具可以更充分地满足项目的现实和需求]" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 msgid "Communication Strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "传播策略" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -235,7 +241,7 @@ msgid "" "the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " "success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " "follow those principles:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "快速入门方法的目的是确保最终用户快速拥有该工具。因此，有效的沟通对于这种方法的成功至关重要。因此，它的优化将引导我们遵循以下原则：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -253,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "项目管理器是一个共享的项目跟踪工具，允许详细跟踪正在进行的任务和项目的总体进度。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -263,29 +269,29 @@ msgstr "**报告基本信息** ：为了将文档时间缩短到要点，我们 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会议记录将限于决策和验证;" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有在达到重要流程时，才会建立项目状态;" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将组织关于标准或定制解决方案的培训课程。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "Customizations and Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定制和开发" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " "and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 是一种以灵活性和重要进化能力而闻名的软件。然而，大量的发展与快速和可持续的实施相矛盾。因此，建议：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -316,14 +322,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 msgid "Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测试和验证原则" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " "needs of the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无论在实施中是否取得了发展，测试和验证解决方案与公司运营需求的对应关系都至关重要。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -343,7 +349,7 @@ msgstr "**变更管理**：当需要对解决方案进行更改时，注意到 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "" +msgstr "规范与交付解决方案之间的区别 - 这是顾问负责的更正" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" @@ -357,7 +363,7 @@ msgstr "规范与操作现实的必要性之间的区别 - 这是单点联系人 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 msgid "Data Imports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据导入" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -367,6 +373,7 @@ msgid "" "prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " "it will be decided :" msgstr "" +"导入事务数据历史记录是一个重要问题，必须适当地回答，以使项目顺利运行。事实上，这项任务可能非常耗时，如果其优先级没有很好地定义，则防止生产及时发生。为此尽快完成，将视其为：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -398,14 +405,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你的项目进入生产阶段后，我们的支持团队将受理你的疑问或技术问题。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "参见:ref:`support-expectations`。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index d8d160592..85d8d3930 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -429,12 +429,9 @@ msgstr "现在，一旦工单到达指定为 *关闭阶段* 的阶段，就会 #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " -"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " -"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " +"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -"评级上可以看到的信息 :doc:`沟通栏 <../../project/tasks/collaborate>`每个支持请求，*请参阅客户满意度下* " -"主仪表盘的链接，并经过 *报告* 。" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index cc331d1d7..c2f3bab48 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -4,25 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 # fausthuang, 2020 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2020 # LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2020 # F4NNIU <sparkamax@gmail.com>, 2020 # 新 陈 <powersstar@163.com>, 2020 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -149,74 +147,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在某些情况下，您可能需要重新刷新物联网盒子的 SD 卡，以便从我们的最新更新中获取新功能。" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "使用Etcher软件更新SD卡" +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " +"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " +"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " +"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it." +"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." msgstr "" -"到 Balena 网站下载 `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, Etcher是一款开源、免费的镜像文件烧写工具。 " -"安装并启动Etcher。" -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 msgid "" -"Now, download the latest image `here " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " -"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " -"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " +"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " +"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." msgstr "" -"先从 `这里 <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__下载最新的图像, " -"解压缩zip文件。然后打开 *Etcher* ， 选择解压缩的图像。 选择磁盘盘符(你的SD卡对应的盘符) ，然后点击 *Flash*进行刷新!." - -#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " -"minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "现在，你的镜像会被自动更新。大约需要等待5分钟更新结束。" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 -msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "没有找到物联网盒子" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" -" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " -"can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "在使用物联网盒子时，您可能会遇到一个常见问题是，您的物联网盒子在数据库上没有出现。幸运的是，您可以执行一些简单的步骤来查找物联网盒子。" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 -msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "HTTPS 问题" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 -msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "找不到你的物联网盒子? 你可能遇到https方面的问题！" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " -"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" -" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." -msgstr "" -"要检查它，请打开数据库并确认数据库的地址是否以 https(like " -"https://www.odoo.com)开头。如果是https开头，那么可能是物联网盒子的图像有问题。应该用18.12及以后的版本。" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " -"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__)." -msgstr "" -"如果您的物联网盒子的图像来自早期版本，则必须重新刷新物联网盒子的SD卡以更新图像（最新图像可在`此处<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__)" -" 。" - -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" -msgstr ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" @@ -231,267 +196,292 @@ msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" msgstr "在开始之前, 确保您已做好 :" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr " 物联网盒子" +msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "2A电源适配器，树莓派3b+的话需要2.5 A的适配器。" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "一台带最新的Web浏览器的计算机或平板电脑。" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "安装有PoS和物联网应用的 SaaS 或 Odoo 实例" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:20 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" msgstr "启用了DHCP服务(这是默认设置)的本地网络" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" -msgstr "" -"Epson USB TM-T20 打印机或者其他兼容ESC/POS的打印机(官方支持的打印机见 `POS硬件列表页 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "霍尼韦尔的Eclipse USB条码扫描仪或其他兼容的扫描仪" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "爱普生兼容钱箱" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" msgstr "RJ45 网线（内置 WiFi 可选）" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 msgid "Set Up" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " "your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." msgstr "" "连接外设到PoS，第一步就是要把物联网盒子连接到您的数据库。 具体操作，参见 :doc:`documentation <connect>`." -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:36 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." msgstr "然后，您必须将外围设备连接到物联网盒子。" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:38 msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" -" might work as well." +"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " +"network and power it on." msgstr "" -"官方支持的硬件见\"POS硬件列表 `the POS Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-" -"ipad-android-hardware>`__, 其他硬件也可以正常工作。" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr " **打印机**: 一个ESC/ POS打印机连接到USB端口, 并接通电源。" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:41 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." msgstr " **钱箱**: 钱箱应连接用RJ25电缆连接打印机。" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "" "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." +" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " +"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " +"scanner." msgstr "" -" **条形码扫描仪**: 连接条形码扫描器。为了使您的条形码扫描仪是兼容的, 必须表现为键盘, 必须配置 **US QWERTY** " -"。它还必须一个输入字符(键码28)结束条形码。这很可能是你的条码扫描仪的默认配置。" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:49 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." msgstr " **电子磅秤**: 连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "**Ethernet**:如果您不想使用Wi-Fi，可以插上网线。确保物联网盒子与POS设备在同一网络即可。" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " -"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " -"on boot." +"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " +"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " +"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." msgstr "" -"**Wi-Fi**: 当前版本的物联网盒子已内置Wi-Fi。请确保在启动时不要插入网线。因为在启动过程中有网线连接可用的情况下，Wi-Fi 功能无效。" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" +" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " +"<../../point_of_sale/payment>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:60 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" -" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" +" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." msgstr "" -"完成后，您就可以将物联网盒子连接到PoS。进入菜单选择 :menuselection:`PoS --> 配置 --> PoS`，勾选 \"物联网盒子\"" -" 选项并选择您要连接的物联网盒子。保存更改。" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "设置完成后，您可以启动PoS会话。" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "疑难解答" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "排查" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 -msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "该PoS无法连接到物联网盒子" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" -" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" -" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " -"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT Box Connection" msgstr "" -"确保物联网盒子正确设置的最简单方法是在打印机插入的情况下将其打开，因为它会在物联网盒子的 IP " -"地址设置正确的情况下打印收据，显示出遇到的任何错误。如果不打印收据，请检查以下步骤：" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "确保物联网盒子已通电，由明亮的红色 LED 指示状态。" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " +"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " -"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "确保物联网盒子已就启动完成, 由红色电源状态指示灯旁边的绿色状态指示灯指示。物联网盒子大约在启动2分钟后启动完成。" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " +"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 msgid "" -"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "确保物联网盒子与您的POS设备在同一网络内。物联网盒子和所有的设备都应该出现在您的路由器已连接设备列表里。" +"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " +"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" +" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " +":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" -" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "如果您在配置中设置了物联网盒子的 IP 地址，请确保该IP与物联网盒子打印出的状态信息上的IP是一致的。" +"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " +"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" +" the micro-USB port." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "确认 POS 部分未开启 HTTPS 访问." +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 +msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "Firefox的HTTP实施中的错误可能会阻止自动发现可靠地工作。 您可以在POS配置中手动设置物联网盒子的IP地址。" +"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " +"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " +"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " +"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " +"use a multi-database environment." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "条码枪不能使用" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 +msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "在US QWERTY中配置条形码扫描仪, 扫码后输入。这是大多数条形码扫描仪的默认配置。有关更多信息,请参阅条形码文档。" +"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" +" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " +"network." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "打印机" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 +msgid "My printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 msgid "" -"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "物联网盒子使用一些条码扫描器时需要 2A 电源适配器。如果您没有使用配备的电源适配器，请确保使用的电源适配器功率足够。" +"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " +"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "一些条形码扫描仪将需要超过2A的电源, 有时即使提供了电源也不可靠。在这些情况下,你可以把条形码扫描器连接在自供电的USB集线器上。" +"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " +"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " +"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "My printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " +"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " +"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " +"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 +msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " +"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " +"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " +"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " +"mode and look for the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 +msgid "Barcode Scanner" +msgstr "条码扫描器" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " +"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " +"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " +"and select the correct one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " +"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" +" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." -msgstr "一些条形码扫描器不是在设备中列举为条码扫描器，而是列举成 usb 键盘，这类扫码器是不能被物联网盒子识别的。" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "条码枪确实不能使用" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "确保连接到物联网盒子的 '通过代理扫描'/'条形码扫描器' 设备在同一时间只有一个设备。" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "打印小票太慢" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " -"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the IoT Box." msgstr "" -"在第一次打印之前，预计会有一个小延迟，因为物联网盒子将执行一些预处理工作来加速下一次打印。如果之后出现延迟，很可能是由于 PoS " -"和物联网盒子之间的网络连接不良。" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "收据上打印出来的字母有些错误" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 msgid "" -"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "物联网盒子不支持所有语言和字符。它目前支持拉丁语和西里尔语的腳本語言，并支持基本腳本語言的日语。" +"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " +"activating the *Is scanner* option." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "打印机处于离线" +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid "Cashdrawer" +msgstr "钱箱" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "确保打印机是连接, 有电源,有足够的纸, 它的盖子是关闭的, 并且没有报告错误。如果错误出现, 请联系技术支持。" - -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" msgstr "钱箱无法打开" -#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +#: ../../iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "现金盒应该连到打印机, 在POS中应将设置激活。" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " +"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 msgid "Devices" @@ -520,14 +510,10 @@ msgstr "连接" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." -msgstr "要将摄像头连接到 *物联网盒子* ，只需通过电缆将两者连接即可。" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." -msgstr "有时，可能需要用到USB转串口适配器。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" "If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " @@ -536,24 +522,15 @@ msgstr "" "如果您的摄像头在 `*支持的设备* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" "hardware>`__中，则无需进行任何设置，因为连接之后，会自动检测到。" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"在某些情况下，您可能需要重新启动物联网盒子并从物联网盒子中下载相机的驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网的主页* 并单击 *驱动程式清单* " -"。然后，单击加载驱动程序。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:25 msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" msgstr "将摄像头连接到 *Quality Control Point*" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:28 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 msgid "With the Manufacturing app" msgstr "使用“制造”应用" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:30 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " "Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " @@ -562,13 +539,13 @@ msgstr "" "在 *Quality app* 中，您可以为 *Quality Control Point* 设置设备。打开 *Quality Control*" " 下的 *Control Points* 菜单，然后配置 *Quality Control Point* 连接的摄像头。" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:34 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " "list. Now, hit save." msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *Control Point* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。然后点击保存。" -#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" "Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " "manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" @@ -589,22 +566,18 @@ msgstr "工作时，最好有保证您的双手都可用。使用 Odoo 的 *物 #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " -"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " -"steps." -msgstr "事实上，您可以使用脚和脚踏开关从一个界面切换到另一个界面。通过几步就可以配置完成，非常方便。" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " +"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " +"configured in a few steps." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" " the two by cable." -msgstr "将脚踏开关连接到 *物联网盒子* 非常简单，只需通过电缆将两者连接即可。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "有时，可能需要用到USB转串口适配器。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 msgid "" "If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " @@ -613,20 +586,11 @@ msgstr "" "如果您的脚踏开关在 `支持的设备 <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" "hardware>`__,中，无需进行任何设置，因为连接后会自动检测到。" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " -"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " -"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"如果不在支持列表中，您可能需要重新启动该框并从框中下载脚踏开关的驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网盒子的主页* 并单击 *驱动程式清单* " -"。单击加载驱动程序。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" msgstr "连接脚踏开关到工作中心" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 msgid "" "To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " "workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " @@ -636,14 +600,14 @@ msgstr "" "要将脚踏开关连接到操作，需要在工作中心配置好。转到要使用脚踏开关的工作中心，并在 *IoT Triggers* " "选项卡中添加设备。然后，您可以将其连接到动作，并添加一个键来触发它。" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 msgid "" "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " "matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " "automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." msgstr "请注意，将选择列表中第一个。 因此，顺序很重要！ 例如在上图中，使用脚踏开关将自动跳过您正在处理的当前过程。" -#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 msgid "" "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " "correctly connected to the footswitch." @@ -670,36 +634,29 @@ msgstr "通过USB 连接" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 msgid "" "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "要添加通过 USB 连接的设备，只需将 USB 电缆插入 *物联网盒子* ，重新启动物联网盒子，设备就会出现在您的 Odoo 数据库中。" +"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " -"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " -"drivers." -msgstr "如果未发现设备，请确保物联网盒子已正确加载驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网盒子的主页* 并单击加载驱动。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" msgstr "蓝牙连接" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 msgid "" "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " "explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " "device." msgstr "激活设备上的蓝牙（请参阅设备手册以进行下一步），物联网盒子将自动尝试连接到设备。" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" msgstr "这是它的示例：" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" msgstr "将测量工具链接到 *Quality Control Point*" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 msgid "" "In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " "Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " @@ -708,13 +665,13 @@ msgstr "" "在 *Quality app* 中，您可以为 *Quality Control Points* 配置一台设备。请打开 *Quality " "Control* 下的 *Control Points* 菜单，然后为控制点分配测量工具。" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " "list. Then, hit save." msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *Control Point* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。点击保存即可。" -#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 msgid "" "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " "value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " @@ -736,51 +693,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" -" cable." -msgstr "要将打印机连接到 *物联网盒子* ，只需用电缆将两者连接即可。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 -msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "有时，可能需要一个USB转串口的适配器。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " -"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " +"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " +"app." msgstr "" -"如果您的打印机在 `支持的设备<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__中， " -"则无需设置任何内容，因为连接打印机后，会自动检测到。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:18 msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." msgstr "打印机需要两分钟左右才能出现在设备列表中。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " -"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." -msgstr "" -"在某些情况下，您可能需要重新启动物联网盒子并从物联网盒子中下载打印机的驱动程序。为此，请转到 *物联网盒子的主页* 并点击 *驱动程式清单* " -"。然后，单击加载驱动程序。" - -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 msgid "Link the Printer" msgstr "连接打印机" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:27 msgid "To Work Orders" msgstr "至工单" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "" "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "您可以通过 *Quality Control Point* 将 *Work Orders* 连接到打印机，以打印制造产品的标签。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:32 msgid "" "To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " "app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " @@ -789,110 +726,108 @@ msgstr "" "为此，您需要从 *Quality* 应用创建 *Quality Control Point* 。然后，您可以选择正确的制造操作和工序。在类型选项，选择 " "*Print Label* 并点击保存。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 msgid "" "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" " *Print Label* button will appear." msgstr "现在，每次出现选择产品的 *Quality Control Point* 时，都会显示 *Print Label* 按钮。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:47 msgid "To Reports" msgstr "至报告" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:49 msgid "" "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " "go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." msgstr "您可以将某类报表连接到特定的打印机。 在 *物联网* 应用中， 打开 *设备* 菜单然后选择您要设置的打印机。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:56 msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." msgstr "现在打开 *Printer Reports* 标签页。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:61 msgid "" "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" " all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " "select and save." msgstr "点击编辑，然后点击 *Add a line* 。在显示的窗口中，检查要连接到此打印机的所有类型的报告。选中并保存。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " "downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" " print it." msgstr "现在，每次点击控制面板中的 *Print* 时，都会将其发送到选定的打印机并自动打印。而不是下载 PDF。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:73 msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" msgstr "打印来自 PoS 的收据" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:75 msgid "" "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" " directly from your *PoS*." msgstr "您可以将打印机连接到 *Point of Sale* 应用，然后就可以直接使用 *PoS* 来打印收据。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:78 msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " -"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " -"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" +" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " +"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " +"dropdown." msgstr "" -"操作很简单。 打开 *POS* 应用，然后在 *配置* 下找到 *PoS* 设置。 点击 *编辑* 并检查 *物联网盒子* 特性。 启用其中的 " -"*收据打印机* 。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 msgid "" -"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " -"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " +"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." msgstr "" -"现在，在您的 *PoS* 界面，您可以打印各种不同的票据: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:89 msgid "" -"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" -" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." -msgstr "对于收据，将在订单确认后打印出来。 该过程是自动运行的，需要您在 *PoS* 中启用该功能。" +"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " +"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:92 msgid "" "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " "at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " "current day." msgstr "可以通过单击 *PoS* 页顶部导航栏上的打印机图标来打印销售详细信息。打印的是当天的销售详细信息。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:99 msgid "" "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." -" Click on it and it will print the bill." -msgstr "至于账单，仅在餐厅模式下可用。 在您的餐厅设置中，激活账单，*Bill* 按钮会出现在左侧面板中。 单击这个按钮，可以打印帐单。" +" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " +"left panel of the *PoS*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:107 msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" msgstr "打印订单至厨房" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:109 msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." msgstr "在餐厅模式下，您可以向厨房发送订单票据。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " "*Order Printer*." msgstr "完成之后到 *PoS* 应用，打开 *PoS* 设置页。 然后勾选 *Order Printer*项。" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:117 msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" -" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " -"Categories* field." -msgstr "现在，打开 *印表机* 菜单。点击创建并选择 *物联网盒子* ，所有应打印的产品类别应在 *印表机产品类别* 字段中。" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " +"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " +"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:124 msgid "" "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " -"will be printed." -msgstr "在*PoS*中， 当你在所选类别中添加或者删除商品时，按钮*Order* 会变绿。点击该按钮，将会打印出小票。" +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " +"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index 7ee8d68da..0e5e8ad86 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-09 11:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:126 -msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see:ref:`db_online`" +msgid "If you want to delete one of your databases, see :ref:`db_online`" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:129 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 0e54199ef..d8080a8b2 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -5,18 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 # Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 # Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -74,10 +72,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "要为特定团队创建项目，请在 *可见性* 下，选择有权访问该项目的人员：" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 -msgid "" -"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " -":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" -msgstr "*受邀员工* ：项目的追随者（请参阅： :doc:`../tasks/collaborate`）" +msgid "*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 msgid "*All employees*." @@ -428,145 +424,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "要仅发票批准的时间表，请转到 :menuselection:`工时单 --> 设置 --> 设定`并启用 *仅批准的工时单* 。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../overview/setup`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Project" -msgstr "如何开始使用项目应用" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " -"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " -"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" -" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " -"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " -"solution you need." -msgstr "" -"管理项目意味着管理人员，任务，到期日，预算和预期的投资回报。 " -"对于所有这些，您都需要一种解决方案，该解决方案可以降低风险，一目了然地获得信息，概述您的进度并保持井井有条。 " -"并且，从头到尾，能够轻松地并行运行多个项目。 Odoo 项目应用程序是您需要的解决方案。" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 -msgid "Creating a new project" -msgstr "创建一个新的项目" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" -" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " -"through *Settings*." -msgstr "点击 *创建* 。 指定项目的名称，然后选择要集成的功能。 请注意，之后可以通过 *设置* 启用它们。" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Manage your project’s stages" -msgstr "管理项目的阶段" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " -"project." -msgstr "打开您的项目，并添加与项目中的阶段一样多的列。" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " -"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " -"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " -"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " -"project." -msgstr "" -"每个项目阶段都可以通过一组不同的活动来表征，或者您的阶段可以指导您完成项目必须经历的不同步骤。 " -"重要的是要正确设置它们，因为它们会引导您从最初的想法或步骤到结论，从而为您的项目的总体成功做出贡献。" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " -"personalize." -msgstr "对于每个阶段，都有您可以个性化的任务状态的标记。" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" Edit`." -msgstr "将鼠标拖动到阶段名称上，然后单击 :menuselection:`设定 --> 编辑`。" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " -"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " -"signification you like." -msgstr "这些点与应用于任务的可自定义标记相对应，从而使您更容易知道哪些任务需要注意。 您可以给他们任何喜欢的含义。" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 -msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "调整项目阶段" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" -" a column*." -msgstr "从项目的看板视图中，您可以通过单击 *添加列* 来添加阶段。" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " -"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." -msgstr "要轻松重新排列阶段顺序，只需拖放列即可。 您也可以在 *设置* 上折叠或展开它们。" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 -msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" -msgstr ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" - -#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 -msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" -msgstr "共享项目和任务" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " -"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" -" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " -"information to the right people." -msgstr "" -"共享项目/任务时，允许外部用户与您位于同一页面上。 它可以避免误解，简化沟通，并在您将适当的信息提供给适当的人员时使您成为一家更协调的公司。" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 -msgid "Share projects and tasks" -msgstr "共享项目和任务" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 -msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." -msgstr "要共享项目，请转到 :menuselection:`管理 -->共享`。" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " -"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." -msgstr "要共享任务，请打开它，然后单击 :menuselection:`行动 --> 共享`。 选择现有的 *收件人* 或即时创建它。" - -#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " -"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " -"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " -"example." -msgstr "" -"收件人收到一封电子邮件，说他已被邀请访问文档。 在下面的示例中，共享了一个项目。 例如，当用户打开它时，他会看到该项目的设置并可以访问其任务。" - #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "排期" @@ -782,140 +642,21 @@ msgstr "时间任务" msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " "*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:` 项目 --> 配置 --> 项目` 下， 在需要此功能的项目上启用 *工时单计时器* 。" #: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " "*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您可以单击 *开始* 来计时任务。 *随时 *暂停 *，或 *停止* 以确认记录的时间并添加描述。" #: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "任务" -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 -msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" -msgstr "在任务上合作" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " -"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " -"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " -"allowing the support of outside contributions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 -msgid "Add followers to a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 -msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another, conversations taking place, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 -msgid "Add followers to a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " -"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " -"and the chatter." -msgstr "在任务中，单击 *追随者* 图标。 关注者会收到有关任务中任何更改的通知，并可以像描述内容和沟通栏一样查看任务。" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 -msgid "Select which notifications to get" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " -"that, *Edit subscription*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 -msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " -"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " -"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " -"can replay the whole creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on the *</>* icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " -"to someone outside of the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 -msgid "The Chatter" -msgstr "沟通栏" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 -msgid "" -"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " -"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " -"colleagues." -msgstr "*沟通栏* 是一种通信工具，可显示任务的历史记录，包括更改以及您与客户或同事之间的交互。" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 -msgid "" -"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" -" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" -" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " -"can have a channel per project team, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 -msgid "Schedule activities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " -"activities* from the chatter." -msgstr "不要忘了做出的承诺，并通过沟通栏中的 *计划活动* 轻松保持组织有序。" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 -msgid "Edit or create new activities types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过电子邮件别名创建项目的任务" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -925,24 +666,26 @@ msgid "" "structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " "project." msgstr "" +"如果您已经有了客户从头开始知道的电子邮件地址，那么更改它是您要做的最后一件事。 而是将地址链接到您的项目，然后将这些对话转换为结构化的工作。 " +"它会在项目的第一阶段自动创建任务。" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 msgid "Set up an incoming email server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置传入电子邮件服务器" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 msgid "" "On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " "the incoming email alias you would like to use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 *设置* 应用程序上，启用 *外部电子邮件服务器* 并定义您要使用的传入电子邮件别名。" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**有关更多信息**：:doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在项目中配置电子邮件别名" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -951,186 +694,19 @@ msgid "" "*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" " a message." msgstr "" +"现在您已经设置了传入电子邮件服务器，请转到 :menuselection:` 项目 --> 设置 --> 项目 -->编辑` 。 在 *电子邮件* " +"标签下，定义所需的电子邮件别名，然后选择接收消息的策略。" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此外，您现在可以在创建新项目时直接进行设置。" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 msgid "" "All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " "followers of the task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件的所有收件人（收件人/抄送/密件抄送）将自动添加为任务的关注者。" #: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" -msgstr ":doc:`./get_started`" - -#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" -msgstr ":doc:`./collaborate`" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " -"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " -"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" -" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " -"and, as a result, have a successful project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "创建任务" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" -" *Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 -msgid "Assignation" -msgstr "指派" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 -msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "根据优先级排列任务" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " -"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " -"starred are classified according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " -"with a deadline for the current date are orange." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 -msgid "Manage files in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 -msgid "Set cover images in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " -"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " -"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " -"identify them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " -"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " -"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" -" recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 -msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 -msgid "" -"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " -"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" -" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 -msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " -"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " -"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 -msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 启用开发人员模式`。" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 -msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 -msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 -msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以在仪表板上的项目名称下看到该电子邮件。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po index df2b8992b..e2af692a2 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -170,20 +170,16 @@ msgstr "" "*Send Email*:自动 :doc:`email <../../discuss/advanced/email_template>`发送。" #: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "" -"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " -"notified of changes in the task." +msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." msgstr "" -"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " -"将通知任务中的更改。" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 msgid "" "*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " "*Reminder*." msgstr "*Create Next Activity*: 创建活动，例如：*Call*, *Email*, *Reminder*." -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 msgid "" "*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " "<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." @@ -191,11 +187,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Send SMS Text Message*: 发送 :doc:`SMS " "<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 msgid "Example" msgstr "例子" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 msgid "" "This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " "Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " @@ -204,42 +200,42 @@ msgstr "" "这是潜在顾客/商机模型 *Model*上的*Email* 字段的更新过程，将*Trigger Condition* 设置为 *On " "Update*，将经历：" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." msgstr "用户创建记录时没有设置电子邮件地址。" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." msgstr "用户更新定义电子邮件地址的记录。" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 msgid "" "Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " "Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." msgstr "保存更改后，自动化将检查是否更新了任何 *Watched Fields* （例如：字段名称 *email_from* (Email)。" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 msgid "" "If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" " example: *email is not set*)." msgstr "如果为 true，它将检查记录是否与 *Before Update Domain* 匹配（例如： *email is not set*）。" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 msgid "" "If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " "*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." msgstr "" "如果为 true，它将检查 (*after the update*)记录是否与*Apply on*域匹配（例如： *email is set*）。" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." msgstr "如果为 true，则对记录执行所选的 *Action To Do*。" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" msgstr ":doc:`understanding_general`" -#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" msgstr ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`"